ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2015/2016 tru.ca/registration Contents Contents .................................................................... 1 The TRU Calendar ...................................................... 3 Academic & Important Dates 2015/2016.................... 4 Semesters ........................................................................................................... 4 Important Dates.................................................................................................. 5 Recognized Statutory Holidays (University Closed) ............................................. 5 Admission, Registration and Fees ............................... 6 Application for Admission ................................................................................... 6 Types of Admission ............................................................................................. 6 Admission Requirements .................................................................................... 7 English Language Proficiency .............................................................................. 8 Use of the Personal Education Number .............................................................. 8 Registration ........................................................................................................ 9 Tuition and Fees.................................................................................................. 9 International Students ............................................. 12 International Student Support ........................................................... 12 International Student Fees ................................................................. 12 International Students in Co‐op Programs ......................................... 13 English Language Pre‐Requisite for Academic Study .......................... 13 Homestay Program ............................................................................ 13 Student Academic Policies, Regulations and Procedures ................................................................................ 14 Institutional Policies .......................................................................................... 14 BRD 10‐0 Academic Accommodation & Services for Students with Disabilities 14 ED 9‐1 Academic Achievement Awards............................................................. 14 ED 4‐0 Academic Appeals.................................................................................. 14 ED 5‐0 Academic Integrity ................................................................................. 15 ED 3‐4 Academic Recognition ........................................................................... 17 ED 3‐10 Academic Renewal............................................................................... 17 BRD 14‐0 Cancellation of Classes ...................................................................... 18 ADM 2‐2 Confidentiality of Student Information .............................................. 18 ED 17‐0 Convocation......................................................................................... 19 ED 3‐3 Course and Program Repeaters ............................................................. 20 ED 8‐3 Course Outlines ..................................................................................... 21 ED 8‐1 Credit and Non‐Credit Courses .............................................................. 21 ED 8‐0 Educational Standards in Credit Courses & Programs ............................ 22 ED 9‐0 Entrance Scholarships ............................................................................ 22 ED 3‐9 Examinations ......................................................................................... 23 ADM 14‐1 Faculty Office Hours ......................................................................... 24 ED 3‐5 Grading Systems .................................................................................... 24 ED 2‐0 Prior Learning Assessment and Recognition .......................................... 25 ED 3‐2 Satisfactory Academic Progress ............................................................. 27 ED 2‐1 Special Courses ...................................................................................... 27 ED 3‐1 Student Attendance ............................................................................... 28 ED 7‐0 Suspension of Students.......................................................................... 28 ED 2‐4 Transferability of University Credits....................................................... 29 ED 16‐0 Types of Undergraduate and Graduate Credentials ............................. 29 ED 1‐3 Visiting Student Status ........................................................................... 31 ED 3‐7 Waitlist .................................................................................................. 31 ED 3‐0 Withdrawals .......................................................................................... 31 Additional Regulations and Procedures ............................................................ 32 Services for Students ............................................... 34 General Information ......................................................................................... 34 Academic Advising ............................................................................................ 34 Assessment Centre ........................................................................................... 34 Counselling ....................................................................................................... 34 Harassment, Bullying, and Discrimination Prevention ...................................... 34 Math Help Centre ............................................................................................. 35 Multi‐Faith Space .............................................................................................. 35 Office of Student and Judicial Affairs ................................................................ 35 Orientation ....................................................................................................... 35 Services for Aboriginal Students ....................................................................... 35 Services for Students with Disabilities............................................................... 35 Student Awards & Financial Support................................................................. 36 Student Employment ........................................................................................ 36 Student Engagement ........................................................................................ 36 Student Housing ............................................................................................... 37 Student Success Courses ................................................................................... 37 TRU Interfaith Chaplaincy ................................................................................. 37 TRU Students' Union (TRUSU) ........................................................................... 37 TRU Wellness Centre ........................................................................................ 38 Writing Centre .................................................................................................. 39 Campus Services ............................................................................................... 39 Athletics and Recreation ................................................................................... 39 Board of Governors Meetings ........................................................................... 39 Bookstore ......................................................................................................... 39 Campus Card ..................................................................................................... 39 Canada Post Mail Boxes .................................................................................... 39 Cariboo Childcare Society ................................................................................. 39 Environment and Sustainability ........................................................................ 40 Facilities Services .............................................................................................. 40 Food Services .................................................................................................... 40 Health and Safety Department ......................................................................... 40 Information Technology Services ...................................................................... 41 Lost And Found ................................................................................................. 41 Outdoor Events ................................................................................................. 41 Parking .............................................................................................................. 41 Print Shop ......................................................................................................... 41 Security ............................................................................................................. 41 Senate Meetings ............................................................................................... 41 Student Newspaper .......................................................................................... 41 TRU Alumni & Friends Association .................................................................... 41 TRU Foundation ................................................................................................ 41 TRU Theatres and Art Gallery............................................................................ 42 University Library .............................................................................................. 42 Faculty of Adventure, Culinary Arts and Tourism ...... 43 Faculty of Science .................................................. 164 Faculty of Arts ......................................................... 73 Faculty of Student Development ............................ 213 School of Business and Economics ......................... 109 School of Trades and Technology ........................... 216 Faculty of Human, Social and Educational Development .............................................................................. 126 Williams Lake Campus ........................................... 232 Community Engagement........................................ 239 Faculty of Law........................................................ 149 Course Descriptions ............................................... 240 School of Nursing................................................... 151 Research and Graduate Studies.............................. 159 __________________________________________ The TRU Calendar The TRU Calendar is published online as a PDF document available for download. As the calendar is published well in advance of the opening of the session, the University reserves the right to make any and all changes it considers desirable with regard to any matter set out herein, including the cancellation of particular courses and programs. Moreover, once a program or course has commenced, the University will not be responsible in the event the program, or course is either cancelled or not completed as a result of a strike, lockout, fire, tempest, act of God or any other cause (whether similar or dissimilar to those enumerated) beyond the reasonable control of the University. The University reserves the right to change or amend its fee structure, policies and regulations at any time from those published in this calendar or elsewhere. If you notice an error, please bring it to our attention by sending us a detailed email calendar@tru.ca. The TRU Calendar is updated once per year, the latest version is the online version. A printed copy is available for purchase through TRU Print Services. Published May 27, 2015; Updated August 12, 2015 Editor Lindsay Harris, M.A. Interim University Registrar Cover Photo Marketing & Communications Department, TRU 3 Academic & Important Dates 2015/2016 Semesters Campus‐based Academic, Career/Technology, and University Preparatory programs operate on the following semesters: Fall Semester Winter Semester Summer Semester September to December January to April May to August Some programs have start and end dates which are different from the semester dates outlined above. Term Fall Winter Spring Summer Year Courses (F/W) SS1 SS2 SS3 Start of Term September 8, 2015 January 4, 2016 September 8, 2015 May 2, 2016 June 20, 2016 May 2, 2016 End of Term December 22, 2015 April 23, 2016 April 23, 2016 June 17, 2016 August 5, 2016 August 5, 2016 Orientation Day September 8, 2015 September 8, 2015 Start of Classes September 9, 2015 January 4, 2016 September 8, 2015 May 2, 2016 June 20, 2016 May 2, 2016 February 15 ‐ 19, 2016 February 15 ‐ 19, 2016 December 7, 2015 April 8, 2016 April 8, 2016 June 10, 2016 July 29, 2016 July 29, 2016 Registration Opens June 2015 June 2015 June 2015 March 7, 2016 March 7, 2016 March 7, 2016 End of Course Change Period (add/drop/audit, late registration) September 22, 2015 January 15, 2016 September 22, 2015 May 9, 2016 June 27, 2016 May 13, 2016 Last day to withdraw from a semester course November 6, 2015 March 4, 2016 January 22, 2016 May 27, 2016 July 15, 2016 June 24, 2016 Start of Examinations December 10, 2015 April 11, 2016 April 11, 2016 June 13, 2016 August 2, 2016 August 2, 2016 End of Examinations December 22, 2015 April 23, 2016 April 23, 2016 June 17, 2016 August 5, 2016 August 5, 2016 Deadline for Faculty to Submit Semester Grades (as per Policy ED 3‐11) January 6, 2016 April 29, 2016 April 29, 2016 June 24, 2016 August 12, 2016 August 12, 2016 Due date for tuition and fee payment August 28, 2015 November 25, 2015 August 28, 2015 April 29, 2016 June 17, 2016 April 29, 2016 Deadline for International Students to pay term fees Fees due prior to registration October 30, 2015 Fees dues prior to registration March 1, 2016 March 1, 2016 March 1, 2016 End of 100% refund period (minus commitment fee or tuition deposit) September 22, 2015 January 15, 2016 September 18, 2015 May 9, 2016 June 27, 2016 May 13, 2016 Class Dates Mid‐semester Break End of Classes and last day to withdraw from a semester program Registration Dates Exams & Grades Tuition & Refund Dates 4 Important Dates Deadline to apply to graduate for Fall Convocation July 31, 2015 International Student Orientation ‐ Fall September 1 ‐ 4, 2015 Deadline for program advisors to submit lists of eligible graduates for Fall Convocation September 11, 2015 Fall Scholarship & Bursary Application Deadline September 18, 2015 Fall Convocation ‐ Kamloops October 16, 2015 International Student Orientation ‐ Winter January 2 – 3, 2016 Winter Scholarship & Bursary Application Deadline January 15, 2016 Deadline to apply to graduate for Spring Convocation March 31, 2016 Deadline for program advisors to submit lists of eligible graduates for Spring Convocation May 11, 2016 Spring Convocation ‐ Kamloops June 8 – 10, 2016 Recognized Statutory Holidays (University Closed) 5 Labour Day September 7, 2015 Thanksgiving Day October 12, 2015 Remembrance Day November 11, 2015 Winter Break December 25, 2015 – January 1, 2016 BC Family Day February 8, 2016 Campus Wide Professional Development Day February 17, 2016 Good Friday March 25, 2016 Easter Monday March 28, 2016 Victoria Day May 23, 2016 Canada Day July 1, 2016 British Columbia Day August 1, 2016 Kamloops Campus Closure August 28, 2016 Admission, Registration and Fees Application for Admission Application for Admission to TRU is available in the following formats: 1. On‐line: https://applybc.ca 2. Paper: Download the application from www.tru.ca/admissions/apply or request a paper copy by emailing admissions@tru.ca or calling 250.828.5036 Deadlines to Apply for Fall 2015 Open Admission Programs Deadline (Arts, Science, Business) Early Application March 1 Applications continue to be accepted until the start of the each semester. Students are encouraged to apply early to ensure course availability. The application fee of $27.03 is required at the time of application. Applications will not be processed until this fee is received. Supporting documents, including high school and post‐secondary transcripts (if applicable), must also be sent to the TRU Admissions office at the time of application. Selective and Limited Admission Programs Deadline Nursing January 15 All documents provided as part of the application for admission become the property of Thompson Rivers University. If you have irreplaceable documents, this must be clearly indicated at the time of submission and will be subject to verification. Education (Elementary) February 15 Journalism February 15 We will send you confirmation that your application has been received along with a request for additional information if required for your application. For detailed information on program offerings, specific admission requirements, and supporting documents required, visit www.tru.ca/admissions/apply/forms Social Work January 30 Law February 1 Animal Health Technology February 15 Engineering Transfer (year 1) March 1 Engineering Transfer (year 2) March 1 Respiratory Therapy March 31 Computing Science April 15 Police and Justice Studies April 30 Programs may continue to accept applications as space permits. Please contact admissions@tru.ca for specific program application extensions. Students are encouraged to apply early as many programs have a limited capacity and fill up quickly. Application for Current Secondary School Students Current secondary school students who wish to make application for a Fall semester program must forward an interim statement of grades either directly to the Admissions Office or through the BC Ministry of Education. Submission of an interim statement of grades must be submitted at the time of application. A final transcript must be submitted directly to the Admissions Office or through the BC Ministry of Education by August 1. Students are asked to provide their PEN ID number on their application for admission and to identify TRU when requesting your high school transcript from the Ministry of Education. TRU will not hold seats for students writing August government exams who wish to begin in September. Application Deadlines TRU’s application is valid October 1 to September 30 annually. Applications for programs with a selective admission process which begin the following September are available October 1. Types of Admission Open Admission: Admission decisions are made on a first‐applied, first‐admitted basis for qualified applicants, using the date by which the application was received. The programs that offer Open Admission are first‐year entry into Arts, Science, and Business degrees. Limited Admission: Admission decisions are made on a first‐applied, first‐admitted basis, using the date by which applicants have met all of the admission requirements. There are a limited number of spots available in these programs and the admission process may include an admission interview, questionnaires, pretesting, orientations, and letters of reference. Once students are determined to be qualified, they will be offered admission and are required to pay a Program Commitment Fee to secure their seat. Program Commitment Fee deadlines vary and are set by the Program. Most one‐year certificate programs and some two‐year diplomas are limited admission programs. Selective Admission: Competitive programs have a limited number of seats and a pre‐ determined application deadline, after which all applications are reviewed. Applications will be assessed using criteria that may include admission average standing, an interview, questionnaires, pre‐testing, and letters of reference. Following the assessment, offers of admission will be made to selected students. 6 Admission Requirements 3. Perform at the appropriate prerequisite level on the Accuplacer Entry Assessment for vocational programs. Admission Policy 4. Write the Language Proficiency Index test and perform at a level specified by program. Student admission to TRU is governed by policy ED 1‐0 Student Admission. For full regulations, please visit www.tru.ca/policy/allpolicy. The PDF version published online is the official version; In the event of a discrepancy between the official policy and the Calendar, the official policy is authoritative. Advanced Placement (AP) and International Baccalaureate (IB) Programs General Admission Requirements Students who have successfully completed AP/IB courses may use these courses for admission to TRU and may be eligible to receive credit toward their TRU Program. The general admission requirements for most TRU programs include: AP: A grade of 4 or better is required.  Completion of BC Grade 12 (or equivalent) or Mature Student Status  BC English 12/English 12 First Peoples (or equivalent) – Grade requirement varies from 67%‐80% Along with general admission requirements, students will need to be aware there are specific high school course requirements set by each program. Detailed admission requirements for each individual program are provided in this calendar under the program descriptions and may be viewed at www.tru.ca/admissions/apply/requirements TRU strongly recommends that students complete as many Grade 12 academic courses as possible. Applications from all provinces/territories are treated equally. Grade 11 Early Admission to First‐Year University Early admission is open to Grade 11 students beginning post‐secondary studies in Fall 2016. Applications will be accepted between May 1 and June 15, 2015. Early admission allows students access to academic advising and registration early in the process. Early Admission applications are accepted only in:  Bachelor of Arts (BA)  Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA)  Bachelor of Science (BSc) Admission Requirements:  B (73%) average in BC English 11 (or equivalent) and three additional Grade 11 academic courses Full details available at: www.tru.ca/admissions/hs‐students/grade11 Admission from Secondary Schools which are not Accredited Provincially Secondary school students who request admission to TRU and who do not possess certification from a provincially‐accredited program may be required to: 1. Demonstrate Grade 12 equivalency by writing a general admission test such as the Accuplacer Entry Assessment or complete the GED. 2. Demonstrate proficiency in specific program or course prerequisites by: a. Writing Grade 12 BC provincial exams in required courses. (The mark obtained will represent 100% of their grade), or b. Completion of equivalent TRU UPREP courses. 7 www.tru.ca/admissions/hs‐students/standing/cb IB: A grade of 5 or better on higher level courses is required. www.tru.ca/admissions/hs‐students/ib Students seeking advanced placement in chemistry can take organic chemistry (CHEM 2120/CHEM 2220) during the first year; however, they cannot take Chemical Applications of Spectroscopy or Physical Chemistry (CHEM 2150/CHEM 2250) during the first year unless they have successfully completed the AP calculus B.C. course. Dual Admissions TRU has dual admission agreement with some colleges that allow students to be admitted to the college and TRU, at the same time. Dual admission is for university transfer students in Arts, Science, or Business at specific colleges. For details on colleges and degrees where Dual Admissions options are available visit www.tru.ca/admissions/apply/dual Admission of Mature Students Any applicant of at least 19 years of age with a minimum of two years out of school who is lacking requirements for a program or course will be considered for mature student admission status. Although the grade level requirement (grade 10, grade 12, etc.) will be waived for students classified as mature, individual course prerequisites listed for the program or course being applied for must be met. Any applicant less than 19 but a full year out of school will be assessed individually. Such an applicant may be required to make up courses before being admitted to a program. All applicants applying for Mature Student Admission status are urged to seek assistance from an Academic Advisor. International Students Students from outside of Canada are eligible to attend TRU providing that they meet academic and English language requirements and also possess a valid student Study Permit. Entrance requirements, start dates and fees will vary according to the program of study. International students who are interested in studying at TRU should contact the Admissions Office for full details. Application Process To apply to Thompson Rivers University, international students should follow these steps:  Complete an Application for Admission form online or paper at www.tru.ca/admissions/apply    Enclose a $100 non‐refundable Application Processing Fee. Enclose an official copy of all high school and post‐secondary transcripts. If needed, documents must be translated by a notarized translator. Students must disclose and submit transcripts for all post‐secondary institutions attended. Submitted transcripts become the property of TRU and will not be returned to students unless a request is made at the time the transcripts are submitted. Arrange for Language test scores to be sent to the Admissions Office. It is strongly recommended students provide language test results at the time of admission to assist with advising and to improve course selection options. English Language Proficiency Approved English Language Proficiency Tests & Acceptable Results Acceptable results represent the minimum requirement for English Language Proficiency. Faculties, schools, or programs may require higher results. TRU Placement TOEFL Internet ‐Based Paper‐ Based IELTS MELAB CanTEST CAEL After receiving this information, TRU will send the student a preliminary acceptance letter indicating the conditions of the acceptance and the steps to follow to obtain the final acceptance letter to TRU. Direct entry to academic programs 88+ with no section below 20 570+ TWE 4.5+ 6.5+ with no bands below 6.0 81+ 4.5+ with no component score below 4.0 Overall 70+ No subtest below 60 International General Admission Requirements Direct entry into Level 5 ESL 80+ 550‐569 TWE 4.0+ 6.0+ with no band below 5.5 77+ 4.0+ with no component score below 4.0 Overall 60+ No subtest below 50 Direct entry into Level 4 ESL 71+ 530‐549 5.5+ with no band below 5.0 74+ 4.0+ with no component score below 3.5 Overall 50+ No subtest below 40 Direct entry into Level 3 61+ 500‐529 5.0+ 69+ 3.5+ Overall 40+ All international applicants must:   Be 17 years of age or older on arrival Have a formal letter of admission from TRU and a valid Study Permit from the Government of Canada Possess valid and adequate medical insurance coverage Meet the admission requirements as specified for the intended program of study   University and Employment Preparation Prospective students who are missing requirements for admission to a program or a course prerequisite may be eligible to take requirements through the University and Employment Preparation Program (UPrep). General Requirements 1. At least 17 years of age and one year out of school 2. Canadian citizen, permanent resident, or study permit *Academic Advising interview recommended For detailed information visit www.tru.ca/hse/uprep Admission of Transfer Students Students who have completed studies at other postsecondary institutions can apply for admission. Prerequisites can be considered at the high school or the postsecondary level. Students must provide transcripts from all postsecondary institutions attended. *Language proficiency test results are only valid for two years after the date the test results are released. If a student does not meet the requirements listed above, it is recommended that the student write the TRU English Placement Test (EPT) to determine the appropriate placement in the Academic English as a Second or Additional Language Program (ESAL). At the more advanced levels of the ESAL program (Levels 4 & 5), students may begin academic work in combination with their English as a Second or Additional Language courses. Successful completion of the program indicates that the student has met the University’s English Language Proficiency requirement. Note: The Language Proficiency Index (LPI) test is available to meet the English 12 prerequisite and is not considered an accepted test for the assessment of English Language Proficiency. Transfer Credit Use of the Personal Education Number Academic transfer credit is assessed by the Registrar’s Office at the time of Admission and upon receipt of official transcripts and any required supporting documentation have been received. For vocational and career technical programs the Department Chair evaluates, on request, official transcripts for work completed at another post‐secondary institution and grants transfer credit towards programs. Student personal information contained on the Application Form will be used to verify your Personal Education Number (PEN) or assign one to you. The main uses of the PEN will be for measuring participation in post‐secondary education and for student registration purposes. As well, the PEN will be used for program research and evaluation, but any personal information disclosed for these purposes will be in non‐ identifiable form. These uses have been reviewed and approved by the Information and Privacy Commissioner. Students are required to supply this information to complete their registration in courses or programs at the institution. Transcripts submitted to TRU from other postsecondary institutions become the property of TRU and will not be returned to students. In exceptional cases, transcripts from other postsecondary institutions may be returned provided the request is made at the time the transcripts are submitted to the Registrar’s Office. If you have any questions about the use of PEN, please contact the Privacy Officer at TRU. 8 Registration 8. Continuing students on probation (fourth to first year), with assigned registration priority dates ranked in descending (highest to lowest) order by the student's previous combined Fall/Winter terms GPA. 9. New University Preparatory and ESAL students, ranked in order of application date. Registering in Courses Once admitted, students will be provided with information on how to register in courses. This typically occurs in June. Course registration is completed online through myTRU at mytru.tru.ca. Detailed information on how to register in courses is available at www.tru.ca/registration. Admission to the university does not guarantee course selection. It is strongly recommended that you apply early to ensure the best chance of course selection. Registration Priority for University Degree and University Preparatory Programs TRU's priority registration system maintains the concept of open access, encourages student retention and supports conversion of newly admitted students. Registration will commence in June with the registration blocks assigned in the following priority order for all domestic and international students in all levels and programs: Year Levels The thresholds of the credits needed to move to the next year are: Year 1 0 ‐ 23 credits Year 2 24 ‐ 53 credits Year 3 54 ‐ 83 credits Year 4 84 ‐ to completion credits Registration ‐ Student Responsibility 1. Continuing year 4 students (including continuing post‐bac), in good standing, are assigned registration priority dates in descending (highest to lowest) order by student's cumulative credits completed first, then by cumulative GPA Students are responsible for the accuracy of their registration in courses and enrolling in courses in which they meet all course prerequisites and co‐requisites. Included in this responsibility is the official recording of all changes in course registration as well as changes to address or telephone number. 2. New students at any year level except those in graduate, professional or limited enrolment programs (but including post‐bac and TRU Start – new and returning) ranked in order of application date. Summer Session 3. Students in graduate, professional or limited enrolment programs. Registration will open for continuing students in good standing. Students are assigned registration priority dates in descending (highest to lowest) order by student's cumulative credits completed first, then by cumulative GPA. New students will be assigned registration priority after continuing students. 4. Continuing year 3 students, in good standing, will be assigned registration priority dates in descending (highest to lowest) order by student's cumulative credits completed first, then by cumulative GPA. 5. 9 10. Late applicants and visiting students. Continuing year 2 students, in good standing, will be assigned registration priority dates ranked in descending (highest to lowest) order by the student's cumulative credits completed first, then by cumulative GPA. 6. Continuing year 1 students, in good standing will be assigned registration priority dates ranked in descending (highest to lowest) order by the student's cumulative credits completed first, then by cumulative GPA. 7. Continuing University Preparatory and ESAL students TRU offers a broad cross‐section of courses in Summer Session, in both Kamloops and Williams Lake. Most courses run for seven weeks instead of the normal thirteen weeks, so you can complete your studies in Summer Session in a shorter period of time. It's a great way to catch up or to get ahead in your studies. Classes tend to be smaller and students generally find summer studies to be a very positive experience. For more information visit: www.tru.ca/summer Tuition and Fees Payment of Fees (tuition and fees are subject to change) For the most up to date fee schedule, please visit www.tru.ca/admissions/fees/details Programs Assessed Fees on a Per Credit Basis Fall Semester Academic 1. Students are required to pay a $300 tuition deposit ($1200 for International students) prior to registering or being wait‐ listed for the Fall Semester. The tuition deposit will be applied toward Fall tuition with the balance due by the last Friday in August. 2. The deadline for payment of the balance of Winter Semester fees is the last Friday in November. 3. 4. Students whose fees have not been paid by the applicable deadline or who do not have a fee deferral or sponsorship in place, may have their registration cancelled and their space made available to students in the following order of priority: a. wait‐listed students b. new registrants from the late applicant group Trades: Programs 8 months or longer will be billed in full and must pay their fees either in full or in two installments due on the dates stipulated. Students whose registration has been cancelled and wish to be reinstated will be assessed a reinstatement fee of $162.30. The deadline for reinstatement is November 30 for the Fall semester and April 1 for the Winter semester. Should either of these dates fall on a weekend/statutory holiday, the deadline will default to the next business day. Special Status Fee Payers Career/Technical & Some Degree Programs 1. New students ‐ a $500 commitment fee (to be applied to your Fall tuition) must be paid within 21 days of the date of billing following admission to the program. Fee deferrals are not available. Should the commitment fee not be paid within the 21 day period, the student’s offer of admission will be cancelled and the seat will be offered to the next student on the wait list. Students who do not pay within the 21 day period may register in the program at a later date if seats remain available. 2. Second and third year students ‐ full fees are due and payable on or before the last Friday in August unless a fee deferral or sponsorship has been arranged. 3. Winter semester fees are due on the last Friday in November. 4. A fee deferral may be available in accordance with the fee deferral procedure. 5. If fees are not paid or a deferral or sponsorship arranged by the above deadline, students may have their registration cancelled and those spaces will be made available to subsequent registrants in the following order of priority. a. wait‐listed students b. new applicants 6. Students who wish to be reinstated will be required to pay a $162.30 reinstatement fee in addition to regular tuition. The last day for reinstatement is November 30, 2015 for the Fall semester and April 1, 2016 for the Winter semester Summer Semester Registration Full fees are due and payable as indicated in the summer course brochure. Should the above terms not be met, registration will be cancelled. Trades Foundation A $500 Commitment fee (to be applied towards your total fees owed) must be paid within 21 days of receipt of the Commitment fee notice to guarantee your seat in your program of study. The total amount of fees owed is based on the overall length of your program of study with billing being processed as follows: Trades: Programs 7 months or less in length must pay their fees in full upon billing due date. 10 Apprenticeship Full fees must be paid 60 days prior to the start of the program. Senior Citizens Senior citizens (age 65 years or older) may enrol in a course and be assessed no tuition fees if they are not displacing a fee paying student. All other non‐tuition fees including Student Union fees will be assessed. Auditors Auditors are required to pay all fees and charges. See definition of Auditor under Student Classification. Tuition Fee Waiver Waivers apply to TRU staff, faculty and administration, or eligible family members. Fees must be paid first, then students will be rebated the tuition portion of their fees if they are not displacing a fee paying student. All other non‐tuition fees including Student Union fees will be assessed. The Tuition Fee Waiver must be applied for each semester. For more information, visit www.tru.ca/finance/forms Additional TRU Fees All TRU students, other than those enrolled only in courses through the Open Learning Division, must, as a condition of enrolment at TRU, pay the Ancillary Fee, the Athletic and Recreation Fee, the Comprehensive University Enhancement Fee, Building Fund Fee and applicable Lab/Studio Fees. Fee Payment Methods myTRU: login to your account and use the “Make a Payment” option (Visa, Mastercard, American Express, and Discover) Online Banking: Your TRU student number is your account number. Visit your financial institution for further details. In person – payments can be made by cash, cheque, money order, debit card, Visa, MasterCard, American Express, or Discover. Campus Cashier is located in Old Main, Room 1614. Telephone – payments can be made over the telephone using Visa, MasterCard, American Express or Discover by calling 250‐371‐5646 during regular business hours. Sponsorship letter from sponsoring agency For more information on Tuition Sponsorships, visit www.tru.ca/finance/tuition_sponsorship Registration is not complete until all fees are paid. All refunds are subject to Fee Refund Policies. Fee Refund Policies A signed official withdrawal form and the student's copy of the registration data form must be returned to the Registrar’s Office before a refund is processed. Refunds will be determined based on the date a signed official withdrawal is received. Semester Based Programming a. Withdrawal prior to or during the first or second week of instruction will be subject to a 100% refund of fees less the tuition deposit paid. b. Withdrawal after second week of instruction—no refund. Monthly Programming ‐ Trades Foundation Programs a. Withdrawal a minimum of 30 days prior to the start of the program will result in a $200 partial refund of the $500 Commitment fee paid. b. If the withdrawal takes place less than 30 days before the start of the program, no portion of the Commitment fee will be refunded. considered. A medical withdrawal provides an 80% refund of the tuition fees only. Students who complete all course requirements, including writing the final examination, are not eligible for a medical withdrawal. Monthly Programs: For those programs assessed on a monthly basis, students will be refunded the portion of tuition paid but not used. Administrative Charges (subject to change) Application Processing Fee All applicants to TRU must pay the $27.03 application fee. This fee must accompany the application for admission. Duplicate Credentials For each duplicate credential there is a fee of $61.28 (tax included). Details available under “Grades, Transcripts & Graduation” at www.tru.ca/registration Duplicate Income Tax Receipts For each duplicate income tax receipt requested there is a $5.40 fee. c. If the withdrawal takes place within 14 days of the start of the program, a full refund of fees less the $500 Commitment fee will be provided. Grade Appeals For each appeal $27.05 d. If the withdrawal takes place after 14 days into a 7 month or less program, no refund of fees paid will be provided. Library Overdue Fines e. If the withdrawal takes place after 14 days into an 8 month or longer program, no refund of fees for the first term will be provided. Apprenticeship Programs Any withdraw that occurs a minimum of 30 days prior to the start of your class will receive a full refund. Any withdraw that occurs taking place less than 30 days before the start of class or after the start of class will result in the loss of the full fees paid. Extension Services Programming To receive a refund, you must withdraw one week prior to the start of the course. If the course falls on a Saturday or Sunday, the withdrawal must be done the previous Friday. Medical Withdrawal Semester Based Programs: Students who completely withdraw from all courses for medical reasons before the last day of class may be eligible for a medical withdrawal. A medical certificate or other documentation from their doctor must be received at the time of the withdrawal for a medical withdrawal to be 11     One dollar per hour for a two hour loan on reserves Two dollars per day for overdue reserve materials, videos or interlibrary loans Fifty cents per day for all other overdue library materials Ten dollars per day for laptops NSF Cheque Fee A $26.01 NSF Cheque Fee will be charged on all dishonored items. Reinstatement Fee A Reinstatement Fee of $162.30 per semester will be assessed to all students who have not paid their fees by the deadline and who want to be reinstated. Transcript Fees Transcripts can be requested online through myTRU or using the Request for Transcript form available from the Registrar's Office. The cost is $8.40 per copy. Details available under “Grades, Transcripts & Graduation” at www.tru.ca/registration International Students Material/Lab Fees International Student Support Thompson Rivers University currently has more than 20 staff members who provide special support to international students. These include International Student Advisors who arrange for homestays, airport reception, student orientation, and provide ongoing support throughout the student's stay at TRU, the Admissions Officers who work closely with students to ensure they receive the necessary application and acceptance information and documentation, and Academic Advisors who assist students with program planning and course selection. As well, our Activities, Events, and Housing Manager oversees optional activities for international students throughout the semester. Where applicable to specific courses, students will be assessed lab/materials fees. In addition, students are also responsible for such expenses as medical insurance coverage, textbooks, housing, meals, recreational and transportation costs. Refund Policy (under review and subject to change) Students should familiarize themselves with TRU's refund policy prior to submitting payment for their studies. International students who: See the Services for Students section for a detailed listing of all support services available to TRU students.  Withdraw prior to the start of instruction will receive a 50% refund of tuition and general fees invoiced.  Withdraw in the first or second week of instruction will receive a 25% refund of tuition and general fees invoiced.  Withdraw after the second week of instruction will receive no refund of tuition and general fees.  Withdraw due to a failure to obtain a student permit prior to arrival at TRU will be entitled to a refund of tuition and general fees invoiced less a $200 administration fee. Students must notify TRU in writing and provide documentation prior to the start of the semester (the original letter from the Canadian Embassy stating the reasons the visa was denied is required ‐ no photocopies or faxes are accepted). Total non‐refundable including application fee is $300.  Wish to defer the start of their first semester of study to a future semester may do so only twice and up to a maximum of one calendar year (i.e. a student accepted to the fall semester may defer until the next fall semester but not beyond). Once the deferral has expired, students will receive a 50% refund of tuition and general fees invoiced and will need to re‐apply for admission if they wish to commence studies at a later date. Deferral must be requested in writing and sent to iapply@tru.ca prior to the start of the semester. Once instruction begins policies (b) and (c) above apply.  Withdrawal for Medical Reasons ‐ Apart from the policy outlined for international students, there is no provision for a medical refund outside this policy. Students who are required to withdraw for medical reasons are encouraged to visit their Academic Advisor and fill in a "Complete Program Withdraw Form". This allows students to withdraw from a course or program without obtaining a "DNC ‐ Did Not Complete" on their academic record. International Student Fees The tuition and fees applicable to international students for undergraduate Academic, Career/Technical and Developmental programs are available online at www.truworld.ca/internationalstudents/datefee Materials fees may be assessed where applicable. General Fees: A general fee to cover U‐Pass, student union, CUEF, University activity and building levy fees will be added to the tuition amount for each semester. For full details of international student fees, please refer to www.truworld.ca International students are required to be enrolled in a full‐time program of study. Tuition fees will not be prorated for students choosing to take less than a full program. Exceptions will be made for students who are in their final semester of their degree, diploma or certificate program and require fewer courses for completion. During the summer semester, fees will be assessed on a per credit hour basis. If an international student's status changes to that of a Permanent Resident status on/after the first day of classes in a semester, the change in tuition fees will occur the following semester. Students must provide documentation to support the status change. TRU reserves the right to change fees and policies without notice. Medical Insurance Additional Fees Co‐op Fees: The Co‐op Work Term tuition for students is calculated at 40% of the student’s full‐time per semester tuition fee. 12 All students must have adequate medical coverage while studying at TRU. If a student does not have adequate medical insurance, it must be purchased prior to course registration. International Students in Co‐op Programs International students may apply for the co‐op option in their program of study if they meet the academic requirements for the particular program. Students are expected to maintain a good academic standing in their program in order to be considered for co‐op. International students who wish to participate in a co‐op programs, must obtain a Social Insurance Number (SIN) and a work visa from Canada permitting them to work as a co‐op student. The Co‐op and TRU World assist international students with proper documentation after admission to the co‐op program. English Language Pre‐Requisite for Academic Study See English Language Proficiency, page 8. 13 English as a Second or Additional Language Certificate Programs Students can earn one ESAL Core certificate and one or more ESAL Bridging certificates by completing a specific set of courses for each option. Students must apply for their certificate once they complete the necessary courses or the program. Homestay Program International students are encouraged to participate in the homestay program for at least the first semester of study. Homestay is an excellent way for a student to get settled, learn about Canadian culture and practice the English language. The family provides the student with a private room and three meals a day, including a bag lunch. Arrangements are made through TRU World. Student Academic Policies, Regulations and Procedures Institutional Policies For a detailed list of TRU policies and full regulations visit the Official Index of All Policies at www.tru.ca/policy/allpolicy. The PDF version published online is the official version. BRD 10‐0 Academic Accommodation and Services for Students with Disabilities Approval Date: December 11, 2009 Thompson Rivers University (TRU) acknowledges its obligation to provide academic accommodations to ensure an accessible and inclusive educational environment to the point of undue hardship for all students with disabilities. TRU is committed to providing services and reasonable academic accommodations for students with diagnosed disabilities in a manner that is consistent with its educational mandate, academic principles and legal obligations. TRU’s objective is to provide students with disabilities the same rights, responsibilities, opportunities and respect as all other learners, enabling them to integrate into the university environment and achieve their potential for success as self‐directed, independent learners. This objective will be accomplished by providing direct support services and by reducing the physical, attitudinal and systemic barriers faced by students with disabilities. Through its Department of Disability Services, TRU will assist students with disabilities who self‐identify and seek academic accommodations and/or services. While the University as a whole will strive to provide appropriate and reasonable accommodations, students with disabilities are nevertheless responsible for meeting their course and program requirements. For full regulations, please visit www.tru.ca/policy/allpolicy lack of suitable candidates, failure of the candidate to meet the required terms and conditions, behaviour unbecoming of a recipient, withdrawal from the institution, reduced income on invested funds or withdrawal of the award by the donor. For full regulations, please visit: www.tru.ca/policy/allpolicy ED 4‐0 Academic Appeals Approval Date: April 18, 2011 Thompson Rivers University (TRU) recognizes that although most students experience no concerns regarding their education, some students occasionally experience problems with the interpretations of TRU policy or procedures by TRU staff. TRU encourages students and staff to resolve academic issues through discussion. When resolution is not reached, students may bring forward for formal review, matters that have not been resolved to their satisfaction. The formal review process concludes with a decision that is final and binding upon all parties. TRU recognizes the right of students to appeal: 1. Decisions on final grades (an appeal on a decision on a grade other than a final grade requires consent of the relevant Dean); 2. Decisions on the application of Senate policies, procedures and regulations as they relate to student academic performance; and 3. Perceived unethical conduct by TRU staff or other students. OVERVIEW OF THE APPEAL PROCESS 1. In general, a student (the appellant) must complete the following steps to resolve an issue before they may initiate a formal appeal: a. ED 9‐1 Academic Achievement Awards Approval Date: March 23, 2015 Thompson Rivers University (TRU) is committed to recognizing the outstanding achievement of its students through the provision of medals, prizes, scholarships, and awards. Medals are awarded for excellent performance in a program of study. b. c. d. Prizes are monetary or non‐monetary awards that recognize outstanding performance in a course or program of study. e. Scholarships are monetary awards based on high scholastic achievement and, unless otherwise specified, are to be used for further study at TRU. Awards are monetary recognition of accomplishment or affiliation in a particular field. Financial need is not a factor. CANCELLATION & RETRACTION Any medal, prize, scholarship, or award may be withheld, reduced, cancelled or retracted for any of the following reasons: 14 Attempt to resolve the issue with the person with whom the issue originated (the respondent); If the issue is not resolved, attempt to resolve the issue with the person at the next highest level of responsibility (normally a Department Chair for campus courses or the Director of Program Delivery for Open Learning courses); If still unresolved, attempt to resolve the issue with the Dean/Director Williams Lake; If the issue remains unresolved, then the student may commence a formal appeal in accordance with the formal appeal procedures set out in this policy. If you are choosing to initiate a formal appeal, you must follow the steps outlined on the Academic Appeals Form. Only completed forms will be processed. 2. Formal appeals must be submitted to the Manager, Student and Judicial Affairs in writing, together with the approved fee, within 30 days of the decision or action that is being appealed. The submissions must take the form of the fully completed Academic Appeal Form accompanied by a letter or e‐mail which shall state the nature of the appeal and a suggested resolution. The appeal fee will be refunded if the appeal is upheld and will be forfeited if the appeal is denied. a. 3. Once the Manager, Student and Judicial Affairs has determined that the required steps set out above in section I(1) and (2) of the Regulations above have been followed, he/she will request that a Hearing Panel be convened. b. 4. A Hearing Panel is convened to hear the appeal. A decision is provided in writing by the Hearing Panel with the reason(s) for its decision which is binding on both parties. Education: 5. Within 14 days of receiving a Hearing Panel decision, either the appellant or respondent may make a final appeal of the process followed to the President. Grounds for such appeals shall be limited to failure to follow the process set out in this Policy and Regulations. Should the President find that the Hearing Panel did not follow the process set out in this Policy and Regulations, a new Hearing Panel with new membership will be convened to hear the student’s appeal. ED 5‐0 Academic Integrity Approval Date: November 24, 2014 Thompson Rivers University (TRU) students are required to comply with the standards of academic integrity set out in this policy. It is the responsibility of TRU employees to take reasonable steps to prevent and to detect acts of academic dishonesty. It is an instructor's responsibility to confront a student when such an act is suspected and to take appropriate action if academic dishonesty, in the opinion of the instructor, has occurred. Members of the TRU community, including students, engaged in research or scholarship, are also required to comply with the University’s policy on Integrity in Research and Scholarship ED 15‐ 2. REGULATIONS RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OFFICE OF STUDENT AND JUDICIAL AFFAIRS Case Management: The Office of Student and Judicial Affairs shall undertake all aspects of academic integrity case management following initiation of a case report, including but not limited to: a. Ensuring completeness and accuracy of case files; b. Correspondence with the student and the initiator of the Case Report Form as required; c. Preparation of case files for consideration by the Academic Integrity Committee; and d. Administration of resolutions and sanctions Maintenance of Records and Reporting: 15 The Office of Student and Judicial Affairs shall maintain the official and confidential institutional records of academic integrity cases for 10 years. Other members of the university community shall keep only those records relating to academic integrity cases which they may need in the future; such records will be kept in a secure location and are subject to the University's Records Retention/Destruction Policy. The Office of Student and Judicial Affairs shall produce and present to Senate a report of academic integrity cases on an annual basis which report will not include references to students’ names. The Academic Integrity Committee has a role to educate faculty and students on issues and standards relative to academic integrity. COMPOSITION OF ACADEMIC INTEGRITY COMMITTEE 1. The Academic Integrity Committee shall be comprised of the following members appointed by Senate: a. At least six Faculty Members, with no more than one from each School or Faculty, nominated by the respective Faculty Councils; b. One Dean; c. Three Undergraduate students nominated by the TRU Students’ Union; d. One Graduate student; e. One TRU World International Education representative – nominated by the Associate Vice President, International and CEO Global Operations; f. One Open Learning representative –nominated by the Vice Provost Open Learning; g. One Library representative – nominated by the Library Director; h. Director of Student and Judicial Affairs or designate (ex‐ officio, non‐voting) 2. The Chair of the committee shall be a voting member of the committee nominated and elected by the committee. 3. The committee will have the support of one secretary provided by the Office of Student and Judicial Affairs (to maintain records, minutes, database and other such files). The secretary will set up all meetings and related duties. 4. Committee members will serve a term of up to three (3) years and may be reappointed, with the exception of student members who shall serve a term of up to one (1) year and may be reappointed. 5. A quorum will consist of fifty percent (50%) of voting members, and must include at least two (2) students and two (2) faculty members. Vacancies on the committee will not invalidate any of its decisions provided a quorum was present in person or by teleconference when the decision was made. DUE PROCESS In the administration and adjudication of cases of alleged academic dishonesty, the Office of Student and Judicial Affairs and the Academic Integrity Committee shall be guided by the following principles: 1. The right to a fair process, including for the participants to be initially informed of that process and their rights in the process, and to be informed of substantive decisions at each stage. 2. The right of participants to the support of an advisor or peer of their choosing at all stages of the process, provided that there is no right to counsel at hearings of the Academic Integrity Committee. 3. The right to know the details of the case including the right to view all written evidence. 4. The right to make submission and to provide responses to the submissions of others with the student being allowed the final submission. 5. The right to an impartial adjudicator. 6. The right to an expedient adjudication to normally take place within sixty (60) days of the commencement of the case. 7. The right of a student to be presumed innocent until a finding is made. 8. The right to reasonable confidentiality. DECISIONS Notwithstanding policy ED 4‐0, Student Academic Appeals, all decisions of the Academic Integrity Committee are final and binding and may be appealed to the Appeals Committee only on the grounds that the Academic Integrity Committee failed to follow the process set out in this policy and regulations. SANCTIONS The Committee shall determine a resolution or sanction from the list below: 1. No Sanction: In the event that the Academic Integrity Committee does not determine that dishonesty has occurred, no sanction will be administered and the student’s file related to the allegation will be destroyed. 2. Reprimand: The Academic Integrity Committee forwards to the student a written warning, stating that the student’s behaviour is unacceptable to TRU. A reprimand is recorded in the Academic Integrity Data Base as a first offence, and may be used only once in a student’s academic career at TRU. 3. Reduction of Grade: The student’s grade may be decreased on an assignment, test or project. 4. Remedial Sanctions: The Academic Integrity Committee may, in consultation with the relevant stakeholders, order other remedial sanctions as deemed appropriate (e.g., essay related to topic, resubmission of assignment, etc.). If the student fails to comply with this order the committee may impose an alternative sanction. 5. Failure of Course: The student is assigned an “F”. In the case of an “F”, a student may not withdraw from the course nor receive a refund. An “F” will appear on the student’s transcript. 6. Suspension: The Academic Integrity Committee may recommend to the President the suspension of the student from TRU. FORMS OF ACADEMIC DISHONESTY Cheating Cheating is an act of deception by which a student misrepresents (or assists another student in misrepresenting) that he or she has mastered information on an assignment, test, project or other academic exercise that the student has not mastered. Examples: a. Copying from another student's test paper or assignment. b. Allowing another student to copy from a test paper or assignments. 16 c. Using the course textbook, electronic devices, or other material such as a notebook not authorized for use during a test. d. Collaborating during a test with any other person by receiving information without authority. e. Using exam aids or other non‐authorized materials during a test (e.g., notes, formula lists, crib sheets etc.). 2. Academic Misconduct Academic misconduct is the intentional violation of TRU academic procedures by tampering with grades, taking part in obtaining or distributing any part of a test (un‐administered or otherwise), or by other means of academic deception not explicitly identified in other sections of this policy. Examples include: a. Stealing, buying, or otherwise obtaining all or part of a test, answer key, grade or other document by any means. b. Selling or making available to another all or part of a test or assignment, including answers to a test. c. Obtaining an un‐administered test or any information about the test from another person. d. Providing an un‐administered test or any information about the test to another person. e. Entering a building or office for the purpose of changing a grade in a grade book, on a test, or on other work for which a grade is given. f. Changing, altering, or being an accessory to the changing and/or altering of a grade in a grade book, on a test, a "change of grade" form, or other official academic records of TRU which relate to grades. g. Entering a building or office for the purpose of obtaining or examining a potential test document or assignment that has not been made public. h. Impersonating another student, or permitting someone to impersonate you, in any assessment. Fabrication Fabrication is the intentional use of invented information or the falsification of research or other findings. Examples include: a. Listing sources in a bibliography not used in the academic exercise. b. Inventing data or source of information for research or other academic exercise. c. Submitting as one's own, any academic exercise (e.g., written work, printing, sculpture, etc.) prepared totally or in part by another. d. Citing information not taken from the source indicated. Plagiarism Plagiarism is the inclusion of someone else's words, ideas, images, or data as one's own work. When a student submits work for credit that includes the words, ideas, images or data of others, the source of that information must be acknowledged through complete, accurate, and specific citations, and, if verbatim statements are included, through quotation marks or block format. By placing his/her name on work submitted for credit, the student certifies the originality of all work not otherwise identified by appropriate acknowledgements. Self ‐plagiarism, which involves handing in all or part of an essay or assignment completed for another course without the consent of the instructor of the second course, is also a form of plagiarism, and an infraction of this Academic Integrity Policy. A student will avoid plagiarism if there is an acknowledgement of indebtedness: a. Whenever the student quotes another person's actual words. b. Whenever the student uses another person's idea, opinion or theory, even if it is completely paraphrased in the student’s own words. c. Whenever the student cites facts, statistics, or other illustrative materials from a published source or a lecture when that material is not considered common knowledge. d. Whenever the student uses images produced by another person. Citing facts or statistics or using illustrative materials considered to be common knowledge is not considered plagiarism. ED 3‐4 Academic Recognition Note: This policy is currently under review. Please visit www.tru.ca/policy/allpolicy for the most current version. Dean’s List Thompson Rivers University (TRU) recognizes full‐time students who earn superior grades in an academic semester as "Dean’s List" students. In programs that follow the Academic/Career/Developmental grading system, students who enroll in and successfully complete at least 15 credits during a semester, and who achieve a semester grade point average of 3.50 or better, are recognized as Dean’s List students for that semester. In programs that follow the Vocational Trades/Non‐Trades Programs or Competency‐Based grading systems, students who enroll in and successfully complete a full course load during a specific study term, who meet appropriate performance standards and are ranked in the top 10% of the students in their respective programs, may be recognized as Dean’s List students. GRADUATION WITH RECOGNITION TRU recognizes students who complete certificate, diploma and degree programs with high academic performance as graduating with first or second class standing. 1. Students who complete the requirements for graduation from a TRU program with a GPA of 3.50 or better in all courses counted towards program requirements, or who have met appropriate performance standards and rank in the top 10% of their graduating classes in programs where program GPA measures are not appropriate, may be deemed to have graduated with First Class standing. 2. Students who complete the requirements for graduation from a TRU program with a GPA of at least 3.00 but less than 3.50 in all courses counted toward program requirements, or who rank in the top 25% but not the top 10% of their graduating classes in programs where GPA measures are not appropriate, may be deemed to have graduated with Second Class standing. on their transcripts at the end of each term in which they have met the relevant performance standard. 1. In programs that follow the Academic/Career Technical/Developmental Programs grading system: a. Once final grades are posted for a semester, the Registrar's Office will generate a Dean's List from the student records system and will provide the names and addresses of Dean's List students to the respective Deans. b. Programs that have full‐time loads comprising fewer than 15 credits may, subject to approval by the Education Planning and Program Review Committee (EPPR) of Senate, elect to follow the procedures set out in (I) 2 below. 2. In programs that follow Vocational Trades/Non‐Trades Programs or Competency‐Based grading systems or that qualify under provision (I) 1.b above using semester end grades, it will be the responsibility of the respective Dean, in consultation with relevant Chairs, to identify the top 10% students and to notify the Registrar’s Office of qualifying students at the end of each relevant program component. GRADUATION WITH RECOGNITION Students meeting the performance standards set out in this Policy will have the notation "Graduated with First Class Standing" or "Graduated with Second Class Standing", as appropriate, posted on their transcripts at the end of the respective program record. For the purposes of determining eligibility for graduation with First or Second Class standing, all program GPA’s will be calculated by dividing total grade points earned by total program credit attempts. For programs in which GPA’s do not provide appropriate indicators of program performance, it is the responsibility of the respective Dean, in consultation with relevant Chairs, to identify criteria and standards for graduation with First or Second Class standing and to file a statement of those criteria and standards with the EPPR. Once a student has been approved for graduation from a TRU program, it will be the responsibility of the respective Dean to notify the Registrar's Office if that student has qualified for graduation with First or Second Class standing. ED 3‐10 Academic Renewal Approval Date: April 27, 2009 REGULATION DEAN'S LIST Dean's List students will be sent congratulatory letters by their respective Deans and will have the notation "Dean's List" posted 17 The Academic Renewal policy allows a returning student to apply to the Registrar’s Office for academic forgiveness of the prior cumulative grade point average. The policy is designed for undergraduate students who have gained maturity outside of higher education and have demonstrated acceptable academic performance following their return. The Academic Renewal policy is subject to the following regulations. This policy applies to all campus based courses and programs and does not apply to students in programs of the Open Learning Division of Thompson Rivers University. REGULATIONS 1. Academic Renewal applies only to returning undergraduate students who had previously attempted 30 or fewer credits and have had an absence of at least three calendar years from any post‐secondary institution (except to complete courses required for re‐admission, if any). If an instructor must cancel any scheduled instructional activity (e.g. class, lecture, seminar, lab, etc.) these steps will be followed in all cases: 1. The instructor will notify the relevant department Chairperson and/or secretary or designate as soon as it becomes apparent he or she must cancel the scheduled instructional activity. Notification may be done in person or by telephone or e‐mail. Where the Chairperson is not immediately available, a message for the Chairperson left with the department secretary or designate will be considered acceptable notice. 2. Students should be notified of the class cancellation. 3. Having notified the department Chairperson verbally, the instructor will complete a class cancellation report within 24 hours of cancellation or return to work (whichever comes first) and forward it to the Chairperson who will send a copy to the Dean. . 2. Academic Renewal will affect the student’s cumulative grade point average in all courses taken prior to the minimum three year absence. Only courses with an original grade of C‐ or better may count towards program graduation requirements. In all cases, program requirements must be met. 3. A minimum of 12 credits of graded courses with a grade point average of at least 2.0 must be completed after returning before an Academic Renewal may be requested of the Registrar’s Office. For purposes of Academic Renewal, only credit (transcriptable) courses will be considered. With the approval of the Registrar or designate, the student will be granted Academic Renewal. The student’s transcript will remain a record of all coursework completed. Courses taken prior to the three or more year absence will not be used in computing cumulative grade point average. The transcript will have “Academic Renewal” noted on it at the end of the last semester counting towards the Academic Renewal. Note: Academic Renewal is a policy of Thompson Rivers University (TRU) and may not be recognized by outside agencies or other institutions. BRD 14‐0 Cancellation of Classes Approval Date: September 15, 2003 The Board of Governors believes that the instructional process is extremely important and views the unnecessary cancellation of classes as a very serious matter. In general, no cancellation of classes or any scheduled instructional activity should occur unless covered by relevant clauses in the current collective agreement or by policy governing leave. The only exceptions are where circumstances beyond the control of an instructor make it imperative that such a scheduled instructional activity be cancelled. REGULATIONS 18 ADM 2‐2 Confidentiality of Student Information Approval Date: January 19, 1994 Thompson Rivers University (TRU) regards the information contained in a student's permanent record as personal and private. Information of a personal nature that a student discloses to any TRU staff member is also considered private and confidential. Therefore, no personal information about a student will be released except in the following circumstances: • to the student (including medical files) upon providing reasonable notice • with the written authorization of the student; • to a student's sponsoring agency only upon receipt of a written waiver signed by the student; • in response to a court order; • to government departments for the purpose of statistical analysis and research, provided there is an assurance of anonymity; As well, employees should not discuss confidential student matters in such a way or location as to be overheard by other staff or students. STUDENT DIRECTORY A student's name, address and telephone number will be included in a student directory unless the student selects confidentiality on the application for admission form. A copy of this directory will be provided to the TRU Students Union only for the purpose of conducting its elections. GENERAL The Registrar is responsible and accountable for the administration of all student records retained by TRU except interim statements of grades and other interim student evaluations which may be held by individual instructors, departmental chairpersons and other university staff. Official transcripts are to be issued in a sealed envelope by the Registrar's Office upon payment of a fee determined by TRU policy. The official transcript and any certificate or diploma issued by the university constitutes the only official statement made regarding students. It is always explained that a student will be located only if they are physically present in class. If the student does not have a class, or is not present, location is not possible. ACCESS TO STUDENT RECORDS In general, only the Registrar and staff of the Registrar's office have unrestricted access to all student records, having according accountability. Other TRU staff may inspect student records if they have a legitimate need for specific information in order to carry out their responsibilities. MEDICAL RECORDS Student medical records are submitted to and maintained by the Occupational Health Office. Medical information is not released without appropriate approvals as described below. Specific medical information may be released by the student, or by the Occupational Health Office to deans, chairpersons, instructors, or counsellors for students within their jurisdiction:  upon written consent provided by the student to the Occupational Health Office; or  in cases where the student's condition may be a threat to public safety. The Occupational Health Office will advise, by letter or in person, all students with medical conditions which have the potential to be life threatening. The notification will:  outline the benefits of the student advising faculty of their condition; and  make available a "release of information" document for the student to give consent for the Occupational Health Office to release specific medical information to the chairperson or instructor of the specific department concerned. TRANSCRIPTS Transcripts of grades will be released:  to a student only upon written request by that student;  to a third party on behalf of a student only upon written approval by the student concerned;  to TRU staff who require the transcript to do their job. REQUEST TO LOCATE A STUDENT All requests are to be referred only to the Occupational Health Office during work hours or to security after hours. Under What Circumstances When there is either a phone or personal request to locate a student, the request is responded to at the discretion of the Occupational Health Officer. Generally, there are four circumstances when an attempt is always made to locate a student. These are:  in the event of a family medical emergency (e.g. death, serious illness, accident); or  when the health or well‐being of a student's child is affected; or  when the RCMP present an arrest warrant; or  in emergency cases, to pass a message to a student to contact the R.C.M.P., sheriff or other appropriate government agencies. The inquiring individual will be advised that the student has been given the message, or was unable to be located. 19 Method If the message is urgent, the Occupational Health Officer will interrupt a class by:  knocking on the door and excusing for the interruption;  ask if the student is in the class;  give the message to the student or in certain cases, e.g. writing an exam, leave message with the instructor to have the student visit the Occupational Health Officer for the message. If there is an in‐person request to locate a student in an emergency, the requesting person will normally accompany the Occupational Health Officer, and the above point (3) followed. The accompanying person is normally asked to stand in such a location so that they could not be seen when the door is opened. REQUEST FOR STUDENT INFORMATION TRU regards the information contained in a student's permanent record as personal and confidential. Students are requested at the time of registration to indicate on the application for admission form (public/private) whether student directory information (name, address, phone number) may be released in the circumstances indicated below. Private External Inquiries: If the student indicates "private" then no information is to be released about the student without the student's written consent or a court order. Internal TRU Staff Inquiries: Student information may be released to TRU staff only in cases where the staff member needs it to do her/his job. Public External Inquiries: If the student indicates "public" on the application for admission, then the following information may be given out: 1. confirmation of enrolment only (no addresses, phone numbers or other information) will be given to general inquiries, bailiffs, lawyers, financial institutions and the like;  a copy of the student directory to the TRU Students Union for their election purposes;  to RCMP, unemployment insurance, and other government agencies: name, address and phone number only. (No course grade information will be released unless written consent of the student is provided.)  All other information about a student may only be released with either a student's written consent or a court order. Internal TRU Staff Inquiries: Student information may be released to TRU staff only in cases where the staff member needs it to do her/his job. ED 17‐0 Convocation Approval Date: June 27, 2011 The university holds Convocation ceremonies in June and October of each year, and students who have completed all requirements for graduation in an undergraduate, graduate, or university preparation program are eligible to participate in the ceremony. REGULATIONS        Eligibility of Students to participate in the Convocation ceremony The student must be associated with a senate‐approved certificate, diploma, or degree at the undergraduate, graduate or university preparation level. The student must have successfully completed all program requirements, including practicum assignments and field schools. Instructors must have submitted all marks for program courses to the Office of the Registrar at least five weeks prior to the Convocation ceremony. All transfer credit and Prior Learning Assessment (PLAR) must be recorded by the deadline to have marks submitted. Students who have any outstanding financial obligation to TRU at the point of program completion will not be permitted to graduate nor attend Convocation. Students will have the opportunity to attend the next scheduled Convocation once they have successfully completed all program requirements and the approval for eligibility to graduate has been received in the Office of the Registrar by the deadlines stated below. Eligibility of Programs to participate in the Convocation ceremony All programs that are Senate‐approved leading to a certificate, diploma or degree will be eligible for approval to participate in Convocation ceremonies. A student who has received a bachelor's degree and returns to complete only the requirements of the honours program in the same field as in the original degree, or the requirements in another major or honours field in the same degree, will not receive the degree again, nor a notation on the original parchment, nor be eligible to attend the Convocation ceremony. Application for Convocation Students must apply for graduation and attendance at Convocation by completing and submitting the appropriate form(s). The deadline for submitting an application to graduate and attend Convocation is March 31 for the June ceremony and July 31 for the October ceremony. The name on the diploma will appear exactly as reflected in the University’s official records. Individuals requesting a change of name on the parchment must submit original or notarized documentation to support a legal change of name and it must be submitted to the Office of the Registrar with or before the application to graduate and/or attend the Convocation ceremony. This includes the addition of a middle name. Deadlines for Mark Submission and Program Requirement Completion to be eligible for inclusion in the Convocation ceremony 20 All course marks and credential requirements must be recorded as successfully completed at least five weeks prior to the Convocation ceremony. Deans and Program Advisors must approve students’ eligibility to graduate at least four weeks before the Convocation ceremony. In cases where approval for eligibility to graduate is received by the Office of the Registrar after the deadlines for Convocation, the student can request to participate in a subsequent Convocation ceremony within 12 months of the date of the approval of their eligibility to graduate. Credentials will be sent to the mailing address on file if all University financial obligations are satisfied. If a student has outstanding financial obligations to TRU, the credential and transcripts will not be released. When this occurs the student must contact the Office of the Registrar directly indicating when these obligations have been satisfied. Notification Procedures for Program Participation in the Convocation ceremony For new programs leading to credentials approved by senate, The Office of the Registrar will determine which ceremony the graduates will attend and notify the appropriate Dean’s Office of the date and time. All related deadlines for Convocation will be applied to all programs. ED 3‐3 Course and Program Repeaters Approval Date: September 22, 2008 In order to ensure maximum student success and the responsible use of program and course resources, Thompson Rivers University (TRU) may set limits on the number of times students may attempt a TRU course, or program, where academic records indicate that little chance of success exists. REGULATIONS COURSE REPEATERS Subject to the policies and/or criteria of each program, any student may repeat a given course one time. A student wishing to enroll in the same course for a third or subsequent time will be permitted to register only upon presentation of written approval from the Chair of the department offering the course. PROGRAM REPEATERS Over and above the requirements of Policy ED 3‐2, program policies may establish semester or cumulative Grade Point Average (GPA) requirements for repeat and/or continuation. Such continuation and promotion policies are subject to the approval of the Provost & Vice‐ President, Academic. Students who fail to achieve this minimum GPA, or who receive a cumulative GPA sufficiently low that in the opinion of the Provost & Vice‐President, Academic, they have little or no chance of success in the program, may be required by the Registrar to withdraw from TRU for a period of one semester. ADMISSION PRIORITY OF REPEATING STUDENTS I or II above notwithstanding, in certain programs repeating students will be admitted only if space is available once new applicants have been admitted. Procedures concerning this must be approved by the Provost & Vice‐President, Academic, and individual admission decisions will be made by the Registrar. ED 8‐3 Course Outlines Approval Date: July 27, 2009 Course outlines are a contract between Thompson Rivers University (TRU) and the student. As such, TRU will ensure that the contract is clear and adhered to by TRU staff and students. For campus‐based courses, the instructor responsible for teaching a transcriptable course will develop a course outline and submit it to the relevant chairperson prior to commencement of instruction. Once the course outline is approved, it is the responsibility of the instructor to distribute it at the commencement of the course and to teach the course as described in the outline. For Open Learning courses, the course outline is developed during the course development process by the Open Learning Course Planning Team, which includes subject matter expert(s), an instructional designer, and a program coordinator or an academic director. All course outlines are available online. Because of the diversity of courses and delivery methodologies, course outlines may vary in the amount of detail they may contain, but all shall contain the following: 1. A masthead identifying Thompson Rivers University, the Division/Faculty/School, the semester (for campus‐based courses), the course acronym and number. 2. Course outlines shall also contain the name of the department, the instructor, and the instructor’s contact information. Open Learning may provide this information through alternative means. 3. The course title, number and credit assignment (if any). 4. The vectoring or contact hours of the course (unless there are no contact hours). 5. Calendar description (a brief description, as it appears in the calendar). Cross‐list if appropriate. 6. Course description (optional). When appropriate, faculty should give a more detailed description of the course content than is given in the calendar description. 7. The educational objectives of the course. 8. Prerequisites (if any). 9. Corequisites (if any). 10. A list of required texts and materials/activities entailing costs to students. 11. A brief description of the means (assignments, examinations, tests, quizzes or other forms of student evaluation) by which student performance will be evaluated, and the percentage of the final mark assigned to each evaluation component. 12. A reasonable list of the topics covered in the course. (This may include a detailed list of assigned and recommended readings to be covered.) 13. Special course activities, e.g. field trips, practicum, work experience (if any). 14. Methods for Prior Learning Assessment and Recognition (if any). 15. Use of technology (if any). 21 In courses which have more than one section, TRU recognizes that the same educational objectives can be achieved in many ways. It is the responsibility of departmental chairpersons, or program coordinator/academic director (for Open Learning courses), to ensure that comparison of curricula, teaching techniques and methods of evaluating students is undertaken on a regular basis so that appropriate differences can be recognized while ensuring that uniform and equitable standards are maintained. Once an outline has received final approval from the chairperson (for campus based courses) or from the program coordinator/academic director (for Open Learning courses) to ensure that this and all other relevant TRU policies are satisfied, the Department/Open Learning Division will store an electronic copy. In the event of an academic appeal by a student, the course outline shall be provided to the Appeal Committee by the Department/Open Learning Division. ED 8‐1 Credit and Non‐Credit Courses Approval Date: June 3, 2004 All Thompson Rivers University (TRU) courses fall into one of two categories: credit or non‐credit. These are defined as follows: CREDIT COURSES TRU courses which carry credit towards a TRU certificate, diploma, or degree are known as credit courses. Credit courses are listed in the Calendar, and registration in such courses is open to suitably qualified members of the general public. Enrolment into credit courses requires prior acceptance into a TRU program or the permission of the instructor. Curriculum content and academic standards are defined for all credit courses, and students receive a final grade based on their performance and determined according to Policy ED 8‐0 (unless the student has registered as an audit student). Students are issued TRU transcripts to document their achievement in credit courses. On successful completion of a program, students may apply for a Certificate, Diploma, or Degree. The offering of credit courses, together with their curriculum and academic standards, is subject to the approval of the Vice‐President, Academic and University Council. NON‐CREDIT COURSES TRU offers short non‐credit courses in a wide variety of subjects. Registration in such courses is open to the general public. Completion of a non‐credit course may lead to a Certificate of Completion, but academic standards are not normally defined. Non‐credit courses do not satisfy prerequisite requirements for credit programs. Occasionally certification for a non‐credit course may be provided by an external agency (as in the case of first‐aid training, for example). However, TRU transcripts are not issued, nor do non‐ credit courses lead to TRU certificates, diplomas, or degrees. ED 8‐0 Educational Standards in Credit Courses & Programs Note: This policy is currently under review. Please visit www.tru.ca/policy/allpolicy for the most current version. Curriculum content and educational standards are established for all credit courses, and students receive a final grade based on their performance, determined according to policy ED 3‐5, Grading Systems (unless they have registered as an audit student). Students are issued transcripts to document their achievement in credit courses. On successful completion of a program, students may apply for a certificate, diploma, associate degree, baccalaureate degree, or master’s degree. Credits serve as a form of academic currency in post‐secondary institutions. They are designed to measure the duration, breadth and depth of study toward a specific program goal. The purpose of this policy is to provide common standards at Thompson Rivers University (TRU) for defining the number of credits a course should attract within the context of a specific program of study. REGULATIONS GENERAL 1. A certificate will be awarded for the successful completion of a program less than 46 credits of study, or equivalent. A diploma will be awarded for the successful completion of a program of 46– 119 credits of study. An associate degree will be awarded for the successful completion of a program which is equal to or greater than 60 credits of study. A baccalaureate degree will be awarded for the successful completion of a program that is equal to or greater than 120 credits of study. Post‐baccalaureate certificates will be awarded for the successful completion of a baccalaureate degree and up to 30 additional credits of study. A post‐ baccalaureate diploma will be awarded for the successful completion of a baccalaureate degree plus 31 credits or more of study. A masters’ degree will be awarded for the successful completion of a baccalaureate degree or the equivalent plus a minimum of 24 graduate credits. 2. To be eligible for a credential, a student must normally complete all courses within a period designated by the relevant program. 3. The criteria for the awarding of credentials are subject to the approval of the Vice‐President, Academic, following advice from Senate. 4. When these criteria change, the criteria that apply to a particular student shall be those in effect when the student was admitted to the program. RESIDENCE REQUIREMENTS At least 50% of a program’s requirement must be completed through TRU. TRANSFER CREDIT TRU encourages the recognition of credit for courses taught at other institutions. GUIDELINES: 22 1. Comparison of course curriculum forms the basis for considering credit recognition at TRU. 2. Courses accepted by any two B.C. public universities and/or university colleges or institutes should be accepted by equivalent TRU programs. 3. Specific credit will be given for courses with a minimum 80% match in content and similar entrance requirements. 4. Credit may be given only for courses receiving a passing grade from the granting institution. For full regulations, please visit www.tru.ca/policy/allpolicy ED 9‐0 Entrance Scholarships Approval Date: March 23, 2015 Thompson Rivers University (TRU) is committed to offering entrance scholarships in order to attract the best academically qualified students and reward excellence in scholarship or extracurricular accomplishments. This policy applies only to internally funded entrance scholarships. REGULATIONS I. TRU funded domestic entrance scholarships will only be offered to students who are Canadian citizens or Permanent Residents. II. HIGH SCHOOL ENTRANCE SCHOLARSHIPS Applicants cannot have previously attended a college or university other than having completed up to 12 transferable university credits on a part‐time basis. These entrance scholarships are in the form of a semesterly tuition waiver and will be available annually to TRU students who register, for credit, in at least eighty percent (80%) of a full undergraduate level course load (60% for students with a recognized permanent disability which prevents them from studying at an 80% course load), in a program of at least 16 months duration. III. ACCEPTANCE Entrance scholarship recipients must formally accept the award and the conditions of the scholarship. Acceptance is for a program of post‐ secondary studies that commences in the immediately ensuing academic year unless otherwise approved due to special circumstances. If special circumstances exist, TRU may, at the discretion of the Student Awards & Financial Support Office or the appropriate faculty or school, defer the period for acceptance for a maximum of one year. If the recipient accepted an entrance scholarship but fails to register at TRU by the last day for payment of fees for the appropriate semester or period of study, the award will be cancelled. IV. WITHDRAWAL OF ENTRANCE SCHOLARSHIPS Should an Entrance Scholarship recipient fail to maintain the required course load during the first or subsequent periods for which the award is granted, the balance of the award will be cancelled. V. ACADEMIC STANDING Approval of subsequent portions of an entrance scholarship will be conditional upon the recipients meeting the following conditions, which normally exclude the summer semester: 1. Recipients must continue studying at a minimum 80% post‐ secondary course level (60% for students with a recognized permanent disability which prevents them from studying at an 80% course load). 2. Recipients must maintain a 3.00 minimum post‐secondary grade point average over each period covered by the award. 3. Recipients must also have successfully completed an 80% post‐ secondary course load within the relevant study period (60% for students with a recognized permanent disability which prevents them from studying at an 80% course load). 4. Recipients must not fail a course. Recipients who fail to meet the academic standing requirement will forfeit the remaining portions of their scholarship and will be advised in writing. The academic standing requirements set forth herein will be included in the Acceptance Form provided to scholarship nominees. VI. VALUE The value of each TRU funded domestic high school entrance scholarship will be set annually by the Registrar. The value of all other internally funded entrance scholarships will be set by the funder (i.e. the TRU Foundation or the appropriate faculty, school, or TRU Division). VII. APPEAL Any appeal must be received in writing by the Manager, Student Awards & Financial Support within 60 days of the date of the letter or email notifying the recipient of the loss of their scholarship. Where an appeal is denied by the Manager, Student Awards & Financial Support, the appeal will be reviewed by the Senate Awards & Honours Committee. ED 3‐9 Examinations Note: This policy is currently under review. Please visit www.tru.ca/policy/allpolicy for the most current version. In order to ensure the credibility of TRU degrees it is critical that all TRU exam assessments occur within a structured and secure environment 1. 'Mid‐term examinations' are exams held during the instructional portion of the semester, whereas 'final examinations' are those exams held in the formally scheduled examination period which occurs at the end of each semester. 2. Students are responsible for checking the final examination schedule which shall be posted each semester by the Registrar, and for advising the Registrar of any conflicts within the schedule. Attendance at a scheduled final examination is mandatory, and the onus is on the student to seek remedy for a missed final exam. 3. In general, only illness and domestic affliction will be considered as valid reasons for a missed final exam. In cases where, in the judgment of the Registrar, other circumstances clearly beyond the control of the student have led to a missed final exam, consideration may also be granted. REGULATIONS EXAMINATIONS 1. Mid‐term examinations shall be given only in class times as described in the course schedules and shall not exceed the times assigned for each class unless otherwise mutually agreed with the instructor and students. 2. No single mid‐term examination shall exceed 30% of the final grade. 23 3. In the last week of instruction, no course may include an examination which makes up more than 15% of the student's final grade, with the exception of laboratory examinations. 4. A meaningful proportion of course evaluation must be provided to the student prior to the last day to withdraw from a course in each semester. 5. Final examinations shall not exceed 50% of the final grade. 6. Students who are registered with the Disability Services Department with a documented disability and require examination accommodation must contact Disability Services a minimum of two weeks prior to the exam date for mid‐tem examinations, and a minimum of three weeks prior to the last day of classes (see the TRU calendar for dates) for both the fall and winter final examinations. SCHEDULING OF FINAL EXAMINATIONS, SEMESTERIZED COURSES 1. Final examinations in semesterized courses that make up more than 15% of the final grade shall be scheduled only during the prescribed final examination period. The final exam period shall commence no sooner than 48 hours after the last day of classes. 2. Final examinations in semesterized courses shall be scheduled according to the following general principles: a. Exams shall be scheduled to spread the students’ exams over the entire exam schedule to provide students with a maximum amount of study time and to provide for the efficient use of the time and space resources available for exam scheduling. b. No student will be scheduled so that two exams occur in the same exam session. c. No student will be scheduled with three exams in the same calendar day. 3. The general principles will be implemented according to the following operational guidelines: a. Faculty with Dean‐approved academic activity that cannot be accomplished outside of the exam period shall be accommodated so long as the General Principles are met. b. Faculty with medical circumstances beyond their control that occur during the exam schedule shall be accommodated as long as the General Principles are met. c. Faculty requesting common exams for all or some sections of a course shall be accommodated where practical and as long as the General Principles are met. STEPS TO BE TAKEN IN THE EVENT OF A MISSED MID‐TERM EXAMINATION In the event a student misses a mid‐term examination, the student should: 1. Contact the instructor prior to the exam, if at all possible, informing the instructor of the particular situation and attempt to reschedule the exam or arrive at another mutually acceptable solution. 2. Inform the instructor as soon after the missed mid‐term examination as possible and attempt to devise a mutually acceptable resolution. Generally, domestic affliction or illness will be accepted as reasons to miss a mid‐term examination; however, instructors have latitude to accept other legitimate reasons. STEPS TO BE TAKEN IN THE EVENT OF A MISSED FINAL EXAMINATION 1. In the event that a student misses a final examination for illness or domestic affliction and wishes to seek a remedy, the student shall report this fact to the instructor within two working days from the date of the scheduled final exam, if s/he wishes to seek a remedy. 2. In the event that a student received prior information that illness or domestic affliction will result in a missed final examination, the student should inform the Registrar immediately. 3. In any case in which a student claims that circumstances beyond the student's control have caused the student to miss all or part of a final examination or to miss the deadline for requesting a remedy for a missed final examination, the student shall report these circumstances, in writing, to the Registrar as soon as possible after their occurrence. 4. In all cases in which a student seeks remedy for missed final examinations, the Registrar may require a medical certificate or other substantiating documents by way of validation. When, in the judgment of the Registrar, the student's reason is invalid, the student shall be refused any further remedy. The Registrar's decision may be appealed under the Appeals Policy, 5. Upon receipt of a valid reason for a missed final examination, the Registrar shall notify the Department concerned that an application for remedy has been made. 6. In consultation with the instructor and Department Chair, the Registrar will either: a. Arrange for a suitable final examination which shall be provided and marked by the appropriate instructional department; or b. In exceptional circumstances and after due consultation with the instructor and Department Chair, grant the student a standing in, and full credit for, the course based on the student's achievement. If a student's timetable conflicts with the instructor's scheduled office hours, it is expected that the instructor will accommodate the student's needs for consultation at a mutually agreeable time. If an instructor cannot be present during office hours, he or she should make reasonable efforts to inform students. ED 3‐5 Grading Systems Approval date: July 10, 2015 In order to achieve a uniform standard and comparability across Thompson Rivers University (TRU), standard letter grading systems shall be established. All final official grades shall be assigned and reported according to this letter grade system. TRU grading systems are established for the purpose of reporting official course outcomes and are not intended to limit ways in which an instructor or Open Learning Faculty Member may choose to provide feedback to students during a course or program. To assist with the determination of the appropriate final letter grade, this policy provides a numerical percentage range for each letter grade (except in the case of the Faculty of Law). Each letter grade has a numeric grade point value assigned. GRADUATE PROGRAMS Letter Grade Numerical Grade Grade Points Letter Grade Definitions A+ 90 – 100 4.33 Excellent. A 85 – 89 4.00 A‐ 80 – 84 3.67 B+ 77 – 79 3.33 B 73 – 76 3.00 B‐ 70 – 72 2.67 F 0 ‐ 69 0.00 Unsatisfactory. Fail. Knowledge of principles and facts is fragmentary. 0.00 Did not complete the course; less than 50% of course work completed or mandatory course component(s) not completed. No official withdrawal. ADM 14‐1 Faculty Office Hours Approval Date: June 17, 1992 Because being available for consultation with students is an important part of an instructor's responsibilities, Faculty shall be available for consultation on a regular basis outside of scheduled instructional hours. Full‐time faculty in academic and career/technical programs are required to schedule at least five office hours per week, scheduled over a minimum of three days. Part‐time faculty is required to schedule office hours prorated according to their teaching assignments. When evening courses are part of an instructor's assignment, one office hour should be scheduled in the evening. It is recommended that this office hour be held during the hour prior to the start of the evening class. Each instructor will provide the departmental secretaries with a copy of his or her timetable showing assigned class time and office hours. A copy of this timetable should be posted outside the instructor's office. Faculty should also clearly notify students of scheduled office hours in course outlines or in class. 24 DNC Very good. UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC/CAREER/DEVELOPMENTAL PROGRAMS Letter Grade Numerical Grade Grade Points Letter Grade Definitions A+ 90 – 100 4.33 A 85 – 89 4.00 A‐ 80 ‐ 84 3.67 Excellent. Superior performance showing comprehensive, in‐depth understanding of subject matter. Demonstrates initiative and fluency of expression. B+ 77 – 79 3.33 B 73 – 76 3.00 B‐ 70 – 72 2.67 C+ 65 – 69 2.33 C 60 – 64 2.00 C‐ 55 – 59 1.67 Very good. Clearly above average performance with knowledge of principles and facts generally complete and with no serious deficiencies. Satisfactory. Basic understanding with knowledge of principles and facts at least adequate to communicate intelligently in the discipline. Pass. Some understanding of principles and facts but with definite deficiencies. D 50 – 54 1.00 Minimal pass. A passing grade indicating marginal performance. Student not likely to succeed in subsequent courses in the subject. F 0 ‐ 49 DNC 0.00 Unsatisfactory. Fail. Knowledge of principles and facts is fragmentary. 0.00 Did not complete the course, less than 50% of the course work completed or mandatory course component(s) not completed. No official withdrawal. TRANSCRIPT NOTATIONS (ALL TRANSCRIPTS) Transcript Notation Title Definition/Comment AEG Aegrotat A pass standing based on satisfactory term marks but student has been unable to complete all course requirements due to disabling illness or other circumstances. This standing is awarded, only if the course instructor and the Dean agree that the student has demonstrated the capacity to be successful in the course. AUD Audit No credits granted. CIP Course in Progress Indicates regularly scheduled one semester course is still being completed with final grade to follow. VOCATIONAL PROGRAMS Letter Grade Numerical Grade Grade Points Letter Grade Definitions COM Complete A+ 98 – 100 4.33 A 94 – 97 4.00 CR A‐ 90 – 93 3.67 Excellent. Superior performance showing comprehensive, in‐depth understanding of subject matter. Assigned when competency‐based work component, practica/work placements or pass/fail courses are completed. Credit Granted Credit awarded for assessment of learning in some Faculty of Law courses. Excluded from the GPA calculation. CTN Continuing Multiple semester course; course continues into the next semester(s). DEF Deferred Regularly scheduled course work has not been completed but instructor and student agree on completion at a later date. A DEF normally becomes a DNC after 6 weeks. In the case of programs that require a thesis or a major project, or if significant extenuating circumstances are presented, a DEF can be extended for up to one additional term of study with the approval of the Dean (or designate). Demonstrates initiative and fluency of expression. B+ 86 ‐89 3.33 B 82 – 85 3.00 B‐ 78 – 81 2.67 C+ 74 – 77 2.33 C 70 – 73 2.00 F 0 ‐ 69 0.00 Unsatisfactory. Fail. Knowledge of principles and facts is fragmentary. E Excluded Grade Grade not included in GPA calculation. 0.00 Did not complete the course, less than 50% of the course work completed or mandatory course component(s) not completed. No official withdrawal. I Included Grade Grade included in GPA calculation. L Law Supplemental Evaluation Indicates a revised grade following the completion of a Supplemental Exam or paper due to achieving a D+, D or F in the first attempt at the examination or paper (Faculty of Law only). NCG No Credit Granted Used in competency‐based courses to indicate course or program standard has not been met. S Satisfactory Credit awarded for assessment of learning acquired outside an accredited post‐secondary institution setting (i.e. prior learning assessment). W Withdrawal Withdrawn from course according to established policy. No credit granted. DNC Very good. Clearly above average performance with knowledge of principles and facts generally complete and with no serious deficiencies. Satisfactory pass. Basic understanding with knowledge of principles and facts at least adequate to communicate intelligently in the discipline, but with definite deficiencies. FACULTY OF LAW Letter Grade Grade Points Letter Grade Definitions A+ 4.33 Outstanding. Exceptional performance. A 4.00 A‐ 3.67 Excellent. Superior performance showing comprehensive understanding of subject matter. B+ 3.33 Good. Knowledge of subject matter generally complete. B 3.00 B‐ 2.67 C+ 2.33 C 2.00 C‐ 1.67 D+ 1.33 D 1.00 F 0.00 Satisfactory. Basic understanding of the subject matter. ED 2‐0 Prior Learning Assessment and Recognition Approval Date: February 1, 2014 Marginal. Fail. Unsatisfactory performance or failure to meet course requirements. Thompson Rivers University (TRU) recognizes that adult learners acquire knowledge and skills through life and work experience. Through Prior Learning Assessment and Recognition (PLAR), TRU will assess this knowledge and skills and grant credit/recognition for the learning that has taken place. PLAR is the assessment by some valid and reliable means, of what has been learned through formal and non‐formal education, training or experience that is worthy of credit in a course or program offered by TRU. PLAR is used to evaluate knowledge, skills and competencies which may have been acquired through, but not limited to, work experience, independent reading, hobbies, volunteer work, non‐formal learning, travel and artistic pursuits. 25 The assessment and evaluation of prior learning and the determination of competency and credit awarded, will be done by instructional or faculty staff who have the appropriate subject matter expertise but other staff in an institution may have a supporting role in the process. The work required for PLAR includes, but is not limited to: classroom‐ based and individual advising; classroom‐based and individual assessment, training and upgrading; development of assessment tools; and, training in the use of flexible assessment. TRU accepts credit earned through PLAR (as transfer credit) from all Canadian accredited post‐ secondary institutions that have formally adopted the assessment standards of the Council for Adult and Experiential Learning and or the BC Council on Admissions and Transfer (BCCAT) prior learning standards and guidelines. Such transfer credit is applied in the context of TRU course and program requirements. REGULATIONS TRU offers candidates several methods of documenting and demonstrating that they have achieved an appropriate level of prior learning. No single PLAR method is best for all situations. With the help of a PLAR Facilitator, methods should be selected to suit the unique needs of the particular situation. TRU will award credit or equivalent recognition only for prior learning which is appropriately documented or demonstrated and which is at an appropriate level. PLAR is a process which challenges learners to claim and articulate their knowledge, skills, abilities, and values based on documentation that describes learning or provides evidence of learning. PLAR DIRECTOR The Director, PLAR acts as the contact person for PLAR inquiries; offers orientation seminars, portfolio preparation courses and other PLAR related courses; and acts as liaison between the assessor(s) and the learner. PLAR ASSESSOR Prior learning will be assessed by qualified specialists, approved by the relevant department/ program, who have expertise in the area to be assessed and training in appropriate assessment methods for PLAR. Assessors will be responsible for ensuring that the documentation provided by the learner supports the claim for credit/ recognition. If the Assessor determines that the knowledge the learner has demonstrated is sufficient and appropriate, credit/ recognition will be granted. The Director, PLAR will work with assessors with content expertise to develop appropriate assessment methods and/or provide training to content experts in how to conduct PLAR assessments. DOCUMENTATION AND DEMONSTRATION OF ACHIEVEMENT Evidence: All PLAR requires evidence. The learner has the primary responsibility for preparing the evidence that learning has taken place and that it contributes to an appropriate balance of theory and practical application. Tangible proof of competence can be provided through documentation of accomplishments or demonstration of skill and knowledge. Depending on the subject area, certain types of documentation or demonstration are more useful than others. 26 Examinations: The purpose of exams is to measure knowledge of the content of, or the achievement of, the learning outcomes that are equivalent to those of a specific course.  Challenge exams are created for students who have not attended the course but who wish to demonstrate that they have achieved the course outcomes. Challenge exams are designed by a course instructor or Open Learning Faculty member.  Standardized exams are prepared by national organizations, such as the College Level Examination Program (CLEP), are applicable to a large population, and measure a specific level of achievement in a specific subject. Equivalencies: Course equivalencies are awarded to learners who have completed and been evaluated in programs, professional licenses, or professional certificates outside of the college or university system. These non‐formal programs and credentials are evaluated by TRU and credit may be granted if the program or credential meets the assessment criteria. Portfolios: Portfolios summarize the learning gained from non‐formal learning experiences. A portfolio is a collection of information that demonstrates the depth and breadth of what the learner knows and/or can do. A portfolio can be used as a "stand alone" or in combination with other methods of assessment. It provides evidence of learning. ELIGIBILITY 1. A learner requesting PLAR must normally be admitted to a TRU or TRU‐OL program before the PLAR process will be commenced. 2. PLAR can be used to accumulate credit in programs or to satisfy admission requirements to certain programs upon approval by the appropriate department chair or designate. 3. PLAR can be used to satisfy residency requirements for TRU— OL. CONDITIONS 1. Credits granted for prior learning towards a specific program at TRU can be transferred to other programs at TRU where specific transfer credit exists. 2. Credits granted for prior learning at TRU may not always be transferable to other institutions. It is the responsibility of the learner to determine transferability. 3. For programs offered on the TRU campus, a maximum of twenty‐five (25%) of the credits required in a program will be awarded for prior learning. For programs offered through TRU‐ OL, Planning Council for Open Learning will establish the proportion of each credential that can be gained through PLAR. 4. Not all courses are eligible for PLAR; eligibility will be determined by the appropriate department or Open Learning Academic Director. 5. Credit awarded through PLAR will be monitored to avoid awarding credit more than once for the same learning in a course/program, 6. A successful PLAR will apply only to the designated course and will not constitute a successful PLAR of any prerequisites to that course. 7. PLAR will not normally be granted for a course previously transcripted without the special permission of the department and without reasonable evidence of the acquisition of new knowledge. 8. Transcripts reflect the course being granted credit with a grade of S, which will count as credits attempted and taken, but not for GPA calculations. 9. If a Request for PLAR is unsuccessful, there will be no listing on the transcript. 10. Learners who receive an unfavourable decision from the Assessor will have access to TRU's appeal process. 11. Students are advised to consult with the Financial Aid office regarding any impacts enrollment in PLAR courses may have on eligibility for student aid. FEES PLAR assessments are done on a cost‐recovery basis. The cost of PLAR will be based on the services performed in the assessment process and the number of credits requested. For assessment of PLAR for an individual course, this cost will not be more than the course fee charged as defined by the tuition fee schedule. Students are responsible for all associated costs involved with PLAR which may include long‐distance phone calls to an assessor, travel to an assessment site and/or mailing a portfolio to an assessor. All fees are non‐refundable. ED 3‐2 Satisfactory Academic Progress Approval Date: May 26, 2014 All students taking undergraduate or graduate credit courses at the University are expected to maintain a minimum standard of academic performance. While Faculties/Schools set progression standards for specific programs, these standards will in no case be below the achievement of a Cumulative Grade Point Average (GPA) of 1.67 following the attempt of 24 undergraduate or graduate credits. REGULATIONS Academic progress will be assessed on an ongoing basis. Students who have met the minimum standard for their program will be deemed In Good Standing. Students who are not deemed to be In Good Standing will be placed on Academic Probation and subsequent enrolment may be subject to academic restrictions and/or specialized programming and support. Students placed on Academic Probation who remain below their program’s minimum standard, or below the 1.67 Cumulative GPA after attempting an additional 24 credits, and have not shown significant improvement, will be prohibited from registering at TRU for 12 months. Cumulative GPA is calculated on all attempted TRU undergraduate or graduate credit courses. ED 2‐1 Special Courses Approval Date: January 26, 2015 The University recognizes that student learning can be enhanced by providing students the opportunity to go beyond the usual curriculum 27 thereby enriching a program of study. Three methods through which such enhancements may occur are Selected Topics courses, Directed Studies courses, and SERV courses. REGULATIONS SELECTED TOPICS COURSES 1. Selected Topics courses contain content that varies from year to year and/or from instructor to instructor. The variability in content is sufficiently large that it would be appropriate for students to gain credit for taking multiple ‘versions’ of this course. These courses may also be used to offer instruction in a specialized area that is only possible due to the presence of short‐term/visiting faculty. 2. These courses are identified in the calendar in the form of a ‘shell’ that defines the broad field of study with titles such as ‘Selected Topics in …’ or ‘Topics in …’ or ‘Studies in …’ or Special Topics in …” Academic approval of the ‘shell’ will follow Policy ED 8‐2 Undergraduate Course and Program Approvals or the graduate course and program approval process. 3. Given that students may be able to receive credit for multiple versions of a Selected Topics Course, such courses will have a subtitle description to differentiate one version of the course from another on student transcripts. Approval of the subtitle offering is by the department Chair and Dean. 4. Individual programs may choose to limit the number of credits a student may accumulate from Selected Topics courses. DIRECTED STUDIES COURSES 1. Directed Studies courses ‐ are offered to small groups of students only. 2. These courses are identified in the calendar in the form of a ‘shell’ titled ‘Directed Studies’. Academic approval of the ‘shell’ will follow Policy ED 8‐2 Undergraduate Course and Program Approvals or the graduate course and program approval process. 3. Given that students may be able to receive credit for multiple Directed Studies courses, such courses will have a subtitle description to differentiate one version of the course from another on student transcripts. Approval of the subtitle offering is handled by the faculty/school as indicated in 4. below. 4. After consulting with the proposed faculty supervisor or OL Program Coordinator, the student or instructor must submit a description of the course or project on the Directed Studies form to the Department Chair and/or OL Program Coordinator and subsequently to the Dean (or Dean’s designate) for approval. The description of the course or project will include a topic or project title (the subtitle which will appear on the transcript), a list of learning outcomes, major content or task areas, a list of resources to be used (text, bibliography, etc.), a method of evaluation, a supervision schedule, a start date , and a completion date. 5. Programs and departments may determine specific eligibility requirements (e.g. minimum GPA, fourth‐year standing) for Directed Studies courses in their area. 6. Students register for Directed Studies courses following the usual registration procedures by providing a copy of the approved Directed Studies form at registration. 7. Individual programs may choose to limit the number of credits a student may accumulate from Directed Studies courses. SERV COURSES The University supports the use of experiential learning in all programs, and as such, the regulations that follow are not intended to restrict the use of experiential learning in regular course offerings at the University. The intent of these regulations is to outline the use of the acronym SERV (Service Learning) at TRU. 1. SERV courses provide a venue for students to share their knowledge and skills with the community and to acquire new knowledge and skills through approved community‐based projects. To be eligible to receive SERV credit, the student's service learning must demonstrate civic participation and community involvement, and must require some measure of formal critical reflection; in addition, the project must involve students (normally 3 ‐ 5 hours per week) in organized community service that addresses local needs. These courses are titled SERV and are not part of a standard program of study, nor are they offered on a regular cycle; otherwise the course would be given a discipline specific acronym. 2. SERV courses are offered to small groups of students only (normally no more than five students at any time). 3. These courses are identified in the calendar in the form of a ‘shell’ with the acronym SERV and the title “Service Learning”. Academic approval is required for each faculty/school that intends to offer the ‘shell’ according to Policy ED 8‐2 Undergraduate Course and Program Approvals 4. Given that students may be able to receive credit for multiple SERV courses, such a course will have a subtitle description to differentiate one version of the course from another on student transcripts. Approval of the subtitle offering is handled by the faculty/school, as indicated in 6. below. 5. Students must have the agreement of a TRU faculty member who will supervise and support the individualized/group learning project. 6. Service learning projects may be initiated by students; by community members, groups, agencies, and organizations; or by faculty. For the project to qualify for service learning credit, a faculty member must first authorize the course and then agree to supervise, support, and evaluate the project. The Service Learning Form, which describes the SERV course, must be approved by the supervising faculty member, the Chair, and the Dean (or Dean’s designate). The description of the course will include, at a minimum, the sub‐title of the course, a list of learning outcomes, a method of evaluation, a supervision schedule, a start date, and a completion date. 7. Students registering for SERV courses follow the usual registration procedures by providing a copy of the approved Service Learning form at registration. 8. Programs and departments may determine specific eligibility requirements (e.g. minimum GPA) for SERV courses in their area. 9. SERV courses normally carry elective credit, although, with departmental approval, courses that are directly related to the student’s program of study may be used to satisfy Major requirements. 10. Students may take up to twelve credits of SERV toward their degrees. Individual programs may choose to further restrict the number and level of credits a student may accumulate from SERV courses. 28 ED 3‐1 Student Attendance Approval Date: May 25, 2015 Thompson Rivers University (TRU) recognizes the importance of student attendance and participation in achieving success. REGULATIONS ATTENDANCE AT THE START OF A COURSE OR PROGRAM 1. Attendance at the Start of a Course A registered student who does not attend the first two events (e.g. lectures/labs etc.) of their course(s) and who has not made prior arrangements acceptable to the instructor(s) may, at the discretion of the instructor(s), be considered to have withdrawn from the course(s) and have his/her course registration(s) deleted. 2. Attendance at the Start of a Limited Enrolment Program A registered student who is absent for the first two days of a limited enrolment program and who has not made prior arrangements acceptable to all instructors involved will be considered to have withdrawn from the program and his/her program registration may be deleted. The student’s seat may be assigned to a waitlisted student at the discretion of the Department Chair or designate. GENERAL ATTENDANCE DURING A COURSE OR PROGRAM 1. A registered student is expected to regularly attend lectures, laboratories, clinical placements, tutorials, and seminar sessions for which he/she is enrolled. Admission to a lecture, laboratory, clinical placement, tutorial, or seminar may be refused by the instructor for lateness, class misconduct or failure to complete required work. 2. Due to the wide variety and diverse nature of courses and programs at TRU, departments and programs may set their own attendance requirements. 3. Any attendance requirements, beyond those listed above, must be noted on the course outline. 4. In the case of deficient attendance without cause, a student may, on recommendation of the instructor to the instructor’s Dean or Chairperson, be withdrawn from a course. ED 7‐0 Suspension of Students Approval Date: February 1, 2014 It is assumed that students enroll at the University out of an interest in furthering their education. Accordingly it is expected that students will conduct themselves towards University staff, fellow students and members of the University community in a manner consistent with the goals and professional demeanor of an educational institution. This includes demonstrating a respect for legitimate rights and freedoms of others. In the event the University considers students’ conduct to be inconsistent with this expectation, or considers that students are not appropriately dedicated to the furthering of their own education, they may be suspended for a set period or indefinitely REGULATIONS The President may suspend a student for unsatisfactory conduct, for failure to abide by University regulations and/or policies, or for consistent failure to demonstrate adequate effort in the pursuit of educational progress. A student may appeal a suspension imposed by the President to Senate. ED 2‐4 Transferability of University Credits Approval Date: May 25, 2015 PAN CANADIAN PROTOCOL In order for students to complete the University’s credentials in a manner that respects the knowledge that students have acquired at other recognized/accredited educational institutions, the University supports the use of transfer credit. The University acknowledges that the awarding of transfer credit does not guarantee that this transfer credit will be applicable to the credential being pursued by the student. At a minimum, in determining when transfer credit is applicable to a student’s program, the University will abide by the Pan Canadian Protocol on the Transferability of University Credit (http://www.cmec.ca/Publications/Lists/Publications/Attachments/198 /Pan‐Canadian‐Protocol‐Transferability‐University‐Credits.pdf). GUIDELINES FOR GRANTING TRANSFER CREDIT 1. Comparison of course curriculum forms the basis for considering credit recognition at the University. 2. Specific credit will be given for courses that have similar content and learning outcomes. In some cases [upper/lower] level courses successfully completed at other institutions may transfer as equivalent to [lower/upper] level courses at the University. When equivalency cannot be determined, unassigned credit may be granted. 3. Credits applied towards a completed credential cannot be considered for transferability to a credential at a lower level in the same academic area. 4. Courses accepted by any two public recognized/accredited Canadian universities, colleges, and/or institutes should be transferable to the University and, when applicable, to the equivalent University program. 5. Transfer credit may be given only for credit courses receiving a passing grade from the granting institution. TRANSFER OF CREDIT EARNED IN ASSOCIATE DEGREES The University guarantees sixty (60) credits will be awarded to transfer students who hold an Associate Degree awarded by a BC post‐ secondary institution that follows the approved BC provincial Associate 29 Degree requirements (http://www.bctransferguide.ca/associate/). Students must still fulfill all requirements of the credential being pursued (i.e. the requirements of the credential being pursued will determine how many, if any, of the transferred credits from the Associate Degree are applicable). TRANSFER OF PLAR CREDITS ED 2‐0 (Prior Learning Assessment and Recognition) outlines the conditions under which TRU accepts credit earned through PLAR at another university, college, or institute as transfer credit. RECOGNITION OF OTHER TYPES OF LEARNING Other types of learning acquired outside of an accredited/recognized educational institution, and therefore not eligible for transfer credit, may be eligible for credit via the TRU Credit Bank or via Prior Learning Assessment and Recognition, as per Policy ED 2‐0. ED 16‐0 Types of Undergraduate and Graduate Credentials Approval Date: January 26, 2015 Thompson Rivers University (TRU) offers programs of study leading to undergraduate certificates, diplomas, and degrees; post‐baccalaureate certificates and diplomas; and graduate certificates, diplomas, and degrees. This policy is intended to set minimum requirements for credentials. Individual programs may set higher requirements. I. Undergraduate certificates comprise less than 60 credits and generally involve in‐depth study in a specific discipline. Students may, upon completion, continue their studies in order to pursue an undergraduate diploma and/or a baccalaureate degree. II. Undergraduate diplomas comprise 60 to 119 credits and generally involve in‐depth study in a specific discipline. Students may, upon completion, continue their studies in upper‐level work in order to pursue a baccalaureate degree. III. Associate degrees are undergraduate credentials comprising of 60 to 119 credits and generally involve a broad range of course offerings balanced with in‐depth study in a specific discipline. Students may, upon completion, continue their studies in upper‐level work in order to pursue a baccalaureate degree. IV. Advanced certificates and diplomas require students to have completed an undergraduate diploma or associate degree prior to entry to the advanced certificate or diploma program. Advanced certificates and diplomas are normally characterized by in‐depth study in specific disciplines. 1. Advanced certificates are awarded for the completion of a diploma (or equivalent) and up to 15 additional undergraduate credits, 2. Advanced diplomas are awarded for the successful completion of a diploma (or equivalent) and 16 or more additional undergraduate credits. V. Baccalaureate degrees are undergraduate credentials, of which there are two types: 1. First‐year Entry comprise a minimum of 120 credits. They generally take one of three forms: a. A combination of lower‐level breadth requirements as a prerequisite for more specific discipline‐ and theme‐based study at the upper level, b. A largely prescribed curriculum at both the lower and upper levels for specific discipline‐ or theme‐based study, c. A general program featuring an interdisciplinary combination of courses at the lower and upper levels. 2. Delayed Entry are baccalaureate degrees that usually focus on preparing students for entry into a profession or occupational field. They require the following: a. 120 cumulative credits, at minimum, where cumulative credits are credits required for admission plus credits required to complete the degree. b. a minimum of 30 prior university undergraduate credit for admission VI. Post‐baccalaureate certificates require students to already hold a baccalaureate degree and are composed of a maximum of 30 additional undergraduate credits in a specific area of study. VII. Post‐baccalaureate diplomas require students to already hold a baccalaureate degree and are composed of a minimum of 31 additional undergraduate credits in a specific area of study. VIII. Graduate certificates comprise graduate coursework and will typically have 25% or fewer credits than a Master’s degree offered in the same discipline. Students may, upon successful completion, continue their studies in order to pursue a graduate diploma and/or degree, where available. IX. Graduate diplomas comprise graduate coursework and will typically have between 25% and 50% the number of credits of a Master’s degree in the same discipline. Students may, upon successful completion, continue their studies in order to pursue a graduate degree, where available. X. Master’s degrees comprise graduate coursework and will typically require the equivalent of at least 4 semesters of full‐time studies to complete. Masters degrees may be course based, course and project based, or course and thesis based. REGULATIONS I. ASSOCIATE DEGREES 1. For detailed information about Associate Degree requirements consult the BC Transfer Guide: http://www.bctransferguide.ca/associate/requirements/ II. BACCALAUREATE DEGREES All TRU baccalaureate degrees will require the completion of at least 120 credits. Of these, a minimum of 45 credits must be at the upper level (in this policy, “upper level” means 3000‐ or 4000‐level courses). Specific degrees may require more than 120 credits overall and/or more than 45 upper‐level credits. Degrees may be general or may include the elements listed in 1), 2), and/or 3) below. 30 1. MAJORS, MINORS, THEMATIC OPTIONS, CONCENTRATIONS, AND CO‐ OPERATIVE EDUCATION WITHIN DEGREES AND HONOURS DEGREES a. Major: Consists of a minimum of 24 credits in a specific discipline or defined cross‐ disciplinary area with a minimum of 15 credits at the upper level. A major must be declared prior to the completion of 60 credits, unless otherwise stated by the program. b. Minor: Consists of a minimum of 9 upper‐level credits in a specific discipline. A minor must be declared no later than the commencement of the final semester of study. Unless stated otherwise by program guidelines, students may complete any TRU Minor regardless of the degree they are pursuing provided they are approved by the Dean (or designate) of their academic unit. c. Thematic Option: Consists of a minimum of 24 credits in an approved interdisciplinary thematic area with 15 credits at the upper level. A thematic option should be declared prior to the completion of 60 credits, unless otherwise stated by the program d. Concentration: Consists of a minimum of 12 upper‐level credits in a specific discipline or defined cross‐disciplinary area. A concentration may accompany a declared major or be independent of a major. A concentration should be declared prior to the commencement of the final semester of study. e. Co‐operative Education integrates a student’s academic studies with paid work experience in approved employment opportunities. Students gain experience in a field related to their program according to the following criteria: i. Co‐op work terms are developed and approved by TRU. ii. The student is engaged in productive and meaningful work. iii. The student’s performance in the co‐op work term is monitored by TRU. iv. The student’s performance in the co‐op work term is supervised and evaluated by the employer and the co‐op faculty. f. Multiple Majors, Minors, Concentrations, Thematic Options, or Combinations of the Above are allowed in some degrees. To qualify for a double major or a double concentration, both majors or concentrations must be offered by the same degree program; otherwise, it is a multiple program (see 3. below). A degree with a double major, double minor, double concentration, double thematic option, or any combination of majors, minors, concentrations, or thematic options requires the satisfactory completion of all requirements of each of the individual majors, minors, concentrations, or thematic options. 2. HONOURS DEGREE a. An honours degree requires the completion of a minimum of 120 credits. Of these, a minimum of 9 additional credits, beyond the number required in the non‐honours option of the program, must be at the upper level. b. Students must have a ‘B’ average in relevant university courses (relevant as defined by the program) upon admittance to an honours program and must maintain a cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 3.00 in their final 60 credits. Individual programs may have additional, or stricter, standards than those mentioned above. 3. MULTIPLE PROGRAMS occur when students undertake more than one certificate, diploma or degree with the University. When students undertake multiple specializations within a single degree, they are considered double majors, minors, or concentrations (see II. 2 f. above). a. Multiple programs require the satisfactory completion of all requirements of each of the individual programs. b. Multiple programs may be completed either concurrently or sequentially. c. Graduating multiple program students will receive one credential for each of the programs. The credentials awarded to multiple program graduates will not differ from those awarded to graduates of the corresponding single credential programs. d. A minimum of 6 additional credits will be required for a dual certificate program. e. A minimum of 15 additional credits will be required for a dual diploma program. f. A minimum of 30 additional credits will be required for a dual degree program. III. RESIDENCY All credentials must meet the University’s residency requirements as per policy ED 8‐0 Educational Standards in Credit Courses and Programs IV. TRANSCRIPT NOTATION Information pertaining to the type of credential (honours, major, minor, concentration, and thematic option) will be printed on the student’s transcript upon completion of all requirements for the credential. Visiting Student to the TRU Records Office. In addition, each student must submit, in writing, a request that the Records Office apply the credit to their TRU record and must include a copy of the Letter of Permission with the request. Campus‐Based Programs: A maximum aggregate of 30 TRU credits or equivalent may be acquired through study as a Visiting Student and must be counted as part of the maximum external credits, as per policy ED 8‐0. Open Learning Programs: Maximum external credits are set in relation to the program’s residency requirements which vary from program to program. ED 3‐7 Waitlist Approval Date: March 23, 2009 Thompson Rivers University (TRU) recognizes that although a course or program may have reached its registration capacity prior to the start of the course or program, some course registrants are unable to attend at the last moment and vacancies occur at the start of the course or program. REGULATIONS Waitlist: During the registration period, once the enrolment capacity for a course has been reached, a student still wishing to register will be placed on a waitlist for that course. Waitlisted Students: A waitlisted student is expected to attend the first two days of class. Waitlisted students who attend the first two days of class will be given priority for vacant seats by order of the waitlist. ED 3‐0 Withdrawals ED 1‐3 Visiting Student Status Approval Date: January 24, 2011 In recognition of the resulting opportunities to enhance the breadth and depth of their studies, students enrolled in programs at Thompson Rivers University (TRU) may be approved to undertake study as “Visiting Students” at other post‐secondary institutions. Students from other institutions may be permitted to enroll in TRU courses if they meet relevant TRU course and program requirements. Visiting students at TRU should obtain appropriate permission from their home institutions to ensure that credit for TRU work is accepted at those institutions. REGULATIONS TRU students who wish to enroll at other institutions must obtain, in advance, a "Letter of Permission" from their Program Advisor, or their Dean if the program does not have a program advisor, if they wish to guarantee those courses to receive credit towards a TRU program. This permission is subject to established TRU program requirements. Each Visiting Student must arrange to have the Registrar at the other institution send an official transcript of the student's performance as a 31 Note: This policy is currently under review. Please visit www.tru.ca/policy/allpolicy for the most current version. Thompson Rivers University (TRU) recognizes that students may withdraw from their courses for a wide variety of reasons. Because of the possible impact on their educational future, students are urged to seek counselling before making a decision to withdraw from a course or program. In the event of a student deciding to withdraw from a course or program, the following deadlines apply: 1. The withdrawal date is the last day of the eighth instructional week for one‐semester courses and the last day of the third instructional week in the second semester of two‐semester courses; 2. Students in semesterized programs may withdraw from their entire program up to the last day of instruction in the semester; 3. Students who miss either of the deadlines listed above will receive a grade of 'F' or 'DNC' unless they can satisfy the Registrar that they have suffered illness or domestic affliction or circumstances beyond their control, which have prevented them from withdrawing from their courses within the relevant deadline. This decision of the Registrar is subject to appeal (see Policy ED 4‐0). 4. The last day to change from a semesterized section of a course to an independent study section of the same course is eight weeks into the semester. Withdrawal dates for Summer Sessions or intersession courses shall be prorated to the end of the nearest full week based on the one semester withdrawal policy. Vectoring (Hours of Instruction) The brackets (3,1,3) indicate the weekly hours of instruction for the course. The first digit inside the bracket indicates the number of lecture hours per week, the second digit indicates seminar hours per week, and the third digit indicates laboratory hours per week. For example, (3,1,3) would have 3 hours of lecture, 1 hour of seminar and 3 hours of laboratory per week for a total of 7 hours of instructor contact time each week. Additional Regulations and Procedures Letters following the third digit indicate: “L”: indicates a lab and in nursing courses Change of Address “P”: a clinical practicum. Students must notify the Registrar’s Office in writing of any change in address, email address, or telephone number. This can also be done through myTRU, phone or in‐person. Students who are in receipt of government student assistance should also notify the appropriate provincial authority. Credit The credits for a course are indicated following the course vectoring/hours of instruction. Corequisites Corequisite courses must be taken at the same time as the desired course if the corequisite has not already been satisfactorily completed. Course Changes Course changes may be made only as indicated in the Sessional/Important Dates located at the beginning of this calendar. Official forms must be completed by the students and submitted to the Registrar’s Office before the deadline date. Students are urged to consult with Program and Academic Advisors and Student Loans before making course changes to confirm appropriateness of changed programs for academic or diploma/certificate completion. Course Exemptions The Department Chair will evaluate, on request, other courses taken at TRU and, where appropriate, will provide course exemptions toward the student's new program. This assessment will be done by the Registrar’s Office for Academic and Degree programs. Course Numbering and Definitions Course Prerequisites Students must meet the specific course prerequisites as set out in this calendar prior to enrolling in the course. Students who do not meet the course prerequisites may be asked to withdraw by the instructor. Prerequisite courses, if any, must be completed satisfactorily before a student may register for a desired course. In the Science Division, satisfactory completion is a grade of “C” or better in the specific discipline courses, and all course prerequisites will be checked to ensure compliance. General Conduct 1. TRU authorities do not assume responsibilities which properly rest with adults, parents or guardians. It is the policy of TRU to rely upon the good sense of students to maintain standards of acceptable behavior. 2. TRU prohibits any acts by students attending TRU, or by anyone else, which might cause injury to any person(s) or damage to TRU property. 3. No liquor shall be brought onto TRU property except when authorized by the President, or his delegate, for approved functions. Grades ‐ Calculation of Grade Point Average Effective Fall 2010 TRU revised its course numbering from a three‐digit number to a four‐digit number (i.e. ENGL 110, is now ENGL 1100). 1. For each course taken the grade point value of the mark is multiplied by the credit value of that course. Digits 2. The total number of grade points is divided by the total number of credits to obtain the grade point average (GPA). The first digit indicates year level at which the course is usually taken. Course numbers beginning with a “1” are first year courses. Second year courses begin with a “2”. The second and third digits further define a course. The fourth digit indicates whether it is a campus course or an Open Learning course; Even numbers are for campus courses, and odd numbers are for Open Learning courses. 32 3. The GPA is calculated only on the courses taken for credit. 4. A course or grade may not be deleted from the permanent record. However, if the student repeats a course only the highest grade will be used in the calculation of their total grade point average, including equivalent courses taken through TRU‐ OL. Students should contact the Registrar's office to ensure GPA has been recalculated. Note: Students who intend to transfer to another educational institution must realize that another institution may re‐compute grade point average in accordance with its own policies. Grades ‐ Statement of Grades Students can view their most current grades using their myTRU account. If you have any questions concerning your official online grade record, contact the Registrar’s Office. No statement of grades, diploma or certificate will be issued until the student has cleared up all obligations to TRU in the way of fees, overdue library books, or outstanding fines and loans. For more information visit our website at www.tru.ca/registration. Student Classification 1. Full Time Student: A student who registers at least a 60% course load (40% for students with a permanent disability) of the program in which she/he is enrolled, and who registers for at least 60% of a regular program of work each semester is classified as a full‐time student. Part Time Student: A student who registers in less than 60% of a course load will be classified as a part time student. 2. Since Audit students do not have to satisfy prerequisites for entry into a particular course, departments that have courses with activities that involve potential safety issues (i.e., clinical, laboratory or experiential activities) have the right to refuse an Audit student's participation in these activities. Student Complaints If a student has a complaint about a particular course or instructor, the first step should be to discuss the problem with the instructor. If the problem is not resolved or the problem is such that the student does not wish to approach the instructor, the student should discuss the problem with the appropriate Department Chairperson or Dean. If the student is still dissatisfied, the student should consult with the office of Student and Judicial Affairs, or a Counsellor. Also see Policy ED 4‐0, Student Academic Appeals. Student Electronic Communications Regulations Your TRU e‐mail address is the University's official electronic mailing address for all students. The account holder is responsible for reading and attending to e‐mail sent to this address. For details please review the IT Services website. www.tru.ca/its/labs/mytru Auditor (non‐credit) A student who wishes to take a credit course for non‐credit. Students who register to audit a course must satisfy the instructor that they are taking reasonable steps to complete course requirements, although no formal evaluation procedures are required. Upon completion of the course, a grade of “AUD” is posted. If the instructor determines a student is not completing course requirements, a grade of W will be recorded. Audit students do not receive credit for the course. Regular tuition fees are charged for all courses audited. Students must meet with the instructor at the commencement of the course, or before a change to “Audit” status, to agree on what constitutes reasonable steps to complete course requirements. Students who wish to change from Credit to Audit status must do so by the end of the second week of the semester. 33 Transcripts of Academic Record TRU regards the individual's permanent student record as a personal private document. Therefore, no transcripts are released without the written authorization of the individual concerned. Official transcripts are sent only upon the student's written request to employers, educational institutions, and other authorized agencies. Student copies of transcripts are sent to students on request in sealed envelopes which may be enclosed by the student with other materials to be sent to employers, educational institutions, etc., if this is more convenient and accepted by the other institution. Transcripts cost $8.40 per copy (price subject to change). Services for Students General Information TRU offers a variety of student services to help you make the most of your life at TRU. If you have general questions about services available, please call 250.828.5000 or go to tru.ca/services. Academic Advising Academic Advisors provide students with information and advice on all TRU courses and programs. Services include education planning, course selection, and registration assistance and online tutorial support. Academic Advising has prepared two web‐based tutorials for students to assist students with setting up their timetable and preparing to register classes. These tutorials explain what students need to know to build their own personal course timetable. Both the online and in‐ person registration process is explained. For a full listing of online support and more information visit: www.tru.ca/advising Phone 250.828.5075 Email: advising@tru.ca International Students: internationaladvising@tru.ca Assessment Centre The TRU Assessment Centre:    Provides general educational assessments to facilitate appropriate placement in courses/programs that best match the students' abilities and needs. Administers entry assessments for admission to various TRU programs. Coordinates and/or invigilate examinations for other educational institutions and outside agencies. Location: Old Main Room 1487 Phone: 250.828.5470 tru.ca/studentservices/assmnt The LPI Test The Language Proficiency Index (LPI) is administered to domestic students who plan to enter a post‐secondary institution in B.C., and serves as an indicator of the level of English competency to determine placement in the most suitable English course. TRU requires LPI scores of many incoming students. Please consult this calendar for specifics or exemptions in the program area of your choice. General Educational Development Tests (GED) The General Educational Development Tests (GED) are a series of five comprehensive examinations in the areas of Language Arts (writing and reading), Social Studies, Science, and Mathematics. They are designed to measure the major generalizations, ideas and intellectual skills that are normally gained through secondary school. The GED tests provide an opportunity to earn an official document of Grade 12 Secondary School equivalency standing and may assist in gaining admission to some university level programs. Application Requirements:      Canadian citizen or permanent resident British Columbia resident At least 19 years of age on the date of the tests Been out of the public school system for at least one full academic year Have not received a Grade 12 graduation certificate Application Procedure Fees for tests are payable at the time of application. Payment should be made by certified cheque or money order payable to Minister of Finance, and must be received in Victoria, BC (28) days prior to the test date. For more information visit www.tru.ca/studentservices/assmnt Phone: 250.828.5290 Counselling The TRU Counselling Department supports the career development, academic success, and personal growth of all TRU students. Counselling offers individual career counselling, career workshops, and a selection of career‐related assessments for both current students and, subject to availability, prospective students. Academic success counselling works with students to develop a strategy for improved academic performance. Short‐term individual counselling that is focused on finding solutions and taking action against problems is also available. Counselling strives to create a respectful, safe and affirming atmosphere for students of all races, ability, ethnicity, sexual orientation, gender identity, religion, age, culture and socioeconomic status. To book an appointment, call or drop in. Students must register through Paragon Enterprise to write the LPI. Location: Old Main, Room 1631 Phone 250.828.5023 Information/registration pamphlets are available through the Assessment Centre. There is limited seating, so early registration is highly recommended. Harassment, Bullying, and Discrimination Prevention Thompson Rivers University is committed to providing a working and learning environment that allows for the full and free participation of all members of the University community where discrimination, 34 bullying and harassment are not tolerated. Harassment, bullying and discrimination undermine these objectives, violate the fundamental rights, personal dignity and integrity of individuals or groups of individuals and may require remedial action by the University. Harassment, bullying and discrimination are prohibited under the University’s Respectful Workplace and Harassment Prevention Policy and may result in the imposition of disciplinary sanctions including, where appropriate, dismissal or permanent suspension. A copy of the policy is found at: www.tru.ca/__shared/assets/respectful_workplace_harrasment_preve ntion_poilcy28967.pdf Any member of the University community who believes she/he has been subject to harassment may contact the University's Human Rights Officer at 250.852.7243 or the chair, director or dean of the area where the harassment, bullying or discrimination occurred. Math Help Centre The Math Help Centre is a free service for students and is staffed by Mathematics faculty and upper‐level students. Students can work alone or together with other students in a relaxed and informal environment, with help readily available. The Help Centre is located in room 302 of The House of Learning. Multi‐Faith Space Thompson Rivers University offers a private and quiet space for the TRU community of students, faculty, and staff to reflect, pray, and meditate. Groups wanting to engage in shared spiritual practice may book one of the spaces by contacting the Student Services Receptionist at OM 1631 or by calling 250.371.5778. Office of Student and Judicial Affairs The Office of Student and Judicial Affairs offers guidance on student issues related to all TRU policies including academic appeals, student conflicts and student behaviours. We liaise with the TRU Student Union (TRUSU) and affiliated TRU clubs and associations. For more information: Phone: 250.852.7117 Website: www.tru.ca/studentservices/Student_Judicial_Affairs Orientation Orientation is a multi‐day set of events designed to introduce new students to the TRU Community, their academic programs, and the many support services and activities that will support their learning. Activities are concentrated during the first couple weeks of classes in September with follow‐up events throughout the academic year. For more information: www.tru.ca/newstudents Services for Aboriginal Students Weykt 35 We acknowledge and thank the Secwepemc People whose traditional territories we enjoy being a part of to live, learn and grow. Thompson Rivers University offers Aboriginal students a welcoming and respectful environment to help students to reach their academic goals. Cplul’kw’ten (The Gathering Place)is TRU’s Aboriginal student center that provides information on all aspects of university life and doubles as space for students to socialize, study, or just take a break. It is a home away from home. Supports at Cplul’kw’ten include: • • • • • • • • On site computers and study spaces Kitchen Assistance in locating basic facilities such as: housing, daycare, transportation etc. Assistance applying for bursaries, scholarships, and with band funding applications Academic support options such as tutoring Library outreach program Elder in the House Program Connections to other important services on campus and in the community Services for Students with Disabilities TRU is committed to facilitating and providing services and reasonable accommodations for students with documented disabilities in a manner that is consistent with TRU's educational mandate and academic principles. Disability Services provides a variety of services and accommodations for students with documented disabilities. These services may include but are not limited to:  Alternate‐format textbooks  Accommodated examinations  Referrals for technical aids and adaptive technology  Assistance with applications for disability related funding New and returning students who require accommodations or support are asked to contact Disability Services at least 3 months prior to the start of a semester as certain supports and accommodations require substantial lead time to arrange. If you require services or accommodations, you must provide Disability Services with current professional documentation of your disability. Acceptable documentation should not be older than 5 years and must be obtained from a certified health care professional that has specific training and expertise in the diagnosis of the condition(s) for which the accommodation(s) is being requested. Please view the “BRD 10‐0 Academic Accommodation and Services for Students with Disabilities” policy at: www.tru.ca/policy/allpolicy For additional information or to make an appointment please contact: SERVICES FOR STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES Old Main Building, Rm. 1631 Phone: 250.828.5023(Kamloops) Toll Free: 1.888.828.6644 (Kamloops) Fax: 250.371.5772 Email dso@tru.ca Student Awards & Financial Support Student Awards and Financial Support is your one stop shop for information on scholarships, awards, bursaries, financial advising and government student loans. Adult Upgrading Grant Need‐based, non‐repayable grants are available to assist students wishing to enrol in programs such as Adult Basic Education, Basic Literacy, and English Language Skills. Funds are intended to cover direct educational costs such as tuition and mandatory books. Applications are available online at tru.ca/finaid  Are unable pay the balance of their fees by the deadline dates and have been approved for full‐time student loans through Student Aid BC prior to the start of classes  Have a loan amount greater than their total fees owing Students will have their fees deferred automatically, subject to payment of the required TRU commitment fee. Fee information is available at tru.ca/admreg/fees For more information or to book an appointment contact: Phone: 250.828.5024 www.tru.ca/finaid Student Aid BC The purpose of the Student Aid BC suite of programs is to assist postsecondary students with educational and living costs where funds are granted only where the financial resources from parents, summer work, or other sources are insufficient to meet the total estimated educational costs. Students planning to apply to Student Aid BC are advised to complete their application online in early June – this will ensure you receive your funds on time. Funds awarded under this program will be disbursed through a combination of Canada Student Loan, B.C. Student Loan and in some cases grants and/or loan reduction. To be eligible, you must be Canadian citizens, or permanent residents who are enrolling in at least a 60% course load of an approved program (40% for students with a permanent disability) that is a minimum of 12 weeks in length. The amount of assistance awarded will be based on assessed need as determined by the provincial government. For complete information, see Student Aid BC Website: www.studentaidbc.ca For information and links to all Canadian student assistance programs, visit www.canlearn.ca Computer stations in the Student Awards office are available for students to complete their loan application online. Student Employment Part of the Career Education Department, Student Employment is dedicated to educating students and alumni through the career decision‐making and career management process. Student Employment is an excellent resource for students wanting to explore career options and to secure full‐time, part‐time, summer, and casual employment. We will assist students with their career education needs through in‐class instruction of workshops / seminars, one on one consultation, assistance with resume and cover letter development, interview and presentation skills, portfolio development, networking,, and access to daily job postings through our website as well as on campus recruitment, career and job fairs. For more information: Old Main, room 1712 Phone: 250.371.5627 Fax: 250.828.5014 Website: www.tru.ca/careereducation Maintaining Interest Free Status Interest on your student loan is paid by the federal and/or provincial government as long as you are registered as a full‐time student. Students who have negotiated Canada Student Loans and B.C. Student Loans in the past but who do not negotiate one for the immediate semester or program of study should submit an online application for maintenance of interest free status at www.studentaidbc.ca. Deadlines The government must receive your application a minimum of six weeks prior to your study end date. Contact Student Awards & Financial Support for further information. Part‐Time Student Assistance Programs Grants and loans are available to assist students who choose to study on a part‐time basis. Funds are intended to cover direct educational costs such as tuition and books. Applications are available online at www.studentaidbc.ca Fee Deferrals Students who meet the following criteria are eligible for a fee deferral: 36 Student Engagement Certificate of Recognition Global Competency Global Competency is a credential that can be earned in tandem with any undergraduate or graduate credit program offered by Thompson Rivers University. The credential formally recognizes the global competencies ‐ knowledge, skills, and attitudes of a globally minded citizen ‐ acquired by students through their educational experiences. Students earning this credential will have it formally noted on their official TRU transcript and will also receive a “Certificate of Recognition ‐ Global Competency.” It is awarded upon completion of a student's program of study, provided that all of the Global Competency requirements have been met. For more information visit www.tru.ca/global. Leadership in Environmental Sustainability Leadership in Environmental Sustainability is a credential that can be earned in tandem with any undergraduate or graduate credit program offered by Thompson Rivers University. The credential formally recognizes the environmental sustainability competencies‐ knowledge, skills, and attitudes – acquired by students through their educational experiences. TRU Interfaith Chaplaincy Chaplaincy Aims and Objectives Students earning tis credential will have it formally noted on their official TRU transcript and will also receive a “TRU Certificate – Leadership in Environmental Sustainability.” It is awarded upon completion of a student’s program of study, provided that all of the requirements have been met. For more information visit www.tru.ca/les     Student Housing  Thompson Rivers University Residence and Conference Centre: 271 suites with one, two or four bedrooms as well as one or two bedroom barrier free suites for students with physical limitations. Suites are fully furnished. Light housekeeping services are provided. For more information: Phone 250.828.8999 Email: tru@stayrcc.com Website: www.theplace2be.ca By offering:     McGill On‐Campus Student Housing: 300 furnished suite style units. Applications are available from the housing staff. For more information, contact: Phone 250.372.7778 TRUSU Housing Resource Centre: The Students’ Union offers an online Housing Resource Centre with information on tenancy rights, policies, and procedures both on and off campus, as well as a Housing Registry. The Registry connects students with landlords and other students seeking roommates. This service is free for both landlords and students and includes search features for housing type, price range, and number of bedrooms. For more information: www.trusu.ca Student Success Courses Courses are designed to assist students to learn and apply strategies for academic success. These one credit university‐level courses are open to all students who meet the language requirements of the institution. Contact the Counselling Department for more information or visit, www.tru.ca/counselling/courses.html Supplemental Learning Supplemental Learning (SL) is an academic support program linked to a variety of introductory courses. In courses supported by SL, students are invited to attend weekly sessions. SL sessions provide structured and informal opportunities to study with your peers. Sessions are led by a student who has previously excelled in completing the course. SL sessions integrate how‐to‐learn (study skills) with what‐to‐learn (course content) in a relaxed and collaborative environment. For more information: Phone: 250.828.5277 Website: www.tru.ca/studentservices/sl 37 To participate in and contribute to all aspects of TRU experience from a religious or spiritual perspective; To provide religious and spiritual care for all the diverse membership of the TRU community; To work as a team, exemplifying inter‐faith dialogue and cooperation; To serve co‐operatively with TRU Student Services Counselling and other support service providers; To support and encourage members of the TRU community in their relationships with the broader community in respect of religious and spiritual interests and concerns;   Spiritual or religious supports and encouragements Guidance and resources in times of personal concern, conflict or crisis Opportunities for companionship, prayer, study and service on campus Educational events related to spiritual and religious experience and insight Celebration of holy days and commemorative occasions Connection with local and regional faith communities and events on or off campus For more information: Phone: 250.371.5772 Email: chaplains@tru.ca Website: www.tru.ca/studentservice/Interfaith_Chaplaincy TRU Students' Union (TRUSU) The Thompson Rivers University Students’ Union (TRUSU) is the membership organization of all students enrolled at the TRU Kamloops campus. It is a registered society with a Board of Directors elected annually from and by the student body. The TRUSU provides students the means to work together to advocate for their interests, offer relevant and cost‐effective services, and organize campus entertainment. Individual Advocacy: Students facing conflicts or challenges in their classes, with their employers, with their landlords, or with harassment or discrimination can access help from the Students’ Union Member’s Advocate. Appointments with the Member’s Advocate can be booked by calling 250.828.5289 or email info@trusu.ca. Equity Collectives: The Students’ Union operates four equity collectives to advance equality within the student body and to address the interests of specific groups on campus. The Women’s Collective, Aboriginal Collective, International Students’ Collective, and Graduate Students’ Collective are each chaired by an advocacy representative serving on the Students’ Union Board of Directors, and organize campaigns and events that students can get involved in. Student Caucus: The Student Caucus is a forum that includes all student representatives on committees and governance bodies across the university. It provides training, resources, and opportunities for discussion to ensure that students can fully and meaningfully participate in decision‐making at their university. Students interested in joining the Student Caucus and serving as a representative of their peers can contact caucus@trusu.ca. Campaigns and Government Relations: The Students’ Union has a fundamental mandate to advance students’ interests and to work together to achieve positive change at all levels of decision‐making that affect students. This is achieved through campaigns run here on our campus and with other students’ unions in the Canadian Federation of Students, which call for lower tuition fees, effective university funding, better public transit, increased sustainability, and more. Volunteers can contact campaigns@trusu.ca. Events Calendar: The Students’ Union and its Clubs organize many events throughout the year. These include the Kickstart Barbeque, Movie Nights, Clubs Days, Tunes Against Tuition Fees Concerts, Common Voices Lectures, and more. For more information, visit: www.trusu.ca Discount Tickets and Passes: To ensure that activities and entertainment in the Kamloops community are affordable for students, the Students’ Union negotiates partnerships with local businesses and organizations to provide discount tickets and passes. These include Kamloops Blazers hockey tickets, Kamloops Film Society tickets, Sun Peaks Resort passes, and Bikram Yoga passes, and are available at the Members’ Services Desk in the Students’ Union Building. Clubs: There are currently over 80 student Clubs organized and ratified through the Students’ Union. These Clubs organize around programs of study, common interests, ethnicities, and political and religious beliefs. They foster student success, provide social opportunities, and organize campus activities. The Students’ Union provides Clubs with comprehensive services including banking, free banner and poster printing, mail and email service, meeting rooms, and event funding. A directory of current Clubs can be found at www.trusu.ca Extended Health and Dental Plan: The TRUSU Extended Health and Dental Plan supplements healthcare coverage provided through the Medical Services Plan of British Columbia by providing additional coverage for dental care, pharmaceuticals, optical care, and additional healthcare practitioners. All full‐time students enrolled at the Kamloops campus are automatically enrolled in the Plan. Part‐time students may opt‐in to the Plan and students enrolled in the Plan may enroll spouses and dependents by bringing their Course Registration Data Form to the Members’ Services Desk in the Students’ Union Building and paying the appropriate fee(s). Students may opt‐out of the Plan by completing an online form at trusu.ca and providing proof of comparable coverage including the insurance provider and policy number. This must be done before the deadline set 30 days after the course start date. 38 For complete information about the Plan, visit www.trusu.ca International Student Identity Card: The International Student Identity Card (ISIC) is an internationally recognized form of student identification issued in 124 countries. It provides access to travel and other discounts in Canada and abroad. The ISIC is available free of charge to Students’ Union members. To apply students must bring proof of enrolment and a piece of government‐issued photo identification to the Members’ Services Desk in the Students’ Union Building. Online Services: The Students’ Union operates a suite of online services that connect individual students to each other and the community to save time and money. These include Book Exchange, Tutor Registry, the Ride Share, and Studentsaver. Students' Union Building and Common Grounds Coffee House: The Students’ Union Building, a student‐owned and operated building on campus. The building offers students many amenities including social space; bookable rooms for study, group meetings, and events; and a games room and television lounge. It is also the location of the Common Grounds Coffeehouse, the only student‐owned and operated food service on campus. Common Grounds maintains the highest social and environmental standards by offering fairly traded organic espresso, locally catered food, biodegradable cups, fair wages for student employees, and extended hours. UPASS: The UPASS is a universal pass for the Kamloops public transit system. Operating as an agreement between the Students’ Union, the City of Kamloops, and BC Transit, the UPASS is available to all members. In addition to providing free access to transit, the UPASS provides free access to the Aquatic Centre and a 50% discount on monthly gym memberships at the Tournament Capital Centre. To obtain a UPASS, a student must bring her student identification card and Course Registration Data Form to the Members’ Services Desk in the Students’ Union Building. Students may opt‐out of the UPASS under a limited number of specific circumstances. For more information: 250.828.5289 www.trusu.ca Twitter @trusu15 TRU Wellness Centre The TRU Wellness Centre promotes the well‐being of our diverse TRU community. The Wellness Centre values the health of all employees and students on campus and aims to provide unique, educational and fun programs that will help provide the skills and tools needed to create a more harmonious and balanced lifestyle. The Centre provides:  Individual wellness plans and health and wellness consultations  Presentations to classrooms on wellness issues such as stress management, nutrition, healthy relationships, responsible drinking, etc. We also provide campus‐wide activities such as yoga, awareness meditation, wellness breaks, sexual health week, nutrition education, TRU on the Move activity challenges, etc. Appointments with the Wellness Coordinator are available. Connect with us: OM 1479 250.828.5010 wellness@tru.ca www.tru.ca/wellness. Writing Centre Whether you are a student, staff member or faculty at TRU, the Writing Centre is able to assist you by providing feedback on your writing. Both beginning and professional writers benefit from feedback on their work. During the semester, you may receive help with any stage of the writing process, including generating ideas; organizing; managing issues of sentence structure, grammar, punctuation, and documentation; revision and editing. You may also choose to come in without a draft for help with a specific writing problem. Connect with us: In‐person: Old Main, Room 2674. 250.371.5689 writing_ctr@tru.ca www.tru.ca/studentservices/writingcentre Campus Services Athletics and Recreation TRU has a large athletic program competing in eleven varsity sports. Varsity athletics is for the accomplished athlete who wants to compete at a higher level of sport. Team sports include: Basketball, Volleyball, Soccer, Badminton, Cross Country Running, Golf (Men’s). Baseball and Hockey are also available as collegiate team affiliated with TRU. TRU Recreation organizes a variety of special events, intramural sports, drop‐in activities and fitness initiatives for staff, faculty and students of the university. The gymnasium facility includes a squash court, change rooms with showers and lockers, and a full sized gym floor. A minimum fee may apply for selected gymnasium services. www.tru.ca/athletic Bookstore Located on the first floor of the Campus Activity Centre, the Bookstore sells TRU apparel, stationery, calculators, art supplies, phone cards, greeting cards, specialized materials required by some courses, giftware, snack food, and grad gown rentals. By mid‐August, many textbooks required for your course work will be available. Both new and used textbooks can be returned for a full refund up to two weeks after classes begin, providing you have the original receipt and the textbook is unmarked in any way. For hours of operation or to purchase books online, visit thebookstore.tru.ca Used book buy‐backs run all year long. For more information and to find the value of used books visit www.thebookstore.tru.ca Campus Activity Centre The Campus Activity Centre (CAC) serves Thompson Rivers University community with a variety of facilities and programs. The Campus Activity Centre provides a setting for individuals to socialize and to meet one another outside of the classroom. The interaction is facilitated by the many exciting cultural, educational, recreational, and entertainment events that are held in various areas of the Centre. The Campus Activity Centre provides several hospitality venues that serve the University. Our state‐of‐the‐art facilities include:      TRU Bookstore Terrace Cafeteria Heroes Pub Grand Hall &meeting rooms Simply Computing ‐. Visit our website www.simply.ca or phone 250.372.2811. For more information about the Campus Activity Centre, visit www.tru.ca/cac or call 250.371.5723. Campus Card This photo identification card is required to access Library services, to obtain the Students' Union U‐Pass and is used in a variety of ways on campus for identification. The campus card may also provide various student discounts at merchants throughout the City of Kamloops. It is available at the Bookstore in the CAC upon receipt of registration fees. www.tru.ca/campuscard Board of Governors Meetings Canada Post Mail Boxes The TRU Board meets four to five times per year. Students and the general public are invited to attend 'public' meetings. The meeting schedule and agenda can be found online at: www.tru.ca/board Pick‐up boxes are located outside the Main Library For more information on the Board of Governors, please contact: Coordinator, University Governance 250.828.5318 Chancellor@tru.ca 39 Cariboo Childcare Society  Provide exceptional care for the children and families in a safe, healthy learning environment  Primarily serve the childcare needs of the students at Thompson Rivers University as well as the faculty , staff and community families  Offer educational opportunities for university students in programs that relate to the development of children All of the staff at Cariboo Child Care are qualified Early Childhood Educators and staff working in our School Age programs have training specifically for working with children 6 ‐ 12 years of age, as well as ECE certification. For more information including details on fees, programming, application and enrolment information, visit tru_a/daycare Environment and Sustainability The Department of Environment and Sustainability works to design and implement the Campus Strategic Plan sustainability components through advocacy, communication and coordination including supporting sustainability research and cost‐effective green initiatives. It provides support and resources for students, staff, and faculty who are interested in making TRU “The University of Choice for Environment and Sustainability” and works with individuals and organizations within the Kamloops community to make our city a greener place to live. For more information visit www.tru.ca/sustain Facilities Services Facilities Services is responsible for the renovation, maintenance and cleanliness of all TRU buildings, grounds and facilities, and the provision of campus security, traffic control, parking and furniture support services. Information or assistance on Facilities Services matters can be provided as follows:   Building maintenance and janitorial services: 250.828.5388. For security or building access information see the Security section. fair trade organic espresso, locally catered food, biodegradable cups, fair wages for student employees, and extended hours of operation. For more information, visit www.trusu.ca or call 250.828.5289. Health and Safety Department The Department of Health and Safety works collaboratively with all departments, faculties, students and various Building and Joint Health and Safety Committees to ensure that the campus community is a safe and secure place to work and learn. Any and all injuries or illnesses resulting from activities on Thompson Rivers University's campuses must be treated by campus first‐aid or a designated first aider, and then reported to their Supervisor and the TRU Safety Officer. Contact Information: Old main, Room 1461 Campus Security: 1111 (24 hours/day) Ambulance: 911 Website: www.tru.ca/hsafety Accident Insurance Coverage for Students Thompson Rivers University has arranged an Accident Insurance Plan for registered students (excluding general interest students), who are actively attending classes or participating in an approved TRU course or activity. Coverage is in effect for all eligible students while on TRU property or premises; or, in transit to an approved activity or venue. This policy provides a maximum of $25,000 for Accidental Death or Dismemberment. Additional benefits are covered under this policy, and further information can be obtained by contacting the Medical Office Assistant in Health Services Premium funding for this insurance plan will be paid 100% by Thompson Rivers University, through the University Activity fees. Provincial WorkSafe BC Coverage WorkSafe BC coverage is in place for students:  Food Services There are several options for food services on campus: the Culinary Arts Training Centre, TRU Students Union, and Aramark Higher Education services. The Culinary Arts Training Program operates the Culinary Arts Training Centre (CATC) and Accolades Dining Room in the CATC building. For more information and hours of operation, visit: Cafeteria: www.tru.ca/act.culinary/cafeteria Accolades Dining Room: www.tru.ca/act/culinary/diningroom ARAMARK Campus Services operates food service outlets in the CAC, House of Learning, Old Main, International Building and the Science Building. For a detailed listing of food outlets, visit: www.tru.campusdish.com or call 250.371.5720 For catering services call 250.828.5005 The Thompson Rivers University Students’ Union operates the Common Grounds Coffeehouse, located in the Students’ Union Building. It offers  Who participate in a required practicum as identified in the TRU Calendar at a recognized work site. During classroom/lab/shop instruction for students in a recognized apprentice program. WorkSafe BC coverage is not in place for any other students. Health Services Medical Clinic The operation of the University medical clinic also falls under the management of the H&S department. Thompson Rivers University has physicians available on an appointment basis, five days a week, for all students, staff, and faculty. Any person having a chronic medical condition such as epilepsy, diabetes or heart disease are encouraged to notify Health Services of this fact, so that the physicians can be provided with advance notice in case of an emergency. Health Services retains all medical documentation and immunization records as may be required by specific institutional programs; in a secure and confidential manner. Contact Information: 40 Location: Old Main, Room 1461 Phone: 250.828.5126 Emergencies: On‐campus extension 1111 or 911 Hours: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm (appointments available) Information Technology Services transparencies/overheads, scanning to disk, printing from disk, printing from e‐mailed files, document binding and laminating. For more information, visit: Website: www.tru.ca/pintshop Phone 250.828.5380 E‐mail printshop@tru.ca IT Services provides the following services: 1. The IT Service Desk provides assistance to students, Faculty and staff who are having issues with computer hardware, systems and applications. 2. Communications systems: Data, telecom technologies, and classroom audio visual equipment and repair. To book equipment, contact 250.828.5070 or email loanout@tru.ca 3. Equipment is available to staff and Faculty and to students with the permission of their instructors. It is recommended you book two to three days in advance. 4. TRU Servers and Server Infrastructure maintenance and repair and backup, Staff and Faculty E‐Mail, and Printing. 5. Development, maintenance, protection, and enhancement of the University’s critical information systems infrastructure including Student, Faculty and staff self‐service capability through myTRU, the TRU website, and learning management systems (i.e. Moodle) Security Campus security services are provided by Concord Security Corporation on a 24‐hour basis. Building Access: Students requiring after‐hours access must obtain prior authorization through their instructors. Authorized after‐hours access can be obtained by contacting the Campus Security Contact: House of Learning (HL) 128 Phone: 250.828.5033 Emergencies call 911 Senate Meetings The TRU Senate meets on the fourth Monday of the month, except in July and August. Students and the general public are invited to attend 'public' meetings. Service Desk Locations: Old Main, Room 1326 House of Learning – Learning Commons Phone: 250.852.6800 or 1.800.852.8522 Email: ITServiceDesk@tru.ca Website: www.tru.ca/its Lost And Found Located in Student Awards & Financial Support Old Main, Room 1631 250.828.5024 Outdoor Events Student clubs, departments and other organizations may book outdoor spaces for events by obtaining a use permit available from Ancillary Services. Use permits are required for all organized outdoor events. The meeting schedule and agenda can be found on the Senate's website www.tru.ca/senate For more information on the Senate, please contact: Coordinator, University Governance: Phone: 250.828.5318 Email: senate@tru.ca Student Newspaper The Omega, Thompson Rivers University's Independent Student Newspaper, is a free press publication written by TRU students for the TRU campus community of students, faculty, and staff. At least 1500 newspapers are distributed to sites on and off campus, every Wednesday throughout the academic year, and once per month during the summer. Students are encouraged to volunteer at the paper as contributors or board members. Parking Information on campus parking services, charges, passes and violations are available: Phone: 250.828.5368 Email: parking@tru.ca Website: www.tru.ca/facilities/coreservices/parking Paid parking is in effect Monday through Friday, except when the University is officially closed. Print Shop The Print Shop is located at Old Main, room 1206. Services include self‐ service copying, full color copying, black and white as well as full color 41 TRU Alumni & Friends Association The Alumni & Friends Association informs, involves, connects, and educates through a variety of activities such as the Career Mentor Program which connects current students with recent grads and a variety of annual scholarship and bursary programs. For more information: www.trualumni.ca Phone: 250.828.5264 TRU Foundation The TRU Foundation is dedicated to the advancement of education and other charitable purposes beneficial to TRU. Activities in support of the Foundation are accomplished through the efforts of a volunteer Society, Advancement staff, and community supporters. For more information: www.tru.ca/foundation Librarians offer individualized, in‐depth, one‐on‐one research consultations by appointment. Librarians also teach information literacy skills and effective research strategies through a graduated library instruction curriculum catering to the various academic levels and disciplines. TRU Theatres and Art Gallery TRU has two theatres for the presentation of performances and an Art Gallery as well as a number of informal spaces for the exhibition of artworks. These venues are used for exhibitions and performances of works by TRU students and faculty as well as providing venues for artists, performers, authors, etc., who come to campus in conjunction with such programs as “Cultural Events” and the “Visiting Artist Program. Collections The TRU Library supports all of the University’s programming with a wide range of print and online materials which includes 280,000 volumes, 18,000 periodical subscriptions, 95+ article and research databases, an extensive collection of government documents, pamphlets, microforms, and audiovisual materials. Borrowing Alumni Theatre: TRU students must have a valid Student Card which serves as the TRU library card and must be presented every time library materials are borrowed. A current library account is also required for off‐campus access to restricted resources (e.g., article databases) and for self‐ service features (e.g., renewing books online. For more information about TRU Library services and policies, visit www.tru.ca/library The rehearsal and teaching space for the TRU Chorus. Interlibrary Loans TRU Fine Arts Gallery: The TRU Library’s Interlibrary loans service will try to obtain study and research materials that are not held by the TRU Library for current TRU students, staff and faculty. Actor’s Workshop Theatre: A ‘state of the art’ theatre which can be modified into a variety of configurations, and is used by students of the “Actor’s Workshop” for the production of plays associated with TRU’s Theatre Program. Used for regular exhibitions of artwork by TRU students and faculty, and presentations by artists from across Canada as part of the “Visiting Artist” program. University Library The TRU Library system consists of the Main Library, the Brown Family House of Learning Library, and the Williams Lake Campus Library. Study Facilities The TRU library offers a variety of spaces for studying including group spaces and individual study carrels. Group study rooms, some equipped with SMART Boards, are bookable online. Computers with a variety of productivity software and applications are found in all library locations. Williams Lake Library The TRU Library’s website serves as the main portal for access to all of TRU Library’s resources and services. Access to the library catalogue, research guides, and electronic reference services (email, Facebook and AskAway) is available to everyone, while off‐campus access to licensed online resources is restricted to current TRU students, faculty, and staff. www.tru.ca/library The Williams Lake TRU Library collection consists of over 10,000 items including a variety of audio visual material. Students and faculty have access to all print and electronic TRU Kamloops Library holdings. Items not available locally can be obtained through the interlibrary loan network. Library Hours Library branch hours vary. For details, visit www.tru.ca/library or call: Library Services include: Research assistance 42 Kamloops: 250.828.5301 Williams Lake: 250.392.8030 Faculty of Adventure, Culinary Arts and Tourism Bachelor of Tourism Management Degree Four‐year undergraduate degree program. Graduates receive a Bachelor of Tourism Management (BTM) degree. Learning Options Full‐time or Part‐time Study Full or part‐time study is available. On‐Campus Offered on the main campus of TRU in Kamloops. Distance Education Many courses are available by distance education and may be transferred in as part of the degree.  Students work in partnership with various communities via the BTM. This provides value to our students by including applied field assignments, as well as the opportunity to give back to local communities by linking them to the developing expertise of our students.  Up to six credits of course work can be achieved via co‐operative education.  Students are able to access a number of international opportunities, including study abroad and field school programs. Program Start Dates Students may enter the program in the Fall, Winter, or Summer semesters. Program Overview TRU’s Bachelor of Tourism Management (BTM) has the distinction of being the first tourism degree in British Columbia and has grown to offer more specialty focus areas than any other tourism degree in Canada. This is a forward thinking, innovative, and engaging degree for students who are looking to become leaders and managers in the international experience economy. The degree was developed with the participation and input of our partners in education: industry, students and alumni. It reflects the current and emerging realities of this dynamic field and is constantly evolving in order to better serve both our students' needs and emerging industry challenges. The BTM is delivered by a team of talented and innovative faculty who work with students that are motivated and eager to take on the challenges facing tourism in the new millennium. Courses provide a blend of theory and practice. Assignments introduce students to current management issues with local, regional, national and international tourism businesses and organizations. These assignments are designed to give students the skills and confidence to develop their own tourism businesses and/or fill the growing need for managers in the tourism industry. Students with a CGPA of 3.0 or better can apply to the Honours program upon completion of Year 2 of the BTM. Students will be admitted to the Honours program in Year 3 and must maintain a CGPA of 3.0 or better with no grade lower than B‐ in order to remain in the Honours program. Learning Experiences  All students are required to complete a minimum of 500 hours of tourism‐related work experience to integrate theory with field application. 43 International Opportunities There are increasing numbers of international students in the program, and a growing number of international opportunities for meeting degree requirements including Study Abroad, International Co‐op and Field Schools. The program works closely with the TRU Study Abroad Office and is actively engaged in developing partnerships with universities worldwide visit www.truworld.ca/studyabroad. Field schools are established in various locations around the world that enable you to study on location to integrate practical and theoretical learning. Co‐operative Education In order to meet all requirements for graduation, students must have a minimum of 500 hours (12‐14 weeks) documented, relevant work experience supported by industry references indicating capable performance. If this requirement is not met upon admission, it must be completed prior to admission to year four of the BTM. Students have the option of completing this requirement via two co‐op work terms as part of their studies in the BTM. Co‐operative Education is the integration of academic studies with paid work terms related to the student's studies. Students receive 6 lower level elective credits for completing two work terms. Each co‐op work term for the BTM is four months in length and can be completed in a number of ways. The model below is the most common way to complete the two Co‐op work terms. Students will apply to co‐ op in September or January and will work with the Tourism Co‐op Coordinator to make this experience as rewarding as possible. Students must complete a minimum of 30 first year credits with a cumulative GPA of 2.33 to enter the BTM Co‐op Option and must maintain a cumulative GPA of 2.33 to remain eligible for Co‐op. Sample BTM Co‐op Time Pattern (Two Co‐op Work Terms Required) Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Sept.‐Dec. Academic Semester 1 Academic Semester 3 Academic Semester 5 Academic Semester 7 Jan.‐Apr Academic Semester 2 Academic Semester 4 Academic Semester 6 Academic Semester 8 May‐Aug. Co‐op Work Term Co‐op Work Term Co‐op Work Term Graduation Admission Requirements 1. BC grade 12 or equivalent or mature student status. 2. English 12/English 12 First Peoples with 73% or better (or equivalent) within the last 5 years; or completion of ENGL 0600; or Language Proficiency Index (LPI) with a Level 5 or better within the last 2 years; or completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a minimum grade of C+ ( or equivalent). 3. Foundations of Math 11 or Pre‐calculus 11 (C minimum) or Principles of Math 11 (C minimum) or Applications of Math 11 or Math 0510 (C minimum) or equivalent. NOTE: Students who complete either Principles of Math 12 or Foundations of Math 12 (C+ minimum) will be exempt from MATH 1100, and must make up the three credits with an elective of their choice. Computer Skills Students with little or no experience using computers are advised to take an introductory computer course that familiarizes them with Microsoft application software.  Queenstown Resort College – Diploma of Adventure Tourism Management (New Zealand) Further queries about transfer agreements can be directed to the Program Coordinator. Laddering Credit from other Programs Many tourism and business based diplomas have been designed to "ladder" or internally transfer into the BTM. All of the TRU programs below have the ability to ladder as many as 60 credits towards the BTM (credits may vary depending on Concentration/Major selected by student):         Adventure Sport Certificate Adventure Guide Diploma Adventure Management Diploma Canadian Mountain and Ski Guide Certification Program Events & Conventions Management Diploma Resort & Hotel Management Diploma Sport Event Management Diploma Tourism Management Diploma Admission Process Applications are available from the TRU Admissions Office at www.tru.ca/admissions/apply The following documentation must be included with applications:   The application fee Official transcripts for all secondary and post‐secondary institutions attended Detailed resume outlining educational accomplishments and credentials, work and volunteer experience, and personal interests and activities.  Transfer to TRU Applicants who have previous credits in appropriate university or college courses may apply them toward the requirements of the degree. Course work from other institutions will be assessed following application to the BTM. Students may wish to consult the BC Transfer Guide for information on transferability of credits and to find out if particular courses will transfer to TRU at bctransferguide.ca. It is common for students to enter the BTM in 3rd year after completing a 2‐year tourism or business‐related diploma. The program is designed to accommodate these students, as well as students entering in 1st or 2nd year. A maximum of fifty percent of the program credit requirements can be fulfilled by transfer credit. Program Policies In addition to meeting TRU’s residency policy, a least 50% of courses at the 3000 and 4000 level must be completed at TRU in order to earn a TRU BTM degree. Extensions to this policy may be granted with prior approval to students involved in academic exchanges with other post‐secondary institutions. To remain in the BTM program after admission:    Students must maintain a cumulative CGPA of at least 2.00 calculated using BTM courses only. Students cannot repeat a course more than twice; and Students failing to meet the CGPA requirements will be placed on a learning contract. Advancement into Year Three of the TRU BTM requires a minimum CGPA of 2.0 (BTM courses only). Third year standing in the BTM is defined as:    54 or more credits completed CGPA of 2.0 or better (BTM courses only) At minimum, the successful completion of the following courses (or approved equivalents): CMNS 1810, STAT 1200, TMGT 1110, TMGT 1150, ACCT 1000 and ECON 1220 In order to gain graduate status, a CGPA of no less than 2.00 (BTM courses only) is required. Program Options Transfer Agreements As most of the tourism programs within British Columbia have a core curriculum, transfer between these programs occur with ease. Here are some of our articulated transfer agreements:    44 Algonquin College: Outdoor Adventure Diploma (Ontario) Grant McEwan University: Travel Program (Alberta) Lakeland College: Adventure Tourism & Outdoor recreation Diploma (Alberta) The BTM is a 120‐credit degree. The first 60 credits provide a solid foundation for the management of tourism businesses. The second 60 credits enable students to choose a specialty area, offering an unparalleled opportunity for students to pursue in‐depth studies in areas of particular interest to them. The program is organized into two main streams: 1. 2. Adventure Studies Tourism 1. Adventure Studies 4160, TMGT 4030, TMGT 4040, TMGT 4160, TMGT 4981 Adventure Studies within the Bachelor of Tourism Management Degree equip students for the growing needs of the adventure travel industry. Governments, businesses, organizations and communities require tourism experts to help develop, direct and promote adventure experiences in their villages, cities, regions and countries. Theme area 3: Experience Design ADVG 4040, ADVG 4200, TMGT 4010, TMGT 4050, TMGT 4130, TMGT 4170, TMGT 4180, TMGT 4210 Program Requirements Year 1 and Year 2 (60 credits): Notes: Themes: Some theme requirements may be naturally met through a students’ concentration or major. Otherwise, credits for theme fulfillment will come from a students’ upper‐level elective space. Adventure Studies – Majors, Concentrations, and Minors Description Credits Courses Communications & New Media 6 credits CMNS 1810 and JOUR 2060 Program Credits Courses & Notes Adventure Studies Major 24 credits 24 credits at the ADVG 4000 level including ADVG 4800 Adventure Studies Major 36 credits ADVG 4010, TMGT 4020, TMGT 4990 (6 credits) Statistics 3 credits STAT 1200 Organizational Behaviour 3 credits 3 credits TMGT 1140 or ADVG 2850 TMGT 1160 or ADVG 1050 Marketing 6 credits TMGT 1150 and one of: EVNT 2190, EVNT 2250, HMGT 2120 Finance & Decision Making 3 credits ACCT 1000 Economics 3 credits ECON 1220 Tourism Essentials 3 credits TMGT 1110 or ADVG 1010 Law 3 credits TMGT 2250 or ADVG 2060 Culture, Geography and History 3 credits TMGT 2060 Environmental Stewardship 3 credits Unspecified Electives Field Work Adventure Studies Minor 12 credits ADVG 4010 9 credits from: ADVG 4020, ADVG 4030, ADVG 4040, ADVG 4050, ADVG 4070, ADVG 4090, ADVG 4100 (6 credits), ADVG 4110, ADVG 4210, ADVG 4220, ADVG 4230 15 credits ADVG 4010, ADVG 4050, ADVG 4090, ADVG 4110, ADVG 4100 (6 credits) TMGT 2610 or ADVG 2010 International Adventure Tourism Development Minor 21 credits Students without prior adventure tourism education must take ADVG 3110 and 3130 – please contact the program coordinator for approval Adventure Studies Concentration 15 credits ADVG 4020, ADVG 4030, ADVG 4040, ADVG 4210, ADVG 4220 Students must have documented relevant work experience supported by industry references indicating capable performance. Requirement can be done on own or via the Co‐op program. International Adventure Tourism Concentration 15 credits 500 hours ADVG 4050, ADVG 4090, ADVG 4160, ADVG 4220, ADVG 4100 (6 credits or ADVG 4110 Nature‐based Community Development Concentration 15 credits ADVG 4090, ADVG 4140, ADVG 4200, ADVG 4230, ADVG 4120 (6 credits) or ADVG 4130 Notes: Many students apply activity courses from previously completed adventure based diploma programs for use as unspecified electives or save them for study abroad opportunities. Students who wish to take other Tourism Management concentrations need to take MATH 1100, TMGT 2010 and ECON 2200. Year 3 and Year 4 (60 credits): Requirement Capstone Core Credits 3 credits 18 credits Major/Concentration 15 credits or 24 credits Electives 24 credits Themes 9 credits (3 credits from each theme area – see note) 45 24 credits from: ADVG 4020, ADVG 4030, ADVG 4040, ADVG 4050 ADVG 4070 ADVG 4090, ADVG 4100 (6 credits), ADVG 4110, ADVG 4210, ADVG 4220, ADVG 4230 Courses ADVG 4080 ADVG 3200, CMNS 3020, TMGT 3020, TMGT 3050, TMGT 4080 and either ADVG 4010 or TMGT 3030 15 credits for concentrations 24 credits for a major (includes capstone course) 12 credits must be at the upper level Theme area 1: Culture and Place ADVG 4220 TMGT 3010, TMGT 4090, TMGT 4100, TMGT 4220 Theme area 2: Global Perspectives ADVG 4050, ADVG 2. Tourism A Tourism based concentration within the Bachelor of Tourism Management (BTM) program will help develop tourism professionals who have the knowledge and skills needed to effectively compete within a dynamic environment, identify existing and emerging market opportunities, and develop ventures to take advantage of them. Most importantly, these professionals will be equipped with the necessary expertise to effectively manage these ventures as they navigate the turbulent waters of their industry and grow into mature, innovative, and thriving organizations. Core 18 credits Electives Themes 24 credits 9 credits (3 credits from each theme area – see note) Program Requirements Year 1 and Year 2 (60 credits): Description Credits Courses Communications & New Media 6 credits CMNS 1810 and JOUR 2060 Mathematics 3 credits MATH 1100 Statistics 3 credits STAT 1200 Organizational Behaviour 6 credits TMGT 1140 and TMGT 1160 Marketing 6 credits TMGT 1150 and one of: EVNT 2190, EVNT 2250, HMGT 2120 Finance & Decision Making 6 credits ACCT 1000 & TMGT 2010 Economics 6 credits ECON 1220 & ECON 2200 Tourism Essentials 3 credits TMGT 1110 Law 3 credits TMGT 2250 Culture, Geography and History 3 credits TMGT 2060 Environmental Stewardship 3 credits TMGT 2610 Unspecified Electives 12 credits Students choice Field Work 500 hours Students must have documented relevant work experience supported by industry references indicating capable performance. Requirement can be done on own or via the Co‐op program. Many students apply activity courses from previously completed adventure based diploma programs for use as unspecified electives or save them for study abroad opportunities. Concentration Credits 3 credits (specific to concentrati on) 15 credits Theme area 2: Global Perspectives ADVG 4050, ADVG 4160, TMGT 4030, TMGT 4040, TMGT 4160, TMGT 4981 Theme area 3: Experience Design ADVG 4040, ADVG 4200, TMGT 4010, TMGT 4050, TMGT 4130, TMGT 4170, TMGT 4180, TMGT 4210 Notes: Themes: Some theme requirements may be naturally met through a students’ concentration or major. Otherwise, credits for theme fulfillment will come from a students’ upper‐level elective space. Tourism ‐ Concentrations & Minors Concentration Credits Courses Innovation and Entrepreneurship Concentration 15 credits TMGT 4010, TMGT 4110, TMGT 4120, TMGT 4140, TMGT 4150 Festivals & Events Concentration 15 credits EVNT 3800, TMGT 4010, TMGT 4050, TMGT 4090, TMGT 4981 Mountain Studies 15 credits TMGT 3040, TMGT 4030, TMGT 4220, TMGT 4700, and either TMGT 4010 or TMGT 4050 Resort Experience 15 credits HMGT 3000, TMGT 4030, TMGT 4150, TMGT 4170, TMGT 4180 General – no concentration 15 credits 15 credits from any ADVG, EVNT, HMGT, MTST and TMGT course at the 3000‐4000 level Environmental Economics and Sustainable Development Minor* 15 credits 12 credits from ECON 3410, ECON 3690, ECON 3700, ECON 3710, ECON 3730, ECON 3740, ECON 3990, ECON 4720, ECON 4990 3 credits from: TMGT 3040, TMGT 4040 Year 3 and Year 4 (60 credits): Requirement Capstone ADVG 3200, CMNS 3020, TMGT 3020, TMGT 3050, TMGT 4080 and either ADVG 4010 or TMGT 3030 12 credits must be at the upper level Theme area 1: Culture and Place ADVG 4220 TMGT 3010, TMGT 4090, TMGT 4100, TMGT 4220 *Minor program is under review to create a better fit with new program structure. Courses Resort Experience: HMGT 4800 Innovation & Entrepreneur: TMGT 4800 Festival & Events: EVNT 4800 Mountain Studies: MTST 4800 General: TMGT 4020 See below for details Program Contact 250.828.5366 Post‐Baccalaureate Diplomas in Tourism One and a half to two year programs for students who have completed a bachelor’s degree. Graduates receive a diploma in a particular area of study. Students may enter the program in the Fall or Winter semester. Learning Options Full‐time or Part‐time Study: Program Overview Full or part‐time study is available. Post‐Baccalaureate Diplomas (PBD) in Tourism are offered in the following four areas: On‐Campus: Courses are offered at TRU’s Kamloops campus. Program Start Dates: 46   Adventure Studies, 39 credits International Tourism Development, 39 credits  Tourism Destination Development, 54 credits Tourism Experience Management, 54 credits PBDs in Tourism are designed for students with degrees in other areas that want to return to university to gain specialty knowledge in a functional area of tourism. The course work is predominantly upper level material from the Bachelor of Tourism Management, but results in a shorter completion time as taking the full degree. Programs range between 39 and 54 credits. Admission Requirements Each of the four post‐baccalaureate programs require an undergraduate degree from any discipline (bachelor’s degree). Each program has different English requirements, as outlined below: The Adventure Studies and International Tourism Development programs require a university level English academic composition course (C+ minimum) or equivalent. The Tourism Destination Development and Tourism Experience Management programs also require demonstrated English Language Proficiency. Students who have completed their studies in a country where English is not an official language will be required to provide proof of English language proficiency. This can be achieved by meeting one of the following:     TOEFL minimum of 570 (paper‐based with a TWE 4.5) or 88 (iBT) with no section below 20 IELTS Min overall score of 6.5 with no subtest score below 6.0 CAEL – Minimum overall score of 70 with no subtest below 60 Accuplacer  ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a minimum grade of C+ in both Admission Process Applications are available from the TRU Admissions Office at www.tru.ca/admissions/apply International student admissions, visit tru.ca/admissions/international The following documentation must be included with applications: The application fee Official transcripts from all post‐secondary institutions attended A detailed resume outlining educational accomplishments and credentials, work and volunteer experience, and personal interests and activities. Program Requirements PBD in Adventure Studies Tourism Core – Required Courses (24 credits) TMGT 1110 Introduction to Tourism TMGT 1150 Marketing & Customer Service TMGT 3050 Research in Tourism 47 Adventure Activities (NOTE: activity fee about $675 CDN) ADVG 3130 Adventure Operations ADVG 4010 Business Applications for Eco & Adventure Tourism Management ADVG 4020 Legal Liability & Risk Management for Eco & Adventure Businesses ADVG 4220 The Culture of Adventure Specialization Requirements (select 6 credits in total) ADVG 1000‐2000 year level Select from Adventure Studies activity based courses with the assistance of the Adventure Studies Chairperson Examples include: kayaking, skiing, rock climbing, ocean surfing, etc. Specialization Options (select 9 credits) ADVG 4030 Contemporary Perspectives in Eco & Adventure ADVG 4040 Programming Experiential Activities ADVG 4070 Directed Studies in Adventure ADVG 4210 Adventure & Sport Marketing ADVG 4230 Consulting in Adventure PBD in International Tourism Development Tourism Core – Required Courses (21 credits) TMGT 1110 Introduction to Tourism TMGT 1150 Marketing & Customer Service TMGT 3010 Community & Cultural Issues in Tourism TMGT 3050 Research in Tourism TMGT 4010 Experience Creation and Product Development ADVG 4100 Adventure Field School ‐ International (6 credits) MELAB with a minimum of 8     ADVG 3110 (NOTE: activity fee of about $2,400 CDN + airfare) Specialization Requirements (9 credits) ADVG 4050 International Adventure Tourism Business ADVG 4090 Nature‐Based Community Development TMGT 4160 Tourism in a Global Environment Specialization Options (select 9 credits) TMGT 2610 Environmental Issues in the Tourism Industry TMGT 3020 Tourism Policy & Planning ADVG 4070 Directed Studies in Adventure PBD in Tourism Destination Development Tourism Core (21 credits) CMNS 1810 Business, Professional and Academic Composition TMGT 1110 Introduction to Tourism TMGT 1150 Marketing & Customer Service TMGT 2610 Environmental Issues in the Tourism Industry TMGT 3000 Practicum in Tourism (250 hours) TMGT 3020 Tourism Policy & Planning TMGT 3050 Research in Tourism Tourism Electives (15 credits) Lower Elective Select a 1000‐2000 level course from ADVG, EVNT, HMGT, MTST, or TMGT Upper Elective Select a 3000‐4000 level course from ADVG, EVNT, HMGT, MTST, or TMGT Theme 1 Culture & Place Choose 1 of the following: Theme 2 Global Perspectives Theme 3 Experience Design ADVG 4220 TMGT 3010, TMGT 4090, TMGT 4100, TMGT 4220 Choose 1 of the following: ADVG 4050, ADVG 4160, TMGT 4030, TMGT 4040, TMGT 4160, TMGT 4981 Choose 1 of the following: ADVG 4040, ADVG 4200, TMGT 4010, TMGT 4050, TMGT 4130, TMGT 4170, TMGT 4180, TMGT 4210 Lower Elective Select a 1000‐2000 level course from ADVG, EVNT, HMGT, MTST or TMGT Upper Elective Select a 3000‐4000 level course from ADVG, EVNT, HMGT, MTST or TMGT Select 5 of the following: ADVG 4040 Programming Experiential Activities Theme 1 Culture & Place Choose 1 of the following: ADVG 4160 Community Capacity Building ADVG 4220, TMGT 3010, TMGT 4090, TMGT 4100, TMGT 4220 TMGT 4010 Experience Creation and Product Development TMGT 4050 Event Tourism TMGT 4090 The Culture of Events TMGT 4100 The Social Side of Tourism TMGT 4130 Tourism Behaviour TMGT 4170 Information Technology and Tourism TMGT 4180 Managing the Tourist Experience Theme 2 Global Perspectives Theme 3 Experience Design Choose 1 of the following: ADVG 4050, ADVG 4160, TMGT 4030, TMGT 4040, TMGT 4160, TMGT 4981 Choose 1 of the following: ADVG 4040, ADVG 4200, TMGT 4010, TMGT 4050, TMGT 4130, TMGT 4170, TMGT 4180, TMGT 4210 Specialization (18 credits) Specialization (18 credits) TMGT 4210 Casino Operations Management EVNT 2190 TMGT 4020 Graduating Seminar Destination Marketing Organizations TMGT 3010 Community and Cultural Issues in Tourism TMGT 3040 or TMGT 4040 Land Use Management or TMGT 4120 or TMGT 4140 Specialty Elective TMGT 4020 Tourism and Sustainable Development Program Policies Developing New Tourism Enterprises or To remain in the PBD in Tourism program after admission: Tourism Strategy  Select 1 of the following:   ADVG 4090, TMGT 2080, TMGT 2090, TMGT 4030, TMGT 4050 Graduating Seminar PBD in Tourism Experience Management Tourism Core (21 credits) CMNS 1810 Introduction to Tourism TMGT 1110 Marketing & Customer Service TMGT 1150 Environmental Issues in the Tourism Industry TMGT 2610 Community & Cultural Issues in Tourism TMGT 3000 Research in Tourism TMGT 3020 Experience Creation and Product Development TMGT 3050 Tourism Enterprise Consulting Project Students must maintain a cumulative CGPA of at least 2.0 (calculated using PBD courses only). Students cannot repeat a course more than twice; and Students failing to meet the CGPA requirements will be placed on a learning contract. In order to graduate, a minimum CGPA of 2.0 is required (calculated using PBD courses only). Program Contact 250.828.5366 Tourism Electives (15 credits) Events and Conventions Management Diploma A two‐year undergraduate program. Graduates receive an Events and Conventions Management Diploma. On‐campus Learning Options Courses are offered at the Kamloops campus. Part‐time or Full‐time Study Program Start Date Students can study on a full‐time or part‐time basis. Students enter the program in the Fall semester. 48 Program Overview Some industry experts consider the special event and group business area to be the fastest growing segment of the Canadian tourism industry. This program is designed to provide a practical overview of the function, skills and knowledge required to successfully plan, organize, manage, promote, and evaluate a festival, convention, trade show, or special event. Event planning is a very detail‐oriented business. As a result, this program will appeal to individuals who have a high regard for details and the creative ability to manage special events and conventions from inception to fruition. Special events and conventions are being recognized as great generators of money into a community. Because of this, there is a tremendous increase in the number of convention facilities being built in Canada and abroad. Employment opportunities exist in corporations, associations, hotels and resorts, convention centres, municipal convention and visitors’ bureaus, and destination management companies. As well, there are plenty of opportunities for graduates with an entrepreneurial spirit to start their own business. All courses provide a blend of theory and practice. Assignments introduce students to current management issues with local, regional, national and international tourism businesses and organizations. These assignments are designed to give students the skill and confidence to develop their own tourism businesses and fill the growing need for managers in the tourism industry. Admission Requirements 1. 2. BC Grade 12 or equivalent or mature student status English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a 73% or better (within the last 5 years) or completion of ENGL 0600, or Language Proficiency Index (LPI) with a Level 5 or better within the last 2 years or completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a minimum grade of C+ or equivalent 3. Foundations of Math 11 (C minimum); or Pre‐calculus 11(C minimum) or Principles of Math 11 (C minimum); or Applications of Math 12; or MATH 0510 (C minimum) or equivalent NOTE: Students who complete either Principles of Math 12 or Foundations of Math 12 (C+ minimum) will be exempt from Finite Math (MATH 1100), and must make up the three credits with and elective of their choice. Computer Skills If students entering the program have little or no experience using computers, they are advised to take an introductory computer course that familiarizes them with Microsoft application software. Admission Process Applications are available from the TRU Admissions Office at www.tru.ca/admissions/apply International student admissions, visit tru.ca/admissions/international Learning Experiences Work Experience In order to meet all requirements for graduation, students must have a minimum of 500 hours (12‐14 weeks) documented, relevant work experience supported by industry references indicating capable performance. If this requirement is not met upon admission, it must be completed prior to the completion of your course work. Field Trips Some Tourism Management programs include mandatory field experiences. This component has been included so that the students can better understand some of the concepts discussed in class. While costs will be kept to a minimum, students will be required to contribute to the overall cost of field trips via activity fees, currently set at approximately $635. The following documentation must be included with applications:    The application fee Official transcripts from all post‐secondary institutions attended A detailed resume outlining educational accomplishments and credentials, work and volunteer experience, and personal interests and activities Application Deadlines See Admissions section. Program Requirements International Experiences There are increasing numbers of international students in the program, and a growing number of international opportunities available. We are actively engaged in developing partnerships with universities worldwide. Study Abroad (http://www.truworld.ca/exchange.html) is a popular option for degree students and is also available for diploma students that are willing to extend their time at TRU. Year One Fall Semester Course Course Title CMNS 1810 Business, Professional and Academic Composition Credits 3 EVNT 1100 The World of Events 3 MATH 1100 Finite Mathematics with Applications I 3 TMGT 1110 Introduction to Tourism 3 TMGT 1160 Organizational Leadership in Tourism 3 Winter Semester As part of completing their certificate or diploma requirements, students may also pursue a valuable Global Competency credential http://www.tru.ca/global.html 49 ACCT 1000 Financial Accounting 3 HMGT 1110 Catering and Service Management 3 JOUR 2060 Introduction to Multimedia 3 TMGT 1140 Human Resources Management 3 TMGT 1150 Marketing and Customer Service 3 Total Credits Year 1 30 Degree. This means that graduates of this diploma are able to complete the Bachelor of Tourism Management degree in as little as two additional years of study. Contact the Program Coordinator for details. Year Two Fall Semester Course Course Title Credits ECON 1220 Introduction to Basic Economics 3 EVNT 2100 Conference Management 3 EVNT 2260 Managing Festivals and Events 3 TMGT 2010 Financial Operations Control in Tourism 3 TMGT 2250 Hospitality Law 3 EVNT 2070 Staging Special Events 3 EVNT 2170 Fundraising for Non‐Profit Organizations 3 EVNT 2500 Field Experience (about $635.00 activity fee) 3 HMGT 2120 Hotel Sales and Service 3 TMGT 2590 Entrepreneurship 3 Total Credits Year 2 30 Total Program Credits 60 Program Policies Students must meet TRU’s residency policy. Extensions to this policy may be granted with prior approval to students involved in academic exchanges with other post‐secondary institutions. To remain in Tourism Management Programs after admission:  Students must maintain a cumulative CGPA of at least 2.00 calculated using Tourism Management Program courses only. Students cannot repeat a course more than twice; and Students failing to meet the CGPA requirements will be placed on a learning contract. Winter Semester NOTE: In order to receive the Events and Conventions Management Diploma, students must complete a minimum of 500 hours of relevant work experience in the tourism industry before graduating.   In order to gain graduate status, a CGPA of no less than 2.0 (Tourism Management Program courses only) is required. Program Contact 250.828.5366 Laddering Credits to other Programs Graduates of the Events and Conventions Management Diploma are able to ladder 60 credits into the Bachelor of Tourism Management Adventure Guide Diploma A two‐year program offering foundational skills in the adventure tourism industry. Graduates receive an Adventure Guide Diploma. Learning Options Full‐time The diploma provides students with a solid foundation in adventure activities and builds on their previous experience. Skill assessments at the start of the program allow students to plan their electives around developing skills at the most advantageous level. The program is offered on a full‐time basis. On‐Campus The program is offered at the Kamloops campus. Field courses are held across western Canada, western U.S.A., and in international locations such as Ecuador, Chile, Nepal, and Tibet. The first year of this program is also offered at Keilir College in Iceland. The program focuses on a wide range of activities including: Backpacking Nature observation Hiking Canoeing Program Start Date Mountaineering Ice climbing The program begins at the end of August or early September each year. Contact the Adventure Studies Department adventure@tru.ca to confirm start dates. Rock climbing Natural history River rafting Scuba diving Ski touring Sailing Snowboarding Sea kayaking Cross country skiing Search and rescue White‐water kayaking Gym climbing Program Overview The Adventure Guide Diploma is a fast‐paced, two‐year course of study which includes theoretical study, field trips, outdoor skills instruction, and self‐directed expeditions. Courses cover a wide range of adventure activities and theoretical topics. Field trips make up 60 percent of the course load. The private sector is a major supporter of this program through training, certifying, and helping students build a network for future employment. 50 Compressed, modularized classroom course instruction complements the seasonal field activities. Theory courses include the following:  guiding leadership        emergency management legal liability business management accounting customer service marketing instructional skills Industry Certification In addition to receiving the Adventure Guide Diploma, graduates of the program may be able to seek industry certification as guides or instructors in a variety of areas. Certification is dependent on the graduate's ability to meet the standard of the individual certifying organization. Association of Canadian Mountain Guides Apprentice Rock Guide Assistant Hiking Guide Hiking Guide Climbing Gym Instructor Level 1 Climbing Gym Instructor Level II Climbing Gym Instructor Level III Level 3 Additional costs will be incurred for: Students will also be responsible for some costs incurred during the spring self‐directed expeditions. The first year expedition is a required course. A second expedition may be undertaken as an elective in the final year. Expeditions may be provincial, national, or international in nature depending upon the students’ requests. Clothing and Equipment Students provide their personal clothing and some equipment, such as footwear, sleeping bag, backpack and other equipment as necessary. The Adventure Studies Department manages an equipment bay with rock climbing, sea kayaking, white‐water kayaking, rafting, skiing, avalanche, mountaineering, rescue, and camping equipment. Adventure Studies students have free access to this extensive equipment resource and may wish to consult with program faculty before making major equipment purchases. Top‐Rope Climbing Instructor British Columbia River Outfitters Association Rafting Guide License Oar British Columbia Provincial Emergency Program Rope Rescue Team Leader Paddle Group equipment as well as (stoves, avalanche transceivers, climbing equipment, canoe and kayak equipment, and tents) is provided. Rope Rescue Team Member Admission Requirements Search and Rescue Management Academic Canadian Association of Snowboard Instructors Snowboard Instructor Level 1 1. 2. Canadian Avalanche Association Safety for Ski Operations 1 Canadian Ski Instructors Alliance Level I Instructor Canadian Association of Nordic Ski Instructors Telemark Instructor Level I National Association of Scuba Diving Open Water Avalanche Skills Training 1 (AST1) 3. BC Grade 12 or equivalent, or mature student status English 12 or English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 67% (or equivalent) (within the last 5 years); or completion of English 050 with a minimum B grade; or Level 3 on the Composition section of the Language Proficiency Index (LPI) within the last 2 years Foundations of Math 11 (C minimum) or Pre‐calculus 11 (C minimum, or Principles of Math 11 (C minimum) (or equivalent), or TRU Math 0510; or TRU Math 0523 Advanced Open Water General Requirements Master Diver Applicants must be 19 years old by start of program. Dive Supervisor Paddle Canada Canoe Tripping Instructor Tandem Intro. Lake Tandem Instructor Intro. Moving Water Tandem Instructor Rescue Canada Swiftwater Rescue Technician Swiftwater Rescue Specialist Fitness, Health, and Medical The program is physically demanding. Students must arrive in good physical condition suitable for participating in strenuous outdoor activities. A Fitness, Health and Medical form will be forwarded to applicants from the department office upon acceptance to the program. This form must be completed and returned to the program. Swiftwater Rope Rescue Technician Swiftwater Rescue Instructor Students must possess medical insurance and will be required to have additional coverage for any course held in other countries, including the United States. Sea Kayak Guides Alliance of British Columbia Level One Guide Transport Canada Restricted Marine Radio Operators License Exemptions Canoe Kayak British Columbia Level 1 Exemptions to admission requirements may be granted by the Chairperson of the Adventure Studies Department. 51 Level Two Guide Level 2 Program Information Sessions All students wishing to apply for Adventure Studies programs must attend a program information session. Program information sessions provide important information about Adventure Studies programs, courses, entrance requirements, and admission procedures. Prospective students have an opportunity to ask questions about the programs. Information sessions are held between September and April at various locations throughout Canada and by telephone. Dates and locations available at www.adventurestudies.ca. To register for an information session, please contact the Adventure Studies Department adventure@tru.ca at 250.828.5221. Program Requirements Adventure Guide Diploma Fall Year 1 Required Theory (12 credits) 1 ADVG 1020‐3 Wilderness Travel 2 ADVG 1050‐3 Guiding Leadership 3 ADVG 2010‐3 The Natural Environment 4 ADVG 2030‐3 Advanced Wilderness First Aid Winter Year 1 Required Theory (8 credits) 1 ADVG 1010‐3 The Adventure Tourism Industry 2 ADVG 1900‐2 Expedition 1 3 ADVG 2830‐3 International Expedition Planning and Leadership Application Process Applications are available from the TRU Admissions Office at www.tru.ca/admissions/apply. All application paperwork should be sent to the TRU Admissions Office. International student admissions, visit tru.ca/admissions/international Fall Year 2 Required Theory (9 credits) 1 ACCT 1000‐3 Financial Accounting 2 ADVG 2060‐3 Legal Liability and Risk Management 3 TMGT 1150‐3 Marketing and Customer Service The following documentation must be included with applications: Winter Year 2 Required Theory (8 credits)   The application fee Adventure Studies department application form available from www.tru.ca/act/adventure  Official transcripts from all secondary and post‐secondary institutions attended  Verification of attendance at a program information session (will be sent by the department to the Admissions Office) Applicants should submit each piece of documentation as soon as it is completed or becomes available. Interview After reviewing the applications, some individuals may be asked to attend an interview with faculty of the Adventure Studies Department to help determine the applicant’s readiness for admission. Admission interviews may be conducted at TRU, by telephone, or by video conferencing. 1 ADVG 1110‐2 Search and Rescue Management 2 ADVG 2040‐3 The Business of Adventure 3 ADVG 2850‐3 Instructional Skills Workshop Required Activity Courses (10 credits) Students must include the following five activity courses in their course selection 1 ADVG 1530‐2 Kayak 1 or ADVG 2490‐2 Kayak II 2 ADVG 1510‐2 Flat Water Canoe Instructor or ADVG 2640‐2 Sea Kayaking 1 3 ADVG 1550‐2 Skiing 1 or ADVG 2450‐2 Alpine Ski Instructor 1 or 4 ADVG 1560‐2 Ski Tour 1 or ADVG 1580‐2 Mountaineering 1 or ADVG 2810‐2 Mountaineering 2 5 ADVG 1570‐2 Rock Climbing 1 or ADVG 2800‐2 Rock Climbing 2 6 Seven or more elective activity courses (14 Credits minimum) Total Credits Required to Graduate = 61 Credits Acceptance into the Program Once accepted, a non‐refundable commitment fee of $500 is required by the deadline in your offer letter to secure a place. This fee will be applied to the first semester’s tuition. Newly admitted students must submit:  A completed Adventure Studies Medical Examination Form;  A signed Adventure Studies Department Liability Waiver, Assumption of Risk, and Indemnifying Release Form; and  Language Proficiency Index (LPI) results, if required. 52 Elective Courses Program Contact adventure@tru.ca 250.828.5221 Elective Activity Courses Course Course Title ADVG 1510 Flat Water Canoe Instructor 2 ADVG 1530 Kayak 1 2 ADVG 1550 Skiing 1 2 ADVG 1560 Ski Tour 1 2 ADVG 1570 Rock Climbing 1 2 ADVG 1580 Mountaineering 1 2 ADVG 1590 Avalanche Safety for Ski Operations Level 1 2 ADVG 1600 SRT 3: Swiftwater Rescue Technician 2 ADVG 2070 Ocean Surfing 2 ADVG 2080 CASI Snowboard Instructor 1 2 ADVG 2240 Top‐Rope Climbing Instructor 2 ADVG 2430 Assistant Hiking Guide 2 ADVG 2440 Hiking Guide 2 ADVG 2450 Alpine Ski Instructor 1 2 ADVG 2460 Swiftwater Rope Rescue 2 ADVG 2470 Whitewater Kayak Play‐Boating 2 ADVG 2490 Kayak 2 2 ADVG 2510 Moving Water Canoe Instructor 2 ADVG 2530 Kayak 3 2 ADVG 2540 Kayak 4 2 ADVG 2550 Telemark Instructor Level 1 2 ADVG 2570 Ski Tour 2 2 ADVG 2620 Rope Rescue Team member 2 ADVG 2630 Rope Rescue Team Leader 2 ADVG 2640 Sea Kayaking 1 2 ADVG 2650 Sea Kayaking 2 2 ADVG 2660 River Rafting 1 2 ADVG 2690 Elective Activity 2 ADVG 2700 Open Water Diver 2 ADVG 2710 Advanced/Master Diver 2 ADVG 2720 Dive Supervisor 2 ADVG 2730 SRT 4: Swiftwater Rescue Specialist 2 ADVG 2750 River Rafting 2 2 ADVG 2760 Ice Climbing 2 ADVG 2770 Adventure Sports Photography 2 ADVG 2800 Rock Climbing 2 3 ADVG 2810 Mountaineering 2 3 ADVG 2830 International Expedition Planning and Leadership 3 ADVG 2840 Coastal Sail Cruising 2 ADVG 2900 Expedition 2 2 ADVG 2930 Rock Climbing 3 2 ADVG 2940 Mountaineering 3 2 53 Credits Adventure Management Diploma A two‐year diploma offering foundational skills in adventure tourism management. Graduates receive an Adventure Management Diploma. River RaftingSurfingMount aineering Ice Climbing Students attend courses on a full‐time basis. Students may complete some of the online course requirements part‐time prior to attending classes on campus. Rock Climbing Sea Kayaking Photography Ski Touring On‐Campus and Distance Learning White‐Water Kayaking Gym Climbing Learning Options Full‐Time Studies The program is offered through courses at the Kamloops campus. Field courses are held across Western Canada and Western U.S.A. The second year of this program is offered through semesterized courses at the Kamloops campus which allows students to complete degree entry prerequisites at the same time. Students also have the opportunity to complete degree entry courses through TRU Open Learning if they choose this model. Laddering Credit to other Programs Credits from this diploma will transfer into the Bachelor of Tourism Management (BTM) degree and into the Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Studies (BIS) degree. Program Overview Industry Certification This Diploma provides students with a broad background in the management of adventure activities and the opportunity to develop their personal adventure sport skills. In addition to receiving the Adventure Management Diploma, graduates of the program may be able to seek industry certification as guides or instructors in a variety of areas. Certification is dependent on the graduate's ability to meet the standard of the individual certifying organization. Students will gain a good understanding of the adventure industry and how it is managed as well as a solid foundation and proficiency in adventure activities. Association of Canadian Mountain Guides The program structure includes:  a first year of field activity courses and modularized classroom instruction  a second year of semesterized field activity courses and classroom courses structured to provide smooth flows into the Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Studies (Adventure Concentrations) and the Bachelor of Tourism Management (Adventure Major and Concentrations). The TRU Adventure Management Diploma focuses on topics such as:       the adventure industry the natural environment communication & marketing accounting expedition planning and leadership legal liability and risk management Many of the field courses offered in the Adventure Guide Diploma are available to Adventure Management Diploma students. Elective credits may be chosen from a variety of courses, including the following adventure activities: British Columbia River Outfitters Association Rafting Guide License British Columbia Provincial Emergency Program Canadian Association of Snowboard Instructors Canadian Avalanche Association Canadian Ski Instructors Alliance Canadian Association of Nordic Ski Instructors National Association of Scuba Diving Paddle Canada Rescue Canada 54 Backpacking Wilderness First Aid Hiking Canoeing Sea Kayak Guides Alliance of British Columbia Apprentice Alpine Guide Alpine Guide Apprentice Ski Guide Ski Guide Apprentice Rock Guide Rock Guide Assistant Hiking Guide Hiking Guide Climbing Gym Instructor Level 1 Climbing Gym Instructor Level II Climbing Gym Instructor Level III Top‐Rope Climbing Instructor Oar Paddle Rope Rescue Team Leader Rope Rescue Team Member Search and Rescue Management Snowboard Instructor Level 1 Safety for Ski Operations 1 Avalanche Skills Training 1 (AST1) Level I Instructor Telemark Instructor Level I Open Water Advanced Open Water Master Diver Dive Supervisor Canoe Tripping Instructor Tandem Intro. Lake Tandem Instructor Intro. Moving Water Tandem Instructor Swiftwater Rescue Technician Swiftwater Rescue Specialist Swiftwater Rope Rescue Technician Swiftwater Rescue Instructor Level One Guide Level Two Guide Transport Canada Canoe Kayak British Columbia Restricted Marine Radio Operators License Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Admission Requirements Educational 1. BC Grade 12 or equivalent, or mature student status 2. English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 73% (or equivalent) within the last 5 years or completion of English 0600 or Language Proficiency Index (LPI) with a Level 4 or better within the last 2 years or ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a minimum grade of C+ 3. Foundations of Math 11 (C minimum) or Pre‐calculus 11 (C minimum), Principles of Math 11 (C minimum) or Applications of Math 12 (C minimum) (or equivalent); or TRU Math 0510 or TRU Math 0523 Note: Students with Principles of Math 12 with C+ or better will be exempt from Math 1100 Computer Skills Students with little or no experience using computers are advised to take COMP 1000: Introduction to Information Technology as one of their electives before taking COMP 2910: Computer Applications in Business (required in the BTM). Information sessions are held between September and April at various locations throughout Canada and by telephone. Dates and locations www.adventurestudies.ca. To register for an information session, please contact the Adventure Studies Department adventure@tru.ca 250.828.5221 Application Process Applications are available from the TRU Admissions Office at www.tru.ca/admissions/apply International student admissions, visit tru.ca/admissions/international The following documentation must be included with applications:   The application fee Adventure Studies department application form available from www.tru.ca/act/adventure  Official transcripts from all secondary and post‐secondary institutions attended  Verification of attendance at a program information session (will be sent by the department to the Admissions Office) Applicants should submit each piece of documentation as soon as it is completed or becomes available. Interview General Requirements Applicants must be 19 years old by start of program. Fitness, Health, and Medical After reviewing the applications, some individuals may be asked to attend an interview with faculty of the Adventure Studies Department to help determine the applicant’s readiness for admission. Admission interviews may be conducted at TRU, by telephone, or by video conferencing. The program is physically demanding. Students must arrive in good physical condition suitable for participating in strenuous outdoor activities. A Fitness, Health and Medical form will be forwarded to applicants from the department office upon acceptance to the program. This form must be completed and returned to the program. Acceptance into the Program Students must possess medical insurance and will be required to have additional coverage for any course held in other countries, including the United States. Admitted students must submit: Once admitted, a non‐refundable commitment fee of $500 is required by the date indicated in your admission offer letter to secure a place. This fee will be applied to the first semester’s tuition.  A completed Adventure Studies Medical Examination Form; Exemptions  Exemptions to admission requirements may be granted by the Chairperson of the Adventure Studies Department. A signed Adventure Studies Department Liability Waiver, Assumption of Risk, and Indemnifying Release Form; and  Language Proficiency Index (LPI) results (if required. Program Requirements Program Information Sessions All students wishing to apply for Adventure Studies programs must attend a program information session. Program information sessions provide important information about Adventure Studies programs, courses, entrance requirements, and admission procedures. Prospective students have an opportunity to ask questions about the programs. 55 Adventure Management Diploma The 60‐credit Adventure Management Diploma is comprised of 42 required credits and 18 elective credits. Any number of elective courses may be ADVG activity field courses, but students should consider completing prerequisites for any upper‐level degree courses they may wish to take in the future. Students wishing to achieve industry certification in rafting, whitewater kayaking, skiing, or climbing must also plan course selection carefully, noting that this diploma focuses on management and degree‐laddering rather than guide qualifications. Total Minimum Credits Required to Graduate 60 Credits Program Costs Students may register in any 1000‐ or 2000‐level ADVG theory or activity course if they meet the prerequisites. A sample of the sequence of courses in the Adventure Management Fall Year 1 Required Theory 12 Credits Adventure Studies students pay tuition plus activity fees for field courses. These activity fees vary per course and could total up to $9,000 per year depending on the courses chosen by the student. Fees include the following as required:  Tuition  National and provincial association exams and certifications ADVG 1020‐3 Wilderness Travel  Field accommodation including backcountry hut and lodge accommodation 3 ADVG 1050‐3 Guiding Leadership  4 ADVG 2030‐3 Advanced Wilderness First Aid All on‐course transportation (including helicopter transportation)  Equipment use  Campsite fees  Required permits  Purchasing or renting personal equipment  Textbooks and maps 1 ADVG 1010‐3 The Adventure Tourism Industry 2 Winter Year 1 Required Theory 6 Credits 1 ADVG 2010‐3 The Natural Environment 2 ADVG 2830‐3 International Expedition Planning and Leadership 1 ACCT 1000‐3 Financial Accounting Students will also be responsible for some costs incurred during the spring self‐directed expeditions. The first year expedition is a required course. A second expedition may be undertaken as an elective in the final year. Expeditions may be provincial, national, or international in nature depending upon the students’ requests. 2 ADVG 2040‐3 The Business of Adventure Clothing and Equipment 3 ADVG 2060‐3 Legal Liability and Risk Management 4 TMGT 1150‐3 Marketing and Customer Service Students provide their personal clothing and some equipment, such as footwear, sleeping bag, backpack and other equipment as necessary. The Adventure Studies Department manages an equipment bay with rock climbing, sea kayaking, whitewater kayaking, rafting, skiing, avalanche, mountaineering, rescue, and camping equipment. Fall Year 2 Required Theory 12 Credits Required On‐Line Courses (TRU‐OL) 12 Credits 1 ENGL1061 Written Communication 2 Unrestricted Elective 3 Unrestricted Elective 4 Unrestricted Elective Adventure Studies students have free access to this extensive equipment resource and may wish to consult with program faculty before making major equipment purchases. Group equipment as well as (stoves, avalanche transceivers, climbing equipment, canoe and kayak equipment, and tents) is provided. Program Contact Diploma is as follows. adventure@tru.ca 250.828.5221 Nine or More Elective Activity Courses 18 Credits Resort and Hotel Management Diploma A two‐year program undergraduate program. Graduates receive a Resort and Hotel Management Diploma. 56 Learning Options costs will be kept to a minimum, students will be required to contribute to the overall cost of field trips via activity fees, currently set at $635. Part‐time or Full‐time Study Students can study on a full‐time or part‐time basis. International Experiences On‐campus There are increasing numbers of international students in the program, and a growing number of international opportunities available. We are actively engaged in developing partnerships with universities worldwide. Courses are offered at the Kamloops campus. Program Start Date Students enter the program in the Fall semester. Program Overview Study Abroad (http://www.truworld.ca/exchange.html) is a popular option for degree students and is also available for diploma students that are willing to extend their time at TRU. The tourism sector may soon become the number one industry in BC; it already offers the most employment opportunities. This two‐year diploma program is designed to provide the theory and practical skills essential to begin a career in Resort and Hotel Management. As part of completing their certificate or diploma requirements, students may also pursue a valuable Global Competency credential http://www.tru.ca/global.html Courses in this diploma provide instruction in hotel operations, food and beverage management and hospitality administration. Through the use of lectures, fieldwork, case studies and practical applications, students will gain insight into management and operations in this dynamic field. In addition to hospitality related courses, students will gain experience in computer applications, accounting, finance, cost control, marketing and business communications. Building on this knowledge enables students to develop the abilities, skills and attitudes to analyze situations objectively and to then make effective management decisions. The guiding principle of the Resort and Hotel Management program is student centred involvement through project based learning. Graduates from this program, will have a well‐rounded understanding of the industry that will increase their employability. Tourism programs at TRU have the strong support and commitment of the hospitality industry. Courses have been developed with consultation and continued input from professionals working in tourism and hospitality. Graduates have found employment in a variety of resorts and hotels throughout the world. Employment opportunities for students are often developed by work experience opportunities that have been built into our diploma program. Hospitality and tourism as a profession can be exciting, challenging and rewarding. Students with high standards, a commitment to success and a strong guest service focus will find infinite, diverse possibilities for fulfilling careers in the hospitality industry. Learning Experiences Work Experience In order to meet all requirements for graduation, students must have a minimum of 500 hours (12‐14 weeks) documented, relevant work experience supported by industry references indicating capable performance. If this requirement is not met upon admission, it must be completed prior to the completion of your course work. Field Trips Some Tourism Management programs include mandatory field experiences. This component has been included so that the students can better understand some of the concepts discussed in class. While 57 Admission Requirements 1. 2. BC Grade 12 or equivalent or mature student status English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a 73% or better( within the last 5 years) or completion of ENGL 0600 or Language Proficiency Index (LPI) with a Level 5 or better within the last 2 years or completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a minimum grade of C+ or equivalent. 3. Foundations of Math 11 (C minimum) or Pre‐Calculus 11 (C minimum) or Principles of Math 11(C minimum) or Applications of Math 12 or MATH 0510 (C minimum) or MATH 0523 (C minimum) or equivalent. NOTE: Students who complete either Principles of Math 12 or Foundations of Math 12 (C+ minimum) will be exempt from Finite Math (MATH 1100), and must make up the three credits with and elective of their choice. Computer Skills If students entering the program have little or no experience using computers, they are advised to take an introductory computer course that familiarizes them with Microsoft application software. Admission Process Applications are available from the TRU Admissions Office at www.tru.ca/admissions/apply International student admissions, visit tru.ca/admissions/international The following documentation must be included with applications:    The application fee Official transcripts from all secondary and post‐secondary institutions attended A detailed resume outlining educational accomplishments and credentials, work and volunteer experience, and personal interests and activities Total Program Credits Application Deadlines 60 NOTE: In order to receive the Resort & Hotel Management Diploma, students must complete a minimum of 500 hours of relevant work experience in the tourism industry before graduating. See Admission section – page 6 Program Requirements Laddering Credits to other Programs Year One Fall Semester Course Course Title CMNS 1810 Business, Professional and Academic Composition Credit 3 HMGT 1110 Catering and Service Management 3 MATH 1100 Finite Mathematics with Applications I 3 TMGT 1110 Introduction to Tourism 3 TMGT 1160 Organizational Leadership in Tourism 3 Winter Semester ACCT 1000 Financial Accounting 3 HMGT 1210 Food & Beverage Preparation 3 HMGT 1410 Hotel Operations 1 3 JOUR 2060 Introduction to Multimedia 3 TMGT 1150 Marketing and Customer Service 3 Total Credits Year 1 30 Graduates of the Resort and Hotel Management Diploma are able to ladder 60 credits into the Bachelor of Tourism Management degree. This means that graduates of this diploma are able to complete the Bachelor of Tourism Management degree in as little as two additional years of study. Contact the Program Coordinator for details. Program Policies Students must meet TRU’s residency policy. Extensions to this policy may be granted with prior approval to students involved in academic exchanges with other post‐secondary institutions. To remain in Tourism Management Programs after admission:  Year Two Fall Semester Credit   Students must maintain a cumulative CGPA of at least 2.00 calculated using Tourism Management Program courses only. Students cannot repeat a course more than twice; and Students failing to meet the CGPA requirements will be placed on a learning contract. Course Course Title HMGT 2210 Food and Beverage Management 3 HMGT 2510 Hotel Operations 2 3 TMGT 1140 Human Resources Management 3 In order to gain graduate status, a CGPA of no less than 2.0 (Tourism TMGT 2010 Financial Operations Control in Tourism 3 Management Program courses only) is required. TMGT 2250 Hospitality Law 3 Winter Semester ECON 1220 Introduction to Basic Economics 3 HMGT 2100 Food & Beverage Cost Control 3 HMGT 2120 Hotel Sales and Services 3 HMGT 2500 Field Experience ($612.00 activity fee) 3 HMGT 2610 Resort & Hotel Operations 3 Total Credits Year 2 30 Program Contact 250.828.5366 Sports Event Management Diploma A two‐year undergraduate program. Graduates receive a Sports Event Management Diploma. Learning Options Part‐time or Full‐time Study Students can study full‐time or part‐time. On‐campus Courses are offered at the Kamloops campus. Employment opportunities exist for graduates to organize sporting events at a corporate, amateur or professional level. Additionally, tourism associations and destination management organizations have begun to realize the potential for attracting sports events to their community and consequently, opportunities exist for graduates with these types of organizations as well. Sport events are a big part of fundraising efforts, resulting in employment and contract opportunities with fundraising organizations. Program Start Date Students enter the program in the Fall semester. Program Overview This two‐year diploma is designed to prepare graduates for a variety of positions in the sports event industry. 58 Courses in this diploma will provide the learner with an introduction to not only the business skills required to produce a sports event, but also courses that will teach them how to organize events, find appropriate sponsors, recruit and motivate volunteers and successfully market the event. Students will also be introduced to the importance of sporting events in Canadian culture. Learning Experiences Admission Process Work Experience In order to meet all requirements for graduation, students must have a minimum of 500 hours (12‐14 weeks) documented, relevant work experience supported by industry references indicating capable performance. If this requirement is not met upon admission, it must be completed prior to the completion of your course work. Applications are available from the TRU Admissions Office at www.tru.ca/admissions/apply Field Trips Some Tourism Management programs include mandatory field experiences. This component has been included so that the students can better understand some of the concepts discussed in class. While costs will be kept to a minimum, students will be required to contribute to the overall cost of field trips via activity fees, currently set at $612. International student admissions, visit tru.ca/admissions/international The following documentation must be included with applications:    The application fee Official transcripts from all secondary and post‐secondary institutions attended A detailed resume outlining educational accomplishments and credentials, work and volunteer experience, and personal interests and activities Application Deadlines See Admission section International Experiences There are increasing numbers of international students in the program, and a growing number of international opportunities available. We are actively engaged in developing partnerships with universities worldwide. Program Requirements Year One Fall Semester Study Abroad www.truworld.ca/exchange a popular option for degree students, and is also available for diploma students that are willing to extend their time at TRU. As part of completing their certificate or diploma requirements, students may also pursue a valuable Global Competency credential www.tru.ca/global Admission Requirements 1. 2. 3. BC Grade 12 or equivalent or mature student status English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a 73% or better (within the last 5 years) or completion of ENGL 0600; or Language Proficiency Index (LPI) with a Level 5 or better within the last 2 years or completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a minimum grade of C+ or equivalent. Principles of Math 11 (C minimum) or Applications of Math 12 or Foundations of Math 11 (C minimum or Pre‐Calculus 11 (C minimum) or Pre‐calculus 11 (C minimum) or MATH 0510 or MATH 0523 or equivalent. NOTE: Students with Principles of Math 12 (C+ minimum) or Foundations of Math 12 (C+ minimum) will be exempt from Finite Math (MATH 1100), and must make up the three credits with an elective of their choice. Computer Skills If students entering the program have little or no experience using computers, they are advised to take an introductory computer course that familiarizes them with Microsoft application software. Course Course Title CMNS 1810 Business, Professional & Academic Composition Credit 3 EVNT 1100 The World of Events 3 MATH 1100 Finite Math with Applications 1 3 TMGT 1110 Introduction to Tourism 3 TMGT 1160 Organizational Leadership in Tourism 3 Winter Semester ACCT 1000 Financial Accounting 3 HMGT 1110 Catering and Service Management 3 JOUR 2060 Introduction to Multimedia 3 PHED 2110 An Introduction to the Study of Sport 3 TMGT 1150 Marketing and Customer Service 3 Total Credits Year 1 30 Year Two Fall Semester Course Course Title ECON 1220 Introduction to Basic Economics EVNT 2240 Sports Event Management 3 PHED 2140 Psychology of Sport and Physical Activity 3 TMGT 2010 Financial Operations Control in Tourism 3 TMGT 2250 Hospitality Law 3 3 Winter Semester EVNT 2070 Staging Special Events 3 EVNT 2170 Fundraising for Non‐profit Organizations 3 EVNT 2250 Sports Event Marketing 3 TMGT 1140 Human Resources Management 3 Select 1 of 3 options 3 EVNT 2500 Field Experience ($612 activity fee) PHED 2130 Sport in Canadian Society TMGT 2590 Entrepreneurship Total Credits Year 2 59 Credit 30 Total Program Credits  60 NOTE: In order to receive the Sports Event Management Diploma, students must complete a minimum of 500 hours of relevant work experience in the tourism industry before graduating. Laddering Credits to other Programs   Students must maintain a cumulative CGPA of at least 2.00 calculated using Tourism Management Program courses only. Students cannot repeat a course more than twice; and Students failing to meet the CGPA requirements will be placed on a learning contract. In order to gain graduate status, a CGPA of no less than 2.0 Graduates of the Sports Event Management Diploma are able to ladder 60 credits into the Bachelor of Tourism Management degree. This means that graduates of this diploma are able to complete the Bachelor of Tourism Management degree in as little as two additional years of study. Contact the Program Coordinator for details. (Tourism Management Program courses only) is required. Program Contact 250.828.5366 Program Policies Students must meet TRU’s residency policy. Extensions to this policy may be granted with prior approval to students involved in academic exchanges with other post‐secondary institutions. To remain in Tourism Management Programs after admission: Tourism Management Diploma A two‐year undergraduate program. Graduates receive a Tourism Management Diploma. Learning Options Part‐time or Full‐time Study Students can study on a full‐time or part‐time basis. On‐campus Courses are offered at the Kamloops campus. Field Trips Some Tourism Management programs include mandatory field experiences. This component has been included so that the students can better understand some of the concepts discussed in class. While costs will be kept to a minimum, students will be required to contribute to the overall cost of field trips via activity fees, currently set at $635. Program Start Date Students enter the program in the Fall, Winter, or Summer semesters. International Experiences Program Overview The Tourism Management Diploma comprises the first two years of the Bachelor of Tourism Management degree. Students enrolled in the Bachelor of Tourism Management degree program who wish to exit the program upon completion of year 2 may obtain a TRU Tourism Management Diploma by:   Completing a request at the Register's Office, for the "Tourism Management Diploma". Meeting the Tourism Management Diploma program requirements, with a minimum of 60 credits. There are increasing numbers of international students in the program, and a growing number of international opportunities available. We are actively engaged in developing partnerships with universities worldwide. Study Abroad www.truworld.ca/exchange is a popular option for degree students and is also available for diploma students that are willing to extend their time at TRU. As part of completing their certificate or diploma requirements, students may also pursue a valuable Global Competency credential www.tru.ca/global Learning Experiences Admission Requirements Work Experience In order to meet all requirements for graduation, students must have a minimum of 500 hours (12‐14 weeks) documented, relevant work experience supported by industry references indicating capable performance. If this requirement is not met upon admission, it must be completed prior to the completion of your course work. 1. 2. 60 BC Grade 12 or equivalent or mature student status. English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a 73% or better (within the last 5 years) or completion of ENGL 0600 or Language Proficiency Index (LPI) with a level 5 or better within the last 2 years or completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a minimum grade of C+ or equivalent. 3. Principles of Math 11 (C minimum) or Applications of Math 12 of Foundations of Math 11 (C minimum) or Pre‐Calculus 11 (C minimum) or Pre‐Calculus 11 (C minimum) or MATH 0510 or MATH 0523or equivalent. NOTE: Students with Principles of Math 12 (C+ minimum) or Foundations of Math 12 (C+ minimum) will be exempt from Finite Math (MATH 1100) and must make up the three credits with an elective of their choice. Fall Semester Computer Skills Winter Semester If students entering the program have little or no experience using computers, they are advised to take an introductory computer course that familiarizes them with Microsoft application software. Application Process Course Course Title ECON 1220 Introduction to Basic Economics 3 TMGT 2010 Financial Operations Control in Tourism 3 TMGT 2250 Hospitality Law 3 Tourism Elective #2 All electives must be Tourism courses (ADVG, EVNT, HMGT,TMGT) 3 Tourism Elective #3 All electives must be Tourism courses (ADVG, EVNT, HMGT, TMGT) 3 ECON 2200 Introduction to Tourism Economics 3 EVNT 2190 or EVNT 2250 or HMGT 2120 Destination Marketing or Sports Event Marketing or Hotel Sales and Services 3 STAT 1200 Introduction to Statistics 3 TMGT 2610 Environmental Issues in the Tourism Industry 3 Tourism Elective #4 All electives must be Tourism courses (ADVG, EVNT, HMGT, TMGT) 3 Total Credits Year 2 30 Total Program Credits 60 Applications are available from the TRU Admissions Office at www.tru.ca/admissions/apply International student admissions, visit tru.ca/admissions/international Credit NOTE: In order to receive the Tourism Management Diploma, students must complete a minimum of 500 hours of relevant work experience in the tourism industry before graduating. The following documentation must be included with applications:   The application fee Official transcripts from all secondary and post‐secondary institutions attended A detailed resume outlining educational accomplishments and credentials, work and volunteer experience, and personal interests and activities  Application Deadlines See Admission Section Program Requirements Fall Semester Course Course Title CMNS 1810 Business, Professional & Academic Composition 3 MATH 1100 Finite Math with Applications 1 3 TMGT 1110 Introduction to Tourism 3 TMGT 1160 Organizational Leadership in Tourism 3 Tourism Elective #1 All electives must be Tourism courses, ADVG, EVNT, HMGT,TMGT) 3 Credit ACCT 1000 Financial Accounting 3 JOUR 2060 Introduction to Multimedia 3 TMGT 1140 Human Resource Management 3 TMGT 1150 Marketing and Customer Service 3 TMGT 2060 People, Places and the Toured Landscape 3 Total Credits Year 1 30 Winter Semester 61 Laddering Credits to other Programs Graduates of the Tourism Management Diploma are able to ladder 60 credits into the Bachelor of Tourism Management degree. This means that graduates of this diploma are able to complete the Bachelor of Tourism Management degree in as little as two additional years of study. Contact the Program Coordinator for details. Program Policies Year One Year Two NOTE: Electives (12 credits) must be in Tourism related courses with 3 credits in each of the following areas of study: ADVG, EVNT, HMGT. The final 3 credits can come from any of the above, including TMGT. Students must meet TRU’s residency policy. Extensions to this policy may be granted with prior approval to students involved in academic exchanges with other post‐secondary institutions. To remain in Tourism Management Programs after admission:    Students must maintain a cumulative CGPA of at least 2.00 calculated using Tourism Management Program courses only. Students cannot repeat a course more than twice; and Students failing to meet the CGPA requirements will be placed on a learning contract. In order to gain graduate status, a CGPA of no less than 2.0 (Tourism Management Program courses only) is required. Program Contact 250.828.5366 Aboriginal Tourism Certificate A one‐year undergraduate program. Graduates receive an Aboriginal Tourism Certificate. This certificate is available for delivery in communities throughout the interior of British Columbia. The program is designed to be completed in one calendar year and combines general tourism and business studies with studies in Aboriginal culture and heritage. Please contact the Faculty of Adventure, Culinary Arts and Tourism at 250.828.5132 for program details and to determine how this certificate can be offered to a group in your community. Adventure Sports Certificate An 8‐month introduction to adventure sports and the adventure industry. Graduates receive an Adventure Sports Certificate. Learning Options Full‐time Study Students in the Adventure Sports Certificate program may distinguish themselves by achieving industry certifications from provincial and national adventure associations. Students attend full‐time for two semesters. On‐Campus International Opportunities Courses are offered at the Kamloops campus. Field courses are held across Western Canada and Western U.S.A. Subject to availability, students may be able to complete the Adventure Sports Certificate program in another country which offers opportunities for adventure sports. Email Adventure Studies at adventure@tru.ca for details. Program Overview This is the ideal program for entry‐level adventure students and those wishing to explore their career interest in adventure‐related fields. This program is delivered with extensive time engaged in field activity courses and compressed and modularized classroom course instruction (this follows a similar format to that of the Adventure Guide Diploma). Approximately 12 weeks of classroom instruction and 12 weeks of field activity courses make up the program. All course credit completed in this program is transferable to other Adventure Studies Department programs. Industry Certification In addition to receiving the Adventure Sports Certificate, graduates of the program may be able to seek industry certification as guides or instructors in a variety of areas. Certification is dependent on the graduate's ability to meet the standard of the individual certifying organization. Association of Canadian Mountain Guides: Apprentice Alpine Guide Alpine Guide Students who wish to continue their adventure studies at TRU may ladder directly into the Adventure Guide Diploma, the Adventure Management Diploma, or the Adventure streams in the Bachelor of Tourism Management degree. Apprentice Ski Guide The TRU Adventure Sports Certificate focuses on activities such as: Assistant Hiking Guide Ski Guide Assistant Rock Guide Rock Guide Hiking Guide backpacking Climbing Gym Instructor Level 1 hiking Climbing Gym Instructor Level II mountaineering Climbing Gym Instructor Level III river rafting Top‐Rope Climbing Instructor sea kayaking wilderness first aid British Columbia River Outfitters Association Rafting Guide License: canoeing Oar ice climbing Paddle rock climbing ski touring British Columbia Provincial Emergency Program: photography Rope Rescue Team Leader white‐water kayaking Rope Rescue Team Member Search and Rescue Management 62  Canadian Association of Snowboard Instructors: Snowboard Instructor Level 1 Canadian Avalanche Association: Safety for Ski Operations 1 Avalanche Skills Training 1 (AST1) Canadian Ski Instructors Alliance: Level I Instructor Canadian Association of Nordic Ski Instructors: Field accommodation including backcountry hut and lodge accommodation  All on‐course transportation including helicopter transportation  Equipment use  Campsite fees  Required permits  Purchasing or renting personal equipment Students will also be responsible for some costs incurred during the spring self‐directed expeditions. The first year expedition is a required course. A second expedition may be undertaken as an elective in the final year. Expeditions may be provincial, national, or international in nature depending upon the students’ requests. Telemark Instructor Level I National Association of Scuba Diving: Open Water Advanced Open Water Master Diver Dive Supervisor Paddle Canada: Canoe Tripping Instructor Tandem Intro. Lake Tandem Instructor Intro. Moving Water Tandem Instructor Clothing and Equipment Students provide their personal clothing and some equipment, such as footwear, sleeping bag, backpack and other equipment as necessary. The Adventure Studies Department manages an equipment bay with rock climbing, sea kayaking, white‐water kayaking, rafting, skiing, avalanche, mountaineering, rescue, and camping equipment. Adventure Studies students have free access to this extensive equipment resource and may wish to consult with program faculty before making major equipment purchases. Group equipment as well as(stoves, avalanche transceivers, climbing equipment, canoe and kayak equipment, and tents) is provided. Rescue Canada: Swiftwater Rescue Technician Swiftwater Rescue Specialist Swiftwater Rope Rescue Technician Swiftwater Rescue Instructor Admission Requirements 1. 2. Sea Kayak Guides Alliance of British Columbia: Level One Guide Level Two Guide Transport Canada: 3. BC Grade 12 or equivalent, or mature student status English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 67% (or equivalent) within the last 5 years or completion of English 0500 (B required) or Language Proficiency Index (LPI) with a Level 3 on the composition section, within the last 2 years Foundations of Math 11 (C minimum) or Pre‐calculus 11 (C minimum), Math 11 (C+ minimum) (or equivalent); or TRU Math 0510 or TRU Math 0523 Restricted Marine Radio Operators License Canoe Kayak BC: Level 1 General Requirements Applicants must be 19 years old by start of program. Level 2 Level 3 Program Costs Adventure Studies students pay tuition plus activity fees for field courses. These activity fees vary per course and could total up to $9,000 per year depending on the courses chosen by the student. Additional fees may include:  63 National and provincial association exams and certifications Fitness, Health, and Medical The program is physically demanding. Students must arrive in good physical condition suitable for participating in strenuous outdoor activities. A Fitness, Health and Medical form will be forwarded to applicants from the department office upon acceptance to the program. This form must be completed and returned to the program. Students must possess medical insurance and will be required to have additional coverage for any course held in other countries, including the United States. Exemptions 1. A completed Adventure Studies Medical Examination Form; Exemptions to admission requirements may be granted by the Chairperson of the Adventure Studies Department. 2. A signed Adventure Studies Department Liability Waiver, Assumption of Risk, and Indemnifying Release Form; and 3. Language Proficiency Index (LPI) results, if required. Program Information Sessions All students wishing to apply for Adventure Studies programs must attend a program information session. Program Requirements Adventure Sports Certificate Program information sessions provide important information about Adventure Studies programs, courses, entrance requirements, and admission procedures. Prospective students have an opportunity to ask questions about the programs. Information sessions are held between September and April at various locations throughout Canada and by telephone. Dates and locations available at www.adventurestudies.ca. To register for an information session, please contact the Adventure Studies Department adventure@tru.ca at 250.828.5221. Required Theory courses (18 credits) 1 ADVG 1010‐3 The Adventure Tourism Industry 2 ADVG 1020‐3 Wilderness Travel 3 ADVG 1050‐3 Guiding Leadership 4 ADVG 2010‐3 The Natural Environment 5 ADVG 2030‐3 Advanced Wilderness First Aid 6 ADVG 2830‐3 International Expedition Planning and Leadership Application Process Applications are available from the TRU Admissions Office at www.tru.ca/admissions/apply Activity Courses (minimum of 12 total activity credits) One of the following (2 credits) International student admissions, visit tru.ca/admissions/international ADVG 1550‐2 Skiing I, or The following documentation must be included with applications:   The application fee Adventure Studies department application form available from www.tru.ca/act/adventure Official transcripts from all secondary and post‐secondary institutions attended Verification of attendance at a program information session (will be sent by the department to the Admissions Office)   A) ADVG 2080‐2 CASI Snowboard Instructor Level l, or ADVG 2450‐2 Alpine Ski Instructor I, or ADVG 2550‐2 Telemark Ski Instructor B) ADVG 1530‐2 Kayak 1 (2 credits) C) ADVG 1570‐2 rock Climbing (2 credits) Applicants should submit each piece of documentation as soon as it is completed or becomes available. One of the following (2 credits) ADVG 1560‐2 Ski Touring I, or Interview After the applications are reviewed, some individuals may be asked to attend an interview with faculty of the Adventure Studies Department to help determine the applicant’s readiness for admission. Admission interviews may be conducted at TRU, by telephone, or by video conferencing. D) ADVG 1580‐2 Mountaineering I, or ADVG 2660‐2 Rafting 1 One of the following (2 credits) E) ADVG 1510‐2 Flatwater Canoeing Instructor ADVG 2640‐2 Sea Kayak I Acceptance into the Program Once admitted, .a non‐refundable commitment fee of $500 is required by the deadline in your admission offer letter to secure a place. This fee will be applied to the first semester’s tuition. Admitted students must submit: 64 F) One or More Elective Activity Courses (2 credits) Total Minimum Credits Required to Graduate 30 Credits Program Contact adventure@tru.ca 250.828.5221 Canadian Mountain and Ski Guide Program Students have the choice of studying for a Canadian Mountain and Ski Guide Diploma or for a variety of guide certifications. Learning Options Part‐time Study Most students complete the diploma program in four or five years of part‐time study. Courses are offered at a variety of locations. Program Start Dates Programs start at various times throughout the year. See the Canadian Mountain & Ski Guide Program page www.tru.ca/tourism/adventure/cmsg‐certprg for details. Program Overview The Adventure Studies Department collaborates with the Association of Canadian Mountain Guides (ACMG) to offer the Canadian Mountain and Ski Guide Program (CMSG). The Canadian Mountain and Ski Guide (CMSG) Program enables students to pursue certification to standards set by the Association of Canadian Mountain Guides (ACMG) Mountain Guide Program Terrain‐limited certificates are available in the following specializations 1. Rock Guide 2. Alpine Guide 3. Ski Guide 4. Mountain Guide Alpine guides specialize in guiding all types of rock, alpine and glaciated terrain as well as waterfall ice climbing. This certificate must be completed to obtain the ACMG Mountain Guide qualification. To enter the Alpine Guide Certificate students must first pass the Apprentice Rock Guide exam and meet all prerequisites including Avalanche Operations Level 1 (Canadian Avalanche Association). This certificate is physically very demanding and requires significant preparation Ski Guide Certificate This certificate is designed to develop the skills needed to guide in backcountry skiing and snowboarding operations. This certificate must be completed to obtain the ACMG Mountain Guide qualification. Ski Guides work in heli –skiing, snow cat skiing and ski touring operations in remote alpine and glaciated terrain Mountain Guide Qualification Students who complete the Alpine and Ski Guide certificates qualify for the ACMG Mountain Guide qualification. The Mountain Guide qualification is recognized by the International Federation of Mountain Guide Associations (IFMGA). The IFMGA designation is recognized in over 24 alpine nations. Hiking Guide Program These certificates do not include travel on permanent snow or scrambling terrain requiring the use of safety equipment. Rock Guide Certificate Assistant Hiking Guide Certificate This certificate is designed to develop the guiding and instructional skills needed to work in technical rock terrain including long multi‐pitch routes and sport climbs on terrain where no glaciation and no permanent or seasonal snow or ice exists. This certificate qualifies the guide to lead day‐hikes without supervision and multi‐day backpacking trips in wilderness terrain with supervision. Students require a strong background in multi‐pitch climbing on all types of rock. This certificate is for experience hiking guides who have completed their apprenticeship as assistant hiking guides. Hiking Guides are certified to guide day‐hikes and multi‐day backpacking trips in all types of hiking terrain without supervision. Students planning to enter the Alpine Guide Certificate must pass the Apprentice Rock Guide exam. Alpine Guide Certificate Hiking Guide Certificate Climbing Instructor Program This program is designed to develop the instructional and group management skills required for indoor climbing facilities and outdoor 65 top roping. Many indoor climbing gyms and outdoor camps use ACMG certified climbing instructors to teach and supervise their climbing programs. There are four certificates in the program as described below. Application deadlines apply for each certificate. Climbing Gym Instructor (CGI) Activity Requirements Level One Teaches introductory indoor climbing and top‐roping courses Applicants must meet specific experience and activity requirements to be accepted. These requirements are details in the application package for each course Level Two Teaches and coaches lead climbing and advanced movement skills and includes training in route setting. Level Three Teaches advanced climbing skills, develops instructional and training program for facility management and staff training. Top Rope Climbing Instructor (TRCI) Teaches experiential and introductory outdoor rock climbing and rappelling at easily accessed cliffs that do not require anchoring between climbs or rappels. TRCIs instruct basic movement, belaying, top‐roping and rappelling. TRCIs work for summer camp programs, educational institutions, non‐ profit groups and climbing schools. Continuing Studies Graduates of the CMSC Program may pursue further studies in adventure tourism, tourism management or the Bachelor of Tourism Management (BTM) degree. Students intending to enter the BTM degree should contact the department Chair for advice about selecting courses that transfer smoothly to the degree. Applicants must be at least 19 years of age. Underage students are accepted for CGI courses. International Students If a student’s home country is an IFMGA member, some ACMG certifications will require prior approval from that country’s guides’ association. Contact the Adventure Studies office for details. Medical Exam and Insurance CMSG courses are physically demanding. Students must be in physical condition suitable for participating in strenuous outdoor activities. Applicants are required to provide relevant medical information prior to participation and must possess medical insurance. Application Packages Application is done course‐by‐course. Application packages can be downloaded at www.cmsg.info For further information, contact the CMSG office at: cmsg@tru.ca 250.371.5838 Acceptance into the Program Written notice is sent to applicants who have been accepted into a certificate program. Program Costs For course fees, please visit the Canadian Mountain and Ski Guide Program home page at www.cmsg.info Clothing and Equipment Students provide all clothing and equipment including group equipment for CMSG courses unless specifically indicated in the course package. Admission Guidelines Admission is highly selective. CMSG programs are intended for applicants with extensive mountain recreation experience. The programs are not for general outdoor recreation or basic training. 66 Legal Release Due to the varying levels of risk associated with adventure travel, outdoor activities, and guide training, participants will be required to sign the Adventure Studies Department's Liability Waiver, Assumption of Risk, and lndemnifying Release Form which can be viewed at www.cmsg.info. Participants may choose to seek legal advice regarding the signing of this form. Program Contact Canadian Mountain and Ski Guide Certification Program cmsg@tru.ca 250.371.5838 Culinary Arts Certificate (Professional Cook Training 1 and 2) The Culinary Arts Certificate program includes three semesters (44 weeks) of hands‐on training. Professional Cook 1 takes 30 weeks (two semesters) to complete. Professional Cook 2 takes 14 weeks (one semester) to complete. Graduates of the program receive a Culinary Arts Certificate and Professional Cook 1 & 2 certification under the Industry Training Authority. Learning Options Full‐time Study Students attend classes on a full‐time basis. On‐Campus Classes are held at the Kamloops campus. Professional Cook 2 portion of the program. This is a province wide standard mandated by the Industry Training Authority (ITA). Students are able to gain these hours by working throughout the school year and/or during the four month break. It is important to note that the 120 hour work practicum can be placed towards your 400 hours required by ITA. Students may enter the program at the beginning of January or the end of August each year. *If students have worked or are working at a place of employment that is approved by the culinary arts faculty, documented hours gained prior to entering the program will be honoured. Documentation of employment must be provided. Program Overview Admission Requirements The Culinary Arts program gives students the skills and expertise needed to secure jobs in the food preparation industry. Educational Requirements Program Start Dates The program has been an integral part of the campus and local community for more than three decades. The program's professional ideals are deeply rooted in a commitment to teach classic cooking fundamentals while incorporating current industry trends. The Culinary Arts Cafeteria, Bistro, and Accolades, a nationally recognized dining room, all showcase the efforts of students. Foundation skills, creativity, teamwork, and professionalism are nurtured and encouraged by the instructors. Students become cooks in "real life" working kitchens and learn all aspects of the food preparation industry, from production to service. Students will succeed in the Culinary Arts program if they are alert, quick‐thinking and able to work under pressure. Being a team player is also important to a student's success. 1. 2. General Requirements 1. The Typical Culinary Arts Student:       Learning Experiences The students’ instructors and work supervisor will evaluate students during their work experience. The students will receive a “complete” or “incomplete” on their grade report for their practical work experiences. In addition to the work practicum, students must have a total of 400 hours of work‐based training documented prior to registering for the 67 Successful completion of a CAT pretest, through the TRU Assessment Center. (Call 250.828.5470 to arrange). Cost is $30. This test is a basic measure of competency, taken by all students, to ensure you have the basis for success in the program. It is recommended that you have prior industry experience or have interviewed a chef or manager of a restaurant or hotel to have gained some insight into this trade. 2. Graduates wanting to take the next step in the profession may pursue Professional Cook 3 training. Work Practicum and Industry Hours The work practicum component of the program is mandatory and must be completed during the four month break between the Professional Cook 1 and Professional Cook 2 components. During this time students will be required to log 120 hours within the industry at an approved place of employment. The intent of the work practicum is to create a smooth transition from a learning environment to employment within industry. B.C. Grade 10 (or equivalent) is a minimum. Grade 12 is preferred. Successful completion of FoodSafe Certificate Is innovative, artistic, agile Has good reading and writing skills (recipe reading/writing) Has good basic math skills (recipe conversions, food costing) Has problem solving skills Thrives in a fast‐paced working environment Is a team player Application Process Applications are available from the TRU Admissions Office at www.tru.ca/admissions/apply International student admissions, visit tru.ca/admissions/international The following documentation must be included with applications:   The application fee Official transcripts from all secondary and post‐secondary institutions attended Rice, Grains, and Legumes Program Costs In addition to tuition fees, students are also required to purchase the following: Block E Cut and Process Meats Cook Meats Block F Required Text, Tools and Clothing Meats Poultry Cut and Process Poultry Learning Guides $158 Professional Cooking for Canadian Chefs $112 Meat Manual $30 Knife set/Pants/Tools $340 Uniform Rental $100 Total $740 Cook Poultry Block G Seafood Cut and Process Seafood Cook Fish Cook Shellfish Block H Garde Manger Dressings, Condiments, and Accompaniments Salads, Sandwiches Please note: All prices are subject to change. Block I Jackets, aprons, and scarves are leased from a uniform company and are provided for the students. Eggs, Breakfast Cookery, and Dairy Egg Dishes Breakfast Accompaniments Dairy Products and Cheeses Required Tools Block J Baked Goods and Desserts Principles of Baking               Pocket test or digital thermometer (metric) Turning knife Paring knife Steel 10" French knife Boning knife 12" slicer serrated Peeler Set of plain round pastry tubes Set of star tip pastry tubes 16" pastry bag 2 plastic scrapers 1½" wide pastry brush 3 pairs of cook pants Program Requirements Professional Cook 1 and 2 Quick Breads Pastries Cookies Desserts Yeast Products Block K Beverages Beverages >>>>>>>>>>EXAMS Professional Cook 2 Monday to Friday | 7:30 am ‐ 2:30 pm Students will be required to take the following courses: Block A Occupational Skills Trade Knowledge Menu Planning Professional Cook 1 Ordering and Inventory Monday to Friday | 7:30 am ‐ 2:30 pm Human Resource and Leadership Skills Cost Management Students will be required to take the following courses: Front of House Ingredients and Nutritional Properties Block A Occupational Skills Block B Trade Knowledge Soups Safety Standards Sanitary Standards Production Procedures Sauces Block C Ingredients and Nutritional Properties Block B Vegetarian Dishes Block D Vegetables and Fruits Vegetables Pasta and Farinaceous Products Rice, Grains, and Legumes Block E Starches Potatoes, Pasta, and Farinaceous Products 68 Meats Cut and Process Meats Fruits Block D Starches Potatoes Stocks, Soups, and Sauces Stocks Thickening and Binding Agents, Soups, Sauces Block C Vegetables and Fruits Vegetables Menu Planning Ordering and Inventory Stocks, Soups, and Sauces Cook Meats Block F Poultry Cut and Process Poultry 2. Summative Summative evaluation determines a student’s final standing in the program. Each of the courses has a final mark and letter grade, which is determined by students completing quizzes, assignments, theory and practical exams. Cook Poultry Block G Seafood Cut and Process Seafood Cook Fish Cook Shellfish Block H Garde Manger Dressings, Condiments, and Accompaniments Grading Salads A student must obtain 70% or a C average on each level and course. Final mark is determined by the following: Hors‐d’oeuvre and Appetizers Presentation Platters Block J Baked Goods and Desserts Theory Portion Practical Evaluation Pastries Yeast Products 25% 75% Cakes and Tortes >>>>>>>>>>EXAMS Academic Probation Professional Cook 3 Program Requirements Graduates of the Culinary Arts program are encouraged to continue their training by pursuing an apprenticeship (Professional Cook 3). Those who complete the apprenticeship earn the status of Journeyperson Cook. TRU offers Professional Cook 3 training based on sufficient student demand. Contact Ed Walker ewalker@tru.ca for more information. In lieu of the apprenticeship program cooks may choose to work 9000 hours for 4½ years in the industry and challenge the Certificate of Qualification (Red Seal) examination. Further information on the apprenticeship program and trades certification can be found through the Industry Training Authority of BC http://www.itabc.ca. Chef De Cuisine Journeyperson Cooks are eligible to become members of the Canadian Federation of Chefs and Cooks (CFCC) and enroll in their study program to become a Certified Chef de Cuisine, who is generally the kitchen manager. You need to be a Journeyperson Cook for at least five years, and a CFCC member to enter their program. Program Policies Evaluation Process Culinary Arts Faculty evaluate students in two ways 1. Formative Formative evaluation is the feedback and advice instructors provide on a day to day basis, during and after class, in a group setting and in private consultation. Through this kind of evaluation the student receives direct and immediate feedback on their progress. Additionally, instructors keep records of student attendance, attitude and practical progress for future referencing. 69 The program places emphasis on training students to industry standards. A large component of the program requires teamwork. A student may be placed on probation by the instructor or department chair for one or more of the following circumstances:         Frequent lateness Cheating on exams Absences without excuse Failure to notify the instructor of absences and/or tardiness General untidiness and consistent disregard for the program rules and regulations Failure to curb bad language, hostility and abusive actions Abuse of alcohol or drugs Consistent failure to complete practical assignments or weakness in theory The first stage is to notify the student verbally of problems that must be dealt with. If these problems persist the student and instructor will collaboratively develop a probation contract. The student will be monitored and failure to show significant improvement during the period of the contract may result in a dismissal. Program Contact Department Chair ‐ Professional Cook Training 250.377.6082 Meat Cutter/Retail Meat Processing Program Options: Retail Meat Processing Certificate Program: a foundation level program Meat Cutter Apprenticeship Levels 1 and 2 training: for registered apprentices. Retail Meat Processing Certificate Program A nine‐month program. Graduates receive a Retail Meat Processing Certificate. Learning Options Full‐time Study The program is offered on a full‐time basis. On‐Campus The program is offered at the Kamloops campus. Program Start Date To maintain the relevance of the program to provincial and local industry needs and standards, it is supported by an Advisory Committee with broad representation from the meat cutting industry. High School students enrolled in this type of hands‐on program through the (CTC) Career Technical Centre do very well and are usually working full time by the end of their Grade 12 year. This program has been developed in consultation with the Ministry of Advanced Education, other Colleges and Institutes in British Columbia and across Canada, members of our Professional Retail Meat Processing Advisory Committee, the Canadian Professional Meat Cutters Association (CPMCA) and Business Operators not only in British Columbia, but also throughout Canada. End of August Program Overview The TRU Retail Meat Processing Program has been in operation since 1975 and is the only program offering this training in British Columbia. The current program is nine months of diversified full‐time training. The 13 comprehensive courses that make up the program complement each other and challenge students in hand‐eye coordination, safety, industry related math, and species and retail product recognition to Canadian Food Inspection Agency (CFIA) standards. Team work and self‐motivation, as well as strict sanitation procedures are important components of all courses. A strong emphasis is placed on student attendance, punctuality, dress code, and professional conduct. Personalized knife skills and machine safety training are also integral to the program. Students work hands‐on (85%) with all four domestic animal species ‐ beef, pork, lamb, and poultry ‐ in both carcass and block ready form. Additionally, students are trained to work with most major game species during the fall semester. Students are also able to participate in producing our very popular beef jerky and value‐added product training. All students help to operate the very busy TRU Meat Store, learning business practices and important industry customer service skills. TRU's Retail Meat Processing Program provides a broad spectrum of training to ensure that graduates are offered many opportunities to expand their knowledge of this fascinating industry; this includes six weeks of practical industry work experience in two different locations anywhere in British Columbia. In addition, students are encouraged to participate in a one‐week field trip to some of the largest and most advanced animal processing and sausage manufacturing plants in British Columbia and Alberta. 70 Learning Experiences Productivity The program places great emphasis on preparing students to meet the high standards and productivity level demanded by the industry. Students in every phase of the program are given varied work assignments and increased cutting responsibilities that match their growth in skill. Practical Work Experience During the program, students will be required to undertake two three‐ week work practica at two different locations to gain industry experience. The instructor helps arrange this in collaboration with businesses throughout British Columbia while the other students continue with cutting activities, sausage manufacturing and theory portions of the program in preparation for their own field work. Students from outside of the immediate Kamloops area are encouraged to complete practica in their home communities. Admission Requirements Educational Requirements 1. B.C. Grade 10 or equivalent (Grade 12 preferred) General Requirements 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Canadian Citizenship or Permanent Resident status Successful medical Satisfactory achievement on Accuplacer Assessment Tests Verification of orientation with Program Coordinator FoodSafe Level 1 (available at www.foodsafebc.ca (see FoodSafe BC ‐ http://www.foodsafebc.ca)) Admission Process Students are required to attend an orientation session. These sessions provide valuable information about courses, programs, entrance requirements, and admission procedures. Prospective students also have the opportunity to ask questions. Retail Meat Processing orientations are on‐going until the program is filled and must be arranged by appointment with the Instructor. Please call the Retail Meat Processing Department at 250.828.5351 for orientation session dates. Program Requirements The program dress code is based on industry practices and requires all apprentices to wear clean shirts and ties, black work slacks and black work shoes (no runners). The code is in effect Monday to Friday. Informal, but clean and tidy, dress is appropriate during theory sessions. Lab Work Coats Lab work coats are provided and laundered. Medical Insurance All students must provide proof of medical insurance protection before attending. The Retail Meat Processing Program includes the following courses: MEAT 1010 Safety and Sanitation MEAT 1020 Beef and Veal Carcass Processing MEAT 1030 Meat Science MEAT 1040 Pork Processing MEAT 1050 Lamb Processing MEAT 1060 Poultry Processing MEAT 1070 Seafood Processing MEAT 1080 Product Identification and Nomenclature MEAT 1090 Value Added Processing MEAT 1100 Fresh, Smoked, and Cured Sausage MEAT 1110 Meat Nutrition and Cooking MEAT 1120 Customer Service and Employment Skills MEAT 1130 Business Related Math Program Costs In addition to tuition fees, students must also purchase required text books and materials at an estimated cost of $700. Meat Cutter Apprenticeship TRU offers both Level 1 and Level 2 apprenticeship training. Applicants must be registered apprentices to apply for these two courses. Each training module is four weeks in length. The training modules are designed to prepare apprentices for the Interprovincial Trade Qualification Examination at the end of the Level II course. Each course combines theory and practical components. Apprenticeship is usually completed over a three‐year period. For further information on apprenticeship, visit: Note: While the basic components of the program are standard, the program is designed to keep pace with industry demands, and is subject to change without notice. Theory sessions are sometimes supplemented with guest speakers, including:    Canadian Food Inspection Agency Inspectors Animal Health Veterinarians Meat Scientists Note: Students will be advised of special guests, lectures and field trips in advance wherever possible. All of these are subject to change depending on availability. www.apprenticetrades.ca www.apprenticetrades.ca www.itabc.ca Admission Requirements 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Must be a registered apprentice. Must have a current FoodSafe Level I Certificate. Must be physically able to lift and manoeuvre product (boxed product, front and hind quarters of beef, etc.). Must have good manual dexterity. Must have a strong, positive attitude. Program Overview Apprenticeship Level I Program Policies Once the student is in the course, he/she will be expected to maintain the following:    be punctual and consistent in attendance be cooperative in all team work activities maintain a positive attitude Dress Code 71 The Apprenticeship Level I course covers the following modules and topics: MEAT 2010 Sanitation, Safety, Refrigeration, Equipment and Hand Tools MEAT 2020 Beef and Veal Processing – Variety Meat, Inspection, and Grading MEAT 2030 Meat Science Level I MEAT 2040 Pork Processing, Inspection and Grading MEAT 2050 Lamb Processing, Inspection and Grading MEAT 2060 Poultry Processing, Inspection and Grading MEAT 2070 Seafood Processing Level I MEAT 2080 Product Identification and Nomenclature I MEAT 2090 Value Added Processing I MEAT 2100 Meat Packaging MEAT 2110 Meat Cooking I MEAT 2120 Customer Service Practices I MEAT 2130 Business and Related Math I Apprenticeship Level II The Apprenticeship Level II course covers the following modules and topics: MEAT 3010 Sanitation, Safety, Refrigeration, Equipment and Hand Tools MEAT 3020 Beef and Veal Processing – Variety Meat, Inspection, and Grading MEAT 3030 Meat Science Level II MEAT 3040 Pork Processing, Inspection and Grading MEAT 3050 Lamb Processing, Inspection and Grading MEAT 3060 Poultry Processing, Inspection and Grading MEAT 3070 Seafood Processing Level II Level I and Level II courses are theory based and consist of instructor demonstrations of product followed by your own opportunity to do practical cutting. Program Costs In addition to tuition, apprentices must provide their own:   knives and steel clean waterproof gumboots These additional required items can be purchased at the TRU Bookstore: Scabbard and chain belt $20 Apron $15 Chemical Safety Goggles $10 Sanitation Gloves $10 Pocket Calculator (with % button) $15 C.P.M.C.A. Manual of Meat Processing $110 1 – 2” D‐ring Binder $6 $10 $6 MEAT 3080 Product Identification and Nomenclature II Stationary Supplies (pens, pencils, paper, etc.) MEAT 3090 Value Added Processing II 1 padlock with 2 keys MEAT 3100 Meat Packaging MEAT 3110 Meat Nutrition Level II MEAT 3120 Customer Service Practices II MEAT 3130 Business and Related Math II Total Please note: All prices are subject to change. Program Contact 250.828.5360 250.371.5991 72 $202 Faculty of Arts Bachelor of Arts Degree A four‐year undergraduate degree program. Graduates receive a Bachelor of Arts degree (BA). Learning Options Co‐operative Education Full‐time or Part‐time A Co‐operative Education work term is considered a three‐credit elective. Each program has different requirements for the elective. Contact the BA program advisor for more information. Study full‐time or part‐time. On‐Campus The degree program is offered on the main campus of TRU in Kamloops. A selection of 1st and 2nd year courses is offered at the Williams Lake campus. Co‐operative Education allows students to integrate academic studies with paid periods of relevant experience. Students alternate between periods of on‐campus, full‐time study, and work terms, which are full‐ time, paid employment. Program Start Dates Students may enter the program in Fall, Winter, or Summer semester. Distance Education Many courses are available by distance education www.tru.ca/distance. Program Overview The BA program provides a broad liberal arts education by combining a concentration in at least one discipline or thematic area of study with requirements that ensure a broad selection of courses. The Major programs of Communications, Economics, Economic and Political Studies, English, Geography and Environmental Studies, History, Mathematics, Mathematics and Economics, Philosophy, Psychology, Sociology, and Theatre Arts allow students to focus specifically on courses in one area of study. All students in the BA program are exposed to a second language and to the process of scientific and formal reasoning. Moreover, the BA program emphasizes written communication skills. Each student must complete six credits of study in writing intensive courses at both the 1000‐2000 level and at the 3000‐4000 level. Each program of study, however, includes a number of possible degree options. Thus, students have a good deal of freedom to design a BA program that suits their own individual needs. Students normally enter at the beginning of the first year. Entry is also possible at the second or third year levels. Students may choose from two types of BA programs: the General BA (with a concentration or a Thematic Studies Option) and the Major BA (with or without a Minor). Students in the BA Co‐op option who complete one work term are granted three credits for a non‐arts elective. These three credits may be counted toward graduation requirements. For each additional work term, students are granted three credits; however, these credits may not be counted toward graduation requirements and are considered additional credits. (See your advisor for more information.) Students must have a minimum GPA of 2.67 to apply to the BA Co‐op option and must maintain a GPA of 2.67 to remain in the program. Generally, students must have completed 48 credits before beginning their first work term. Completion of Co‐op 1000 is mandatory prior to a student’s first work term. Refer to the Co‐operative Education section of the calendar for detailed information on Co‐op policies and procedures and tuition fees. Sample Bachelor of Arts Co‐op Time Pattern Sept‐Dec Jan‐Apr May‐Aug Year 1 Academic Semester 1 Academic Semester 2 Co‐op Work Term Year 2 Academic Semester 3 Academic Semester 4 Co‐op Work Term Year 3 Academic Semester 5 Academic Semester 6 Co‐op Work Term Year 4 Academic Semester 7 Academic Semester 8 Grad International Opportunities If you have any questions or require further information, contact the BA Program Advisor at BAAdvising@tru.ca. Service Learning Students may take six credits of service learning during their third or fourth year. Of these six credits, three may be applied directly to the major. A service learning course is a faculty‐supervised community‐ based learning project completed individually or in groups of up to five students. 73 Study Abroad TRU offers a range of International Exchange opportunities, and is a member of a large, international Study Abroad program that gives students access to universities around the world. BA students may want to spend one or more semesters of study at another university. International Field Schools TRU offers a number of general and program specific field schools every year. These schools run from two to six weeks in length and offer course credit that can be applied to your degree. Political Studies, Psychology, Sociology, Spanish, Speech, Theatre, Visual Arts Admission Requirements 1. Admission to the Bachelor of Arts degree requires BC Grade 12 or Adult Dogwood or Mature student status. 2. English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 73% within the last five years. Applicants who do not meet this requirement, will have to complete one of the following prerequisites to qualify for ENGL 1100:  Level 5, on the composition section of the Language Proficiency Index (within the last 2 years) or;  completion of English 0600 or;  completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a grade of C+ or better 3. Mathematics 11 or higher is strongly recommended for students pursuing Education or a major in Geography and Environmental Studies, Sociology or Psychology Laddering Credits from other Programs Course credit from the TRU Associate of Arts degree may be applied toward a BA degree. Contact the BA Program Advisor BAAdvising@tru.ca for more information. Applicable to all BA Degree Options To graduate with a BA, students must meet all of the following requirements with a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0 for graduation: Credits Distribution Requirement 6 credits (min) HUMANITIES ‐ History, Modern Languages, English Literature, Philosophy SOCIAL SCIENCES ‐ Anthropology, Archaeology, Economics, Geography and Environmental Studies, Political Studies, Psychology, Sociology CREATIVE AND PERFORMING ARTS ‐ Film, Visual Arts, Theatre, Music, Creative Writing A minimum of one 1000‐2000 level course in at least two of the following categories (excluding courses used to satisfy the English and Scientific & Formal Reasoning requirements listed above. Courses used for the purposes of fulfilling this requirement may also be used to fulfill the Breadth Requirement, Second Language Requirement, or 1000‐2000 level Writing Intensive Requirement. However, courses used for the purposes of fulfilling this requirement must be exclusive of any course used to fulfill the First‐ Year English Requirement and the Scientific and Formal Reasoning Requirement. Furthermore, students may not use two courses in the same discipline (e.g., an English Literature class and a Creative Writing class) to fulfill the Distribution Requirement. Second Language Requirement 6 credits (min) A second language to grade 12 or six credits in a post‐secondary second language courses. Courses used to fulfill this requirement may also be used to fulfill the Breadth Requirement or Distribution Requirement. Program Requirements Core Requirements Courses used for the purposes of fulfilling this requirement may also be used to fulfill the Distribution requirement, Second Language Requirement, or 1000‐2000 Level Writing Intensive Requirement. Courses used to fulfill this requirement must be exclusive of any course used to fulfill the First‐Year English Requirements and Scientific and Formal Reasoning Requirement. 1000‐2000 Level Writing Intensive Requirement 6 credits (min) ANTH 2150, 2600 CMNS 2290, 2300 ECON 2430 ENGL* All academic English listed in the TRU calendar are designated as Writing Intensive. FILM 2100, 2200 Courses VISA 1110, 1120, 1500, 2110, 2120, 2130, 2140, 2150 English 6 credits (min) ENGL 1100, 1110, 1120, 1140 or 1210 GEOG 2400 Scientific and Formal Reasoning 9 credits (min) SCIENCE – ASTR, BIOL, CHEM, FRST, GEOL, NRSC, PHYS JAPA 2600, 2610 HIST** All 1000 and 2000 level courses ARCHAEOLOGY – ARCH 1110, 2010 (any combination) PHIL 1010, 1020, 2100, 2140, 2010, 2210, 2240, 2290, 2380, 2390, 2160 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY AND ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES – GEOG 1000, 2020, 2050, 2700, 2740, 2750 POLI 2250 SOCI 2170, 2230, 2270, 2500, 2590, 2720 MATHEMATICS – ALL MATH COMPUTING SCIENCE* – COMP FORMAL LOGIC – PHIL 2220 Courses used for the purposes of fulfilling this requirement may also be used to fulfill the Breadth Requirement or Distribution Requirement. However, course fulfilling this requirement must be exclusive of any course used to fulfill the First‐ Year English Requirement. UNDERSTANDING SCIENTIFIC REASONING – PHIL 2400 ** Exceptions include HIST 2170, 2270 STATISTICS** ‐ STAT or any one of ECON 2320, PSYC 2100, SOCI 2710 *Exclusions – BBUS 1370, 2370, 2380 and MIST 2610 **Note: Credit will normally be given for only one of the following introductory statistics courses: BIOL 3000, ECON 2320, PSYC 2100, SOCI 2710, STAT 1200. Breadth Requirement 74 12 credits (min) THTR 1100, 1200, 2110, 2210 A minimum of one 1000‐2000 level course in at least four different Arts disciplines (cannot use the same courses used to meet the English and Scientific & Formal Reasoning requirements) Anthropology, Archaeology, Canadian Studies, Chinese, Communications, Economics, English, Film, French, Geography and Environmental Studies, German, History, Japanese, Mathematics, Music, Philosophy, *Exceptions include: ENGL 1150, 3660, 3270, 3280 3000‐4000 Level Writing Intensive Requirement 6 credits (min) ANTH 3000, 3120, 3270, 3280, 4000, 4010, 4030, 4040, 4050, 4150, 4330, 4600 ARCH 4200 ECON 3330, 4330 CNST 3110, 3120, 3250, 3260 ECON 3100, 3500, 3550, 3600, 3650, 3670, 3700, 3710, 3740, 4320 ENGL* All academic English courses listed in the TRU calendar are designated as Writing Intensive. 3. FILM 3850, 4050, 4100, 4140 FREN 3250, 3260, 4150 General B.A. with a Double Concentration General BA with a Single Concentration GEOG 3200, 3210, 3270, 3280, 3500, 3570, 3610, 3650 4230, 4500, 4810 A minimum of 30 credits and a maximum of 36 credits in one Arts discipline, including a minimum of 18 and a maximum of 24 credits in 3000‐4000 level courses. Arts disciplines are grouped into the following categories: HIST** All 3000 and 4000 level courses JOUR Consult with Journalism Chair PHIL 3100, 3140, 3150, 3160, 3170, 3210, 3300, 3390, 3490, 3500, 3600, 3750, 4100, 4160, 4180, 4190, 4300, 4330, 4350, 4390, 4400, 4510, 4910, 4920 Humanities: History, Modern Languages, English, Philosophy Social Sciences: Anthropology, Archaeology, Economics, Geography and Environmental Studies, Political Studies, Psychology, Sociology Creative & Performing Arts Film, Theatre, Visual Arts POLI 3010, 3050, 3210, 3460, 4020 PSYC 3190, 3380, 4400, 4990 SOCI 3200, 3210, 3220, 3600, 3610, 3680, 3800, 3820, 4130, 4200, 4600, 4700, 4730 Students must take a minimum of 12 credits in 3000‐4000 level courses in a category (or categories) other than the student’s area of concentration. While a student’s area of concentration must be in an Arts discipline, any or all of the 3000‐4000 level courses outside of the category of concentration may be in categories outside of Arts. Categories outside of Arts include: THTR 3110, 3120, 3210, 3220, 3260, 3270, 3600, 3610, 4000, 4010, 4250, 4260, 4300, 4600, 4610 VISA 3130, 3150 Check with Academic Advisors for any additions. *Exceptions include: ENGL 1150, 3660, 3270, 3280 **Exceptions include: HIST 2170, 3300, 3310, 3360, 3370, 3390, 4350, 4460, 4480 Science: Additional Lower Level Courses 9 credits Biology, Chemistry, Geology, Natural Resource Sciences, Physics Business, Computing & Mathematics: Business Administration, Business Economics, Business Studies, Computing Science, Mathematics, Statistics Additional Upper Level Courses 48 credits In addition to the above requirements, students will be required to take additional upper level requirements. These courses may be part of the major/minor area of study. Non‐Arts Electives 12 credits Consult with BA Academic Advisors Total Requirements 120 credits In addition to the above requirements students will be required to take additional lower level requirements. Courses may be part of the major/minor area of study. Courses used to meet the Breadth and Distribution requirements above may be included in this. General BA with a Thematic Studies Option Students must complete the core course requirement in the area of the Thematic Study, plus a minimum of 42 credits from a list of designated content courses for the Thematic Study. At least 30 of these credits must be in 3000‐4000 level courses. At present, Canadian Studies is the only available Thematic Studies Option. Canadian Studies eligible . courses are annotated in the Course Descriptions List with a Requirements All requirements of the General B.A. program apply. In addition to the B.A. Admission Requirements, first‐ and second‐year students must successfully complete the following: The General BA Program The table below, “Summary of Requirements—General BA Program,” summarizes the minimum credits required for the three options under the General Bachelor of Arts Program. As some situations involve more than the minimum credits, students should read carefully the program descriptions that follow. Canadian Studies 2000 (3 credits). See calendar description. A minimum of 12 credits from the approved list of first‐ and second‐year Canadian Content courses below. Once admitted to the B.A. program, students completing a Thematic Option in Canadian Studies must also fulfill the following requirements: 1. Summary of Requirements ‐ General BA Program Single Concentration Thematic Option Double Concentration Total Credits 120 120 120 of which courses 3000+ 48 48 48 Total within specialty(ies) 30 45 30 + 30 of which courses 3000+ 18 30 18 + 18 Total outside speciality(ies) 84 75 60 of which courses 3000+ 12 n/a 12 or 0* * If second concentration is in a category outside of first concentration. There are three options under the General B.A. Program: 1. General B.A. with a Single Concentration 2. General B.A. with a Thematic Studies Option 75 1. 2. Of the 18 credits in the General B.A. disciplinary Area of Concentration, at least 6 credits must be from the approved third‐ and fourth‐year Canadian Content course list below. 2. Of the 12 credits in the General B.A. Category B, at least 6 credits must be from the approved third‐ and fourth‐year Canadian Content course list below. 3. Of the 48‐60 credits of third‐ and fourth‐year courses taken in total, at least 30 credits must be from the approved third and fourth year Canadian Content course list below. Please note that first‐ and second‐year Canadian content courses do not necessarily fulfill prerequisite requirements for courses in the third‐ and fourth‐year Canadian content course list. For all prerequisite information, consult the calendar. First and Second Year Canadian Content Courses Credits First and Second Year Canadian Content Courses Credits Third and Fourth Year Canadian Content Courses Credits ANTH 2140 Canadian Native Peoples 3 ECON 3740 Land Use 3 ARCH 2190 Ancient North Americans 3 ECON 3840 Economic Analysis of Health Services 3 ARCH 2230 Indians of British Columbia 3 GEOG 3270 3 CNST 2420 Canadian Literature on Film 3 Historical Geography of Canada I, Canada Before 1850 ECON 2230 Canadian Economic History 3 GEOG 3280 Historical Geography of Canada II, Canada After 1850 3 ECON 2430 Global and Canadian Economic Issues 3 GEOG 3500 Introduction to Urban Geography 3 ECON 2600 The Economy of British Columbia 3 GEOG 3630 The Geography of Resource Industries 3 ENGL 2040 Studies in Canadian Drama 3 HIST 3010 Canada in the Age of Nations 3 ENGL 2170 Survey of Canadian Literature: Beginnings to 1950s 3 HIST 3040 The History of the Canadian West 3 ENGL 2270 Survey of Canadian Literature: From the 1950s to the Present 3 HIST 3050 British Columbia 3 HIST 3060 The History of Quebec 3 ENGL 2410 Canadian Native Literature 3 HIST 3120 Canada in the Cold War 3 HIST 3510 The History of Childhood and Education 3 HIST 4030 Topics in Canadian Gender History 3 HIST 4050 Topics in British Columbia History 3 HIST 4250 Topics in Canadian History 3 HIST 4700 Population and Family in the Past 3 3 FREN 1110 Modern French Language and Literature I FREN 1210 Modern French Language and Literature II 3 GEOG 2220 The Regional Geography of Canada 3 GEOG 2230 3 The Regional Geography of British Columbia and Yukon 3 HIST 1120 An Introduction to Canadian History 3 HIST 4990 Topics in Canadian Labour History HIST 1220 History of Canada, 1867 to the Present 3 POLI 3010 Canadian Political Parties 3 HIST 2020 Native History of Canada 3 POLI 3030 Federalism in Canada 3 HIST 2700 The History of Women in Canadian Society 3 POLI 3050 Canadian Political Ideas 3 POLI 1110 The Government and Politics of Canada 3 POLI 3610 Canadian Foreign Policy 3 POLI 2230 Canadian Government II: Public Administration and Public Policy 3 POLI 4010 Canadian Provincial and Regional Politics 3 POLI 2250 Law and Politics 3 POLI 4020 Politics of the Canadian Constitutions 3 POLI 4050 Topics in Canadian Politics 3 POLI 4110 Humanitarian Intervention: A Canadian Perspective 3 SOCI 3100 Canadian Society 6 SOCI 3600 Sociology and Natural Resources 3 SOCI 3610 Social Inequality 6 SOCI 4700 Sociology of Crime and Justice 3 SOCI 4840 Sociology of Health and Illness 3 or 6 3 SOCI 2010 Race and Ethnic Relations 3 SOCI 2100 Canadian Social Issues 3 SOCI 2130 Women in Comparative Perspective 3 SOCI 2500 Crime and Society 3 VISA 2150 A Survey of the History of Canadian Painting 3 Third and Fourth Year Canadian Content Courses Credits Social Sciences Humanities ARCH 3060 Summer Field Training in Archaeology 6 ENGL 4150 Studies in Women’s Literature ANTH 3270 First Nations Natural Resource Management 3 ENGL 4200 Canadian Literature 6 ENGL 4250 Contemporary Canadian Poetry 3 ENGL 4260 Studies in Canadian Literature 3 ENGL 4470 Studies in Aboriginal Literature (North America) 3 FREN 3350 French Canadian Civilization 6 FREN 4160 French‐Canadian Literature 3 or 6 ANTH 4010 Native Peoples of North America 3 or 6 ANTH 4040 Peoples and Cultures of the North American Arctic 3 ANTH 4050 Canadian Status/Treaty Indian Reserve Communities 3 ARCH 4110 Prehistory of a Special Area in the New World HIST 3010 Canada in the Age of Nations 3 ARCH 4200 Archaeology of British Columbia 3 HIST 3040 The History of the Canadian West 3 CNST 3110 Canadian Communities in Transition 3 HIST 3050 British Columbia 3 CNST 3120 Canadian Aboriginal Drama 3 HIST 3060 The History of Quebec 3 CNST 3250 Quebec Cinema in Translation 3 HIST 3120 Canada in the Cold War 3 3 HIST 3510 The History of Childhood and Education 3 Topics in Canadian Gender History 3 CNST 3260 Quebec Literature in Translation 3 or 6 ECON 3100 Canadian Financial Markets 3 HIST 4030 ECON 3360 Economic History of Canada 6 HIST 4050 Topics in British Columbia History 3 ECON 3500 Public Finance: Policy Topics 3 HIST 4250 Topics in Canadian History 3 ECON 3600 Labour Economics 3 HIST 4700 Population and Family in the Past 3 ECON 3650 Industrial Organization 3 HIST 4990 Topics in Canadian Labour History 3 ECON 3710 Economics of the Environment 3 Creative and Performing Arts 76 THTR 3260 History of Canadian Theatre to 1950 3 THTR 3270 History of Canadian Theatre After 1950 3 THTR 4250 Theatre of British Columbia Before 1950 3 THTR 4260 Theatre of British Columbia After 1950 3 VISA 3730 Photography and Literature: A Canadian Perspective 6 A Suggestion: Students concentrating in Canadian Studies might wish to select from the following to fulfill requirements for credits outside of Arts disciplines. All are Canadian‐content focused. JOUR 2010 Studies in Journalism: Images of Journalism in Film 3 JOUR 3050 Introduction to Media and Journalism in Canada 3 JOUR 3150 Media Issues 2: Scientific and Environmental Media Issues 3 JOUR 3400 National and International Media 3 JOUR 3600 Media Issues I: Politics, Economics, and Geography Media Issues 3 Issues in Journalism : A Case Studies Approach 3 JOUR 4110 JOUR 4200 JOUR 4570 Specialized Reporting Media and Communication Theory 3 3 General BA with a Double Concentration Students in the General BA may take two concentrations. In such a case, students must take a minimum of 30 and a maximum of 36 credits in each of their two disciplines of concentration, including a minimum of 18 and a maximum of 24 credits in 3000‐4000 level courses in each of the two disciplines. A student must still take a minimum of 12 credits in 3000‐4000 level courses in a category (or in categories) other than the student’s area of concentration. If the second concentration is in a category outside of the first concentration, however, this requirement will be met automatically. Program Advising Students in the first and second years of the BA program should choose their 1000‐2000 level courses in consultation with Academic Advisors in order to meet the basic requirements and the specific course requirements of 3000‐4000 level courses. After completing their first 30 credits, but before completing their first 60 credits, students will be required to consult with a BA Program Advisor and declare a degree option. The BA Advisor BAAdvising@tru.ca will assist each student in selecting 3000‐4000 level courses to meet graduation requirements and any specific requirements for the various degree options. Students wishing to complete a Major program must consult a Major Program Advisor in the discipline selected prior to seeing the BA Advisor. The Major Advisor will assist each student in selecting courses that satisfy the Major program requirements. The BA Advisor will then ensure that all additional BA degree requirements are met. For appointments call: Academic Advisor (First and Second Year) 250.828.5075 B.A. Program Advisor 250.377.5566 Economics Advisor 250.371.5986 Political Studies Advisor 250.371.5523 English Advisor 250.371.6016 Geography & Environmental Studies Advisor 250.828.5235 History Advisor 250.371.5329 and 250.828.5399 Mathematics Advisor 250.371.5987 Philosophy Advisor 250.828.5495 Psychology Advisor 250.377. 6148 Sociology Advisor 250.828.5235 Theatre Advisor 250.377. 6136 Major Programs Continuation Requirements The BA is a four‐year degree program. Once a student is admitted to the program, he or she will continue in the program without having to re‐apply for entry into Year Three. However, continuation from Year Two into Year Three is contingent upon meeting the following requirements: The table below, “Summary of Requirements ‐ Major BA Program,” summarizes the minimum credits required for the three options under the Major Program, Bachelor of Arts. As most Major programs require more than the minimum credits, students should read carefully the individual program descriptions which follow. Summary of Typical Requirements ‐ Major B.A. Program 1. 2. First‐Year English Requirement: Advancement to Year Three of the BA program requires satisfactory completion of the first year English requirement. Students who do not meet the six‐credit first year English requirement before completing 60 credits of Arts‐ eligible credits, taken either at TRU or another post‐secondary institution, will not be permitted to register in courses other than first year English until that requirement is satisfied. G.P.A. Requirement: Advancement to Year Three of TRU BA program requires a minimum cumulative G.P.A. of 2.0. (In exceptional circumstances students with a cumulative G.P.A. of less than 2.0 but no lower than 1.95 will be conditionally registered in Year Three with the approval of the Dean of Arts.) 77 Single Major Major + Minor Double Major Total Credits 120 120 120 Of which courses 3000+ 48 48 66 Total within specialty(ies) 42 42 + 30 42 + 42 Of which courses 3000+ 30 to 33 30 to 33 + 18 30 to 33 + 30 to 33 Courses 3000+ outside Major disciplines 6 6 6 Major programs require a minimum of 42 to 45 and a maximum of 60 credits in one discipline, including a minimum of 30 and a maximum of 42 credits at the 3000‐4000 level. At least six credits must be taken in 3000‐4000 level courses in disciplines which do not offer Major programs. Currently these disciplines include: Anthropology, Archaeology, Canadian Studies, Film, Modern Languages, Political Studies, and Visual Arts. Students may take as many additional courses as they choose within the major or minor discipline above the number necessary to complete the program(s), to be counted towards meeting the 120 credits required for a BA, so long as all other program requirements are met. The combination of academic communication studies with the focus on the key areas of public relations and new media distinguishes the Major in Communication program and ensures that it is unique among existing post‐secondary programs in British Columbia. Major programs currently available at TRU: In order to allow students to target their experience within the Major, two streams will be offered:  Communication  Economics  Economics and Political Studies  English  Geography and Environmental Studies  History  Mathematics  Mathematics and Economics  Philosophy  Psychology  Sociology  Theatre Arts Each discipline has its own specific requirements for its Major program. Students should read carefully the individual program descriptions which follow or contact the Major Advisor. 1) 2) Communication and New Media Studies Communication and Public Relations Graduation Requirements Successful completion of 120 credits with a minimum 2.0 GPA Focus 1: Communication and New Media Communication and New Media Studies REQUIRED COURSES (CREDITS) ELECTIVE COURSES (CREDITS) YEAR 1 & 2 10 (30 credits) 10 (30 credits) YEAR 3 & 4 12 (36 credits) 8 (24 credits) 22 (66 credits) 18 (54 credits) Total Credits for degree 120 Major Program in Communication The Major in Communication is a cross‐disciplinary program that draws its theoretical foundations from many sources, including Rhetoric, Semantics, Psychology, Sociology, Cultural and Critical Studies, and even Economics. It will apply those disciplinary concepts to the ways in which individuals and groups communicate with one another, persuade one another, or entertain one another. All the courses within the major will be taught from three perspectives: descriptions of communications processes, production (covering issues like composition, design, broadcasting, and policy/law), and criticism and critique. Major Credits Lower Level Courses Required: 3 credits ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 6 credits CMNS 1160, CMNS 1290 12 credits CMNS 2160, CMNS 2180, CMNS 2200, CMNS 2290 3 credits VISA 1500 3 credits MIST 2610 3 credits One of: COMP 1810, 2680, 2810 or The general aim of the proposed Bachelor of Arts, Major in Communication, is to supply its students with the professional competencies and critical thinking perspectives necessary for diverse careers or graduate‐level study in the field of communication. The Major in Communication deliver an inspiring curriculum that combines core knowledge in academic communication studies along with two streams in the areas of public relations and new media studies. In the Major in Communication degree, students will choose a focus in Communications and Public Relations or Communication and New Media Studies. Although there is some overlap in core courses, the two streams have different lower and upper level requirements. The Communication and Public Relations stream is designed for students interested in the practical and commercial application of communication. The Communication and New Media Studies stream will appeal to students interested in the aesthetic, narrative, and theoretical aspects of technology, as well as computer‐mediated communication. 78 Three of the following 1 credit courses: COMP 1040, 1060, 1070, 1080 Electives ‐ LL 30 credits Recommended: CMNS 2170 JOUR 2020, 2060, 2200, 2210 PHIL 2240, 2380 Upper Level 36 credits Required: CMNS 3000, 3050, 3070, 3230, 3600, 3700, 3800 JOUR 3160, 3700, 3850, 4020, 4130 Recommended: CMNS 3020, 3500, 3510, 4610 COMP 4980 EDVP 4160 ENGL 3170, 4510 JOUR 3020, 3110, 3510, 4110, 4150, 4210 MKTG 4450, 4480 PHIL 3160, 3390 SOCI 3520, 4200 VISA 3130, 3730 All students should consult with the Major Program Advisor on course selection. Electives ‐ UL 24 credits Focus 2: Communication and Public Relations Communication and Public Relations REQUIRED COURSES (CREDITS) ELECTIVE COURSES (CREDITS) YEAR 1 & 2 10 (30 credits) 10 (30 credits) YEAR 3 & 4 12 (36 credits) 8 (24 credits) 22 (66 credits) 18 (54 credits) Total Credits for degree 120 Major Credits Courses 6 credits ENGL 1100, ENGL 1110 6 credits CMNS 1160, CMNS 1290 Lower Level Electives ‐ LL Upper Level Electives ‐ UL responsive to the public will. They apply their skills in areas as diverse as banking, law, education, finance, the environment, manufacturing, trade, welfare, agriculture, health, insurance, criminal justice, labor, energy, and transportation. Studying Economics Economics Major, Minor, and Concentration programs within the Bachelor of Arts are designed to provide a high quality undergraduate economics education within a liberal arts tradition. The purpose of the BA with a major in Economics is to introduce students to the core body of knowledge within the Economics discipline, thereby developing within the students a particular set of abilities or skills. Required: 9 credits CMNS 2160, CMNS 2170, CMNS 2290 3 credits JOUR 2060 6 credits EVNT 2070*, EVNT 2260* 30 credits Recommended: CMNS 2180, 2200 CONV 1061 EVNT 1100, 2100, 2240 HRMN 2820 JOUR 2020, 2200, 2210 MIST 2610 ORGB 2810 PHIL 2240, 2380 TMGT 1150 or MRKT 2430 VISA 1500 36 credits 24 credits Required: CMNS 3000, 3050, 3500, 3510, 4530 JOUR 3550, 3700 BBUS 3430, 3470, 4470, 4480 TMGT 4050 Recommended: CMNS 3600, 3700, 3800 IBUS 3510 JOUR 3030, 3110, 3510, 4110, 4210 MKTG 3450, 3480, 4410, 4450, 4460, 4490 All students should consult with the Major Program Advisor on course selection. *Note: Pre‐requisite waived for Communications Major These include: 1. evaluative and critical thinking (being able to analyze and comment on the work of others); 2. analytics (being able to use either deductive or mathematical reasoning to solve problems); 3. learning skills (the ability to meet goals, manage time, and complete a project successfully); 4. cooperation skills (the ability to cooperate with others and work in teams); 5. information technologies skills (the ability to use a number of systems and programs); 6. applications (being able to apply the tools of economic analysis to real‐world problems); 7. effective oral and written communication skills (being able to write and speak with clarity); 8. creativity (being innovative in formulating and testing hypotheses about economic issues); 9. research skills (the ability to conduct research and organize material effectively); and 10. decision making skills (the exercise of independent judgment and ethical decision‐making). Program Contact Communications Advisor Emphasis will be placed on the application of the basic tools to policy areas. bthompson@tru.ca 250.377.6017 Major Program in Economics Economics provides a framework for analyzing and helping to solve society's problems. Economists examine how and why people ‐ consumers, investors, workers, managers, public servants, volunteers make choices about the use of resources. They also study the ways in which those decisions affect regional, national and world economics. Economists examine the effects of public policy and use their training to develop government policies that are more efficient, equitable, and 79 Admission Requirements Students are expected to enter the Major program in the third year of their studies, although fourth year applicants will also be considered. According to the rules of the TRU BA program, students can declare their Major as early as the second year of their studies. Regardless of the chosen time of entrance into the program, all candidates must meet with the Economics Major Advisor to check their qualifications and design the best suited path for completing the Economics and BA degree requirements. Given the complexity of the various requirements, it is highly advisable that students consult the Economics Major Advisor as soon as they decide to enter into the program. The minimum admission requirements into the Economics Major are admission to the BA program, and completion of ECON 1900, ECON 1950 and one of the following courses: MATH 1170 or MATH 1140, or equivalent. Graduation Requirements The Major in Economics program requires the completion of at least: financial markets, international trade, development, and economic growth, but also poverty, crime, pollution, health care, education, the environment, and many others areas. The very best reason to study economics and politics is to better understand the world and help you make better choices. It can help you become a better citizen and a more rigorous thinker... not to mention its contributions to advancing your career goals! 45 credits in Economics (ECON and BUEC) 3 credits in Mathematics Graduation Requirements 3 credits from disciplines within the Arts Division The Major in Economic and Political Studies program requires the completion of at least 57 credits in Economics and Political Science, of which a minimum of 30 credits must be at the upper level (3000 and 4000 level) of which no less than 6 credits must be at the 4000 level. The program consists of core and elective courses. The program consists of required and elective courses. There are also a number of suggested courses. The Major in Economic and Political Studies requires the completion of: Major Credits Courses Economics 45 credits** Required: Major Credits Courses – Needs updates still ECON 1900, 1950, 2900, 2950, 2320, 3330 and ECON 3900 or 3950 Economics / Political Studies 24 credits** Required: ECON 1900, 1950, 2320 Suggested: ECON 2950 or 2430** ECON 3100*, 3200, 3500, 3550, 3600, 3610, 3650, 3670, 3690, 3700*, 3710*, 3730*, 3740*, 3840, 3990, 4100, 4320, 4330, 4560, 4660, 4720, 4990 Plus any two second year POLI courses Mathematics 3 credits MATH 1170 or 1140 or equivalent Supplementary Arts 3 credits Recommended: ANTH 1210, CMNS 2290, GEOG 1110, 2110 HIST 1220, PHIL 1110, 2010, 2210 POLI 1110, 1210 / Any second year POLI PSYC 1110, SOCI 1110, SPEE 1500, 1600, 2500 Suggested: ANTH 2150, 2600, ARCH 2190 POLI 1110, 1210 Economics 15 credits ECON 3100*, 3330, 3410, 3500, 3550, 3600, 3610, 3650, 3670, 3690, 3700*, 3710*, 3730*, 3740, 3840, 3990, 4560, 4720, 4990 Political Studies 15 credits POLI 3010, 3030, 3050, 3100, 3200, 3420, 3440, 3460, 3520, 3500, 3520, 3610, 3640, 3650, 4010, 4020, 4050, 4060 Plus any two additional ECON third or fourth year courses *Offered every year. The other courses are rotated. Speak to the department chair for information on which other courses are offered in any given year. GEOG 1100, 3100, 3610 **Students may substitute any other ECON course at the 2000 level or higher for either ECON 2430 or ECON 2950, but not both. HIST 2270, PHIL 2220, 3300 Recommended: Any one history course and an additional six language credits. POLI 3030, 3440, PSYC 2220 SOCI 3600, 3610, 4730 **From the 45 credits in Economics, a minimum of 30 credits must be at the upper level (3000 and 4000 level) of which no less than 6 credits must be at the 4000 level. *Offered every year. The other courses are rotated. Speak to the department chair for information on which other courses are offered in any given year. Program Contact BA Advisor baadvising@tru.ca 250.371.5566 Economics Advisors 250.371.5986 Major Program in Economic and Political Studies Economics and politics is "the study of choices" and so is concerned with all areas of our lives. It provides rigorous analysis of many real‐ world subjects: government institutions, taxes, unemployment, 80 Admission Requirements Students usually declare their Major before the start of their third year of courses. All candidates are assigned a Major Program Advisor and they must meet to ensure that they qualify and so that an appropriate selection of courses can take place. The minimum admission requirements into the Economic and Political Studies Major are admission to the BA program, and completion of ECON 1900, ECON 1950, POLI 1110, POLI 1210, BUEC 2320 or equivalent, and one of the following courses: MATH 1170 or MATH 1140 or equivalent. Opportunities for Further Study A bachelor’s degree in Economics and Politics is an excellent preparation for graduate studies — whether in economics or politics, or in another field such as law, business, public administration, environmental studies, health‐care administration, labour relations, urban planning, diplomacy, or one of many others. A degree in economics and politics is also excellent preparation for an MBA program. Program Contact BA Advisor baadvising@tru.ca 250.371.5566 Economics & Political Studies Advisors 250.371.5523 250.371.5732 Major Program in English The focus of English studies is reading, writing, and imagining: the basic skills that our civilization depends on, and always will. The study of English introduces students to an enormous range of human creative activity, from ancient civilizations to the most recent developments in film and creative writing. English forms a natural fit with other disciplines, too, including history, Canadian Studies, journalism, philosophy, fine arts, sociology, and psychology. A degree in English will never be obsolete; it provides experience and skills that will remain of value throughout one’s lifetime. The English Major Program provides a comprehensive study of writing from ancient to contemporary cultures. Students are encouraged to explore complex texts and to develop their thinking, writing, and reading skills – skills essential for numerous professions in the Information Age and for future literary studies. The program provides the comprehensive, historical coverage generally demanded of students going on to further study in English literature, with an emphasis on the breadth of recent English literature. Students can receive a BA with a Major in English. Admission Requirements 1. BC Grade 12 (or equivalent) 2. English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 73% (within the last 5 years), or Level 5 on the composition section of the Language Proficiency Index (within the last 2 years), or completion of ENGL 0600 or ESAL 0570 and 0580 with a grade of C+ or better is required to enter ENGL 1100 3. English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 80% (within the last 5 years), or Level 5 on the composition section of the Language Proficiency Index (within the last 2 years) or ENGL 1100 required to enter ENGL 1110, 1120, 1140, 1150 Graduation Requirements Pre‐requisites: 1. Six credits of English 1100, 1110, 1120, 1140, or 1210 2. Nine credits of second year literature courses: 3. ENGL 2110 (required) 4. Six credits of second year English electives: ENGL 2120 (recommended), ENGL 2040; ENGL 2140; ENGL 2150; ENGL 2160; ENGL 2170; ENGL 2180; ENGL 2190; ENGL 2200; ENGL 2210; ENGL 2240; ENGL 2250; ENGL 2260; ENGL 2270; ENGL 2400; or ENGL 2410 Requirements: A minimum of thirty credits numbered ENGL3000 and above must be taken. The 30 credits must include the following: At least three credits in each of three centuries prior to 1900 (nine credits total). At least six credits in theory, language, gender, or genre. The English Department at TRU is exceptionally strong. Several of our faculty has received Master Teacher and Scholarly Merit awards, and our graduates have been accepted at many universities, including McGill, UBC, UVic, The University of Alberta, Memorial University, The University of Western Ontario, The University of Saskatchewan, and The University of Toronto. Our students have also won prestigious awards such as the Bombardier Scholarship and the University Medal in Arts. At least six credits in Twentieth Century and Twenty‐First Century Canadian, American, Postcolonial or British literature. Students are permitted to take, toward the 30 credits of the English major, 3 credits from the following list of courses: Phil. 3740, Phil. 3750, Theatre 3260, Theatre 3270, Canadian Studies 3120, and Journalism 4310. 3000 and 4000 English Courses In addition to presenting papers at conferences throughout the world, department members have published books, journal articles, and contributions to books both nationally and internationally. The advantage of small classes translates into individual attention and a wide variety of opportunities for students. The Department of English, through the Writing Centre and various research projects, has employed students in editing, researching and tutoring. The Department also sponsors informal groups devoted to reading and writing, such as TRU Fiction, the university’s creative writing group, and hosts readings and lectures which afford students the opportunity to hear novelists, poets and other writers present their work and offer advice to student writers. Students have the opportunity of attending conferences, and can apply for CUEF funding. All of these activities reflect the dynamic creative nature of English studies at TRU. 81 ENGL 3080 Advanced Composition 1 – Personal Expression ENGL 3090 Advanced Composition2 – Writing in the Disciplines ENGL 3130 European Literature in Translation ENGL 3140 Studies in Fiction ENGL 3150 Studies in Non‐Fiction ENGL 3160 Studies in Literature and the Other Arts ENGL 3170 Science Fiction ENGL 3180 Children’s Literature ENGL 3190 Studies in the Intellectual Backgrounds of Literature ENGL 3200 History of the English Language ENGL 3260 Quebec Literature in Translation ENGL 3270 Structure of Modern English I ENGL 3280 Structure of Modern English II ENGL 3300 Reading Literature and Literary Theory: Advanced Skills ENGL 3310 Forms and Metres in English Poetry ENGL 3320 Modern Critical Theories ENGL 3330 Special Topics in Creative Writing ENGL 3340 Writing Speculative Fiction ENGL 3350 Studies in Major Authors ENGL 3360 Advances Short Fiction Writing ENGL 3370 Novel Writing ENGL 3380 Advance Poetry Writing ENGL 3390 Advance Drama Writing ENGL 3550 Chaucer ENGL 3650 Shakespeare ENGL 3660 Studies in Shakespeare ENGL 3710 Poetry of the Earlier 17th Century ENGL 3730 Topics in 17th Century Literature ENGL 3740 Milton’s Paradise Lost ENGL 3750 Milton ENGL 3810 Poetry of the Age of Dryden and Pope ENGL 3820 Poetry of the Middle and Late 18th Century ENGL 3840 The English Novel in the 18th Century ENGL 3850 Restoration and Early 18th Century Literature ENGL 3860 Mid and Late 18th Century Literature ENGL 3890 Studies in 18th Century Thought and Literature ENGL 3910 Romantic Poetry ENGL 3940 The Victorian Novel ENGL 4000 Early Modern British Literature ENGL 4040 The Modern British Novel ENGL 4130 Contemporary British Drama ENGL 4140 The Contemporary British Novel ENGL 4150 Studies in Women’s Literature ENGL 4160 Topics in Modern Irish Literature ENGL 4200 Classics of Canadian Fiction ENGL 4240 19th Century Canadian Literature ENGL 4250 Contemporary Canadian Poetry ENGL 4260 Studies in Canadian Literature ENGL 4340 American Fiction to 1900 ENGL 4350 American Fiction in the First Half of the 20th Century ENGL 4360 Studies in American Literature ENGL 4370 American Fiction from Mid‐20th Century to the Present ENGL 4440 Postcolonial Women’s Literature ENGL 4450 Commonwealth/Postcolonial Literature ENGL 4460 Studies in Commonwealth/Postcolonial Literature ENGL 4470 Studies in Aboriginal Literature (North America) ENGL 4510 Studies in Literary Moments ENGL 4600 American Poetry to the First Half of the 20th Century ENGL 4610 American Poetry from the Mid‐20th Century to the Present ENGL 4760 Editing and Publishing ENGL 4780 Studies in Literature and Film ENGL 4790 Studies in Genre Opportunities for Further Study English Majors go on to complete master’s degrees and PhDs in universities across Canada, the United States, and Great Britain. Academic Advising Students are encouraged to see an advisor in their second year of study or earlier. Details about making an appointment with an English Advisor will be posted on the English Department website and the English Department bulletin board outside the Arts Office in the Arts and Education building. Whenever possible, a faculty advisor will act as a “mentor” from the time you enter the program until you graduate. The BA Advisor should also be consulted. Program Contact BA Advisor baadvising@tru.ca 250.371.5566 English Advisor 250.377.6016 Department of English and Modern Languages Chair gjohnson@tru.ca 250.371.5556 Major Program in Geography and Environmental Studies The Geography and Environmental Studies Major Program at TRU has strong teaching and research expertise in sustainable urban and rural landscapes, Japan and the Americas, environmental geography, economic geography, hydrology, climatology / meteorology, geomorphology, and emerging geomatic technologies and methods, including Geographical Information Systems (GIS). Those interested in a career or further study in education, urban and community planning, environmental consulting, policy development, environmental law, water resources research, global warming, mine reclamation, environmental impact assessment, GIS applications, and earth science, including hydrology, meteorology and geomorphology, should strongly consider completing a Geography and Environmental Studies program. Students will have the opportunity to:       Admission Requirements Students usually declare their Major before the start of their third year of courses. All candidates are assigned a Major Program Advisor and they must meet to ensure that they qualify and so that an appropriate selection of courses can take place. Before students can declare their Major they must have met the admission requirements for the BA. As well, they must have successfully completed no fewer than 21 credits in lower‐level Geography courses, either at TRU or at other accredited institutions. Admission into the Geography and Environmental Studies Major – Honours program option requires completion of the lower level requirements with a minimum Grade Point Average (GPA) of 3.00 Graduation Requirements Students must normally declare their Geography major before entering the third year of the B.A. Program. All candidates must meet with the Major Program Advisor in Geography and Environmental Studies to plan their course selection and to ensure that all B.A. degree requirements will be met. There are three program options associated with the B.A. Geography and Environmental Studies: 1. 82 The Geography Co‐op program Participate in a variety of field courses Pursue the Masters in Environmental Science (MSC) Program Work with knowledgeable, experienced and friendly faculty Participate in research at the undergraduate level Be hired and respected regionally, provincially, across Canada, and internationally Geography and Environmental Studies Major 2. Geography and Environmental Studies – Physical Geography Major GEOG 3200 Introduction to Cultural Geography GEOG 3210 Historical Geography of Urbanization GEOG 3230 Geographies of Gender GEOG 3270 Historical Geography of Canada I: Canada before 1850 Lower Level – Common to all three Major program options GEOG 3280 Historical Geography of Canada II: Canada after 1850 GEOG 1010 GEOG 3500 Introduction to Urban Geography GEOG 3510 Rural Geography 3. Geography and Environmental Studies Honours Introducing Human Geography: People, Places, and Landscapes or GEOG 1110 World Regional Geography GEOG 3550 Geography of the Urban‐Rural Fringe GEOG 1000 Planet Earth: An Introduction to Earth System Science GEOG 3570 Introduction to Social and Behavioural Geography GEOG 2020 Weather, Climate and Global Environmental Change GEOG 3610 Themes in Economic Geography GEOG 3900 Geography of a Selected Region or GEOG 2050 Introduction to Hydrology GEOG 4240 Geography of Tourism GEOG 2400 Geographic Thought GEOG 4500 Urban Analysis GEOG 2700 Introduction to Geographic Analysis GEOG 4800 Environmental Issues and Policies GEOG 2740 Geodesy and the Visualization of Geographic Data GEOG 4810 Geography of Small Cities GEOG 1100 or Environmental Studies: Human Interaction with the Natural Environment GEOG 4840 Postcolonial Geographies GEOG 4850 Geography of First Nations Issues in British Columbia GEOG 2110 or Geography of the Economic Landscape GEOG 2120 or Geography of Urban and Regional Planning GEOG 2220 or Regional Geography of Canada GEOG 2230 Regional Geography of British Columbia and Yukon or any of the following not used to meet the requirement above Group C – Physical Geography GEOG 3040 Environmental Climatology and Meteorology GEOG 3050 Physical Hydrology GEOG 3060 Groundwater Hydrology GEOG 3070 Biogeography GEOG 3080 Geomorphology GEOG 3129 Geography of Natural Hazards GEOG 1010 Introducing Human Geography: People, Places and Landscapes GEOG 1110 World Regional Geography GEOG 4050 Fluvial Geomorphology GEOG 2020 Weather, Climate and Global Environmental Change GEOG 4060 Advances in Hydrology GEOG 2050 Introduction to Hydrology GEOG 4820 Urban Biophysical Environments Upper Level Group D – Geographical Methods Geography and Environmental Studies Major Program Option GEOG 3700 Field Methods in Geography Thirty (30) 3000 or 4000 level GEOG credits are required with at least three (3) credits from the 4000 level. Of the thirty (30) credits at least three (3) distinct credits must be chosen from each of the four (4) course groups (Groups A,B,C, and D) listed in the Course Table below. The remaining eighteen (18) upper‐level GEOG credits may be selected from any of the four (4) course groups (A,B,C or D) or combination thereof, or from GEOG 3990, GEOG 4990, or GEOG 4480. GEOG 3750 Applications of Geographical Information Systems GEOG 3770 GIS for Water Resources Systems Analysis GEOG 4740 Spatiotemporal Analysis GEOG 4750 Advances in Geomatics Geography and Environmental Studies – Physical Geography Major Program Option Thirty (30) 3000 or 4000 level GEOG credits are required with at least three (3) credits from the 4000 level. Of the thirty (30) credits at least fifteen (15) credits must be chosen from Group C: Physical Geography and three (3) distinct credits from each of the other three (3) course groups (Groups A,B, and D) from the Table below. The six (6) upper‐level elective (each of the four (4) course groups (Groups A,B,C, and D) listed in the Table below. The remaining eighteen (18) upper‐level GEOG credits may be selected from any of the four (4) course groups (A,B,C or D) or from GEOG 3990, GEOG 4990, or GEOG 4480. Geography and Environmental Studies Honours Major Program Option Forty‐two (42) 3000 or 4000 level GEOG courses from which at least three (3) distinct credits must be chosen from each of the four (4) course groups (Groups A, B, C, and D) listed in the Course Table below. At least nine (9) of the forty‐two (42) credits must be chosen from any of the 4000 level GEOG course listed in the Course Table (any course group) or GEOG 4990 or GEOG 4480. The remaining twenty‐one (21) upper‐level GEOG courses may be selected from any of the four (4) course groups (A, B, C, or D) or combination thereof, or from GEOG 3990. Students must obtain a Grade Point Average of 3.00 in the forty‐two (42) upper‐level credits and must not obtain a grade below B‐ (2.67) in any three (3) of the forty‐two (42) credits. Students will be permitted to re‐take a course once in order to meet the grade requirement. Admission into the Honours program requires completions of the lower level requirements with a minimum Grade Point Average (G.P.A.) of 3.00. Opportunities for Further Study Graduate work in Geography and Environmental Studies, Urban and Regional Planning, Law, and many more professional programs. Students may pursue a master's degree MSc in Environmental Sciences with faculty members in the Department of Geography and Environmental Studies. Program Contact BA Advisor baadvising@tru.ca 250.371.5566 Geography and Environmental Studies Secretary 250.828.5116 Chair of Geography and Environmental Studies 250.828.5235 Further information can be found at www.tru.ca/arts/geography. Upper Level Courses Group A – Environmental Studies ENVS 3991 Environmental Studies: Sustainability GEOG 3100 Environment and Resources GEOG 3650 Geography of Consumption GEOG 3991 Global Climate Change and Regional Impacts GEOG 4230 Attitudes Towards the Environment GEOG 4510 Sustainable Rural Systems GEOG 4800 Environmental Issues and Policies Group B – Human Geography 83 Major Program in History History is the study of the past. It is not, however, simply about memorizing a timeline or learning a set of facts. Our understanding of history is constantly changing as new perspectives, interpretations, and evidence are brought forth. History, then, is a dynamic field that is enriched by ongoing debates about all aspects of the past. History is the most universal of the humanities, encompassing the study of everything from politics, gender, and society to technology, economics, and war. History offers students the opportunity to develop skills that are invaluable in all fields of endeavor. In History, students will develop and strengthen their capacity for critical thinking. They will learn how to define complex problems, conduct research, classify extensive data, and construct effective arguments. They will sharpen their oral and written communication skills, and analyze issues that are relevant to contemporary concerns. Students of History will not only gain intellectual fulfillment, but a range of concrete skills that are eagerly sought by employers. Admission Requirements Students usually declare their Major before the start of their third year of courses. All candidates must meet with Major Program Advisor who will assist with course selection and ensure that requirements are met. Before students can declare their Major they must have met the admission requirements for the BA. As well, they must have successfully completed no fewer than 9 credits in lower‐level History courses, either at TRU or at other accredited institutions. Graduation Requirements 3rd and 4th Year 1. Students must take 33 credits in History courses numbered between 3000 and 4990, including History 3000 and cross‐listed courses from other disciplines. The Historian's Craft (HIST 3000) (HUM/SS) (3,0,0) 3 credits This course examines the practice of history, and the development of historical inquiry. Mandatory for students taking the History Major. Prerequisites: Students must have no fewer than 6 credits in recognized lower level History courses and be a declared History Majors student. 2. Entrance to any 4000‐level course requires no fewer than three credits in 3000‐ level History courses. 3. All History Major students must take History 3000: The Historian's Craft in their third year. 4. Of the thirty‐three credits required of the Major in History, at least nine but no more than fifteen upper‐level credits must come from one of the geographic fields (i.e.: British, European, American, and Canadian). 5. Of the thirty‐three credits required of the Major in History, at least three upper‐level credits must come from courses in each geographic field (i.e.: British, European, American, and Canadian). 6. Of the thirty‐three credits required of the Major in History, at least nine must be taken at the 4000‐level. 84 7. Of the forty‐five lower‐level and upper‐level credits in History required of History Major students, no fewer than six must be from Canadian History. 8. Credit toward the History Major is also given for successful completion of Philosophy 4190. Opportunities for Further Study The History program at TRU well prepares students for graduate studies at institutions across Canada, the United States, and Europe. It also prepares students for admission into law schools across Canada and internationally. Program Contact BA Advisor baadvising@tru.ca 250.371.5566 History Advisor 250.828.5399 or 250.828.5329 Chair of Philosophy, History & Politics 250.377.6024 History Coordinator 250.828.5329 Major Program in Mathematics Mathematics is the science of patterns. With ancient roots in arithmetic and geometry, two of the seven liberal arts, mathematics has evolved into a complex language that goes far beyond calculation. It may be studied for its own beauty and aesthetics or for its applications to areas such as physical and life sciences, finance and economics, computing and information theory, social sciences, and fine arts. Mathematics has been described as the study of: quantity (arithmetic, number theory, statistics), space (geometry, linear algebra, topology), change (calculus, differential and difference equations, analysis), structure (algebra, combinatorics, graph theory logic), and randomness (probability theory, statistics, dynamical systems). The department of Mathematics and Statistics has 18 well‐qualified faculty members who are committed to teaching excellence and student success. Many of our faculty are strongly involved in research. They have published papers in numerous mathematical and statistical journals and have made presentations at conferences in North America and abroad. Studying at TRU offers many advantages, including small class sizes and readily accessible instructors. Small class sizes enable our instructors to give students more individual attention than larger universities. Our department offers a BSc with a major in Mathematics or Mathematical Sciences and a BA with a major in Mathematics. We also provide a wide variety of service courses for other diploma and degree programs offered at TRU. Admission Requirements At least C+ in Principles of Math 12 or MATH 1000 within the last two years, or at least C+ in MATH 0610 within the last two years. In exceptional cases, for example, where a student has transferred from another educational system or has been out of school for several years, entry into MATH 1140 may be permitted based on a placement test administered (for these exceptional cases only) by the Department of Mathematics and Statistics during the first week of classes. Please contact the Bachelor of Arts Academic Advisor BAAdvising@tru.ca for further information on admission requirements for the BA Major in Mathematics. Program Requirements First Year Credits MATH 1130/1230 or 1140/1240 Program Contact BA Advisor BAAdvising@tru.ca 250.371.5566 Program Chair 250.377.6041 Major Program in Mathematics and Economics This program is designed for students who are interested in the interactions between mathematics and economics. The major provides a high quality education and develops within students a wide variety of skills and abilities. These include critical thinking on economic issues using quantitative techniques, analysis of domestic and international socioeconomic problems, developing applied research skills, and decision‐making skills. 6 MATH 1700* 3 ENGL 1100 and 1110 or 1110 and 1210 6 Language, if necessary 6 MATH 1130 Enriched Calculus I COMP 1130 3 MATH 1230 Enriched Calculus II Electives 3 6 Or or MATH 1140 Calculus I MATH 1240 Calculus II ECON 1900 Principles of Microeconomics * MATH 1380/1390 or COMP 1380/1390 may be substituted for MATH 1700 Second Year Credits MATH 2700 3 MATH 2110 3 MATH 2120 3 MATH 2200* 0–3 Program Requirements First and Second Year Course Requirements ECON 1950 Principles of Macroeconomics MATH 2110 Calculus III MATH 2120 Linear Algebra 1 MATH 2240 Differential Equations MATH 2700 Discrete Mathematics 2 ENGL (2000 level) 3 BUEC 2320 Economic and Business Statistics STAT 2000 3 Or Or Electives 3 12 – 15 STAT 2000 Introduction to Statistics ECON 2900 Intermediate Microeconomics ECON 2950 Intermediate Macroeconomics * Math 2200 can be delayed to the third year. Third and Fourth Year Credits MATH (3000 or 4000 level)4 MATH, STAT or COMP (3000 or 4000 level) 21 5 Electives 9 30 Students must also meet the general requirements of the B.A. degree. Recommendations: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 85 Students interested in teaching are advised to take Math 3080 and 3120. Students interested in Economics should consult an advisor in the Economics Department for appropriate combination of Math and Economics courses. Students may also wish to consider the BA Joint Major in Mathematics and Economics. Students interested in pursuing Computing Science 3000 or 4000 level courses must complete COMP 1130, 1230, 2130, and 2230. At least one of Math 3070 or Math 3220, and at least one of Math 3000 or Math 3200, must be included. No more than 6 of these 9 credits may be in Computing Science. Honours program in Mathematics requires all of: Math 3000, 3070, 3200, and 3220 plus Math 4950. Third and Fourth Year ECON/BUEC Course Requirements ECON 3200 Introduction to Mathematical Economics ECON 3900 Intermediate Microeconomics 2 ECON 3950 Intermediate Macroeconomics 2 ECON 4320 Econometrics BUEC 4330 Forecasting in Business and Economics Depending on student’s interests and qualifications, one the following streams must be chosen: Third and Fourth Year Courses for the Mathematics Stream STAT 3060 Applied Regression Analysis MATH 3160 Differential Equations MATH 3400 Introduction to Linear Programming MATH 4410 Modelling of Discrete Optimization Problems MATH ELECTIVE (an additional 3000 or 4000‐level MATH course Third and Fourth Year Courses for the Statistics Stream MATH 3020 Introduction to Probability MATH 3030 Introduction to Stochastic Processes MATH 3050 Introduction to Statistical Interference MATH 3060 Applied Regression Analysis MATH 4040 Analysis of Variance Alternatively, students may select the General Stream and take 5 (FIVE) out of the 9 (NINE) following courses: Note: If the General Stream is chosen, STAT 3060 will be a compulsory course to satisfy prerequisites. Students need to choose four (4) more courses from the General Stream section, other than STAT 3060. Third and Fourth Year Courses for the General Stream LOWER‐LEVEL PHILOSOPHY REQUIREMENTS (15 credits, 5 courses) One of and no more than two: PHIL 1010 Intro to PHIL Pre‐Socratics to Hume PHIL 1020 Intro to PHIL 1784 to Present PHIL 1100 Intro to PHIL Problems and Themes Intro to Ethics MATH 3020 Introduction to Probability PHIL 2010 MATH 3030 Introduction to Stochastic Processes or MATH 3050 Introduction to Statistical Interference PHIL 2210 Contemporary Moral Issues MATH 3060 Applied Regression Analysis PHIL 2140 Knowledge MATH 3160 Differential Equations or MATH 3400 Introduction to Linear Programming PHIL 2150 Reality STAT 4040 Analysis of Variance PHIL 2100 Ancient Philosophy MATH 4410 Modelling of Discrete Optimization Problems PHIL 2220 Elementary Formal Logic MATH ELECTIVE (an additional 3000 or 4000‐level MATH course Electives Non‐Philosophy (up to 30 credits) Program Contact Chair of Mathematics 250.377.6041 Chair of Economics 250.371.5986 UPPER‐LEVEL PHILOSOPHY REQUIREMENTS (30 credits, 10 courses) PHIL 3010 Ethics PHIL 3140 The Rationalists or PHIL 3150 The Empiricists PHIL 3100 Ancient Philosophy or PHIL 4100 Topics in Ancient Philosophy PHIL 3160 Modern European Philosophy Major Program in Philosophy or Philosophy is both a study of questions and thinkers and a methodology. Philosophical questions are sometimes called the “Big Questions” because they deal with the most fundamental ways in which humanity connects with, and understands the world, and itself. These questions deal with ethics, knowledge, reality, beauty, existence, and more. Too, doing philosophy is something that requires training. Asking and answering these sorts of questions requires using reason, logic, and other argumentative and judicious skills. The philosophical exploration of the Big Questions produces a student highly skilled in problem solving, text analysis, writing, deciphering of difficult texts, and unparalleled analytical skills. Couple these skills with the classical and contemporary knowledge gained from some of the foremost thinkers in history and you have a commanding degree. PHIL 3170 Topics in Continental Philosophy PHIL 3500 Metaphysics The Philosophy department at TRU offers a program of study that is well balanced between the traditional major covering all of the mainstays of classical to modern thought and the cutting edge philosophy that is emerging from new and evolving ideas. At the same time that our Major in Philosophy satisfies those students looking to study further in the discipline, it also interests those students with special interests looking for innovative courses. At TRU you can study Plato, Nietzsche, Locke, Descartes, and Quine, as well as topics such as Ethics and the Holocaust, Philosophy of Humour, Philosophy of Science, and Philosophy of Rock Music. Admission Requirements Although students normally declare their Major before the start of their third year of courses, some first‐year and second‐year courses are required. All students interested in declaring a Philosophy Major should meet with the Philosophy Major Advisor or the Philosophy Coordinator to ensure that they meet the lower‐level (first and second year) requirements and to select the appropriate courses. Before students can declare a Major in Philosophy, they must have met the admission requirements for the BA, as well as the following: 86 or PHIL 3600 Epistemology Electives* 15 credits, 5 courses upper‐level Philosophy from the remaining 3000 and 4000 Philosophy courses. * Of the 15 credits of upper‐level Philosophy elective course credits up to 6 credits (two courses) may come from the following non‐Philosophy courses: ENGL 3070, ENGL 3100, ENGL 3190, ENGL 322, HIST 3520, POLI 3420, POLI 3440, POLI 3460, SOCI 3200. Students wanting to go to Graduate School in Philosophy should take all 15 credits of electives in Philosophy courses. Opportunities for Further Study Graduates of the Bachelor of Arts in Philosophy may pursue graduate degrees or enter professional schools such as Law or the MBA, Education degrees, or Post Baccalaureate Journalism Program Contact BA Advisor BAAdvising@tru.ca 250.371.5566 Philosophy Coordinator 250.828.5495 Chair of Philosophy, History and Politics 250.377.6024 Major Program in Psychology Psychology is the scientific study of thoughts, feelings, actions, perceptions, physiological and neurological responses, and other behaviours in animals and humans. As both a scientific discipline and a profession, psychology relates to virtually every aspect of people's lives. Through research, psychology plays an important role in understanding and predicting human behaviour. Through clinical practice, psychology strives to help people to live more productive and fulfilling lives. The Psychology Department at TRU offers a variety of courses and the option of obtaining a Major, Minor or Honours in Psychology as part of the Bachelor of Arts degree. Admission Requirements Admission to the Psychology major requires completion of Psychology 1110, 1210, 2100, and 2110 as well as admission to the BA program. The decision to major in Psychology must be made before the completion of 60 credits but not before completion of 30 credits. PSYC 3510 Sensation and Perception 1 PSYC 3520 Sensation and Perception 2 PSYC 3540 Cognition 1 PSYC 3550 Cognition 2 PSYC 3560 Psychopharmacology PSYC 3570 Physiology of Motivation and Emotion PSYC 3580 Physiology of Learning and Memory Remember that only a selection of third and fourth year courses listed in the Calendar will be offered in any given academic year. Some courses will be rotated to ensure that a sufficient selection of courses is available over a two year period to meet students' needs for their degree. Students intending to major in psychology must see both a Psychology Major Advisor and a BA Program Advisor. The Major Advisor will assist each student in selecting courses that will satisfy the Major program requirements. The BA Advisor will then ensure that all additional BA degree requirements are met. Honours Program in Psychology An Honours program provides an opportunity for academically successful and motivated students to develop their research, writing, and analytical skills. Completion of an Honours program will strengthen a student's application to graduate schools. This program is suitable for students wishing to pursue graduate or professional schools. Graduation Requirements Students must receive a 'B' average in Psychology 1110, 1210, 2100 and 2110 to enter an Honours program at the third year level. Students must maintain a Grade Point Average of 3.0 in their 3rd and 4th year courses with no psychology course below a 'B‐', and obtain a minimum of a 'B' grade in Psychology 3190 to remain in an Honours Program. (A 'B' grade in Psychology 3190 is a prerequisite for enrolment in the Honours Thesis course.) Students who do not meet the above requirements may write an appeal to the Psychology Department Chair, who will present the appeal to the Curriculum Committee. First and Second Years In your first and second years at TRU, you must meet the admission requirements for the BA degree, as outlined above. In addition, you must take the following Psychology courses: Year 1 PSYC 1110 Introduction to Psychology I PSYC 1210 Introduction to Psychology II Year 2 PSYC 2100 Analysis of Psychological Data PSYC 2110 Introduction to Research Methods in Psychology Third and Fourth Years You will need to take 30 (and no more than 42) Psychology course credits at the third and fourth year level. In addition to the requirements for a major, an Honours degree requires a completion of 126 credits, of which a minimum of 54 credits must be at the upper level (3000 and 4000 level courses), including successful completion of an Honours Thesis (PSYC 4990). A minimum of 36 credits in upper level Psychology must be completed (including the Honours Thesis). Years 3 and 4 In third year, the following course is required of all students in the Major program. PSYC 3190 Experimental Design and Quantitative Methods In addition, you must take 24 (and no more than 36) credits in Psychology, distributed as follows. (including at least 6 credits from: Opportunities for Further Study Students interested in pursuing graduate studies in Psychology should consider the Honours Program. PSYC 3000 Behaviour Disorders PSYC 3020 Infancy PSYC 3030 Tests & Measurements I PSYC 3080 Social Psychology PSYC 3100 Clinical Psychology PSYC 3110 Clinical Psychology: Theories and Systems of Psychotherapy PSYC 3140 Health Psychology PSYC 3150 Childhood & Adolescence PSYC 3200 Theories of Personality 1 PSYC 3210 Theories of Personality 2 PSYC 3220 Adulthood and Aging Major Program in Sociology PSYC 3240 History and Systems of Psychology PSYC 3250 Community Psychology PSYC 3360 Psychology of Language I PSYC 3370 Psychology of Language II PSYC 3380 Psychology of Emotion PSYC 3400 Introduction to Psychology and Law PSYC 3410 Forensic Psychology Sociology, the study of human society, is a broadly based liberal arts and research discipline ‐ one of the most diversified, interesting, and practical disciplines there is (we think!). Sociologists are devoted to the study of social groups and processes, using applied logic in combination with empirical research to ascertain "what is" and "what can be". We believe that it is the task of sociologists to conduct critical public debate about social institutions. We seek to contribute to that debate and equip our students with the skills to do so too. At least 6 credits from: PSYC 3060 Principles of Animal Behaviour PSYC 3230 Principles of Conditioning PSYC 3390 Human Neuropsychology 87 Program Contact BA Advisor BAAdvising@tru.ca 250.371.5566 Psychology Chair 250.377.6148 Our Sociology major will give you extensive knowledge of the key social factors affecting human behaviour and also develop your skills in designing and evaluating research. Admission Requirements Students usually declare their Major before the start of their third year of courses. All candidates are assigned a Major Program Advisor and they must meet to ensure that they qualify and so that an appropriate selection of courses can take place. Before students can declare their Major they must have met the admission requirements for the BA. Admission to the major requires completion of SOCI 1110 and 1210 and two 2000‐level Sociology courses, of which three of the four Sociology courses must receive Grade C+ or above. Course Requirements Year 1 SOCI 1110 Introduction to Sociology 1 SOCI 1210 Introduction to Sociology 2 Year 2 SOCI 2710 Introduction to Social Statistics Or SOCI 3990 Sociology of Diversity: Issues for Canadians SOCI 4030 Ethnography of Special Areas – Field School SOCI 4130 Family and Kinship SOCI 4210 The Social Construction of Knowledge and Freedom SOCI 4200 Complex Organizations SOCI 4600 Globalization SOCI 4620 Social Change SOCI 4640 Social Movements SOCI 4660 Socialization and Education SOCI 4700 Sociology of Crime and Justice SOCI 4730 Global Social Change SOCI 4750 Contemporary Social Movements SDCI 4810 Directed Studies in Sociology SOCI 4840 Sociology of Health and Illness ANTH 3030 Ethnography of Special Areas: Central and Eastern Europe ANTH 4150 Religion and Society Admission to the major requires completion of SOCI 1110 and 1210 two 2000‐level Sociology courses, of which three of the four Sociology courses must receive Grade C+ or above. Program Contact BA Advisor baadvising@tru.ca 250.371.5566 Sociology Advisor 250.371.5519 / 250.828.5496 / 250.377.6073 Sociology Chair 250.828.5235 STAT 1200 Or Major Program in Theatre Arts PSYC 2100 SOCI 2720 Introductory Research Methods One of: SOCI 2010 Race and Ethnic Relations SOCI 2100 Canadian Social Issues SOCI 2130 Women in Comparative Perspective SOCI 2160 The Family in Cross‐Cultural Perspective SOCI 2170 Sociology of Popular Culture SOCI 2230 Collective Behaviour SOCI 2260 Medical Sociology SOCI 2270 Selected Topics in Sociology SOCI 2500 Crime and Society SOCI 2590 Deviance and Control SOCI 2620 Sociology of the Environment Year 3 and 4 SOCI 3200 Classical Social Theory plus SOCI 3210 Feminist Social Theory or SOCI 3220 Contemporary Issues in Social Theory SOCI 3800 Introduction to Social Survey Design and Analysis or SOCI 3820 Socio‐Ethnographic Research Methods in Sociology Seven 3000‐4000 level Sociology courses from: SOCI 3100 Canadian Society SOCI 3120 Gender Relations SOCI 3160 Sexuality SOCI 3520 Organization of Work SOCI 3600 Sociology of Natural Resources SOCI 3610 Social Inequality SOCI 3620 Special Topics in Social Problems SOCI 3680 Deviance and Social Control 88 What is Theatre? Theatre is a collaborative form of fine art that uses live performers to present the experience of a real or imagined event before a live audience. At TRU, we provide a training ground for practical application of theatre studies. Students become not only collaborative and analytical, they develop the creative tools and techniques necessary for the creation of theatre. Our areas of study include Acting, Voice, Technical Theatre, Design and History. The benefits of a Theatre Major are numerous in a job market that necessitates a prepared, confident and public persona. The quality of our education is most evidenced through our fully‐mounted production season at TRU Actor’s Workshop Theatre. Studying at TRU The Theatre program offers a variety of undergraduate courses designed for both the theatre specialist and the generalist. Providing training for over 25 years, the Theatre Major is the only program outside the Lower Mainland and Vancouver Island region offering a full range of university‐level theatre courses. The TRU Actors Workshop Theatre is the live stage element of TRU’s Visual & Performing Arts Department. Students enrolled in various acting and technical theatre courses have the opportunity to participate in several major productions each year, and may acquire credit through their performance and participation. The Theatre program is committed to student artistic development. Dedicated Theatre students are eligible for several monetary awards at both junior and senior levels of study to encourage and reward technical and acting excellence. For more information on awards and bursaries, please contact the Financial Aid and Awards Office. Students can also take advantage of the on‐campus TRU Drama & Theatre (TRUDAT) club that typically features original and alternative material performed in Theatre Program’s former home, the Alumni Theatre. Careers The Theatre Major Program provides students with the opportunity to explore the complete range of the theatrical process, including acting, directing, technical theatre, design, history and theory. The program is designed for students intending on continuing their theatrical careers as drama teachers, for those considering graduate studies in theatre, and for those students who desire further professional theatrical training. specific requirements for a Minor in their area. Please consult the B.A. Advisor at BAAdvising@tru.ca if you intend to complete a Minor. Listed below are the special requirements for individual Minor programs in Arts disciplines at TRU. Minor in Archaeology and Geology (interdisciplinary): 3 credits in first or second year Archaeology; 9 credits in third and fourth year Archaeology; and GEOL 1110 or GEOG 1120; and GEOL 2050 or BIOL 1210; and GEOL 2290; and 9 credits in third or fourth year Geology (GEOL 3010, GEOL 3190, GEOL 4250, GEOL 4480). Minor in Creative Writing: 6 Credits of ENGL 1100, ENGL 1110, ENGL 1120, ENGL 1140, ENGL 1150 is strongly recommended; Second‐year English credits from the following list: ENGL 2060, ENGL 2070, ENGL 2080; 18 upper‐level credits as follows: Admission Requirements Students normally enter the Theatre Major Program in their third year of studies. Before entering the program, students are required to meet the Theatre Coordinator and Program Advisor. Graduation Requirements Students must complete all of the requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Students must complete a minimum of 54 credits in Theatre Arts courses, of which a minimum of 30 credits must be at the 3rd and 4th year level. At least six credits must be at the 4th year level. Year 1 and 2 Course Requirements THTR 1100 Introduction to Theatre THTR 1200 Introduction to Theatre 2 THTR 1110 Introduction to Acting THTR 1210 Introduction to Acting 2 THTR 2110 Acting and Character Portrayal THTR 2210 Acting and Character Portrayal 2 THTR 2120 Introduction to Technical Theatre THTR 2220 Introduction to Technical Theatre 2 Program Contact BA Advisor BAAdvising@tru.ca 250.371.5566 Chair, Visual and Performing Arts 250.377.6136 Minor Programs (only available in conjunction with a Major) Major programs may be combined with a Minor in any TRU academic disciplines, though a major without a minor is also possible. For a Minor, a student must include in the 120 credits required for the degree at least 30 credits and no more than 42 credits in his or her Minor area. At least 18 of these credits must be at the 3000‐4000 level. Unless otherwise specified, the credit requirements mentioned above are all that is necessary to complete a Minor in any discipline in conjunction with a Major. However, some disciplines have their own 89 Students must take at least 4 of the following core courses: ENGL 3330, ENGL 3340, ENGL 3360, ENGL 3370, ENGL 3380, ENGL 3390 Students must take at least one course from the following list: ENGL 3130,ENGL 3140,ENGL 3150,ENGL 3160,ENGL 3170 ,ENGL 3180 ,ENGL 3190,ENGL 3260 ,ENGL 3300,ENGL 3310 ,ENGL 3320 ,ENGL 3350,ENGL 3550, ENGL 3650 ,ENGL 3660 ,ENGL 3710 ,ENGL 3730 ,ENGL 3740 ,ENGL 3810 ,ENGL 3820 ,ENGL 3850 ,ENGL 3860 ,ENGL 3890 ,ENGL 3940 ,ENGL 4000 ,ENGL 4040 ,ENGL 4130 ,ENGL 4140 ,ENGL 4150 ,ENGL 4160 ,ENGL 4240 ,ENGL 4250 ,ENGL 4260 ,ENGL 4340 ,ENGL 4350 ,ENGL 4360 ,ENGL 4370 ,ENGL 4440 ,ENGL 4450 ,ENGL 4460 ,ENGL 4470 ,ENGL 4510 ,ENGL 4600 ,ENGL 4610 ,ENGL 4780 ,ENGL 4790 Students may take one course from the following list: CMNS/ENGL 3080, JOUR 4210, JOUR 4310, JOUR 4590 Minor in Economics: 30‐45 credits in Economics (ECON and BUEC), including ECON 1900, ECON 1950, and a minimum of 18 credits in 3000 and 4000 level Economics (ECON and BUEC). Minor in English: 6 credits of ENGL 1100, 1110, 1120, 1140, 0r 1210; 6 credits of second‐ year literature courses: ENGL 2110(required) 3 credits from the following list: ENGL 2040, 2120, 2140, 2150, 2160, 2170, 2180, 2190, 2200, 2210, 2240, 2250, 2260, 2270, 2400, 2410. At least 18 credits of 3000‐ and 4000‐level English courses and no more than 3 of the 18 credits can be chosen from the following list: 3080, 3200, 3270‐3280, 3330, 3340, 3360, 3370, 3380, 3390. Minor in Environmental Economics and Sustainable Development: The Minor in Environmental Economics and Sustainable Development requires the completion of 12 credits of upper level courses from this list: ECON 3410, ECON 3690, ECON 3700, ECON 3710, ECON 3990*, ECON 3730, ECON 3740, ECON 4720, ECON 4990*. *Note: ECON 3990 and 4990 can be used only if special topics covered are related to the minor. The chairs/program advisor with consultation will make this decision. Minor in Geography: Three (3) credits from 1000 level Human Geography courses – GEOG 1010 and GEOG 1110; three (3) credits from 1000 level Physical Geography – GEOG 1000, six additional credits from 1000 and 2000 level GEOG courses, and eighteen (18) 3000 or 4000 level GEOG credits. Minor in History: Minor in History: 12 credits of 1000 and 2000 level History, and an additional 18 credits in 3000 and 4000 level History courses. Minor in Management: One of Math 1070, 1100, 1140, 1380, or 1170. Plus one of STAT 1200, STAT 2000, PSYC 2100, SOCI 2710, ECON 2320, or BIOL 3000. Plus ORGB 2810, ACCT 2210, FNCE 2120, MKTG 2430, HRMN 2820. Plus 9 additional credits in 3000 and 4000 level business courses. Minor in Mathematics: 12 credits at the 1000 and 2000 level Mathematics, and an additional 18 credits at the 3000 and 4000 level Mathematics. Minor in Philosophy: 12 credits of 1000 and 2000 level Philosophy, and an additional 18 credits in 3000 and 4000 level Philosophy. Minor in Political Studies: Political Studies 1110, 1210, plus 6 credits at the 1000 and 2000 level, and an additional 18 credits in 3000 and 4000 level Political Studies courses. Minor in Psychology: A minimum of 36, and a maximum of 42 credits in Visual Arts, including VISA 1010, 1020, 1030 and VISA 1110/1120 and VISA 1210. A minimum of 18 credits at the 3000 level in Visual Arts studio courses 90 Psychology 1110, 1210, 2100, 2110, and an additional 18 credits in 3000 and 4000 level Psychology courses. Minor in Sociology: Sociology 1110, 1210, plus 6 credits at the 1000 and 2000 level, and an additional 18 credits in 3000 and 4000 level Sociology. Minor in Theatre: A minimum of 36 credits including THTR 1100/1200, THTR 1110/1210, THTR 2110/2210 and 18 credits in 3000 and 4000 level Theatre courses. Minor in Visual Arts: A minimum of 36, and a maximum of 42 credits in Visual Arts, including VISA 1010, 1020, 1030 and VISA 1110/1120 and VISA 1210. A minimum of 18 credits at the 3000 and 4000 level in Visual Arts courses. Double Major Program It is possible for a student to complete a double Major. However, students should be aware that this option requires careful course planning and will normally involve taking additional courses in order to complete all of the basic BA requirements as well as the specific Major requirements for two subjects. To graduate with a Double Major, a student must include in the 120 credits required for the degree at least 42 credits in each of two disciplines. At least 30 credits in each discipline must be in courses numbered 3000 or above. In addition, six credits must be taken in 3000‐4000 level courses in disciplines which do not offer a Major Program (Anthropology, Archaeology, Visual Arts, French, Philosophy, Political Studies, and Theatre). Please consult the BA Advisor BAAdvising@tru.ca if you intend to complete a Double Major. Bachelor of Fine Arts (Visual Arts) Degree A four‐year undergraduate degree. Graduates receive a BFA degree. Learning Options Full‐time or part‐time study Students may study full‐time or part‐time. On‐Campus The degree is offered on the main campus of TRU in Kamloops. TRU’s Visual Arts facilities also include an Art Gallery for student, faculty and other exhibitions. Students are encouraged to take part in Gallery activities through the submission of work for scheduled exhibitions, and are invited to consider proposing exhibitions for the Gallery as well. The Gallery is also used as a venue for presenting the work of artists from across Canada who come to TRU as part of our Visiting Artist program. Program Start Dates Students may enter the program in the Fall, Winter, or Summer semesters. Admission Requirements Educational Requirements Program Overview 1. B.C. Grade 12, or equivalent, or mature student status The Bachelor of Fine Arts (BFA) degree in Visual Arts is shaped around a core curriculum of Studio and Art History/Theory courses. There is also the option to pursue a program stream in Gallery Studies. The BFA degree encourages an interdisciplinary approach to learning which takes advantage of the many facets of the university community. A student completing the degree may pursue a variety of employment opportunities or further educational studies. 2. English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 73% (written within the last 5 years), or Level 4 on the composition section of the L.P.I. (written within the last 2 years) or completion of ENGL 0600, or completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with C+, or better. Gallery Studies Students interested in Gallery Studies are able to take courses in and, if they choose, specialize in this area. Courses such as Gallery Management and Public Art provide the student with an understanding of gallery infrastructures and programming at the local, regional, national, and international levels, as well as the economic structure and impact of Arts communities. Other courses in curating and exhibition installation deal more specifically with the planning and implementing of exhibitions. The TRU Visual Arts Gallery and the Kamloops Art Gallery are potential teaching spaces. Directed Studies in Gallery Studies at the fourth year level allow students to pursue this area in greater depth. Program Options The Fine Arts Department also offers the following options:  Visual Arts Studio Certificate  Visual Arts Diploma  Literary and Art History Certificate Studio and Art History Offerings The Visual Arts Program is equipped with extensive studios for courses in Ceramics, Drawing, Foundation, Painting, Photography, Printmaking (etching and silkscreen), and Sculpture, as well as Directed Studies. While instruction is offered in each studio area, we encourage students to work across these disciplines as well, particularly in the fourth year Graduating Studies offerings. Courses in these areas, as well as courses in historical, modern and contemporary Art History and Theory make up the core of the BFA. 91 General Requirements 1. Official transcripts of previous secondary or post‐secondary education records Students wishing to enter this program should seek the advice of an academic advisor and may also wish to consult with the Visual and Performing Arts Coordinator at 250.828.5482 or dkalynka@tru.ca. Academic advisors will be able to help students with an appropriate selection of courses towards completion of the Visual Arts Diploma and Degree programs. Transfer to TRU Students may transfer up to 60 credits of acceptable study from any other college or university in Canada or the U.S. (BC students can check course transferability on the BCCAT Web site (www.bccat.ca). Evaluation of transfer credit is done on an individual basis, except where formal transfer agreements are in place. Application Deadlines Students should apply as early as possible. April 15th is the final deadline for application for the Fall semester. Laddering Credit to other Programs Credit from the Visual Arts Diplomaand Visual Arts Studio Certificatemay be applied to the BFA in Visual Arts. Program Costs Tuition: estimated at $3500 for two full‐time semesters of study Student fees: estimated at $1000 for two full‐time semesters of study Students must also purchase required text books and materials. Lab fees may apply to courses with a lab component. Please see Admission Fees www.tru.ca/admreg/fees for more detailed fee information. 2. 3. Gallery Studies should take VISA 4920 (12 credits). Gallery Studies require six less credits in third year studio courses but six more credits in third year HTA courses to make up the 39 upper level credit requirements. Required studio courses are: VISA 1010, VISA 1020, VISA 1030, VISA 1210, VISA 1220, VISA 4910 15 credits of first‐year studio courses, 24 credits of second‐year studio courses, 27 credits of third‐year studio courses and 12 credits of fourth‐year studio courses Course Requirements Program Requirements The BFA degree requires completion of 120 credits (the equivalent of four years of full‐time study). The first 60 credits are usually earned by completing the TRU Visual Arts Diploma. The remaining 60 credits are earned by completing a combination of lower and upper level course work in Studio, as well as History and Theory of Art subject areas, within Visual Arts and other academic disciplines. Below is an example of a typical 4‐year program plan Year 1 (Foundation Year): 30 credits Fall Semester Winter Semester ENGL 1100 ENGL 1110 VISA 1010 VISA 1020 VISA 1110 VISA 1030 VISA 1210 VISA 1120 Academic Elective VISA 1220 The BFA degree requires completion of a minimum of 120 credits. General Educational Requirements: 24 credits 1. 2. 3. 4. 6 credits first year English: (ENGL 1100 and one of ENGL 1110, 1120, 1140 or 1210) 9 credits Humanities and Social Sciences (Minimum of 3 credits in each) Humanities: Film Studies, History, Modern Languages, Music, Philosophy, Theatre Social Sciences: Anthropology, Canadian Studies, Economics, Geography, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology 3 credits Math or Science Recommended course: MATH 1420: Mathematics for Visual Artists Math/Science: Astronomy, Biology, Chemistry, Computing Science, Geology, Mathematics, Physics. This requirement may also be met by courses with a lab component, such as Computing Science, Physical Geography, Statistics 6 credits of academic elective: Students must take 6 credits at any level in any approved academic discipline. Students may take up to three of these credits from Visual Arts courses in Art History or Art Theory. History and Theory of Art (HTA) Requirements: 18 credits 1. 2. 18 credits in HTA; a minimum of 9 credits must be selected from 3000/4000 level Required HTA courses are: VISA 1110, VISA 1120, VISA 4990 Studio Requirements: 78 credits To complete a BFA degree, students must have: 1. 92 78 credits of Studio, 39 of which must be at the third and fourth year (3000 and 4000 level). Students intending to complete the BFA must take VISA 4910 (12 credits). Students intending to complete their program of studies in Year 2: 30 credits 2nd Year Art History or Theory 3 credits 2nd Year Studio courses 24 credits Academic Elective or Art History/Theory 3 credits Year 3: 30 credits 3rd Year Art History or Theory 3 credits 3rd Year Studio courses in at least two areas 21 credits Academic Elective 6 credits Year 4: 30 credits 3rd Year Studio courses 6 credits VISA 4910 12 credits VISA 4990 6 credits Academic Elective TOTAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS 6 credits 120 CREDITS Students wishing to complete the BFA program should consult the Department Chair, Visual Art Coordinator, or BFA program advisor. Program Contacts Chair of Visual & Performing Arts 250.377.6136 Visual Arts Coordinator 250.828.5482 Theatre Coordinator 250.828.5020 Secretary, Visual & Performing Arts 250.371.5521 Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Studies Degree The Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Studies is a two‐year degree program which students generally enter after two years, or 60 credits, of undergraduate study. Learning Options Service Learning Full‐time or Part‐time Study Through faculty supervised service learning opportunities, senior‐level students share their knowledge and skills with the community through approved community‐based projects. On‐Campus The degree is offered on the main campus in Kamloops. Distance Education Many third and fourth year courses are available by distance education through the Open Learning Division of TRU. Program Start Dates Students may enter the program in the Fall or Winter semester. Program Overview The Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Studies program allows students to design their own customized curriculum and:  Tailor studies to a specific career or post‐graduate program. Students applying to professional programs or graduate school can adapt their curriculum to their educational needs.  Choose from options within the BIS including such streams as pre‐ architecture, pre‐medicine, pre‐law, and pre‐urban planning.  Receive credit for relevant workplace learning.  Build on a diploma or associate degree. Transfer students with two‐ year diplomas (the equivalent of 60 credits) from other institutions are able to ladder into the BIS degree. Research Opportunities TRU provides opportunities and support for undergraduate students to be involved in research in many disciplines, and graduation from the BIS degree includes the completion of a required Research Project course. Co‐operative Education Co‐operative Education allows students to integrate academic studies with paid periods of relevant experience. Students alternate between periods of on‐campus, full‐time study, and work terms, which are full‐ time, paid employment. A Co‐operative Education work term is considered a three‐credit elective. Each program has different requirements for the elective. Students must have a cumulative GPA of 2.67 to enter the BA. BIS Co‐ op Option and must maintain a cumulative GPA of 2.67 throughout the program. Students must have completed 60 credits before beginning Work Term 1. Visit Career Education for contact information www.tru.ca/careereducation/students/coop  Explore career options through Co‐op Education placements.  Conduct independent research.  Work closely with experienced and knowledgeable faculty mentors. Students who want a more flexible and varied learning experience in their university degree program, and those who are not yet sure of a career path, can complete a wide range of courses during their first two years of study before entering the BIS degree. This allows students to explore their interests, passions and potential career options without having to plan a specific Major within an Arts, Science or Business degree program. The BIS degree is also designed to build on two‐year diplomas and associate degrees offered across British Columbia and throughout Canada, and can normally be completed in four semesters of full‐time study. International Experiences Study Abroad TRU offers a range of International Exchange opportunities, and is a member of a large, international Study Abroad program that gives students access to universities around the world. BIS students may want to spend one or more semesters of study at another university. International Field Schools TRU offers a number of general and program specific field schools every year. These schools run from two to six weeks in length and offer course credit that can be applied to your degree. Recent field schools include:  Geography Field School to Japan  Natural Resource Science Field School to Belize Directed Studies  Anthropology Field School to Eastern Europe These courses, available across a wide range of disciplines, allow students the opportunity to investigate a specific issue or topic within the discipline, in consultation with faculty.  Anthropology Field School to the Philippines 93  Admission Requirements Successful completion of 60 post‐secondary credits with a minimum GPA of 2.5. A minimum of 73% on the combined English 12 and Government exam (within the last 2 years); or Level 4 on the composition section of the Language Proficiency Index (within the last two years); or completion of ENGL 0600; or completion of ESAL 0570 and 0580 with a grade of C+ or better. Admission Decisions Admission priority will be given to those applicants who present above‐ average grades, a superior admission statement and who, where necessary, interview well. 60 credits from a diploma program; a further 60 credits (minimum 48 credits from upper‐level undergraduate courses) are required to complete the degree. The minimum requirement for graduation is 120 credits (60 diploma credits + 60 additional academic credits). Some students may require more than 120 credits for graduation. The upper‐level course credit requirements include a minimum of three core courses:   Additional upper‐level requirements include:  Interview Applicants who meet the minimum requirement for entry into the BIS program may be requested to attend an interview with members of the BIS Steering Committee. Students will be notified well in advance of the date, time and location of the interviews, which will be held on campus in Kamloops. In exceptional circumstances, applicants may be offered the opportunity to be interviewed by telephone. Transfer to TRU Transferring students with 60 university credits from recognized institutions are able to ladder seamlessly into the TRU BIS Degree. Evaluation of transfer credit is done on an individual basis, except where formal transfer agreements are in place. Students enrolling in the BIS program and who are returning adult professionals with diplomas and work experience that may be relevant for the degree may access the TRU Prior Learning Assessment and Recognition Policy (PLAR) for assessment of relevant prior workplace learning (TRU Policy ED 2‐0). Any PLAR assessment is recognized as TRU credit. Students may use up to 6 credits of specialized diploma courses to satisfy 6 upper‐level credits in a related concentration. This exchange of credit requires the approval of the BIS Coordinator, in consultation with the BIS Steering Committee, and the Chair(s) of the Department(s) in which the concentration discipline(s) are located. Program Requirements A student will typically enter the program with: IDIS 3000‐3: An Introduction to Interdisciplinary Studies (3 credits) IDIS 4980‐3: Interdisciplinary Studies: The Research Project (3 credits)      A critical thinking course (3 credits) selected from an appropriate discipline. (Examples include ANTH 3050: Theory in archaeology; ENGL 3320: Modern critical theories; Any upper‐ level Philosophy course; Any upper‐level Open University critical thinking course) A research methods course (3 credits) selected from an appropriate discipline. (Examples include TMGT: Research tourism; BUSN 3980: Business research methodology; SOCI 3820: Socio‐ethnographic research methods; PSYC 3030: Tests and measurements; Any upper‐level Open University research methods course Area of concentration (min 18 credits) Writing intensive courses (6 credits) Breadth requirement (9 credits) Electives (up to 12 credits, chosen to fulfill graduation requirements and/or career goals). Optionally, students may complete, under the supervision of a faculty member in an appropriate field:  IDIS 4990‐3: Interdisciplinary Studies: The Graduating Essay (3 credits) Students may require more than an additional 60 upper‐level credits to complete the BIS degree if lower‐level academic prerequisites are required to enter upper‐level courses. Program Contact BA Advisor 250.371.5566 Bachelor of Journalism Degree The Bachelor of Journalism is an intensive, four‐year degree that blends theory and skill development to train students for jobs as journalists and communication specialists. The practical side of the program focuses on writing, editing, interviewing, taking photographs, and working with new technology to produce print and online publications. The theory side of the program emphasizes media law, journalistic ethics, decision‐making, and critical thinking. 94 Learning Options Program Options The program is also structured to accommodate students with a wide range of educational and practical experience, as well as to provide a broad set of career and educational options for graduates. Bachelor of Bachelor of Journalism Degree Bachelor of Journalism Degree with a Major in Public Relations International Experiences Full‐time or Part‐time Study Students may be able to complete courses toward their degree at a university outside Canada. Consult the department chair before enrolling in the Study Abroad program. On‐Campus The program is offered on the main campus of TRU in Kamloops. Program Start Date Students usually enter the Journalism programs in September each year. Admission Requirements Program Overview Students applying into the first year of the Bachelor of Journalism Degree program will be expected to meet the following admission requirements: The Bachelor of Journalism degree blends theory and skill development to train students for jobs as journalists and communication specialists. The practical side of the program focuses on writing, editing, interviewing, taking photographs, and working with new technology to produce print and online publications. The theory side of the program emphasizes media law, journalistic ethics, decision‐making, and critical thinking. First‐Year Admission Requirements 1. 2. Students enter the Bachelor of Journalism degree program by starting at first year, or by transferring into the program in second or third year. During the first two years of the program, students complete foundational Journalism courses that extend over two years. In the third and fourth years of the program, students fulfill the remaining credit requirements. The curriculum is designed to encompass the following pedagogical areas: (1) basic journalism skills and understanding of the critical knowledge areas required by journalists and other professional communicators; (2) deadline reporting skills and expertise in common areas of news coverage; (3) familiarity with industry software and the high‐level production skills gained by producing publications; (4) theoretical understanding of the problems and challenges faced in the field; and (5) focused knowledge and skill in an area relevant to each student's career goals. Note: Once accepted into the program, students will be expected to consult with the program chair to work out a program plan according to their individual objectives. 3. BC Grade 12 or Adult Dogwood or Mature student status. Applicants who do not have English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 73% within the last five years will have to complete one of the following prerequisites to qualify: Level 4 on the composition section of the Language Proficiency Index (within the last 2 years); or Completion of ENGL 0600 or completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a grade of C+ or better. Third‐Year Entry Option Students entering at Third‐Year must have completed 60 post‐ secondary credits. Those applicants who have taken no prior journalism or communication courses are required to complete 48 credits of journalism, including the four core second‐year courses. Core curriculum will be adjusted during academic counseling as appropriate for students who have already taken journalism or communication courses in their first and second years. (For a detailed course schedule, see chart below.) Writing Sample All applications for the Bachelor of Journalism degree program must include a writing sample, 500 words or less, on the topic "Why I want to be a Journalist." The department recommends a meeting with the department chair, in person, by phone, or email correspondence, prior to the application deadline. Students will take foundation courses in their year of entry. This ensures that all students will: 1. Develop writing, editing, design, layout, and basic photography and desktop publishing skills; 2. Gain a broad, critical understanding of the legal, political, economic, and social issues and circumstances faced by media professionals; 3. Build a knowledge base in media and communications theory and in the historical roles and social purposes of the media. The program emphasizes the relationship between theory and practice. Students are encouraged to develop and hone their skills through working with widely‐circulated hard copy and electronic publications. 95 Program and Entry Options Most students enter into the Bachelor of Journalism program at the first year and complete four years of study in the program. Alternatively, students may transfer into the program at the third year after completing 60 credits of post‐secondary study. Admission is competitive; preference is given to those whose post‐secondary studies show evidence of strong writing skills; a good understanding of Canadian history, politics, and economy; strong problem solving and critical thinking abilities; good oral communication and interpersonal skills; a basic understanding of visual design; and a general familiarity with computers. Students are further encouraged to gain volunteer experience in the field before applying to the program. In addition to the focus in journalism, students may choose to pursue a Concentration in Public Relations. Bachelor of Journalism REQUIRED COURSES (CREDITS) ELECTIVE COURSES (CREDITS) YEAR 1 & 2 8 (24 credits) 12 (36 credits) YEAR 3 & 4 12 (36 credits) 8 (24 credits) 20 (60 credits) 20 (60 credits) Total Credits for Degree = 120 Service Learning and Internship Experiences The degree program includes an optional practicum placement at a newspaper or magazine, or in the media or public relations departments of government or private agencies. Alternatively, through a six‐to‐twelve‐week supervised service‐learning position, students explore the range of career possibilities in journalism, public relations, and organizational communication. Students propose practicum and service learning placements in collaboration with department faculty. Department supervision and evaluation of field work is completed in collaboration with a field supervisor. Students prepare for practicums (the traditional way into the newspaper business) and/or service learning positions in the Career Preparation Courses. Three core, one‐ credit courses, offered in second, third, and fourth years, help students prepare for and seek practical placements or service learning projects during their second and third years, and for jobs or graduate programs after fourth year. Journalism students are also encouraged to pursue publication on a freelance basis and to volunteer for short‐term internships with local papers and other publications to gain invaluable "real‐world" experience. General practicum inquiries are welcome. Please contact: Journalism Program Chair 250.377.6017 Journalism Program Coordinator 250.377.6045 Bachelor of Journalism: Years 1 and 2 program and course description In first and second year courses, the program emphasizes composition skills and media/communication literacy. The curriculum emphasizes the basics of reporting, writing and storytelling in different media formats and an introduction to the theoretical and historical foundations of journalism. First and second year courses will be offered every year. Bachelor of Journalism: Years 3 and 4 program and course description The emphasis in the senior years enables students to develop expertise in multi‐media and multi‐format journalism. Students will also have more opportunity to concentrate on developing expertise in specific reporting subjects or beats, reinforced by additional course work in other disciplines. Upper‐level journalism courses will rotate every two years to offer more choice. Two senior core courses (JOUR 3700: Media Law and Media Ethics, and JOUR 3520: Research Methods) and some writing‐intensive and production courses will be offered every year. Journalism students will be advised to complete a senior project course (JOUR 4750). The Beat Reporting course (JOUR 3230) is a shell course, covering the basics of beat reporting while enabling students to specialize in subjects of their choice. Transfer to TRU Students may transfer up to 60 credits of acceptable post‐secondary study from any recognized college or university. Evaluation of transfer credit is done on an individual basis, except where formal transfer agreements are in place. Contact the Department Chair for more information on credit transfer towards entry into the Journalism program. Program Structure and Course Schedule The boxes that follow detail the journalism courses and their distribution over the four‐year period of the degree program. Students entering the program at the third year have different program requirements as explained in a separate box. The Bachelor of Journalism with a Major in Public Relations has different program requirements as seen below: Prior Learning Assessment Review (PLAR) PLAR credit is routinely assessed for Journalism students, especially for mature students with prior professional work in the field of Journalism, Communications, Media, and Public Relations, following TRU Education Policy on PLAR. Consultation with the Department Chair is recommended for students seeking information and/or assessment on the suitability of potential PLAR credits. Program Overview In the four‐year Bachelor of Journalism program, students complete 60 Journalism credits, with 12 credits required in each of the first and second years, and 18 credits required in each of the third and fourth years. YEAR 1 and YEAR 2 – Bachelor of Journalism 8 required courses (24 credits) CMNS 1160 Introduction to Communications CMNS 2290 Professional & Business Writing CMNS 2160 Mass Comm. & Popular Culture JOUR 2060 Introduction to Multimedia JOUR 2200 Introduction to Reporting Skills JOUR 2020 Media Theory and History JOUR 2210 Introduction to News Photography and Videography VISA 1500 Introduction to Visual Culture ELECTIVES (total of 36 credits) RECOMMENDED CMNS 1290 Introduction to Technical Writing CMNS 2180 Social Networks & Internet Memes ENGL 1100 OR ENGL 1110 96 CMNS 2170 Interpersonal Communication CMNS 2200 Technology and Communication JOUR 2020 Media Theory and History Electives (1000 and 2000 courses) – Unspecified: JOUR 2060 Introduction to Multimedia These are a student’s choice from areas such as (but not limited to) Arts, Languages, Sciences, or Business. JOUR 2200 Introduction to Reporting Skills JOUR 2210 Introduction to News Photography and Videography Year 1: Total Credits 30 JOUR 2800 Career Prep (1 credit) Year 2: total Credits 30 Year 3 and 4 – Upper Level Credits 12 required courses (36 credits) JOUR 3700 Media Law and Media Ethics JOUR 3520 Research Methods JOUR 2800 Career Prep (1 credit each bundled) JOUR 3800 JOUR 4800 Choose a minimum of 9 courses from this list: JOUR 3030 News Writing JOUR 3110 Layout and Design JOUR 3160 Online Journalism JOUR 3230 Beat Reporting JOUR 3510 Photojournalism JOUR 3540 Feature Writing JOUR 3550 Media and Public Relations JOUR 3990 Service Learning: Internship JOUR 4020 Advanced Media Theory JOUR 4110 Issues in Journalism: A Case Studies Approach JOUR 4130 Advanced Online and Multimedia Journalism JOUR 4150 Popular Science, Nature and Technology Writing JOUR 4210 Freelance Writing JOUR 4270 Investigative Journalism JOUR 4310 Literary Journalism JOUR 4590 Outlaw Journalism JOUR 4750 Senior Project Third‐Year Entry – EXAMPLE COURSE SCHEDULE JOUR 3030 News Writing JOUR 3110 Layout and Design JOUR 3160 Online Journalism JOUR 3230 Beat Reporting JOUR 3520 Research Methods JOUR 3540 Feature Writing JOUR 3510 Photojournalism JOUR 3550 Media and Public Relations JOUR 3980 Journalism Practicum Placement JOUR 3990 Service Learning: Internship JOUR 3700 Career Prep (1 credit) JOUR 3800 Media Law and Media Ethics JOUR 4020 Advanced Media Theory JOUR 4110 Issues in Journalism: A Case Studies Approach JOUR 4130 Advanced Online and Multimedia Journalism JOUR 4150 Popular Science, Nature and Technology Writing JOUR 4210 Freelance Writing JOUR 4270 Investigative Journalism JOUR 4310 Literary Journalism JOUR 4590 Outlaw Journalism JOUR 4750 Senior Project JOUR 4800 Career Prep (1 credit) JOUR 4820 Advanced Interviewing Technique and Practice Electives (3000 and 4000 level courses) – Unspecified: These are a student’s choice from areas such as (but not limited to) Arts, Languages, Sciences, or Business. Year 3 and 4 Electives (24 credits) RECOMMENDED CMNS 3050 Communication, Marketing & Design CMNS 3070 Studies in Communication and Rhetoric CMNS 3230 Information Design CMNS 3500 Studies in Public Relations CMNS 3510 Intercultural Communication CMNS 3600 Studies in Communication, Film and Digital Production CMNS 3700 Studies in Communication and New Media CMNS 3800 Communication and New Media CMNS 4610 Field Course in Documentary Filmmaking EDVP 4160 The Arts and Media Literacy FILM 3850 Film Theory and Critical Thinking Other Electives (3000 and 4000 level courses) – Unspecified: These are a student’s choice from areas such as (but not limited to) Arts, Languages, Sciences, or Business. \ Third Year Entry Course Requirements Entry into the Bachelor of Journalism is available to students who have completed two years, or the equivalent of 60 credits of pre‐journalism course work at any college or university in BC or in other parts of Canada. Block transfer agreements are in place for some BC and Alberta institutions, allowing students who have completed a journalism studies diploma, or equivalent, to transfer directly into third and fourth year courses. Consultation with the department chair is highly recommended to facilitate this transfer process. Course Requirements for students transferring into the Bachelor of Journalism with no prior journalism or communication courses: Students are required to take 48 credits (16 Journalism courses), including the core courses, as detailed below. Recommendations for Electives Both journalism courses and electives are selected in consultation with the program chair. Students should use their electives to either develop a particular specialty, or help fill in gaps in their general knowledge. For instance, students seeking to enhance their writing skills may develop a concentration in courses offered through the English Department. Similarly, the Departments of Philosophy, History, Geography, Sociology, and Political Science offer a number of 3000 and 4000 level courses that would enable students to enhance their knowledge of Canadian history, politics, and social structure. These requirements reflect the value that TRU places on a broadly‐based education in the Humanities, the Sciences and Social Sciences, and Business. In addition to Communication and New Media, we recommend that students in the Bachelor of Journalism program select a range of courses, in particular those with depth in Canadian content, and several writing‐ intensive courses. Program Requirements ‐ Bachelor of Journalism with Major in Public Relations To pursue a Major in Public Relations, journalism students are required to meet the Bachelor of Journalism core requirements, in addition to completing 24 credits of specific Journalism, Communication, and business credits as shown below: Major in Public Relations ‐ Required Courses: Required Courses: JOUR 3550 97 Media and Public Relations CMNS 4530 Organizational Communications MKTG 4470 International Marketing MKTG 2430 Marketing Management MKTG 4480 Integrated Marketing Communications Plus six credits selected from: JOUR 3110 Layout and Design JOUR 3160 Online Journalism CMNS 3050 Communication, Marketing, and Design CMNS 3500 Selected Topics in Communication and Public Relations CMNS 3510 Intercultural and Cross‐Cultural Communication CMNS 3600 Studies in Communication, Film, and Digital Production CMNS 3700 Studies in Communication and New Media CMNS 3800 Communication and New Media Plus six credits selected from: MNGT 3710 Business Ethics in Society MKTG 3470 Consumer Behavior MKTG 3480 Marketing Research IBUS 3510 Careers in Journalism The Bachelor of Journalism degree prepares students for careers in journalism (working for newspapers, magazines, and online publications) and in the communications field (working in the media or public relations departments of government agencies, corporations, and non‐profit and advocacy organizations). Students have the opportunity to work with an expert faculty of experienced journalists and state‐of‐the‐art equipment in a program that encourages them to develop the professional and entrepreneurial skills they need to flourish in a changing media environment. International Business HRMN 2820 Human Resource Management HRMN 3840 Employee and Labour Relations ORGB 3770 Teamwork in Organizations MKTG 4460 Marketing Strategy Program Contact Department Chair and Journalism Advisor 250.377.6017 Associate of Arts Degree (AA) Two‐year, undergraduate program. Graduates receive an Associate of Arts degree (AA). Learning Options Full‐time or Part‐time Study 3. English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 73% within the last five years. Students who do not present one of these courses will have to complete one of the following prerequisites to qualify for ENGL 1100: Students may study full‐time or part‐time. On‐Campus The full degree is offered on the main campus of TRU in Kamloops; a selection of 1st and 2nd year courses are offered at the Williams Lake campus. Program Start Dates Students may enter the program in Fall, Winter or Summer semester. Distance Education Many courses are available by distance education. For greater flexibility, TRU also offers the Associate of Arts – Open Learning degree. Program Overview The associate degree is designed to provide an educational experience that lays a solid foundation for further study. Students are required to complete a broad range of course offerings balanced with in‐depth study in science. Since many students will continue their studies, the requirements are sufficiently flexible to enable students to complete the required prerequisites for upper level course work in their intended major. Admission Requirements  Level 5, on the composition section of the Language Proficiency Index (within the last 2 years); OR Completion of English 0600; OR Completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a grade of C+ or better  To ensure a good selection of courses, it is recommended that applicants apply as soon as possible after October 1. Timetabling and registration workshops are available for help in determining courses required. Applicants can also take advantage of the Step One and Group Advising sessions offered throughout the school year to help make the process of applying and determining program requirements easier to understand. Please contact Academic Advising at 250.828.5075 or baadvising@tru.ca for more information. Program Requirements 1. Sixty credits of first and second year B.C. university transfer courses, which include: 2. 3. Six credits in first year English Thirty‐six credits in Arts which shall include: six credits in Social Sciences, six credits in Humanities (including the Creative and Performing Arts). Twenty‐four credits of Arts which must include eighteen credits of second year Arts in two or more subject areas (disciplines). Nine semester credits in Science, including three semester credits of Math or Statistics or Computing Science, and three credits in a Lab Science. Nine semester credits of first‐ or second‐year courses. 4. 1. BC Grade 12 or Adult Dogwood or Mature student status. 5. 2. Mathematics 11 or higher is strongly recommended for students pursuing Education or a major in Geography, Sociology or Psychology. 98 6. Note: No course will be used to meet more than one of the specific requirements. A cumulative GPA of 2.0 for all courses counting towards the credential. Suggested Areas of Study Humanities Social Science Lab Science Science English Anthropology Biology Anthropology French Canadian Studies Chemistry Biology History Economics Geology Chemistry Music Sociology Physics Computing Spanish Political Studies Physical Geography Stats Speech Psychology Fine Arts Geography Physical Geography (non‐physical) (GEOG 1120, 1220, 2040, 2750) (including PSYC 2100) Mathematics (except PSYC 2100) German Physics Japanese Philosophy Theatre Program Contact BA Advisor baadvising@tru.ca 250.371.5566 Police and Justice Studies Diploma This program is offered through Community U Program Overview The Police and Justice Studies Diploma is a two‐year diploma that prepares graduates for careers in policing as well as corrections, parole, customs, and other government services at the federal, provincial or municipal levels. The program was developed in close liaison with police and other justice agencies to ensure graduates would have the breadth of skills and knowledge required to enter police academy training. They also gain a broader understanding of the societal context of police work. Admission Requirements Educational Requirements  Completion of BC Grade 12 or equivalent  English requirement: 73% on the combined English 12 and Government exam (within the last five years), or Level 4 on the composition section of the LPI (within the last two years), or completion of English 0600, or completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a grade of C+  Any Math 11 (For students only considering laddering to degree programs, Principles of Math 11 and 12 as well as a second language to grade 12 are strongly recommended). 99 General Requirements  Resume and Statement of Career Objectives  Criminal record check. Applicants with a criminal record will not be admitted unless a pardon has been granted.  Year Two students require a BC Class 5, 7N or equivalent to complete the Justice Institute’s, Driving With Finesse (a required component of JUST 2450 Police Skills) Admissions are on a selective and are based on an assessment of a student’s GPA (weighted at 70%) and Resume and Statement of Career Objectives (weighted at 30%). The application deadline is April 30. Laddering Graduates of the TRU Police and Justice Diploma may ladder directly (60 credits) to the BA Major in Criminology. The Program is offered through a combination of on campus and online courses (blended program), or fully online allowing students to study both full and part time. Students considering laddering into the Bachelor of Arts Degree contact BA Advisor regarding elective selection. Students considering laddering into the Bachelor of Business Administration Degree, contact the BBA Advisor at SoBEdAdvisor@tru.ca regarding elective selection. Students considering transferring into the Bachelor of Social Work Degree, contact the BSW Advisor at tarchibald@tru.ca regarding elective selection. For more information on the Bachelor of Arts in Sociology and Anthropology please visit the Sociology and Anthropology webpage. Program Requirements First Year Fall Semester MIST 2610 CMNS 1810 JUST 1140 PHED 1230 PHIL 1110 Winter Semester CMNS 1980 JUST 1250 JUST 1310 POLI 1110 Management Information Systems Business, Professional and Academic Composition Human Behaviour Conditioning Introduction to Critical Thinking Professional Presentation/Communication Tactical Communication Skills for Criminal Justice Introduction to Criminal Justice Services in Canada The Government and Politics of Canada Elective (3 credits) Second Year Fall Semester JUST 2350 JUST 2510 PHIL 2010 SOCI 2590 Introduction to Criminal Law and Legal Institutions Introduction to Policing Introduction to Ethics Deviance and Control Elective (3 credits) Winter Semester JUST 2450 Police Skills JUST 2810 Field Work Practicum SOCI 2010 Race and Ethic Relations Electives (6 credits) Suggested Elective Course List CYCA 2620 Introduction to Self in Groups CYCA 2500 Special Topics STAT 1200 Introduction to Statistics PSYC 1110 Introduction to Psychology 1 PSYC 1210 Introduction to Psychology 2 SOCI 1110 Introduction to Sociology 1 SOCI 1120 Introduction to Sociology 2 SOCI 2230 Collective Behaviour SOCI 2500 Crime and Society SOCI 2720 Introduction to Research Methods Any other 1000‐4000 level courses *Sociology note: SOCI 1110 (or ANTH 1210) is strongly recommended but not required. Students planning on taking additional sociology elective courses numbered 2000 or higher (except for the required courses SOCI 2010 and SOCI 2590) must complete SOCI 1110 and SOCI 1210 first. Students taking only SOCI 2010 and SOCI 2590 are not required to take SOCI 1110 or SOCI 1210. Program Contact BA Advisory 250.371.5566 Visual Arts Diploma A two‐year undergraduate program. Graduates receive a Visual Arts diploma. Learning Options Full‐time or Part‐time Study Students may study full‐time or part‐time. On‐campus Courses are offered at the Kamloops campus. Program Start Dates Students may enter the program in the Fall or Winter semester. Program Overview Students in the Visual Arts at Thompson Rivers University can have the best of two worlds: courses can be counted toward a Diploma and toward a Bachelor of Fine Arts and a Bachelor of Arts with a Minor in Visual Arts, or other university degrees at the same time. The Diploma allows students to sample a diverse selection of different media, such as drawing, painting, printmaking, ceramics, sculpture and multi‐media to gain an introduction to contemporary art practices along with art history and theory. The Diploma is useful in a resume for job 100 applications or entrance to academic programs that require some background theory and practice in visual arts. The TRU Visual Arts Diploma program consists of two years of core and elective courses, all of which may be taken singly, if desired. The holder of a TRU Visual Arts Diploma can enter the third year of the Bachelor of Fine Arts (Visual Arts) degree, or other university programs. Thus, it is strongly recommended that those students wishing to pursue the BFA degree at TRU or other post‐secondary institution complete the Visual Arts Diploma to achieve third year standing before advancing to upper level classes in Visual Arts. Admission Requirements Students are admitted to the Bachelor of Fine Arts program. 1. B.C Grade 12, or equivalent 2. English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 73% (within the last 5 years.); OR Level 4 on the composition section of the L.P.I. (within the last 2 years.); OR Completion of English 0600; OR Completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with C+ or better. Visual Arts Coordinator 250.828.5482 Laddering Credit from other Programs Theatre Coordinator 250.828.5020 Credits earned in the Visual Arts Certificate may be applied toward the Visual Arts Diploma. Contact a Fine Arts degree advisor for details. Secretary, Visual & Performing Arts 250.371.5580 Program Options In addition to the Visual Arts Diploma, the Fine Arts Program offers the following options:  Visual Arts Studio Certificate  Literary and Art History Certificate  Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Visual Arts courses can also be counted toward a Bachelor of Arts with a Minor in Visual Arts, or toward other university degrees. Program Requirements Students qualify for the TRU Visual Arts Diploma on completion of 60 credits, 48 of which are in Visual Art. At least 21 of the Visual Art credits should be achieved at second year level. An overall grade point average of 2.33 is also required for Diploma status. It is recommended that Diploma students complete 2D and 3D Foundation courses: VISA 1010, 1020 and 1030 as well as Drawing 1 and 2: VISA 1210 and VISA 1220, before progressing to the second year of Visual Arts courses. Diploma students must also complete the first year History of Art courses: VISA 1110, 1210 as well as ENGL 1100 and one of ENGL 1110, 1120, 1140, 1210 or VISA 1500 before the end of the second year of study. Electives to complete the required credits may be selected from the other subject areas. Students who complete the Visual Arts Diploma with a grade point average of 2.33 are considered to have achieved third year standing and may progress into third year of the BFA Program. If you are planning to complete a BFA degree, please consult the Visual and Performing Arts Department Chair or a Fine Arts degree advisor. Visual Arts Gallery Situated beside Student Street, this gallery is used to present exhibitions of student, faculty and community art works. It is run by the Visual Arts Gallery Committee. Laddering Credit to other Programs Credits earned in the Visual Arts Diploma may be applied toward the BFA Degree. Contact a Fine Arts degree advisor for details. Program Contacts Chair of Visual & Performing Arts 250.377.6136 101 Visual Arts Studio Certificate A one‐year program. Graduates receive a Visual Arts Studio Certificate. Learning Options Full‐time or part‐time Students may study full‐time or part‐time study. On‐campus Courses are offered on the main campus of TRU in Kamloops. Certain courses may be challenged for credit. The purpose of this challenge is to determine whether knowledge and experience gained outside the university is equivalent to that required for successful completion of a course. The maximum transfer credit and challenge credit will be 50% of the credit value of the program. Some courses in University certificate programs may require a prerequisite which is not a part of the certificate program itself. Program Overview Students in the Visual Arts at Thompson Rivers University can have the best of two worlds: courses can be counted toward a Certificate, a Diploma and toward a Bachelor of Fine Arts and a Bachelor of Arts with a Minor in Visual Arts, or other university degrees at the same time. The Certificate gives students an introduction to current art practices, in 2D and 3D media, with emphasis on 2D design, drawing, painting, colour theory, printmaking, photography, 3D design, sculpture and ceramics. The Certificate is useful on a resume for job applications or entrance to academic programs that require some practical knowledge in visual arts. The TRU Visual Arts Diploma program consists of 30 credits of first and second year Visual Arts studio classes, usually taken over 2 years, all of which may be taken singly, if desired. Program Requirements The Visual Arts Studio Certificate requires completion of a minimum of 30 credits. Visual Arts Studio Certificate VISA 1010/1020/1030 (Foundation Courses) 9 credits VISA 1210 (Drawing 1) 3 credits Any six 2nd year VISA Studio courses 18 credits Total Program Requirements 30 credits Laddering Credit to other Programs Credits earned in the Fine Arts Certificate can be applied towards the BFA Degree. Program Options In addition to the Visual Arts Studio Certificate, the Fine Arts Program offers the following options:  Visual Arts Diploma  Literary and Art History Certificate  Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Visual Arts courses can also be counted toward a Bachelor of Arts with a Minor in Visual Arts, or toward other university degrees. Admission Requirements 1. B.C Grade 12 (or equivalent) 2. English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 73% (within the last 5 years.); OR Level 4 on the composition section of the L.P.I. (within the last 2 years.); OR Completion of English 0600, OR Completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with C+ or better. The Admissions Department will arrange for evaluation, on request, of official transcripts for work completed elsewhere and will grant transfer credit towards specific programs. 102 Program Contacts Chair of Visual & Performing Arts 250.377.6136 Visual Arts Coordinator 250.828.5482 Secretary, Visual & Performing Arts 250.371.5580 Sculpture and Ceramics Certificate A two‐semester program. Graduates receive a Sculpture and Ceramics Certificate. Learning Options Full‐time or part‐time study Students may study full‐time or part‐time.  Visual Arts Studio Certificate  Visual Arts Diploma  Bachelor of Fine Arts Program Requirements On‐Campus The complete certificate is offered on the main campus of TRU in Kamloops. Program Start Dates The TRU Sculpture and Ceramics Certificate program consists of 30 credits of core courses, all of which may be taken singly, if desired. VISA 1030 3D Foundation VISA 1210 Drawing 1 VISA 1010 2D Foundation or or VISA 1220 Drawing 2 VISA 2410 Introductory Ceramics 1 VISA 2420 Introductory Ceramics 2 VISA 2310 Sculpture 1 VISA 2320 Sculpture 2 Program Overview VISA 3410 Ceramics 3 Students in the Visual Arts at Thompson Rivers University who prefer to work in various 3D media can opt for a Sculpture and Ceramics Certificate. The courses can be counted toward a Diploma and toward a Bachelor of Fine Arts and a Bachelor of Arts with a Minor in Visual Arts, or other university degrees at the same time. The Certificate allows students to sample a diverse selection of different 3D media, such as ceramics and sculpture, which includes multi‐ media practices, installation, electronic and mechanical applications and traditional practices such as carving, welding and fabrication, to allow a good understanding of contemporary 3D art practices. The Certificate is useful in a resume for job applications or entrance to academic programs that require a background in contemporary sculpture and 3D practices, or to move towards a career as a practicing artist. VISA 3420 Ceramics 4 VISA 3310 Sculpture Intermediate Students may enter the program in September, January or May if they are taking courses on campus. Some distance courses are also based on September or January start dates, while others offer the ability to start at any time. Program Contacts Chair of Visual & Performing Arts 250.377.6136 Visual Arts Coordinator 250.828.5482 Secretary, Visual & Performing Arts 250.371.5580 Program Options The Fine Arts Department also offers the following options: Painting and Drawing Certificate A two‐semester program. Graduates receive a Painting and Drawing Certificate. Learning Options Full‐time or part‐time study Students may enter the program in September, January or May if they are taking courses on campus. Some distance courses are also based on September or January start dates, while others offer the ability to start at any time. Students may study full‐time or part‐time. On‐Campus The complete certificate is offered on the main campus of TRU in Kamloops. Program Start Dates 103 Program Overview Students in the Visual Arts at Thompson Rivers University who prefer to work in 2D media can opt for a Painting and Drawing Certificate. The courses can be counted toward a Visual Arts Diploma and toward a Bachelor of Fine Arts and a Bachelor of Arts with a Minor in Visual Arts, or other university degrees at the same time. The Certificate allows students to sample a diverse selection of core 2D media: painting, oil and acrylic; and drawing, which would also include practices such as life drawing, collage and assemblage to allow a solid grounding in contemporary 2D art practices. The Certificate is useful in a resume for job applications or entrance to academic programs that require a background in contemporary painting and drawing practices, or to move towards a career as a practicing artist. VISA 1010 2D Foundation 1 VISA 1020 2D Foundation 2 VISA 1210 Drawing 1 VISA 1220 Drawing 2 VISA 2610 Painting 1 VISA 2620 Painting 2 VISA 2210 Drawing 1 VISA 2220 Drawing 2 VISA 3610 Painting 3 VISA 3620 Painting 4 VISA 3630 Studio Media: Painting and Drawing Program Options The Fine Arts Department also offers the following options:  Visual Arts Studio Certificate  Visual Arts Diploma  Bachelor of Fine Arts Program Contacts Chair of Visual & Performing Arts 250.377.6136 Visual Arts Coordinator 250.828.5482 Secretary, Visual & Performing Arts 250.371.5580 Program Requirements The TRU Painting and Drawing Certificate program consists of 30 credits of core courses, all of which may be taken singly, if desired. Modern Languages Certificate Learning Options Full‐time or Part Time Study Students may study full‐time or part time. Completion of English 0600; OR Completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a grade of C+ or better Laddering Credits from Diplomas On‐Campus The complete certificate is offered on the main campus of TRU in Kamloops. Course credits in the Certificate in World Languages and Cultures may be applied toward the B.A. Degree. Program Start Date(s) Students may enter the program in September, January or May if they are taking courses on campus. Some distance courses are also based on September or January start dates, while others offer the ability to start at any time. Program Requirements Program Requirements FREN 1100/1200 Intermediate French FREN 1110/1210 1st Year University French FREN 2110/2210 Studies in French Language and Composition Plus any two other approved modern language courses at the 1000 level. Program Options TOTAL CREDITS : 24 Modern Languages also offers the following options:  Certificate in World Languages and Cultures  Associate of Arts (Modern Languages) Admission Requirements 1. BC Grade 12 or Adult Dogwood or Mature student status. 2. English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 73% within the last five years; or Level 4, on the composition section of the Language Proficiency Index (within the last 2 years); OR 104 Program Contact Modern Languages Coordinator 250.371.5951 Associate of Arts (Modern Languages) Degree 2. Learning Options Full‐time or Part‐time Study English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 73% within the last five years; OR Level 4, on the composition section of the Language Proficiency Index (within the last 2 years); OR Completion of English 0600; Or Completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a grade of C+ or better Students may study full‐time or part‐time. On‐Campus The complete certificate is offered on the main campus of TRU in Kamloops. Program Start Date(s) Students may enter the program in September, January or May if they are taking courses on campus. Some distance courses are also based on September or January start dates, while others offer the ability to start at any time. Laddering Credits from Diplomas Course credits in the Associate of Arts (Modern Languages) may be applied toward the B.A. Degree. Program Requirements Program Requirements General Requirements International Opportunities Study Abroad 60 credits of 1st and 2nd‐year B.C. University Transfer courses Cumulative GPA of 2.0 of all courses counting towards the credential TRU offers a range of International Exchange opportunities, and is a member of a large, international Study Abroad program that gives students access to universities around the world. Students may want to spend one or more semesters of study at another university. International Field Schools TRU offers a number of general and program specific field schools every year. These schools run from two to six weeks in length and offer course credit that may be applied to your Associate of Arts degree. Specific Requirements 6 credits of 1st‐year English 36 credits in Arts including: ‐ 6 credits in Social Sciences ‐ 6 credits in Humanities (including the Creative and Performing Arts) 24 credits of Arts which must include 18 credits of 2nd‐year Arts in two or more subject areas (disciplines) 9 semester credits in Science, including 3 semester credits of Math or Statistics or Computing Science, and 3 credits in a lab science 9 semester credits of 1st‐ or 2nd‐year courses TOTAL CREDITS: 60 Program Options May be completed in French, Spanish, German or Japanese Modern Languages also offers the following options:  Certificate in Modern Languages (French)  Certificate in World Languages and Cultures Program Contacts Modern Languages Coordinator 250.371.5951 Admission Requirements 1. BC Grade 12 or Adult Dogwood or Mature student status. Certificate in World Languages and Cultures Learning Options are taking courses on campus. Some distance courses are also based on September or January start dates, while others offer the ability to start at any time. Full‐time or Part‐time Study Students may study full‐time or part‐time On‐Campus The complete certificate is offered on the main campus of TRU in Kamloops. Program Start Date(s) Students may enter the program in September, January, or May if they 105 Program Overview In a global environment, broad‐based formal instruction in language and culture is of the utmost importance. Employers in all fields recognize that to be competitive and successful, their companies and employees must demonstrate increased knowledge, sensitivity and appreciation of other cultures. The Certificate in World Languages and Cultures meets this need as it educates successful graduates to better serve an increasing market of global and intercultural travelers and to communicate more effectively with contacts worldwide. The goal of the program is to provide students with a solid academic base in world languages and cultures through a combination of language and culture courses and field schools/study abroad. Program Options Modern Languages also offers the following options:  Certificate in Modern Languages (French)  Associate of Arts (Modern Languages) Admission Requirements 1. BC Grade 12 or Adult Dogwood or Mature student status. 2. English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 73% within the last five years: OR Level 4, on the composition section of the Language Proficiency Index (within the last 2 years); OR Completion of English 0600; OR Completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a grade of C+ or better Program Requirements 12 credits of language instruction in 2 different languages at the 1XXX level 6 credits of languages instruction at the 2XXX level 3 credits in cultural theory at the 2nd‐ or 3rd‐year level from List A: Cultural Theory Courses 3 or more credits of an ML‐approved, cultural/ language‐oriented field school or credits earned through study abroad 12 credits of electives in at least 3 different disciplines from List B: Electives TOTAL CREDITS: 36 Program Contacts Modern Languages Coordinator 250.371.5951 106 Aboriginal Studies Certificate A 24‐credit certificate students can obtain in the course of completing a degree. Graduates who meet the certificate credit requirements receive an Aboriginal Studies Certificate. ANTH 1210 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology ANTH 2140* Canadian Native Peoples Full‐time or Part‐time Study ARCH 2190 Ancient North Americans Students complete the program on a full‐time or part‐time basis in conjunction with a degree. ARCH 2230 Native Peoples and Cultures of British Columbia ENGL 2410 Native Canadian Literature On‐campus GEOG 2230 The Regional Geography of British Columbia and Yukon Courses are offered at the Kamloops campus. Some courses may also be available through TRU OL. HIST 2020 History of the Native Peoples of Canada POLI 1110 The Government and Politics of Canada SOCI 2010 Race and Ethnic Relations TMGT 1020 Cultural Heritage and Nature Interpretation Learning Options Program Overview * highly recommended as an introduction to Aboriginal Studies Aboriginal / Indigenous studies is an interdisciplinary field of inquiry that seeks to understand the ways in which indigenous peoples worldwide, despite their incredible diversity, share a common experience of colonization. Aboriginal and Indigenous studies is thus interested in historical contexts, political struggles, cultural expressions, and the lived ongoing effects of colonialism. The Aboriginal Studies Certificate provides students the opportunity to concentrate on aboriginal / indigenous studies as part of their degree. Students are encouraged to explore issues through a broad range of disciplinary course offerings. As indigenous issues cross disciplinary boundaries, so too does this certificate. Admission Requirements See Admission Requirements for the BA program. Program Requirements Aboriginal Studies Certificate The certificate in Aboriginal Studies requires the completion of at least 24 credits in courses designated as “aboriginal content” courses (some courses may have additional pre‐requisites). ARCH 1190 Note: The following courses would not normally be accessible to students in a certificate program due to the individual course pre‐requisites and the requirement of admittance to the Bachelors degree programs for upper level courses. In special circumstances, however, it may be possible for non‐ traditional students to be admitted to these courses, which may count towards the credits for the certificate. ARCH 3060 Summer Field Training in Archaeology ANTH 3270 First Nations Natural Resource Management ANTH 4010 Native Peoples of North America ANTH 4040 Peoples and Cultures of the North American Arctic ANTH 4050 Canadian Status/Treaty Indian Reserve Communities ARCH 4060 Cultural Resource Management ARCH 4110 Prehistory of a Special Area in the New World ARCH 4200 Archaeology of British Columbia EDUC 442 Pedagogy of First Nations Education ENGL 4460 Studies in Commonwealth/Postcolonial Literature ENGL 4470 Studies in Aboriginal Literature (North American) POLI 4060 Topics in Latin American Politics SOCW 3540 An Introduction to First Nations Issues and Human Services THTR 325 *History of Canadian Theatre ‐ (*Not Currently Available) Program Contact Sociology and Anthropology 250.828.7290 Introduction to Archaeology Literary and Art History Certificate A one‐year program. Graduates receive a Literary and Art History Certificate. Learning Options Full‐time or part‐time study Students may enter the program in September, January, or May if they are taking courses on campus. Some distance courses are also based on September or January start dates, while others offer the ability to start at any time. Students may study full‐time or part‐time. On‐Campus The complete certificate is offered on the main campus of TRU in Kamloops. Program Start Dates 107 Program Overview The Literary and Art History Certificate helps students understand the natural connection between the written word and art. So often these activities overlap and, by making a concentration of these subject areas through select courses, the student is offered the opportunity to see how it is that the ideas or creative impulse of the day, and not the medium, that often determines what is made. Students of art history will be fascinated to learn that, while there are romantic painters, there are also romantic writers, and some like William Blake do both. Their ideas come out of the social milieu of the day and it is through the study across disciplines that the student is able to gauge the breadth of these contemporary ideas. Program Options Program Requirements Literary And Art History Certificate ENGL 1100/1110/1210/1120/1140 (any two) First Year English ENGL 2110/2210 Survey of English Literature VISA 1110/1120 History of Art 1 and 2 VISA 2110/2120 History of Art 3 and 4 VISA 2130/2140 A Survey of Modern Art 1 and 2 The Fine Arts Department also offers the following options:  Visual Arts Studio Certificate Laddering Credits  Visual Arts Diploma  Bachelor of Fine Arts Credits earned in the Literary and Art History Certificate can be applied toward the BFA Degree. Admission Requirements Program Contacts 1. B.C Grade 12, or equivalent 2. English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 73% (within the last 5 years.); OR Level 4 on the composition section of the L.P.I. (within the last 2 years.); OR Completion of English 0600; OR Completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with C+ or better. Chair of Visual & Performing Arts 250.377.6136 Visual Arts Coordinator 250.828.5482 Secretary, Visual & Performing Arts 250.371.5580 Cultural & Social Explorations Certificate Learning Options Full‐time or Part Time Study Students may study full‐time or part time. On‐Campus The complete certificate is offered on the main campus of TRU in Kamloops. Program Start Dates Students may enter the program in September, January or May if they are taking courses on campus. Some distance courses are also based on September or January start dates, while others offer the ability to start at any time. Program Requirements Cultural & Social Explorations Certificate 108 ANTH 1210 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology GEOG 1190/1200 Introduction to Historical and Modern Cultural Geography POLI 1210 Contemporary Ideologies SOCI 1110/ 1210 Introduction to Sociology 1 and 2 Plus any three of: ANTH 2140 Canadian Native Peoples ANTH 2150 Studies in Ethnography GEOG 2120 Geography in an Urban World POLI 2150 Comparative Politics POLI 2220 Political Philosophy School of Business and Economics Master of Business Administration Program Overview The Master of Business Administration (MBA) program focuses on producing managers and leaders who can meet current market challenges, with an emphasis on decision making in an uncertain environment; interpersonal and communication skills; ethics and social responsibility; and globalization. The program also caters to those wanting to develop their academic and applied research skills through its Graduate Thesis and Graduate Project Options. The completion of a thesis or project can serve as a stepping‐stone to a PhD program and an eventual career in academia or consulting. TRU’s MBA program is unique among Canadian universities in that the same program is offered in the campus‐based and online modalities on a full‐time or part‐time basis. This provides students with the ability to adopt the learning style that best suits them and to adjust their education to accommodate their busy work and personal schedules. Through the use of innovative online learning technologies, the MBA ensures all students receive the same rich learning experience regardless of modality with a focus on quality interaction among fellow students, faculty and industry professionals. The courses in the MBA were specifically selected to develop the knowledge and applied skills needed to achieve success at the management and executive levels of an organization in any field. Students will complete the required courses in the MBA Core and select between three completion options: the Course‐Based Option, Graduate Thesis Option or Graduate Project Option. Learning Options Part‐time ‐ Yes On‐Campus ‐ Yes Distance – Yes Program Start Dates GDBA ‐ September (campus or online), January (campus or online), May (campus or online) MBA ‐ September (campus or online), January (campus or online), May (online) 1. Education Requirement – Acceptable 3 or 4‐year undergraduate degree in any discipline with a minimum B average (GPA of 3.00 on a scale of 4.00) in the last 60 credits. 2. Language Requirement – Applicants who did not complete their undergraduate degree in an English language university in a country whose first language is English must have one of the following:  A minimum TOEFL score of 600 with a TWE of 5.0 or higher (paper‐based test), or a minimum 100 with no section below 20 (IBT), or  IELTS of at least 7.0 (all bands), or  TRU ENGL 1100 and CMNS 1290 with a B (GPA of 3.00 on a scale of 4.0) or higher. 3. Quantitative and Computing Skills Requirement – Applicants must have adequate quantitative and/or computing skills in the opinion of the MBA Committee. Adequate quantitative skills include having a strong background in algebra and statistics. Adequate computing skills include having a strong background in word processing, presentation, and spreadsheet software. Students who do not meet the education or language requirements or do not have adequate quantitative and/or computing skills in the opinion of the MBA Committee will be asked to take specified undergraduate courses to upgrade. All students who meet the entrance requirements for the program will be accepted, pending availability of space. MBA To be admitted to the MBA, students must complete each course in the GDBA with a minimum B average (GPA of 3.00 on a scale of 4.33) or be exempted from the courses by the MBA Committee. Program Requirements MBA Foundation Graduate Diploma in Business Administration BUSN 5010‐3 Managerial Statistics BUSN 5020‐3 Financial Accounting Admission Requirements BUSN 5030‐3 Management Accounting MBA Foundation Graduate Diploma in Business Administration (Formerly Graduate Certificate in Business Administration; NAME CHANGE SUBJECT TO FINAL MINISTRY APPROVAL) To be admitted to the GDBA, students must meet each of the following: BUSN 5040‐3 Global Economics BUSN 5050‐3 Marketing Management BUSN 5060‐3 Human Resource Management 109 MBA Core BUSN 6010‐3 Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility BUSN 6020‐3 Corporate Finance BUSN 6030‐3 International Business BUSN 6040‐3 Leadership and Organization Development BUSN 6050‐3 Supply Chain Management BUSN 6060‐3 Strategic Management Information Systems BUSN 6070‐3 Project Management and Consulting Methods BUSN 6080‐3 Strategic Management 3.00) or higher in the corresponding graduate course(s). Students can apply for PLAR in any course but it cannot be used to meet the program residency requirement. PLAR may not be allowed in all courses. Graduation Requirements Course‐Based Option BUSN 6150‐3 Advance Marketing Management BUSN 6210‐3 Advanced Corporate Finance BUSN 6250‐3 Decision Analysis and Modelling BUSN 6310‐3 Innovation and Entrepreneurship Graduate Thesis or Project Option BUSN 6950‐3 Research Methods, Preparation, and Presentation BUSN 6960‐12 BUSN 6970‐9 Graduate Thesis or Graduate Project Note: Each course is offered online beginning in September, January, or May. The online version of a course ends with a “1” such as BUSN 6151. Students are able to take a mixture of campus and online courses when completing their degree. Exemption Policy MBA Foundation Graduate Diploma in Business Administration Students may be exempted from MBA courses if the MBA Committee determines they have adequate recent undergraduate or graduate course work in the area from an acceptable institution. All students must receive a grade of B (GPA 3.00) or higher in the corresponding undergraduate or graduate courses to be exempted. Students can apply for PLAR in any course but it cannot be used to meet the program residency requirement. MBA Foundation Graduate Diploma in Business Administration Students who successfully complete each course in the program or who are exempted will be awarded a Graduate Diploma in Business Administration, subject to the program residency requirement of two courses. The minimum passing grade in each course will be a grade of B‐. Students must maintain an overall program GPA of 3.00 in order to graduate. A student who receives a grade of F in two or more 5000‐level courses will be required to withdraw from the program, regardless of their grade point average. MBA Students who successfully complete each course or are exempted will be awarded an MBA, subject to a residency requirement of seven courses. The minimum passing grade in each course will be a grade of B‐. Students must maintain an overall program GPA of 3.00 in order to graduate. A student who receives a grade of F in three or more 6000‐ level courses will be required to withdraw from the program, regardless of their grade point average. Program Contact Program and Academic Inquiries MBA Student Services 250.852.7297 mba@tru.ca MBA Students may be exempted from MBA courses if the MBA Committee determines they have adequate graduate course work in the area from an acceptable institution. Students must receive a grade of B (GPA Bachelor of Business Administration Degree Program Overview The Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) is a 4‐year degree program. During Years 1 and 2, students receive a strong general education in the humanities, social sciences, sciences and take a number of core business courses. This serves as the foundation for advanced study in business at the upper level. In Years 3 and 4, students must acquire a specialization in one of the functional area of business, including Accounting, Finance, Human Resources, International Business, Marketing, New Venture Creation, or Supply Chain Management. Students interested in Economics can also select that discipline, or those who want more breadth in their business studies can choose the General BBA. Specializations take the form of majors consisting of eight or more courses. Some of these majors prepare students to pursue a professional designation such as the Chartered Professional Accountant (CPA), Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA), Certified Human Resource Professional (CHRP), or Supply Chain Management Professional (SCMP) 110 by providing the extensive course work needed to meet the core competencies established by the profession. Students in 3rd and 4th Year also have the option of completing a minor consisting of four course in a specific discipline or cross‐disciplinary area. The purpose of a minor is to help students acquire knowledge to support their major area of study or give them breadth in their business education. Students who do not complete a minor can take additional business or non‐business electives to complete their degree. During their studies, students will receive high quality instruction from accomplished academics and practitioners. Case studies, class presentations, guest speakers, field trips, company reports, simulations, and business competitions are all extensively used to enhance the student's learning experience. In 3rd and 4th Year, students can go on an international exchange for a semester, participate in service learning, pursue the Co‐operative Education Option, or complete an Honours Degree. BBA graduates will have strong writing, presentation, critical thinking, and people skills which are the cornerstones of future success. Job prospects for BBA graduates are generally good and students have the potential to rise quickly in position and salary if they apply themselves at work. Learning Options Part‐time ‐ Yes On‐Campus ‐ Yes Distance – Many courses are available through distance delivery Program Start Date – September, January, May Admission Requirements To be admitted to the BBA, students must meet each of the following: 1. 2. 3. B.C. Grade 12 or mature student status C+ in Foundations Math 12 or Pre‐Calculus Math 12 or in Principles Math 12 or TRU MATH 0610 or equivalent English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 73% (within the last 5 years); or level 5 on the compositions section of the Language Proficiency Index (LPI), with all other categories of the LPI at a minimum of 70% (within the last 2 years); or satisfactory completion of the TRU English Assessment (ACCUPLACER) at the university entrance level; or completion of ENGL 0600 with a grade of C+ or better; or completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a grade of C+ or better; Students may commence their studies while they upgrade their English and Mathematics. Program Requirements General Education Electives Humanities Electives Six credits of humanities electives must be completed from the following: English Chinese French German Spanish Japanese Speech Theatre Music Philosophy Film Communications History Visual and Performing Arts Note: International Business Major students are required to complete six credits of language courses in one language area at the lower level unless exempted based on previous formal language education. Social Sciences Electives Six credits of social sciences electives must be completed from the following: Anthropology Archeology Canadian Studies Economics Geography Political Studies Psychology (excludes PSYC 2100) Sociology (excludes SOCI 2710) 111 Core Courses The following 72 credits (24 courses) are required: MNGT 1710 Introduction to Business ENGL 1100 ENGL 1110 ENGL 1120 ENGL 1140 ENGL 1210 Introduction to University Writing or Introduction to Prose Fiction or Introduction to Poetry or Introduction to Drama or Introduction to Drama and Poetry CMNS 1290 Introduction to Professional Writing MATH 1070 Mathematics for Business and Economics MATH 1170 Calculus for Business and Economics ECON 1900 Principles of Microeconomics ECON 1950 Principles of Macroeconomics PHIL 1110 Introduction to Critical Thinking ECON 2320 Economics and Business Statistics 1 ECON 2330 Economics and Business Statistics 2 ACCT 2210 Financial Accounting ACCT 2250 Management Accounting FNCE 2120 Financial Management MKTG 2430 Marketing MIST 2610 Management Information Systems ORGB 2810 Organizational Behaviour HRMN 2820 Human Resource Management BLAW 2910 Commercial Law ECON 3040 Managerial Economics CMNS 3240 Advanced Professional Communication SCMN 3320 Supply Chain Management IBUS 3510 International Business MNGT 3710 Business Ethics and Society MNGT 4780 Strategic Management Majors/General BBA Accounting Major ACCT 3200 ACCT 3210 ACCT 3220 ACCT 3230 ACCT 3250 FNCE 4110 ACCT 4200 ACCT 4230 ACCT 4250 MIST 4610 Intermediate Financial Accounting 1 Intermediate Financial Accounting 2 Income Taxation 1 Income Taxation 2 Intermediate Management Accounting Advanced Financial Management for Accountants Advanced Financial Accounting Assurance Advanced Management Accounting Strategic Management Information Systems Economics Major The Major in Economics requires 42 ECON credits of which 24 credits must be at the 3000 and 4000 level, with a minimum of six at the 4000 level. ECON 2900 and ECON 2950 are required and either ECON 3900 or ECON 3950 must be taken. Finance Major FNCE 3150 Investments 1 FNCE 3170 Investments 2 FNCE 3180 Risk Management and Financial Engineering FNCE 4130 Advanced Financial Management FNCE 4180 International Financial Management Plus at least three of: FNCE 3140 Financial Statement Analysis ACCT 3260 Taxation for Decision Making FNCE 4120 Business Valuation and Restructuring FNCE 4140 Personal Financial Management FNCE 4160 Portfolio Management FNCE 4190 Financial Institutions Management ECON 4330 Forecasting in Business and Economics Human Resource Management Major ORGB 3810 Organizational Theory and Design HRMN 3830 Human Resource Planning and Staffing HRMN 3840 Employee and Labour Relations BLAW 3920 Employment Law HRMN 4830 Total Rewards HRMN 4840 Organizational Learning, Training, and Development ORGB 4870 Organizational Development and Change HRMN 4890 Selected Topics in Human Resource Management International Business Major MKTG 3450 Professional Selling MKTG 3480 Marketing Research IBUS 3520 Global Management MKTG 4470 International Marketing IBUS 4520 International Trade Finance IBUS 4530 International Trade Law and Logistics IBUS 4540 Global Entrepreneurship Marketing Major MKTG 3470 MKTG 3480 MKTG 4460 Plus at least five of: MKTG 3450 ECON 4330 MKTG 4400 MKTG 4410 MKTG 4420 MKTG 4430 MKTG 4440 MKTG 4450 MKTG 4470 MKTG 4480 MKTG 4490 Consumer Behaviour Marketing Research Marketing Strategy Professional Selling Forecasting in Business and Economics Professional Sales Management Services Marketing Brand Management Retail Management Advanced Marketing Research E‐Commerce International Marketing Integrated Marketing Communication Business‐to‐Business Marketing New Venture Creation Major ACCT 3260 Taxation for Decision Making MKTG 3480 Market Research ENTR 3720 Small Business Finance MKTG 4450 E‐Commerce MKTG 4480 Integrated Marketing Communication ENTR 4750 New Venture Creation ENTR 4760 Small Business Management Supply Chain Management Major SCMN 3330 Procurement Management MIST 3620 Web‐enabled Business Applications SCMN 4310 Operations Management SCMN 4320 Logistics and Transportation SCMN 4390 Selected Topics in Supply Chain Management MKTG 4490 Business‐to‐Business Marketing At least two of: MKTG 3450 Professional Selling IBUS 3520 Global Management ECON 4330 Forecasting in Business and Economics General BBA Students must complete at least 24 credits (normally 8 courses) of 3000 or 4000‐level business or economics courses in addition to the core requirements in 3rd and 4th year. Note: Business courses include those beginning with the ACCT, BLAW, MIST, ENTR, FNCE, HRMN, IBUS, MKTG, MNGT, ORGB, SCMN, or BUSN acronyms. 112 Minors Accounting Minor ACCT 3200 Intermediate Financial Accounting 1 ACCT 3210 Intermediate Financial Accounting 2 Plus at least two of: ACCT 3220 Income Taxation 1 ACCT 3230 Income Taxation 2 ACCT 3250 Intermediate Management Accounting ACCT 4200 Advanced Financial Accounting ACCT 4230 Assurance ACCT 4250 Advanced Management Accounting MIST 4610 Strategic Management Information Systems Economics Minor 12 credits of 3000 or 4000 level economics courses, excluding ECON 3090. Environmental Economics and Sustainable Development Minor At least four of: ECON 3410 Economics of Climate Change ECON 3690 Community Economic Development ECON 3700 Cost Benefit Analysis ECON 3710 Environmental Economics ECON 3730 Forestry Economics ECON 3740 Land Use Economics ECON 3990 Special Topics in Economics ECON 4720 Sustainable Economic Development ECON 4990 Special Topics in Economics Finance Minor FNCE 3150‐ Investments 1 Plus at least three of: FNCE 3140 Financial Statement Analysis FNCE 3170 Investments 2 FNCE 3180 Risk Management and Financial Engineering ACCT 3260 Taxation for Decision Making FNCE 4120 Business Valuation and Restructuring FNCE 4130 Advanced Financial Management FNCE 4140 Personal Financial Management FNCE 4160 Portfolio Management FNCE 4180 International Financial Management FNCE 4190 Financial Institutions Management ECON 4330 Forecasting in Business and Economics Financial Markets and Institutions Minor At least four of: ECON 3100 Canadian Financial Markets ECON 3550 International Economics ECON 4100 International Financial Markets FNCE 4190 Financial Institutions Management ECON 4560 International Macroeconomics and Finance Financial Services Minor SUBJECT TO FINAL MINISTRY APPROVAL FNCE 3190 Personal Financial Services MKTG 3450 Professional Selling FNCE 4140 Personal Financial Management or FNCE 4150 Personal Wealth Management MKTG 4400 Professional Sales Management or MKTG 4410 Services Marketing Human Resource Management Minor At least four of: ORGB 3810 Organizational Theory and Design HRMN 3830 Human Resource Planning and Staffing HRMN 3840 BLAW 3920 HRMN 4830 Employee and Labour Relations Employment Law Total Rewards HRMN 4840 ORGB 4870 HRMN 4890 Organizational Learning, Training, and Development Organizational Development and Change Selected Topics in Human Resource Management International Business Minor At least four of: IBUS 3520 Global Management MKTG 4470 International Marketing IBUS 4520 International Trade Finance IBUS 4530 International Trade Law and Logistics IBUS 4540 Global Entrepreneurship Leadership Minor SUBJECT TO FINAL MINISTRY APPROVAL MNGT 3730 Leadership At least three of: ORGB 3730 Creativity and Innovation ORGB 3770 Teamwork in Organizations ORGB 3810 Organizational Theory and Design MNGT 4710 Decision Analysis MNGT 4720 Negotiation and Conflict Resolution ORGB 4870 Organizational Development and Change Management Information Systems Minor SUBJECT TO FINAL MINISTRY APPROVAL MIST 3620 Web‐enabled Business Applications MIST 3630 Data and Knowledge Management for Business MIST 4620 MIST 4630 Information Security Management for Business Information Systems Project Management for Business Marketing Minor At least four of: MKTG 3450 MKTG 3470 MKTG 3480 ECON 4330 MKTG 4400 MKTG 4410 MKTG 4420 MKTG 4430 MKTG 4440 MKTG 4450 MKTG 4460 MKTG 4470 MKTG 4480 MKTG 4490 Professional Selling Consumer Behaviour Marketing Research Forecasting in Business and Economics Professional Sales Management Services Marking Brand Management Retail Management Advanced Marketing Research E‐Commerce Marketing Strategy International Marketing Integrated Marketing Communication Business‐to‐Business Marketing Honours Degree Option The Honours Degree Option offers high‐caliber students the opportunity to gain recognition for their superior academic performance and is an excellent choice for those wanting to go on to graduate school. To earn this distinction, students must maintain a G.P.A. of 3.00 (B) or higher in 3rd and 4th Year while either (i) completing additional upper level courses or (ii) writing a thesis. No upper level grade can fall below B‐ (G.P.A. 2.67), although students can re‐take courses once to meet the necessary grade requirement. To be admitted, students must have a GPA of 3.00 or higher in Years 1 and 2. Course Route students must take four additional 3rd and 4th year courses in business or economics or an approved related area of which two must be at the 4th year level. Those interested in the Thesis Route must take the following three courses as part of their BBA studies:    BUSN 3980‐3 ‐ Business Research Methodology BUSN 4960‐3 ‐ Directed Studies or ECON 4960 ‐ Directed Studies BUSN 4980‐6 ‐ Honours Thesis Business Research Methodology is taken in the Fall Semester of Year 3 and provides students with the knowledge and skills necessary to conduct academic research in one of the disciplines. Students will learn how to conduct literature reviews and prepare research proposals, and study the statistical methods that might be used in preparing an Honours Thesis. In the Winter Semester of Year 3, students will take a directed studies course in the area of their proposed thesis. Honours Thesis is taken in Year 4 where the student, under the direction of a thesis supervisor, prepares a research paper. The course has no formal class schedule; instead students confer regularly with their supervisor who provides advice on the direction of the research project. In addition to researching and writing the thesis, students will have to formally present it to the academic community. This will not only include their fellow classmates, but accomplished academics in the area. New Venture Creation Minor ACCT 3260 Taxation for Decision Making ENTR 3720 Small Business Finance Service Learning ENTR 4750 ENTR 4760 New Venture Creation Small Business Management Service learning provides an opportunity for senior‐level students to share their knowledge and skills with the local community through approved community‐based projects. These projects may be initiated by students; by community members, groups, agencies, and organizations; or by faculty. To qualify for service learning credit, a faculty member must first authorize the course and then agree to supervise and then evaluate the project. Project Management Minor SUBJECT TO FINAL MINISTRY APPROVAL MNGT 3730 Leadership MNGT 4710 MNGT 4720 MNGT 4730 MNGT 4740 Decision Analysis or Negotiation and Conflict Resolution Business Project Management 1 Business Project Management 2 Supply Chain Management Minor SCMN 3330 Procurement Management SCMN 4310 Operations Management SCMN 4320 Logistics and Transportation SCMN 4390 Selected Topics in Supply Chain Management 113 Students may receive service learning credit by working individually or in cohorts of up to 5 students on the same community project. Normally, students meet with the faculty supervisor for initial consultation and/or training during the first week of classes; after the initial meeting, students are expected to keep the faculty supervisor informed about the project on a regular basis. At the end of the course, students will present the faculty supervisor with an evaluation form completed by the community group, agency, or organization served and some combination of the following: a research paper, report, or document; a student journal or activity log; a presentation, performance, or exhibition. BBA students may take up to six upper level credits of service learning (SERV 3000, SERV 4000). 2. No BBA credit will be given for MATH 1100 if it is taken after completion of MATH 1070 (or equivalent). No credit will be given for MATH 1000 if it is taken after completion of MATH 1170 (or equivalent). 3. Students must have written permission from the program advisor to enroll in upper level business courses during their first 60 semester credits. Cooperative Education Option The Co‐operative Education Option is voluntary but is strongly recommended as it provides students with the opportunity to combine academic studies with paid, career‐related work experience. This will help them build a greater appreciation of the curriculum being studied; develop practical business skills; enhance their communication and critical thinking skills and self‐confidence; develop a career focus and important job search skills; and establish employment and business contacts for after graduation. Job placements are competitive so students are not guaranteed a position in any given work term. Many co‐op employers are located outside the Kamloops region so students may have to temporarily relocate for four, eight, or 12 months. Co‐op time patterns vary depending on student priorities and market conditions. Applications for co‐op are accepted after students successfully complete specified 1000 and 2000‐level core courses in the BBA. Students will be assessed based on academic performance (minimum GPA of 2.67), performance in the specific core courses and a letter of application. Preference will be given to students with strong oral and written communication skills. Successful students must complete a Co‐ op Seminar (COOP 1000) which offers instruction in career development skills in order to be eligible for a work term. Students must complete three Co‐op Work Terms to graduate with a Co‐op designation, but they are still encouraged to complete just one or two work terms if possible. Students earn three upper level credits for each completed work term up to a maximum of six credits. Dual Degrees in Computing and Business Dual degrees in both computing and business provide graduates with a strong foundation from which to build a successful career in the information technology industry. Bachelor of Computing Science and BBA graduates will possess the combined management skills and computing “know how” needed to be successful in an increasingly high‐ tech business environment. To earn dual degrees, students must meet the requirements of both programs. Many core and elective courses can be “double counted,” which means they can be used for credit in both programs. Through careful course selection, it is possible to complete the two degrees in just five years. Dual degrees may be completed concurrently or sequentially. Course Requirements 1. No BBA credit will be given for ECON 1220 if it is taken after completion of either ECON 1900 (or equivalent) or ECON 1950 (or equivalent). 114 4. Normally, students will only be allowed to attempt a single course three times. The third attempt much be approved in writing by the chairperson of the department offering the course. The highest grade achieved in duplicated courses will be used for CGPA calculations, but the student's record will show all attempts. 5. Transfer credit will be determined on a course‐by‐course basis. Equivalent courses taken at approved two‐year colleges will be awarded credit for lower level courses only. Upper level credit will be granted if a course is taken at an acceptable university. Normally, the course must be 80 percent equivalent to receive transfer credit. 6. Transfer credit will be assigned in accordance with the B.C. Transfer Guide, the TRU Credit Bank, a formal articulation agreement between the two institutions, or a specific course evaluation based on a course outline provided by the educational institution. Students with international education must provide translated official transcripts. Students must have a grade of C‐ or higher to receive transfer credit – non‐ graded (Pass/Fail, Complete) or university preparation credits will not be accepted. Transferred courses are awarded credit only and are not included in the CGPA. 7. Prior Learning Assessment (PLAR) is assessment by some valid and reliable means of what has been learned through formal and non‐formal education, training or experience that is worthy of credit in a course or program offered by TRU. PLAR is used to evaluate knowledge, skills and competencies which have been acquired through, but not limited to, work experience, independent reading, hobbies, volunteer work, non‐formal learning, travel and artistic pursuits. PLAR can be awarded using an individual assessment or the TRU Credit Bank. 8. The university maintains a credit bank containing course equivalencies for courses or programs such as professional licences, designations, or certificates completed outside of the college or university system. These non‐formal courses and programs have been previously evaluated by qualified tenured/tenure track faculty members from the academic department responsible for the course and the credits to be awarded are predetermined. Students should contact a program advisor if they feel they are eligible for credit from the credit bank or have taken other courses or programs that they believe should be included. 9. For individual assessment for business and economics credit, applicants will be evaluated by portfolio and/or a challenge exam that is assessed by a qualified tenured/tenure track faculty member from the academic department responsible for the course – if a challenge exam is written, a grade of C or higher is required to receive credit. PLAR credit does not count towards the residency requirement of the BBA and is awarded credit only and not included in a student’s CGPA. PLAR credit awarded by other Canadian accredited post‐ secondary institutions that have formally adopted the assessment standards of the Council for Adult and Experiential Learning and/or the BC Council on Admissions and Transfer (BCCAT) prior learning standards and guidelines will also be recognized. Students should contact a program advisor if they feel they are eligible for PLAR credit. Note: Students can receive credit for no more than 30 credits of the BBA requirements by PLAR. Degree Completion Requirements 1. Complete at least 120 credits with a minimum of 60 credits as TRU credit. Students must also complete a minimum of 36 business credits as define by AACSB as TRU credit. More than 120 credits may have to be taken to meet these requirements. 2. Complete the general education requirements, core courses, and a major or General BBA. 3. Complete a minimum of 45 credits in non‐business courses, 51 upper level credits, and 39 upper level credits in business or economics. Business courses include those beginning with the ACCT, BLAW, MIST, ENTR, FNCE, HRMN, IBUS, MKTG, MNGT, ORGB, SCMN, or BUSN acronyms. 4. 5. Complete at least four 4000‐level business or economics courses including MNGT 4780. No more than 30 credits completed at other university‐level institutions as part of a student exchange may be counted toward completion of the BBA program. Students must have their courses approved by a program advisor before participating in an exchange. 6. If completing a major and a minor, students can only share credit for one course. When completing a double major, students may share credit for two courses only. 7. No more than six upper level credits of service learning or cooperative education and a further six credits of special topics courses may be counted towards the BBA requirements. 8. Complete at least three credits of distance delivery business or economics courses. 9. Attain an overall CGPA of at least 2.0, and grades of C‐ or better in all core courses, major/minor courses, General BBA courses or prerequisites courses. Students must earn a minimum of C+ in prerequisites for some upper level accounting and finance courses. 10. Students must apply for graduation and attendance at Convocation by completing and submitting the appropriate form(s). The deadline for submitting an application to graduate and attend Convocation is March 31 with program completion by April 30 for the June ceremony and July 31 with program completion by August 31 for the October ceremony. Laddering Graduates of the Accounting Technician, Management or Executive Assistant Diplomas may ladder into the BBA and complete the degree in as little as two years. BBA graduates who attain a minimum GPA of 3.00 in the last 60 credits may be exempted from the six courses in the Graduate Certificate in Business Administration and apply directly to the Master of Business Administration. Students must receive a grade of B or higher in the equivalent undergraduate courses to be exempted. Program Contact Academic Advising, Student Services www.tru.ca/business SoBEDAdvisor@tru.ca 250.852.7635 Post‐Baccalaureate Diplomas in Business Program Overview A post‐baccalaureate diploma will be of interest to students who have a non‐business degree, and want to return to university for one or two years to acquire a specialty in a functional area of business in order to enhance their employment opportunities. Students with a first degree in business who want to change their area of focus may want to complete a post‐baccalaureate diploma as well. The post‐baccalaureate diplomas are also valuable to international students who wish to come to Canada to learn English, gain exposure to 115 a new culture, and study in a compressed format. Many who do so have already studied business in their own country and have received exemptions that reduce the length of the program. These diplomas will be a great foundation for students who want to pursue a professional designation such as the Chartered Professional Accountant (CPA), Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA), Certified Human Resource Professional (CHRP), or Supply Chain Management Professional (SCMP) after graduation. Learning Options Part‐time ‐ Yes On‐Campus ‐ Yes Distance – Many courses are available through distance education Program Start Date – September, January, May Admission Requirements IBUS 3510 International Business MNGT 3710 Business Ethics and Society MNGT 4780 Strategic Management One additional 3000/4000 business course One additional 3000/4000 business course Note: Business courses include those beginning with the ACCT, BLAW, MIST, ENTR, FNCE, HRMN, IBUS, MKTG, MNGT, ORGB, SCMN, or BUSN acronyms. Bachelor Degree Note: Students are expected to have taken the equivalent to Grade 12 mathematics and have completed at least six credits of university English prior to admission. Those who have not done so can still be admitted to the program, but they must complete equivalent courses as approved by a program advisor. Program Requirements Post‐Baccalaureate Diploma in Accounting MATH 1070 Mathematics for Business & Economics or MATH 1100 Finite Mathematics with Applications 1 ECON 1900 Microeconomics ECON 1950 Macroeconomics FNCE 2120 Financial Management ACCT 2210 Financial Accounting ACCT 2250 Management Accounting ECON 2320 Economics and Business Statistics 1 or STAT 1200 Introduction to Statistics or STAT 2000 Introduction to Statistics ECON 2330 Economics and Business Statistics 2 or STAT 2410 Applied Statistics MIST 2610 Management Information Systems BLAW 2910 Commercial Law ACCT 3200 Intermediate Financial Accounting 1 ACCT 3210 Intermediate Financial Accounting 2 ACCT 3220 Income Taxation 1 ACCT 3230 Income Taxation 2 ACCT 3250 Intermediate Management Accounting FNCE 4110 Advanced Financial Management for Accountants ACCT 4200 Advanced Financial Accounting ACCT 4230 Assurance ACCT 4250 Advanced Management Accounting MIST 4610 Strategic Management Information Systems Post‐Baccalaureate Diploma in Business Administration MATH 1070 Mathematics for Business & Economics or MATH 1100 Finite Mathematics with Applications 1 MNGT 1710 Introduction to Business ECON 1900 Principles of Microeconomics ECON 1950 Principles of Macroeconomics FNCE 2120 Financial Management ACCT 2210 Financial Accounting ACCT 2250 Management Accounting ECON 2320 Economics and Business Statistics 1or STAT 1200 Introduction to Statistics or STATS 2000 Introduction to Statistics ECON 2330 Economics and Business Statistics 2 or STATS 2410 Applied Statistics MKTG 2430 Marketing MIST 2610 Management Information Systems ORGB 2810 Organizational Behaviour HRMN 2820 Human Resource Management BLAW 2910 Commercial Law SCMN 3320 Supply Chain Management 116 Post‐Baccalaureate Diploma in Finance MATH 1070 Mathematics for Business and Economics or MATH 1100 Finite Mathematics with Applications 1 MATH 1170 Calculus for Business and Economics or MATH 1130 Enriched Calculus or MATH 1140 Calculus 1or MATH 1150 Calculus for Biological Sciences ECON 1900 Microeconomics ECON 1950 Macroeconomics FNCE 2120 Financial Management ACCT 2210 Financial Accounting ACCT 2250 Management Accounting ECON 2320 Economics and Business Statistics 1 or STAT 1200 STAT Introduction to Statistics or 2000 Introduction to Statistics ECON 2330 Economics and Business Statistics 2 or STAT 2410 Applied Statistics MIST 2610 Management Information Systems FNCE 3150 Investments 1 FNCE 3170 Investments 2 FNCE 3180 Risk Management and Financial Engineering FNCE 4130 Advanced Financial Management FNCE 4180 International Financial Management Plus at least five of: BLAW 2910 Commercial Law FNCE 3140 Financial Statement Analysis ACCT 3260 Taxation for Decision Making FNCE 4120 Business Valuation and Restructuring FNCE 4140 Personal Financial Management FNCE 4160 Portfolio Management FNCE 4190 Financial Institutions Management ECON 4330 Forecasting in Business and Economics Post‐Baccalaureate Diploma in Human Resource Management MNGT 1710 Introduction to Business ACCT 2210 Financial Accounting ACCT 2250 Management Accounting MIST 2610 Management Information Systems ORGB 2810 Organizational Behaviour HRMN 2820 Human Resource Management BLAW 2910 Commercial Law MNGT 3710 Business Ethics and Society ORGB 3770 Teamwork in Organizations ORGB 3810 Organizational Theory and Design HRMN 3830 Human Resource Planning and Staffing HRMN 3840 Employee and Labour Relations BLAW 3920 Employment Law HRMN 4830 Total Rewards HRMN 4840 Organizational Learning, Training and Development ORGB 4870 Organizational Development and Change HRMN 4890 Selected Topics in Human Resource Management Post‐Baccalaureate Diploma in International Business MATH 1070 Mathematics for Business and Economics or MATH 1100 Finite Mathematics with Applications 1 FNCE 2120 Financial Management ACCT 2210 Financial Accounting ECON 2320 STAT 1200 STAT 2000 ECON 2330 STAT 2410 MKTG 2430 MIST 2610 ORGB 2810 BLAW 2910 SCMN 3320 MKTG 3450 MKTG 3480 IBUS 3510 IBUS 3520 Economic and Business Statistics 1 Introduction to Statistics or Introduction to Statistics or Economic and Business Statistics 2 or Applied Statistics Marketing Management Information Systems Organizational Behaviour Commercial Law Supply Chain Management Professional Selling Marketing Research International Business Global Management MKTG 4470 IBUS 4520 IBUS 4530 IBUS 4540 International Marketing International Trade Finance International Trade Law and Logistics Global Entrepreneurship Post‐Baccalaureate Diploma in New Venture Creation MATH 1070 Mathematics for Business & Economics or MATH 1100 Finite Mathematics with Applications 1 ECON 2320 Economic and Business Statistics 1 or STAT 1200 Introduction to Statistics or STAT 2000 Introduction to Statistics FNCE 2120 Financial Management ACCT 2210 Financial Accounting ACCT 2250 Management Accounting ECON 2330 Economic and Business Statistics 2 or STAT 2410 Applied Statistics MKTG 2430 Marketing MIST 2610 Management Information Systems BLAW 2910 Commercial Law ACCT 3260 Taxation for Decision Making MKTG 3450 Professional Selling MKTG 3480 Marketing Research ENTR 3720 Small Business Finance MKTG 4450 E‐Commerce MKTG 4480 Integrated Marketing Communication ENTR 4750 New Venture Creation ENTR 4760 Small Business Management Post‐Baccalaureate Diploma in Marketing ACCT 2210 Financial Accounting ACCT 2250 Management Accounting ECON 2320 Economics and Business Statistics 1 or STAT 1200 Introduction to Statistics or STAT 2000 Introduction to Statistics ECON 2330 Economics and Business Statistics 2 or STAT 2410 Applied Statistics MKTG 2430 Marketing MIST 2610 Management Information Systems ORGB 2810 Organizational Behaviour SCMN 3320 Supply Chain Management MKTG 3470 Consumer Behaviour MKTG 3480 Marketing Research IBUS 3510 International Business MNGT 3710 Business Ethics and Society MKTG 4460 Marketing Strategy Plus at least seven of: MKTG 3450 Professional Selling ECON 4330 Forecasting in Business and Economics MKTG 4400 Professional Sales Management MKTG 4410 Services Marking MKTG 4420 Brand Management MKTG 4430 Retail Management MKTG 4440 Advanced Marketing Research MKTG 4450 E‐Commerce MKTG 4470 International Marketing MKTG 4480 Integrated Marketing Communication MKTG 4490 Business‐to‐Business Marketing Students must achieve a grade of C‐ or better in all courses to graduate. A course can be repeated just once and only two courses can be repeated. Students must take a minimum of ten courses at TRU after exemptions to receive a post‐baccalaureate diploma. Laddering Post‐baccalaureate students may receive exemptions in the Graduate Certificate in Business Administration which must be successfully completed before applying to the MBA. Students must receive a grade of B or higher in the equivalent undergraduate courses to be exempted. Program Contact Academic Advising, Student Services www.tru.ca/business SoBEDAdvisor@tru.ca 250.852.7635 Minor in Management Program Overview Most professionals outside of business require a strong foundation in the principles of management to be effective on the job. The Bachelor of Science (BSc), Bachelor of Computer Science (BCS) and Bachelor of Arts (BA) degrees at TRU each have a Minor in Management offered by the School of Business and Economics, which provides students the opportunity to acquire these needed skills. The program is highly flexible, allowing students to fit management classes into their crowded schedules of lectures and labs. Courses taken in computing, mathematics, and statistics in the BSc, BCS, or the BA can also be used for credit, helping to reduce the length of the program. 117 Learning Options Part‐time ‐ Yes On‐Campus ‐ Yes Distance ‐ All courses are available through distance education Program Start Date – September, January, May Admission Requirements Admission to the BSc, BCS, or BA Program Requirements MATH 1070 MATH 1100 MATH 1140 MATH 1380 Laddering Mathematics for Business & Economics 2 or Finite Mathematics with Applications 1 or Calculus 1 or Discrete Data Structures for Computing Science STAT 1200 STAT 2000 PSYC 2100 ECON 2320 SOCI 2710 BIOL 3000 ACCT 2210 MIST 2610 COMP 1020 Introduction to Statistics or Introduction to Statistics or Analysis of Psychological Data or Economics and Business Statistics 1 or Introduction to Social Statistics Biometrics Financial Accounting Management Information Systems or Introduction to Spreadsheets plus two additional credits in Computer Science ORGB 2810 Organizational Behaviour FNCE 3120 Finance MKTG 3430 Marketing HRMN 3820 Human Resources One additional 3000/4000 business course One additional 3000/4000 business course One additional 3000/4000 business course Minor in Management graduates can ladder into one of the post‐ baccalaureate diplomas in business after graduation and complete the requirements in as little as one year. The number of exemptions awarded will depend on the requirements of the post‐baccalaureate diploma. Students may also receive exemptions in the Graduate Certificate in Business Administration which must be successfully completed before applying to the Master of Business Administration. Students must receive a grade of B or higher in the equivalent undergraduate courses to be exempted. Program Contact Academic Advising, Student Services www.tru.ca/business SoBEDAdvisor@tru.ca 250.852.7635 Note: Business courses include those beginning with the ACCT, BLAW, MIST, ENTR, FNCE, HRMN, IBUS, MKTG, MNGT, ORGB, SCMN, or BUSN acronyms. Diploma in Management 2. Program Overview The Diploma in Management is a two‐year program that helps students develop key employment skills in areas such as accounting, oral and written communications, problem solving, marketing, human relations, economics, law and information systems as well as a strong sense of business ethics. Graduates will find employment in retail, sales, human resource and general management positions in both the private and public sectors. Students who wish to continue their education can pursue a university degree either on‐campus or online and possibly earn a professional designation. Those who complete just the first year will be awarded a Business Foundations Certificate. This qualifies graduates for some entry‐level accounting or administrative positions. Learning Options Part‐time ‐ Yes On‐Campus ‐ Yes Distance – All courses are available through distance education Program Start Date – September, January, May Admission Requirements Students must meet each of the following to be admitted to the Diploma in Management: 1. B.C. Grade 12 or mature student status, or equivalent 3. C+ Foundations Math 12 or Pre‐Calculus Math 12 or C+ in Principles Math 12 or TRU MATH 0610 or equivalent English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 73% (within the last 5 years); or level 5 on the compositions section of the Language Proficiency Index (LPI), with all other categories of the LPI at a minimum of 70% (within the last 2 years); or satisfactory completion of the TRU English Assessment (ACCUPLACER) at the university entrance level; or completion of ENGL 0600 with a grade of C+ or better; or completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a grade of C+ or better. Students may commence their studies while they upgrade their English and Mathematics. Program Requirements First Year Fall Semester MATH 1070 MATH 1100 ENGL 1100 ECON 1220 ECON 1900 MNGT 1710 ACCT 2210 Winter Semester CMNS 1290 ECON 1900 ECON 1950 ACCT 2280 MIST 2610 ORGB 2810 Second Year 118 Mathematics for Business and Economics or Finite Mathematics with Applications 1 Introduction to University Writing Introduction to Basic Economics or Principles of Microeconomics Introduction to Business Financial Accounting Introduction to Professional Writing Principles of Microeconomics or Principles of Macroeconomics Accounting Software Systems Management Information Systems Organizational Behaviour Fall Semester ACCT 2250 ECON 2320 STAT 1200 MKTG 2430 HRMN 2820 BLAW 2910 Winter Semester MKTG 3450 IBUS 3510 MNGT 3710 ORGB 3770 One of: FNCE 2120 MKTG 3470 HRMN 3830 HRMN 3840 HRMN 3920 Management Accounting Economics and Business Statistics 1 or Introduction to Statistics Marketing Human Resource Management Commercial Law Professional Selling International Business Business Ethics and Society Teamwork in Organizations Financial Management Consumer Behaviour Human Resource Planning and Staffing Employee and Labour Relations Employment Law Students must achieve a grade of C‐ or better in all courses to graduate. Those who plan on pursuing the Bachelor of Business Administration are recommended to take MATH 1070, ECON 1900, ECON 1950, and ECON 2320. Laddering Graduates of the Management Diploma may ladder into the Bachelor of Business Administration degree and receive full credit for courses taken in the diploma. The degree can be completed in as little as two years. Program Contact Academic Advising, Student Services www.tru.ca/business SoBEDAdvisor@tru.ca 250.852.7635 119 Accounting Technician Diploma Program Overview The Accounting Technician Diploma is a two‐year program designed to prepare graduates for positions as para‐professionals that serve alongside professional accountants in industry, public practice, and government doing much of the support work. Graduates find employment with public accounting firms working on files and basic tax returns; as payroll, accounts receivable, accounts payable, or general accounting clerks in larger organizations; or as bookkeepers with smaller businesses. Students who wish to continue their education can choose to pursue a business degree either on‐campus or online and possibly earn a professional accounting designation such as the Chartered Professional Accountant (CPA). Those who complete just the first year will be awarded a Business Foundations Certificate. This qualifies graduates for some entry‐ level accounting or administrative positions. Learning Options Part‐time ‐ Yes On‐Campus ‐ Yes Distance – All courses are available through distance education Program Start Date ‐ September, January, May Admission Requirements Students must meet each of the following to be admitted to the Accounting Technician Diploma: 1. B.C. Grade 12 or mature student status 2. C+ in either Foundations Math 12 or Pre‐Calculus Math 12 (BC graduates of 2013 onwards) or C+ in Principles Math 12 (BC graduates prior to 2013) or TRU MATH 0610 or equivalent 3. English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 73% (with the government exam within the last 5 years); or level 5 on the compositions section of the Language Proficiency Index (LPI), with all other categories of the LPI at a minimum of 70% (within the last 2 years); or satisfactory completion of the TRU English Assessment (ACCUPLACER) at the university entrance level; or completion of ENGL 0600 with a grade of C+ or better; or completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a grade of C+ or better Students may commence their studies while they upgrade their English and Mathematics. 120 Program Requirements First Year Fall Semester MATH 1070 MATH 1100 ENGL 1100 ECON 1220 ECON 1900 MNGT 1710 ACCT 2210 Winter Semester CMNS 1290 ECON 1900 ECON 1950 ACCT 2280 MIST 2610 ORGB 2810 Mathematics for Business and Economics or Finite Mathematics with Applications Introduction to University Writing Introduction to Basic Economics or Principles of Microeconomics Introduction to Business Financial Accounting Introduction to Professional Writing Principles of Microeconomics or Principles of Macroeconomics Accounting Software Systems Management Information Systems Organizational Behaviour Second Year Fall Semester ACCT 2250 ECON 2320 STAT 1200 MKTG 2430 HRMN 2820 ACCT 3200 ACCT 3220 Winter Semester FNCE 2120 BLAW 2910 ACCT 3210 ACCT 3230 ACCT 3250 Management Accounting Economics and Business Statistics 1 or Introduction to Statistics Marketing or Human Resource Management Intermediate Financial Accounting 1 Income Taxation 1 Financial Management Commercial Law Intermediate Financial Accounting 2 Income Taxation 2 Intermediate Management Accounting Students must achieve a grade of C‐ or better in all courses to graduate. Those who plan on pursuing the Bachelor of Business Administration are recommended to take MATH 1070, ECON 1900, ECON 1950, and ECON 2320. Laddering Graduates of the Accounting Technician Diploma may ladder into the Bachelor of Business Administration degree and receive full credit for courses taken in the diploma. The degree can be completed in as little as two years. Program Contact Academic Advising, Student Services www.tru.ca/business SoBEDAdvisor@tru.ca 250.852.7635 Associate of Commerce and Business Administration Diploma Program Overview Associate diplomas recognize the achievements of students who have completed two years of academic work. They are of particular value to students who want to save money by completing the lower level requirements of a business degree in their local community before transferring to another university such as Simon Fraser University or University of British Columbia for third and fourth year. Associate diplomas are also intended to recognize the accomplishments of student who for financial, family, work or academic reasons are not able to complete a full four‐year business degree. Learning Options Part‐time ‐ Yes On‐Campus ‐ Yes Distance – All courses are available through distance education Program Start Date – September, January, May Admission Requirements Students must meet each of the following to be admitted to the Associate of Commerce and Business Administration Diploma: 1. B.C. Grade 12 or mature student status 2. C+ in either Foundations Math 12 or Pre‐Calculus Math 12 or C+ in Principles Math 12 or TRU MATH 0610 or equivalent 3. English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 73% (within the last 5 years); or level 5 on the compositions section of the Language Proficiency Index (LPI), with all other categories of the LPI at a minimum of 70% (within the last 2 years); or satisfactory completion of the TRU English Assessment (ACCUPLACER) at the university entrance level; or completion of ENGL 0600 with a grade of C+ or better; or completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a grade of C+ or better. Students may commence their studies while they upgrade their English and Mathematics. Program Requirements The Associate of Commerce and Business Administration Diploma is awarded to students who have completed the lower level requirements of the Bachelor of Business Administration degree. Students may substitute General Education Electives for MATH 1170‐Calculus for Business and Economics and ECON 2330‐Economics and Business Statistics 2. Laddering Graduates of the Associate of Commerce and Business Administration Diploma may ladder into the Bachelor of Business Administration and receive full credit for courses taken in the associate diploma. The degree can be completed in as little as two years. Program Contact Academic Advising, Student Services www.tru.ca/business SoBEDAdvisor@tru.ca 250.852.7635 Executive Assistant Diploma Program Overview The Executive Assistant Diploma is a one‐year program which prepares graduates to serve in higher level positions as office managers and assistants to senior managers in both industry and government. After completing a certificate in office administration such as TRU’s Administrative Assistant Certificate in Year 1, students take additional courses in communications, accounting, computing, and management in Year 2. With the Executive Assistant Diploma, graduates will be well‐prepared to pursue the Certified Administrative Professional (CAP) designation or ladder into a business degree either on‐campus or online. 121 Learning Options Part‐time ‐ Yes On‐Campus ‐ Yes Distance ‐ All courses are available through distance education Program Start Date – September, January, May Admission Requirements Students must meet each of the following to be admitted to the Executive Assistant Diploma: 1. B.C. Grade 12 or mature student status 2. C+ in either Foundations Math 12 or Pre‐Calculus Math 12 or C+ in Principles Math 12 or TRU MATH 0610 or equivalent 3. English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 73% (within the last 5 years); or level 5 on the compositions section of the Language Proficiency Index (LPI), with all other categories of the LPI at a minimum of 70% (within the last 2 years); or satisfactory completion of the TRU English Assessment (ACCUPLACER) at the university entrance level; or completion of ENGL 0600 with a grade of C+ or better; or completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a grade of C+ or better 4. Completion of the Administrative Assistant Certificate or equivalent one‐year certificate program. ORGB 2180 ACCT 2210 MNGT 2610 Winter Semester CMNS 1290 ACCT 2250 MKTG 2430 HRMN 2820 BLAW 2910 Organizational Behaviour Financial Accounting Management Information Systems Introduction to Professional Writing Management Accounting Marketing Human Resource Management Commercial Law Students must achieve a grade of C‐ or better in all courses to graduate. Laddering Program Contact Diploma graduates can in turn ladder into the Bachelor of Business Administration degree and complete the degree in as little as three years. Academic Advising, Student Services www.tru.ca/business SoBEDAdvisor@tru.ca 250.852.7635 Program Requirements Fall Semester ENGL 1100 MNGT 1710 Introduction to University Writing Introduction to Business Administrative Assistant Certificate 1. Minimum keyboarding speed of 25 net words per minute Program Overview The Administrative Assistant Certificate is an eight‐month program designed to prepare students for employment in a wide range of office positions such as receptionist, bookkeeper, or personal assistant. 2. Satisfactory achievement on the AccuPlacer Test or completion of ENGL 0600 with a B or better or English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 67% (within the last 5 years) Laddering After completing the Administrative Assistant Certificate, graduates can pursue the Certified Administrative Professional (CAP) designation or ladder into the Executive Assistant Diploma and then possibly a business degree either on‐campus or online. Those who complete just the Fall Semester courses will be awarded a Business Fundamentals Certificate. This will qualify graduates for some entry‐level office positions, but further study is recommended. Graduates of the Administrative Assistance Certificate can ladder into the Executive Assistant Diploma and receive a block transfer of 15 credits for the courses taken in the certificate. Diploma graduates can in turn ladder into the Bachelor of Business Administration and complete the degree in as little as three years. Program Requirements Learning Options Part‐time ‐ Yes On‐Campus ‐ Yes Distance ‐ All courses are available by distance education through BC Campus. Program Start Date – September Admission Requirements Educational Requirements 1. BC Grade 11 (Grade 12 preferred) or mature student status General Requirements 122 Fall Semester (September to December) ABTS 1100 ABTS 1140 ABTS 1200 ABTS 1210 ABTS 1230 ABTS 1300 ABTS 1400 ABTS 1500 Winter Semester (January to April) ABTS 1110 ABTS 1120 ABTS 1140 ABTS 1220 ABTS 1240 ABTS 1250 Word Processing 1 Keyboarding 2 Introduction to Computers Spreadsheets 1 Databases Business Communications 1 Financial Accounting Human Relations Word Processing 2 Desktop Publishing Keyboarding 2 Spreadsheets 2 Presentation Software Integrated Project ABTS 1260 ABTS 1310 ABTS 1410 ABTS 1510 ABTS 1520 ABTS 1530 Web Site Maintenance and Design Business Communications 2 Computerized Accounting‐Simply Job Search Practicum Administrative Procedures Students must achieve a grade of C or better (vocational program grading scale) in all courses to graduate. Program Contact Community Engagement – Continuing Studies 250.828.5213 Legal Administrative Assistant Certificate (Online)  Program Overview The Legal Administrative Assistant Certificate is an online program designed to provide students with the legal training required for positions with local law firms. Learners who are interested in taking this program should have previous office experience. Learning Options Part‐time ‐ Yes On‐Campus ‐ No Distance ‐ All courses are available by distance education through BC Campus. Program Start Date – September (online), January (online), May (online) Admission Requirements Educational Requirements  BC Grade 11 (Grade 12 preferred) or mature student status  Completion of the following pre‐requisite courses  ABTS 1100 Word Processing 1  ABTS 1110 Word Processing 2  ABTS 1140 Keyboards (or speed of 45 net words per minute)  ABTS 1200 Introduction to Computers  ABTS 1300 Business Communications 1  ABTS 1550 Online Learner Success Recommended  ABTS 1310 Business Communications 2  ABTS 1450 Business Math and Calculators  ABTS 1500 Human Relations  ABTS 1530 Administrative Procedures  ABTS 1540 Records Management General Requirements  Minimum keyboarding speed of 45 net words per minute 123 Satisfactory achievement on the AccuPlacer Test or completion of ENGL 0600 with a B or better or English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 67% (within the last 5 years) Laddering Graduates of the Legal Administrative Assistant Certificate (Online) can ladder into the Executive Assistant Diploma and receive a block transfer of 15 credits for the courses taken in the certificate. Diploma graduates can in turn ladder into the Bachelor of Business Administration and complete the degree in as little as three years. Program Requirements LEGA 1010 LEGA 1020 LEGA 1030 LEGA 1040 LEGA 1050 LEGA 1060 LEGA 1070 LEGA 1080 LEGA 1090 LEGA 1100 Introduction to the Canadian Legal System Legal Office Procedures Litigation Procedures 1 Litigation Procedures 2 Family Litigation Procedures Corporate Legal Procedures 1 Corporate Legal Procedures 2 Conveyancing Procedures 1 Conveyancing Procedures 2 Wills and Estates Students must achieve a grade of C or better (vocational program grading scale) in all courses to graduate. Program Contact Community Engagement – Continuing Studies 250.828.5213 Business Foundations Certificate Program Requirements Program Overview The Business Foundations Certificate is a one‐year program that focuses on students who can only attend classes for a short period of time or who want to earn a business credential quickly to help find an entry‐level position or advance at work. It is expected that most graduates will continue their studies at a later date and complete a business diploma or degree either on‐campus or online. Learning Options Part‐time – Yes On‐Campus ‐ Yes Distance – All courses are available through distance education Program Start Date – September, January, May Admission Requirements Students must meet each of the following to be admitted to the Business Foundation Certificate: 1. 2. B.C. Grade 12 or mature student status C+ in either Foundations Math 12 or Pre‐Calculus Math 12 or C+ in Principles Math 12 (or TRU MATH 0610 or equivalent 3. English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 73% (with the government exam within the last 5 years); or level 5 on the compositions section of the Language Proficiency Index (LPI), with all other categories of the LPI at a minimum of 70% (within the last 2 years); or satisfactory completion of the TRU English Assessment (ACCUPLACER) at the university entrance level; or completion of ENGL 0600 with a grade of C+ or better; or completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a grade of C+ or better; Students may commence their studies while they upgrade their English and Mathematics. Fall Semester MATH 1070 MATH 1100 ENGL 1100 MNGT 1710 ECON 1220 ECON 1900 ACCT 2210 Winter Semester ECON 1900 ECON 1950 CMNS 1290 ACCT 2280 MIST 2610 ORGB 2810 Mathematics for Business and Economics or Finite Mathematics with Applications Introduction to University Writing Introduction to Business Introduction to Basic Economics or Principles of Microeconomics Financial Accounting Principles of Microeconomics or Principles of Macroeconomics Introduction to Professional Writing Accounting Software Systems Management Information Systems Organizational Behaviour Students must achieve a grade of C‐ or better in all courses to graduate. Those who plan on pursuing the Bachelor of Business Administration are recommended to take MATH 1070, ECON 1900, and ECON 1950. Laddering Graduates of the Business Foundations Certificate can ladder into the Accounting Technician or Management Diplomas or directly into the Bachelor of Business Administration degree. They will receive full credit for the courses taken in the certificate and can complete a diploma in as little as one year and the degree in as little as three years. Program Contact Academic Advising, Student Services www.tru.ca/business SoBEDAdvisor@tru.ca 250.852.7635 First Nation Taxation Administration Certificate Program Overview Learning Options The First Nation Tax Administration Certificate provides the knowledge and skills needed to design and operate a taxation system similar to other governments using the powers outlined in the First Nation Fiscal Management Act. It examines how First Nation government tax policies can be used to promote economic development and finance and build infrastructure. The program pays particular attention to communicating tax policies and laws to Chief and Council and taxpayers. The First Nations Tax Administration Certificate is a joint initiative of the Tulo Centre of Indigenous Economics, the First Nations Tax Commission and Thompson Rivers University (TRU). 124 The certificate is a blended program with six of eight courses taken at TRU’s campus in Kamloops, B.C. These courses are offered as one‐week intensive seminars and are led by an experienced Tulo facilitator. Class sizes are small and students benefit greatly from extensive interaction with their instructor and other students who share the common goal of achieving greater financial independence for First Nations. The remaining two courses do not require the same high level of interaction and are completed through distance education in an independent study, continuous intake format. Students can enroll in these courses when they wish and complete them over any time frame if they have the necessary prerequisites. Program Requirements APEC 1610‐2 Introduction to First Nation Taxation APEC 1620‐2 Establishing First Nation Tax Rates and Expenditures APEC 1631‐2 Assessment and Assessment Appeal Procedures APEC 1640‐3 Tax Administration, Billing and Enforcement APEC 1650‐2 Communications, Tax Payer Relations, and Dispute Resolution APEC 1660‐2 Service Contracts and Joint Agreements APEC 1671‐2 Development Cost Charges APEC 1680‐3 Capital Infrastructure and Debenture Financing Note: APEC 1631 and APEC 1671 are taken through distance education while the remaining courses are completed on campus. Admission Requirements    C+ or better in Principles of Mathematics 11 or MATH 0510 or MATH 0523 or equivalent English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 73% (within the last 5 years); or level 5 on the compositions section of the Language Proficiency Index (LPI), with all other categories of the LPI at a minimum of 70% (within the last 2 years); or satisfactory completion of the TRU English Assessment (ACCUPLACER) at the university entrance level; or completion of ENGL 0600 or ENGL 0061 with a grade of C+ or better; or completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a grade of C+ or better Basic computer literacy with exposure to word processing and spreadsheet software Students who do not meet the requirements can be admitted on a conditional basis. Program Contact Tulo Centre of Indigenous Economics 321 – 345 Chief Alex Thomas Way Kamloops, BC V2H 1H1 Sarah Jules, Administrator sarah@tulo.ca www.tulo.ca 250.828.9881 First Nations Applied Economics Certificate Program Description The First Nation Applied Economics Certificate provides foundational knowledge and skills to assist in the development of First Nation economic infrastructure, in particular the development of residential and commercial enterprises.  LPI at a minimum of 70% (within the last 2 years); or satisfactory completion of the TRU English Assessment (ACCUPLACER) at the university entrance level; or completion of ENGL 0600 or ENGL 0061 with a grade of C+ or better; or completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a grade of C+ or better Basic computer literacy with exposure to word processing and spreadsheet application software Learning Options Students who do not meet the requirements can be admitted on a conditional basis. The First Nation Applied Economic Certificate is a joint initiative of the Tulo Centre of Indigenous Economics, the First Nations Tax Commission and Thompson Rivers University (TRU). Program Requirements The certificate is a blended program with three of six courses taken at TRU’s campus in Kamloops, B.C. These courses are offered as one‐ week intensive seminars and are led by an experienced Tulo facilitator. Class sizes are small and students benefit greatly from extensive interaction with their instructor and other students who share the common goal of promoting economic development on First Nation lands. The remaining two courses do not require the same high level of interaction and are completed through distance education in an independent study, continuous intake format. Students can enroll in these courses when they wish and complete them over any time frame if they have the necessary prerequisites. Admission Requirements   C+ or better in Principles of Mathematics 11 or MATH 0510 or MATH 0523 or equivalent English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 73% (within the last 5 years); or level 5 on the compositions section of the Language Proficiency Index (LPI), with all other categories of the 125 ECON 1221‐3 Introduction to Basic Economics ECON 2631‐3 Issues in Aboriginal Economics ENGL 1101‐3 Introduction to University Writing or CMNS 1811‐3 Business, Professional and Academic Composition or ENGL 1021‐3 Composition and Indigenous Literature in Canada APEC 2640‐3 Residential and Commercial Development on First Nations Lands APEC 2650‐3 Investment Facilitation on First Nations Lands APEC 2700‐3 Economic Feasibility and Impact Analysis on First Nations Lands Note: ECON 1221, ECON 2631, and the English requirement are taken through distance education while the remaining courses are completed on campus. Program Contact Tulo Centre of Indigenous Economics 321 – 345 Chief Alex Thomas Way Kamloops, BC V2H 1H1 Sarah Jules, Administrator sarah@tulo.ca www.tulo.ca 250.828.9881 Faculty of Human, Social and Educational Development Master of Education Degree The TRU Master of Education program offers streams in educational leadership, curriculum, and counseling. Exit options for educational leadership and curriculum include a research thesis, a project, or a capstone course. The capstone exit option is required for the counselling stream. Designed for the working professional involved in education, training or employee development, the MEd is a cohort‐based program with an anticipated completion time of 15 months for full‐time students (only available in the educational leadership stream) and 30 months for part‐time students. Most courses are offered during evening classes; others are delivered in intensive weekends and short summer sessions. Graduates receive a master of Education (MEd) degree. Program Overview Registration and Payment of Fees Experiential learning is at the heart of the TRU MEd. Students participate in classroom discussions and readings, guided inquiry, and independent study. Analyzing information, utilizing data in professional settings, and exploring various methods of research presentation are all key components of the program. Students are notified by the Office of Research and Graduate Studies of acceptance into the MEd program. Once admitted, a $500 commitment fee is required to reserve a place in the program. Students who do not pay their commitment fee will forfeit their reserved place in the program; those on the waiting list will be extended offers of admission. Students who have a Bachelor of Education degree (category 5) and complete the Master of Education qualify for Teacher Qualification Service (TQS) category 6. The program’s professors are active researchers and are drawn from a range of professional fields. Program graduates, who work in a variety of roles in education, health care, private industry and government, are educational leaders and capable researchers. Program Contact Education Advisor edadvising@tru.ca 250.377.6048 Program Requirements Admission Requirements Applicants must be a graduate of a four‐year baccalaureate degree or equivalent, with a minimum GPA of 3.00. Application Process Contact Grad Admissions at gradadmissions@tru.ca or 250.828.5402 for an Admission Requirements Package. Applications must include: 1. Resume 2. Letter of intent. Letter of intent should address:  Applicant’s motivation for undertaking the MEd program;  Applicant’s expectations of the program in terms of impact on career and personal educational goals. 3. Official transcripts from all previous post‐secondary education. 4. Two letters of reference. Letters of reference should address:  The suitability of the candidate for a rigorous program of academic studies that includes theory and practice related to educational leadership, curriculum or counselling, as well as research in an educational setting;  The candidate’s ability to work effectively with colleagues;  Other comments that may assist the selection committee in making informed decisions. Applicants to the Counselling stream will be interviewed. 126 The MEd is a 30‐credit degree. Students must choose one of three streams:    Educational Leadership Curriculum Counselling The first stream, Educational Leadership, offers a choice of three exit options: thesis, project, or capstone course. In response to new legislation, students in the Counselling program who have a practicum placement involving work with children and/or vulnerable adults must undergo a Criminal Record Check (CRC) through the Criminal Record Review Program prior to commencing their practicum. Students will be informed of the CRC process during program information/orientation sessions. Any CRC done outside of TRU will not be accepted and will result in an additional cost to the student. All MEd students take two core courses: EDUC 5010 Research Methods EDUC 5040 Diversity: Constructing Social Realities Educational Leadership: EDUC 5020 Philosophy and History of Education EDUC 5400 Principles and Processes of Educational Leadership EDUC 5420 Legal Issues in Education EDUC 5440 Understanding and Managing Conflict EDUC 5460 Educational Management Curriculum: EDUC 5020 Philosophy and History of Education EDUC 5030 Curriculum, Teaching, and Learning There are three options for students taking the educational leadership or curriculum concentrations: Counseling: EDUC 5500 Introduction to Counseling Skills Thesis‐based: EDUC 5510 Theories in Counseling EDUC 5070 Research Project Design EDUC 5520 Assessment and Evaluation in Counselling EDUC 5080 Thesis EDUC 5550 Introduction to Secondary School Counseling EDUC 5090 Thesis Presentation EDUC 5560 Career Counselling and Development EDUC 5580 Field Experience in Counselling (2 semesters) EDUC 5280 Capstone Seminar Project‐based: One Electives 3 Credits EDUC 5180 Research Project Implementation Capstone‐course based: Two Electives 6 Credits EDUC 5280 Capstone Seminar Bachelor of Social Work Degree A four‐year degree program, which includes two years of undergraduate study prior to admission to the BSW program. Students are admitted to the third year of the program with a minimum of 54 credits of academic coursework prior to admission. Graduates receive a Bachelor of Social Work (BSW) degree. Learning Options Full‐time or Part‐time Study Full‐time and part‐time study is available in the BSW degree. On‐Campus The BSW program is offered on the main campus of TRU in Kamloops. Program Schedule Students enter the program in the Fall semester. Most courses are offered in the Fall and Winter semesters, with some summer course offerings. Program Overview The TRU Bachelor of Social Work (BSW) program offers a nationally accredited degree that prepares students for a career as a professional social worker. The BSW degree is designed to build on the educational achievements and experiences of a wide range of students. Both diploma graduates and undergraduate students who have completed the necessary prerequisites may enter the program. Courses are offered on the Kamloops campus, and students can complete the program on a full‐time or part‐time basis. The BSW program prepares competent generalist practitioners to provide service and leadership within regional, national, and global contexts to achieve social justice, respect for diversity, and social change. The program facilitates the development of knowledge, skills, and values necessary to work in collaborative and anti‐oppressive ways. Students learn how to identify and eradicate barriers that prevent people from reaching their full potential. The program integrates and incorporates Aboriginal perspectives. The BSW program is fully accredited by the Canadian Association for Social Work Education. Field Experience Two social work practica are required to complete the BSW degree and the program. Practicum placements are available in many different service areas including child and youth care, mental health, gerontology, clinical care, probation services, non‐profit and profit 127 agencies, contracted services, special projects, multicultural agencies, local First Nations organizations and government ministries. Students in their third year complete practica in a wide range of social and health service agencies in Kamloops and outlying areas. Agencies are selected based on their potential to provide appropriate and relevant supervision, the best match with student interests and needs, and the ability to provide practical social work experience. Fourth year students may complete practica at a distance from TRU. Our students have benefited from field experience across Canada and in other countries such as Mexico and India. Due to new legislation every registered student who has a practicum/clinical placement involving work with children and/or vulnerable adults must undergo a Criminal Record Check (CRC) through the Criminal Record Review Program. Students will be informed of the CRC process during program information/ orientation sessions. Any CRC done outside of TRU will not be accepted and will result in additional cost to the student. Program Options Nicola Valley Institute of Technology Program A joint TRU/NVIT BSW degree program is offered at NVIT in Merritt and Burnaby. This program provides students with an Aboriginal focus throughout their studies. This degree is administered under an affiliation agreement between TRU and NVIT. Graduates receive a joint TRU/NVIT BSW degree. Child Welfare Specialization A specialization in child welfare is offered in the TRU BSW Program only. Students who take required courses in child welfare and complete a field placement with MCFD or in another setting with children, youth and children during their BSW program will graduate with a transcript notation indicating successful completion of the specialization. Admission Requirements Transfer to TRU The Bachelor of Social Work program admits approximately 60 full and part‐time students to TRU and 15‐30 students to each NVIT campus each fall. Students may transfer up to 60 credits of acceptable study from any recognized college or university. Evaluation of transfer credit is done on an individual basis, except where formal transfer agreements are in place. To be eligible for admission to the Bachelor of Social Work program, applicants must have a minimum of 54 credits of transferable coursework. The credit requirements for admission can be met by: 1. General university studies: At least 54 credits. This must include 3 credits of academic English composition (ENGL 1110 at TRU) or 6 credits of English literature, and SOCW2060 (formerly SOCW200A) and SOCW2120 (formerly SOCW200B) or equivalents. 2. Combined Human Service Program and general university courses: At least 54 credits. This must include 3 credits of English Composition (ENGL 1110 at TRU) or 6 credits of English literature, and SOCW2060 and 2120 or equivalents, and a completed Human Service Worker Certificate or Diploma with a GPA of at least 2.67 (B‐). Students with a certificate or diploma may receive up to 12 discretionary credits. To obtain credit for entry to the BSW Program a minimum GPA of 2.33 (C+) on general university coursework is required. Applicants are advised that many social and health agencies used for field education practica require a criminal record search as a condition of placement. The Bachelor of Social Work Degree Program recognizes that there are institutional processes and cultural differences that present barriers to some applicants in gaining equal access to programs. Given the program's commitment to diversity, equality, and social justice, twelve seats in the TRU BSW program are reserved each year for students from groups including, but not limited to, Indigenous people, persons from minority groups, sexually and gender varied persons, and persons with disabilities. Students admitted to these reserved seats must meet all requirements for admission to the TRU BSW program. Credit for up to 25% (15 credits) of the BSW degree may be granted through Prior Learning Assessment and Recognition (PLAR). To be eligible for PLAR assessment, students must be admitted to the BSW program. To be awarded PLAR credit, applicants must demonstrate how their skills, knowledge and competencies match the learning offered in course(s) for which they seek credit. Students must register and pay for any PLAR credits. For TRU students please contact the BSW coordinator to register. Program Requirements Completion of the TRU and NVIT BSW degree requires 120 credits of study, including:        a minimum of 48 credits in the liberal arts, social sciences and humanities a minimum of 60 credits in social work Students with a completed human service/social service certificate or diploma may be granted 12 block credits. Students in the TRU BSW program must maintain a sessional grade point average of 2.33 (TRU), or they may be required to withdraw from the program. Students are required to adhere to the BCASW Code of Ethics during their participation in this program. A criminal record check is now a requirement for all students registered in practicum placements. Internet access will be required of students in some social work courses, and for correspondence within the BSW Program. Third Year Students in the third year of study typically take required social work courses and a few Social Work or Arts electives chosen in consultation with the Program Coordinator. If TRU BSW students have not completed the human development requirement prior to admission, they may choose to complete SOCW 3550 in year three of the TRU BSW Program or PSYC 2130/2230 in the NVIT BSW Program. Summer Semester Students may decide to take courses and/or complete their third or fourth year practicum during the summer. Fourth Year TRU students in the fourth year will take the remaining required and elective Social Work courses chosen in consultation with the Program Coordinator. Social Work Core Courses Admission Process Admission to the TRU BSW Program is limited. Applicants with the highest ratings on grade point average, related experience, and the admission statement are offered admission first. Admission to the BSW Program at NVIT is limited. Aboriginal applicants are given first consideration for admission. Applicants with the highest rating on grade point average and related experience are offered admission first. An individual or group interview may be required. SOCW 2060 Introduction to Social Work Practice SOCW 2120 An Introduction to Social Welfare in Canada SOCW 3000 Canadian Social Policy SOCW 3010 Introduction to Social Work Research SOCW 3040* Social Work Field Practice I SOCW 3060 Theory and Ideology of Social Work SOCW 3530 Social Work Practice with Individuals SOCW 3540 An Introduction to First Nations Issues and Human Services SOCW 3550 Human Development SOCW 4020* Social Work Field Practice II SOCW 4540* Aboriginal Decolonizing Social Work Practice * Pre‐requisites are required to take these courses. 128 Social Work Core Courses ‐ NVIT SOCW 4400 Social Work and Mental Health SOCW 4500 Leadership Practice in Social Service Organizations SOCW 2060 Introduction to Social Work Practice SOCW 4520 Educating for Social Change SOCW 2120 An Introduction to Social Welfare in Canada SOCW 4550 Social Work Practice with Communities SOCW 3010 Introduction to Social Work Research SOCW 4600 Special Topics in Social Work SOCW 3040 Social Work Field Practice I SOCW 4610 Social Work Practice With Groups SOCW 3060 Theory and Ideology of Social Work SOCW 4650 Older People, Aging and Society SOCW 3100 Aboriginal Life Cycles SOCW 4660 Addictions and Social Work Practice SOCW 3110 Aboriginal Perspectives on Social Policy SOCW 4760 Family and Child Welfare Policy SOCW 3530 Social Work Practice with Individuals SOCW 4770 Family Practice SOCW 3750 Cultural Immersion SOCW 4780 Introduction to Disability Studies SOCW 4020 Social Work Field Practice II SOCW 4800 International Social Work SOCW 4040 Ethical Practice in Aboriginal Communities SOCW 4900 Directed Studies SOCW 4540 Aboriginal Decolonizing Social Work Practice SOCW 4560 Decolonizing Practice II Program Contact Social Work Elective Courses ‐ TRU SOCW 3300 International Field Studies SOCW 3570 Social Work, Law and Social Policy SOCW 3590 Advanced Social Work Practice with Individuals SOCW 3760 Child Welfare Practice SOCW 4000 Policy in the Human Services SOCW 4200 Family Violence and Social Work Practice SOCW 4300 Sexual Orientation and Gender Expression Chair, Social Work and Human Service 250.377.6248 BSW Program Coordinator 250.371.5598 Bachelor of Education (Elementary) Degree The Bachelor of Education (Elementary) is a two‐year program. Students are normally admitted after completing a bachelor's degree, although students are eligible for admission with a minimum of 90 credits acceptable to the School of Education. Graduates receive a Bachelor of Education (BEd) degree. Learning Options Full‐time or part‐time study Students are expected to complete the program on a full‐time basis. However, a limited number of students may be admitted to complete the course work components of the program on a part‐time basis. Applicants wishing to complete the program on a part‐time basis will be considered under the same admission criteria as those applying for the program as full‐time students. All practica, except Year 1 ‐ Semester 1, must be completed on a full‐time basis. On‐Campus The program is offered on the Kamloops campus. Program Start Date Students enter the program in the Fall semester. Program Overview The Bachelor of Education (Elementary) program offers a combination of on‐campus study and extensive school practicum experiences. While it is recommended that applicants have a bachelor’s degree from another Faculty (typically Arts or Science), applicants will be eligible for admission with a minimum of 90 credits acceptable to the TRU School of Education, normally in Arts, Fine Arts, Mathematics, Science, Music, or Physical Education. Priority is not given to students who have completed a degree. 129 The BEd (Elementary) degree gives graduates the skills they need to pursue a career in elementary education. Graduates of the program meet the educational requirement for a Professional Teaching Certificate issued by the British Columbia Teacher Regulation Branch (TRB) certification is required to teach grades K‐12 in B.C. public and independent schools. Admission Requirements Educational Requirements 1. 6 credits of English, including both literature and composition 2. 3 credits of Mathematics (not statistics) 3. 3 credits of Science in one of the following areas – Biology, Chemistry, Physics, Physical Geography, Geology/Earth Science, Environmental Studies, and Astronomy. 4. 3 credits of History or Geography 5. 18 credits of third‐ and fourth‐year level courses in one or more teachable area – Art, Dance, Drama, Music, Language Arts, Mathematics, Computer Science, Physical Education, Science, and Social Studies (any combination of Anthropology, Canadian Studies, Economics, First Nations Studies, Geography, History, Political Science or Sociology) 6. 6 credits of Canadian Studies taken in Humanities or Social Sciences (may be included in 4 and 5 above) 7. 24 credits of course work in a subject area taught in British Columbia schools ‐ Art, Biology, Business Education, Chef Instructor, Chemistry, Computer Science, Dance, Drama, Earth 8. Science, English, First Nations Studies, French, General Science, Geography, German, History, Home Economics, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Mandarin, Mathematics, Music, Physical Education, Physics, Punjabi, Russian, Social Studies, Spanish, Technology Industrial Ed. These 24 credits may include credits in Requirements 1 to 6, above. A minimum GPA of 2.67 is required for consideration, but does not guarantee admission. Admission averages are calculated on a total of 33 credits, including 1 to 5 above. Other Requirements One hundred (100) hours minimum of relevant volunteer or paid experience working with groups of elementary school‐aged children must be completed prior to admission into the program. A minimum of 25 of these hours are required to be in an elementary school setting. A supplementary form included in the application package asks you to describe your volunteer experiences and to discuss how they have influenced your decision to become a teacher. We are interested in how you have made connections between your volunteer experiences and what you have learned about yourself as a potential teacher. All required coursework must be completed by the end of winter semester of the year in which application to the program is made. There will be NO EXCEPTIONS to this requirement. Selection Process When selecting students for the BEd program, the Admissions Committee considers: academic background and performance, experience with groups of elementary school‐aged children, confidential statements from two referees, a letter of intent from the applicant, a spontaneous written composition, and personal interview. When assessing the candidate the factors are weighted as follows: 40% ‐ GPA 60% ‐ Other factors combined Interview and Spontaneous Composition Writing Selection Process: All candidates who meet the basic requirements for the program will be interviewed by members of the faculty and practicing classroom teachers. The interview will last approximately 15 minutes and all candidates will be asked the same questions. Immediately prior to the interview, each candidate will be asked to write a spontaneous composition of approximately 500 words on a question pertinent to education. Criminal Record: Students entering first year are required to complete a form verifying that they do not have a criminal record. The form will be mailed to students following acceptance to the program. Designated Seats Given our commitment to diversity, five seats are designated each year for students from groups including Aboriginals, persons of colour, gay and lesbian persons, and persons with disabilities. Students admitted to these designated seats must meet all the requirements for admission to the program. Oral and Written English Requirement A candidate may be asked to take the Test of Competence in Oral English as an admission requirement or at any time during the program. A student unable to pass the test will be asked to undertake remedial work in spoken English or will be required to withdraw from the program. If it becomes evident that the standard of written English is unsatisfactory, a student must be prepared to take a written test determined by the program faculty. Application for Admission Contact Admissions at 250.828.5093 or admissions@tru.ca for an Admissions Requirements Package, which contains required forms. Applications must include: 1. TRU Application Form, Letter of Intent, and Summary of Experience with Children. 2. Application Fee 3. Official transcripts from all post‐secondary institutions other than TRU at which the applicant has studied. 4. Two referees who are qualified to attest to the applicant’s suitability for teaching must send confidential statements directly to Admissions. Confidential statement forms are included in the Admissions Requirements Package. Applications will not be considered until all required documents have been received. TRU transcripts do not need to be submitted. Consideration will be given to all applicants who meet the minimum admission requirements. Transfer to TRU Applicants who have completed educational requirements at other colleges or universities are considered on the same basis as students who have attended TRU. Students intending to transfer to TRU from other BC institutions should check the BC Transfer Guide www.bccat.bc.ca to ensure that courses taken will transfer. Students from other provinces will be assessed individually. Offer of Acceptance Students will be notified in writing of acceptance into the program. Once admitted, students are asked to pay a $500 commitment fee in order to reserve a place in the program. Students who do not pay the commitment fee will forfeit their place in the program. The Registrar’s Office will notify students in writing if they are placed on a waitlist. Those on the waitlist will be extended offers of admission when places become available. Program Requirements The BEd Elementary program extends over two academic years of two terms each. Courses and associated school experiences are completed in a specified sequence. After completing all program requirements, candidates are awarded the Bachelor of Education (Elementary) degree and are eligible to apply 130 for a Professional Teaching Certificate issued by the British Columbia Teacher Regulation Branch. EDPE 4150 3 Elementary Physical Education: Instruction EDSC 4150 3 Environmental Education EDSO 4150 3 Global Education EDIT 4150 3 Information Technology Across the Curriculum Description EDVP 4150 3 Music Curriculum and Instruction: Elementary Practicum 1 EDSC 4160 3 Problem Solving in Science and Mathematics (6 Wednesdays in October and November) EDEF 4150 3 Social Foundations of Education: Gender and Education Year 1, Term 1 Course EDPR 3100 Credits 1 (44 hrs) EDCO 3100 2 Communications 1 EDEF 4160 3 Rural or Small Schools in British Columbia EDIE 3100 3 Child Development and Teaching EDIE 4150 3 Inclusive Education: Specific Learning Disabilities EDEF 3100 3 History of Education EDVP 4160 3 Arts and Media Literacy EDLL 3100 3 Language and Literacy 1 Total program requirements: 73 credits. EDMA 3100 3 Mathematics 1 EDPE 3100 3 Physical Education Methods Note: the Electives may vary from year to year One Academic, Curriculum & Professional Elective to be taken in Year 2. EDTL 3100 3 Teaching and Learning 1 Total 21 Practica Year 1, Term 2 Course Credits Description EDPR 3200 2 (60 hrs) Practicum 2 (final 2 weeks in Winter term) EDLL 3200 3 Language and Literacy 2 EDMA 3200 3 Mathematics 2 EDSC 3200 3 Science Methods EDSO 3200 3 Social Studies Methods EDTL 3200 3 Teaching and Learning 2 EDEF 3200 3 Theoretical Frameworks of Education Total 20 Continuation Requirements Year 2, Term 1 (course‐work begins after EDPR 4100) Course Credits Description EDPR 4100 3 (90 hrs) Practicum 3 (3 weeks at September start) EDHC 4100 2 Health and Career Education EDIE 4100 3 Special Education EDTL 4100 3 Teaching and Learning 3 EDVP 4100 2 Drama EDVP 4110 2 Music EDVP 4120 2 Visual Arts EDSL 4200 2 ESL/Second Languages Elective 3 See Below Total 22 Year 2, Term 2 Courses: (intensive 4 week session after EDPR 4200) Course Credits Description EDPR 4200 5 (300 hrs) Practicum 4(10 weeks, beginning in January at school district opening dates) EDEF 4200 1 School Organization EDFN 4200 3 Aboriginal Teaching and Learning EDCO 4200 1 Communications 2 Elective 3 See Below Total 13 Electives Course Credits Description EDLL 4150 3 Children’s Literature 131 Students admitted to the BEd program are asked to identify preferred locations for the required three‐week and ten‐week school practica. Preferred locations must be within the TRU region. While efforts are made to place students at schools in their preferred locations, only a limited number of placements may be made in any one district. Students must be prepared to accept any placement in one of the seven partner school districts and to assume transportation and living costs. A candidate must normally have passed all courses prescribed for each term before advancing to courses, including practica, prescribed for the next term. Withdrawal and Re‐admission Candidates who begin the Extended Practica (EDPR 4100 and EDPR 4200) are not permitted to drop these courses from their records. Those who do not complete the practica satisfactorily, and who qualify for neither a supplemental nor a deferred practicum, will be assigned a failing grade and will normally be required to discontinue or to withdraw from the program. After one year, candidates required to discontinue may appeal to the School of Education for permission to re‐enrol. Their appeal must include evidence of their having satisfied any conditions set at the time they were required to discontinue. Candidates who withdraw from the program voluntarily will not be entitled automatically to return; each request for reinstatement will be considered by an Admissions Committee along with other applications. Candidates who for any reason fail to complete all requirements of the program within a four year period will not be readmitted; they may, however, submit new applications for admission. If they are re‐ admitted, they may not receive advance credit for courses completed previously. Program Contact edadvising@tru.ca Education Advisor 250.377.6048 Bachelor of Education Degree (Elementary Specialization in Physical Education) The Bachelor of Education (Elementary Specialization in Physical Education) is a three‐year program. Students are normally admitted after their first two years of undergraduate studies. Graduates receive a Bachelor of Education (BEd) degree. 6. Learning Options Full‐time or part‐time study The BEd (Physical Education) is a full‐time program. A limited number of students may be admitted to coursework on a part‐time basis. However, all practica, except Term 1 in Year 2, must be completed on a full‐time basis. On‐Campus The program is offered on the Kamloops campus. Program Start Date Students enter the program in the Fall semester. Program Overview The TRU Bachelor of Education (Elementary Specialization in Physical Education) program offers a combination of on‐campus study and extensive school practicum experiences. Students are normally admitted to this three‐year program after their first two years of undergraduate studies. The first year includes eight physical education courses and two education courses on methods and instruction. In the second and third years of the program, students follow the same academic and practicum schedule as students in the Bachelor of Education (Elementary) program. Admission to the Bachelor of Education (Elementary Specialization in Physical Education) 3 credits of Canadian Studies taken in Humanities or Social Sciences (may be included in 4 above) A minimum GPA of 2.67 is required for consideration, but does not guarantee admission. Admission averages are calculated on a total of 30 credits, including 1 to 5 above. Other Requirements One hundred (100) hours minimum of relevant volunteer or paid experience working with groups of elementary school‐aged children must be completed prior to admission into the program. A minimum of 25 of these hours are required to be in an elementary school setting. A supplementary form included in the application package asks you to describe your volunteer experiences and to discuss how they have influenced your decision to become a teacher. We are interested in how you have made connections between your volunteer experiences and what you have learned about yourself as a potential teacher. All required coursework must be completed by the end of winter semester of the year in which application to the program is made. There will be NO exceptions to this requirement. Selection Process Five students are admitted to the program each year. When selecting students for the program, the Admissions Committee considers academic background and performance, experience with groups of elementary school‐aged children, letters from two referees, a letter of intent from the applicant, and a spontaneous writing assignment and personal interview. When assessing the candidate the factors are weighted as follows: Educational Requirements Applicants will be eligible for admission with a minimum of 60 credits acceptable to the School of Education, with a focus in the area of Physical Education. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 132 6 credits of English, including both literature and composition 3 credits of Mathematics (not statistics) 6 credits of Biology 159‐169 3 credits of History or Geography 12 credits of Physical Education including:  PHED 1000 Biomechanics Analysis of Performance in Individual sports  PHED 2130 Sport in Canadian Society  PHED 1230 Active Health and Wellness  PHED 2150 Exercise Physiology 40% ‐ GPA 60% ‐ Other factors combined Interview and Spontaneous Composition Writing Selection Process: All candidates who meet the basic requirements for the program will be interviewed by members of the faculty and practicing classroom teachers. The interview will last approximately 15 minutes and all candidates will be asked the same questions. Immediately prior to the interview, each candidate will be asked to write a spontaneous composition of approximately 500 words on a question pertinent to education. Criminal Record Students entering first year are required to complete a form verifying that they do not have a criminal record. The form will be mailed to students following acceptance to the program. PHED 2210 3 The Dynamics of Motor Skill Acquisition PHED 4350 3 Fitness Assessment and Exercise Prescription EDPE 3100 3 Methods in Physical Education 3 PHED Activity Elective Year 1 Winter Semester (15 credits) Course Credits Description Designated Seats PHED 3000 3 Service and Learning Project Given our commitment to diversity, a number of seats may be designated each year for students from groups including Aboriginals, persons of colour, gay and lesbian persons, and persons with disabilities. Students admitted to these designated seats must meet all the requirements for admission to the program. PHED 3450 3 Contemporary Issues in Health and Physical Activity PHED 2480 3 Physical Growth and Motor Development EDPE 4150 3 Senior Instruction in Elementary Physical Education 3 PHED Elective Year 2 Fall Semester (18 credits) Course Credits Description EDCO 3100 2 Communications 1 Application for Admission EDIE 3100 3 Child Development and Teaching Applications must include: EDEF 3100 3 History of Education EDLL 3100 3 Language and Literacy EDMA 3100 3 Mathematics I EDTL 3100 3 Teaching and Learning EDPR 3100 1 Practicum I 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. TRU Application Form Letter of Intent Summary of Experience with Children Application Fee Official transcripts from all post‐secondary institutions other than TRU at which the applicant has studied. Photocopies of transcripts are not acceptable. 6. References: Two referees who are qualified to attest to the applicant’s suitability for teaching must send confidential statements directly to Admissions. Confidential statement forms are included in the Admissions Requirements Package. Applications will not be considered until all required documents have been received. TRU transcripts do not need to be submitted. Year 2 Winter Semester (22 credits) Course Credits Description EDSO 3200 3 Social Studies Methods EDSC 3200 3 Science Methods EDEF 3200 3 Theoretical Frameworks of Education EDLL 3200 3 Language and Literacy II EDMA 3200 3 Mathematics II EDTL 3200 3 Teaching and Learning II EDPR 3200 2 Practicum II Year 3 Fall Semester (20 credits) Oral and Written English Requirement A candidate may be asked to take the Test of Competence in Oral English as an admission requirement or at any time during the program. A student unable to pass the test will be asked to undertake remedial work in spoken English or will be required to withdraw from the program. If it becomes evident that the standard of written English is unsatisfactory, a student must be prepared to take a written test determined by the program faculty. Course Credits Description EDHC 4100 2 Health and Career EDIE 4100 3 Special Education EDVP 4100 2 Drama EDVP 4110 2 Music EDVP 4120 2 Visual Arts EDSL 4200 2 Second Language Learning PHED 3 Senior Phys Ed or Education Elective EDTL 4100 3 Teaching and Learning III EDPR 4100 3 Practicum III Transfer to TRU Year 3 Winter Semester (12 credits) Applicants who have completed educational requirements at other colleges or universities are considered on the same basis as students who have attended TRU. Students intending to transfer to TRU from other BC institutions should check the BC Transfer Guide at www.bccat.bc.ca to ensure the courses taken will transfer. Students from other provinces will be assessed individually. Course Credits Description EDEF 4200 1 School Organization EDFN 4200 2 Teaching First Nations EDCO 4200 1 Communications II 3 Education Elective 5 Practicum IV Program Requirements Year 1 Fall Semester (15 Credits) Course Credits Description PHED 2000 3 The Analysis of Performance of Team Activities and Sports from Pedagogical and Coaching Perspectives 133 EDPR 4200 Practica Students admitted to the BEd program are asked to identify preferred locations for the required three‐week and ten‐week school practica. Preferred locations must be within the TRU region. While efforts are made to place students at schools in their preferred locations, only a limited number of placements may be made in any one district. Students must be prepared to accept any placement in one of the seven partner school districts and to assume transportation and living costs. Continuation Requirements A candidate must normally have passed all courses prescribed for each term before advancing to courses, including practica, prescribed for the next term. Withdrawal and Re‐admission Candidates who begin the Extended Practica (EDPR 4100 and EDPR 4200) are not permitted to drop these courses from their records. Those who do not complete the practica satisfactorily, and who qualify for neither a supplemental nor a deferred practicum, will be assigned a failing grade and will normally be required to discontinue or to withdraw from the program. After one year, candidates required to discontinue may appeal to the School of Education for permission to re‐enrol. Their appeal must include evidence of their having satisfied any conditions set at the time they were required to discontinue. Candidates who withdraw from the program voluntarily will not be entitled automatically to return; each request for reinstatement will be considered by an Admissions Committee along with other applications. Candidates who for any reason fail to complete all requirements of the program within a four year period will not be readmitted; they may, however, submit new applications for admission. If they are admitted, they will receive no advance credit for courses completed previously. Offer of Acceptance Students will be notified in writing of acceptance into the BEd program. Once admitted, students are asked to pay a $500 commitment fee in order to reserve a place in the program. Students who do not pay the commitment fee will forfeit their place in the program. Students will be notified in writing if they are placed on a waitlist for the program. Those on the waitlist will be extended offers of admission when places become available. Program Contact Education Advisor 250.377.6048 Chair, Physical Education Department 250.828.5281 www.tru.ca/education Physical Education Transfer Program Students interested in majoring in Physical Education may complete first and second year courses at TRU for transfer to other institutions. Courses offered are a combination of activity and theory courses. Transfer information specific universities can be found in the B.C. Transfer Guide www.bccat.bc.ca. It is recommended that students consult with an Academic Advisor at TRU to plan an appropriate course schedule. Students should be aware that acceptance at each university is based on grades, suitability and other criteria specific to each university. You are advised to consult with the particular university or again, our Academic Advisors who can also assist you in making this choice. Early Childhood Education Diploma An undergraduate program which is normally completed full‐time in three semesters. A limited number of students may complete the program on a part‐ time basis over five semesters. Graduates receive an Early Childhood Education Diploma. On‐Campus Learning Options The program is offered on the Kamloops campus. Full‐time or part‐time study Program Start Dates Students are expected to complete the program on a full‐time basis. A limited number of students may also be admitted to the program to study on a part‐time basis. Students enter the program in the Fall semester. 134 Program Overview Licence to Practice The TRU Faculty of Human, Social and Educational Development offers the following Early Childhood Education (ECE) programs: Completion of the ECE diploma satisfies the requirements of the BC Ministry of Children and Family Development ECE Registry for a Licence to Practice as an Early Childhood Educator. This program does not, by itself, qualify a person to teach in a kindergarten that is part of a public school system.    Early Childhood Education Diploma (Full time & part time options available) Special Needs Educator Certificate (Post Diploma) Infant and Toddler Educator Certificate (Post Diploma) The Early Childhood Education Diploma program provides an exemplary model of innovative practice and opportunities for classroom‐based research so that students can acquire the necessary knowledge and skills to become effective educators of young children. Areas of learning include: developing relationships with children, child development, child guidance, interpersonal relations, educational theories, designing and developing curriculum content, reflective practice, working with families, and program management. Practical fieldwork experience is a component of each semester. By consolidating a personal philosophy toward early childhood care and education, graduates are able to work effectively with co‐workers and children to co‐construct rich learning opportunities and become strong advocates for children and families. Innovative Practicum Model In addition to placing students in a variety of community early childhood education centers, the ECE program partners with Cariboo Child Care, a non‐profit society located on campus, to provide a valuable and practical learning opportunity for students. Students work with the same group of children throughout the practicum and assume increasing responsibilities for programming. This model provides instructors with continuous opportunities to give feedback on student performance, and allows students to:    Develop long‐term relationships with children, allowing for individualization of guidance and program strategies. Connect practice with course work. Engage in applied research in curriculum development and documentation of the learning process. The Infant and Toddler Educator post diploma certificate provides ECE graduates with the advanced skills and knowledge to work with children under the age of three. Areas of learning include: infant and toddler development, critical reflection, creating developmentally appropriate learning experiences for infants and toddlers, the ECE’s professional role and skills to support families. Students have the opportunity to connect theory and practice in two practica. The Special Needs Educator post diploma certificate provides ECE graduates the opportunity to continue their studies with a focus on children with individual differences. Areas of learning include: child development, supporting children’s social skills, programming for individual children, critical reflection, working with a team of educators and other professionals to facilitate inclusion, the ECE’s professional role and skills to support families. Students have the opportunity to connect theory and practice in practicum. 135 Please note: The ECE Registry requires 500 hours of work experience under the supervision of a licensed Early Childhood Educator in order to qualify for a Licence to Practice as an Early Childhood Educator. Many of these hours can be completed between the second and third semesters as either volunteer or paid assistant in an early childhood setting. Assistant Status ECED 1320 and ECED 1330 fulfill the requirements for the province's new Assistant Status designation. Please contact 250.377.6087 to discuss applying for these courses. Admission Requirements Contact Admissions for an Admission Requirements package. The Admission Requirements package gives full details of requirements and contains required forms. www.tru.ca/admissions Educational Requirements 1. BC Grade 12 OR Mature Student Status 2. BC English 12 or English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 73% (with the government exam within the last 5 years) or equivalent; or level 5 on the LPI (within the last 2 years); or the ACCUPLACER at university entrance level; or ENGL 0600 with a minimum grade of B or ESAL 0570 & ESAL 0580 with a minimum grade of C+ Specific Requirements See the Admission Requirements package for details on requirements.      Record of volunteer or work experience indicating that at least 50 hours have been completed in a licensed group, pre‐ school or childcare facility under the supervision of a qualified Early Childhood Educator Valid First Aid certificate Valid Food Safe certificate ECE Information forms Readiness Interview with faculty from the ECE program Following Acceptance to the Program After acceptance into and before commencement of the program, applicants will be required to submit:    Authorization for criminal records review Physical examination form Student immunization record Prior Learning Assessment and Recognition (PLAR) Practicum Costs PLAR is a concept that permits the student to earn credit for post‐ secondary level knowledge regardless of where or how the learning occurred. A student may be assessed for prior learning for some of the courses in the ECE program. Applicants must meet all program prerequisites, and be admitted to the program prior to applying for PLAR. Please see the program coordinator for more information about PLAR. Students are required to bear the costs of travel to and from practicum placements. All attempts will be made to accommodate students without vehicles in practicum sites that are accessible by local public transportation. Students may be granted credit for equivalent courses completed at other post‐secondary institutions. The student is required to discuss the possibility of transfer credit with the program coordinator as soon as possible after being accepted into the program. Supplementary information may be required in order to determine if advanced standing can be granted. Program Requirements Year 1 ‐ Semester 1: September ‐ December ECED 1200 Practicum 1: Developing Relationships with Children (L) ECED 1320 Child Guidance (L) ECED 1340 Interpersonal Relations – Communications ECED 1350 Introduction to Program Planning (L) PSYC 2130 Introduction to Developmental Psychology 1: Childhood and Adolescence Year 1 ‐ Semester 2: January ‐April Infant/Toddler Educator Post‐Diploma Certificate Graduates of the Early Childhood Education program may choose to continue their studies for one semester so that they can work with infants and toddlers in licenced settings. Completion of the post‐ diploma certificate satisfies the requirements of the ECE Registry Services for a Licence to Practice as an Infant/Toddler Educator in British Columbia. Note: This program runs on alternate years with the Special Needs Educator Post‐Diploma Certificate program. Students not having obtained an Early Childhood Education Certificate/Diploma at TRU may be required to take a 1st Year University Level (3) credit English if Official Transcripts indicate the course or equivalent has not been completed. Special Needs Educator Post‐Diploma Certificate Graduates of the Early Childhood Education program may choose to continue their studies for one semester so that they can work with children with special needs in licensed settings. Completion of the post‐ diploma certificate satisfies the requirements of the Community Care Facilities Branch (CCFB) Services for a License to Practice as a Special Needs Educator in British Columbia. Note: This program runs on alternate years with the Infant/Toddler Educator Post‐Diploma Certificate program. Laddering into other Programs Students who have completed the ECE Diploma may choose to continue studying for one additional semester and receive the Infant/Toddler Educator Post‐Diploma Certificate, or the Special Needs Educator Post‐Diploma Certificate. Graduates of the diploma program can also ladder into the Bachelor of Education (BEd) or Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Studies (BIS). 136 ECED 1300 Practicum 2: Program Planning for Young Children (L) ECED 1330 Child Health ECED 1360 Curriculum Development (L) ECED 1440 Interpersonal Relations – Helping Interactions PSYC 2230 Introduction to Developmental Psychology 2: Adulthood and Aging Year 2‐ Semester 3: September ‐ December ECED 2200 Practicum 3 – Demonstration (L) ECED 2350 Advanced Program Development (L) ECED 2440 Interpersonal Relations – Working with Families ECED 2490 Administration of Early Childhood Education Centres ENGL 1100 Introduction to University Writing Early Childhood Education Diploma British Columbia License: Early Childhood Educator (after 500 hours experience) Post‐Diploma Certificate Special Needs Educator – Alternate Years Year 2‐ Semester 4: January – April ECED 3300 Field Programming for Individual Children (L) ECED 3310 Child Growth and Development – Individual Differences (L) ECED 3350 Programming for Individual Children (L) CMNS 2290 Professional Business and Technical Writing Infant and Toddler Educator – Alternate Years Year 2‐ Semester 4: January – April ECED 3400 Infant and Toddler Field Experience (L) ECED 3410 Development and Care of Infants and Toddlers (L) ECED 3450 Program Development for Infants and Toddlers (L) CMNS 2290 Professional Business and Technical Writing Promotion Policy In order to progress to the next semester in the Early Childhood Education program, and be eligible for a TRU diploma or certificate, students must successfully complete all of the program courses. In the event a student receives a failing grade in a course, they will require an interview with the program coordinator to determine their ongoing status in the program. Students that receive a grade point average of less than 2.5 in any given semester will require an interview with the program coordinator to determine if part time study may be appropriate. Promotion Policy – Practicum Students must receive a mark of ‘complete’ in Year 1 practica in order to progress in the program. Students must receive a mark of ‘C’ in Year 2 practica in order to graduate. Failure in any practicum precludes a student from continuing in the Early Childhood Education program. Failures and Repeats Failing or withdrawing students should recognize there is no guarantee they will be allowed to repeat. A student who has failed and who re‐ applies for admission to ECED will be regarded as a repeating student unless he/she can show cause for being treated as a new student. When the number of repeating student applicants for a course in the program exceeds the number of available seats, the student(s) admitted would be those who achieved the highest cumulative GPA over courses listed in the program matrix. To assess the currency of practical skills, the department may require potential repeating students to repeat courses in which they previously received credit. In order for a student who fails a field work practicum to be eligible for repeating it, the student will need to provide information that confirms his/her readiness to complete the practicum. Students are strongly advised to make their request to repeat a practicum in writing to the program coordinator, three months in advance of the beginning of the practicum in order to make the necessary arrangements. All repeated courses and practica must be successfully completed within one calendar year of the exit from the program for the student to qualify for their diploma or certificate. A student who receives a failing grade in a course for not meeting objectives related to the professional principles or professional conduct, may be refused re‐admission to the program. Program Contact ECE Program Coordinator 250.377.6087 Human Service Diploma Program ‐ Kamloops Campus A two‐year (four semester) program. Graduates receive a Human Service Diploma (HSD). 3. Two letters of reference (forms included in Admission Requirements package). Learning Options Full‐time Study The Human Service Diploma program requires full‐time attendance. Part‐time study is available in exceptional circumstances only and must be discussed with the Chairperson prior to applying. Educational Requirements 1. 2. BC Grade 12 or Mature Student Status English 12 /English 12 First Peoples with a73% (written within the last 5 years) or, Level 5 on LPI (within the last 2 years) or, Completion of English 0600 with a grade of C+ or better. On‐Campus The Human Service diploma program is offered on both the Kamloops and Williams Lake campuses. For details on the Williams Lake program, see Human Service Diploma ‐ Williams Lake. To apply, students must submit:  Program Start Date Fall semester Program Overview   The Human Service Diploma prepares students for careers with agencies that provide support and assistance to individuals coping with economic disadvantage, mental health issues, developmental, gender and diversity issues, as well as challenges such as addiction, family change and involvement with the justice system.  Admission Requirements Year One Entry General Requirements 1. 2. 137 Canadian citizenship or, for those not born in Canada, Permanent Resident status. 19 years of age as of December 31 of the fall semester. Official transcripts from all previous secondary and post‐ secondary educational record. Proof of citizenship or Landed Immigrant status required if applicant not born in Canada. Two letters of reference (on admission package forms only). At least one letter of reference must be from employers, volunteer supervisors or community professionals that comment on the applicant's suitability for, or performance in human service work. Reference letters must be less than two (2) years old at date of application to the program and must include the referee's phone number. Application form and fee Orientation Session It is recommended that successful applicants attend an orientation session. Topics covered include program information, costs and career opportunities. Applicants will be notified of the date and time of the orientation session by mail by admissions staff. This session will be approximately two hours. Criminal Record Check Applicants will be required to undergo a criminal record check for fieldwork purposes once accepted to the program. Practicum agencies reserve the right to refuse acceptance of practicum students with a criminal record. This may impair a student's ability to successfully complete the Human Service Program. Applicants are asked to refer to the admission information package for further details. format, basic keyboarding skills/computer literacy skills prior to entry are strongly recommended. Laddering Credit from other Programs Graduates from the Community and School Support Certificate can ladder directly into Year Two of the Human Service Diploma program. Admission is conditional on a GPA of 2.67 (B‐). Year Two Entry The following requirements are for new applicants to Year Two of the Human Service Diploma only. Those students who have successfully completed Year One of the TRU Human Service Diploma and are continuing on to complete Year Two do not need to meet the following entry requirements. Applications will be accepted for Year Two entry into the Human Service Diploma program based on the availability of remaining seats in the program. Priority will be given to qualified students currently enrolled in Year One of the TRU Human Service Diploma program. Educational Requirements       Successful completion of: Early Childhood Education Diploma Community and School Support Certificate Social Services Certificate Other related certificates considered on an individual basis. Minimum GPA of 2.67 (B‐) or equivalent from another college or university in an equivalent program of study. Transfers to TRU Students may be granted credit for equivalent courses completed at other accredited post‐secondary institutions or at TRU. The student must discuss the possibility of transfer credit with the human service program coordinator as soon as possible after being accepted into the program. Field Experience The Human Service Diploma program includes a field work practicum in both years. Year one is a blended service learning model where students work in teams on a community project. In year two, students focus on individual practice. Practicum placements are offered in many different service areas, such as non‐profit social service agencies, government agencies, community centres, correctional or residential programs and women’s agencies. Program Requirements Human Service Diploma Required Courses: Documentation Requirements Year 1     Official transcripts of all previous secondary and post‐ secondary educational record. Proof of citizenship or Landed Immigrant status required if applicant not born in Canada. Two letters of reference (on admission package forms only). At least one letter of reference must be from employers, volunteer supervisors or community professionals that comment on the applicant's suitability for, or performance in human service work. Reference letters must be less than two (2) years old at date of application to the program and must include the referee's phone number. It is recommended that applicants have approximately 200 hours of experience (volunteer or paid) related to the human service field. Applicants who are currently in the TRU Social Services (OL), Community & School Support, Education Assistant, Community Support, or Early Childhood Education Programs who meet the GPA minimum requirement of 2.67 do not need to resubmit references. Application Readiness Applicants are encouraged to meet academic requirements beforehand. Because assignments are likely to be requested in typed 138 ENGL 1100 Introduction to University Writing PSYC 2130 Intro to Developmental Psychology: Childhood and Adolescence HUMS 1540 Interpersonal Communications and Helping Relationships HUMS 1580 Introduction to Professional Human Service Practice HUMS 1770 Intro to First Nations Studies and Human Service Practice PSYC 2230 Introduction to Developmental Psychology: Adulthood and Aging HUMS 1560 Family and Marriage CYCA 2000 Introduction to Professional Foundations of Child & Youth Care HUMS 2060 An Introduction to Social Service Practice HUMS 1600 Field Work Education Year 2 CMNS 2290 Professional Business & Technical Writing HUMS 2220 Theoretical Foundations in Human Service Practice HUMS 2530 Self and the Helping Relationship CYCA 2620 Introduction to Self in Groups HUMS 2600 Human Service Diploma Practicum HUMS 3530 Guided Communications HUMS 3570 Law and Social Services HUMS 2120 Introduction to Social Welfare in Canada HUMS 2500 Special Topics SOCI 2160 Family in Cross‐Cultural Perspective Offer of Acceptance Students are notified by Admissions once accepted into the program and will receive registration information once admittance has been finalized. Once admitted, students should be prepared to pay a $500 commitment fee. The $500 commitment fee will be applied as a deposit toward tuition, with the balance of fees owing due prior to the start of the program. Program Policies A student who fails a field work course will be allowed to repeat this course when:   the student provides information that confirms his/her readiness to successfully complete the course. The request to repeat a fieldwork course must be made in writing to the Chair of the Human Service department three months prior to the beginning of the course. there is an available practicum placement after the current, full time student's practicum placements have been accommodated. The program will make a maximum of three attempts to place a student in a field work course. This policy applies if none of the available practicum agencies will accept that particular student or if the student is unwilling to negotiate with suitable agencies. Promotion The Human Service Diploma will be granted upon successful completion of all program courses. Some Fall semester courses are prerequisites for courses in the Winter semester. In the event a student receives a failing grade in a Fall semester course, they may advance to Winter semester courses, except those with prerequisite requirements which have not been met. Graduation Students successfully completing all course requirements will be awarded a TRU Human Service Diploma. See Program Requirements. See the Program Policy in the Human Service Student Handbook. Note: Students need to be aware of general department policies as noted in the Human Service Student Handbook and course outlines. Failures and Withdrawals Students who fail or withdraw are not guaranteed the opportunity to repeat the course. The program's ability to respond to requests to repeat courses will depend upon the number of spaces available after the current full time students have been accommodated. A student who fails a course(s) will be required to repeat the course(s) within one calendar year. A failed course can only be repeated in the semester in which it is offered in this program the following year. The diploma must be completed in four calendar years of start date. Students must re‐register for the course and pay the appropriate fees for any repeated courses. Students must receive an overall GPA of C+ to graduate. Laddering Credit into other Programs Graduates from the Human Service Diploma are able to ladder credits into TRU's Bachelor of Social Work program. Prospective BSW applicants should contact the Social Work Department at 250.828.5364 or socialwork@tru.ca for more information. Program Contact Program Coordinator 250.377.6248 Field Work Students must receive a grade of 'C' or higher in Field Work in order to graduate. Education Assistant and Community Support Certificate The Education Assistant and Community Support Certificate is an eight‐month employment‐ready program. Graduates receive an Education Assistant and Community Support Certificate. On‐Campus Learning Options Full‐time Study The Education Assistant and Community Support Certificate program requires full‐time attendance for two semesters (eight months). Part‐time study is available in exceptional circumstances only and must be discussed with the Program Coordinator prior to applying. 139 The certificate program is offered on the main campus in Kamloops. A selection of courses is offered at the Williams Lake Campus. Program Start Date Fall semester Program Overview Transfer to TRU The Education Assistant and Community Support Certificate prepares students for careers with agencies that provide support and service to children or adults with exceptionalities. Graduates of the program are able to assist individuals with specials needs to learn educational, social, vocational, recreational and personal life skills. Transfer credit may be granted for equivalent courses completed at other recognized post‐secondary institutions. Students must discuss the possibility of transfer credit with the Program Coordinator as soon as possible after being accepted into the program. Program Requirements Field Experience The Education Assistant and Community Support Certificate program includes a field work practicum in the Winter semester. Practicum placements are offered in many different schools and community agencies. Admission Requirements General Requirements 1. Canadian citizenship or Landed Immigrant status. 2. 18 years of age on or before December 31 of the fall semester. 3. Two letters of reference (forms are included in the Admission Requirements Package). 4. Immunization record (forms are mailed to applicants). Educational Requirements 1. BC Grade 12 or Mature Student status 2. English Grade 12/English Grade 12 First Peoples with a 73% (within the last 5 years) or equivalent or, Level 5 on the LPI (written within the last 2 years) or ENGL 0600 with a minimum grade of C+ or successful completion of the Accuplacer at the university entrance level or ESAL 0570 and 0580 with a minimum grade of C+ Following Acceptance to the Program Students are required to undergo a criminal record check for fieldwork purposes. Education Assistant and Community Support Certificate Required Courses: Year 1 – Fall Semester ENGL 1100 Introduction to University Writing EDCS 1580 Introduction to Professional Human Service Practice EDCS 1640 Foundations of Education Assistant and Community Support Work EDCS 1660 Health Care Principles PSYC 2130 Introduction to Developmental Psychology: Childhood and Adolescence Year 1 – Winter Semester EDCS 1680 Field Work EDCS 1540 Interpersonal Communications and Helping Relationships EDCS 1650 Understanding Behaviour: Learning for Independence EDCS 1750 Alternate & Augmentative Communication PSYC 2230 Introduction to Developmental Psychology: Adulthood and Aging Program Policies Promotion The Education Assistant and Community Support Certificate will be granted upon successful completion of all program courses. Some Fall semester courses are prerequisites for courses in the Winter semester. In the event a student receives a failing grade in a Fall semester course, they may advance to Winter semester courses, except those with prerequisite requirements which have not been met.   Limited Program Admission is limited to 24 students. Offer of Acceptance Students are notified by Admissions once accepted into the program and will receive registration information once admittance has been finalized. Once admitted, students should be prepared to pay a $500 commitment fee. The $500 commitment fee will be applied as a deposit toward tuition, with the balance of fees owing due prior to the start of the program. 140 A student must receive a passing grade in EDCS 1580 in order to move on to EDCS 1680. A student must receive a passing grade in PSYC 2130 in order to move on to PSYC 2230. Failures and Withdrawals Students who fail or withdraw are not guaranteed the opportunity to repeat the course. The program's ability to respond to requests to repeat courses will depend upon the number of spaces available after the current full time students have been accommodated. A student who fails a course(s) will be required to repeat the course(s) within one calendar year. A failed course can only be repeated in the semester in which it is offered in this program the following year. The certificate must be completed in two calendar years of start date. Students must re‐register for the course and pay the appropriate fees for any repeated courses. All program requirements must be completed within two (2) years of the student's starting the program. Field Work Students must receive a grade of 'C' or higher in Field Work (EDCS 1680) in order to graduate. A student who fails a field work course will be allowed to repeat this course when:   The student provides information that confirms his/her readiness to successfully complete the course. there is an available practicum placement after the current, full time student's practicum placements have been accommodated. The request to repeat a fieldwork course must be made in writing to the faculty and advisor three months prior to the beginning of the course.   EDCS 1580 ‐ Introduction to Professional Human Service Practice by June 01 EDCS 1680 ‐ Field Work, by September 01 The program will make a maximum of three attempts to place a student in a field work course. This policy applies if none of the available practicum agencies will accept that particular student or if the student is unwilling to negotiate with suitable agencies. Graduation Students successfully completing all course requirements will be awarded a Certificate in Education Assistant and Community Support. Note: Students need to be aware of general department policies as noted in the Education Assistant and Community Support Student Handbook and course outlines. Laddering Credit into other Programs Graduates from the Education Assistant and Community Support Certificate are able to ladder directly into Year Two of the Human Service Diploma program. Admission is conditional on a GPA of 2.67 (B‐). Program Contact Program Coordinator 250.371.5584 DSTC First Nations Language Teachers Program The DSTC First Nations Language Teachers program is a three‐year program. Students who successfully complete the 92 credits and receive recommendation letter from Thompson Rivers University; and are acknowledged by the local First Nations Language Authority as proficient to teach the First Nations language, will be eligible for the Developmental Standard Term Certificate (DSTC) issued by the Teachers Regulation Branch of the BC Ministry of Education.  Learning Options Full‐time or part‐time study Students are encouraged to complete the program on a full‐time basis. However, a limited number of students may be admitted to complete the course work components of the program on a part‐time basis. Applicants wishing to complete the program on a part‐time basis will be considered under the same admission criteria as those applying for the program as full‐time students. All practica, except Year 1 must be completed on a full‐time basis. On‐Campus The program is offered on the Kamloops campus and is currently offered in Williams Lake and Lillooet. Program Start Date Students will normally enter the program at the beginning of the Fall semester.  DSTC First Nations Language Teachers program (Full time & part time options available) Individual First Nations Language courses to meet 2nd Language requirements The DSTC First Nations Language Teachers program offers a combination of on‐campus study, First Nations language immersion and extensive school practicum experiences in a First Nations language setting. The DSTC First Nations Language Teachers program gives graduates the skills they need to pursue a career in teaching First Nations language and culture education. Graduates of the program meet the educational requirement for a Developmental Standard Term Certificate issued by the Teacher Regulation Branch (TRB)of the BC Ministry of Education. TRB certification is required to teach grades K‐12 in B.C. public, First Nations schools and independent schools. Program Overview Licence to Practice The TRU Faculty of Human, Social and Educational Development offers the following First Nations Language Teachers program: Completion of the DSTC First Nations Language Teachers program satisfies the requirements of the Teacher Regulation Branch to teach in a private school, First Nations school or public school. 141 Admission Requirements Please refer to TRU’S Open Admission requirements when applying to the DSTC First Nations Language Teacher’s program. www.tru.ca/admissions/apply/types without vehicles in practicum sites that are accessible by local public transportation. Program Requirements Educational Requirements, must include appropriate levels of: ____________________________________ Registration and Payment of Fees: Students will be notified in writing of acceptance into the DSTC First Nations Language Teachers program from the Registrar’s Office. Sponsored students must submit a letter confirming payment of fees.  6 credits of English, including both literature and composition  3 credits Mathematics (not Statistics)  3 credits Science in one of the following areas – Biology, Chemistry, Physics, Physical Geography, Geology/Earth Science, Environmental Studies and Astronomy  3 credits of History or Geography  6 credits of Canadian Studies taken in Humanities or Social Sciences (may be included in 4 and 5 above) Selection Process When selecting students for the DSTC First Nations Language Teachers program, we will consider academic background and performance. Criminal Record: Students entering first year are required to complete a form verifying that they do not have a criminal record prior to first practicum experience. The form is available to students from the Program Coordinator following acceptance to the program. Transfer to TRU Applicants who have completed educational requirements at other colleges or universities are considered on the same basis as students who have attended TRU. Students intending to transfer to TRU from other BC institutions should check the BC Transfer Guide http://www.bccat.bc.ca/ to ensure that courses taken will transfer. Students from other provinces will be assessed individually. Prior Learning Assessment and Recognition (PLAR) PLAR is a concept that permits the student to earn credit for post‐ secondary level knowledge regardless of where or how the learning occurred. A student may be assessed for prior learning for some of the courses in the DSTC First Nations Language Teachers program. Applicants must meet all program prerequisites, and be admitted to the program prior to applying for PLAR. Please see the Program Coordinator for more information about PLAR. Students may be granted credit for equivalent courses completed at other post‐secondary institutions. The student is required to discuss the possibility of transfer credit with the Program Coordinator as soon as possible. Supplementary information may be required in order to determine if advanced standing can be granted. Laddering into other Programs Students who have completed the DSTC First Nations Language Teachers may choose to continue studying and may be eligible to ladder into the Bachelor of Education (Bed) program. Practicum Costs Students are required to bear the costs of travel to and from practicum placements. All attempts will be made to accommodate students 142 Year 1 – Semester 1 Course Description FNLG 1000 Introduction to First Nations Language I Credits 3 FNLG 1010 First Nations Language Immersion I 3 ENGL 1100 Composition 3 HIST 2020 Native History of Canada 3 ENGL 2410 Canadian Native Literature 3 Year 1 – Semester 2 Course Description FNLG 1100 Introduction to First Nations Language II Credits 3 FNLG 1110 First Nations Language Immersion II 3 ENGL 1110 Introduction to Prose Fiction 3 EDTL 1510 First Nations Language Teaching Methodology I 3 EDPR 1800 First Nations Language Teaching Practicum I 1 Elective Science Elective 3 Year 2 – Semester 1 Course Description FNLG 2000 First Nations Language Structure & Analysis I Credits 3 FNLG 2010 First Nations Language Immersion III 3 MATH 1900 Principles of Mathematics for Teachers 3 EDTL 3100 Teaching & Learning I 3 FNST 2200 First Nations Oral Traditions 3 EDUC 270 Language Acquisition – Theory & Practice (NVIT) 3 Year 2 – Semester 2 Course Description FNLG 2100 First Nations Language Structure & Analysis II Credits 3 FNLG 2110 First Nations Language Immersion IV 3 FNST 2300 First Nations Language & World View 3 EDPR 2800 First Nations Language Teaching Practicum II 2 ELECTIVE Elective 3 Year 3 – Semester 1 Course Description FNLG 3000 First Nations Language Immersion V Credits 3 EDLL 3100 Language & Literacy I 3 EDFN 4200 Teaching First Nations Children 3 EDPY 3100 Child Development & Teaching 3 EDLL 3920 Innovative Language Teaching Practices for Aboriginal Language Classrooms 3 EDUC 260 Innovative Teaching & Planning (NVIT) 3 EDPR 3800 First Nations Language Teaching Practicum III 2 Year 3 – Semester 2 Course Description Credits FNLG 3100 First Nations Language Immersion VI 3 EDLL 3200 Language & Literacy II 3 EDTL 3200 Teaching and Learning II 3 EDPR 3900 First Nations Language Teaching Practicum IV 3 Course offerings and course rotations may vary. the cost of meeting with the First Nations Language Authority and any recommended remedial costs. In the event a student receives a failing grade in a course, they will require an interview with the Program Coordinator to determine their ongoing status in the program. Promotion Policy – Practicum Students must receive a mark of ‘complete’ in all practica in order to progress in the program. Promotion Policy A student must have passed all courses prescribed for each term before advancing to courses, including practica, prescribed for the next term. Students will meet with the First Nations Language Authority one time per year, to determine their First Nations language proficiency. Remedial work may be recommended to bring the student’s language proficiency up to appropriate course level. Students are responsible for Program Contact DSTC First Nations Language Program Coordinator 250‐852‐7663 jukelly@tru.ca Teaching English as a Second Language Certificate A one‐semester post‐baccalaureate program. Graduates receive a Teaching English as a Second Language (TESL) certificate. Learning Options Language Acquisition, Assessment and Pronunciation Skills, which promote currency in the field of ESL teaching. Full‐time or Part‐time Study Students may complete the program full‐time in one semester or part‐ time over a maximum of three semesters. Courses are scheduled in the late afternoon and early evening. This program has a limited seat capacity to a maximum of 20 students per semester. On‐campus Admission Requirements a. Completion of a bachelor's degree from an English speaking university b. Completion of a bachelor’s degree from a non‐English speaking university will require the TOEFL score of 88 (iBT) with no section below 20 (or TRU accepted equivalent) c. Admission interview Courses are offered at the Kamloops campus. Program Start Dates Students may enter the program in the Fall or Winter semester. Program Overview TRU's Teaching English as a Second Language Post‐Baccalaureate program is designed to prepare students to instruct in ESL programs both nationally and internationally. At the completion of this program, graduates will receive a TESL certificate from Thompson Rivers University. This program is accredited by TESL Canada and qualifies students to also apply to TESL Canada for a TESL Canada level 1 (interim) certificate. Our TESL certificate program is designed to provide a comprehensive course of study to prepare students to work in the ESL field nationally and internationally. The Teaching English as a Second Language program is delivered either in one semester full‐time or a maximum of three semesters part‐time at the TRU Kamloops campus and is certified by TESL Canada. It includes 195 instructional hours and also includes a 20‐hour supervised practicum. The components of the program introduce students to the core topics of pedagogical grammar, curriculum design and instruction methodology, cross cultural communication, as well as to a variety of teaching modules such as 143 Program Requirements The program consists of five courses: TESL 3010 Curriculum and Instruction TESL 3020 Pedagogical Grammar TESL 3030 Intercultural Communication Studies TESL 3040 TESL Techniques TESL 3050 Practicum A grade of B‐ or better in TESL 3050 is required to complete this program. Part‐time students are expected to complete the program within one year unless they have permission from the program coordinator. Students wishing advanced placement must comply with the prior learning requirements of Thompson Rivers University. Chair, English as a Second Language 250.371.5662 Program Contacts TESL Coordinator 250.371.5642 English as a Second Language Learning Options Full‐time Study Students study full‐time. Level 5: consists of two core ESL courses. Students may take three academic courses or ESL electives (up to 9 credits). No core ESL courses may be deferred without written permission of the ESL chairperson. On‐campus Courses are offered at the Kamloops campus. Program Start Dates Students may enter the program in September, January, or May. Program Overview The English as a Second Language (ESL) program is designed to provide specific language training appropriate for English as second language speakers who intend to proceed to post‐secondary study. Successful completion of the program means that a student has a sufficient level of English language proficiency to successfully undertake studies at English speaking colleges or universities. The program provides five levels of study. Courses at each level focus on reading, grammar, writing, speaking and listening skills. Students for whom English is not their first language are required to take appropriate ESL courses (excepting those who satisfy prerequisites for ENGL 1100). Program Requirements Level 1 ESAL 0120 Basic Grammar ESAL 0130 Basic Integrated Language Skills ESAL 0150 Basic Oral Communication ESAL 0170 Basic Reading Skills ESAL 0180 Basic Writing Skills Level 2 ESAL 0220 Pre‐Intermediate Grammar ESAL 0230 Pre‐Intermediate Integrated Language Skills ESAL 0250 Pre‐Intermediate Oral Communication ESAL 0270 Pre‐Intermediate Reading Skills ESAL 0280 Pre‐Intermediate Writing Skills Level 3 ESAL 0320 Intermediate Grammar I ESAL 0340 Intermediate Grammar II ESAL 0350 Intermediate Oral Communication ESAL 0370 Intermediate Reading and Study Skills ESAL 0380 Intermediate Composition Level 4 Admission Requirements Students are required to take a placement test (i.e., Accuplacer) to determine appropriate placement. The Accuplacer is given several times a year; contact the Assessment Centre for dates 250.828.5470. Students whose test results put them at: ESAL 0420 Advanced Grammar ESAL 0450 Advanced Oral Communication ESAL 0470 Advanced Reading and Study Skills ESAL 0480 Advanced Composition Level 5 ESAL 0570 Academic Reading Skills ESAL 0580 Academic Writing Elective Courses Level 1: are considered full time ESL students. The curriculum consists of one semester of fulltime ESL study. On successful completion, students proceed to Level 2. Level 2: are considered full time ESL students. The curriculum consists of one semester of full time ESL study. On successful completion, students proceed to Level 3. Level 3: are considered full‐time ESL students. The curriculum consists of one semester of full‐time ESL study. On successful completion, students will proceed to Level 4. Level 4: consists of four core ESL courses. Students may take one ESL elective or academic course. 144 ESAL 0820 Intermediate Listening ESAL 0840 Preparation for Standardized English Language Testing ESAL 0860 Intermediate Vocabulary for Academic English ESAL 0880 Intermediate Pronunciation ESAL 0920 Advanced Listening Skills ESAL 0950 Advance English for Business Communication ESAL 0960 Advanced Vocabulary for Academic English ESAL 0980 Advanced Pronunciation SERV 1000 Introduction to Community Service‐Learning See Course Descriptions section in this calendar for details. Program Policies 1. 2. 3. For the purposes of these regulations, a student must have completely passed one ESL level to be considered to be in the next level. Students should consult their Academic Advisor about additional requirements for entry into specific post‐ secondary courses or programs. ESAL 0570 and 0580 are prerequisite courses for English 1100 and English 1110 as well as any courses requiring English 12/English 12 First Peoples. The ESL Program, comprised of Core and Elective course offerings, grants the following certificates: ESL Foundations Satisfactory Completion of: Plus One ESAL Elective Plus 6 Credits in SOBE courses (advisor consult recommended) English as a Second Language with an Introduction to Arts Satisfactory completion of 21 credits: ESAL 0420 Advanced Grammar ESAL 0450 Advanced Oral Communication ESAL 0470 Advanced Reading and Study Skills ESAL 0480 Advanced Composition Plus One ESAL Elective Plus 6 Credits in any Arts courses English as a Second Language with an Introduction to Fine Arts ESAL 0220, 0230, 0250, 0270, 0280 * ESL Intermediate Satisfactory Completion of: ESL Academic Preparation ESL Advanced Academic Preparation Satisfactory completion of 21 credits: ESAL 0320, 0340, 0350, 0370, 0380 * ESAL 0420 Advanced Grammar Satisfactory Completion of: ESAL 0450 Advanced Oral Communication ESAL 0420, 0450, 0470, 0480 and 1 ESAL elective course * ESAL 0470 Advanced Reading and Study Skills ESAL 0480 Advanced Composition Satisfactory Completion of: Plus One ESAL Elective Plus 6 Credits in any Fine Arts courses ESAL 0580, 0570, 1 ESAL elective course and 2 additional ESAL elective or academic courses. * Students may use up to two (2) courses at a higher level to qualify for this certificate. English as a Second Language with an Introduction to Sciences Satisfactory completion of 21 credits: Bridge‐Out Certificates (combined ESL and content area Certificates) ESAL 0420 Advanced Grammar ESAL 0450 Advanced Oral Communication ESAL 0470 Advanced Reading and Study Skills For all “Bridge‐Out” Certificates, students must satisfy any and all course prerequisites. Contact an Academic Advisor at internationaladvising@tru.ca for details. ESAL 0480 Advanced Composition Plus One ESAL Elective Plus 6 Credits in any Science courses English as a Second Language with an Introduction to Business Satisfactory completion of 21 credits: ESAL 0420 Advanced Grammar ESAL 0450 Advanced Oral Communication ESAL 0470 Advanced Reading and Study Skills ESAL 0480 Advanced Composition Program Contacts Chair, English as a Second Language 250.371.5662 English as a Second Language Coordinator 250.377.6183 University and Employment Preparation Programs University and Employment Preparation University Preparation courses offer adult learners the opportunity to complete prerequisites for admission into a diverse range of career, vocational and academic programs or to complete several ABE diplomas including the BC Adult Graduation Diploma (the equivalent to high school completion). Courses in biology, business, chemistry, computing, English, math, psychology, physics, science, social science and student success are designed for adult learners and delivered in small, student‐centred classes through teaching methods that accommodate students' life experience and different learning styles. University Preparation Courses Intermediate Level (Grade 10 Equivalency) MATH 0400 Basic Math Skills MATH 0410 Algebra I Advanced Level (Grade 11 Equivalency) BIOL 0500 General Biology CHEM 0500 Foundations of Chemistry I COMP 0500 Introduction to Microcomputers EDCP 0400 Education and Career Preparation ENGL 0500 Developing Writing Skills ENGL 0400 Basic Language Skills MATH 0510 Algebra II COMP 0400 Basic Introduction to Computers MATH 0520 Advanced Foundations of Mathematics I 145 PHYS 0500 Introduction to Physics PSYC 0500 Introduction to Psychology SINC 0500 Foundations of Science STSS 0500 Student Success Provincial Level (Grade 12 Equivalency) BIOL 0600 Note: Courses from the B.C. School System may be counted toward the diploma; however, at least three courses must be taken as an adult. Human Biology BIOL 0620 Introduction to Life Sciences BBUS 0600 Introduction to Entrepreneurship BBUS 0610 Introduction to Business Studies CHEM 0600 Foundations of Chemistry 2 COMP 0600 Introduction to Programming COMP 0650 Introduction to Desktop and WEB publishing ENGL 0600 Literature and Composition ENGL 0620 Aboriginal Literature and Composition MATH 0600 Pre‐Calculus I MATH 0610 Pre‐Calculus II MATH 0650 Provincial Foundations of Mathematics II NAST 0600 An Overview of Major Issues in First Nations Studies (upon availability) PHYS 0600 Introduction to Physics II SOSC 0600 Introduction to Social Sciences Note: Students can take individual courses listed above without pursuing a certificate. These courses may be taken in conjunction with career, technical, trades or university courses. Certificate Programs in Adult Basic Education Adult Basic Education Intermediate Certificate This certificate represents completion of a grade 10 equivalency. Four courses are required: Required: MATH 0400 Basic Math Skills ENGL 0400 Basic Language Skills At least two of the following: COMP 0400 who has been out of school for at least a year may be admitted to an adult program with approval form. Basic Introduction to Computers EDCP 0400 Education and Career Preparation SINC 0400 Introduction to Science For further information call University and Employment Preparation Department at 250.828.5261 or 250.828.5290 Adult Graduation (Adult Dogwood) Diploma This Diploma represents completion of the adult secondary graduation program. Students must complete five courses to be eligible for the Diploma. Required: MATH 0510 or 0520 or higher Algebra II or Foundations of Mathematics I ENGL 0600 or higher Literature and Composition Plus: Three additional courses at the Provincial Level or higher For further information call University and Employment Preparation Department at 250.828.5261 or 250.828.5290 First Steps Education Program A unique program designed for young mothers who wish to continue their education. Academic upgrading as well as courses in personal development, career education and effective parenting are included. A high quality daycare facility is provided for children as part of the program's service. First Steps is run in conjunction with the Kamloops Boys and Girls Club, the Ministry for Children and Family Development and School District #73. Upon completion students may qualify for ABE Certificates. Please contact the University and Employment Preparation Department at 250.828.5261 or 250.828.5290 for further information. Part‐Time Life Skills Program The Part‐Time Life Skills Program consists of four 12 week courses taught over two semesters for students with a cognitive disability who can’t attend full‐time, may have anxiety issues or serious medical issues and/or may require time to transition to the university. These courses are: Money Skills, Community Reading, Social Skills Basics and Computer Literacy. The goals for the program are to promote self‐ awareness, develop interpersonal communication skills, demonstrate the ability to make choices that support wellness, locate and apply information, and move towards more independence in behaviour and choices. Some students from the Part‐Time Life Skills Program transition into the Employment Skills and Training (ESTR) Program. Information about the program can be obtained by contacting the University and Employment Preparation Department at 250.828.5290 or 250.828.5261. COPE/MECA Program COPEMECA provides programs of personal transformation and university preparation for students who want to have healthier relationships, enhance their personal values and boundaries, and desire more purpose and vision in their futures. These 13‐week long bi‐annual sessions provide the resources for students to learn strategies and techniques for managing time and stress, explore academic, career and technical training opportunities, and learn and practice effective student success skills. Additionally the students will complete credit courses within the UPrep Program (STSS 0500, MATH 0300, and EDCP 0400). More information can be obtained at www.tru.ca/copemeca or by contacting the University and Employment Preparation Department or calling 250.371.5528 or 250.371.5533. pr PSYC 0500, STSS 0500, or NAST 0500 and two Provincial Level courses or higher Note: To be eligible for the Adult Graduation (Adult Dogwood) Diploma, a person must be 18 years or older in that calendar year. A 17 year old 146 University and Employment Preparation Services The University Prep Centre (UPC) offers free tutorial help to all students enrolled in any of our prep courses or any of the distance education prep courses. The Centre is staffed by faculty who teach in the subject areas of Math, English, Chemistry, Physics and Biology. The Centre provides a quiet and informal setting for individual study or group work; occasionally, we offer unique workshops in the Centre that may of interest to you and at times we have munchies available too. In addition to our tutorial services, we have a number of computers and printers that are available for your use next door in OM 2533. 147 Program Contact Located in Old Main, Room OM 2465. 250.828.5261 or 250.828.5290 Education and Skills Training Certificate Program (ESTR) The ESTR program is a full‐time, 9 month program that provides students with a disability the practical knowledge about future employment opportunities. Students can choose between a general course of study and/or targeted skills courses in; Automotive, Kitchen, and Retail. Students will divide their time between the classroom, field experiences and work experience. All students will complete academic and employment skills classes and will train in specific areas on campus. Skills developed in the ESTR program can lead to further training or to possible employment opportunities. The students are integrated into normalized working environments for the practicum portion of the ESTR program. The program can be completed on a part‐ time basis and is individualized to meet the student’s needs and interests. ESTR 0370 Advanced Topics in Workplace Success ESTR 0380 Advanced Topics in Job Selection and Job Search ESTR 0110 Practical Experience II ESTR 0210 Kitchen Theory I ESTR 0310 Kitchen Theory II ESTR 0220 Kitchen Experience I ESTR 0320 Kitchen Experience II ESTR 0230 Automotive Theory I ESTR 0330 Automotive Theory II ESTR 0240 Automotive Experience I ESTR 0340 Automotive Experience II ESTR 0250 Retail Theory I ESTR 0350 Retail Theory II Must have an identified disability that impairs learning (documentation is required) ESTR 0260 Retail Experience I ESTR 0360 Retail Experience II One reference ESTR 0120 Self and Community Awareness ESTR 0130 Workplace Academics I ESTR 0140 Workplace Academics II ESTR 0150 Career Awareness ESTR 0160 Introduction to the Workplace Practical Experience ESTR 0100 Practical Experience III Admission Requirements 1. Applicants must be 18 years of age on or before October 1 of the year of entry 2. Applicant must want to be in the ESTR program 3. Must be able to follow oral instructions 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Must be able to complete work without direct supervision Must arrange and manage own transportation to and from TRU and work placements Some work experience Participate in a program readiness interview Career Stream Courses Retail Admission Requirement Successful assessment of money counting ability up to $50. Attendance Requirement Students are expected to attend classes regularly. A student who does not attend regularly may be withdrawn from the course. Kitchen, Automotive, and Retail Skills Training Admission Requirements 1. 40 hours of documented volunteer or work experience in their chosen field. 2. Successful assessment of reading vocabulary and comprehension at a Grade 4 level. Program Requirements Please see Student Attendance Policy ED3‐1 www.tru.ca/policy/allpolicy Certification Students who achieve 80% of the listed competencies in each of the courses and who demonstrated good attendance will receive a TRU Certificate. Students who have met the attendance requirement and have demonstrated good effort, but have not achieved 80% of the listed competencies will receive a non‐credit Certificate of Completion Core Courses ESTR 0010 Workplace Communications ESTR 0020 Workplace Employability Program Contact ESTR 0060 Health Safety 250.828.5290 ESTR 0070 Job Search and Maintenance Skill Training Courses ESTR 0080 Workplace English and Written Communications ESTR 0090 Workplace Mathematics 148 Faculty of Law Juris Doctor of Laws (JD) 1. 2. 3. Program Overview As one of the newest law schools in Canada, TRU Law offers an exciting opportunity to earn a JD on our breathtakingly beautiful campus in Kamloops, British Columbia. The courses offered in the JD are primarily in‐person instruction with students learning from leading legal academic scholars and legal practitioners. The courses involve extensive interaction with professors and students. For a full listing of available courses, professors and instructors, please visit www.tru.ca. The JD normally takes 3 years of full time study to complete, with courses offered in each of the fall and winter semesters. All students admitted to the first year of study in the JD take the same courses which easily enables development of close friendships. Elective courses are available to students in their second and third year of the JD. Applying to TRU Law Full details on the application process, the requirements and the application form are available on the website. Please ensure that you check the website for the most recent and up to date information. The application process requires you to submit the following items:       University transcripts from which your GPA is calculated Your LSAT score (the Law Schools Admissions Test (LSAT) is written by applying directly to the Law Schools Admissions Council (LSAC) – see their website at www.lsac.org for test date details and authorized test taking sites. 2 academic letters of reference 1 non‐academic letter of reference a completed application form together with the application fee a 500 word personal statement Applicants seeking to apply to the JD Program are encouraged to visit the website www.tru.ca for program updates, answers to frequently asked questions and to contact the admissions office at lawadmissions@tru.ca. Further information about student life in the law school can be found by visiting www.trusls.org, or to schedule a tour of the school with a student as your guide. Potential applicants are invited to make arrangements to visit our law school via lawadmissions@tru.ca. Regular Special Aboriginal Applicants elect one of these categories, and in all categories, applicants are required to provide all of the above items. There are no quotas currently attached to any of the categories. The selection of which category to apply in is the sole choice of the applicant. Each application is considered individually and on its merits. Regular Category Applicants To be eligible to apply in this category, you must have:  obtained an undergraduate degree in an approved course of study from an approved degree granting institution; or,  successfully completed the first three years (90 credits) or more in an approved course of study from an approved degree granting institution; or,  successfully completed the first two years of studies (60 credits), leading to an undergraduate degree at an approved degree granting institution, and be currently enrolled in the third year of the degree program. (An offer of admission will be conditional on successful completion of the degree in the third year of study by June 30th of the academic year in question). The vast majority of students admitted to TRU Law will have an undergraduate degree (90 course credits), however, students having 60 course credits in their undergraduate degree are eligible to apply for admission. Special Category Applicants In addition to transcripts, their LSAT score, letters of reference, a completed application form with application fee, and a personal statement, applicants may elect to provide additional information to the committee pertaining to their application in this category. This additional information is in support of special factors that may have impacted your GPA, your pursuit of an undergraduate degree, or any other factors that you feel the committee should take into account in assessing your application. Additional documents may be added to your application in this category. Applicants applying in this category might include those with disability or special needs, financial disadvantage, age (generally over 30 years of age), membership in an historically disadvantaged group, residency in a small and/or rural remote community, major illness of the applicant or his/her family that affected academic performance or any other factors that the applicant wishes the Admissions Committee to consider. Aboriginal Applicants Admission Categories There are currently three categories of admission available to an applicant: 149 Applicants with aboriginal ancestry may apply in any category, or, may elect to apply in the Aboriginal Applicant category. Applicants applying in this category are required to provide proof of their Aboriginal ancestry in addition to transcripts, their LSAT score, letters of reference, a completed application form with application fee, and a personal statement. The Admissions Committee may also take into consideration the applicant’s involvement in Aboriginal communities and organizations, and the applicant’s intention to use their legal training to advance the concerns and interests of Aboriginal Peoples. Applicants in the Aboriginal category may be offered a conditional acceptance to the JD that requires them to attend at the University of Saskatchewan and successfully complete the PLSNP (Program of Legal Studies of Native Peoples). See www.usask.ca/plsnp for more information on this eight‐week summer course. Students successfully completing the PLSNP course receive full course credit for Property Law in the JD Program. Graduation Requirements A total of ninety‐six credits (96) are required to graduate with a Juris Doctor degree. Upon completion of 96 course credits in the program, along with all other course requirements, a student is eligible to receive their JD. Applications to graduate and attend Convocation ceremonies are made to the TRU Registrar www.tru.ca/registration/graduation.html. First Year Curriculum September ‐ December credits required to complete the JD degree. Course descriptions are available through the Course Calendar and the Law course timetable details courses being taught in the current academic year. Required courses may be subject to change, but currently include: LAWF 3910 Civil Procedure LAWF 3940 Dispute Resolution 2 – Negotiation and Mediation LAWF 3960 Dispute Resolution 3 – Advocacy LAWF 3950 Advanced Legal Research LAWF 3920 Evidence LAWF 3800 Business Associations LAWF 3900 Administrative Law Students are also required to complete a major research paper and an International Law course. For full details on the required courses please see www.trulaw.ca (current students tab under “Regulations and Policies”). This tab on the website also includes forms required for: Deferred Exams, Directed Research, Re‐appraisal of final grade, Request for re‐appraisal, and the Upper year writing requirement. Once attaining a JD, those students seeking to enter the legal profession and practice law will apply to the Law Society in the province in which they wish to be licensed. This process is governed by the respective law society in each province that regulates admission requirements and “articling”. For more information about articling, practicing Law, and other career opportunities for JD graduates, visit our Career Services page www.tru.ca/law/current‐students/Career Services.html. LAWF 3010 Constitutional Law LAWF 3030 Contract Law LAWF 3080 Criminal Law LAWF 3050 Property Law LAWF 3070 Torts LAWF 3060 Fundamental Legal Skills (FLS) Regulations and Policies LAWF 3040 Legislation Administration and Policy (LAP) All JD students are governed by Academic Policies & Regulations and are strongly encouraged to familiarize themselves with these policies at www.tru.ca/law/current‐students/policy.html. For more information about the academic policies and regulations contact the office of the Associate Dean in the Faculty of Law. January ‐ April LAWF 3010 Constitutional Law LAWF 3030 Contract Law LAWF 3080 Criminal Law LAWF 3050 Property Law LAWF 3070 Torts LAWF 3060 Fundamental Legal Skills (FLS)* Plus: LAWF 3090 Dispute Resolution I ‐ Interviewing and Counseling LAWF 3020 Legal Perspectives * During the Winter semester in the FLS course, students prepare for their first year moot. Students prepare a written submission and are given the opportunity to advocate and hone their oral advocacy and written skills during the moot. The moot is presented before a panel of judges and mimics proceedings in a traditional courtroom. Second and Third Year Curriculum Once students successfully complete first year, they are admitted to the upper year program (years 2 and 3). In the Upper year curriculum (2nd and 3rd year) students are able to select from a wide range of electives, but are also required to complete certain courses in order to graduate. The listing of required and elective courses, together with their course credit weighting can be found at www.tru.ca (Current students tab). Students are required to satisfactorily complete 30 credits in each of their second and third years of study to obtain the minimum of 96 150 Experiential Learning Opportunities for experiential learning are evident in the JD curriculum, and some of the unique community engagement programs and initiatives. Examples currently include the TRU Legal Information Service, provincial and national competitive mooting programs, internships, and the Judge Shadowing Program. Information about these programs and many others being developed can be found on our website (see the current student tab www.tru.ca. Interactions with members of the legal profession are frequent and students are provided with mentorship opportunities through the Students’ Law Society www.trusls.org, The Canadian Bar Association www.cbabc.ca, and the Kamloops Bar Association www.kba.ca. Program Contact Faculty of Law lawadmissions@tru.ca School of Nursing Bachelor of Science in Nursing Degree A four‐year degree program. Graduates receive a Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BScN) Degree. Upon completion graduates are eligible to write the National Council Licensure Examination (NCLEX) and apply for registration with the College of Registered Nurses of British Columbia (CRNBC) to practice as a Registered Nurse (RN). Learning Options Learning Experiences Full‐time Study Students have practicum experiences throughout the 4 years of the program including a 4‐6 week practicum during May/June. Practica occur in residential and acute care facilities, community health agencies, and homes. Outlying agencies in the region are used for clinical practice and students are required to travel outside of Kamloops for practica. Practicum courses may also include evening and weekend experiences. The program is offered on a full‐time basis over 4 years. All BScN program requirements must be completed within 7 years of the date of entry. Part‐time Study In exceptional circumstances part‐time study may be available to internal students pending seat availability. All BScN program requirements must be completed within 7 years of the date of entry. Kamloops‐Campus The BScN program is offered yearly every September with 80 seat capacity. Williams Lake offers the first two years of this degree every second year. Program Overview The Bachelor of Science in Nursing program educates nurses to work with individuals, families, groups or communities from a health promotion perspective and an ethic of caring. The curriculum is based on a commitment to consider the changing health care needs of our society. Emerging from this commitment is the concept of caring. Caring is understood as the attitude and activity of nursing and will be considered in every nursing course. Nursing practice experiences have been planned and integrated throughout the program of studies. The BScN degree does not qualify the graduate to undertake employment as a registered nurse, rather, qualifies the graduate to write the National Council Licensure Examination (NCLEX). Upon successful complete, you apply to register with CRNBC Graduates applying for the NCLEX and CRNBC requires registrants to provide information regarding any convictions for criminal offenses (other than minor traffic violations). Candidates with criminal convictions may not be eligible for CRNBC registration. BScN Program The BScN program consists of courses in nursing, the humanities, and the physical and social sciences as they are applied to the nursing care of individuals and their families. Studies will give students the technical knowledge, human understanding and practical skills to provide responsible and competent client‐centered care. Graduates of the program will be prepared to function as team members in non‐specialized/specialized acute care, intermediate and/or extended care hospitals, clinics, home care agencies and community health agencies. 151 International Experiences International Consolidated Practice Experience (CPE) At the end of their third year, nursing students have an opportunity to complete an international CPE. This experience replaces their usual year end practicum. The Practice Placement Coordinator (PPC) for nursing provides information on the application process. Approval is contingent on several conditions. Since 1999 TRU nursing students have been to Nepal, Samoa, Thailand, and Lesotho. Students are always accompanied by TRU nursing faculty members. Preliminary site visits for countries considered for CPE are always completed by experienced faculty to determine suitability for practice for our students. Risk assessments are also done by qualified members of TRU. Students are provided with guidance in cultural sensitivity and safety, and are also debriefed on their return from international experiences. Following their return, each group of students is expected to prepare a presentation about their experiences for students and faculty campus wide. To encourage global education, guest speakers from a variety of countries have presented to students and faculty. Another way that students can participate in an international experience is by taking part in Study Abroad which is offered during the fourth year of the BScN program. The international and global education opportunities within the BScN program are applicable to the new TRU Global Competency www.tru.ca/global credential. Admission Requirements Educational Requirements Grade 12, mature student status (or equivalent) 1. English 12 / English 12 First Peoples with a minimum 73% (or equivalent) 2. Biology 12 with a minimum 67% (or equivalent) 3. Math 12 with a minimum 67% (Foundations strongly recommended or Pre‐Calculus 12 with a minimum 67% (or equivalent 4. Chemistry 11 with a 67% (or equivalent) 5. One additional Science 11 or Science 12 with a minimum 67% (or equivalent) Additional Admission Requirement 6. Letter of Introduction – (2 typed pages) brief personal history (including health care related experiences), reasons for choosing nursing, and positive attributes you bring to the program and nursing profession. General Requirements upon acceptance into the BScN program      Updated immunization schedule CPR ‐ Level C Certificate It is required that students have a current CPR 'C' prior to clinical experience and must maintain certification every 2 years throughout the program. WHMIS Certificate (Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System) CRNBC ‐ Self Assessment of Requisite Skills and Abilities Criminal Record Check Admission is selective. Not all applicants who meet the minimum requirements are accepted to the program. Special Admission Status Mature Student Applicants seeking Mature Student status should refer to the Academic Information section of the Calendar. Mature students need to meet all the admission requirements and these courses must be current within the past 10 years with English being current within the last 5 years. LPI score or Accuplacer score must be current within the last 2 years. It is recommended that Biology 12 be current within the past 2 years. Mature students who have recently completed BIOL 1590/1690 or equivalents with a 60% or above grade may have the Chemistry 11, Biology 12 and one other Science 11 or 12 admission requirement waived. Consult TRU Academic Advising for assistance in developing an academic plan to meet the BScN Admission Requirements. Advanced Placement for LPNs LPNs may apply for Advanced Placement into Year Two of the 4 year BScN program, dependent on seat availability. Applicants who have a combination of nursing education and work experience as a Licensed Practical Nurse, may be granted appropriate credit in the program. Candidates for admission under these provisions should apply for LPN to BScN Advance Placement as Program of Choice. LPN applicants must meet the Admission Requirements listed on the LPN to BScN Degree Program website at: 152 http://www.tru.ca/nursing/programs/lpntobscn.html . Contact the Student Advisor, School of Nursing for information. Transfer to TRU BScN Program The BScN program accepts transfer from AUCC (or equivalent) recognized post‐secondary institutions currently enrolled in a nursing program. Transfer students must adhere to the TRU policy Transferability of University Credits ED 2‐4 and Educational Standards in Credit Courses and Programs ED 8‐0. Transfer students need to complete at least half of the BScN Degree program at TRU. The BScN program requires a total of 126 credits, therefore, transfer students need to complete 63 credits from TRIU. Transfer students must have completed courses equivalent to the TRU BScN program curriculum. Transfer students need to assess the program course requirements and course outlines for equivalency before proceeding to apply. Transferring between educational institutions is generally not straight‐ forward and students will often be admitted at a point earlier in the program, thus taking longer to completed the BScN degree. Transfer students are only offered a seat in the program if the student is found to be in good standing and a seat is available within the program. Internal re‐entry students are given first priority for available seats. Contact the Student Advisor, School of Nursing for information. Criminal Record Check The Ministry of Public Safety and Solicitor General requires "Registered students in any certificate, diploma, or degree program that has a practicum involving working with children or vulnerable adults must provide a criminal record check authorization to the Criminal Records Review program." There are 79 relevant offences under the Criminal Records Review Act (www.pssg.gov.bc.ca/criminal‐records‐review/offences‐ reviewed/index.htm ). In order for students to complete the BScN program they are required to demonstrate competent nursing practice with children and vulnerable adults. A clear Criminal Record Check from the Ministry of Public Safety and Solicitor General is a pre‐practicum and pre‐employment requirement. Please be advised that a criminal record may limit practicum placement and preclude program completion. Applicants with a criminal record should begin the process of applying for a pardon through the National Parole Board www.npb‐cnlc.gc.ca. Consent for a Criminal Record Check is required and coordinated through the School of Nursing. Information regarding the process for the Criminal Record Check will be available once an applicant has accepted a BScN seat offer and paid the required commitment fee. Payment for the CRC fee is not required until you are registered for the first nursing practice course, NURS1740. Transfer Credit To receive transfer credits for BIOL 1590, BIOL 1690, 3000 level Nursing elective and all NURSING courses in the BScN Program, students must have a C (60% minimum grade in that course. Required non‐nursing courses, such as English, non‐nursing electives and PHIL2310 require a D (50%) minimum grade. Grades for required courses taken at TRU prior to entry into the program will be calculated in the GPA. Transfer Credit grades are not calculated into the GPA as only the allotted course credits are transferred to a TRU transcript towards the required 126 credits to receive the BScN Degree. Application Procedure Prospective students must submit a complete TRU application for the BScN program to the Admissions office by January 15 for the September intake. The application should include evidence of meeting all Admission Requirements. A complete application includes:        Program Requirements Semester 1 NURS 1800 Professional Practice 2: Foundation to the Profession of Nursing NURS 1730 Health and Healing 1: Living Health NURS 1740 Nursing Practice 1: Introduction to Nursing Practice NURS 1170 Relational Practice 1: Self & Others BIOL 1590 Human Biology 1: Anatomy & Physiology (L) ENGL 1100 Composition ‐ Introduction to University Writing Semester 2 NURS 1700 Professional Practice 1: Foundation to the Discipline of Nursing NURS 1830 Health and Healing 2: Health Indicators NURS 1840 Nursing Practice 2: Know the Client (L) BIOL 1690 Human Biology 2: Anatomy & Physiology (L) ENGL 1110 Introduction to Prose Fiction (or another Academic English) Semester 3 TRU Admissions application Official Ministry of Education High School transcript Current high school students must submit official Grade 11 transcript upon application Current high school students must also submit a Certified interim Grade 12 transcript (showing courses in‐progress) when available or by mid‐March. A final Ministry of Education transcript showing graduation must be submitted by end of June. Official Post‐secondary transcript previously completed or currently in‐progress. Evidence of registration for Admission Requirements before the January 15 application deadline indicating courses in‐ progress or interim grades. Final Official transcript must be submitted by April 30. Letter of introduction Faxed or Emailed documents are not accepted at TRU Admissions. A selective admission process is used to determine admission to year one of the BScN program. During the selective admission process a structured format is followed with all applicants being evaluated against the same criteria. Applicants are assessed on the Admission requirements as well as other academic history including Grade 11/12 or Post‐secondary courses. Applicants with strong academic performance will be considered for admission. Each applicant will be placed into the following categories: 1. Accepted 2. Wait listed 3. Not accepted Applicants will be notified in writing of their status. Note: Acceptance is conditional and not be deemed final until all documentation has been submitted. 153 In order to secure their seat in the program, students will be required to pay a commitment fee. Applicants have the right to appeal admission decisions. Appeal procedures are described in the Academic Information section of the TRU calendar. NURS 2170 Relational Practice 2: Creating Health / Promoting Relationships NURS 2730 Health and Healing 3: Health Challenges and Healing Initiatives HLSC 2550 Health Science 3: Introduction to Pathophysiology NURS 2740 Nursing Practice 3: Health and Healing Semester 4 PHIL 2310 Health Care Ethics NURS 2830 Health and Healing 4: Health Challenges and Healing Initiatives NURS 2840 Nursing Practice 4: Health and Healing NURS 2380 Consolidated Nursing Practice (CPE) 2 HLSC 2650 Health Science 4: Pathophysiology HLSC 2660 Health Science: Pharmacology Semester 5 NURS 3730 Health and Healing 5: Complex Health Challenges/Healing Initiatives NURS 3170 Relational Practice 3: Connecting Across Difference NURS 3740 Nursing Practice 5: Promoting Health and Healing HLSC 3550 Health Science 5: Advanced Pathophysiology Non Nursing Elective (1000 level) Semester 6 HLSC 3830 Global Health Issues NURS 3500 Health and Healing 6: Promoting Community and Societal Health NURS 3600 Professional Practice4: Nursing Research NURS 3510 Nursing Practice 6: Promoting Health of Communities and Society NURS 3380 Consolidated Practice Experience (CPE) 3 NURS 3390 Consolidated Practice Experience (CPE) 3 (International) Or; Non Nursing Elective (2000 level) Semester 7 NURS 4300 Professional Practice 5 ‐ Leadership in Nursing NURS 4380 Community Health Nursing: Practice 7 NURS 4730 Community Health Nursing: A Canadian Perspective Nursing Elective ( 3000 level) Semester 8 NURS 4210 Nursing Practice 8: Transitioning to BScN Graduate Progression Policy Students must achieve at least a C grade (60%) in each required course (BIOL 1590, BIOL 1690 and all NURS courses) in the BScN program and maintain a cumulative Grade Point Average (GPA) of 2.33 in order to progress to the next semester of the program. Students must also successfully complete all nursing practice courses in order to progress to the next semester of the program. If a student falls below a GPA of 2.33 or obtains less than a C in a required course, the Dean of School of Nursing and/or BScN Chairperson may assess the progress of the student on an individual basis. The student will normally be required to repeat the course to achieve a C grade or better grade. Refer to TRU Policy # ED3‐3 on course repeats. Students must attain a minimum D grade (50%) in ENGL 1100, ENGL 1110, PHIL 2310, and non‐nursing electives prior to entering Semester 7 courses. It is required that students complete the English requirements before entering year 2, one of the English courses must be a composition or university writing academic course. Because of the importance of safety in Nursing, students who fail to achieve a C grade in any required course will not be permitted to advance in either theory or clinical courses until they have successfully repeated the course(s). This usually means waiting until the course is offered again the following year. Nursing Practice Experiences Practice experiences will take place in local and regional facilities and community health agencies. Students are required to complete nursing practicums/preceptorships in agencies located outside of Kamloops. Students must provide their own transportation to the agencies involved in nursing practice courses and are also responsible for accommodation and related expenses. Completion Requirements Students who are on leave from the BScN program must reapply and acceptance will be subject to space availability. The department may require potential repeating students to challenge certain portions of courses in which they previously received credit in order to assess the currency of practical skills. Demand for seats in the program is such that space for course repeaters is based on seat availability. Refer to the TRU School of Nursing Student/Faculty Handbook. A student who has previously failed in a health‐related program and who subsequently applies for admission to the same program or to another health‐related program will be regarded as a repeating student, unless he/she can show cause for being treated as a new student. A student who receives a failing grade in a course for failure to meet objectives related to professional accountability or patient safety may be refused re‐admission to the program, or another health‐related program, at the recommendation of the BScN Chairperson and on the approval of the Dean, School of Nursing. All potential repeating students are reminded that they are subject to program completion time requirements. Withdrawal and Re‐admission Students re‐entering the program are required to: 1. Submit in writing to the BScN Chairperson, the intent to re‐ enter the Nursing Program four months prior to the anticipated re‐entry. Make an appointment to see the BScN Chairperson, for the purpose of assessment. This interview should be during the month of April for September re‐entry, month of August for January re‐entry and month of November for May re‐entry. Students are reminded of the program completion requirement and the failures and repeats policy as stated in the University Calendar. 2. 3. For students enrolled in the BScN program on a full time basis, program completion is expected within 7 consecutive years for BScN degree completion. Students will be assessed on an individual basis. Program Costs Degree students must apply to the TRU Registrar’s office for permission to graduate and attend the convocation ceremony. Failures and Repeats Students who fail to achieve a C grade (60%) in each required course (BIOL 1590, BIOL 1690 and all NURS courses) within the BScN program or those to do a program withdrawal are no longer considered to be in the BScN program. To enrol in other TRU courses, students must apply into one of TRU's open programs. If a student needs to repeat a BScN required course, special permission by the BScN Chairperson must be given subject to availability. If successful in completing the required course(s), students must reapply for the BScN program and acceptance will be subject to space availability. 154 In addition to tuition and fees, students should budget for the following expenses (all are approximate and subject to change):              Books, Manuals, etc. – $600 – $1000/year Stethoscope ‐ $100 Blood Pressure cuff ‐ $100 Uniforms ‐ $200 White WCB approved footwear ‐ $100 Out of town travel and accommodation as necessary for practice experiences Nursing Undergrad Society Annual Fees ‐ $25.00 (per year) Canadian Nursing Student Association Membership ‐ $5 (per year) CPR‐C Basic Rescuer at TRU Community U _ $80 CPR‐C Recertification at TRU Community U ‐ $55 Personal Safety Course ‐ $100 WHIMIS Certificate at TRU Community U ‐ $55 Criminal Record Check ‐ $28.00    Graduation activities, as arranged by the student CRNBC Membership – $473 (at the time of graduation) National Council Licensure Examination (NCLEX) fee ‐ $360 (at the time of graduation) Program Contacts General Information 250.828.5401 School of Nursing Student Advisor Email: sonadvisor@tru.ca 250.377.6169 BScN Chairperson 250.377.6198 Practical Nursing Diploma A two year program. Graduates receive a Practical Nursing Diploma and are eligible to write the Practical Nurse Registration Exam (CPNRE) and apply for licensure with the CLPNBC to practice as a Licensed Practical Nurse in British Columbia. Learning Options Learning Experiences Full‐time Learning experiences include classroom, supervised laboratory, and practica. The program is offered on a full‐time basis. On‐campus The program is offered every other year at the Williams Lake Campus only starting in September. Program Overview This two year practical nursing education program is designed to provide learners with the knowledge, skills, judgements, and attitudes to perform to the full range of competencies as identified by the College of Licensed Practical Nurses of British Columbia. Students have practicum experiences throughout the 2 years of the program including a 4‐6 week practicum during May/June. Practica occur in residential and acute care facilities, community health agencies, and homes. Outlying agencies in the region are used for clinical practice and students are required to travel outside of Williams Lake for practica. Practicum courses may also include evening and weekend experiences. Admission Requirements Educational Requirements The program, using the BC Provincial Practical Nurse Curriculum, provides a learning experience that is integrated, professional, collaborative and culturally sensitive with an aim to prepare graduates to care for individuals and families at multiple life stages and in a variety of practice settings.   Upon completion of the program, learners will possess the competencies to successfully complete the Canadian Practical Nurse Registration Exam (CPNRE). This program follows the provincial practical nursing education curriculum.  PN Program  The PN program consists of courses in nursing, and the physical and social sciences as they are applied to the nursing care of individuals and their families.  Studies will give students the technical knowledge, human understanding and practical skills to provide responsible and competent client‐centered care. Graduates of the program will be prepared to function as team member’s acute care, residential care, clinics, home care agencies and community health agencies. 155 Grade 12 graduation or equivalent or Mature Student Status English 12 or English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 73% (with the government exam within the last 5 years); or level 5 on the composition section of the Language Proficiency Index (LPI) with all other categories of the LPI at a minimum of 70%; or satisfactory completion of the TRU English Assessment (ACCUPLACER) at the university entrance level; or completion of TRU ENGL 0600 with a minimum 69%; or completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a minimum 69% Math 11 Principles with a grade of C or better (If taken prior to 2012 and less than 10 years ago) Math 11 Foundations with a grade of C or better (commencing 2012) PNUR 1300 Introduction to Anatomy and Physiology, BIOL 1590/1690, or HLTH 1121 Foundational Human Anatomy‐ Physiology for Health Promotion with a minimum grade of 69% or equivalent General Requirements  Canadian Citizen or Landed Immigrant Status  Letter of Introduction Additional Requirements for Admission to the Program These forms will be provided upon acceptance to the Program. Program Requirements Required Courses: Semester 1 PNUR 1420 Professional Practice 1 PNUR 1600 Professional Communications 1 PNUR 1700 Variations in Health 1 PNUR 1750 Health Promotion 1  CPR Level “C” (CPR‐C every two years) PNUR 1800 Pharmacology 1  Immunization as required by clinical partner sites and recommended by BC Centre of Disease Control (2009): diphtheria and tetanus, polio, hepatitis B, measles, mumps and rubella (MMR), varicella, and influenza PNUR 1520 Integrated Nursing Practice 1 PNUR 1570 Consolidated Practice Experience 1 PNUR 1430 Professional Practice 2 WHIMIS certification PNUR 1610 Professional Communications 2 PNUR 1710 Variations in Health 2 PNUR 1760 Health Promotion 2  Semester 2  Personal Safety course  Negative TB skin test or chest x‐ray PNUR 1810 Pharmacology 2  CLPNBC Requisite Skills and Abilities Form PNUR 1530 Integrated Nursing Practice 2  Criminal Record check PNUR 1580 Consolidated Practice Experience 2 Semester 3 PNUR 2420 Professional Practice 3 PNUR 2600 Professional Communications 3 PNUR 2700 Variations in Health 3 PNUR 2750 Health Promotion 3 PNUR 2520 Integrated Nursing Practice 3 3. Provide official transcripts for all secondary and post‐ secondary institutions attended PNUR 2570 Consolidated Practice Experience 3 4. Submit Letter of Introduction PNUR 2430 Professional Practice 4 5. Arrange to write the Assessment Test at the Assessment Centre (if necessary) PNUR 2610 Professional Communications 4 PNUR 2710 Variations in Health 4 PNUR 2760 Health Promotion 4 PNUR 2530 Integrated Nursing Practice 4 PNUR 2580 Consolidated Practice Experience 4 PNUR 2560 Transition to Preceptorship PNUR 2590 Preceptorship Application Process 1. Submit an application form 2. Pay the application fee Program Costs In addition to tuition and fees, students should budget for the following expenses (all are approximate and subject to change):             156 Books, Manuals, etc. – $600 – $1000/year Stethoscope ‐ $100 Blood Pressure cuff ‐ $100 Uniforms ‐ $200 WCB approved footwear ‐ $100 Out of town travel and accommodation as necessary for practice experiences CPR‐C Basic Rescuer at TRU WL Cont Studies _ $80 CPR‐C Recertification at TRU WL Cont Studies ‐ $55 Personal Safety Course ‐ $100 Criminal Record Check ‐ $28.00 Graduation activities, as arranged by the student CLPNBC Membership – $450 (at the time of graduation) Semester 4 Promotion Policy The passing grade for each theory course in the program is 60%. Practice courses are pass/fail. Students must pass each course in order to continue in the program. Program Contact School of Nursing Advisor sonadvisor@tru.ca 250.377.6169 Chairperson 250.828.5056 Health Care Assistant Certificate A 27‐week program. Graduates receive a Health Care Assistant Certificate. Learning Options program. Practica occur in residential facilities, and homes. Practicum courses may also include evening experiences. Full‐time The program is offered on a full‐time basis. On‐campus Admission Requirements Educational Requirements The program is offered two times per year at the Kamloops campus: September to March and January to July.   The program is offered every other year in Williams Lake, and yearly in other communities on a rotating basis. Program Overview This 27 week program is designed to prepare the graduate to function, under supervision, as a Health Care Assistant. The HCA program will teach you the skills you need to help older adults in residential care facilities, assisted living facilities and in clients' private homes. This is a career that is both challenging and rewarding. BC Grade 11; however, Grade 12 is preferred. Successful English 11 and satisfactory completion of English Assessment ‐ Accuplacer Test at Grade 11 level. General Requirements (Upon acceptance into the HCA program)  Canadian Citizenship or Landed Immigrant Status  Food Safe Certificate  Standard First Aid with a level 'C' CPR component (or equivalent)  Completed Immunization Schedule  HCA Information Session at TRU During the HCA program, you will learn to provide hands‐on care to older adults using a person‐centred approach. Learned skills will be applied in the community utilizing care facilities, assisted living facilities and private homes. The focus will be on learning to assist the older adult in meeting his/her basic physical, emotional, environmental and social needs. You will learn to provide practical assistance to help clients maintain maximum independence within the limits of their ability. You will also learn to practice ethically in a responsible and accountable manner, using caring and respectful communication skills. You will think critically and creatively to meet the varying needs of clients and to work effectively as a team member.  Criminal record check. A criminal record check is a pre‐ practicum and pre‐employment requirement of most agencies. Please be advised that a criminal record may limit practicum placement and preclude program completion.  Students should be in good physical health with NO back problems.  Flexibility, maturity, and a sense of humor are desirable.  Students are strongly advised to volunteer in a continuing care facility before registering for the program. It is important that the prospective HCA demonstrate a caring and interested attitude toward older adults and physically challenged persons and be willing to work with these clients and their families. Application Process HCA Program  Submit an application form The HCA program offers the BC Provincial HCA Curriculum and consists of courses in the basic concepts of health, client centered care, personal care and assistance, common health challenges, and cognitive challenges as they are applied to the care of older individuals and their families.  Pay the application fee  Provide official transcripts for all secondary and post‐ secondary institutions attended.  Arrange to write the Assessment Test at the Assessment Centre. Studies will give students the technical knowledge, human understanding and practical skills to provide responsible and competent client‐centered care. Graduates of the program will be prepared to function as health care assistants and team members in residential care facilities, and home care agencies. Learning Experiences Learning experiences include classroom, supervised laboratory, and practica. Students have practicum experiences throughout the 27 weeks of the program including an 8 week practicum at the end of the 157 Program Requirements Required Courses: Required courses: HEAL 1000 Health 2: Lifestyle and Choices HEAL 1010 Health and Healing: Concepts for Practice HEAL 1050 Health 1: Interpersonal Communication HEAL 1100 Health Care Assistant: Introduction to Practice HEAL 1150 Healing 3: Personal Care and Assistance HEAL 1200 Healing 1: Caring for Individuals Experiencing Common Health Challenges HEAL 1350 Healing 2: Caring for Individuals Experiencing Cognitive or Mental Challenges HEAL 1250 Practice Experience in Home Support and Assisted Living HEAL 1300 Practice Experience in Multi‐Level and Complex Care Promotion Policy The passing grade for each course in the program is 70%. Students must pass each course in order to continue in the program. 158 Program Contact School of Nursing Student Advisor 250‐377‐6169 sonadvisor@tru.ca Chairperson 250.828.5056 Research and Graduate Studies General Admission Requirements Applicants must meet the following minimum standards: Applicants must be graduates of a four‐year bachelor degree or equivalent, with a minimum B average (GPA of 3.0 on a scale of 4.33) in the last 60 credits, or, have successfully completed TRU’s Graduate Certificate in Educational Studies. • A three or four year baccalaureate or an equivalent degree from a recognized institution. Degrees and grades from international applicants will be assessed on their equivalency to those of TRU. Master of Science in Environmental Sciences  • A minimum grade point average of 3.0 (on a 4.33 point scale) in the last 2 years of an undergraduate degree (60 out of 120 credits), or the equivalent of 2 years of full‐time study.   Programs delivered through Open Learning may have different admission requirements.  Applicants must be graduates of a four‐year bachelor degree or equivalent in an appropriate science related field with a minimum B+ (GPA of 3.33 on a scale of 4.33) in the last 60 credits. Students with a lower GPA may be considered if the applicant can demonstrate significant academic growth and training since their graduation Agreement from a Faculty advisor who act as supervisor. This must be in place prior to submitting an application. Signed Financial Support Agreement (signed by student and faculty advisor) Introduction t o statistics course with a ‘B’ standing Program Specific Requirements Master of Business Administration  Year One MBA Foundation (Graduate Certificate in Business Administration)  Year Two Master of Business Administration All students apply to the MBA Foundation (GCBA) program. Students may be eligible for exemptions from any or all of those courses by the MBA Admissions Committee based on their previous academic record at the undergraduate or graduate level. Applicants with a BBA or BComm from an acceptable institution may be eligible for direct admittance into the MBA program.     An acceptable 3‐ or 4‐year undergraduate degree in any discipline with a minimum B average (GPA of 3.0 on a scale of 4.33) in the last 60 credits. Quantitative and Computing Skills. Applicants must have adequate quantitative and/or computing skills in the opinion of the TRU MBA Committee. Adequate quantitative skills include a strong background in algebra and statistics. Adequate computing skills include having a strong background in word processing, presentation and spreadsheet software. A GMAT score is not required for admission to the MBA, however, the MBA Admission Committee may request a GMAT test score as a condition of acceptance There is no minimum professional work experience requirement. Students who do not fully meet the education or language requirements or do not have adequate quantitative and/or computing skills in the opinion of the MBA Admissions Committee will be asked to take specified undergraduate upgrading courses prior to being accepted into the MBA Foundation (GCBA) program. Graduate Certificate of Educational Studies  A 3 or 4‐year undergraduate degree from an accredited institution  Undergraduate studies in an area relevant to the intended graduate program of study  GPA of 2.5 on a scale of 4.33 Master of Education 159 English Language Requirements The language of instruction is English. Students whose first language is not English and who did not complete a Baccalaureate Degree with an English‐speaking university will be required to demonstrate the following minimal standards of English language proficiency by presenting one of the following indicators of English competency: Master of Science MBA Program Master of Education TOEFL Paper‐ Based 570 with a TWE of 4.5 or higher 600 with a TWE of 5.0 or higher iBT 88 with no section below 20 100 with no section below 20 IELTS 6.5 with no bands below 6.0 7.0 (all bands) CAEL 70 with no subtest below 60 N/A ENGL 1100 or CMNS 1290 N/A B or higher Graduate Certificate of Education students who do not meet these minimum standards may be admitted to a program; however, will be required to complete classes at TRU in English as a Second Language to achieve a specific level of proficiency prior to embarking on their academic program (normally successful completion of ESAL level V). For details see: www.tru.ca/admissions Admission with Special Consideration In exceptional circumstances, a student may be admitted who does not meet all the admission standards when there is significant professional experience relevant to the proposed area of scholarship, and the student provides evidence of degree equivalency and ability to successfully undertake graduate studies. A qualifying semester may be required. Under TRU Policy ED 8‐0 Educational Standards in Educational Courses and Programs a masters’ degree will be awarded for the successful completion of a baccalaureate degree or the equivalent plus a minimum of 24 graduate credits. Therefore students will not be allowed to graduate, nor will this credential appear on a TRU transcript, until they have completed an undergraduate degree or equivalent. At TRU, equivalency to a degree can only be achieved through Prior Learning Assessment and Recognition (PLAR). For more information on how to apply for PLAR, please see www.tru.ca/prior_learning Applying for Admission Application Deadlines MBA Fall Winter Summer May 31 October 15 February 15 (Year One Foundation only) GCES MEd MSc May 31 October 15 February 15 May 31 N/A N/A April 30 September 30 January 30 Application deadlines may be extended until the program is full. For the most up to date information, visit www.tru.ca/research/grad_studies Application Fee TRU requires a non‐refundable p r o g r a m application fee. Application Procedure Select your program. Read the program description and you may also wish to consult with the r e l e v a n t Graduate Program Committee Chair to be sure this is the right program for you. Complete the application. All graduate programs require the submission of the following documents – applications that do not include all the required documentation indicated below cannot be processed:        160 Additional forms required by specific graduate programs  MSc and MEd/GCES Applicants: Two letters of recommendation from qualified referees addressing the applicant’s ability to pursue graduate studies, including an assessment of the applicant’s communication skills, initiative, and originality  Send the recommendation forms to your referees. Contact them personally and remind them of the deadline. Ask them to confirm with you when the recommendation has been sent. Re‐read the checklist on the application form and ensure that all required documents are included with the completed application form. By Email: gradadmissions@tru.ca By Mail or Courier: GRADUATE ADMISSIONS Thompson Rivers University 900 McGill Road Kamloops BC Canada V2C 0C8 Contact Us: gradadmissions@tru.ca The Admission/Acceptance Process Graduate Admissions receives your admission package. It is your responsibility to ensure that your application is complete. The Graduate Admissions Office will contact you if your application is incomplete. Once the application package is complete, and transcripts are verified, the Graduate Office forwards the application package to the Chair of the appropriate Graduate Program Committee. The Graduate Studies Program Committee considers your application and makes an admission decision which may include special conditions or considerations. The Graduate Program Committee recommends acceptance based on admissions criteria stated by the program, fit within the program, enrolment numbers, availability of a supervisor with the appropriate interest and expertise (as applicable). Official Transcripts from all post‐ secondary institutions attended. (High school transcripts are not required). Graduates from TRU do not need to provide official transcripts. Scanned and emailed copies of official transcripts are sufficient for application purposes only. Proof of degree awarded (copy of degree received) Proof of English language proficiency, if applicable You are informed of the decision. All applicants are informed of the admission decision. Admission decisions are final and are not appealable. If you are admitted for graduate studies you will receive a letter of acceptance from the Director of Graduate Studies. Resumé/CV A letter of intent indicating reasons for pursuing a graduate degree, relevant previous professional experience or qualifications, research and professional interests and future goals o MBA – 1,000 words o MEd – 250 words o MSc – 350 words Application form Program application fee Admission Deferrals Admission deferrals may be considered and will be determined based on unique situations. Individual graduate programs are responsible for such decisions. Students should speak to the r e l e v a n t Graduate Program coordinator or Committee Chair. They will forward their decision to you and to the Graduate Admissions Office. Academic Status Undergraduate Courses Full‐time and Part‐time Status for Students Paying Fees on a It may be beneficial for you to participate in senior‐level undergraduate courses as part of your graduate program. No more than 30% of your courses may be at the undergraduate level, and these must be approved as part of your Graduate Program Plan Program‐Fee Basis Program‐fee students are charged a fee for their entire program, in multiple installments over the duration of the program until the minimum time‐for‐completion of the program is met (generally two years, or 6 semesters). Residency Requirements  Full‐Time: All graduate students who pay full‐time fees are considered to be full‐time students. International students must be engaged in full time studies in order to meet study permit requirements. Full‐Time Continuing: A student enrolled in a full‐time graduate program who is beyond their minimum time‐ for‐completion, and is paying full‐time fees. Part‐Time: A student enrolled part‐time in a graduate program engaged in completing 60% or less of the program requirements per semester. Part‐Time Continuing: A student enrolled part‐time in a TRU graduate program engaged in completing 60% or less of the program requirements per semester who has exceeded the minimum time‐for‐completion of their program (generally 4 years).    Full‐time and Part‐time Status for Students Paying Fees on a Per Course‐Fee Basis Course‐fee students are charged fees on a per course basis, with minimum and maximum timelines established for program completion.  Full‐Time: A student enrolled in a graduate program who is engaging in a full course load for their program of study, paying the equivalent of full‐time fees, and who is in pursuit of their studies as a full‐time endeavour.  Part‐Time: A student enrolled part‐time in a TRU graduate program engaged in completing 60% or less of the course requirements per semester.  Part‐Time Continuing: A student enrolled part‐time in a TRU graduate program engaged in completing 60% or less of the course requirements per semester who has exceeded the minimum time‐for‐completion of their program. Registration Graduate Program Plan Graduate programs vary in course requirements. Some programs offer more flexibility than others. If there are opportunities for choice and electives, discuss your program with your supervisor and develop a program plan. At least 50% of coursework must be completed through TRU, and all thesis, project or culminating creative work must be completed under the supervision of a TRU graduate instructor/supervisor. It is recommended that graduate students normally complete a majority of their graduate program at TRU in order to gain maximum benefit from the faculty, student colleagues, facilities and other resources. Letter of Permissions After starting your program you may transfer up to 12 credits from another recognized university with the advanced written approval of your supervisor and Graduate Program Committee Chair. This permission is granted by completing the Letter of Permission form. A fee may be charged for this service. Course Changes If you need to change your courses (add, drop, or withdraw) please consult your supervisor. Updating Your Contact Information Keep your contact information up to date. You can update your information through myTRU (mytru.tru.ca) or the Office of the Registrar. Program Completion Times There is a five‐year maximum time for completing a Masters program. Programs vary in design and standard completion time. If you are unable to follow the program schedule and complete within the normal timeframe for your program, please discuss this with your supervisor. Complete a revised Program Plan and submit the signed form to Graduate Studies Office. Absences and Leaves of Absence Students are generally expected to be in attendance for all aspects of the graduate program including courses, seminars and other activities as applicable. If you will miss any of these activities for a short period of time, please inform your instructor/s. It is your responsibility to get caught up on any missed material. Short‐term Absences: Less than 3 Weeks Discuss this with your supervisor prior to commencing the 161 leave, or as soon as possible thereafter, to determine any impact on your Graduate Program Plan. Any adjustments to the plan should be signed off and forwarded to the Registrar’s Office Long‐term Leaves: Greater than 3 Weeks Longer‐term absences require the approval or your supervisor and the Graduate Program Committee Chair, ideally prior to commencing the leave. Normally, any student financial support is suspended during a leave, and may be reinstated upon return depending upon any restrictions to the funding. Possible reasons for requesting a long‐term absence include: • • • • • Compassionate Medical Maternity Adopting Parental Documentation Required for Longer‐Term Leaves     A signed leave request form Compassionate: medical certificate for the person requiring care, or in the case of bereavement, a copy of the death certificate is required. Medical: original signed doctor’s note indicating the medical condition and required leave time. Maternity, Adopting, Parental: for all three the person requesting leave is entitled to one year of leave. Students requesting leave for adoption or parental responsibilities must provide documentation which gives proof of requirement. If a longer‐term leave is approved you tuition fees and the program completion time will be frozen for the duration of absence. Academic Standing Graduate Student in Good Academic Standing Minimum pass for students in a graduate program: a student who receives a B‐ or lower in two or more courses will be required to withdraw regardless of their grade point average unless the program recommends otherwise. Individual programs may require a higher minimum passing grade. Probation If your GPA falls below 70% in a term, you will be placed on academic probation. Graduate programs may set higher standards. Dismissal Student receiving a GPA of less than 70% in two consecutive terms may be placed on academic dismissal. This action requires consultation with the Graduate Program Committee Chair, the relevant Dean, and the approval of the Associate Vice President, Research and Graduate Studies. Appeal The decision may be appealed through the Student Academic Appeals process (Policy ED 4‐0). Avoiding Academic Probation and Dismissal Nobody likes to be in the situation of academic probation and dismissal. It is hard on the student and the supervisor. If you are having academic difficulties, please discuss these with your supervisor or other academic mentor as soon as possible. We will do our best to help you identify positive solutions. Employment Leave Students taking employment leave will be considered “continuing students” and charged Continuing Student Fees. The Graduate Work: Thesis, Project or Creative Work Maintaining Computing, Email and Library Services During a Leave Your graduate program may include a Graduate Work, in the form of a thesis, project or production of a creative work. For a graduate thesis please refer to the GUIDELINES FOR THE PREPARATION OF GRADUATE THESIS. If you wish to maintain computer network, email, and library access during the period of the leave you may do so by paying a $100 fee. Fees for Leaves and Absences If you must defer or delay your program you must apply for Continuing Graduate Student status and pay the appropriate fee. If you have not maintained a continuous student status, upon the resumption of your studies will be assessed retroactive tuition to the amount to the amount you would have paid if your continuous enrolment. Retroactive late payment fees may also be applied. We don’t like to charge these fees, so please, discuss any absences with your supervisor and remember to fill out all the paper work. 162 The Graduate Work is a significant academic experience of a graduate program, that is based on original research and inquiry, contributes to the body of knowledge, and becomes part of TRU’s library holdings, and the Canadian Archives. The work may be purely academic and/or applied, leading to the development of improved policy, practice, or products. Through the process of formulating and pursing the inquiry the student has the opportunity to demonstrate academic rigour, creativity, originality, and insightfulness, and hone their ability to explore, develop, critically analyze, synthesize, interpret, and communicate ideas and concepts. Ownership of Data, Information, and Equipment Respect the University’s policies regarding i ntellectual property and the ownership of data and information. As applicable, follow the contractual agreements with other agencies or individuals regarding the ownership of data, information, and equipment. If appropriate, upon finishing the program, provide the supervisor with documentation that allows others to continue the research. 163 Faculty of Science Master of Science in Environmental Science Degree Students in this program normally take 2 to 2.5 years to complete the degree requirements. Graduates of the program receive a Master of Science degree (MSc). 4. Documentation Requirements: Program Overview The MSc in Environmental Science is a thesis‐based degree with three areas of specialization: 1) Ecology and Evolution; 2) Physical Sciences; and 3) Policy and Management. Because of our broad range of expertise, TRU is superbly positioned to train students to approach specific sub‐disciplines using techniques ranging from molecular techniques to ecosystem ecology to policy, management, and ethical considerations. Admission Requirements      Students must meet all of the following: 1. Identify a thesis supervisor: The M.Sc. program is based heavily on the student conducting research that will lead to their written thesis. A faculty member at TRU must be interested and willing to supervise and quite often fund the research. An applicant is expected to contact and discuss potential supervision BEFORE they apply. Applicant WILL NOT be admitted into the M.Sc. unless a supervisor has been confirmed. To view a list of eligible faculty visit: http://www.tru.ca/science/programs/msces/faculty.html 2. Education Requirement: Applicants must be graduates of a four‐year bachelor degree or equivalent (in an appropriate science related field), with a minimum B+, 77‐79%, average (GPA of 3.3 on a scale of 4.33) in the last 60 credits. Students with a lower GPA may be considered if the applicant can demonstrate significant academic growth and training since their graduation. 3. Language Requirement: Applicants who did not complete their undergraduate degree from an English language university normally must have one of the following:         164 a minimum TOEFL score of 570 with a TWE of 4.5 or higher (paper‐based test) minimum 88 with no section below 20 (IBT) IELTS of at least 6.5 with no bands below 6.0 CAEL of at least 70 with no subtest below 60 MELAB of 81+ CanTest of 4.5+ with no component score below 4.0 completion of TRU ESAL Level V completion of TRU ENGL 1100 and ENGL 1290 or equivalent  completed Application for Admission form and paid application fee. Cover letter of 350 words or less. The cover letter should clearly state why you are pursuing an M.Sc. at TRU. This should include an indication of the type of thesis topic being targeted, i.e. particular field of study, and why a certain faculty member is appropriate for supervision. Personal resume Attach evidence of language proficiency if your first language is NOT English. Official copy of educational transcripts for all post‐ secondary education (in original language and a certified copy in English) Two letters of recommendation (academic or professional references). Please use the forms provided in the Application for Admission package. Please note: a proposed supervisor cannot act as a referee however; they may provide a letter of support, in addition to the required two letters, if they wish to highlight the applicant’s circumstances and/or qualifications. Program Requirements The M.Sc. degree in Environmental Science requires the completion of 28 credit hours including: 4 required courses and an independent research project culminating in a thesis. All students must take the following 28 credits: Course Description ENVS 5100 Environmental Science I: History, Philosophy, and Concepts Credits ENVS 5200 Environmental Science II: Conducting Science 3 ENVS 5300 Environmental Science: Topics and Case Studies 2 ENVS 5400 Environmental Science: Dissemination and Outreach 2 ENVS 5990 Thesis* 18 *Master’s Thesis must be completed under the direct supervision of your Thesis Supervisor Program Contacts MSc Program Coordinator MSc_coord@tru.ca 250.371.5570 Graduate Admissions gradadmissions@tru.ca 778.471.8398 3 Bachelor of Health Science This degree program is designed to provide health care diploma students and graduates from recognized programs and institutions with the opportunity to obtain a bachelor's degree. Learning Options Full‐time or part‐time study Students are expected to complete the program on a full‐time basis. A limited number of students may also be admitted to the program to study on a part‐time basis. Program Requirements Graduation requires completion of 120 credits with a minimum of 45 upper‐level credits and a GPA of 2.0 or higher. Requirements Program Start Dates Students enter the program in the Fall semester. Program Overview The Bachelor of Health Science degree program is designed to: • • • • Credits Lower Level Allow working health professionals to broaden their education and enhance their skills, knowledge, career options and academic credentials without having to leave the workforce for an extended period. Make advanced studies available to professionals in selected health occupations at a convenient time and place. Provide the academic foundation required for select graduate level programs. Allow individuals to maximize recognition of related university credits they previously earned for coursework unrelated to their health care diploma. Each student's degree program plan reflects her/his previous education as it applies to the degree. Program Requirements Required: 6 credits ENGL 1100, 1110 3 credits STAT 1200 3 credits Humanities (other than English) 3 credits HLTH 3501 or approved equivalent 6 credits HLTH 3101, 4011, 4021 Dependent The number of elective credits required depends on the number of credits awarded for the diploma program and any other relevant academic transfer credit awarded. Upper Level Electives* Courses Required: (taken through TRU OL) Total Credits = 120 Students are required to consult with the Program Advisor regarding all course selection. Program Contact Program Assistant, Allied Health 250.828.5403 resp@tru.ca Admission Requirements Must be admitted into or a graduate of a minimum two‐year Health Care Diploma program. Transfer Credit Graduates from a three‐year diploma program may be granted up to a maximum of 90 transfer credits; graduates from a two‐year diploma program may be granted up to a maximum of 60 transfer credits. Exceptions may be considered for concentrated programs. A maximum of 30 upper‐level credits may be granted as block transfer from any health care diploma. Bachelor of Science Degree A four‐year degree program open to undergraduate students. Graduates receive a Bachelor of Science degree (BSc). Program Start Dates Learning Options Full‐time or Part‐time Students may study full‐time or part‐time. On‐Campus The degree program is offered on the main campus of TRU in Kamloops. 165 Students may enter the program in Fall, Winter, or Summer semester. Distance Education Many courses are available by distance education. Visit www.tru.ca/distance.html http://www.tru.ca/distance.html Program Overview The Faculty of Science is committed to providing its students with a quality education emphasizing personal attention, choice and flexibility. In the Bachelor of Science program, students can expect opportunities for practical, hands‐on experience across a spectrum of science disciplines in the classroom, in the lab, and in the field. In addition, there are opportunities for students to work with nationally and internationally recognized professor‐researchers in their research laboratories. The BSc is a rigorous program that provides students with both depth and breadth in their science education. Communication skills and computer literacy are promoted. Flexibility in the program allows students to pursue interests in disciplines outside their area of specialization. TRU offers three routes to a BSc degree: a Major in a specific discipline or disciplines, an Honours program in a specific discipline (currently available only in Biology, Chemical Biology, Mathematics and Computing Science), or a General Science degree. Many of our graduates are highly successful and have gone on to science careers in medicine, veterinary medicine, medical genetics, elementary and high school teaching, resource management, high tech industry, biotechnology, optometry, pharmacy, dentistry, wildlife management, respiratory therapy and more. A significant number of TRU Science graduates have been very successful in graduate schools and have received NSERC scholarships to continue their studies. Service Learning Students may take six credits of service learning during their third or fourth years. Of these six credits, three may be applied directly to the major. A service learning course is a faculty‐supervised community‐ based learning project completed individually or in groups of up to five students. Co‐operative Education Students planning to take a Major program in Biology, Chemical Biology, Chemistry, Computing Science, Mathematics or Physics may apply to enter the Co‐operative Education option in one of these areas. This option integrates academic study terms with paid work terms, providing the student with relevant experience in their field of study, and usually requires an additional year for completion of the degree program. Applications to enter the Co‐op option are made early in the student's second or third year of study and work terms normally commence at the end of that year. Refer to Co‐operative Education for detailed information on Co‐op policies, procedures, and fees. Biology Co‐op Option and must maintain a cumulative GPA of 2.33 to remain eligible for Co‐op. Students must complete a minimum of three co‐op work terms to graduate with Co‐op Distinction. Biology students normally apply in the fall semester of their second year. A Co‐operative Education work term is considered a three‐credit elective. Each program has different requirements for the elective. Contact the program advisor for more information. Chemistry/Environmental Chemistry Option Students must have completed first year and CHEM 1500/1510 or CHEM 1500/1520, and anticipate completing CHEM 2120/2220 and CHEM 2100/2250 prior to the first work term. A minimum cumulative GPA of 2.33 is required, and must be maintained throughout the Co‐op program. For students applying to Co‐op in third year, CHEM 3100 and CHEM 3120 or CHEM 3170 must be completed prior to the first work term, and at least one of the following: CHEM 3060, 3070, and 3080, or CHEM 3220, 3230 and 3240, or CHEM 3310, 3320, 3330 A minimum cumulative GPA of 2.33 is required and must be maintained. Students must complete a minimum of three co‐op work terms to graduate with Co‐op Distinction. Chemistry students normally apply in the fall semester of their second or third year. A Co‐operative Education work term is considered a three‐credit elective. Each program has different requirements for the elective. Contact the program advisor for more information. Physics Option Applications will be accepted from 2nd and 3rd year Physics students who have completed or anticipate completing the following courses with a minimum cumulative 2.33 GPA prior to the first work term: PHYS 1100/1200 or 1150/1250, PHYS 2000, PHYS 2200, PHYS 2250, MATH 2110, MATH 2120, MATH 3170. As well, students must complete the following courses with a minimum cumulative 2.33 GPA prior to the first January work term in third year: PHYS 3200, PHYS 3250,and PHYS 3400; OR , PHYS 3090, PHYS 3140 and PHYS 3160. Completion of COMP 1130 or COMP 1520 is highly recommended. A minimum cumulative GPA of 2.33 must be maintained throughout the Co‐op program. Preference will be given to students with a demonstrated background in computers and electronics. Students must complete three co‐op work terms to graduate with Co‐ op Distinction. Physics students apply in the fall semester normally of their second or third year. A Co‐operative Education work term is considered a three‐credit elective. Each program has different requirements for the elective. Contact the program advisor for more information. Sample Physics Co‐op Time Pattern Biology Option Students must have completed first year and will have completed three of BIOL 2160, BIOL 2170, BIOL 2280, BIOL 2290, before the first work term. Students must have a cumulative GPA of 2.33 to enter the BSc 166 Term Sep – Dec Jan – Apr Year 1 Academic Semester Academic Semester May ‐ Aug Year 2 Academic Semester Academic Semester Year 3 Academic Semester Co‐op Work Term 1 Co‐op Work Term 2 Year 4 Academic Semester Academic Semester Co‐op Work Term 3 Year 5 Co‐op Work Term 4 Academic Semester Grad Major Mathematics Option Students must have a cumulative GPA of 2.67 to enter the BSc Math Co‐op Option and must maintain a cumulative GPA of 2.67 throughout the Co‐op option. Students must have completed a minimum of 48 credits before beginning work term 1. Applicants must maintain a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.67 in B.Sc. degree courses. Students must complete three Co‐op work terms to graduate with Co‐op Distinction. Mathematics students normally apply for the Co‐op option in the fall semester of their second or third year. Biology (all Majors) Prerequisites Biology 11 or 12 with C+ or better General Science Chemistry 11 or Chem 0500 Chemistry Chemical Biology Principles of Math 12 or Pre‐calculus 12 with C+ or better within the past 2 years or equivalent Environmental Chemistry Physics 11 or Physics 1130 Computing Science Chemistry 11 or Chem 0500 Mathematics Mathematical Sciences Principles of Math 12 or Pre‐calculus 12 with C+ or better within the past 2 years or equivalent Physics Physics 11 or Physics 1130 A Co‐operative Education work term is considered a three‐credit elective. Each program has different requirements for the elective. Contact the program advisor for more information. These are the minimum requirements. Several major programs recommend courses with more stringent prerequisite requirements. Prospective students should become familiar with the course requirements for their intended major and consult the individual course descriptions for specific prerequisite requirements. Computing Science Option Students must have maintained a term and cumulative GPA of 2.33 in all BSc courses, and have completed COMP 2130 and 2230 prior to their first work term. Students may upgrade their prerequisites while enrolled in the Bachelor of Science program. A Co‐operative Education work term is considered a three‐credit elective. Each program has different requirements for the elective. Contact the program advisor for more information. Applicants can take advantage of the Step One and Group Advising sessions offered throughout the school year to help make the process of applying and determining program requirements easier to understand. For more information, please contact Academic Advising at 250.828.5075 or advising@tru.ca. International Experiences Study Abroad Transfers to TRU TRU offers a range of International Exchange opportunities, and is a member of a large, international Study Abroad program that gives students access to universities around the world. BSc students may want to spend one or more semesters of study at another university. Students from another college or university may apply to transfer to TRU any time after October 1. BC Students intending to transfer should check www.bctransferguide.ca to see what credits may transfer. International Field Schools TRU offers a number of general and program specific field schools every year. These schools run from two to six weeks in length and offer course credit that can be applied to your degree. Laddering Credit to the BSc Program Course credit from the TRU Associate of Science degree may be applied toward a BSc degree. Contact the BSc Program Advisor elittley@tru.ca for more information. Admission Requirements Students entering the Bachelor of Science program are required to complete English 1100 or 1110, along with specific science courses, which vary depending on the student’s intended major. (See below for details.) Prerequisites for English 1100 are:  English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 73% within the last 5 years  Level 5 on the composition section of the Language Proficiency Index (within the last 2 years)  Completion of English 0600 or completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a grade of C+ or better. Bachelor of Science majors have specific first year course requirements. It is strongly recommended that students become familiar with the prerequisite requirements for these courses before applying for admission. In general, the minimum prerequisite requirements for courses in the first year courses in the BSc programs are as follows: 167 Program Advising Students in the first and second years of the BSc program should choose their 1000‐2000 level courses in consultation with an Academic Advisor (advising@tru.ca) in order to meet the basic requirements and the specific prerequisite requirements for the 3000‐4000 level courses for each Major. After completing 30 credits, but before completing 60 credits, students will be required to meet with the BSc Advisor (elittley@tru.ca) and declare a Major. The BSc Advisor will assist each student in selecting 3000‐4000 level courses to meet the graduation requirements for each Major. General Science Degree Program The General Science program, leading to a Bachelor of Science degree, gives students an education in science that is broader than the Majors program, but still rigorous. The program offers students the opportunity to specialize at the upper level (third and fourth years) in two or more of the areas of biology, chemistry, earth sciences, mathematical and computing science (mathematics, computing science and statistics), and physics. The goal of the General Science Degree Program is to give flexibility for graduates in the choice of career opportunities. Graduates should be particularly well prepared to enter a BEd Secondary Program to qualify for teaching in BC secondary schools. The degree may be used as the basis for entry into graduate school in some subjects; while for others further qualifying studies may be required. The courses available in the General Science Program also meet the course requirements for entry into the Faculty of Dentistry and the Faculty of Medicine at UBC and most other universities offering these programs, as well as the Veterinary Medicine program at the Western College of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Saskatchewan and the Pre‐Veterinary year at the Ontario Veterinary College at the University of Guelph. Completion of these course requirements does not guarantee admission to these programs. Specific university calendars should be consulted for detailed admission requirements and application procedures for these programs. level credits. These will count toward the 48 credits of upper level courses required for graduation. Upper Level Requirements (3000‐ and 4000‐level courses) There are two alternative routes to degree completion in the General Science program, both of which require completion of a minimum of 48 TRU credits of upper level courses. Of these upper level courses, a minimum of 30 credits or 36 credits, depending upon the alternative chosen, must be in upper level science courses (biology, chemistry, computing science, geology, mathematics, physics, and statistics), with the remaining upper level courses chosen from science (biology, chemistry, computing science, geology, mathematics, physics, statistics) or arts or business courses. Alternatives 1. Completion of 18 upper level credits in each of two areas (chosen from biology, chemistry, computing science, geology, mathematics and statistics, physics). This alternative is particularly recommended for students planning to qualify to teach in B.C. secondary schools. The Bachelor of Science Degree in General Science also serves as excellent preparation for students planning to enter programs in Law and in Business Administration (MBA). 2. Completion of at least 18 upper level credits in one of the six areas (biology, chemistry, computing science, geology, mathematics and statistics, physics) and at least 6 upper level credits in each of two other areas. Course Requirements for the General Science Program Completion of the Bachelor of Science Degree in General Science requires the completion of 120 TRU credits of course work. Normally 30 credits are taken each year for a period of four years. Completion of the degree on a part‐time basis is also possible. A detailed description of course requirements is found later under 'Graduation Requirements'. Students who successfully complete the BSc General Science degree program will have the subject area or areas, in which 18 or more TRU credits of upper level science courses were completed, recorded on their transcript. Lower Level Requirements (1000‐ and 2000‐level courses) Students in the BSc in General Science must take (or have taken) 6 TRU credits of 1000 level mathematics (calculus) and three credits of 1000 level introductory courses in each of chemistry, computing science, physics, and either biology or geology in their first two years. The specific courses that are acceptable are listed under “Graduation Requirements”. Students must also take 6 additional TRU science credits from any area of science (astronomy, biology, chemistry, computing science, geology, physical geography, physics, or statistics) during their first two years. In addition, students must ensure that they obtain first year prerequisites for all second year courses they will require. During the first two years at least six credits of English must also be completed. (Students who do not achieve a high level of performance in their first English course will be required to complete 9 credits of English.) The General Science program requires careful planning by the student. Students must ensure that during their second year they complete the prerequisites to the upper level (3000‐ and 4000‐level) courses they plan to take in subsequent years. Failure to do so may result in more than four years being required to complete their degree. Students with sufficiently high standing may, with special permission from the BSc Advisor, enrol in a limited number of upper level courses prior to admission to third year. Normally, this may not exceed 6 upper 168 Major Program The Bachelor of Science (BSc) Major program is intended for students wishing to specialize in a single field of science. This may lead to graduate study if a sufficiently high standing is obtained. The courses available in the BSc Major program also meet the course requirements for entry into a variety of professional programs such as:  Dentistry, Medicine, Pharmaceutical Sciences and Rehabilitation Sciences at UBC and most other universities offering similar programs  Veterinary Medicine program at the University of Saskatchewan  Pre‐veterinary year at the University of Guelph  Optometry program at the University of Waterloo  Chiropractic program at Canadian Memorial Chiropractic College  Naturopathic Medicine program at the Canadian College of Naturopathic Medicine, as well as similar programs at other institutions in Canada and the United States. Completion of these course requirements does not guarantee admission to these programs. Specific university calendars should be consulted for detailed admission requirements and application procedures for these programs. Majors in the following areas are offered at TRU: Minor in Archaeology and Geology              Animal Biology Cellular, Molecular, and Microbial Biology Ecology and Environmental Biology Biology Chemical Biology Chemistry Computing Science Computing Science and Mathematics Environmental Chemistry Mathematics Mathematics and Economics Mathematical Sciences Physics Requires the completion of the following courses: GEOL 1110 or GEOG 1120 GEOL 2050 or BIOL 1210 or GEOL 2290 3 credits from first or second year Archaeology: ARCH 1110 or ARCH 1190 or ARCH 2190 9 credits in third and fourth year Archaeology from: ARCH 3050 ARCH 3060 Students wishing to enter a Major Program in these areas should meet with the BSc Advisor for further information. ARCH 3260 ARCH 4110 ARCH 4200 Students wishing to include a broader range of courses in a Major Program may be able to proceed in a BSc Major program at TRU by completing as many of their course requirements as possible at TRU, and completing any remaining course requirements (to a maximum of 30 credits) at another university as a 'visiting student.' A Letter of Permission from TRU is required for 'visiting student' status. ANTH 4330 9 credits in third and fourth year Geology from: GEOL 3010 GEOL 3030 GEOL 3190 GEOL 4250 GEOL 4480 Major Program with a Minor Students in the BSc Major Program may also complete a Minor in a discipline or disciplines outside their major. This allows the student to acquire extensive experience in an area outside the discipline of their Major, and to identify this experience as a component of their degree on their transcript. A student may pursue a Minor in either another area of Science (Biology, Chemistry, Computing Science, Mathematics and Statistics, or Physics) or in a discipline within the Arts for which sufficient upper level (3000 and 4000 level) courses are available. Students in the BSc Major Program may also be able to complete a minor in the following:     Archaeology and Geology (Geoarchaeology) Computing Science Environmental Economics and Sustainability Management A Minor requires the completion of at least 30 credits and no more than 42 credits in the area of the Minor. At least 18 of these credits must be at the upper level (3rd or 4th year). No more than three of the required upper level credits can be the same for both the Major and the Minor. In addition to this, Minors in some disciplines have more specific requirements. A Minor in Chemistry requires that at least one of the upper level credits is in a laboratory course. 169 Minor in Computing Science Requires the completion of the following courses: COMP 1130 Computer Programming 1 COMP 1230 Computer Programming 2 COMP 1390 Discrete Structures 2 COMP 2230 Data Structures, Algorithm Analysis and Program Design COMP 3520 Software Engineering COMP 3540 Web Design and Programming COMP 3610 Database Systems One of the following: COMP 3260 Internet and Security Issues COMP 3270 Computer Networks COMP 4250 Computer Network Administration At least 2 additional COMP at the 3000/4000 level Minor in Environmental Economics and Sustainable Development Requires the completion of 12 credits of upper level courses from the list below. ECON 3410 The Economics of Climate Change ECON 3690 Community Economic Development ECON 3700 Cost Benefit Analysis for Project Evaluation ECON 3710 Environmental Economics ECON 3990 *Special Topics in Economics ECON 3730 Forestry Economics ECON 3740 Land Use ECON 4720 Sustainable Economic Development ECON 4990 *Special Topics in Economics *Note: The ECON 3990 and 4990 can be used only if special topics covered are related to the minor. The chairs/program advisor with consultation will make this decision. Minor in Management Specific requirements for minors programs in the School of Business are detailed in the Bachelor of Business Administration Degree Program section of the calendar. Students are advised to consult the SoBE Advisor MATH 1070 or Mathematics for Business & Economics 2 or MATH 1100 or MATH 1140 or Finite Mathematics with Applications 1 or MATH 1380 Discrete Data Structures for Computing Science STAT 1200 or Introduction to Statistics or STAT 2000 or Introduction to Statistics or PSYC 2100 or Analysis of Psychological Data or ECON 2320 or Economics and Business Statistics 1 or SOCI 2710 or Introduction to Social Statistics BIOL 3000 Biometrics ACCT 2210 Financial Accounting MIST 2610 Management Information Systems or COMP 1020 Introduction to Spreadsheets Calculus 1 or plus two additional credits in Computer Science ORGB 2810 Organizational Behaviour FNCE 3120 Finance MKTG 3430 Marketing HRMN 3820 Human Resources One additional 3000/4000 business course One additional 3000/4000 business course One additional 3000/4000 business course Students taking a Major in Mathematical Sciences cannot take a Minor in Computing Science. Specific requirements for Minors programs in the Arts disciplines are detailed in the Bachelor of Arts Degree Program section of the calendar. Students intending to complete a Minor in one of these disciplines are advised to consult the BA Advisor. Students considering a Minor must plan their program very carefully and should complete during their first two years any lower level (1000 and 2000 level) prerequisites required for the upper level courses they plan to take in the field of their Minor. In most cases the completion of 170 a Major and a Minor will require the completion of more than 48 upper level credits and may, depending upon what lower level courses are taken, require the completion of more than a total of 120 credits for graduation. Double Major Program Students in the BSc program may complete Majors in two Science disciplines. (For example: Biology and Chemistry, Chemistry and Physics, Computing Science and Mathematics, Mathematics and Physics, etc.) A Double Major is not permitted in Mathematics and Mathematical Science since the amount of overlap in required courses in these two Majors is too great. A Double Major requires the completion of all the specific requirements for each Major and no more than six (6) of the required upper level credits can be the same for the two Majors. The completion of a Double Major will normally require five years (10 semesters) of study rather than the four years (8 semesters) required for a Major. Students wishing to plan a Double Major program should meet with the B.Sc. Advisor for further information Students in the BSc program interested in study in a non‐science area beyond the scope of a Minor may pursue a double degree and be awarded a degree in the second area in addition to the BSc (e.g. BSc and BA or BSc and BBA). Students must complete a minimum of 30 extra credits for the second degree and must meet the normal requirements in respect to courses and the number of credits of each program. Students are encouraged to declare, as early as possible, their intention to do a double program so that appropriate planning may be done. Course Requirements for a Major Program Completion of a Bachelor of Science Major Degree requires the completion of 120 TRU credits of course work. Normally 30 credits are taken each year for a period of four years. Completion of the degree on a part‐time basis is also possible. A detailed description of course requirements is found below under “Graduation Requirements”. Lower Level and Upper Level Requirements Specific lower level and upper level requirements are listed on the following pages under each Major Degree Program. Students must ensure that during their second year they complete necessary prerequisites to the courses they plan to take in subsequent years. Honours Program The intention of Honours programs is to provide motivated students with the opportunity to develop their research skills under the supervision of a faculty member and to have this recognized as part of their program. The completion of an Honours program should provide a competitive edge for students wishing to enter graduate or professional schools. At present, Honours programs for B.Sc. students are available only in the fields of Biology, Chemical Biology, Mathematics, and Computing Science. Specific requirements are listed under “Biology Majors and Honours Programs”, "Chemical Biology Major and Honours Program", "Mathematics Major and Honours Program" and "Computing Science Major and Honours Program". 2 Must be taken prior to third year. 3 5 or 6 credits from CHEM 3060, CHEM 3140, CHEM 3230, CHEM 3310, CHEM 3330, CHEM 4220, CHEM 4320, CHEM 4420, CHEM 4480, CHEM 4600, BIOL 3200, BIOL 3510, BIOL 3540, BIOL 3550, BIOL 4350, BIOL 4488, BIOL 4490, PHIL 4330 or 4350. Interdisciplinary Major and Honours Program in Chemical Biology Students taking this program are eligible to enter the Biology or Chemistry Co‐operative Education program, providing they meet the requirements. An Honours program is available in Chemical Biology and requires the completion of 126 credits, including the 117 credits required for the Major as well as CHBI 3980‐1 (Introduction to Research), CHBI 4980‐2 (Honours Seminar) and CHBI 4990‐6 (Honours Thesis). Students must apply for admission to the Chemical Biology Honours program at the end of their 3rd year. Acceptance into the program normally requires 4th year standing, a minimum GPA of 3.0 with at least at B grade in all Biology, Chemistry and required English courses. Interdisciplinary Major and Honours Program in Chemical Biology (for students first registered September 2010 and later) Lower Level 4 Electives must include 9‐12 credits in at least two disciplines outside Science (other than English). Biology Programs The Biology program offers students numerous opportunities to engage in research during their BSc. These include lab and field based projects within program courses as well as independent research projects and collaborations with faculty members as part of a Directed Studies option, Honours Thesis, or through student research grants. There are four undergraduate options leading to a BSc degree in Biology at TRU:     Animal Biology Cellular, Molecular and Microbial Biology Ecology and Environmental Biology General Biology CHEM 1500/1510 or 1500/1520 6 credits BIOL 1110/1210 6 credits PHYS 1100/1200 or PHYS 1150/1250 6 credits Major In Animal Biology MATH 1130/1230, MATH 1140/1240 or MATH 1150/1250 6 credits (for students first registered September 2010 and later) ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 (or two of ENGL 1100, 1110, 1120, 1140 or 1210)1 3‐6 credits 3 credits of COMP chosen from COMP 1000, 1010, 1020, 1030, 1040, 1050, 1070, 1080,1090, 1130 or 11502 3 credits CHEM 2100/2250 Lower Level 6 credits CHEM 2120/2220 6 credits CHEM 2160 3 credits BIOL 2160 3 credits BIOL 2130/2340 6 credits BIOL 1110/1210 6 credits CHEM 1500/1510 or 1500/1520 ENGL 1100 or 1110 1 6 credits 3 credits ENGL 1100 , 1110, 1120, 1140, 1150, 1210, CMNS 2290 or 3 credits 23002 MATH 1130/1230 or 1140/1240 or 1150/1250 6 credits 5 6 credits CMNS 2290 or 23001 3 credits PHYS 1100/1200 or 1150/1250 Non‐Science Elective 9 – 12 credits BIOL 2130/2340 6 credits BIOL 2160, 2170, 2280 and 2290 12 credits 3 credits BIOL 2300 1 credit CHEM 3170 1 credit 3 credits of COMP chosen from COMP 1000, 1010, 1020, 3 credits CHEM 3220 3 credits CHEM 3240 1 credit Upper Level CHEM 3100 1030, 1040, 1050, 1070, 1080,1090, 1130 or 11501 CHEM 2120/2220 6 credits 3 credits Non‐Science Electives3 9 credits BIOL 3000 3 credits Upper Level BIOL 3130/3230 6 credits BIOL 3000 3 credits BIOL 3350 3 credits BIOL 3030 3 credits BIOL 4150/4250 6 credits BIOL 3130/3350 6 credits BIOL 3520 3 credits BIOL 3540/3550 6 credits Chemical Biology Electives 7‐9 credits BIOL 4130 or 4140 3 credits Upper Level Electives4 9 credits BIOL 3300 and 4300 2 credits Other Elective 3 credits CHEM 4450 3 Notes: 1 Students with a B or better in ENGL 1100 or 1110 may proceed into CMNS 2290 or 2300 in their second year; students with less than a B in first year English must take another 3 credits of 1000‐level English before their second year English requirement. 171 Animal Biology Electives4 18 credits Upper Level Electives 9 credits Other Elective 3 credits Notes: 1 2 Must be taken prior to 3rd year. 5 Students with a B or better in ENGL 1100 or 1110 may take CMNS 2290 or 2300 without taking a second 1st year ENGL course. 3 Electives must include at least 9 credits in disciplines outside of science, and must include at least 2 disciplines (other than English) outside of science. Biology Electives: BIOL 3100, BIOL 3200, BIOL 3210, BIOL 3230, BIOL 3240, BIOL 3290, BIOL 3310, BIOL 3430, BIOL 3510, BIOL 3520, BIOL 3540, BIOL 3550, BIOL 4020, BIOL 4090, BIOL 4100, BIOL 4110, BIOL 4150, BIOL 4160, BIOL 4210, BIOL 4250, BIOL 4260, BIOL 4270, BIOL 4350, BIOL 4480, BIOL 4490 (and BIOL 3980/4980 with admission to the Honours program). 6 If the student chooses the BIOL 4110/4210 plus one other from BIOL 3510, 3520, 3540, 3550 then only 9 credits of Biology electives are required. 4 Animal Biology electives: BIOL 3100, BIOL 3200, BIOL 3230, BIOL 3290, BIOL 3310, BIOL 3520, BIOL 4020, BIOL 4090, BIOL 4100, BIOL 4160, BIOL 4270, BIOL 4350, BIOL 4480, BIOL 4490 (and BIOL 3980/4980 with admission to the Honours program). 5 Major In Cellular, Molecular, and Microbial Biology (for students first registered September 2010 and later) Students with a grade of 80% or better in Physics 12 only need to complete 3 credits of first year Physics, PHYS 1150. The remaining 3 credits may be taken in any subject area Major In Biology (for students first registered September 2010 and later) BIOL 1110/1210 6 credits CHEM 1500/1510 or 1500/1520 6 credits ENGL 1100 or 11101 3 credits ENGL 1100 ,1110, 1120, 1140, 1150, 1210, CMNS 2290 or 3 credits 23002 Lower Level BIOL 1110/1210 MATH 1130/1230 or 1140/1240 or 1150/1250 6 credits 6 credits PHYS 1100/1200 or 1150/12505 6 credits 3 credits BIOL 2130/2340 6 credits 3 credits BIOL 2160, 2170, 2280 and 2290 12 credits 6 credits CHEM 1500/1510 or 1500/1520 ENGL 1100 or 1110 Lower Level 1 ENGL 1100, 1110, 1120, 1140, 1150, 1210, CMNS 2290 or 23002 MATH 1130/1230 or 1140/1240 or 1150/1250 6 credits BIOL 2300 1 credit 3 credits of COMP chosen from COMP 1000, 1010, 1020, 3 credits PHYS 1100/1200 or 1150/12503 6 credits 1030, 1040, 1050, 1070, 1080, 1090, 1130 or 11501 BIOL 2130/2340 6 credits CHEM 2120/2220 6 credits BIOL 2160, 2170, 2280 and 2290 12 credits Non‐Science Electives3 9 credits BIOL 2300 1 credit 3 credits of COMP chosen from COMP 1000, 1010, 1020, 1030, 1040, 1050, 1070, 1130 or 1150 3 credits 1 CHEM 2120/2220 6 credits Non‐Science Electives4 9 credits Upper Level BIOL 3000 3 credits BIOL 3030 3 credits BIOL 3130/3350 6 credits two of BIOL 3510, 3520, 3540, 3550 or one of these and 6 or 9 credits both of BIOL 4110 and 42105 Year 3 and 4 BIOL 3000 3 credits BIOL 3130/3230 6 credits BIOL 3350/3520 6 credits BIOL 3210 3 credits BIOL 4110/4210 6 credits BIOL 4130 3 credits BIOL 4250 3 credits BIOL 4350 3 credits BIOL 3300 and 4300 2 credits BIOL 3300 and 4300 2 credits CMMB Electives4 6 credits BIOL 4130 or 4140 3 credits Upper Level Electives 9 credits Biology Electives,5,6 12 credits Other Elective 3 credits Upper Level Electives 15 credits Other Elective 3 credits 1 2 Notes: 1 Must be taken prior to third year. 2 Students with a B or better in ENGL 1100 or 1110 may take CMNS 2290 or 2300 Must be taken prior to 3rd year. Students with a B or better in ENGL 1100 or 1110 may take CMNS 2290 or 2300 without taking a second 1st year ENGL course. 3 Electives must include at least 9 credits in disciplines outside of science, including at least 2 disciplines (other than English) outside of science. without taking a second 1st year ENGL course. 3 Students with a grade of 80% or better in Physics 12 only need to complete 3 credits of first year Physics, PHYS 1150. The remaining 3 credits may be taken in any subject area 4 Electives must include at least 9 credits in disciplines outside of science, including at least 2 disciplines (other than English) outside of science 172 4 CMMB Electives: BIOL 3200, BIOL 3310, BIOL 3510, BIOL 4150, BIOL 4480, BIOL 4490 (and BIOL 3980/4980 with admission to the Honours program). 5 Students with a grade of 80% or better in Physics 12 only need to complete 3 credits of first year Physics, PHYS 1150. The remaining 3 credits may be taken in any subject area Major in Ecology and Environmental Biology (for students first registered September 2010 and later) the program normally requires 4th year standing, a minimum GPA of 3.0 with at least a B grade in all Biology and required English courses. Lower Level BIOL 1110/1210 6 credits Program Contact CHEM 1500/1510 or 1500/1520 6 credits ENGL 1100 or 11101 3 credits Department Chair 250.828.5544 ENGL 1100, 1110, 1120, 1140, 1150, 1210, CMNS 2290 or 3 credits 23002 MATH 1130/1230 or 1140/1240 or 1150/1250 6 credits PHYS 1100/1200 or 1150/12506 6 credits BIOL 2130/2340 6 credits BIOL 2160, 2170, 2280 and 2290 12credits BIOL 2300 1 credit 3 credits of COMP chosen from COMP 1000, 1010, 1020, 3 credits 1030, 1040, 1050, 1070, 1080, 1090, 1130 or 11501 CHEM 2120/2220 Non‐Science Electives3 6 credits 6 credits Chemistry Programs The TRU Major in Chemistry and Major in Environmental Chemistry programs are fully accredited by the Canadian Society for Chemistry. Major in Chemistry Year 1 and 2 CHEM 1500/1510 or 1500/1520 6 credits BIOL 1110,1 3 credits COMP 3 credits1 Upper Level ENGL 1100 or 1110 3 credits 2 3 credits BIOL 3000 3 credits BIOL 3030 3 credits (or two of ENGL 1100, 1110, 1120, 1140 and 1210) BIOL 3130/3350 6 credits MATH 1130/1230 or 1140/1240 or 1150/1250 6 credits two of BIOL 3510, 3520, 3540, 3550 or one of these and 6 or 9 credits PHYS 1100/1200 or 1150/1250 6 credits CHEM 2100/2250 6 credits CHEM 2120/2220 6 credits CHEM 2160 3 credits both of BIOL 4110 and 42105 BIOL 3300 and 4300 BIOL 4130 or 4140 2 credits 2 (6 credits) 3 credits MATH 2110/2120 6 credits Ecology Electives 18 credits CMNS 2290 or 2300 1,2 3 credits Upper Level Electives 9 credits Electives 3 6‐12 credits Other Elective 3 credits Year 3 and 4 5 Must be taken prior to third year. 2 3 4 5 CHEM 3060 3 credits Students with a B or better in ENGL 1100 or 1110 may take CMNS 2290 or CHEM 3070 3 credits 2300 without taking a second 1st year ENGL course CHEM 3080L 1 credit Electives must include at least 9 credits in disciplines outside of science, CHEM 3100 4 3 credits including at least 2 disciplines (other than English) outside of science. CHEM 3120L4 1 credit Ecology and Environmental Biology Electives: BIOL 3100, BIOL 3210, BIOL CHEM 3140 3 credits 3240, BIOL 3290, BIOL 3430, BIOL 4020, BIOL 4090, BIOL 4100, BIOL 4160, BIOL 4260, BIOL 4270, BIOL 4480, BIOL 4490 (and BIOL 3980/4980 with admission to the Honours program). CHEM 3220 3 credits CHEM 3230 3 credits CHEM 3240L 1 credit CHEM 3310 3 credits CHEM 3320 3 credits Students with a grade of 80% or better in Physics 12 only need to complete 3 CHEM 3330L 1 credit credits of first year Physics, PHYS 1150. The remaining 3 credits may be taken in any subject area CHEM 3730 3 credits CHEM 4400L 1 credit Electives If the student chooses the BIOL 4110/4210 plus one other from BIOL 3510, 3520, 3540, 3550 then only 12 credits of Ecology and Environmental Biology electives are required. 6 Honours Program An Honours program may be taken in any one of these four areas and requires the completion of 126 credits, including the 117 credits required for a Major in any of these areas as well as BIOL 3980‐1 (Introduction to Research), BIOL 4980‐2 (Honours Seminar) and BIOL 4990‐6 (Honours Thesis). Students must apply for admission to the Biology Honours program at the end of their 3rd year. Acceptance into 173 Chemistry Electives: one of (Selected Topics): 3 credits CHEM 4070/4090/4600 5 CHEM 4220/4320 6 one of (Advanced Laboratory): 1 credit CHEM 4410L/4420L/4430L 3 credits CHEM 3010/3020/3030/4480 3 credits 1 credit CHEM 3310 3 credits CHEM 3320 3 credits CHEM 3330L 1 credit 8 3 credit CHEM 4400L One of selected topics: Electives 3 24 credits CHEM 4220/4320 7 one of (Advanced Laboratory): Must be taken prior to third year. Students with a grade of B or better in ENGL 1100 (or 1110) may proceed to Electives must include 9‐12 credits in at least two disciplines outside of science Environmental Chemistry Electives: Six upper‐level credits of relevance to Environmental Chemistry approved by the Chair of the Department of Physical Sciences or their designate. 6 credits Electives 15 credits Notes: (other than English). The 24 remaining credits may be chosen from any discipline; at least 12 of these must be in courses numbered 3000 and higher. 1 4 These courses must be taken in the Fall Semester of Third Year. 2 5 Offered in winter semester of alternate “odd” years. 6 Offered in winter semester of “even” years. 3 BIOL 1110/1210 6 credits CHEM 1500/1510 or 1500/1520 6 credits COMP 3 credits1 3 credits Electives must include 9‐12 credits in at least two disciplines outside of science 5 These courses must be taken in the Fall Semester of Third Year. 6 Offered in winter semester of alternate “odd” years. 7 Offered in winter semester of “even” years. (other than English). (6 credits) MATH 1130/1230 or 1140/1240 or 1150/1250 6 credits PHYS 1100/1200 or 1150/1250 6 credits CHEM 2100/2250 6 credits Credit will be given for only one Introductory Statistics course (see note under 4 3 credits 2 Students with a grade of B or better in ENGL 1100 (or 1110) may proceed to Statistics Course Descriptions) and BIOL 3000 requires MATH 1140/1240 or MATH 1150/1250 and Third Year standing. Year 1 and 2 ENGL 1100 or 11102 Must be taken prior to third year. either of the required CMNS 2290 or 2300 in their second year; students with less than a B grade in their first year English course are required to take another 3 credits of first year English (1110 or 1210) before their second year English requirement. Major in Environmental Chemistry CHEM 2120/2220 6 credits CHEM 2160 3 credits Program Contact 3 credits 250.828.5454 CMNS 2290 or 2300 1,2 MATH 2110 3 credits STAT 2000 3 or BIOL 3000 3 3 credits Electives 4 3‐6 credits Year 3 and 4 CHEM 3010 3 credits CHEM 3020 3 credits CHEM 3060 3 credits CHEM 3070 3 credits CHEM 3080L 1 credit CHEM 3100 5 CHEM 3120L CHEM 3140 174 5 1 credit CHEM 4410L/4420L/4430L either of the required CMNS 2290 or 2300 in their second year; students with less than a B grade in their first year English course are required to take another 3 credits of first year English (1110 or 1210) before their second year English requirement. (or two of ENGL 1100, 1110, 1120, 1140 and 1210) 3 credits CHEM 4070/4090/4600 6 CHEM 4070/4090/4220/4320/4600 3 3 credits CHEM 3240L Chemistry Electives: Or additional one of : 2 3 credits CHEM 3230 CHEM 3730 One of: 1 CHEM 3220 Computing Science Program TRU's Computing Science program offers small class sizes, quality instruction by approachable instructors, and excellent access to dedicated labs equipped with modern hardware and software. Major in Computing Science 3 credits Year 1 and 2 1 credit BIOL 1110 or 1210 or GEOL 1110 or 2050 3 credits 3 credits CHEM 1500 3 credits  3020 Introduction to Probability COMP 1130/1230 OR 6 credit  3030 Introduction to Stochastic Processes COMP 2120 3 credits  3070 Linear Algebra COMP 1380, 1390, 2130, 2210, 2230 15 credits  3120 Introduction to number theory ENGL 1100 or 11101 3 credits  3160 Differential Equations (or two of ENGL 1100 , 1110, 1120, 1140 and 1210)1 (6 credits)  3170 Calculus MATH 1130/1230 or 1140/1240 6 credits  3200 Real Variables PHYS 1100 or 1150 3 credits CMNS 2290 or 23001  3220 Abstract Algebra 3 credits  3400 Introduction to Linear Programming MATH 2120 3 credits STAT 2000 3 credits Elective2 9‐15 credits Year 3 and 4  3510 Problem Solving in Applied Math  3650 Numerical Analysis  3990 Selected topics in Math  4410 Modelling of Discrete Optimization problems COMP 3050/3270/3410/3520/3610/4530/4910 21 credits Computing Science Electives 15 credits Electives2 24 credits 1 Students with a B or better in ENGL 1100 or 1110 may proceed into CMNS 2290 or 2300 in their second year; students with less than a B in first year English must take another 3 credits of 1000‐level English before their second year English requirement. 2 Electives must include 9‐12 credits in at least two disciplines outside of Science (other than English). The remaining elective credits may be chosen from any discipline; 12 of these must be in courses numbered 3000 or higher.  4420 Optimization in Graphs and Networks  4430 Introduction to Graph Theory  4980 Directed Studies in Mathematics  4990 Selected Topics in Math Degree Programs Bachelor of Science (BSc) in Computing Science and Mathematics Year 1 and 2 Honours in Computing Science Complete the requirements of the Major in Computing Science plus the following: BIOL 1110 or 1210 or GEOL 1110 or 2050 3 credits CHEM 1500 3 credits COMP 1130/1230 OR 6 credits COMP 2120 3 credits COMP 1380, 1390 OR 6 credits MATH 1700 3 credits 1. A total of 126 credit COMP 2130, 2210, 2230 9 credits 2. A 6 credit thesis course COMP 4960 ENGL 1100 or 11101 3. Two theory based Computing Science courses from the following list: (6 credits) MATH 1130/1230 or 1140/1240 6 credits  3110 Models of Computation PHYS 1100 or 1150 3 credits  3120 Programming Languages CMNS 2290 or 23001 3 credits  3130 Formal Languages, Automata & Compatibility MATH 2110/2120/2200/2700 12 credits  3320 Computational Methodology STAT 2000 3 credits  3710 Artificial Intelligence Electives2 3‐9 credits  3820 Computer Graphics and User Interface Year 3 and 4  4110 Language Processors COMP 3050/3270/3410/3520/3540/3610/4530/4910 24 credits  4120 Distributed Systems One of MATH 3000 or 3200 3 credits One of MATH 3070 or 3220 3 credits  4320 Advanced Computational Methodology  4340 Modelling and Simulation  4480 Directed Studies  4740 Expert Systems  4750 Neural Networks  4980 Current Topics in CS (if approved by coordinator) 4. Two upper level Math courses from the following list:  3000 Complex Variables 175 (or two of ENGL 1100 , 1110, 1120, 1140 and 1210) 3 credits 1 MATH 3650 3 credits MATH/STAT electives numbered 3000 or above 15 credits Electives2 12 credits 1 Students with a B or better in ENGL 1100 or 1110 may proceed into CMNS 2290 or 2300 in their second year; students with less than a B in first year English must take another 3 credits of 1000‐level English before their second year English requirement. 2 Electives must include 9‐12 credits in at least two disciplines outside of Science (other than English). The remaining elective credits may be chosen from any discipline. Bachelor of Computing Science (BCS) Program Contacts Bachelor of Computing Science and BBA double degree rtaylor@tru.ca 250.371.5987 Program Contact Major and Honours in Mathematics 250.371.5696 An Honours degree in Mathematics may be taken, the specifics of which are noted below. Students will be required to complete 126 credits for the degree, maintain an overall GPA of 3.0, as well as a GPA of 3.0 in each of their third and fourth years, with no individual course below a B‐ grade. Diploma Programs Computer Systems: Operations and Management Year 1 and 2 BIOL 1110 or 1210 or GEOL 1110 or 2050 3 credits Program Contact CHEM 1500 3 credits 250.371.5987 COMP 1130/1230 6 credits ENGL 1100 or 11101, 3 credits (or two of ENGL 1100 , 1110, 1120, 1140 and 1210), (6 credits) Mathematical Sciences Program Year 1 and 2 BIOL 1110 or 1210 or GEOL 1110 or 2050 3 credits CHEM 1500 3 credits COMP 1130/1230 ENGL 1100 or 1110 1, (or two of ENGL 1100 , 1110, 1120, 1140 and 1210), MATH 1130/1230 or 1140/1240 MATH 1130/1230 or 1140/1240 6 credits PHYS 1100 or 1150 3 credits CMNS 2290 or 2300 1 3 credits 6 credits MATH 1700/2700 7 6 credits 3 credits MATH 2110 3 credits (6 credits) MATH 2120 3 credits 6 credits MATH 1700/2700 2 6 credits PHYS 1100 or 1150 3 credits CMNS 2290 or 2300, 1 3 credits MATH 2110/2120/2200 9 credits COMP 2130/2230 6 credits STAT 2000 3 credits Elective3 6‐9 credits MATH 2200 3 credits MATH 2240 or STAT 2000 3 credits Electives 2 12‐15 credits First registered in Science Fall 2004 and later Year 3 and 4 Year 3 and 4 At least one of MATH 3070 or MATH 3220 3 credits At least one of MATH 3000 or MATH 3200 3 credits MATH courses numbered 3000 or above3 21 credits MATH, STAT or COMP courses numbered 3000 or 9 credits above3,4,6 MATH 2240/3030/3070/3400 12 credits MATH 3020 3 credits COMP 3050/3520/4520 9 credits Two of: COMP 3130/3710/4320/4340/4920 6 credits STAT 3050/3060/4040 9 credits Electives3 24 credits Honors in Mathematics Year 3 and 4 MATH 3000, 3070, 3200, 3220 and 4950 MATH, STAT, or COMP courses numbered 3000 or above 2 1 Students with a B or better in ENGL 1100 or 1110 may proceed into CMNS 2290 or 2300 in their second year; students with less than a B in first year English must take another 3 credits of 1000‐level English before their second year English requirement. Electives Related Programs Bachelor of Science in Computing Science and Mathematics Bachelor of Arts in Mathematics 176 15 credits 6 9 credits 24 credits Notes: 1 Students with a B or better in ENGL 1100 or 1110 may proceed into CMNS 2290 or 2300 in their second year; students with less than a B in first year English must take another 3 credits of 1000‐level English before their second year English requirement. 2 MATH 1380/1390 or COMP 1380/1390 may be substituted for MATH 1700 3 Electives must include 9‐12 credits in at least two disciplines outside of Science (other than English). The remaining elective credits may be chosen from any discipline; 12 of these must be in courses numbered 3000 or higher. 18 credits MATH courses numbered 3000 or above3 2 Electives must include 9‐12 credits in at least two disciplines outside of science (other than English). The remaining elective credits may be chosen from any discipline; 18 of these must be in courses numbered 3000 or higher. For Honours students, 12 must be numbered 3000 or higher 3 COMP, MATH and STAT courses can be chosen from: PHYS 2150 3 credits COMP 3050, COMP 3110, COMP 3120, COMP 3130, COMP 3270, COMP 3410, COMP 3510, COMP 3520, COMP 3540, COMP 3610, COMP 3710, COMP 4110, COMP 4120, COMP 4230, COMP 4240, COMP 4320, COMP 4340, COMP 4510, COMP 4520, COMP 4610, COMP 4620, COMP 4740, COMP 4750, COMP 4820, COMP 4830, COMP 4980 MATH 3000, MATH 3020, MATH 3030, MATH 3070, MATH 3080, MATH 3120, MATH 3160, MATH 3170, MATH 3200, MATH 3220, MATH 3400, MATH 3510, MATH 3650, MATH 3700, MATH 4410, MATH 4420, MATH 4430 PHYS 2200 3 credits PHYS 2250 3 credits Electives6 3 credits STAT 3050, STAT 3060, STAT 4040 Note: Not all these courses will be offered every year. 4 Students interested in pursuing COMP 3000‐ or 4000 level courses must first complete COMP 2130/2230. 6 7 No more than 6 of these 9 credits may be in Computing Science. MATH 1380/1390 or COMP 1380/1390 may be substituted for MATH 1700 First registered in Science Fall 2004 and thereafter Year 3 and 4 PHYS 3080 3 credits PHYS 3090 3 credits PHYS 3100 3 credits PHYS 3120 3 credits PHYS 3160 3 credits PHYS 3200 3 credits PHYS 3250 3 credits PHYS 3400 3 credits PHYS 4400 3 credits Physics Physics Electives7 12 credits The Physics and Astronomy department strives to provide an environment where academic excellence and technical relevance are delivered in a learner‐centered atmosphere. If you are looking for an undergraduate degree that provides you with a solid foundation in science, a major in Physics is for you. Electives A co‐op option is also available should you wish to complement your academic studies with work experience. Students repeating a course may be exempt from the laboratory component of that course if they took the course within two years and obtained a grade of at least 70% in the laboratory component of the course. The grade they previously obtained in the laboratory portion will be used in the calculation of their overall course grade. 21 credits 1 May be taken in first or second year. For students who entered first year science between Fall 1997 and Fall 2008, COMP 1000 is also acceptable. Students with a B or better in ENGL 1100 or 1110 may proceed into CMNS 2290 or 2300 in their second year; students with less than a B in first year English must take another 3 credits of 1000‐level English before their second year English requirement. Recommended course for students planning on a Major program Electives must include 9‐12 credits in at least two disciplines outside of science (other than English). The 21‐24 remaining elective credits may be chosen from any discipline; 15 of these credits must be in courses numbered 3000 or above. Physics Electives include: PHYS 3140 3 credits PHYS 3150 3 credits PHYS 3180 or PHYS 3200 3 credits PHYS 3300 3 credits Major in Physics PHYS 3500 3 credits The following requirements for Physics Majors apply to those students entering first year in the Fall 2009 and thereafter. Requirements for students who entered first year prior to Fall 2009 are noted. PHYS 4140 3 credits PHYS 4480 3 credits Note: Not all upper level Physics courses are offered every year, but they will be alternated over a two‐year period. Year 1 BIOL 1110 or 1210 or GEOL 1110 or 20502 3 credits CHEM 1500/1510 or CHEM 1500/1520 6 credits COMP 1520 or COMP 1130,2,3 3 credits ENGL 1100 or 11104 3 credits (or two of ENGL 1100, 1110, 1120, 1140 and 1210)5 (6 credits) MATH 1130/1230 or 1140/1240 6 credits PHYS 1100/1200 or 1150/12505 6 credits Electives 6 0‐3 credits Year 2 CMNS 2290 or 23002,4 3 credits MATH 2110 3 credits MATH 2120 3 credits MATH 2240 3 credits MATH 3170 3 credits PHYS 2000 3 credits 177 Program Contact 250.828.5454 Program Planning Students should begin planning their upper level course programs no later than at the start of their second year. This is particularly important in those Major programs in which there is little flexibility in course selection. Although the General Science program allows the student a good deal of flexibility in course selection, it is very important that students pay close attention to the prerequisite requirements of various courses. Failure to do so may severely limit the courses students are able to enrol in during any one year. Students are strongly advised to consult with a TRU Academic Advisor or the B.Sc. Advisor to assist them with their program planning. Entry into Year 3 Students currently registered in Science at TRU will automatically be admitted to the third year of the degree program once they have met the requirements listed below. Students new to TRU or attending TRU outside of the Sciences Program must submit applications for admission to the third year of the BSc program in either Major program(s) or the General Science program to the Admissions Office by April 15. These students will then receive written notice of their admission status. Students accepted into the program will then be required to select their courses for the upcoming year in consultation with the BSc Advisor. Late applications will be considered only if space is available. Academic Requirements: Entry into Year 3 A minimum grade point average of 2.0 for all previous university credit courses attempted. Completion of 54 or more TRU credits which include:  6‐9 TRU credits from English including 3 or 6 credits from ENGL 1100, 1110, 1210 (depending on the grade obtained in the first English course taken) and CMNS 2290 or 2300 Minimum of 18 credits in introductory courses in Science and Mathematical and Computing Science as specified in section 4. a) under Graduation Requirements in the TRU Calendar Minimum of 6 credits in 2000‐level science courses   Entry into Year 4 Completion of 84 or more TRU credits of which 50 or more credits must be in Science and Mathematical and Computing Science. B.Sc. Advisor. Remedial courses with course numbers less than 1000 are also excluded. At least 72 credits in Science disciplines (Astronomy (excluding ASTR 1130, 1140 and 1150), Biology, Chemistry, Computing Science, Forestry, Geology, Mathematics, Natural Resource Science, Physical Geography, Physics or Statistics). At least 18 credits in courses outside of Science including at least 6 credits of English and 9 to 12 credits in at least two disciplines other than English. These credits may include no more than 3 credits from one of STSS 1030, 1040, 1050, 1060, 1080 or EDCP 1010. Students planning to take either of these courses must do so during their first or second year. 2. 3. Specific lower level requirements:         *Required for students majoring in Biology, Environmental Chemistry or Chemical Biology  It may be necessary to limit enrolment in certain courses if the demand is greater than the resources available. When limitations in enrolments become necessary, admission to 3000 and 4000 level year courses will be selective with students having the highest overall grade point averages, and students requiring specific courses for graduation, being given preference.   BSc Degree (Major) and BSc Degree (General Science) 1. Completion of at least 120 TRU course credits with a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0. (Up to 60 credits may be transferred from another institution.) These credits may NOT include BIOL 1040, BIOL 1050, BIOL 1090, BIOL 3600, CHEM 1310, MATH 1000, MATH 1080, MATH 1100, MATH 1420, MATH 1900, PHYS 1130, any Physical Education activity courses or any non‐academic courses. If in doubt, students should contact an academic advisor or the 178 3 credits first year English with a grade of B or better (ENGL 1100, ENGL 1110, ENGL 1120, ENGL 1140, ENGL 1210) or 6 credits of first year English; and 3 credits of second year English (CMNS 2290 or CMNS 2300) 24 to 30 credits in other first and second year courses, for a total of 60 credits. (See specific requirements for each degree area.) Note: Students should be careful to include courses which are prerequisite to any 3000/4000 level courses which are required in their chosen program. Specific upper level requirements:  At least 48 credits in courses numbered 3000 or above including For a BSc Degree (Major):  Graduation Requirements 6 to 9 credits of English including:  Program Approval: Third and Fourth Year Students Students applying for admission to the third and fourth years of the Major or General Science Programs must have their proposed course programs approved by the B.Sc. Advisor each year before registration. Limitation of Enrolment 24 (or 27*) credits of introductory science including: 6 credits in Mathematics (MATH 1130/1230, MATH 1140/1240 or MATH 1150/1250) 3 credits of Chemistry (CHEM 1500) 3 credits of Physics (PHYS 1100 or PHYS 1150) 3 credits of Computing Science 3 credits of Biology (BIOL 1110 or BIOL 1210); or 3 credits of Geology (GEOL 1110 or GEOL 2050) 6 (or 9*) other credits of introductory science as required for a student’s Major or area of concentration. (See specific requirements for each degree area.)  30 to 41 credits in courses numbered 3000 or above in the area of the major as outlined under the individual major options The remaining upper level credits may be from any area of Arts, Humanities, Business, or Science For a BSc Degree (Major) With a Minor:    Meet the requirements of the B.Sc. Major; and 18 credits in courses numbered 3000 or above in a discipline or approved area different from the Major. Some specific Minor programs are under development. For a B.Sc. Degree (General Science):  18 credits in courses numbered 3000 or above from one of the areas of Biology, Chemistry, Geology, Mathematical and Computing Science (Computing Science, Mathematics, Statistics) and Physics; and 6 credits in courses numbered 3000 or above in each of two of the other areas listed above; or 18 credits in courses numbered 3000 or above from each of two of the areas of Biology, Chemistry, Geology, Mathematical and Computing Science (Computing Science, Mathematics, Statistics) and Physics The remaining upper level credits may be from any area of Arts, Humanities, Business, or Science.    Upper Level Course Offerings All upper level science courses listed in the Course Descriptions section of this Calendar are planned to be offered; however, these course listings are subject to change without notice. There is no guarantee that specific courses listed will be available. Program Contact Program Advisor 250.828.5454 Bachelor of Computing Science Degree A four‐year undergraduate degree. Graduates receive a Bachelor of Computing Science (BCS) degree. Learning Options Part‐time or Full‐time Study Admission Requirements On‐campus First Year Entry To be considered for admission to BCS, students must have completed: Courses are available at the Kamloops campus. Off campus, a number of courses are available through TRU Open Learning. 1. BC Grade 12 or Program Overview The Bachelor of Computing Science (BCS) degree offers a comprehensive foundation that prepares graduates to adapt to new technologies and ideas spanning the range from theory to programming. In particular, the program:  Prepares students to meet the IT needs of business, government, healthcare, schools and other kinds of organizations;  Allow students to pursue further education including graduate programs. The program combines theory, technical and hands‐on skills, communication skills (written and oral), and business skills. A commitment to professionalism is an essential characteristic of the BCS program. Admission to the BCS Program occurs primarily at the first or third year level, although admission at the second or fourth year is possible. The four categories for admission are: 1. 2. 3. 4. 179 Entry from the Diploma Program at TRU (or equivalent). Entry from Arts, Business, Education, Engineering, and Science. Professional entry with a suitable combination of relevant work experience in the information technology field and post‐ secondary study, as determined by the BCS Coordinator (Program Advisor). High school graduates. 2. One of Pre‐calculus Math 12, Foundations of Math 12, or Principles of Math 12 (or equivalent) with a minimum grade of C+; or MATH 1000, MATH 1001, MATH 0610 or MATH 0633 within the last two years with a minimum grade of C+. 3. English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 73% (within the last 5 years), or equivalent; or Level 4, on the composition section of the Language Proficiency Index (within the last 2 years) or completion of English 0600; or completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a grade of C+ or better. Third Year Entry To be considered for admission to the BCS Degree Program at the third year level, students must have completed 48 TRU credits (or equivalent) as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Core Requirements (30 credits): 8 computing courses (COMP 1130, COMP 1230, COMP 1380, COMP 1390, COMP 2130, COMP 2210, COMP 2230, COMP 2680 or equivalents) 2 English (ENGL 1100, CMNS 1290 or equivalents, or CMNS 1810, CMNS 1930 or equivalents) Breadth Coverage (12 credits) 4 non‐computing courses, one of which must be outside of science Unspecified Lower Level (6 credits) 2 courses at the first year level or higher. It is anticipated that not all students seeking third year entry will meet all of the BCS Core requirements. Course deficiencies must be completed during the first semester of study upon commencement of the program. Second or Fourth Year Entry Entry at the second or fourth year is possible. See the BCS Coordinator for further details. Sample Course Sequence First Year Entry Year 1 – Fall Semester COMP 1130 Laddering Credit from other Programs Graduates of TRU's CSOM Diploma Program have 60 TRU credits. The following exemptions and admission requirements apply: Computer Programming 1 ENGL 1100 Introduction to University Writing Elective s 1,2 3 courses Elective Year 1 – Winter Semester General Admission Requirements Exemptions Requirements Core Courses (10‐30 credits) 8 Computing courses 2 English 6 (COMP 1130, 1230, 1380, 1390, 2210, 2680) COMP 1230 Computer Programming 2 COMP 1380 Discrete Structures 1 CMNS 1290 Business and Technical Writing Electives 1,2 2 courses 2 (COMP 2230, COMP 2130) Year 2 – Fall Semester 2 (CMNS 1810, CMNS 1930) Breadth Coverage (4 courses ‐ 12 credits) COMP 1390 Discrete Structures 2 COMP 2130 Introduction to Computer Systems COMP 2680 Web Site Design and Development Electives 2 courses Year 2 – Winter Semester 1 non‐science course 3 non‐computing courses Unspecified (6 courses ‐ 18 credits) none None all COMP 2210 Visual Program Design 3 courses COMP 2230 Data Structures & Algorithms None Electives 3 courses 1 Four electives must be non‐computing electives, and one of these must be a non‐science elective. 2 Program Requirements 1. The student must complete at least 120 credits as specified by TRU policy. At least 25% of these (30 credits) must be obtained at TRU, and a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0 must be obtained on the courses taken at TRU. At least 6 upper level COMP courses must be completed at TRU. 2. The student must earn a grade of C or better in all prerequisite courses. Year 1 and 2 If interested in a co‐op position after year 1 or 2, as a Junior Programmer in Visual Programming, take COMP 2210. (COMP 2210 may be taken in year 1 if you achieve a mark of B or better in COMP 1130. Third Year Entry Year 3 – Fall Semester COMP 3270 Computer Networks COMP 3520 Software Engineering COMP 3540 Web Design & Programming COMP 3610 Database Systems UL Elective Upper Level Elective COMP 1130, 1230, 2130, 2210, 2230, 2680 (or equivalents) 18 credits Elective COMP 1380 and 1390 (or equivalents) 6 credits Year 3 ‐ Winter Semester ENGL 1100 and CMNS 1290 (or equivalents) 6 credits Non‐computing Science electives 9 credits Any academic course 18 credits Non‐science elective 3 credits Upper Level Computing Electives Upper Level Computing Elective UL Elective 1 Upper Level Elective Elective Year 4 – Fall Semester Year 3 and 4 COMP 3270, 3410, 3520, 3540, 3610, 4530, 4910 COMP 3xx0/4xx0 21 credits 15 credits Upper Level Electives 9 credits Any academic courses 15 credits COMP 3410 Operating Systems COMP 3xx0/4xx0 Upper Level Computing Elective COMP 3xx0/4xx0 Upper Level Computing Elective COMP 3xx0/4xx0 Upper Level Computing Elective UL Elective Upper Level Elective Elective Program guides will be developed for each student enrolled in the BCS program. These guides list all BCS requirements in years one through four, and will identify if these requirements have been completed. Students entering in third or fourth year must complete any missing first or second year courses prior to starting BCS, or, if approved by the BCS Coordinator, during the first semester of study. 180 Year 4 – Winter Semester COMP 4910 Computing Science Project COMP 3xx0/4xx0 Upper Level Computing Elective Elective Elective 1 A total of 15 upper level courses must be completed. At least 12 of these must be in computing science. Co‐operative Education Co‐operative Education is an optional component in the Bachelor of Computing Science degree program. It offers students the opportunity to obtain paid, career‐related work experience in their field of study. Each Co‐op work term is generally four months in length. In addition to completing specific program courses, students must complete either two or three co‐op work terms to graduate with Co‐op Distinction (see below). Students entering BCS in third year must complete 2 co‐op work terms to graduate with Co‐op Distinction while those entering before third year must complete 3 work terms. BCS Co‐op Time Pattern: Various time patterns are possible. Consult the Co‐op Department for details. Prerequisites/Corequisites: Students normally apply in their first semester of BCS. Students who have completed the CSOM diploma prior to BCS may apply to do a work term prior to the start of their first BCS academic semester. Students are expected to follow the Co‐op Time pattern of work/study as established for their program, by taking all of the semester courses as described in the calendar, have credit for all previous courses in the program and students must maintain a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.33. In addition, participation in the Working to Learn (WTL) seminar series is mandatory to maintain eligibility. Note 1: Other Co‐op Time Patterns are available. Contact the Career Education Department office for more details. Note 2: Students successfully completing a co‐op work term will receive 3 elective credits. Entry into BCS prior to third year: 3 work terms required Term Sep – Dec Jan – Apr Year 1 Academic Semester Academic Semester May ‐ Aug Year 2 Academic Semester Academic Semester Co‐op Work Term 1 Year 3 Academic Semester Co‐op Work Term 2 Co‐op Work Term 3 Year 4 Academic Semester Academic Semester Optional Work Term Year 5 Optional Work Term Academic Semester Grad Third year entry into BCS: 2 work terms required Term Sep – Dec Jan – Apr May ‐ Aug Pre BCS Conditionally admitted to BTACS Optional Work Term Optional Work Term Year 3 Academic Semester Co‐op Work Term 1 Co‐op Work Term 2 Year 4 Academic Semester Academic Semester Optional Work Term Year 5 Optional Work Term Academic Semester Grad Dual Degrees in Computing and Business Dual degrees in both computing and business provide graduates with a strong foundation from which to build a successful career in the information technology industry. Bachelor of Computing Science and BBA graduates will possess the combined management skills and computing “know how” needed to be successful in an increasingly high‐ tech business environment. 181 To earn dual degrees, students must meet the requirements of both programs. Many core and elective courses can be “double counted,” which means they can be used for credit in both programs. Through careful course selection, it is possible to complete the two degrees in just five years. Dual degrees can be completed concurrently or sequentially. Admission Requirements 1. BC Grade 12 or Mature Student Status 2. C+ in Foundations Math 12 or Pre‐Calculus Math 12 or in Principles Math 12 or TRU MATH 0610 or equivalent 3. English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 73% (within the last 5 years); or level 5 on the compositions section of the Language Proficiency Index (LPI), with all other categories of the LPI at a minimum of 70% (within the last 2 years); or satisfactory completion of the TRU English Assessment (ACCUPLACER) at the university entrance level; or completion of ENGL 0600 with a grade of C+ or better; or completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a grade of C+ or better Students may commence their studies while they upgrade their English and Mathematics. Admission to the double BCS and BBA degree occurs at the 1st year level. Upper Level Requirements Program Requirements 1 ECON 3040 – Managerial Economics 2 CMNS 3240 – Business Communication 3 3 SCMN 3320 – Supply Chain Management 3 4 IBUS 3510 – International Business 3 5 MNGT 3710 – Business Ethics and Society 3 6 MNGT 4780 – Strategic Management Issues 3 7 COMP 3270 – Computer Networks 3 8 COMP 3410 – Operating Systems 3 9 COMP 3520 – Software Engineering 3 Credits 10 COMP 3540 – Website Design and Programming 3 3 11 COMP 3610 – Database Systems 3 Students are encouraged to refer to the Bachelor of Business Administration and Bachelor of Computing Science sections of this calendar for the specific requirements of each degree program. For students entering directly into the BCS/BBA degrees with no previous university education, the recommended program schedule would consist of: Lower Level Requirements 3 1 One of: ENGL 1100, 1110, 1120, 1140 2 CMNS 1290 – Introduction to Professional Writing 3 PHIL 1110 – Introduction to Critical Thinking 3 12 COMP 4530 – Advanced Software Engineering 3 4 ECON 1900 – Principles of Microeconomics 3 13 COMP 4910 – Computing Science Project 3 5 ECON 1950 – Principles of Macroeconomics 3 14 Computing Elective # 1 3 6 MATH 1070 – Math for Business and Economics 3 15 Computing Elective # 2 3 7 MATH 1170 – Calculus for Business and Economics 3 16 Computing Elective # 3 3 8 MNGT 1710 – Introduction to Business 3 17 Computing Elective # 4 3 9 FNCE 2120 – Financial Management 3 18 Computing Elective # 5 3 10 ACCT 2210 – Financial Accounting 3 19 ‐ 26 Business Major or General BBA 24 11 ACCT 2250 – Management Accounting 3 Total 12 ECON 2320 – Economic and Business Statistics 1 3 13 ECON 2330 ‐ Economic and Business Statistics 2 3 14 MKTG 2430 – Marketing Management 3 15 MIST 2610 – Management Information Systems 3 16 ORBG 2810 – Organizational Behaviour 3 17 HRMN 2820 – Human Resource Management 3 18 BLAW 2910 – Commercial Law 3 19 Elective ‐ Humanities 3 20 Elective ‐ Humanities 3 21 Elective – Social Sciences 3 22 Elective – Social Sciences 3 23 COMP 1130 – Computer Programming 1 3 24 COMP 1230 – Computer Programming 2 3 25 COMP 2130 – Introduction to Computer Systems 3 26 COMP 2210 – Visual Program Design 3 27 COMP 2230 – Data Structures, Algorithms, and Design 3 28 COMP 2680 – Web Site Design and Development 3 29 COMP 1380 – Discrete Structures 1 or Math 1380 3 30 COMP 1390 – Discrete Structures 2 or Math 1390 Total 3 90 78 The exact number of courses needed to meet Upper Level Requirements depends on the Minor or Major that the student wishes to take in the BBA. Also, a total of four, 4000‐level BBUS/BUEC/ECON courses must be taken to graduate. Humanities electives may come from English, Fine Arts, French, German, Japanese, Spanish, Speech, Theatre, History, Music and Philosophy. Social Sciences electives may be from Anthropology, Canadian Studies, Economics, Education, Geography (excluding GEOG 11201220, 2040, or 2750), Political Studies, Psychology (excluding PSYC 2100) and Sociology. Science and Math electives can be from Biology, Chemistry, Computing Science, Physical Geography, Geology, Math, Physics, Statistics, and Psychology. Students can ladder into BCS from the Computer Systems: Operations and Management Diploma (CSOM), and from the Accounting Technician Diploma and the Diploma in Management into the BBA. For these students, the program of study will be slightly different, so please consult with the BCS or BBA Advisors to determine the exact courses to take. Specializations Three specializations are available in the BCS program: 1. 2. 3. Database and Information Systems Network Computing Software Engineering To obtain the Specialization designation on your transcript the following upper level courses must be completed: 182 Database and Information Systems COMP 3540 Web Sites Design and Programming COMP 3610 Database Systems Three of the following: COMP 4610 Advanced Database Systems COMP 4620 Web‐based Information Systems COMP 4910 Projects in Computing Science (with a specialization topic) COMP 4480 Directed Studies (with a specialization topic) RESL 3000 or RESL 4000 course (with a topic related to the specialization) Network Computing COMP 3270 Computer Networks COMP 3410 Operating Systems Three of the following: COMP 3260 Internet and Security Issues COMP 4250 Computer Network Administration COMP 4910 Projects in Computing Science (with a specialization topic) COMP 4480 Directed Studies (with a specialization topic) RESL 3000 or RESL 4000 course (with a topic related to the specialization) Software Engineering COMP 3520 Software Engineering COMP 4530 Advanced Software Engineering COMP 4910 Projects in Computing Science Two of the following: COMP 3140 Object‐Oriented Programming COMP 3050 Computer Algorithms COMP 4480 Directed Studies (with a specialization topic) RESL 3000 or RESL 4000 course (with a topic related to the specialization) Please advise the BCS Program Coordinator if you are planning to complete one of these Specializations. Program Contact 250.371.5696 183 Bachelor of Natural Resource Science Degree A four‐year degree program open to undergraduate university students. Students may take up to seven years to complete the program on a part‐time basis. Graduates receive a Bachelor of Natural Resource Science (BNRS) degree. Learning Options Full‐time or Part‐time Study On‐Campus The degree program is offered on the main campus of TRU in Kamloops. A selection of 1st and 2nd year courses is offered at the Williams Lake campus. including vegetation analysis, soil analysis, forest stand measurements, lake analysis, and vertebrate and invertebrate sampling techniques. Field trips associated with our courses are numerous and diverse, and may include visits to the Wells Gray Research Station, grassland, ecosystems, coastal and interior forest ecosystems, forest research stations, local ranches, a local sawmill, and a fish hatchery. Locations may changes from year to year. Program Start Dates Students may enter the program in Fall, Winter, or Summer semester. Distance Education Many courses are available by distance education. Visit www.tru.ca/distance Program Overview Co‐operative Education Co‐operative Education allows students to integrate academic studies with paid periods of relevant experience. Students alternate between periods of on‐campus, full‐time study, and work terms, which are full‐ time, paid employment. In a world where specialization is the norm in university training for careers in the natural resource professions, the demand from industry and government agencies is increasingly for professionals who are generalists. The BNRS program addresses this need by providing a course of study that is unique in its scope and purpose. The program consists of 120 credits which can be completed in four or five years on a full‐time basis or up to seven years on a part‐time basis. Securing a work term in the Co‐op program is competitive and the number of positions available will depend on the number of participating employers. Students are not guaranteed a work term. The purpose of the BNRS degree program is to prepare students for careers in a wide range of natural resource sector jobs or for further academic study in graduate school. The program provides a unique combination of courses covering biology, ecology, scientific methods, and sector‐specific resource management skills in a cooperative education format. Students learn problem solving, oral and written communication skills, and integration of various disciplines in both an independent and team environment. Bachelor of Natural Resource Science Sample Co‐op Time Pattern: By understanding the scientific, economic, and social basis of natural resource issues, graduates of the program will be able to effectively interface between diverse interest groups, all having a stake in how our terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems are managed. Courses and field work dealing with management of the various sectors give students technical skills in a wide variety of management disciplines. Upon graduation, students will have acquired a wide range of technical abilities in assessing the status of ecosystems. This assessment covers aspects such as forestry, fisheries, range, and wildlife management. Learning Experiences Many of the courses offered by the Natural Resource Science Department include a field component. As students’ progress through our program, they will gain field experience in a variety of areas 184 Students must complete all registered first year courses, have a cumulative GPA of 2.33 to enter the NRS Co‐op Option and must maintain a cumulative GPA of 2.33 to remain eligible for Co‐op. Term Sep – Dec Jan – Apr May ‐ Aug Year 1 Academic Semester Academic Semester Co‐op Work Term 1 Year 2 Academic Semester Academic Semester Co‐op Work Term 2 Year 3 Academic Semester Academic Semester Co‐op Work Term 3 Year 4 Academic Semester Academic Semester Graduation Limitation of Enrolment Applications will be evaluated on the basis of G.P.A. and additional documentation stating interest in natural resources and previous outdoor experience. Applicants will be notified if an interview is required. The required documentation is:    A completed Application for Admission form and questionnaire A resume and cover letter Official transcripts of previous secondary and post‐secondary courses or official interim grades Completion of Co‐op 0900 is mandatory prior to a student’s first work term to maintain eligibility for the Co‐op Education program. Refer to the Co‐operative Education section of the calendar for detailed information on Co‐op policies and procedures and tuition fees. Professional Certification Application Process Completion of the BNRS degree fulfills the academic requirements of the BC Institute of Agrologists and Professional Biologists. The following documentation must be submitted to the Admissions Office: Admission Requirements 1. BC Grade 12 or equivalent, or Mature student status or previous post‐secondary experience. 2. English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 73% within the last 5 years, or LPI with at least level 4 within the last 2 years or completion of ENGL 0600. 3. Biology 11 (or BIOL 0500), Chemistry 11 (or CHEM 0500), Principles of Mathematics 12 (or MATH 0610). Students with Biology 12 (BIOL 0600 or BIOL 0620), Chemistry 12 (CHEM 0600) and Physics 12 (PHYS 0600) will be given preference. 4. A minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0 each year. TRU is an equal opportunity educational institution, and encourages applications from women, First Nations students, challenged students, visible minorities, and international students. Program Entry Entry into the Program can be at the first, second or third year levels. There is no entry into the program at year 4. Limitation of Enrolment All applications received by the March 1 deadline will be evaluated on the basis of GPA and additional documentation stating interest in natural resources and previous outdoor experience.      A completed Application for Admission form. Application Fee Official transcripts of all secondary and post‐secondary institutions Proof of Citizenship or Permanent Resident status Resume or cover letter Applicants will be notified if an interview is required. Program Requirements Year 1 – Semester 1 (15 credits) BIOL 1110 Principles of Biology 1 ENGL 1100 Introduction to University Writing NRSC 1120 Dendrology 1 MATH 1150 Calculus for the Biological Sciences 1 NRSC 1110 The Science and Management of Natural Resources Year 1 – Semester 2 (15 credits) BIOL 1210 Principles of Biology 2 ECON 1900 Principles of Microeconomics CMNS 2300 Writing for Science and Technology NRSC 1220 Dendrology 2 AGSC 2200 Food Production at a Local Level and Beyond ENGL 1100** Introduction to University Writing Elective * * See the department Program Advisor before selecting an elective ** Students achieving a grade of B or higher in ENGL 1100 will not be required to take ENGL 1110. Students not taking ENGL 1110 must take a 3 credit elective. Transfer to TRU Course equivalencies from other institutions will be based upon the British Columbia Transfer Guide, or a review of course outlines for courses not included in the Guide. See bctransferguide.ca for details. BC Forestry or Natural Resource Technology graduates who achieve at least a 65% overall average, including a minimum of 70% or a ‘B‐’ in Computing, Measurements and Statistics courses, will take the following courses in the first year of the BNRS program. Following successful completion of these courses, students will enter Year 3. Technology graduates will have 2 electives in the program. Fall Semester Winter Semester BIOL 1110 BIOL 1210 CHEM 1500 CHEM 1510 ECON 1900 CMNS 2300 NRSC 1120 NRSC 1220 NRSC 2100 NRSC 2200 NRSC 2230 19 credits 185 15 credits Year 2 – Semester 1 (16 credits) BIOL 3000 Biometrics CHEM 1500 Chemical Bonding & Organic Chemistry NRSC 2000 Introduction to Study of Soils NRSC 2100 Forest Ecology and Silvics 1 NRSC 2230 Geographic Information Systems Year 2 – Semester 2 (15 credits) CHEM 1510 Principles of Chemistry NRSC 2110 Forest Mensuration NRSC 2200 Forest Ecology and Silvics 2 NRSC 3000 Diversity and Ecology of the Vertebrates NRSC 3170 Ichthyology Year 3 – Semester 1 (15 credits) NRSC 3200 Silviculture NRSC 3260 Limnology NRSC 4020 Natural Resource Entomology NRSC 4030 Natural Resource Pathology NRSC 4130 Fire Ecology and Management the application by the Department of Natural Resource Sciences will be rendered after grades for their final Year 3 semester have been tabulated. Year 3 – Semester 2 (15 credits) ANTH XXX0 Anthropology BIOL 3030 Population Biology ECON 3730 Forest Economics NRSC 3110 Grassland Ecology NRSC 4250 Tropical Field Studies or Elective Year 4 – Semester 1 (15 credits) Year 4 standing: The student must have completed all courses in the first, second and third year of the BNRS program. The student must maintain a GPA of 3.33 during their first, second and third years in the BNRS program. Supervision: A full‐time faculty member (lecturer) from the Department of Natural Resource Sciences must agree to act as supervisor for the student’s thesis. ECON 3710 or Economics of the Environment ECON 3740 Land Use NRSC 3210 Range Management NRSC 4040 Wildlife Management 1 Program Requirements NRSC 4100 Fisheries Management Honours students will take the following courses in the last year: NRSC 4140 Policy & Planning NRSC 4240 or Elective Natural Resource Design Semester 7 Elective Year 4 – Semester 2 (15 credits) Year 4 – Semester 1 (17 credits) NRSC 4050 Wildlife Management 2 NRSC 3210 Range Management NRSC 4110 Watershed Management NRSC 4040 Wildlife Management 1 NRSC 4210 Conflict Resolution in the Natural Resources NRSC 4100 Fisheries Management NRSC 4230 Graduating Essay NRSC 4140 Policy and Planning NRSC 4250 Tropical Field Studies or Elective NRSC 4240 Research Design NRSC 4980 Honours Seminar NRSC 4990 Honors Thesis Electives 12 elective credits may be included in the Program. Any university level credit course is acceptable as an elective, except those with equivalent content to core program courses. Selection of electives should be discussed with the Program Coordinator. Promotion Policy Promotion from year to year will require a minimum grade of C in all required NRSC, ENGL and BIOL courses. 1 Elective Year 4 – Semester 2 (18 credits) ANTH XXX0 Anthropology NRSC 4050 Wildlife Management 2 NRSC 4110 Watershed Management NRSC 4210 Conflict Resolution NRSC 4980 Honours Seminar NRSC 4990 Honours Thesis Minimum credits required to graduate with the BNRS (Hons) degree: 125 Thesis Project Honours Program The Bachelor of Natural Resource Science (BNRS) Honours Program is designed for students who demonstrate academic excellence, and who wish to develop their scientific skills by conducting an individual research project under the supervision of a faculty member. The program will be especially appealing to students contemplating graduate studies following the completion of the undergraduate degree. Upon successful completion of the program, students receive the “With Honours" distinction on their degree, and assign to their name the title “BNRS (Hons.).” The Honours program requires course work and completion of a thesis. Admission Requirements to the Honours Program Students pursuing a BNRS degree normally apply for admission into the Honours Program prior to completion of Year 3. This will be in April for non Co‐op students or in December for Co‐op students. A decision on 186 The Honours program requires the completion of a thesis. The selection of the thesis project is the responsibility of the student and the thesis supervisor. The general criteria is that the thesis should present a piece of individual, original research that contributes to scientific knowledge. The student should work closely with the supervisor, and he or she should take the lead role in the collection and analysis of the data. Identification of the thesis project should be accomplished at the very latest by the end of September, and a written Thesis Project Plan must be submitted to the student’s supervisor and the Honours Coordinator by the end of the sixth week of classes in September. It is the responsibility of the student to approach faculty members regarding supervision for the thesis required in the Honours program. Department faculty will be under no formal obligation to supervise Honours students, and faculty may supervise no more than two Honours students at a time. Thus, neither the Department of Natural Resource Sciences nor Thompson Rivers University is obliged to identify a supervisor, even in the event that the student meets the academic criteria needed for entry into the Honours Program. Thesis supervision by scientists external to the Department of Natural Resource Sciences may be permitted under certain conditions. The first step will be a letter submitted to the Department, by the student, outlining the proposed research and the credentials of the proposed supervisor. Consideration of the proposed external supervisor will be made jointly by the full‐time department faculty, and decisions will be final. The faculty may request a letter and CV from the potential supervisor, in order to ensure he or she possesses the necessary credentials, and that he or she recognizes the responsibility associated with the supervision of an Honours thesis. Honours Program Coordinator also is the thesis supervisor, then an additional faculty member will be appointed to the committee. A form listing the tentative title of the thesis and the Thesis Examining Committee must be submitted to the Honours Program Coordinator before the end of the Fall semester. Program Contact Program Assistant 250.828.5467 Program Advisor 250.828.5462 The Thesis Examining Committee shall be composed of the Honours Program Coordinator, the thesis supervisor, and at least one other faculty member from TRU, or under special conditions, a scientist or authority from outside the TRU community. In cases where the Associate of Science Degree (ASc) Two‐year, undergraduate program. Graduates receive an Associate of Science degree (ASc). Learning Options Full‐time or Part‐time Study On‐Campus The full degree is offered on the main campus of TRU in Kamloops; a selection of 1st and 2nd year courses are offered at the Williams Lake campus. Program Start Dates Students may enter the program in Fall, Winter, or Summer semester. Distance Education Many courses are available by distance education. For greater flexibility, TRU also offers the Associate of Science – Open Learning degree. Prerequisites for English 1100 are English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 73% within the last 5 years, or Level 5 on the composition section of the Language Proficiency Index (within the last 2 years) or completion of English 0600 or completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a grade of C+ or better. Bachelor of Science majors have specific first year course requirements. It is strongly recommended that students become familiar with the prerequisite requirements for these courses before applying for admission. In general, the minimum prerequisite requirements for courses in the first year courses in the BSc programs are as follows: Major Biology (all Majors) Program Overview The associate degree is designed to provide an educational experience that lays a solid foundation for further study. Students are required to complete a broad range of course offerings balanced with in‐depth study in science. Since many students will continue their studies, the requirements are sufficiently flexible to enable students to complete the required prerequisites for upper level course work in their intended major. Admission Requirements Students entering the Associate of Science program are required to complete English 1100, along with specific science courses, which vary depending on the student’s intended major. (See below for details.) General Science Chemistry Environmental Chemistry Prerequisites Biology 11 or 12 with C+ or better Chemistry 11 or Chem 0500 Principles of Math 12 with C+ or better within the past 2 years or equivalent Physics 11 or Physics 1130 Computing Science Mathematics Mathematical Sciences Physics Chemistry 11 or Chem 0500 Principles of Math 12 with C+ or better within the past 2 years or equivalent Physics 11 or Physics 1130 These are the minimum requirements. Several major programs recommend courses with more stringent prerequisite requirements. Prospective students should become familiar with the course requirements for their intended major and consult the individual course descriptions for specific prerequisite requirements. Students may upgrade their prerequisites while enrolled in the Bachelor of Science program. 187 Applicants can take advantage of the Step One and Group Advising sessions offered throughout the school year to help make the process of applying and determining program requirements easier to understand. PHYS 1100/1200 or 1150/1250 MATH 1130/1230 or 1140/1240 or 1150/1250 ENGL 1100 or 1110 * (Or two of ENGL 1100, 1110, 1120, 1140, 1210) COMP 3 credits BIOL 2130/2340 Program Requirements Sixty credits of first and second year courses (1000 and 2000 level), 6 credits from BIOL 2160, BIOL 2170, BIOL 2280, BIOL 2290 CHEM 2120/2220 CMNS 2290 or 2300 TRU. 6 credits Arts/Humanities electives other than English Note: No course may be used to meet more than one of the specific requirements. 3 further credits if only 3 credits of 1st year English are completed Areas of Study Students may choose to concentrate their studies in one area of the sciences. Suggested areas of study include: * Students with a grade of B or better in ENGL 1100 (or 1110) may proceed to either of the required CMNS 2290 or 2300 in their second year; students with less than a B grade in their first year English course are required to take another 3 credits of first year English (1110, 1120, 1140 or 1210) before their second year English requirement Chemistry Suggested courses: BIOL 1110 or BIOL 1210 or GEOL 1110 or GEOL 2050  Biology CHEM 1500/1510 or 1500/1520  Chemistry including:  Physics  Geology  Mathematics  Computing Science Students who are interested in laddering credits from an Associate of Science degree into a Bachelor of Science degree should consult an Academic Advisor Students interested in applying to science‐based professional schools such as Medicine, Dentistry, Optometry and Veterinary Medicine should be aware that completion of an ASc degree does not qualify a student for entry to those programs. Students are generally required to have completed a minimum of three years of undergraduate studies in order to meet entry requirements. Students are encouraged to consult the calendars of the professional schools in which they are interested. Further information can be found under the Bachelor of Science degree program. 1. Six credits in first‐year Mathematics, with at least three credits in calculus 2. Six credits in first‐year English 3. Thirty‐six credits in Science, which shall include at least three credits in a laboratory science and at least 18 credits in second‐year Science in two or more subject areas. (Note: Computing Science courses are not classed as laboratory science courses.) 4. Six credits in Arts other than English (excluding Math and laboratory‐based science courses). 5. Six credits of first or second year courses in Arts, Sciences, or other areas. A cumulative GPA of 2.0 for all courses counting towards the credential. At least 30 of the 60 credits of course work must be completed at PHYS 1100/1200 or 1150/1250 MATH 1130/1230 or 1140/1240 or 1150/1250 Biology Suggested courses: BIOL 1110/1210 CHEM 1500/1510 or 1500/1520 ENGL 1100 or 1110* (Or two of ENGL 1100, 1110, 1120, 1140, 1210) COMP 3 credits CHEM 2120/2220 CHEM 2100/2160/2250 MATH 2110/2120 CMNS 2290 or 2300 6 credits Arts/Humanities electives other than English 3 further credits if only 3 credits of 1st year English are completed * Students with a grade of B or better in ENGL 1100 (or 1110) may proceed to either of the required CMNS 2290 or 2300 in their second year; students with less than a B grade in their first year English course are required to take another 3 credits of first year English (1110, 1120, 1140 or 1210) before their second year English requirement. 188 Physics PHYS 1100 or 1150 MATH 1130/1230 or 1140/1240 Suggested courses: BIOL 1110 or 1210 or GEOL 1110 or 2050 ENGL 1100 or 1110* CHEM 1500/1510 or 1500/1520 (Or two of ENGL 1100, 1110, 1120, 1140, 1210) PHYS 1150/1250 (preferred) or PHYS 1100/1200 COMP 3 credits MATH 1130/1230 or 1140/1240 MATH 2110/2120/2200 ENGL 1100 or 1110* STAT 2000 (Or two of ENGL 1100, 1110, 1120, 1140, 1210) CMNS 2290 or 2300 COMP 3 credits 6 credits 2nd year Science courses other than MATH MATH 2110/2120/2240 6 credits Arts/Humanities electives other than English PHYS 2000/2150/2200/2250 6 credits in other 1st or 2nd year courses CMNS 2290 or 2300 3 further credits if only 3 credits of 1st year English are completed 6 credits Arts/Humanities electives other than English 3 further credits if only 3 credits of 1st year English are completed * Students with a grade of B or better in ENGL 1100 (or 1110) may proceed to either of the required CMNS 2290 or 2300 in their second year; students with less than a B grade in their first year English course are required to take another 3 credits of first year English (1110, 1120, 1140 or 1210) before their second year English requirement * Students with a grade of B or better in ENGL 1100 (or 1110) may proceed to either of the required CMNS 2290 or 2300 in their second year; students with less than a B grade in their first year English course are required to take another 3 credits of first year English (1110, 1120, 1140 or 1210) before their second year English requirement Computing Science Geology Suggested courses: Suggested courses: BIOL 1110 or 1210 or GEOL 1110 or 2050 GEOL 1110 CHEM 1500 CHEM 1500/1510 or 1500/1520 PHYS 1100 or 1150 PHYS 1100/1200 or 1150/1250 MATH 1130/1230 or 1140/1240 MATH 1130/1230 or 1140/1240 or 1150/1250 ENGL 1100 or 1110* ENGL 1100 or 1110* (Or two of ENGL 1100, 1110, 1120, 1140, 1210) (Or two of ENGL 1100, 1110, 1120, 1140, 1210) COMP 3 credits COMP 3 credits COMP 1380, 1390, 2130, 2230 GEOL 2050/2100/2150/22909 MATH 2120 CMNS 2290 or 2300 STAT 2000 6 credits 2nd year Science courses other than GEOL CMNS 2290 or 2300 6 credits Arts/Humanities electives other than English 3 credits 2nd year Science course st 3 credits in other 1 or 2 nd year courses 6 credits Arts/Humanities electives other than English 3 further credits if only 3 credits of 1st year English are completed 3 credits in other 1st or 2nd year courses * Students with a grade of B or better in ENGL 1100 (or 1110) may proceed to either of the required CMNS 2290 or 2300 in their second year; students with less than a B grade in their first year English course are required to take another 3 credits of first year English (1110,1120, 1140 or 1210) before their second year English requirement 3 further credits if only 3 credits of 1st year English are completed Mathematics * Students with a grade of B or better in ENGL 1100 (or 1110) may proceed to either of the required CMNS 2290 or 2300 in their second year; students with less than a B grade in their first year English course are required to take another 3 credits of first year English (1110, 1120, 1140 or 1210) before their second year English requirement Suggested courses: BIOL 1110 or 1210 or GEOL 1110 or 2050 Program Contact CHEM 1500 Program Advisor 250.828.5454 Animal Health Technology Distance Education Program (AHTDE) A three‐year online diploma program for those already working in a veterinary clinical setting. Accredited by the Canadian Veterinary Medical Association. Learning Options Distance Education The AHT Distance Education program is offered online. The student may periodically delay enrolling in the next semester of the program but they must complete the entire program within four years of initial enrollment. Continuing Education 189 Graduate Animal Health Technologists may take specific courses for Continuing Education credits. Program Start Date The program year begins in January. do so. Exposure to a veterinary office management software program would be beneficial. Program Overview The Animal Health Technology Distance Education program trains individuals for employment as professionals in the field of veterinary medicine. An Animal Health Technologist works under the supervision of veterinarians and veterinary scientists in a variety of areas including diagnostic testing, radiography, medical procedures, office protocol, animal nursing, anesthesia and surgical assistance. 2. The AHTDE program allows qualified individuals to obtain the theoretical portion of their training by distance education using a combination of electronic and hard copy technologies. The clinical, "hands on" experience that is vitally important to a competent Animal Health Technologist (AHT) is provided at their place of work. The AHTDE program is available to students anywhere in Canada. The AHTDE program has full accreditation from both the Canadian Veterinary Medical Association and the Ontario Association of Veterinary Technicians. Successful completion of year three of the AHTDE program will result in the student being awarded an Animal Health Technologist Diploma. The student must successfully challenge the Veterinary Technician National Board Exam (VTNE) and apply for registration with their provincial AHT Association to be recognized as a Registered Animal Health Technologist. Admission Requirements 3. A signed TRU ‐ Clinical Affiliation form verifying:  The student is an employee of the Veterinary Clinic and that they will be working a minimum of 20 hours per week when they are enrolled in the AHTDE program courses. The student must have been employed for a minimum of 4 months in their clinic prior to the start date of admission into the AHTDE program.  A DVM or RAHT (with minimum two years post graduate clinical experience) has agreed to be the "Clinical Mentor" for the student during the time they are enrolled in AHTDE program courses.  The clinic meets or exceeds the British Columbia Practice Standards www.bcvma.org/. Two reference forms (at least one from your clinical mentor indicating their support of you taking the AHTDE program & confirming how long you have been employed at the clinic and that you are employed for a minimum of 20 hours per week ‐ volunteering does not apply). The TRU AHTDE program reserves the right to limit class sizes and delay enrolment dates. In the event that applications are over and above the program's capacity, applicants will be selected. Admission to the program is based on the following criteria: The student must have completed the program prerequisites and have a signed Clinic Affiliation form. Application Process Students must submit a completed application package no later than September 30 for admission the following January. Educational Requirements 1. BC Grade 12 or equivalent*, C (60%) average 2. Foundations of Math 11 or equivalent*, C+ average 3. Chemistry 11 or equivalent*, C+ average 4. Biology 11 or equivalent*, C+ average 5. The prospective student must also have taken one grade 12 Science (or the equivalent*, C+ average). If this course is Biology 12 or BIOL 0600 then the requirement for Biology 11 (or equivalent*, C+ minimum grade) is waived. Note: Biology 12 or BIOL 0600 is recommended. 6. English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 67% or LPI Level 3 or English 0600 C+ minimum (or the equivalent*, C+ average). Mature student status does not apply. General Requirements 1. 190 Evidence of computer skills*. The student must be familiar with basic word processing, email management (including posting attachments) and internet navigation. The student must also be familiar with downloading and uploading videos, still images and documents and have the means to be able to Required forms may be downloaded from AHT Distance Education Program www.tru.ca/science/programs/aht/disted Failures and Repeats This is not a continuous entry program. The program year begins in January. Any student that temporarily opts out of continuing on with the program must wait until the next yearly enrollment to recommence their studies. The student must be aware that re‐entry into the program is not guaranteed the following year and is dependent on class sizes and instructor availability. A student who has previously failed in a health‐related program and who subsequently applies for admission to the same program or to another health‐related program will be regarded as a repeating student, unless he/she can show cause for being treated as a new student.  A minimum of C in all courses and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 are required for promotion between semesters and for graduation in the program.   One failure or withdrawal from a course will result in the student being required to withdraw from the program ‐ consult the TRU AHTDE Program Coordinator. A student can reapply to the program after a period of one year. The student will be expected to retake the course in which the failure occurred; once successful, continue on from there. A student who receives a failing grade in a course for failure to meet objectives related to essential skills assignments, professional responsibility, professional accountability or patient safety may be refused re‐admission to the program (or another health related program) at the recommendation of the Program Coordinator and the approval of the Divisional Dean. Program Costs In addition to tuition and fees, all expenses incurred by the student during the duration of this program are the responsibility of the student. This includes all work place expenses, textbooks and supplies, travel to clinical instructional sites, computer and internet costs, invigilation costs, videotaping costs, mailing and phone charges, etc. ANHD 1120 Animal Nursing 1 (semester 2) ANHD 1130 Animal Behaviour (semester 2) ANHD 1110 Veterinary Parasitology (semester 3) ANHD 1210 Veterinary Microbiology (semester 3) Year 2 ANTH 2110 Veterinary Hematology (semester 4) ANHD 2150 Immunology and Animal Diseases (Semester 4) ANHD 2100 Anatomy and Physiology 2 (semester 5) ANHD 2120 Animal Nursing 2 (semester 5) ANHD 2130 Diagnostic Imaging (semester 6) ANHD 2140 Pharmacology and Laboratory Mathematics (semester 6) Year 3 ANHD 3140 Anesthesia (semester 7) ANHD 3170 Animal Nursing 3 (semester 7) ANHD 3110 Clinical Pathology (semester 8) ANHD 3160 Large Animal Science (semester 9) ANHD 3120 Intensive Care (semester 8) ANHD 3150 Laboratory and Exotic Animals (semester 9) Promotion Policy A minimum of C in all courses and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 is required for promotion between semesters and for graduation in the program. Program Requirements The program is designed to be completed in a minimum of three years. There are three twelve‐week semesters per year. During each semester students take a maximum of two courses. Completion Requirement Program completion is expected within 4 years following entry. Enrollment is on a yearly basis with classes starting the beginning of January of each year. Program Contact Year 1 Program Coordinator 250.828.5193 ANHD 1010 Office Skills (semester 1) ANHD 1100 Anatomy and Physiology 1 (semester 1) Program Assistant 250.377.6104 Animal Health Technology Diploma A two‐year diploma program accredited by the Canadian Veterinary Medical Association. Graduates receive an Animal Health Technology (AHT) diploma. The AHT program can ladder into the TRU BSc degree with 45 credits or the TRU BIS degree with 60 credits. Learning Options Full‐time The program involves up to 30 class contact hours of lecture and laboratory per week. Students are also responsible for case study sessions and for providing routine daily care for University animals. This involves evening and weekend duty. On‐Campus The program is offered on the Kamloops campus. Program Start Dates Year 1 runs from September to April. Year 2 runs from September until early June due to practicum sessions. The practicum sessions are 191 divided into two time periods: mid‐February to early‐March; and the beginning of May to early June. Program Overview The AHT program is designed to train individuals for employment as professionals in the field of veterinary medicine. An Animal Health Technologist works under the supervision of veterinarians and veterinary scientists in a variety of areas including diagnostic testing, radiography, medical procedures, office protocol, animal nursing, anesthesia and surgical assistance. This program is accredited by the Canadian Veterinary Medical Association, and combines classroom and laboratory instruction, field and clinical experience with small and large animals. Students have daily hands‐on experiences with small animals in the teaching facility on campus. Large animal work is carried out in a separate facility where students develop hands‐on experience with livestock, wildlife and birds. Admission Requirements Educational Requirements 1. BC Grade 12 or equivalent, C average 2. 3. 4. 5. Foundations of Math 11* or equivalent, C+ minimum grade Chemistry 11 or equivalent, C+ minimum grade Biology 11 or equivalent, C+ minimum grade One grade 12 science or equivalent, C+ minimum grade. Biology 12 is recommended 6. English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a C+ minimum grade or LPI Level 3 High school students must submit their official transcript (confirming grade 11 marks) and their grade 12 report cards, confirming enrolment of any relevant prerequisites in progress. All other applicants please submit official transcripts for secondary school and post‐secondary institutions attended. * Applicants who graduated from a BC high school prior to June 2013 can apply with Math 11 (Principles) or equivalent. General Requirements 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Canadian Citizenship or Permanent Resident status Evidence of orientation to a veterinary practice (signature of veterinarian required). It is required that applicants complete a minimum two weeks (80 hours) working, volunteering or observing in a veterinary clinic. Submission of completed questionnaire with application One reference form from each of the following 3 areas:  Current veterinary orientation site  Other animal related experience site  Any non‐veterinary, non‐animal work or volunteer experience Attendance at Program Orientation session upon invitation from the Animal Health Technology Department Successful medical – upon acceptance The AHT program uses a selective enrolment process. All applications are accepted up to the admission deadline date and after that date are assessed to determine if the pre‐admission requirements are met. Please note: Competition for admission to the AHT program is extremely intensive and meeting the minimum requirements does not guarantee an invitation to the orientation session or admission to the program. Admission to the program is based on the following criteria: 192 1. Academic history 2. Exposure to veterinary practice either as a volunteer or as a paid employee (include reference form) 3. Other animal related experience such as on a farm, in an SPCA shelter, at a wildlife refuge, in research, etc. (include reference form) 4. Other non‐veterinary related work or volunteer experience (include reference form) 5. Results of math test Note: Applicants should have a sound secondary school background and an interest in working with and caring for animals. This includes such areas as farms, SPCA, wildlife refuges or any other animal oriented facility. Students should have a desire to develop manual and technical skills. A minimum of 80 hours of practical experience in a veterinary facility is essential for admission to the AHT program. Consultation with practicing AHTs is strongly advised. Application Process Applications for admission to Animal Health Technology must be received by February 15 for admission to fall intake. Admissions are selective for the 24 seats available. It is the candidate’s responsibility to ensure that all the required documents are received the application deadline. The educational requirements may be in progress when applying, however the applicant must submit proof of enrolment with their application and must submit interim grades by the application deadline. For non‐High School applicants, the deadline for completion of courses in progress is April 30 prior to September admission. Admission Process Short‐listed applicants are invited to the mandatory orientation sessions which are typically held in Kamloops in March. The purpose of the orientation sessions is to ensure selected applicants have a clear understanding of the AHT program and the profession. Orientation sessions provide in‐depth information about student workload and responsibilities, and offer the opportunity to meet the faculty and where possible, current students in the program. Applicants will also be required to take a math test during the orientation session. At the discretion of the admissions committee, a phone conference call may take place. Based on a combination of academic pre‐requisites, the results of the math test, and the information included in their written application package (including work experience and references) an overall score for each applicant will be determined and the applicants are ranked. Each applicant will be classified as either: 1. Accepted into the program 2. Waitlisted as an alternate for acceptance 3. Not accepted into the program. Applicants will be notified of their status after April 1. Those who are offered seats will be required to pay a commitment fee by the deadline stated in their offer letter to confirm their seat in the program. All successful candidates must be in class on the first day of the semester, or their seat will be forfeited and given to a wait‐listed applicant. ANHT 2590 Animal Nursing 3 (L) ANHT 2600 Field Work Experience ANHT 2610 Theriogenology ANHT 2620 Animal Nursing 4 (L) ANHT 2650 Large Animal Clinics 2 (L) ANHT 2660 Anesthesia and Critical Care for Veterinary Technologists (L) ANHT 2670 Surgical Assistance 2 (L) ANHT 2680 Diagnostic Imaging 2 (L) ANHT 2690 Laboratory and Exotic Animals (L) ANHT 2700 The Animal Health Technologist and Society ANHT 2990 Animal Behaviour 4 Program Costs In addition to tuition and fees, students should budget for: special clothing and equipment, leashes, BC Veterinary Technologists Association (BCVTA) membership and conference fees, Veterinary Technician National Examination, etc. These are estimated at $700 for the first year and $1000 for the second year. Students must be prepared to bear the cost of travel to and residency in areas away from Kamloops as required by such activity as clinical practicums (ANHT 2200), ranch practicums, BCVTA conference and field work experience (ANHT 2600). These activities/courses are mandatory components of the AHT program Two, 3‐week clinical practicums take place at veterinary facilities during the second year of the program. Promotion Policy A minimum of C in all courses and a cumulative GPA of 2.33 is required for promotion between semesters and for graduation from the program. Failures and Repeats Students will receive Rabies immunization, given at no cost once enrolled into the program; unless they are excused by a medical certificate or have proof of previous Rabies immunization. Program Requirements Year 1 ANHT 1010 Laboratory Mathematics ANHT 1090 Animal Behavior 1 ANHT 1510 Veterinary Terminology ANHT 1520 Animal Nursing 1 (L) ANHT 1530 Introductory Veterinary Immunology ANHT 1540 Veterinary Office Management (L) ANHT 1560 Pharmacology MICR 1580 Veterinary Microbiology 1 (L) ANHT 1590 Domestic Animal Anatomy & Physiology 1 (L) ANHT 1620 Animal Nursing 2 (L) CMNS 1660 Occupational Writing for AHTs ANHT 1670 Dentistry for Animal Health Technologists MICR 1680 Veterinary Microbiology 2 (L) ANHT 1690 Domestic Animal Anatomy & Physiology 2 (L) ANHT 1720 Veterinary Clinical Pathology 1 (L) ANHT 1730 Veterinary Clinical Pathology 2 (L) ANHT 1800 Parasitology (L) ANHT 1990 Animal Behavior 2 Year 2 ANHT 2090 Animal Behaviour 3 ANHT 2200 Clinical Practicum ANHT 2210 Clinical Cases 1 ANHT 2220 Clinical Cases 2 ANHT 2530 Large and Small Animal Diseases ANHT 2540 Large Animal Science ANHT 2550 Large Animal Clinics 1 (L) ANHT 2560 Anesthesia for Veterinary Technologists (L) ANHT 2570 Surgical Assistance 1 (L) ANHT 2580 Diagnostic Imaging 1 (L) 193 Students who fail or withdraw from a course or courses during the program will be required to withdraw from the program at once. Failing or withdrawing students should recognize that there is no guarantee of the opportunity to repeat. Demand for seats is such that space for course repeaters is unlikely to be available. A student who fails to meet objectives of the program related to professional responsibility, accountability or patient safety may be refused re‐admission to the program, at the recommendation of the Department Chairperson and the approval of the Divisional Dean. Completion Requirement Program completion is expected within 2 consecutive years following entry. In the event of failure, and at the discretion of the Chairperson, this may be extended to 3 consecutive years. Program Contact 250.828.5175 Asthma Educators' Certificate A post‐graduate certificate for health care professionals with an interest in the management of asthma. Graduates receive an Asthma Educators' Certificate. Learning Options Part‐time Study The certificate is offered on a part‐time basis. Students have up to eight months to complete each course and up to 2 years to complete all courses in the program. Activities in the program focus on promoting and enhancing interdisciplinary partnerships and collaboration. Internet access is required as this is the primary means of communication in the program. The participant will be required to mail‐in five video‐taped assignments that include three client interviews, a client teaching session and a public teaching session. Distance Education Courses are completed online. Program Start Dates Enrollment is continuous between September 1 and May 1. Program Overview Through a collaborative partnership with the University of Alberta and the Alberta Asthma Centre, TRU offers this multidisciplinary, CNRC‐ approved, online, asthma educators' program. The program gives students the necessary background to optimally educate clients with asthma in prevention, health promotion and disease self‐management. Graduates will be eligible to sit the CNRC exam for national certification as an asthma educator. Admission Requirements Prerequisites: Two‐year diploma or certificate from a recognized health care field as defined by CNRC (Canadian Network for Respiratory Care). An email with the interested participant's professional designation and professional experience must be sent to the Program Coordinator prior to registration to ensure the entry requirements are met for admission. Laddering Credits to other Programs This certificate program of study has been assigned a maximum of six academic upper level credits in the TRU Bachelor of Health Science. Program Requirements The TRU Asthma Educator Certificate prepares the health care professional to write the Canadian Network for Respiratory Care national certification exam to become a certified asthma educator (CAE). The program is comprised of three courses, which must be completed in this order: ASHS 4610 Client‐Centred Approach to Asthma ASHS 4620 Concepts in Asthma ASHS 4630 Asthma Management Planning 194 Profession‐specific "choice" assignments in the second and third course allow health professionals to pursue various areas of interest related to asthma and receive credit for their assignments. Assignment design occurs between the participant and the facilitator for these "choice" assignments. Online discussions are asynchronous in nature. Internet access is the primary means of communication in the program and should be easily accessed by the participant. Successful completion of the program requires a grade of 70% or greater in each video assignment, the final exam and overall in the program. Each course must be completed within eight months. The program must be completed within two years. Visit the Canadian Network for Respiratory Care cnrchome.net/ site for further information on CNRC. Program Contact Program Facilitator 250.371.5543 Animal Welfare Certificate An eight‐month distance education certificate. Graduates receive an Animal Welfare Certificate. courses. The Social Work Program accepts AWCP 1700 and AWCP 1710 as “general studies” credits. Learning Options Distance Education Offered online on a continuous‐entry basis Program Overview The Animal Welfare Certificate program is a joint effort between the British Columbia Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals and TRU. The program allows animal care workers, students and members of the public who wish to learn more about the animal humane field a way to increase their knowledge of animal welfare via distance education. The program covers all aspects of running an animal humane shelter, including such topics as animal cruelty investigations, the human‐ animal bond, human conflict resolution and the connection between animal and child abuse. Admission Requirements There are no course prerequisites. Grade 12 equivalent is recommended. Program Requirements The program is a distance education course that has no on‐site campus requirements. The student will receive printed course materials, videos and an instructional CD. Required texts are available through the TRU bookstore. The course assessment consists of several assignments that are contained in the text of the printed course materials. There are no exams. The student must achieve an overall average of 60% in their assignments to pass a course in the AWCP program. The program is divided into two levels: General Level ‐ AWCP 1700 Advanced Level ‐ AWCP 1710 Each level is comprised of a series of modules. Depending on prior experience students can choose to complete both levels in sequence, or start immediately on the second level. Students may complete only selected modules from one level, depending on your individual requirements. tru.ca/admissions Completion of AWCP 1700 or AWCP 1710 will result in the student obtaining a certificate of completion and undergraduate course credits at Thompson Rivers University. The program must be completed within eight months. A maximum of one three‐month extension may be granted for an additional fee. Laddering Credit to other Programs Program Contact The TRU Biology department accepts either, but not both, AWCP 1700 or AWCP 1710 as a non‐science elective. The Arts Program committee has accepted both AWCP 1700 and AWCP 1710 as “non‐Arts” credit 250.828.5178 Application Process This is a continuous entry program. The student can apply at any time during the calendar year. AWCP Program Assistant 250.377.6104 Architectural and Engineering Technology Diploma A three‐year diploma program. Graduates receive an Architectural and Engineering Technology (ARET) Diploma. Learning Options Program Overview Full time study Architectural and Engineering Technology provides its graduates with the technical skills required to enter careers in the building design industry within the disciplines of Architectural, Civil, and Mechanical Technology. Demands for highly skilled technologists and designers are met by the detailed, intense and comprehensive career preparation offered to students in this program. On‐campus Courses are offered at the Kamloops campus Program Start Date Fall 195 The ARET program emphasizes the design processes in building technology, involving design projects for building structures, electrical, plumbing, lighting, and HVAC (heating, ventilating and air‐conditioning) systems. In addition, the ARET program introduces students to the design processes and terminology involved in civil technology, incorporating design projects in subdivision planning, and municipal services. NOTE: Students need a strong background in physics and math. Applicants whose math and physics prerequisites are more than 5 years old or applicants whose math and physics skills are weak should consider 'refresher' courses in these subjects prior to applying for the ARET program. Application Process Courses in building design, statics and strength of materials, structural analysis, fluid mechanics, steel design, wood design and reinforced concrete design will round out students’ problem solving skills in engineering and building design. Architectural and Engineering Technology program follows a ‘limited’ admission process. The minimum documentation required for an application to be processed is: Students will use comparable computer workstation systems found in industry, students develop their design skills using the latest releases of AutoCAD, Revit and Civil 3D as well as other industry specific software programs. Students will be proficient in using industry recognized software and customizing AutoCAD for efficient design. In addition to the program instruction, ARET students will develop knowledge and skills in construction management, construction contracts, specifications, estimating, building regulations and construction surveying. Academic courses in mathematics, physics and English, including an applied research project provide students with a complete skill set. ARET is accredited with the Canadian Technology Accreditation Board (CTAB) at the technologist level in Building Technology. This credential is recognized nationally and in over seven other countries world‐wide. Career opportunities for ARET graduates include employment with professional engineers and architects, general contractors, sub‐ contractors, manufacturers, federal, provincial and municipal governments, as well as technical/sales representatives for product suppliers, and self‐employed designers. Opportunities may also be realized internationally. ARET graduates with additional work experience may progress to positions such as senior designers, specification writers, estimators, quantity surveyors and project administrators. 1. A completed Application Form 2. The application fee 3. A copy of your interim or final high school grades and official transcripts from all post‐secondary institutions attended. Official transcripts are required for admittance to the program, however they may be received after the application is processed. Re‐Application If you were not accepted OR applied but did not attend last year, you must submit a NEW Application Form. Contact Admissions to ensure that all required documentation is still on file and complete. There are 40 seats available in the program and applications are accepted and admission is determined on a ‘first applied, first admitted’ basis using the date by which applicants have met all the requirements. Students will be notified in writing when they are accepted into the program or placed on the waitlist. Once accepted, students are required to pay a $500 Commitment fee in order to secure their seat. Program Requirements Year 1 – Fall Semester ARET 1100 Graphical Communication (L ) ARET 1110 Computer Aided Design and Drafting (L) ARET 1120 Introduction to Architectural Representation (L) ARET 1200 Materials and Applications 1 – Specifications (L) Admission Requirements ARET 1500 Building Electrical Design (L) Educational Requirements: MATH 1540 or Technical Mathematics 1 MATH 1000** Pre‐Calculus 1. 2. BC Grade 12 or equivalent or Mature Student Status. Foundations of Math 12 (pass) OR Pre‐Calculus 11 (C+ minimum), or Math 0600; (Pre‐Fall 2013 graduates ‐ Principals of Math 11 or Math 0510 with a C+ grade); or equivalent. 3. Physics 11 OR Physics 0500, or equivalent. 4. English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 73% (within the last 5 years.); or, Level 4 on the composition section of the L.P.I. (within the last 2 years.); or completion of English 0600; or equivalent. Year 1 – Winter Semester ARET 1300 Building Technology 1 (L) ARET 1400 Civil Technology 1 (L) ARET 1510 Building Lighting Design ARET 1410*** Construction Surveying (L) CMNS 1850 or Technical Writing 1 ENGL 1100* Introduction to University Writing MATH 1640 Technical Mathematics 2 Or MATH 1140 Calculus 1 And MATH 1240** Calculus 2 Year 2 – Fall Semester 196 ARET 2500 Building Plumbing Design (L) ARET 2100 Computer Aided Design and Drafting 2 (L) ARET 2200 Materials and Applications 2 ‐ Estimating (L) ARET 2210 Construction Management PHYS 1510 Applied Physics 1 (L) **Note: Consult COURSE DESCRIPTIONS for MATH 1000, MATH 1140 and MATH 1240 prerequisite requirements. Year 2 – Winter Semester ARET 2600 Statics and Strength of Materials ARET 2220 Applied Research Project Seminar ARET 2400 Site Planning and Development (L) ARET 2300 Building Regulations ARET 2120 Building Information Modeling (L) PHYS 1610 Applied Physics 2 (L) Building Design (L) ARET 3600 Structural Analysis ARET 3400 Fluid Mechanics ARET 3500 Building Services Theory (L) CMNS 2850 Technical Writing 2 ARET 3620 Wood Design Admission to the second year of the program is granted to students who have successfully completed all first year courses and have achieved a minimum GPA of 2.33. Admission to the third year of the program is granted to students who have successfully completed all second year courses and have achieved a minimum GPA of 2.33 Year 3 – Winter Semester ARET 3310 Building Technology 2 (L) ARET 3510 Building HVAC Design(L) ARET 3610 Steel Design ARET 3630 Reinforced Concrete Design ***NOTE: The ARET 1410 Construction Surveying course will run for two weeks starting after the end of final exams. Promotion Policy Year 3 – Fall Semester ARET 3300 *Note: Consult COURSE DESCRIPTIONS for ENGL 1100 prerequisite requirements. Graduation from the program is granted to students who have successfully completed all of the required courses for graduation, achieved a GPA of 2.33 or better, and have successfully completed the Technical Report. Graduation from the program is granted to students who have achieved a GPA of 2.33 or better, and have successfully completed the Technical Report. MATH 1540 and MATH 1640, or MATH 1000, MATH 1140 and MATH 1240 must be completed to fulfill ARET requirements. MATH 1540 and MATH 1640, or MATH 1000, MATH 1140 and MATH 1240 must be completed to fulfill the ARET graduation requirements. Program Contact ARET Chair 250.371.5934 Certified Respiratory Educator Certificate A post‐graduate certificate for the health care professional who has an interest in the management of asthma and Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD). Learning Options Part‐time Study The certificate is offered on a part‐time basis. Students have up to eight months to complete each course and up to two and a half years to complete all courses in the program. The program content is composed of both asthma and COPD (chronic obstructive pulmonary disease) management concepts. Health care professionals with this training and certification will be able to help individuals with asthma and COPD to better manage their disease and optimize their quality of life. Distance Education Admission Requirements Courses are completed online. Prerequisites: Two‐year diploma or certificate from a recognized health care field as defined by CNRC (Canadian Network for Respiratory Care). Program Start Dates Enrollment is continuous between September 1 and May 1. Program Overview The TRU Certified Respiratory Educator Program (CRE) is a CNRC‐ approved, online delivered, 4 course certificate program that satisfies the CNRC learning objectives to prepare the interested health care professional to write the CNRC CRE national certification exam to become a certified respiratory educator. An email with the interested participant's professional designation and professional experience must be sent to the program coordinator prior to registration to ensure the entry requirements are met for admission. Program Requirements Individuals seeking CRE certification must satisfy the following course completion in the order listed: ASHS 4610 197 ASHS 4620 ASHS 4630 ASHS 4720 Program Contact 250.371.5543 Laddering Credit to other Programs A maximum of nine upper level credits from this program may be applied to the TRU Bachelor of Health Science degree. Computing Science Diploma A two‐year diploma program. Graduates receive a Computing Science Diploma (CS diploma). A Co‐operative Education option is offered. Learning Options Co‐operative Education Full‐time or Part‐time Study Co‐operative Education is the integration of theory and practical experience. Students have specific periods of paid employment (Work Terms) alternating with specific periods of study (Academic Semesters). Students with a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.33 will be eligible to apply for participation in three four‐month Work Terms. The number of co‐op students may be limited. For additional information, brochures and work term eligibility criteria, contact the Career Education Department, 250‐371‐5627. Most students complete the program through full‐time study. A limited number of students may study part‐time. On‐campus Courses are offered at the Kamloops campus. Students who choose the Co‐operative Education option spend work terms off‐campus. Program Start Date Fall Co‐op Time Pattern for CS Diploma students: Program Overview Students graduating from the Computing Science Diploma (CS Diploma) are able to immediately become productive employees, and have the breadth of background necessary for advancement as their career progresses. Graduates may become computer programmers, E‐ commerce programmers, website developers, network administrators, software developers, systems designers, or systems managers. Students completing this program may be hired as the only “computer person” in a small business, or they may begin their career in a junior position with a large computing organization. The program accommodates students who have just graduated from secondary school and more mature students who are seeking a career change or the opportunity to enhance their job skills. All graduates will have considerable experience with programming languages, data structures, databases and files, hardware components and specifications, networking methodology, as well as systems. The main emphasis of the program is to highlight the importance of sound problem‐solving methodology, supported by hands on instruction in the most popular and the most utilized computing software and hardware. This approach, together with courses in English and Mathematics, will ideally prepare students for work, further training and advancement. A commitment to professionalism is an essential characteristic of the program. CS is accredited by the Canadian Information Processing Society (CIPS). Co‐op options: 4 months between semesters 2 and 3 (May to August), and/or 12 months between semesters 3 and 4 (January to December). CS is offered both as a Co‐op program and as an optional regular program. Consult the Program Coordinator for details. Admission Requirements Educational Requirements 1. BC Grade 12 or equivalent with C+ average 2. One of Pre‐calculus Math 12, Foundations of Math 12, or Principles of Math 12 (or equivalent) with a minimum grade of C+; or MATH 1000, MATH 1001, MATH 0610 or MATH 0633 within the last two years with a minimum grade of C+ 3. English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 73% (within the last 5 years); or Level 4 on the composition section of the Language Proficiency Index (within the last 2 years); or Completion of English 0600; or Completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a C+ or better. 4. ECOMP 12 or COMP 0600, or equivalent or Coordinator’s permission. General Requirements 1. Submission of a completed CS Diploma admissions questionnaire prior to the student orientation meeting 2. Orientation meeting with the Program Coordinator or designate 198 COMP 3610 Application Process Applicants should request an application package from the Admissions Office tru.ca/admissions. Since there are a limited number of places available in the program, applications should be submitted early. Up to 36 full‐time non‐repeating students will be given confirmed seats prior to June 15 in order of their application date, providing they have completed all admission requirements. Databases COMP 2680 or Elective Note. Electives include COMP 1810, 2130, 2230, 3140, 3270,3540, 4830 or Mobile Applications 1. See stream options below before choosing. Students must complete prerequisite courses before taking the Semester 4 courses. Second Year CS Diploma, Semester 4 Part‐time Students Students who are studying part‐time will be wait‐listed prior to June 15 and will be admitted subsequently subject to space being available, as determined by the department. Students Repeating Courses Students who are repeating course will be wait‐listed prior to June 15 and will be admitted subsequently subject to space being available, as determined by the department. Choose 5 computing science electives approved by the Program Coordinator. See Streams below. Second Year CS Diploma, Semester 4 ‐ Database Stream Choose 5 electives approved by the Program Coordinator including one or more of COMP 4610, 4620 (see note 1), DBA Note: 1. COMP 3540 must be completed in semester 3. Second Year CS Diploma, Semester 4 ‐ Game Development Stream Choose 5 electives approved by the Program Coordinator including COMP 2810 (see note 1) Note: 1. COMP 1810 must be completed in semester 3. Program Requirements Note: All second year computer courses require either successful completion of first year as a prerequisite or department permission. Note: 1. Mobile Applications 1 must be completed in semester 3. Year 1 – Fall Semester Communications or English – 3 credits (see Note 1 below) MATH 1380 Discrete Structures 1 COMP 1130 Programming 1 (Java) Second Year CS Diploma, Semester 4 ‐ Mobile Applications Stream Choose 5 electives approved by the Program Coordinator including Mobile Applications 21 Second Year CS Diploma, Semester 4 ‐ Networks Stream Choose 5 electives approved by the Program Coordinator including COMP 3260 or 4250(see note 1) COMP 1020 Note: 1. COMP 2130 and 3270 must be taken in semesters 2 and 3. COMP 1030 COMP 1050 COMP 1080 Second Year CS Diploma, Semester 4 ‐ Web Development Stream COMP 1090 Choose 5 electives approved by the Program Coordinator including COMP 4620 (see note 1) One of the following: Note: 1. COMP 2680 and 3540 must be taken in semesters 2 and 3. COMP 1040 COMP 1070 Year 1 – Winter Semester MATH 1390 Discrete Structures 2 COMP 1230 Programming 2 (Java) COMP 2210 Visual Programming Design Promotion Policy To qualify as a prerequisite within the program, a mark of C‐ or better must be achieved. Comp 2130 or COMP 2680 Note. Possible choices include ENGL 1100/CMNS 1290, CMNS 1810/19X0, ENGL 1100/SPEE 2500, CMNS 1810/SPEE 2500, or other combinations approved by the Program Coordinator. 250.371.5696 Year 2 – Fall Semester COMP 2230 Data Structures COMP3520 Software Engineering Program Contact Engineering Transfer Programs TRU offers a first year Engineering Transfer program that is general in nature and common to all engineering specializations. Although the primary transfer paths have been to UBC and UVic, transfers elsewhere are also possible. In fact, TRU Engineering students have successfully transferred to Engineering programs across BC and outside the province (Simon Fraser University, the University of British Columbia, 199 the University of Victoria and the University of Alberta). UBC and UVic consider engineering transfer programs such as TRU’s as making significant contributions to the completion of engineering degrees in BC. While transfer is simplest to BC universities, transfer outside the province is possible to various extents as described below. Admission to the engineering faculty at any university is competitive, and reaching the minimum required standard is no guarantee of entry. Selection depends on academic performance. All applicants interested in obtaining an engineering degree are strongly recommended to consult current university calendars to familiarize themselves with the programs available. Engineering transfer programs are recognized as a desirable means of beginning engineering degree studies. Small class sizes and the strong teaching focus typical of engineering transfer programs offer the potential for increased student success. Students may enter the TRU first year Engineering transfer program directly from Grade 12 or following a year or more of Science studies or other relevant studies. University of British Columbia The Faculty of Applied Science at UBC offers programs leading to the Bachelor of Applied Science degree (BASc) in Chemical, Civil, Electrical, Computer, Geological, Integrated, Mechanical, Metals and Materials, Mining and Mineral Process Engineering, and Engineering Physics. The first year of engineering studies is common to all disciplines. A co‐ operative education option is available to students in the UBC Engineering program. Entry into the co‐op program is competitive, but many TRU transfer students have successfully pursued this option. University of Victoria The Faculty of Engineering at UVic offers fully co‐operative Bachelor of Science degree programs in Computer Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, Mechantronics Engineering, and various joint options with other academic departments. Transfer from TRU into these programs has been successful for students with sufficiently high GPA in the first year Engineering program at TRU. Interested students should contact the TRU Engineering Transfer Program Coordinator. Simon Fraser University The School of Engineering Science at SFU offers an undergraduate degree with concentrations in Computer Engineering, Electronics Engineering, Engineering Physics, or Systems Engineering. Each includes mandatory participation in a co‐operative education component. Entry into SFU Engineering Science programs is very competitive. Interested students should contact the TRU Engineering Transfer Program Coordinator for more details. University of Alberta The Faculty of Engineering at the University of Alberta offers undergraduate programs in Chemical, Materials, Civil, Environmental, Computer, Electrical, Mechanical, Mining, and Petroleum Engineering, in addition to Engineering Physics. TRU does not have a formal Engineering transfer agreement in place with the University of Alberta. However, students successfully completing the first year of Engineering at TRU have been able to transfer to the University of Alberta with considerable advanced standing. Interested students should contact the TRU Engineering Transfer Program Coordinator for more details. 200 Procedure for Admission to TRU Engineering Transfer Year 1 Directly from Secondary School Applications should be received no later than March 1 for admission the following September. Applications will be accepted after this time if space permits. The minimum prerequisites for admission direct from secondary school are: 1. BC Grade 12 graduation or equivalent. 2. English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 73% within the last 5 years, or LPI level 5; or completion of ENGL 0600; or completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a C+ or higher 3. Completion of Pre‐calculus 11 and 12, Chemistry 11, and Physics 11 and 12, or equivalents; with a minimum grade of B in each. Chemistry 12 is preferred and strongly recommended. Although not mandatory, the following will be very beneficial for students considering Engineering studies at TRU or elsewhere: 1. Calculus 12 2. A Computing or Information Technology course teaching computer programming and problem solving experience with high level languages such as Java, C/C++, or Visual Basic. Eligible applicants will be granted a conditional admission to the program, and must attend one of several pre‐registration orientation sessions in May and June to select courses and be registered in the program. If unable to attend, applicants must contact the TRU Engineering Transfer program coordinator to make alternate arrangements. Admitted students should call the Faculty of Science Office at 250.828.5454 to enroll in a pre‐registration orientation session. Applicants meeting minimum prerequisites are eligible for admission to the program but, allocation of seats will be competitive based on grades achieved in Grade 11 and 12 prerequisite courses. First Year Engineering Course Requirements ‐ for students having completed Chemistry 12 Year 1 – Fall Semester COMP 1520 Principles of Software Development DRAF 1520 Engineering Graphics ENGL 1100 Introduction to University Writing EPHY 1150 Physics for Engineers 1 MATH 1130 Enriched Calculus 1 MATH 1300 Linear Algebra for Engineers Year 1 – Winter Semester EPHY 1250 Physics for Engineers 2 EPHY 1700 Engineering Mechanics 1 MATH 1130/1230 2 or EPHY 1990 Introduction to Engineering Measurements MATH 1140/1240 (B) CHEM 1520** Principles of Chemistry MATH 1230 Enriched Calculus 2 PHYS 1150/12503 or 1100/1200 (C+) Appropriate Electives4 (9 University credits with C+ or better) Complementary Studies (3 credits)* *Students planning to transfer to UVIC in all disciplines but Software engineering, must take CMNS 1290 for their complementary studies. Students planning to transfer to UVIC in Software engineering should take COMP 1230 for their complementary studies. ** Students who have not completed Chemistry 12 (or equivalent) will not be required to take CHEM 1500 in place of ENGL 1100 in the fall semester. ENGL 1100 should be postponed to the winter semester. These students will not complete all requirements in year 1 but may still be eligible to transfer. ***UBC approved complementary studies courses include ARCH 1110, 1190, and 1210; ECON 1900, and 1950; ENGL 1110; GEOG 2110 and 2220; HIST 1030, 1120, 1220, and 1260; PHIL 1110 and 1210; POLI 1110 and 1210; PSYC 1110 and 1210; SOCI 1110. On successful completion of first year engineering at TRU, students are eligible to apply for transfer into a second year specialty. 1 (C+) For students who did not take CHEM 12 or equivalent, CHEM 1500/1520 are acceptable for Engineering Transfer credit. 2 MATH 1130/1230 are preferred but MATH 1140/1240 with suitable 3 Students who have not taken PHYS 1150/1250 or equivalent will be standings will also be accepted for Engineering Transfer. required to take EPHY 1150/1250 if admitted to the engineering program. 4 Students should consider the following in their course planning and selection of electives: UBC Engineering transfer requires a complementary studies elective selected from ARCH 1110, 1190, and 1210; ECON 1900, and 1950; ENGL 1110; GEOG 1190, 1200, 2110 and 2220; HIST 1030, 1120, 1220, and 1260; PHIL 1110 and 1210; POLI 1110 and 1210; PSYC 1110 and 1210; SOCI 1110. Sufficient standings in COMP 1130 can constitute credit for COMP 1520. Procedure for Admission to TRU Engineering Transfer Year 1 from First Year Science or Related Studies Students who have completed first year Science, Computer Science, or Mathematics at TRU or elsewhere may also apply for entry into the first year Engineering Transfer Program. Applications should be received no later than March 1 for admission to the September intake. Applications will be accepted after March 1 if space permits. Admission to the Engineering transfer program is competitive and will be based on cumulative GPA and grades earned in relevant prerequisite courses. Simply meeting the minimum criteria for admission will not guarantee a seat in the program. The minimum prerequisites are completion of the following together with an overall cumulative grade point average of 2.5: CHEM 1500/1510 or CHEM 1500/1520 1 (C+) ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 (C+) Students with sufficiently strong mathematics standing may be given permission to complete MATH 1300 during first year science studies (space permitting). Suitable science electives are outlined in the TRU calendar. Since some courses are common between the first year engineering, science, computer science, and mathematics programs, students can better prepare themselves for engineering transfer through careful course selection. Interested students should pay particular attention to course selection note 4 in the table above and consult with the program coordinator if they require further guidance. Successful applicants with suitably high standings can expect to receive Engineering transfer credit for selected courses completed as outlined above. These students will be enrolled in a mixture of first year Engineering and second year science courses selected in consultation with the program coordinator. Course selections will depend on courses previously completed, desired engineering specialization, and choice of receiving institution. These could include but will not necessarily be restricted to the following: APSC 1200 GEOG 1190, 1200, 2110, 2120, and 2220 CHEM 2000, 2100, 2120, 2160, 2220, and 2250 MATH 1300, 2110, 2120, 2240 and 3170 COMP 1130, 1520, 1230 and 2xx0 PHYS 2000, 2150, 2250, 3090, and 3100 DRAF 1520 STAT 2000 EPHY 1150, 1250, 1990, 1700, 2150, and 2250 Complementary Studies Electives Suitable additional elective courses may be selected to round out a student’s course load. Program Contact 250.828.5404 201 Environmental Studies Certificate Learning Options Full‐time or Part Time Study Students may study full‐time or part time. On‐Campus The complete certificate is offered on the main campus of TRU in Kamloops. Program Start Date(s): Students may enter the program in September, January or May if they are taking courses on campus. Some distance courses are also based on September or January start dates, while others offer the ability to start at any time. BIOL 1110 Principles of Biology 1 BIOL 1210 Principles of Biology 2 NRSC 1120 Dendrology 1 NRSC 1220 Dendrology 2 GEOG 2100 Human Interaction with the Natural Environment GEOG 1120 Earth's Lands and Waters GEOG 1220 Climatology and Biogeography CHEM 1500 Chemical Bonding and Organic Chemistry CHEM 1510 or CHEM 1520 Fundamentals of Chemistry Principles of Chemistry GEOL 1110 Introduction to Physical Geology GEOL 2050 Geological Time Program Requirements Environmental Studies Certificate Forestry Transfer Program Learning Options Full‐time or Part‐time Study 1. 2. 3. On‐Campus The program is offered at the Kamloops campus. 4. Program Start Dates Fall, Winter, or Summer semester. 5. 6. Distance Education Many courses are available by distance education. Visit www.tru.ca/distance Program Overview The Faculty of Forestry at UBC offers four‐year degree programs of undergraduate study in five areas of forestry: Forest Resources Management, Forest Operations, Forest Science, Wood Science and Industry, and Natural Resource Conservation. The first two years are designed to prepare students for entry into the profession of forestry and the last two years for careers in a specialized field. Grade 12 graduation (or equivalent) Math 12 English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 73% within the last 5 years Two of Biology 11*, Chemistry 11, or Physics 11 (all three strongly recommended) One of Biology 12, Chemistry 12 or Physics 12 Biology 11 is the minimum requirement for entry into BIOL 1110 at TRU Students entering from 1st Year Science: Students may elect to enter second year Forest Resource Management upon completing a first year Science program at TRU, or its equivalent. Applicants must have completed: BIOL 1110 or BIOL 1210 CHEM 1500 or CHEM 1510 PHYS 1100/1200 or PHYS 1150/1250 ENGL 1100 or 1110 or 1210 (any one) MATH 1140/1240 or MATH 1150/1250 STAT 2000 or BIOL 3000 TRU offers the first general year of Forestry and the second year of Forest Resource Management, Forest Science, Natural Resource Conservation, and Forest Operations. Admission Requirements Academic Requirements The minimum prerequisites are: 202 Second Year: Fall Semester Winter Semester ECON 1900 COMP 1000* NRSC 1120 ECON 1950 Course Requirements for Natural Resource Conservation NRSC 2000 NRSC 1220 First Year: NRSC 2100 NRSC 2110 GEOG 1220 NRSC 2200 NRSC 1110 *3 credits of Introduction to Computing Application Process The following documentation must be provided: 1. Proof of Citizenship or Permanent Resident status if not born in Canada 2. Official transcripts of previous secondary and post‐ secondary education record 3. The application fee 4. A completed Application for Admission form 5. A copy of your official interim or final grades Program capacity is 20 students in each of years one and two. Applicants should submit an Application for Admission form and related documentation as soon as requirements are completed. You will be notified in writing by Admissions if you have been accepted into the program. Prior to registration, you will be asked to arrange a meeting with the Program Coordinator at 250.828.5467 to discuss course requirements. Fall Semester Winter Semester COMP 1000 * BIOL 1210 ECON 1900 ENG 1110/1210 ENGL 1100 or 1110 ECON 1950 NRSC 1110 NRSC 1220 NRSC 1120 MATH 1140 or 1150 or 1400 * 3 credits of Introduction to Computing Second Year: Fall Semester Winter Semester NRSC 2000 BIOL 4160 NRSC 2100 GEOG 1220 GEOG 11202 NRSC 2200 SOCI 11101 SOCI 1210 BIOL 3000 or STAT 2000 Elective Course Requirements for Forest Operations First Year: Fall Semester Winter Semester BIOL 1110 BIOL 1210 ENGL 1100 or 1110 or 1210 COMP 1000 * NRSC 1120 ECON 1900 MATH 1140 or 1150 NRSC 1220 NRSC 1110 Elective * 3 credits of Introduction to Computing Transfer to UBC Students who have completed the required first or second year courses with a Grade Point Average of at least 2.50 are eligible to apply for admission to the UBC Faculty of Forestry. GPA is calculated over all attempts (including failures) in all courses. Admission to the Faculty of Forestry may be competitive and chances of acceptance increase with GPA standing. Course Requirements for Forest Science Second Year: Fall Semester Winter Semester NRSC 2000 BIOL 4160 NRSC 2100 ECON 3730 NRSC 4130 NRSC 2110 STAT 2000 or BIOL 3000 NRSC 2200 Elective Elective First Year: Fall Semester Winter Semester BIOL 1110 BIOL 1210 CHEM 1500 CHEM 1510 ENGL 1100 or 1110 ENGL 1110 or 1210 MATH 1140 or 1150 GEOG 1220 NRSC 1110 MATH 1240 or 1250 Second Year: Course Requirements for Forest Resource Management First Year: Fall Semester Fall Semester Winter Semester BIOL 2130 BIOL 3130 CHEM 2120 CHEM 2220 NRSC 1120 NRSC 1220 NRSC 2100 STAT 2000 or BIOL 3000 203 Note: TRU does not offer Forest Operations 1 and 2 which are ordinarily taken in year 2 at UBC. See the program coordinator to discuss your options. Winter Semester BIOL 1110 BIOL 1210 ENGL 1100 or 1110 ECON 1900 NRSC 1120 NRSC 1220 MATH 1140 or 1150 GEOG 1220 NRSC 2000 NRSC 1110 Elective NRSC 2200 Second Year: Fall Semester Winter Semester CHEM 1500 COMP 1000* PHYS 1100 or 1150 ECON 3730 NRSC 2000 NRSC 2110* NRSC 2100 NRSC 2200 STAT 2000 or BIOL 3000 NRSC 3170 Elective Elective Program Contact Natural Resources Science 250.828.5467 *FIRST 2210 is taken in year 3 at UBC. * 3 credits of Introduction to Computing Respiratory Therapy Program The Respiratory Therapy Program is a three‐year diploma program or a four‐year dual credential program. The four year dual credential program consists of a RT diploma and bachelor's degree in Health Science. Graduates of the three‐ or four‐year program receive a Respiratory Therapy Diploma and are eligible to undertake the National Certification Examination for professional qualification as a Registered Respiratory Therapist. Learning Options Diploma or Degree Program Overview There are several completion options in the Respiratory Therapy program: Respiratory Therapy (RT) is an allied health discipline devoted to the scientific application of technology in order to assist in the diagnosis, treatment, management and care of patients with respiratory and associated disorders. Respiratory Therapists are important members of modern hospital medical teams.     3‐year Diploma stream 4‐year dual Diploma/Degree stream (RT/BHSc) 2‐year Diploma for students with a BSc degree (aka Fast‐ track) Joint 3‐year RT Diploma and Masters in Education More information regarding the various options in the Respiratory Therapy program can be found at: http://www.tru.ca/science/programs/rt.html Year one is the same for both RT Diploma and Dual credential. Students declare interest to enter into the dual Diploma/Degree stream or remain in the RT Diploma stream during year one of the program. Full‐time Study In order to complete the diploma within 3 years or the dual credential within 4 years, students need to be studying on a full‐time basis. On‐campus Year 1 & 2 courses of the diploma stream and Year 1, 2 and 3 courses of the dual diploma/degree stream are offered on the Kamloops Campus. The courses in the final year (year 3 of the Diploma stream and year 4 of the dual credential stream) are delivered at clinical affiliate sites. Distance Education Students accepted into the Fast‐track option are required to complete 4 distance courses through TRU‐OL prior to entry into program. Students enrolled in the dual Diploma/Degree stream, may take their non‐RESP courses either on campus or via distance. The required HLTH courses for the BHSc degree are taken as distance courses. Information on the BHSc courses can be found at www.tru.ca/science/programs/rt/rtdual‐ credit.html TRU is the only educational institution in British Columbia to offer a program in Respiratory Therapy (RT). The program is accredited by the Council on Accreditation for Respiratory Therapy Education (CoARTE). Following completion of studies at TRU campus, the student completes an 11 month clinical internship at accredited hospitals affiliated with TRU. The clinical year begins in early June, with students spending time at various hospitals gaining exposure to all aspects of the duties of a Respiratory Therapist. Clinical year students will rotate between hospitals in the Interior, Lower Mainland and Vancouver Island. Applicants must be prepared to relocate as required. Specific rotations cannot be guaranteed. The Fast‐track option is also unique to the Respiratory Therapy program at TRU. This option gives recognition to a student’s BSc and allows the student to complete the RT diploma within 2 years (1 academic year and 1 clinical year). Another unique option to the TRU‐RT program is the possibility of obtaining a joint RT Diploma and Masters in Education degree. This option is open to students who qualify for the Fast‐track RT stream. Students would divide their RT courses and MEd courses over 2 years, followed by a clinical year. There is limited space for this option. Students must apply for both the RT program and the MEd program individually. See http://www.tru.ca/science/programs/rt.html or contact the Academic Coordinator for more information at lmueller@tru.ca Following successful completion of the diploma or dual credential program, the graduate is eligible to sit the National Certification 204 Examination which grants the professional qualification of R.R.T. (Registered Respiratory Therapist). Program Costs In addition to tuition and fees students should plan to budget for the following (costs are subject to change):     CSRT costs ‐students are encouraged to join the CSRT early in the first year. A three‐year membership is $100. Certification exam ‐ clinical year students (or graduates) will need to pay a $900 fee for the RRT credential exam. Relocation ‐ students must be prepared to relocate to the Lower Mainland, Victoria, or Kelowna for all or part of third year. MEd program costs are separate from RT program costs. Admission Requirements As there are a limited number of seats, applications should be submitted by the deadline. It is important to complete all aspects of the application. Minimum Academic Criteria for Admission interview with the Academic Coordinator. Email lmueller@tru.ca to set up interview appointments. Students are required to submit the completed immunization record and CRC consent forms within one month after their start date. Admission for students holding a Bachelor of Science Degree Students who have an undergraduate Science Degree or a Science Associate Degree may apply for advanced placement into the second year of the program. (aka Fast‐track option). This fast track option is available on a selective admission basis. Applicants need to complete a program application, and select "Year 2, Fall semester" on the application form. This fast‐track option requires the student to successfully complete 4 distance courses prior to entry into the 2nd year of the fall semester. Alternatively, applicants with a science associate or undergraduate degree who are not admitted into the Fast‐track option may be eligible for advanced placement into year one, semester two. Contact the Academic Coordinator for more information regarding this. Course transcripts will be reviewed for advanced credits. (These credits must normally have been obtained within five years of application.) 1. BC Grade 12/Adult Dogwood/Mature student status or equivalent. 2. English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum 67% or equivalent Foundations of Math 12 or higher with a minimum 67% or equivalent. Biology 12 or higher with a minimum 67% or equivalent. Chemistry 12 or higher with a minimum 67% or equivalent. Physics 11 or higher with a minimum 67% or equivalent. 3. 4. 5. 6. *Prior to 2013, Principles of Math 12 with a minimum C+ grade is required. For students entering first year, transfer credit for previous post‐ secondary education will be given when course transcripts are reviewed by the Academic Coordinator. Course outlines may be required. General Requirements 1. Verification of program information session attendance or hospital RT department visit. 2. Completion of "C" level CPR with AED 3. Complete immunization record (upon acceptance). 4. Criminal record check (upon acceptance). Program information session details can be viewed at www.tru.ca/science/programs/rt/information_sessions Prior to going for a hospital visit, applicants must complete the questionnaire found at the web address listed above. Out‐of‐province students or students unable to attend a program information session can meet this requirement via a telephone 205 Application Process Prospective students must submit a completed application form, either online (ApplyBC website) or paper application from http://www.tru.ca/admissions/apply.html. Documentation of the items listed under General Requirements and official transcripts must be sent to the Admissions office. Admission information packages can be obtained from the above website. Application Dates and Deadlines for Sept intake:   Oct 1st ‐ March 31st for 1st year applicants* Oct 1st ‐ Jan 31st for Fast‐track applicants First‐year applicants will be notified of their application status by the end* of April. Fast‐track applicants will be notified by the end of February. Once students have received a conditional acceptance, they must pay a $500 commitment fee within 21 days of acceptance. Note: Acceptance is conditional based on receipt of final grades. Immunization forms and Criminal Record Check (CRC) consent forms will be sent to the student once they’ve been accepted into the program * as of Oct 1, 2015 the following application/notification deadlines apply for 1st year: Oct 1‐ Mar 15. Applicants will be notified by mid‐ April regarding their application status. Selection Criteria Admission into the Respiratory Therapy Program is determined by a selective admission process based on academic qualifications. Applicants who meet the minimal education requirements for admission are ranked and selected for admission according to the following:  Highest GPA in high school and post‐secondary education  Number of years of post‐secondary education  Number of completed post‐secondary science courses Note: Successful completion of these courses is required for promotion to next semester. Year 2/3 – Winter Semester RESP 2650 Application of Mechanical Ventilation (L) RESP 2600* Respiratory Pathophysiology Criminal Record Check and Immunization Record RESP 2620* Anaesthesia (L) A Criminal Record Check consent form is sent to applicants who are accepted into the program. RT students are required to undergo a criminal record check as part of the Criminal Records Review Act for individuals working with children and vulnerable adults. TRU will initiate an on‐line criminal record check request through the Ministry of Justice on behalf of the students. Students will be charged a fee for the criminal records check. RESP 2630 Perinatal and Pediatric Respiratory Care (L) RESP 2710 Assessment and Interventions in Multisystem Disorders (L) Our clinical affiliates require a criminal record check prior to accepting students for clinical placement. Clinical agencies reserve the right to refuse to accept students with a criminal record. Not completing the clinical placements prevents a student from successfully completing the program. The Canadian Society of Respiratory Therapy and the provincial colleges of Respiratory Therapy may deny student membership and/or RT registration to candidates with criminal convictions. RTCL 3040 Neonatal and Pediatrics (Clinical) RTCL 3110 Level 1 Clinical (Rotation) Our clinical affiliates require proof of up‐to‐date immunization prior to accepting students for clinical placement. Clinical agencies reserve the right to refuse to accept students who do not have this proof and this could prevent the student from completing the clinical placements, and thus not completing the program. Note: courses with * are taken during 2nd year, winter semester of the dual credential program. Those without an * are taken in the winter semester of 3rd year of the dual credential. Diploma students would take the full complement of RESP courses in 2nd year of the diploma. Clinical Year (3rd year of the diploma; 4th year of the dual credential) RTCL 3120 Level 2 Clinical (Rotation) RTCT 3040 Clinical Theory: Neonatal and Pediatrics RTCT 3110 Respiratory Therapy Clinical Theory (Level 1) RTCT 3120 Respiratory Therapy Clinical Theory (Level 2) Completion Requirement Diploma completion is expected within 3 consecutive years following entry. At the discretion of the Academic Coordinator, this may be extended to 4 consecutive years. Full time dual credential students should be able to complete their degree within 4 years. For more information regarding Dual credential completion, contact the Program Chairperson dsheets@tru.ca. Program Requirements Promotion Policy Year 1 – Semester 1 and 2 BIOL 1592/1692 Human Biology ‐ Anatomy and Physiology (L) CMNS 1810 Business, Professional and Academic Composition CMNS 1970 Report Writing and Presentation for Students of Respiratory Therapy STAT 1200 Introduction to Statistics PHYS 1580 Physics for Respiratory Therapists (L) RESP 1650 Introduction to Mechanical Ventilation RESP 1580 Instrumentation 1(L) RESP 1680 Instrumentation 2 (L) RESP 1690 Cardiopulmonary Anatomy & Physiology RESP 2510 Pharmacology RESP 2720 Professional Issues in Health Care Year 2/3 – Fall Semester RESP 2500* Pathophysiology 1 RESP 2550 Mechanical Ventilation (L) RESP 2570 Blood Gas Analysis (L) RESP 2590* Patient Assessment (L) RESP 2680 Pulmonary Function (L) Note: courses with * are taken during 2nd year, fall semester of the dual credential program. Those without an *are taken in the fall semester of 3rd year of the dual credential. Diploma students would take the full complement of RESP courses in 2nd year of the diploma. 206 An overall grade of C (60%) and a minimum mark of 50% on the final course/lab exam is required for a passing grade in each RESP course, PHYS 1580 and BIOL 1592/1692. Marks below those mentioned above are considered a failure. A student must successfully complete all courses in order to continue on to the next semester. Students may be allowed to continue in the program if the student is granted Academic Probation. Academic Probation applies to the student who attains a grade of C‐ in any one RESP or science course during a semester, but has a passing grade in all other courses in that semester. If a student fails a course while on academic probation, they will not be granted probation and will be removed from the program. If a student fails to meet the pass mark in two or more courses during one semester they will fail, and be withdrawn from the program. Academic probation will not be granted two semesters in a row. Graduation from the Respiratory Therapy Program requires that the student acquire an overall grade point average of 2.17. The graduate will receive a diploma in Respiratory Therapy. During the time between graduation and writing the certification exam, the graduate may be employed as a graduate RT. The Respiratory Therapy Program is academically rigorous with a heavier than average course load in all semesters. In order to be successful in the program, students must be willing to dedicate a significant amount of time to their studies. Failures and Repeats Failing or withdrawing students should recognize that there is no guarantee of the opportunity to repeat courses. First time, full‐time students are accepted first, and if space permits, repeating students may be re‐accepted. A student who fails a course(s) will be required to repeat the course(s) within one calendar year. A failed course can only be repeated in the semester in which it is offered in the following year. The laboratory component of the failed course must also be repeated and lab marks will be integrated within the course. Students must re‐register for the course(s) and pay the appropriate fees for any repeated courses. The student will work the equivalent of 150 hours each month, and may be assigned shift work. Clinical training involves rotation between the accredited hospitals, and these rotations may be either: 1. Interior ‐ Vancouver or Vancouver ‐ Interior 2. Vancouver – Vancouver 3. Vancouver – Victoria or Victoria – Vancouver Year 3 RTCL 3040 Neonatal and Paediatrics Clinical 7 weeks RTCL 3110 Level 1 Clinical Rotation 22 weeks RTCL 3120 Level 2 Clinical Rotation 17 weeks RTCL 3040 Clinical Theory: Neonatal and Pediatrics 7 weeks RTCT 3110 Respiratory Therapy Clinical Theory (Level 1) June ‐ November RTCT 3120 Respiratory Therapy Clinical Theory (Level 2) December ‐ April Program Contact A student who has previously failed a health‐related program and who subsequently applies for admission to the same program or to another health‐related program will be regarded as a repeating student, unless he/she can show cause for being treated as a new student. Students re‐entering the program may be required to challenge certain portions of courses in which they previously received credit or retake courses depending upon the currency of the knowledge and practical skills. All students re‐entering the program are reminded that they are subject to program completion‐time requirements. A student who receives a failing grade in a course or fails to meet objectives related to professional responsibility, professional accountability or patient safety may be refused re‐admission to the program (or another health‐related program) at the recommendation of the Program Chairperson and the approval of the Divisional Dean. Clinical Year (3rd year of the diploma and 4th year of the dual credential) The clinical year is designed to allow the student to gain practical experience in all aspects of Respiratory Therapy. Upon completion of:  Level 1 ‐ June to November ‐ the student will be expected to meet certain predetermined objectives in all rotations  Level 2 ‐ December to April ‐ will be a further mastery of these same objectives. The year can be divided into three main areas of practice: 1. Diagnostics, which will include blood gas analysis, pulmonary function, and bronchoscopy. 2. Therapy, which will include medical/surgical rotations, and pediatrics and nursery. 3. Critical Care, which will include adult and neonatal intensive care, operating room and anesthesia, and coronary care. Students must pass the theory course with an overall grade of 60% or better and a minimum mark of 50% on the final exam. Students may be allowed to continue on a probationary basis if the student is granted academic probation. 207 Program Chairperson 250.828.5465 Academic Coordinator 250.828.5479 Clinical Coordinator 250.828.5437 Pre‐Professional Health Sciences Pre‐Chiropractic Studies: Suggested Program Pre‐Dentistry Studies: Suggested Program Overview Overview The Canadian Memorial Chiropractic College is located in Toronto, Ontario and offers a four‐year program leading to the professional credential of DC (Doctor of Chiropractic). Candidates seeking admission must have completed at least three full years (90 credits) of university level courses and have a cumulative GPA of 3.00 to 3.30. Although not required, it is recommended that applicants have completed 6 credits of courses with labs in each of organic chemistry and biology, 3 credits in introductory psychology and 9 units in humanities or social sciences. Students hoping to gain admission to the Doctor of Dental Medicine (DMD) program at UBC must have completed at least three full years of post‐secondary courses, all of which may be taken at TRU. In addition, they must achieve a minimum overall grade point average of 70% (2.8) for ALL college/university work (including failed courses). Because admission to Dentistry is extremely competitive, it is recommended that students choose courses that will lead to a bachelor's degree in Science as an alternative career goal. Admission evaluation is based on a scoring system which is derived from the following: academic assessment, interview, essay and autobiographical submission. Pre‐Chiropractic students are advised to visit the Canadian Memorial Chiropractic College website (http://www.cmcc.ca) for further information and to verify admission requirements. Pre‐Dental students are advised to consult the UBC Faculty of Dentistry website (www.dentistry.ubc.ca). Further information on pre‐dental study, including advice on the appropriate choice of electives and transfer to universities other than UBC, may be obtained from the Chairperson. Suggested Courses Suggested Courses First Year First Year BIOL 1110 BIOL 1110 BIOL 1210 BIOL 1210 CHEM 1500 CHEM 1500 CHEM 1510 or CHEM 1520 CHEM 1510 or CHEM 1520 ENGL 1100 ENGL 1100 One of: ENGL 1110 / ENGL 1120 / ENGL 1140 / ENGL 1210 One of: ENGL 1110 / ENGL 1120 / ENGL 1140 / ENGL 1210 MATH 1140 and MATH 1240 or MATH 1150 and MATH 1250 PHYS 1100 and PHYS 1200 or PHYS 1150 and PHYS 1250 Second Year MATH 1140 and MATH 1240 or MATH 1150 and MATH 1250 PHYS 1100* and PHYS 1200* or PHYS 1150 and PHYS 1250 *Note: PHYS 1100/1200 is not accepted at all institutions. Students are strongly advised to check with the institution to which you plan to apply. CHEM 2120 COMP Second Year BIOL 2300 BIOL 2130 PSYC 1110 BIOL 2340 Electives 18 credits (see recommended electives) CHEM 2220 Third Year Electives CHEM 2120 30 credits (see recommended electives) COMP (3 credits) Recommended Electives Second Year BIOL 2300 Third Year Electives (12 credits) BIOL 2130/2340 BIOL 3130 BIOL 2160 BIOL 3540 BIOL 3130 CHEM 2220 BIOL 3550 BIOL 3230* 3 credits of Humanities or Social Sciences BIOL 3000 Electives (24 credits) Third Year *Note: Registration in any upper level science course must be approved by the BSc Advisor. 208 Pre‐Medicine Studies: Suggested Program Pre‐Naturopathic Medicine: Suggested Program Overview Overview Pre‐Medical students are advised to consult the UBC Faculty of Medicine website (www.med.ubc.ca) and the on‐line transfer guide (www.bctransferguide.ca). Further information on pre‐medical study, including advice on the appropriate choice of electives and transfer to universities other than UBC, may be obtained from the Chairperson. Courses in behavioural sciences, genetics and physics, biometrics and statistics are strongly recommended for all applicants. The Canadian College of Naturopathic Medicine is located in the North York region of Toronto Ontario and offers a four‐year, full‐time professional program in naturopathic medicine. Graduates receive a Doctor of Naturopathic Medicine (ND) diploma. Applicants must have completed a minimum of three years (90 credits) toward a baccalaureate degree. A cumulative grade point average of 75% is recommended to be competitive. Candidates are evaluated on their academic history as well as their motivation for becoming a naturopathic doctor, leadership skills, problem solving and critical‐ thinking skills, and specific personal qualities and characteristics. No particular degree program is considered ideal as preparation for the study and practice of medicine. Candidates for admission must have completed at least three full years of university level courses, all of which may be taken at TRU. The minimum academic standing required for admission is 70% based on all university‐level courses attempted. Students should consult the website of the Canadian College of Naturopathic Medicine, www.ccnm.edu, to verify admission requirements. Suggested Courses Suggested Courses First Year First Year BIOL 1110 BIOL 1110 BIOL 1210 BIOL 1210 CHEM 1500 CHEM 1500 CHEM 1510 or CHEM 1520 CHEM 1510 or CHEM 1520 ENGL 1100 ENGL 1100 One of: ENGL 1110 / ENGL 1120 / ENGL 1140 / ENGL 1210 One of: ENGL 1110 / ENGL 1120 / ENGL 1140 / ENGL 1210 MATH 1140 and MATH 1240 or MATH 1150 and MATH 1250 MATH 1140 and MATH 1240 or MATH 1150 and MATH 1250 PHYS 1100* and PHYS 1200* or PHYS 1150 and PHYS 1250 PHYS 1100* and PHYS 1200* or PHYS 1150 and PHYS 1250 *Note: PHYS 1100/1200 is not accepted at all institutions. Students are strongly advised to check with the institution to which you plan to apply. *Note: PHYS 1100/1200 is not accepted at all institutions. Students are strongly advised to check with the institution to which you plan to apply. Second Year Second Year BIOL 2130 BIOL 2130 BIOL 2340 CHEM 2120 CHEM 2120 COMP (3 credits) CHEM 2220 BIOL 2300 BIOL 2300 Electives (12 credits) COMP (3 credits) BIOL 2300 Electives (12 credits) Recommended: BIOL 2160 and CHEM 2150, 2250 Third Year BIOL 3130 Electives (27 credits) BIOL 3130 *Note: Registration in any upper level science course must be approved by the BSc Advisor. BIOL 3230* Recommended Electives Electives (24 credits) Second Year Third Year *Note: Registration in any upper level science course must be approved by the BSc Advisor. BIOL 1590, 1690, 2340, 2160 BIOL 3000 Third Year CHEM 2220 BIOL 3540 PSYC 1110, 1210 BIOL 3550 Note: It is recommended that applicants complete courses in some or all of the following areas to prepare for the University curriculum: anatomy, environmental science, genetics, human physiology, microbiology, physics, sociology, statistics, humanities and English composition. 209 Pre‐Optometry Studies: Suggested Program Pre‐Pharmaceutical Sciences Studies: Suggested Program Overview The School of Optometry at the University of Waterloo offers a 4‐year professional program leading to the Doctor of Optometry (OD) degree. Applications to the program are accepted from candidates who have met the following criteria: A minimum overall university science average of 75% The science average is the overall average of all courses taken while registered in a faculty of science Canadian citizen or legal resident of Canada status held for at least 12 months prior to the registration day of the fall term Pre‐Optometry students are strongly advised to consult the University of Waterloo School of Optometry website (www.optometry.uwaterloo.ca) to verify admission requirements. Overview Students wishing to obtain a B.Sc. (Pharm) degree from the Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences at UBC may complete the required pre‐ pharmacy year at TRU. Those students who achieve an average grade of at least 65% in the courses outlined below, may then apply for admission to UBC, and, if accepted, complete the Bachelor's degree program in four further years. Requirements Pre‐Pharmacy students should visit UBC Pharmacy BSc program admission requirements (www.calendar.ubc.ca/vancouver) to verify admission requirements. BIOL 1110 Suggested Courses BIOL 1210 First Year CHEM 1500 BIOL 1110 CHEM 1510 or CHEM 1520 BIOL 1210 CHEM 2120 CHEM 1500 CHEM 2220 CHEM 1510 or CHEM 1520 Two of: ENGL 1100 / ENGL 1110 / ENGL 1120 / ENGL 1140 / ENGL 1210 ENGL 1100 MATH 1140 and MATH 1240 or MATH 1150 and MATH 1250 One of: ENGL 1110 / ENGL 1120 / ENGL 1140 / ENGL 1210 PHYS 1150 or one full year of First Year Physic with a lab MATH 1140 and MATH 1240 or MATH 1150 and MATH 1250 PHYS 1100* and PHYS 1200* or PHYS 1150 and PHYS 1250 *Note: PHYS 1100/1200 is not accepted at all institutions. Students are strongly advised to check with the institution to which you plan to apply. Second Year BIOL 2120 BIOL 2130 BIOL 2160 BIOL 2340 COMP (3 credits) CMNS 2290 or CMNS 2300 PSYC 1110 STAT 2000 Electives (6 credits) Third Year BIOL 3130 BIOL 3540 BIOL 3550 PHIL 2010 or PHIL 4330 or PHIL 4350 Electives (18 credits) Recommended CHEM 2220 *Note: Registration in any upper level science course must be approved by the BSc Advisor. 210 Pre‐Rehabilitation Sciences Studies: Suggested Program Pre‐Veterinary Medicine: Suggested Program Overview The Western College of Veterinary Medicine (WCVM) at the University of Saskatchewan (Saskatoon) was established to serve the four western provinces. Admission to WCVM requires at least two full years of post‐ secondary science courses. Because of the intense competition for entry to the veterinary program, potential students are advised to undertake a program of post‐secondary study which will lead to an alternative career goal, should they fail to gain admission to veterinary medicine. Applicants must have a minimum cumulative average of 70% in order to be considered for admission into the veterinary program. All grades are converted to a common scale for comparative purposes and this converted average will be used. The School of Rehabilitation Sciences within the Faculty of Medicine at UBC no longer offers the Degrees of Bachelor of Science in Occupational Therapy, BSc (O.T.) and Bachelor of Science in Physical Therapy, BSc (P.T.). Instead, they are offering Master of Occupational Therapy (MOT) and Master of Physical Therapy (MPT) degrees. Students wishing to qualify for Rehabilitation Sciences at UBC are strongly advised to visit the UBC website to verify admission requirements. Students must have a minimum academic standing of B+ calculated on their upper level courses. Advice may also be obtained from the Chairperson. Suggested Courses Students should contact UBC to verify admission requirements for the MOT and MPT. Recommended for entry to the MOT: BIOL 1110 BIOL 1210 One of: ENGL 1110 / ENGL 1120 / ENGL 1140 / ENGL 1210 (ENGL 1100 recommended) Overview The Western College of Veterinary Medicine has introduced an Educational Equity Program for Aboriginal students. In this program, a defined number of seats have been allocated for self‐identified applicants of Aboriginal descent. For the purpose of admission, the documents that are accepted as proof of Aboriginal ancestry are listed in The University of Saskatchewan Calendar. Visit www.usask.ca/wcvm for details. Students whose alternative career goal is a bachelor's degree in science may complete all of their courses at TRU and then apply for admission to WCVM. STAT 2000 PSYC 1110 Suggested Program PSYC 1210 Visit the Western College of Veterinary Medicine at www.usask.ca/wcvm to verify admission requirements. SOCI 1110 SOCI 1210 First Year Recommended for entry to the MPT: BIOL 1110 BIOL 1110 BIOL 1210 BIOL 1210 CHEM 1500 BIOL 1590 CHEM 1510 or CHEM 1520 BIOL 1690 Two of: ENGL 1110 / ENGL 1120 / ENGL 1140 / ENGL 1210 CHEM 1500 MATH 1140 and MATH 1240 or MATH 1150 and MATH 1250 CHEM 1510 or CHEM 1520 PHYS 1150 One of: ENGL 1110 / ENGL 1120 / ENGL 1140 / ENGL 1210 (ENGL 1100 recommended) PHYS 1250 STAT 2000 PSYC 1110 PSYC 1210 PHYS 1100 or PHYS 1150 Biology 3540 Biology 3550 Second Year BIOL 2120 BIOL 2160 BIOL 2300 BIOL 2340 CHEM 2120 CHEM 2220 COMP (3 credits) Electives (6 credits) Third Year BIOL 3130 BIOL 3230* BIOL 3350 Electives (21 credits) *Note: Registration in any upper level science course must be approved by the BSc Advisor. The minimum course requirement for admission to the Western College of Veterinary Medicine is the completion of 60 University 211 credits. However, since biochemistry is offered only in third year, it will 212 normally take longer than the minimum time to meet all requirements. Faculty of Student Development Co‐operative Education The TRU Career Education Department (CED) is dedicated to supporting current students and alumni through our Co‐operative Education and Student Employment programs. The Co‐operative Education program allows students to integrate academic studies with 3 elective credit co‐op courses (work terms) that offer paid periods of relevant experience in industry, business, and government. Students alternate between periods of on‐campus, full‐time study, and work terms, which are full‐time, paid employment. Co‐operative Education Coordinators serve as the link between students, employers and the academic programs students are enrolled in. Coordinators work with students on all aspects of individual career planning. Coordinators seek out appropriate employment opportunities and ensure that Co‐op opportunities are related as closely as possible to a student's area of study. In addition, Coordinators arrange interviews and finalize Co‐op placements. Work term positions and the Co‐op student’s progress are assessed through on‐site visits. Program Options TRU offers Co‐op options in the following programs: Bachelor of Arts Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Studies Bachelor of Business Administration Bachelor of Natural Resource Science Bachelor of Science Bachelor of Computing Science Bachelor of Science ‐ Computing Science Major Bachelor of Tourism Management Computer Systems: Operations and Management students with strong written communication skills and students who can show evidence of computer literacy. Bachelor of Natural Resource Science Students must complete all registered first year courses, have a cumulative GPA of 2.33 to enter the NRS Co‐op Option and must maintain a cumulative GPA of 2.33 to remain eligible for Co‐op. Applications are accepted from first year BNRS students; high school transcripts must be submitted from first year applicants. Bachelor of Tourism Management Students must complete a minimum of 30 first year credits with a cumulative GPA of 2.33 to enter the BTM Co‐op option and must maintain a cumulative GPA of 2.33 throughout the program. Admission Requirements Admission and application requirements vary between programs. Please refer to the specific program section of the calendar for detailed information. Co‐op work term courses are worth 3 elective credits’ depending on the program. Allowable graduating credit varies program to program. Bachelor of Arts Students must have a cumulative GPA of 2.67 to enter the BA Co‐op option. Students must have completed 48 credits prior to the first work term and maintain a cumulative GPA of 2.67 throughout the program. Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Studies Students must have a cumulative GPA of 2.67 to enter the BIS Co‐op option and must maintain a cumulative GPA of 2.67 throughout the program. Students must have completed 60 credits before beginning Work Term 1. Bachelor of Business Administration Students must have a cumulative GPA of 2.67 to enter the BBA Co‐op option and must maintain a cumulative GPA of 2.67 throughout the program, including electives. Normally applications are accepted from 2nd year BBA students who have completed or are enrolled in the following courses prior to their first Co‐op work term: ECON 1900, ECON 1950, MIST 2610, ACCT 2210, ACCT 2250 and ECON 2320. Acceptance is conditional upon transcript review. Preference will be given to full‐time students with a background in general business, 213 Bachelor of Science, Biology Major Students must have completed first year and will have completed three of BIOL 2160, BIOL 2170, BIOL 2280, BIOL 2290, before the first work term. Students must have a cumulative GPA of 2.33 to enter the BSc Biology Co‐op option and must maintain a cumulative GPA of 2.33 to remain eligible for Co‐op. Bachelor of Science, Chemistry/Environmental Chemistry Major Students must have completed first year and CHEM 1500/1510 or CHEM 1500/1520, and anticipate completing CHEM 2120/2220 and CHEM 2100/2250 prior to the first work term. A minimum cumulative GPA of 2.33 is required, and must be maintained throughout the Co‐op program. For students applying to Co‐op in third year, CHEM 3100 and CHEM 3120 or CHEM 3170 must be completed prior to the first work term, and at least one of the following: CHEM 3060, 3070, and 3080, or CHEM 3220, 3230 and 3240, or CHEM 3310, 3320, 3330 A minimum cumulative GPA of 2.33 is required and must be maintained throughout the program. Bachelor of Science, Computing Science Students must have maintained a term and cumulative GPA of 2.33 in all BSc courses and complete COMP 2130 and 2230 prior to their first work term. Bachelor of Science, Math Students must have a cumulative GPA of 2.67 to enter the BSc Math Co‐op Option and must maintain a cumulative GPA of 2.67 throughout the Co‐op option. Students must have completed a minimum of 48 credits before beginning Work Term 1. Bachelor of Science, Physics Major Applications will be accepted from 2nd and 3rd year Physics students who have completed or anticipate completing the following courses with a minimum cumulative 2.33 GPA prior to the first work term: PHYS 1100/1200 or 1150/1250, PHYS 2000, PHYS 2200, PHYS 2250, MATH 2110, MATH 2120, MATH 3170. As well, students must complete the following courses with a minimum cumulative 2.33 GPA prior to the first January work term in third year: PHYS 3200, PHYS 3250,and PHYS 3400; OR , PHYS 3090, PHYS 3140 and PHYS 3160. Completion of COMP 1130 or COMP 1520 is highly recommended. A minimum cumulative GPA of 2.33 must be maintained throughout the Co‐op program. Preference will be given to students with a demonstrated background in computers and electronics. Bachelor of Computing Science Students must have maintained a term and cumulative GPA of 2.33 in all BCS courses. Students must have completed CSOM and all BCS entrance requirements or completed at least one semester of BCS. Computing Science Diploma Students must obtain and maintain a cumulative GPA of 2.33 and complete all required courses before the first work term. Application Process Applications may be made online or downloaded from: www.tru.ca/careereducation/coop Applications must include: 1. A letter of application (400 words maximum) which outlines:  Career goals, learning objectives and how a Co‐op work term will further your career  Experience, both volunteer and paid  Background relevant to your program area (e.g. business, geography, geology, etc.)  Commitment to completing the Co‐op program, if accepted 2. A current resume including the names of three references. 3. Transcripts from TRU and other post‐secondary institutions. First year BNRS students must also submit a copy of their high school transcript. 4. Copies of any other supporting documentation relevant to the application (e.g. letters of reference, awards, scholarship letters, etc.). For more information, contact the Career Education Department at 250.371.5627 or careereducation@tru.ca 214 Program Requirements Co‐op 1000 Career Development Pre‐requisite Course Prior to their first work term, all Co‐operative Education students participate in a mandatory 13‐week, one‐credit course on career development. Co‐op coordinators instruct students on the fundamentals of developing and managing their careers for success in their work terms and after graduation. Co‐operative Education Work Terms Many Co‐op positions are located outside Kamloops. Students are placed in the Lower Mainland, throughout BC, and across Canada. The more flexible students are in terms of work term location, the greater the opportunities available to them. Students compete for positions the Co‐op program has identified or find suitable positions on their own. The Co‐op program must approve positions students have found on their own before they can be considered as a Co‐op work term position. Work terms are paid, full‐ time employment. Students generally work 35 hours per week, subject to workplace requirements. The minimum length of a work term is 12 weeks. The maximum number of consecutive work terms a student can participate in before returning to full‐time studies is three work terms, or 12 months. The maximum number of non‐consecutive work terms permitted in a diploma program is four. The maximum number of non‐consecutive work terms permitted in a degree program is five. As the number of Co‐op Education elective credits which are recognized toward graduation requirements varies from program to program, students are advised to consult their program advisor before undertaking work terms. Note: The final semester of a student’s program must be a full‐time, on‐campus academic semester, not a work term. Regulations Submission of a signed Co‐op application form is a student's commitment to comply with the procedures and requirements of the Co‐op program as outlined in the calendar and the Co‐op Student Handbook. 1. Admission to the Co‐op program is competitive. To be eligible for a Co‐op program, students must be enrolled in full‐time studies (minimum 9 credits) in on‐campus TRU courses. Open Learning students are not eligible for the Co‐ op program. 2. Students alternate between periods of full‐time study and full‐time employment. 3. All students accepted into Co‐operative Education must complete Co‐op 1000 prior to their first work term. 4. The Co‐operation Education Coordinator(s) make every reasonable effort to make suitable program‐related positions available to students who have been accepted into the Co‐op program. However, work term placements are not guaranteed. Students are responsible for conducting an active search for work term positions and for maintaining close contact with their Co‐op Coordinator. Students are expected to check daily for new job postings, interview schedules and notices from the Co‐op Office. 5. 11. Co‐op tuition will apply to all Co‐op positions secured with assistance from the Co‐op office including: back‐to‐back work terms with the same employer, subsequent extensions with the same employer, students returning to the same employers, and students who secure their own co‐op work term(s). Students are expected to accept a job offer once it has been extended. Students wanting to withdraw from a Co‐op competition must do so by contacting their Co‐op coordinator no later than immediately following the interview with the employer. 12. International students must complete a minimum of two full‐time, academic, on‐campus TRU semesters, prior to their first work term. 6. Job offers must be accepted or rejected within 24 hours. Program Contact 7. To successfully complete a work term, students must complete all course assignments. Evaluation components vary between programs but generally include: a) completion of the term of employment; b) a "satisfactory" evaluation from the employer; c) submission of a satisfactory work term report. 250.371.5627 careereducation@tru.ca www.tru.ca/careereducation 8. In order to maintain eligibility for future work terms, students must submit a completed Work Term Notification Form upon returning from each work term. 9. The final semester of a student’s program must be a TRU full‐time, on‐campus academic semester, not a work term. 10. There is a one‐time admission and withdrawal policy for Co‐ op programs. When a student withdraws from Co‐op or a work term they cannot apply for re‐admission to Co‐op at a later date. 215 School of Trades and Technology Trades and Technology training at TRU is designed to operate in a similar structure as what the student can expect from the employer in the workplace. The program revolves around a rigorous schedule of start times and attendance requirements. Students who miss more than three days of training without prior approval from their instructor may be asked to withdraw from the program. Bachelor of Technology The Bachelor of Technology degree program focuses on transitioning technicians, tradespersons, and technologists into industry leaders. Students will acquire strong communication and relationship skills, become capable leaders in a culturally diverse workforce, and understand how to safely and sustainably lead projects in environments that are changing technology and increasingly global in nature. Learning Options Graduation Requirements The Bachelor of Technology program is a full‐time, four year program. Program Start Dates Successful completion of all educational requirements with a grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 or higher. Kamloops campus: September Lower‐Level Requirements (18 credits) Program Description The Bachelor of Technology degree program is intended to provide individuals possessing strong technical expertise with the background skills required to help them become effective workplace managers. Upon successful completion of the degree, graduates will be able to:          Communicate clearly in a culturally diverse workplace Requirements Credits Composition and Interpersonal Skills 6 credits Statistics 3 credits STAT 1200 Organizational Behaviour 3 credits ORGB 2810 Economics 6 credits ECON 1900, 1950 Lower‐Level Requirements (18 credits) Economics 6 credits ECON 3550, 3710 Business Organization, Teamwork, and Leadership 3 credits ORGB 3770 9 credits 3 of the following: MNGT 3730, 3770, 4870 Manage change in the workplace MNGT 3641, 3671, 4135, 4661 Organizational Communication 3 credits CMNS 4530 Occupational Health & Safety 3 credits LEAD 3511 Operate business in a sustainable fashion Emerging Technologies 3 credits TECH 3010 Support occupational health and safety Research Methods 3 credits RSMT 3501 Effectively function in a global economy Project Management 6 credits Manage emerging technologies BBUS 4681 Specialization Electives Admission Requirements A two‐year diploma in technology, recognized trades qualification, or equivalent.  Students are expected to have University‐level writing skills upon entry. This will be assessed upon admission. Those who do not should enroll in an introductory first‐year English Composition or University Writing Course. Residency A minimum of 15 TRU credits. 9 credits Must be approved by a program advisor Students should consult with a program advisor to ensure course selection is appropriate for their program of study and educational goals. General  TECH 4910 and TECH 4920 or Analyze and perform research 216 ENGL 1100 or CMNS 1290 And CMNS 2170 Effectively communicate with and lead teams Manage large‐scale projects  Courses Program Contact TRU Admissions 250.828.5046 Bachelor of Technology (Trades and Technology Leadership) The Bachelor of Technology, Trades and Technology Leadership program builds upon candidate’s trades or technology qualifications, integrating their previous practical experience with studies in leadership and management skills. Core Leadership Requirements (18 Credits) Learning Options The Bachelor of Technology, Trades and Technology Leadership offers flexibility and accessibility for working persons. Most courses are available on line so that an individual can study from home with a schedule that suits them. Program Start Dates Kamloops campus: September Program Description The Bachelor of Technology, Trades and Technology Leadership program provides qualified trades persons and technologists with the knowledge and skills necessary to become effective team leaders, supervisors and managers in a changing business and technical environment. Program admission is continuous, and many courses are available for registration at any time. Admission Requirements Supervision or Management Principles 3 credits MNGT 1111 or MNGT 1211 Leadership Fundamentals 3 credits BBUS 3641 Motivation and Productivity 3 credits BBUS 4135 Managing Change 3 credits BBUS 4661 Occupational Health and Safety Legislation and Standards 3 credits LEAD 3511 Strategic Thinking for Leadership 3 credits LEAD 4901 Closed Electives Requirements (minimum 12 Credits) Open Thinking 3 credits BBUS 3611 Analytical Decision Making 3 credits BBUS 3621 Open Communication 3 credits BBUS 3631 Contemporary Leadership 3 credits BBUS 3671 Leading Projects to Success 6 credits BBUS 4681 Effective Leadership 3 credits BBUS 4833 General   Provincial Grade 12 Diploma or approved equivalent and Red Seal Trades Qualification or recognized diploma of technology. Students are expected to have University‐level writing skills upon entry. This will be assessed upon admission. Those who do not should enroll in an introductory first‐year English Composition or University Writing Course. Open Electives Requirements (minimum 12 Credits) Business and Society 3 credits BBUS 3031 Financial Management 3 credits BBUS 3121 Intro to Production and Operations Management 3 credits BBUS 3331 Strategic Human Resource Management 3 credits BBUS 3661 Labour Relations 3 credits BBUS 3841 General Education Requirements (15 Credits with 3 credits at upper level) Business Law 3 credits BBUS 3931 English 3 credits university level composition and /or literature (normally ENGL 1001 or ENGL 1021 Students should consult with a program advisor to ensure course selection is appropriate for their program of study and educational goals. Applied Communications 3 credits (normally ENGL 1061 or ENGL 1071) Computing 3 credits (normally BBUS 1371) Natural Science 3 upper‐level credits Program Contact Liberal Art or Science 3 upper‐level credits TRU Admissions 250.828.5046 Residency  A minimum of 15 TRU credits. Graduation Requirements Successful completion of 120 credits (minimum 45 upper level credits) with a grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 or higher. 217 Construction Trades Construction Trades Training Options The School of Trades and Technology offers Foundation and/or Apprenticeship training for the following Construction Trades:        Carpenter/Joiner Carpenter (Residential Construction) Electrician Industrial Electrician Industrial Instrumentation Mechanic Plumber/Pipefitter Power Line Technician The successful graduate will be allowed to write both the first year carpentry and joinery apprenticeship provincial exams. At that point students will have the option of entering either trade with the future potential of becoming dual ticketed. For more information, visit: www.tru.ca/trades/foundation/carpentry At TRU we offer practical and technical training in years 1, 2, 3 and 4 of apprenticeship carpentry. In most cases, apprentices are required to attend one period (six‐week session) of technical training in each year of their apprenticeship. Upon successful completion of all four training years and the required number of practical work hours, the apprentice will obtain certification of carpentry qualification and will be permitted to write the inter‐provincial examination for journeyperson status. For more information, visit: www.tru.ca/trades/apprenticeship/carpentry Foundation Program Foundation training programs at Thompson Rivers University are recognized by the Industry Training Authority of BC (ITA), and offer entry‐level, school‐based training that give trainees the knowledge and essential skills needed for entry into a particular industry occupation. They are designed for those seeking basic entry‐level skills to work in a specific trade of their choice but are not presently indentured into an Apprenticeship program. This program prepares students for entry into the Apprenticeship Program, and in most cases will lead to first year technical training credit (Residential Construction offers first and second years of technical training credit).. Foundation programs involve limited on‐the‐job training, and trainees do not require an employer/sponsor to participate. Foundation program information is available at www.tru.ca/trades/foundation Apprenticeship Program Must be a sponsored apprentice, registered within a provincial apprenticeship system. An apprenticeship identification number is required. Apprenticeship program information is available at: www.tru.ca/trades/apprenticeship Industry Training Authority 1.866.660.6011 www.itabc.ca Carpentry and Joinery This 29 week program is an introduction to the carpentry and joinery trades. Students gain familiarity with the use of hand tools, portable power tools and other equipment regularly used by carpenters and joiners. Students also have ample opportunities to work with the materials commonly used both trades. Theory and practice is offered to allow students to build numerous projects including stairs, forms for concrete, framed floors, walls, roofs, and simple cabinets. 218 Electrician/Industrial Electrician This course is designed to prepare people for employment in the electrical or related trades. Electricians are skilled in installing, maintaining and repairing electrical apparatus in residential, commercial and industrial environments. This course covers care and use of hand tools and electrical meters; installation and maintenance of electrical equipment; electrical theory and calculations; and the Canadian Electrical Code. Students engage in extensive practical exercises to develop their job readiness skills, such as motor control, cable tray, conduit and residential wiring. For more information, visit: www.tru.ca/trades/foundation/electrical Electricians are skilled in installing, maintaining, troubleshooting and repairing: electrical distribution systems, lighting, fire alarms, motor control components, motors, generators, programmable logic controllers (PLC's), distributed control systems, DC and AC power systems, and DC and AC speed drives. These skills are used in the industrial, commercial and residential environments. The journeyperson electrician works in a challenging and rewarding trade where technology is constantly changing and competition is high. At TRU, we offer practical and technical training in years 1, 2, 3, and 4 of Electrical Apprenticeship. This training is offered to indentured industrial electrical apprentices. Apprentices are required to attend technical training that consists of ten weeks per year over a four year period. This apprenticeship program requires that apprentices complete a set of core knowledge competency standards of technical training and, a complete set of core workplace standards for each level (year) of the apprenticeship. The apprentice will have to provide evidence to a certified assessor to prove competence for the core workplace competency standards. The completion of competency standards will be tracked by the use of a logbook provided for the apprentice and maintained by the apprentice for all four levels of the apprenticeship. For more information, visit www.tru.ca/trades/apprenticeship/electricalconstruction or www.tru.ca/trades/apprenticeship/electricalindustrial Industrial Instrumentation Mechanic The Industrial Instrument Mechanic is a person who installs and maintains process monitoring and control instruments required for the automation of industrial processes. The instruments in the industrial environment include indicators, recorders, controllers, transmitters, and final control elements using electrical, electronic, pneumatic and hydraulic energy forms. Industrial Instrumentation Mechanics in particular are still in high demand in the provinces’ oil and gas sectors as well as mining. TRU will offer the first‐level of apprenticeship for this program, subsequent levels can be taken at Northern Lights College (NLC) in Fort St. John or BCIT in Burnaby. Computers and associated software will be highly emphasized in the program recognizing the advancement of computer controlled systems in both the electrical and instrumentation trade. Trades persons in the industrial electrical or instrumentation trade are employed by maintenance departments of factories, mines, mills, ship yards, petrochemical and many other industrial enterprises. For more information visit: www.tru.ca/trades/foundation/im Plumbing / Pipefitting This course is an introduction to the following trades: Gas Fitting, Plumbing, Sprinkler System Installer, and Steamfitter/Pipefitter. Students gain familiarity with the hand and power tools used in the field. Hands‐on use of the tools and piping materials like copper, cast iron, black iron, and plastics comprise about 50% of the course. Fixture installation is part of this as well. The other half of the course consists of pre‐practical training, as well as safety, trade math, and science. The students will be actively involved in the plumbing of a house in the community, working with other trade entry students from carpentry and the electrical departments. For more information, visit: www.tru.ca/trades/foundation/plumber_pipefitter The TRU Piping Department offers technical training sessions for:  Plumbing Apprenticeship  Domestic ‐ Commercial Gasfitter At TRU the 4 levels or years of the Plumbing Apprenticeship training are offered, as well as the 2 levels or years of the Gas Fitting Apprenticeship. As well, 4th year students are given instruction in natural gas code and installation and have the opportunity to write and acquire a Class GBEE Gasfitters license as well as their Interprovincial Plumbing Trades Qualification. Level 1 and 2 of the Gas fitting Apprenticeship are available. Domestic/Commercial Gasfitter (Class B)" means a person who may install, test, maintain, manufacture, assemble, construct, operate, alter and repairs propane/natural gas regulated products, such as: supply lines, appliances, equipment and accessories for use in residential and commercial premises. Limitations are dependent upon classification level. For more information on plumbing and gas fitting, visit: www.tru.ca/trades/apprenticeship/pdcg or www.tru.ca/trades/apprenticeship/gasfitter 219 Thompson Rivers University is now offering the Steamfitter/Pipefitter Apprenticeship Level 1 and Level 2. “Steamfitter/Pipefitter is a person who installs, alters or repairs steam and hot water boilers and systems for generation and conveyance of steam and hot water and process piping systems in industrial project of manufacturing plants. For more information, visit: www.tru.ca/trades/apprenticeship/pipefitter Power Line Technician Power Line Technicians construct, maintain and repair the overhead and underground electrical power transmission and distribution systems that make up the electrical power grid. This involves putting up and maintaining electrical poles, towers and guy wires as well as installing or repairing the live‐line wiring and other components required to connect power distribution and transmission networks. Power Line Technicians also inspect and test overhead and underground power lines and auxiliary equipment and install and maintain street lighting systems. Electric power companies, electrical contractors and public utilities are the primary employers. Some Power Line Technicians are highly mobile and their skills are in demand across Canada and in the United States. Power Line Technician is a nationally designated trade under the Inter‐ provincial Red Seal program. For more information, visit: www.tru.ca/trades/apprenticeships/plt Residential Construction This program is an introduction to the carpentry trade. Students gain familiarity with the use of hand tools, portable power tools and other equipment regularly used by carpenters. Students also have ample opportunities to work with the materials used by carpenters including lumber, panel products, concrete, roofing materials, fasteners, and a wide variety of hardware. Theory and practice is offered to allow students to build numerous projects including stairs, forms for concrete, framed floors, walls, and roofs. Students spend approximately 70% of their time building various projects of which the major project is a house built in the community. DID YOU KNOW that this carpentry program has built the YMCA Dream Home since 1999? The successful graduate will be allowed to write both the first year and second year carpentry apprenticeship provincial exams. At that point students will have the option of entering the trade with the first two years of in‐school training completed towards their apprenticeship. For more information, visit: www.tru.ca/trades/foundation/carpentry Program Dates and Intake Program lengths and start dates are subject to change. Please review the following link for updated Foundation dates: www.tru.ca/trades/foundation *TRU is closed December 25, 2015 to January 1, 2016. All classes will commence on January 4, 2016. Required Equipment Students must supply their own safety boots and safety glasses. Admission Requirements Educational  BC Grade 12 / Adult Dogwood / Mature student status or equivalent.  Accuplacer Assessment per the chart below: Reading Sentence Comprehension Skills Carpentry & Joinery 65 60 65 40 Electrical 75 70 75 50 Industrial Instrumentation Mechanic 75 70 75 50 Plumbing/Pipefitting 75 ‐ 65 40 Residential Construction 65 60 65 40 Program Arithmetic Elementary Algebra Contact the TRU Assessment Centre for information and testing times at assess@tru.ca or 250.828.5470. The cost to write the Accuplacer test is $35.00. Out of town testing is available by contacting the Assessment Centre. For more detailed admission information visit: www.tru.ca/trades/foundation or www.tru.ca/trades/apprenticeship Program Contact TRU Admissions 250.828.5046 Construction Trades Chairperson 250.828.5119 Residential Construction Program Instructor 250.371.5663 Apprenticeship Program Admissions 250.371.5659 Toll‐free 1.866.371.5659 220 Mechanical Trades Mechanical Training Options The School of Trades and Technology offers Foundation and/or Apprenticeship training for the following Mechanical Trades:    Automotive Service Technician Heavy Mechanical o Heavy Duty Equipment Technician o Truck and Transport Mechanic o Diesel Engine Mechanic o Transport Trailer Parts and Warehousing Technician General shop practice, automotive fundamentals, engines, basic test equipment, electrical systems, running gear, clutches, transmissions, rear axles, steering systems and braking systems, applied mathematics and safety education will be covered. Strong emphasis is placed on practical training with numerous hands‐on projects. Graduates should be able to develop enough skills to be hired on as an immediately productive employee ‐ reducing the need for employers to invest further time and resources into training a new apprenticeship candidate. For more information, visit: www.tru.ca/trades/foundation/ast At TRU, we offer training for the Automotive Service Technician Apprenticeship in Level 2, Level 3 and Level 4. Foundation Program Foundation training programs at Thompson Rivers University are recognized by the Industry Training Authority of BC (ITA), and offer entry‐level, school‐based training that give trainees the knowledge and essential skills needed for entry into a particular industry occupation. They are designed for those seeking basic entry‐level skills to work in a specific trade of their choice but are not presently indentured into an Apprenticeship program. This program prepares students for entry into the Apprenticeship Program, and in most cases will lead to first year technical training credit (Residential Construction offers first and second years of technical training credit). Foundation programs involve limited on‐the‐job training, and trainees do not require an employer/sponsor to participate. Foundation program information is available at: www.tru.ca/trades/foundation Apprenticeship Program Must be a sponsored apprentice, registered within a provincial apprenticeship system. An apprenticeship identification number is required. Apprenticeship program information is available at: www.tru.ca/trades/apprenticeship Industry Training Authority 1.866.660.6011 www.itabc.ca Automotive Service Technician i. This program is designed to take a student with little or no experience in the automotive field and give them the necessary skills for employment as an apprentice mechanic in the Automotive Service Technician trade. Apprenticeship technical training credit for 1st year will be granted upon successful completion of the program. 221 An Automotive Service Technician repairs, adjusts and replaces mechanical and electrical parts of automobiles and light trucks in a retail automotive business. Retail Automotive Business means a business whose primary mechanical repair work is repairing and adjusting vehicles whose gross vehicle weight is under 5,500 kg. For more information, visit: www.tru.ca/trades/apprenticeship/automotive Heavy Mechanical The Heavy Mechanical Foundation program supports pre‐ apprenticeship training for all four of the heavy mechanical trades. Credit is granted for Level One technical training and 450 hours of work based training time toward each of the four trades: Heavy Duty Equipment Technician (formerly Heavy Duty Equipment Mechanic) Is a person who maintains, manufactures, overhauls, reconditions and repairs equipment powered by internal combustion engines or electricity and without limiting the foregoing, including graders, loaders, shovels, tractors, trucks, forklifts, wheeled and tracked vehicles of all types used in construction, logging, sawmill, manufacturing, mining and other similar industry. Truck and Transport Mechanic (formerly commercial Transport Vehicle Mechanic) Is a person who maintains, rebuilds, overhauls, reconditions does diagnostic troubleshooting of motorized commercial truck, bus, and road transport equipment. Diesel Engine Mechanic: “Diesel Engine Mechanic” means a person who installs, repairs, and maintains all internal combustion diesel engines and components used in transport, construction and marine. Transport Trailer (formerly Commercial Transport Mechanic) Is a person who maintains, rebuilds, overhauls, reconditions, and does diagnostic trouble shooting and repairs of commercial truck and trailers. Foundation programs cover all aspects necessary for graduates to enter the trade as an apprentice. That is, the program is a pre‐ apprentice/trade entry, and does not require any previous experience or training in the industry. Strong emphasis is placed on practical training with numerous hands‐on projects. Graduates should be able to develop enough skills to be hired on as an immediately productive employee ‐ reducing the need for employers to invest further time and resources into training a new apprenticeship candidate. For more information, visit: www.tru.ca/trades/foundation/ctvm Heavy Duty Equipment Technician The Industrial Training Authority of BC approved a new apprenticeship model for this program and is offered to indentured apprentices. For more information, visit: www.tru.ca/trades/apprenticeship/hdm This course covers all the aspects necessary for the student to function in a warehouse or parts department. Topics included are: shipping and receiving, identification of parts, engine, power train, chassis and support systems ‐ fittings and fasteners, tools, catalogue types and application conversions, communication with customers, safety and warehousing, inventory control, business machine operation, basic computer operation, computer inventory control, sales and merchandising. Graduates are able to seek employment and registration in either the Parts Person Apprenticeship or the Logistics and Distribution Person Apprenticeship. This program is designed to prepare students for employment in parts departments such as those found in automotive repair shops, heavy machinery repair shops, truck repair shops, government maintenance shops, mine maintenance shops, automotive parts retailers and wholesalers. For more information, visit: www.tru.ca/trades/foundation/parts Program Dates and Intake Truck and Transport Mechanic The Industrial Training Authority of BC approved a new apprenticeship model for this program and is offered to indentured apprentices. For more information, visit: www.tru.ca/trades/apprenticeship/ctm Diesel Engine Mechanic The Industrial Training Authority of BC approved a new apprenticeship model for this program and is offered to indentured apprentices. For more information, visit: www.tru.ca/trades/apprenticeship/diesel_engine_mechanic Transport Trailer The Industrial Training Authority of BC approved a new apprenticeship model for this program and is offered to indentured apprentices. For more information, visit: www.tru.ca/trades/apprenticeship/transport_trailer_technician Parts and Warehousing The Parts and Warehousing Person 1 Foundation program is a 20‐ week program that is delivered using both distance and scheduled contact. Parts and warehousing persons are involved in ordering, warehousing and keeping inventory control over parts and accessories for industries like the automotive, commercial transport, heavy duty, marine and warehousing sectors. They are responsible for ensuring that these parts, accessories and warehouse products make their way from manufacturers to consumers, documenting and tracking their progress along the way from factories to warehouses to retail outlets. Parts and warehousing persons are often responsible for receiving goods and sorting incoming parts, supplies and materials in a warehouse environment. They maintain shipping and receiving records on the amount, kind and location of parts and supplies shipped or received and process purchases and reconcile inventories with physical counts. Program lengths and start dates are subject to change. Please review the following link for updated Foundation dates: http://www.tru.ca/trades/foundation *TRU is closed December 25, 2015 to January 1, 2016. All classes will commence on January 4, 2016. Required Equipment Students must supply their own safety boots, safety glasses, welding gloves, welding hat/cap, and coveralls. Students are responsible for laundering their own coveralls. Admission Requirements Educational  BC Grade 12 / Adult Dogwood / Mature student status or equivalent.  Accuplacer Assessment per the chart below: Reading Sentence Comprehension Skills Automotive Service Technician 75 ‐ 65 Heavy Mechanical 55 ‐ 55 30 Parts and Warehousing 55 ‐ 55 ‐ Program Elementary Algebra 40 Contact the TRU Assessment Centre for information and testing times at assess@tru.ca or 250.828.5470. The cost to write the Accuplacer test is $35.00. Out of town testing is available by contacting the Assessment Centre. For more detailed admission information, visit: www.tru.ca/trades/foundation or www.tru.ca/trades/apprenticeship Program Contact TRU Admissions 222 Arithmetic 250.828.5046 Mechanical Trades Chairperson 250.828.5119 Parts and Warehousing Instructor 250.828.5130 Apprenticeship Program Admissions 250.371.5659 Toll‐free 1.866.371.5659 223 Transportation and Motive Power Diploma Graduates receive a Diploma in Transportation & Motive Power. Learning Options Admission Requirements Program Start Date Annually in August Educational 1. Program Description General The Transportation & Motive Power Technician Program is a different approach to training commercial transport apprentices. The end result is that the apprentices finish their schooling with all the knowledge and skills required to work in this industry. The Transportation & Motive Power Technician Program covers all aspects of the Commercial Transport program (i.e. foundation, and levels 1, 2, 3, and 4) along with: Introduction to Professional Writing, Interpersonal Communication, and Organizational Behaviour. The format will include classroom, shop, lab, and structured field work in equipment manufacturing facilities. At the end of the 45 week program, successful graduates will be eligible to write the Commercial Transport Mechanic Inter‐provincial Red Seal exam. Transportation and Motive Power Technicians inspect equipment to detect and diagnose faults and malfunctions to identify the required repairs. These Red Seal certified technicians also:  BC Grade 12 or equivalent Service structural, mechanical, electrical and electronic vehicle systems and components (e.g. engines, cabs, frames, brakes, steering, heating, ventilation, air conditioning, fuel systems and hydraulic systems) 1. TOWES Test 2. Drivers Abstract For detailed admission requirements please contact Trades Admissions admissions_trades@tru.ca Program Requirements To graduate, students must successfully complete 59 credits. Description Course Transportation and Motive Power Foundations TMPT 1000 Principles of Transportation Systems TMPT 2000 24 Advanced Principles of Transportation Systems TMPT 3000 10 Introduction to Professional Writing CMNS 1290 3 Interpersonal Communication CMNS 2170 3 Organizational Behaviour ORGB 2810 3 TOTAL  Perform preventative maintenance and diagnosis of vehicles Program Contact  Perform commercial vehicle inspections TRU Admissions 250.828.5046 Credits 16 59 Currently, Inland Kenworth, Peterbilt Pacific Inc., and Cullen Diesel Power Ltd are the only sponsors of this program and the program is only offered at Thompson Rivers University (TRU) in Kamloops, BC. There are 16 seats offered for each intake resulting in a potential opportunity for employment in one of their facilities located across the province in the Lower Mainland, Kamloops, Prince George, Fort St John, Cranbrook, Campbell River, and other cities in between. For more information, visit: www.tru.ca/trades/programs/power Horticulture Certificate A thirty‐five week program. Graduates receive a Horticulture Certificate. Program capacity: 28 students. Learning Options Courses are offered at the Kamloops campus. Full‐time Study Program Dates Students attend the program on a full‐time basis. Classes begin in early August of each year and finish in late April. On‐campus 224 Program Overview Application Process Horticulture is the culture of vegetables, fruits, herbs, flowers, turf grass, and ornamental plants. The settings for this culture extend from the back yard grower to large commercial operations, such as greenhouses, orchards, vegetable farms, turf grass operations, forestry seedling nurseries, garden centers, golf courses, municipal parks, landscaping, and landscape maintenance firms. Applications are accepted at any time during the year. Students are encouraged to submit the Application for Admission form as soon as possible, as space in the program is limited. Related documents may be sent as they are received. The Horticulture Certificate program provides students with basic training for employment in a variety of areas within the horticulture field. The Horticulture department and its students are actively involved in grounds maintenance and ongoing landscape development at TRU. This is an integral part of the program and the campus grounds serve as an impressive showcase of student work. A three‐week practicum at the end of studies allows students to further develop their skills and gain industry experience. The program includes field trips, guest speakers and a three‐week practicum. Instruction includes:         Landscape maintenance techniques Operation of landscape equipment Basic pest management Landscape design and construction Plant identification Proper pruning techniques Plant propagation methods Basic irrigation hydraulics Hands‐On Training The certificate program is highly practical, with about 60% of class time being spent in hands‐on skill development, including roster and greenhouse duties. Facilities include two greenhouses, cold frames, a nursery, the science laboratory, and the entire TRU landscape. The minimum documentation required by Admissions to start the application process includes:  A completed Application for Admission form. Applications are available from the Admission website at tru.ca/admissions/apply  An official transcript of final high school marks from province of completion or an official statement of equivalency  The application fee Applicants should apply early in the year, as space in the program is limited to 28 seats which are allocated on a first come/first serve basis, using the date by which students meet all requirements: submitting a completed application form; submitting an official transcript of high school marks or an official copy of equivalence; and successful achievement on the assessment test. Orientation Sessions Attendance at an orientation session is a prerequisite for entry into the Horticulture program. For details, see the information sheet in the Application for Admission package or call 250‐828‐5207. Students who are unable to attend the orientation must contact the coordinator for telephone counselling at 250.828.5181. Program Requirements Admission Requirements Educational Requirements 1. BC Grade 12 / Adult Dogwood / Mature student status or equivalent. General Requirements  Applicants must attend an orientation session.  Canadian citizenship or, Permanent Resident status. Recommended Requirements    Applicants should be in good physical condition. Applicants should have a strong desire for hands‐on work with plant materials. Persons with allergies to dust or pollen should be wary of entering the program. Fall Semester – August to December CMNS 1300 Horticulture Communications English I HORT 1500 Basic Horticulture HORT 1510 Greenhouse Production HORT 1520 Diseases and Insect Pests HORT 1540 Soil Science HORT 1700 Horticulture Practical 1 Winter Semester ‐ January to April CMNS 1310 Horticulture Communications English II HORT 1600 Weeds HORT 1610 Nursery Production and Retailing HORT 1620 Fruit and Vegetable Production HORT 1630 Landscape Design HORT 1640 Turf Grass Management HORT 1800 Horticulture Practical 2 HORT 1900 Horticulture Practicum Promotion Policy To enter the winter semester, students must achieve at least 70% in all courses in the fall semester. In order to graduate from the program, students must achieve at least 70% in all courses. 225 Laddering to the Diploma in Horticulture and Management Graduates of the Horticulture Certificate program fulfill the admission requirements for the Diploma in Horticulture and Management. Program Contact Horticulture Instructor 250.828.5181 TRU Admissions 250.828.5046 Water and Wastewater Technology Diploma Recommended Learning Options Program Start Date Term 1 – August to December 3. BC Foundations Math 11 4. Chemistry 11 and Biology 11 or equivalent For detailed admission requirements please contact Trades Admissions admissions_trades@tru.ca Term 2 – January to May Program Description Program Requirements This two year, four semester diploma program prepares students to operate and maintain water and wastewater treatment, distribution, re‐use, and disposal facilities, as well as how to monitor source water quality. This program is designed to educate students in chemistry, microbiology, mathematics, mechanical and electrical systems, instrumentation and treatment technologies as they are applied in the water industry. Students will also study environmental law, occupational health and safety, communications and utility management. During the hands on lab components, the students will be trained in the operation, maintenance, troubleshooting of water systems. To graduate, students must successfully complete 63 credits with a minimum GPA of 2.0. Successful completion of each course requires a C or 60% minimum. The program offers a flexible laddering program structure. Students can choose to exit the program after completion of the first year of studies with a Certificate in Water and Wastewater Utilities or complete the entire Diploma. This program also ladders into the Bachelors of Technology (Technology Management), the Bachelor of Trades and Technology Leadership or the Bachelor of General Studies. Admission Requirements Educational 1. 2. BC Grade 12 / Adult Dogwood / mature student status or equivalent Accuplacer assessment per the table below (non‐compulsory): Program Water Treatment 226 Reading Sentence Comprehension Skills 55 ‐ Arithmetic 55 Elementary Algebra ‐ WTTP 1700 Water Sources WTTP 1710 Water Treatment I WTTP 1720 Applied Math and Science WTTP 1730 Mechanical Systems I WTTP 1740 Environmental, Safety and Communications WTTP 1760 Introduction to Wastewater WTTP 1800 Electrical Fundamentals I WTTP 1820 Instrumentation I WTTP 1830 Mechanical Systems II WTTP 1850 Water treatment II WTTP 1860 Wastewater Utility I WTTP 1870 Wastewater Utility II WTTP 2700 Electrical Fundamentals WTTP 2710 Water Chemistry WTTP 2720 Advanced Coagulation and Particle Removal WTTP 2730 Filtration WTTP 2740 Disinfection WTTP 2800 Microbiology and Toxicology WTTP 2820 Instrumentation II WTTP 2830 Management/Leadership Skills WTTP 2840 Source Water Protection and Management Program Contact Water Education Programs 250.371.5955 Water and Wastewater Utilities Certificate A ten‐month Certificate in Water and Wastewater Utilities. This program ladders into the Water Treatment Technology Diploma Program. Learning Options Program Dates and Times WTTP 1730 Mechanical Systems I WTTP 1740 Environmental, Safety and Communications WTTP 1760 Introduction to Wastewater Term 2 ‐ January to May Term 1 ‐ August to December Term 2 ‐ January to May Class times are 8:30 am to 3:30 pm Monday through Friday, with two 15 minutes breaks and a half‐hour lunch break. WTTP 1800 Electrical Fundamentals I WTTP 1820 Instrumentation I WTTP 1830 Mechanical Systems II WTTP 1850 Water treatment II WTTP 1860 Wastewater Utility I WTTP 1870 Wastewater Utility II Location TRU Water Education and Research Centre located at Kamloops Centre for Water Quality, 111‐1315 River Street, Kamloops, BC. Program Contact Water Education Programs 250.371.5955 Program Content This Certificate is an entry‐level training and education program in the operation and maintenance of Water and Wastewater Treatment, Distribution and Collection systems. Admission Requirements Educational 1. BC Grade 12 / Adult Dogwood / mature student status or equivalent 2. Accuplacer assessment per the table below: Program Water Treatment Reading Sentence Comprehension Skills 55 ‐ Arithmetic 55 Elementary Algebra ‐ Recommended 1. BC Foundations of Math 11or equivalent. 2. Chemistry 11 and Biology 11 or equivalent. General  Official transcripts of previous secondary and post‐secondary education  Proof of Canadian citizenship or Permanent Resident status For detailed admission requirements, contact Trades Admissions at: admissions_trades@tru.ca Program Requirements To graduate, students must successfully complete 12 courses, 6 per term, for a total of 36 credits. Term 1 – August to December WTTP 1700 Water Sources WTTP 1710 Water Treatment I WTTP 1720 Applied Math and Science 227 Welding Trades Programs Training Options The TRU School of Trades and Technology has four training options for welders:  Foundation Training: Entry‐level training for those with minimal or no experience  Apprenticeship Training: Advanced training for registered apprentices  Modular Training: Advanced training for those who are not registered apprentices  Continuing Studies: General interest and upgrading for individual needs Please note: The BC provincial welding program is currently under review and subject to changes in the near future regarding curriculum and work based hours. Visit the Industry Training Authority site, www.itabc.ca (http://www.itabc.ca), for more information on welding trades. Welding Foundation Welding is an industrial art in a highly competitive field. The Welder Foundation student develops the high level of physical coordination and manipulative skills required for this trade through manual training. Gas welding and arc welding theory, basic metallurgy, basic blue print reading, applied mathematics and principles of safety are some of the technical subjects covered. Overview ‐ Welding Trades A welder is a person who has training in and is capable of welding various steel and aluminum parts using the SMAW, GMAW and FCAW processes, in the fabrication, construction, erection and repair of components or structures, in plate and structural applications. In general, welders use manual or semi‐automatic welding equipment to fuse metal pieces together. They use flame‐cutting, brazing and soldering equipment. Heat is applied to the pieces to be joined, melting and fusing them to form a permanent bond. They use metal shaping machines such as brakes, shears and other metal straightening and bending machines. They generally plan work from drawings or by analyzing damaged metal, using their knowledge of welding and metals. Welders may specialize in certain types of welding such as custom fabrication, ship building and repair, pressure vessel welding, pipeline construction welding, structural construction welding or machinery and equipment repair welding. Welders use blueprint symbols to determine machining operations. They check product specifications using precision measuring instruments, and maintain equipment and replace parts when required. They also transport materials to work areas using cranes or hoists. Manual dexterity is important for workers in this trade. Good physical health and agility are necessary. Analytical ability and an understanding of computerized machinery are important. These workers must be able to read simple instructions and follow them precisely. They should enjoy routine tasks, and working with others. Good communication skills are also important. A willingness to continue training and taking specialized training courses is usually necessary in order to be successful. Most people in these occupations work 40 hours per week. Some mills and processing plants operate on shifts during days, nights and weekends. 228 Learning Options Welder Foundation is a full‐time, 28‐week program. Program Start Dates Winter: end of January Fall: beginning of August Hands‐On Students engage in extensive practical exercises to develop job readiness skills. Evaluation of the work term will be performed by industry and the program instructor. The results of the work term will become part of the student record. Metal Fabricator The Foundation Program consists of Level 1 technical training in addition to practical and essential skills related to the Metal Fabricator (Fitter) apprentice program. Metal Fabricator means a person who interprets drawings and involving the development, layout, marking, cutting, burning, sawing, shearing, punching, rolling, bending, drilling, shaping, forming, straightening, fitting, and assembling, reaming, bolting, riveting, welding, testing, inspecting, preparing, priming, painting, rigging and handling of structural and mechanical fabrications constructed from plates and structural shapes of ferrous and non‐ferrous metals in the Metal Fabrication Trade. For more information, visit: www.tru.ca/trades/foundation/welding/metal_fabrication Admission Requirements Educational Requirements 1. BC Grade 10 2. Accuplacer assessment per the table below: Reading Program Welding Sentence Comprehension Skills 55 ‐ Arithmetic 55 Welder Level A Elementary Algebra 30 Contact the TRU Assessment Centre at 250.828.5470 for more information on Accuplacer and for testing times and locations. There is a charge to write the test each time. Out of town testing is available. If assessment is required, the student will be sent to the Welding Department. Proof of Canadian citizenship or, for those born outside Canada, proof of Permanent Resident status. Recommended:  BC Grade 12  Good physical health and agility  Good manual dexterity Welding Modular Training Program Start Dates Level B Fall: August Winter: January General Requirements  Welding Level A Modular technical training is 8 weeks in length. 1620 hours of work experience are also required. (Equivalent to Welding Apprenticeship Level 4.) Applicants must have completed Welding Level B. Level A Fall: August Winter: January Welder Apprenticeship Training Required Equipment Students are required to supply their own welding gloves, leather jacket, welding cap, goggles, helmet, and safety boots. Tool boxes and tools may be purchased at the Tool Room (TT252). Students will be provided with an extensive equipment list at time of registration in the program. TRU offers technical training for registered Welding apprentices. Students must be registered apprentices with a provincial apprenticeship system, and must have a trade worker apprenticeship number. Apprentices complete one 8‐week training session and work‐based training hours between each level of technical training. It typically takes three years to complete a welding apprenticeship. Welding Apprenticeship Program Start Dates Classes are offered throughout the year. Welding ‐ Modular Training Welding Modular Training is a competency‐based program available to students who are not registered apprentices. Please note: The BC Provincial Welding Program is currently under review and subject to changes in the near future regarding curriculum and work based hours. Please see: www.tru.ca/trades/apprenticeship for current class schedules. Program Contact Mechanical Trades Chairperson: Tom Haag 250.828.5119 Welder Level B Welding Instructor/Tester 250.828.5105 Welding Level B Modular technical training is 16 weeks in length. 1,620 hours of work experience are also required. (Equivalent to Welding Apprenticeship Level 3.) Apprenticeship Program Admissions 250.371.5659 Toll‐free 1.866.371.5659 Welders who have Level C technical training and who can demonstrate some workplace hours through their log book are eligible to enter Level B training. Women in Trades WITT (Women in Trades Training) is an initiative geared towards women who are unemployed or under‐employed and who are not currently receiving Employment Insurance (EI). Women of all ages, backgrounds and skill levels are welcome to apply to the ITA Women in Trades Training initiative. No previous experience in the trades is required, however, women who have trades experience may be able to skip introductory or exploration programs and be streamlined into pre‐ 229 apprenticeship programs. They can also opt to take a challenge exam which, if they are successful, will give them industry recognition for their existing skills, and if they have advanced skills and experience, they may be able to find a level‐one apprenticeship without taking the exam. For more information, visit ITA Women in Trades Program Description Admission Requirements Thompson Rivers University, School of Trades & Technology, is offering the Women Exploring Trades program which will allow women to participate in 6 different Red‐Seal trade areas over the duration of this 14 week program: To be eligible for application, all participants must fall into one of the following two categories:  Electrician  Instrumentation Mechanic  Heavy Equipment Operator  Partsperson  Piping  Welding  Heavy Duty Mechanics  Life Skills  Essential Skills (includes Math upgrade)   Unemployed individuals who are determined to be non‐EI clients. Non‐EI clients are individuals who do not currently qualify for Employment Insurance (EI) benefits and have not been in receipt of EI benefits within the past three years ( or five years for those who received maternity or parental benefits) Employed individuals who are determined to be low skilled, in particular, employed individuals who do not have a high school diploma or a recognized certification or who have low levels of literacy and essential skills. Program Requirements In each of these areas, the candidates will be taught the essential skills for each trade along with related safe work practices while participating in practical and theoretical labs. All classes will be taught by TRU staff that hold Red‐Seal certification in the trade and have many years of Industry experience. There will be a limit of 16 students per class. To graduate, students must successfully complete 63 credits with a minimum GPA of 2.0. Successful completion of each course requires a C or 60% minimum. The future goal would be to allow successful candidates the opportunity to further enroll into a Trades Foundation or Apprenticeship program and/or become employed as a registered apprentice in British Columbia. Program Contact Women in Trades Co‐ordinator 250.371.5658 ACE IT Foundation Training This is an innovative partnership between TRU, BC School Districts and independent schools, bridging secondary and post‐secondary education and training while enhancing transition to the workforce. These programs allow Grade 10 students to apply for a ACE‐IT Foundation Training program at TRU in their Grade 12 year. Students earn dual credit ‐ post secondary and secondary school course credit at the same time. Students who take a Trades program in their Grade 12 year earn dual credit, attend tuition free, and graduate high school with more skills and more training in their pocket. ACE IT is not only a great deal, but a unique opportunity to have job ready skills and a career before graduating high school. Program Description Thompson Rivers University, School of Trades & Technology, is offering secondary students hands on exposure to the following Trades offered at TRU:  Automotive Service Technician  Heavy Mechanical Trades (Heavy Duty/Commercial Transport Mechanic)  Partsperson & Warehousing  Welding Level C  Carpenter ‐ Residential Construction  Electrician ‐ Construction 230  Electrician ‐ Industrial Instrumentation Mechanic  Carpentry/Joinery  Plumbing ‐ Pipefitter  Professional Cook 1  Meat Cutter/Retail Meat  Horticulture Program Requirements Program Contact To graduate, students must successfully complete 63 credits with a minimum GPA of 2.0. Successful completion of each course requires a C or 60% minimum. ACE IT Youth Programs 250.852.7187 231 aceit@tru.ca Williams Lake Campus 1250 Western Avenue Williams Lake, BC V2G 1H7 Phone: 250.392.8000 Toll Free: 1.800.663.4936 Fax: 250.392.4984 Registrarial Services: Phone: 250.392.8020 E‐Mail wlmain@tru.ca Programs and Courses Available at the Williams Lake Campus Visit www.tru.ca/williamslake/programs for more detailed information on the programs and courses offered at the Williams Lake Campus. Programs including:  Applied Business Technology (Business Office Assistant with Bookkeeping Applications)  Bachelor of Science in Nursing Program (Year 1 & 2)  Continuing Studies Courses  Electrical Trade Entry Program  Electrical Second Year Apprenticeship  Health Care Assistant  Education Assistant and Community Support Certificate  Human Service Diploma Heavy Duty Mechanic and Commercial Transport Technician   Partner Assisted Learning (PAL) (Tuition‐free)  Practical Nursing Program  Residential Construction  Saw Filer Levels 1, 2 & 3  University and Career Preparation – (Grade 10‐12 equivalency) (Tuition‐free)  University Courses/Associate Degrees  Welding Levels C, B, and A, upgrading, testing  Work Skills Training Program Student Services Academic Advising Academic Advisors serve students by providing current information on course and program prerequisites for university and employment preparation, university, career and technology programs, assist students to meet their educational goals, and assist first and second year academic students in program planning, course selection, timetabling and registration. Advising is available at the Williams Lake campus. To book an appointment, please call 250.392.8000 or email wlmain@tru.ca Library Services TRU Library Williams Lake branch advances inquiry, discovery and engagement by providing the TRU Community with quality resources, services and technologies to support teaching, learning, and research. The TRU library has over 250,000 volumes of books, 14,000 films and videos, 105 online article databases, 110,000 ebooks, and subscriptions to 36,000 electronic and print periodicals. All materials are available to TRU Library, Williams Lake branch.  Counselling Counselling deals with personal issues that may affect a student's academic performance and/or well‐being. Visits to Counselling are voluntary and confidential, within the limits of the law, and are designed to help students work out their own solutions for academic, vocational, social or personal problems. The major focus is on career counselling and short term or crisis intervention. Kathy also conducts workshops throughout the year on various topics such as career planning, stress/time management, study skills and test anxiety. Appointments with our Counsellor are booked in advance, and emergencies or crisis situations are dealt with as quickly as possible. Appointments are booked through the receptionist by calling 250.392.8000 or 1.800.663.4936. The library serves as a learning commons for research, study, discovery where users have access to the branch librarian for help when improving information literacy skills, accessing library resources (print and electronic), developing research strategies, and much more. To use many resources available through the library, students must obtain a Student ID card from the Student Services clerk and their private PIN from the Circulation Desk staff. The library is accessed through the Book Store where Campus Cashier and Williams Lake Campus Centre is also located. Please call 250.392.8031 to speak with the librarian.   232 Bookstore Services University Courses/Associate Degrees The Bookstore offers you much more than textbooks. We sell fun gear such as TRU clothing, greeting cards, and gift items, as well as, calculators, software, stationery supplies and general interest books. It is owned and operated by TRU for the convenience of students and staff, but more than that, the friendly staff is always willing to help students with anything we can. The Bookstore is responsible for providing required and recommended textbooks at the lowest possible prices. We also purchase used textbooks from the students for up to 50% of the new price, providing the text is the current edition and will be used in the following semester. These texts are available for purchase at 75% of the new price which is a substantial savings for the students. The Bookstore will also purchase books no longer being used at TRU. The value of these books, which is the market value of the book, is set by wholesalers and does provide some return on your investment. If you have specific concerns or needs which are not being met, please let the Bookstore staff know. We are here to serve you. Used textbook prices are available on the Bookie's website. Contact the Bookstore at www.thebookstore.tru or 250.392.8004 The Williams Lake Campus offers transfer programs for the following degree programs. Academic Programs Year One and Two  Bachelor of Arts Degree  Bachelor of Science in Nursing (New student intake in even years) Year One and Two To prepare for application to the following degrees:  Bachelor of Education  Bachelor of Journalism  Bachelor of Social Work Year One • Bachelor of Science Degree • Pre‐Chiropractic • Pre‐Dentistry • Pre‐Law • Pre‐Medicine Services for Aboriginal Students • Pre‐Naturopathic Medicine Rhonda acts as a liaison with First Nations Bands, community organizations and other local agencies to ensure support for students, as well as assisting students with course selection, time‐tabling and orientation. The Coordinator of Aboriginal Services works closely with the Open Learning Facilitator to assist students with distance courses, and ensures that they are set up with the resources that are available at the Aboriginal Learning Centre which include tutoring and computer support. • Pre‐Optometry • Pre‐Pharmaceutical Sciences • Pre‐Rehabilitation Sciences • Pre‐Veterinary Medicine  Appointments are available by drop in or call 1.800.663.4936 or 250.392.8009.  For confirmation on the transferability of TRU courses offered in Williams Lake to health sciences programs, or other programs, it is recommended that students consult with the institution to which they hope to transfer. In addition, students should refer to the University website and consult an Academic Advisor. Williams Lake University Programs and Associate Degrees www.tru.ca/williamslake/programs/universityprograms Other Services Buses The City of Williams Lake operates a public bus system that makes regularly scheduled trips. You are advised to pick up a current bus schedule for information of specific times.  Associate degrees/diplomas are offered at the Williams Lake Campus in the following area:  Associate of Arts Degree No Cancellations! All of our Academic courses are guaranteed to run and will not be cancelled due to low enrolment Trades and Technology Programs Residential Construction – Foundation Program Students can apply a year before the program begins.  233 Program Description Looking for a fulfilling career where attention to detail, applied technology, pride and accomplishment is important? In this 30 week program, graduates will receive credit for 1st and 2nd year apprenticeship technical training, as well as work based hours. Students will spend approximately 70% of their time building various projects of which the major project is a house built in the community. Students gain familiarity with the use of hand tools, portable power tools and other equipment regularly used by carpenters. Students also have ample opportunities to work with the materials used by carpenters including lumber, panel products, concrete, roofing materials, fasteners, and a wide variety of hardware. For admission requirements and more detailed information, please refer to the program information. Williams Lake ‐ Residential Construction Program www.tru.ca/williamslake/programs/trades  Electrical Foundation Training Students can apply a year before the program begins. Fax: 250.392.8123 Saw Filer ‐ Levels 1, 2, & 3 Three trades make up the saw trades: Saw Fitting, Circular Sawfiler, and Benchperson. The saw filer apprentice program provides the knowledge and skills required to become both a provincially and inter‐provincially certified tradesperson.  Program Description This course is designed to prepare people for employment in the electrical or related trades. Electricians are skilled in installing, maintaining and repairing electrical apparatus in residential, commercial and industrial environments. Williams Lake‐ Electrical Foundation Training Program Information www.tru.ca/williamslake/programs/trades  Thompson Rivers University, Williams Lake Campus is the only training institution in BC that offers technical training for these trades. INDUSTRY REQUIREMENTS To begin an apprenticeship to become a circular saw filer, learners must complete 840 hours of work‐based training, working in a saw filing room and assisting saw filers in their work. Course Content This 24 week program covers care and use of hand tools and electrical instruments; installation and maintenance of electrical equipment; electrical theory and calculations; and the Canadian Electrical Code. Students engage in extensive practical exercises to develop their job readiness skills. Apprentice must also secure an employer who is approved to provide on‐the‐job training in saw filing and is willing to register the apprentice and keep a record of their performance. For more information, please contact 250.392.8133 Grade 10 education (including English 10, Math 10 and Science 10 or equivalent); however, Grade 12 preferred  Education Requirements Electrical Second Year Apprenticeship www.tru.ca/williamslake/programs/trades/sawfiler Program Description For more information please contact: 250.828.5130 This program is offered to indentured electrical apprentices. Electrical apprentices are required to attend technical training ten weeks per year over a four year period. Electricians are skilled in installing, maintaining, troubleshooting and repairing: electrical distribution systems, lighting, motor control components, motors, generators, DC and AC power systems. These skills are used in the industrial, commercial and residential environments. The journeyperson electrician works in a challenging and rewarding trade where technology is constantly changing and competition is high.  Heavy Duty Mechanic & Commercial Transport Technician  This Foundation program is a combination of the Commercial Transport Vehicle Mechanic and the Heavy Duty Mechanic programs. It is Module 1 of 5 modules (Modules 2‐5 are in the Apprenticeship Program) and is a prerequisite and prepares students for the following apprenticeships:  Heavy Duty Equipment Technician  Transport Trailer Technician (Commercial Trailer Mechanic)  Truck and Transport Mechanic (Commercial Transport Vehicle Mechanic) Phone: 234 250.392.8120  Welding Programs Program Description Level “C” Welding is a 24 week program, offered year round, with start dates in February each year. Level “B” (16 weeks) and “A” (8 weeks) Welding are offered throughout the year with start dates from September through May. Welding is an industrial art in a highly competitive field. It requires constant physical coordination of arms, hands and eyes, and the student develops manipulative skills through manual training. Related gas welding and arc welding theory, basic metallurgy, basic blue print reading, applied mathematics and principles of safety are some of the technical subjects covered. On completion of the course, a student will have gained sufficient practical experience and related theory to take a variety of job tests. For admission requirements and more detailed information, please refer to the Welding section of this calendar. www.tru.ca/williamslake/programs/trades/welding programs For more information, please contact: Phone: 250.392.8121 Fax: 250.398.2812 Career Programs Applied Business Technology Certificate Health Care Programs Program Description Bachelor of Science in Nursing (Year 1 & 2 offered at Williams Lake)  The Applied Business Technology Department in Williams Lake offers a 9‐month Business Office Assistant with Bookkeeping Applications program. This program includes advanced training and specialization in the latest technology and equipment used in the modern office. For more information, please contact 250.392.8146 Human Service Programs   Program Description This is a four‐year degree program. Graduates receive a Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BScN). Upon completion graduates are eligible to write the Canadian Registered Nurse Examination (CRNE) and apply for registration with the College of Registered Nurses of British Columbia (CRNBC) to practice as a Registered Nurse (RN). For more information www.tru.ca/williamslake/programs/nursingprograms Program Description Both the Community and School Support Certificate and the Human Service Diploma are offered on the Williams Lake Campus. Practical Nursing Program The Human Services Diploma is offered every year for full time students. Part time options are also available. Both programs require the same admission requirements as the programs on the Kamloops campus. Program Description There are a number of options for completing courses through Open Learning that are also available. Education Assistant and Community Support Certificate Please see the Education Assistant and Community Support Certificate website for the most up‐to‐date Program and admission information. Williams Lake Education Assistant and Community Support Certificate www.tru.ca/williamslake/programs/humanservice  In the Practical Nursing Program, you’ll acquire the practical and theoretical grounding you’ll need to give professional nursing care to individuals, families and groups in a variety of settings. You’ll work through a combination of course work and practical clinical placements, completing a program that will prepare you for your subsequent work as a Practical Nurse. As a graduate of the Practical Nursing Program, you’ll be prepared to nurse using Professional Standards of Practice and competencies established by the College of Licensed Practical Nurses of British Columbia. Upon completion of the program, you’ll be eligible to write the Canadian Practical Nurse Registration Exam, required for Licensing in BC. Please visit us on the web for more information. www.tru.ca/williamslake/programs/nursingprograms Human Service Diploma Please see the Human Service Diploma website for the most up‐to‐date Program and admission information. Health Care Assistant Certificate Williams Lake Human Service Diploma www.tru.ca/williamslake/programs/humanservice/humanservicediplo ma Program Description 250.392.8164 Transferability and Laddering These "employment ready" programs are designed to prepare men and women for job entry in a variety of human service positions. As there are continuing employment opportunities for persons in human services, training at these levels prepares individuals to perform various helping services in a broad range of agencies and facilities. Certificate graduates from each of the Human Service Programs may receive discretionary credits when laddering to diploma or specific degree programs at TRU and other colleges or universities. Students planning to use TRU courses to transfer to other institutions should confirm their transferability by contacting the institution to which they intent to transfer to. 235  This 24‐week program is designed to prepare the graduate to function under supervision as a Health Care Assistant. Learned skills will be applied in the community utilizing local personal care settings, intermediate and extended care facilities and in private homes. The focus will be on training the health care worker to assist the client in meeting his/her basic physical, emotional, environmental and social needs. Students learn to provide practical assistance to help maintain the client's maximum independence within the limits of his/her ability. For admission requirements and more detailed information, please refer to www.tru.ca/williamslake/programs/nursingprograms Developmental Programs  Partner Assisted Learning (PAL) Programs Programs and courses offered by the department include:  University and Employment Preparation (Grade 10 to 12 equivalent) (Tuition‐free)  Partner Assisted Learning (PAL) (Tuition‐free)  Work Skills Training Program (Adult Special Education)  University and Employment Preparation (Grades 10‐12 Equivalency) Program Description Based at Williams Lake, PAL is a community partnership program designed to provide one‐to‐one assistance for persons wanting to learn to read, write, or use numbers in their daily lives. Scheduling is arranged to suit the learner. The program is free of charge, and all inquiries are confidential. PAL is a joint project of TRU, Cariboo Chilcotin Partners for Literacy, and the Ministry of Advanced Education. For more information regarding the PAL program, please contact the PAL Coordinator at 250.392.8161.  Admission Requirements University and Employment Preparation offers adult learners the opportunity to complete prerequisites for admission into a variety of career, vocational, and academic programs or to complete the B.C. Adult Dogwood (the equivalent to high school completion) Work Skills Training Program (Adult Special Education) General Requirements The program is designed for students with disabilities or learning difficulties who do not have the academic qualifications for regular University programs. Students will develop specific job and job readiness skills and improve their functional reading, writing, math, and oral communication skills. The program is individualized to meet student needs and includes opportunities for work experience in the community. At least 17 years of age and 1 year out of school. For students wishing to complete the BC Adult Graduation Diploma, it is highly recommended that students meet with an Academic Advisor.  Course Descriptions Please see University and Employment Preparation Programs Williams Lake Campus www.tru.ca/williamslake/programs/universityprep for detailed course information.  Program Description If you know someone who may be interested in this program, please contact the Registrarial Services at 250.392.8020 For more information please contact 250.392.8168 Continuing Studies A wide variety of courses are offered for evening and weekend participation. Program brochures are published throughout the year. A supply of brochures is also available at the Continuing Studies office. As class sizes are limited, students are encouraged to register early. Registration is done on a first‐come, first‐served basis with payment or proof of sponsorship. Arts and Culture  Photography for Beginners  Publishing your Story Please visit our website for additional course information. Williams Lake Community U ‐ Arts and Culture www.tru.ca/williamslake/cs/arts  Business/Office Skills Courses that may be offered include:  Bookkeeping, An Introduction  Cashier Training  Entry Level Hospitality  How to be Successful on Ebay  Internet Marketing  Minute Taking  Proposal Writing  Serving it Right Workshop  Conflict Management in the Workplace  The Business of Communicating  236 Micro Computer Certificate Program This program consists of five courses, four required and one elective.  The Operating System, is a prerequisite for all other courses  Fees are Income Tax deductible  Certificate upon successful completion  Day and evening classes offered Courses that may be offered each semester are:  The Operating System  Word Processing ‐ Word 2013  Spreadsheets ‐ Excel 2013  Database ‐ Access 2013 Electives:  SAGE 50  Professional Presentations using PowerPoint  Desktop Publishing  Quickbooks Other computer courses include:  Basic Computing  How to use your Digital Camera  Intermediate Access  Intermediate Excel       Intermediate Word Keyboarding to 25 wpm Introduction to Tablet Computing Microsoft Project 2013 One Note & Cloud Training File Management Basics Contract Training Continuing Studies is designed to offer and meet the needs of companies, First Nations Bands or community groups in the Cariboo‐ Chilcotin Region. If practical, courses can be delivered anywhere in the region. Continuing Studies provides business or agencies with programs that are:  individualized to your specific request  based on assessment of employer/employee needs  held at your location of choice where possible  timed to fit your schedule The cost of such a program is developed in consultation with each individual request. Help is also available to determine your specific need and to design an appropriate course or workshop. Our training can cover almost any area of general interest such as personal and professional development, trades, technical skills or other areas of interest. If there is a particular course you would like us to offer, give us a call. If you have a particular training need or need information, contact 250.392.8177 First Aid Courses Courses that may be offered during a semester include:  Automated External Defibrillator  Basic Emergency First Aid  Child & Babysitting  CPRPro‐BLS for Healthcare Providers‐C  Pediatrics First Aid  Standard First Aid  Transportation Endorsement  Workplace for BC ‐ First Aid Levels 1,2 & 3 Forestry Courses Courses that may be offered during a semester include:  Enform Chainsaw Safety  GPS Locator  Log Scaling  Logging Waste & Residue  S100/S185 Fire Suppression  S100/S185 Fire Suppression Recertification General Interest Courses Courses that may be offered during a semester include:  Ceramic Tile  Creative Concrete  Drywall  Electrical Systems in the Home  Exploration in Life Writing  Hardwood and Laminate Floors  Introduction to Interior Design  Photography  Plumbing  Writing Workshops 237 Health & Safety Courses Courses that may be offered during a semester include:  ATV Safety Training  Confined Space  Fall Protection  Fire Extinguisher Training  Foodsafe Level 1  Forklift Safety  Ground Disturbance  H2S Alive! Sour Gas Safety Training  Industry Recognized Certificate Training  Skidsteer Safety Training  Traffic Control Person Certification (Flagging)  Transportation of Dangerous Goods  WHMIS Language Courses Courses that may be offered during a semester include:  Chilcotin Language and Culture  German, Beginner Conversational  Shuswap Language and Culture  Spanish, Beginner Conversational  Professional Development Courses Courses that may be offered during a semester include:  Basic Counselling Skills  Conflict Resolution  Customer Service Representative in Banking  Ethical Decision Making  Foundational Skills for Helpers  Management Skills for Supervisors  Project Management  Trades, Technology and Agriculture These are vocational trade related courses and can cover a wide area according to the needs of the community. In most cases they are custom designed or have been developed to prepare students to challenge specific government exams. Some of the courses offered include:  Air Brake Certification  Basic Welding  Intro to Oil & Gas Industry Training  Class One Driver Training  Mining Skills for an Entry Level Workforce  Small Engine Repair  Sustainable Building Advisor Program For more information on Continuing Studies courses, please contact 250.392.8010 Personal Health  Prenatal in a Day  Childbirth Preparation Series The Community Coordinator has information available about post‐ secondary opportunities, academic advising, counselling services, and financial aid. Invigilation of exams from other institutions is available on request as well as any other testing requirements such as Assessment or LPI tests. Also available are customized courses, programs or workshops for any individuals, businesses or agencies. Regional Centres Introduction The Regional Centres offer a wide variety of credit and non‐credit courses designed to meet the educational and training needs of the community. For further information on these and other services, contact your local community coordinator: 100 Mile house 250.395.3115 Ashcroft/Cache Creek 250.453.9999 Barriere 250.672.9875 Clearwater 250.674.3255 Lillooet 250.256.4286 100 Mile House Training & Education Centre  The Centre The 100 Mile House Centre is located at 485 Birch Avenue in the Bridge Creek building. It offers courses in computer applications, health & safety, first aid, trades, and general interest offerings. For the many businesses and government agencies in 100 Mile House, the Centre provides contract training at the employer's convenience. Centre staff is available to answer questions about the first year university transfer and trades training available locally. The Coordinator is available to assist individuals or groups with their needs for employee training, employment skills upgrading, personal development or general interest courses. Contact the 100 Mile House staff for information and/or a copy of our brochure.  Ashcroft/Cache Creek Training & Education Centre The Centre The Ashcroft/Cache Creek Centre is located at 310 Railway Avenue, across the lane from the Ashcroft Fire Hall. This Centre offers a wide variety of courses each year in Ashcroft, including computer training, health and safety certificates and general interest classes. First year university transfer courses are also available at the centre. The Community Coordinator is able to work with local employers and agencies to design training programs to meet their specific educational needs. Calendar and brochures, application forms, financial aid & awards packages and general information on post‐secondary education are all available at the Ashcroft/Cache Creek Centre. Computerized testing is available to help local residents determine their career goals. Referrals to Academic Advisors and Counsellors can also be arranged. Assessment and entry tests, including the LPI, may be written at the local TRU Centre.  Barriere Training & Education Centre  The Centre The Barriere Centre is located in the heart of downtown Barriere at 4629 Barriere Town Road. It offers a wide variety of courses in arts, business, trades, health, adult basic education, literacy and general interest. All courses offered will depend on community demand. 238  Clearwater Training & Education Centre  The Centre Thompson Rivers University and The Community Resource Centre for the North Thompson co‐exist at 751 Clearwater Village Road. Under this joint partnership both credit and non‐credit part‐time vocational courses are offered. The Resource Centre's mandate is to cover the North Thompson communities of McLure, Louis Creek, Barriere, Darfield, Little Fort, Clearwater, Birch Island, Vavenby, Avola and Blue River. The centre is a multi‐media learning facility aimed at providing and brokering job related training and retraining for local citizens. It boasts of modern training facilities, proven training resources, top‐ flight instructors, and state‐of‐the‐art computer and video‐ conferencing technology. Some other services offered are entrance and assessment exams, application forms for financial assistance, calendars, admission applications, information on distance education courses, supervision of exams, GED study manuals, application to write the exam and testing. A wide variety of courses are offered through the Centre. First Aid, Health and Safety, Trades and Technology, Forestry, Computing, and General interest courses. Work related courses include Occupational First Aid Level 1‐3, Transportation Endorsement, Red Cross Emergency and Standard First Aid, Red Cross Advanced Wilderness First Aid, FS100, Traffic Control, and Foodsafe Level 1. Several on‐line work related certification courses are also available; Petroleum Safety Training, Construction Safety Training, Transportation of Dangerous Goods, WHMIS, Ground Disturbance and H2S Awareness. Serving It Right and Service Station Attendant are available in self‐ study format.  Lillooet Training & Education Centre  The Centre The Lillooet Training and Education Centre is located at the Old Mill Plaza, #10 ‐ 155 Main Street. The Centre's facility includes a 20 seat classroom, 12 computers and a conference room. Some of the many programs now offered in Lillooet are the Bachelor of Arts full‐time first‐year University courses, Trades and Vocation Training such as Residential Construction, Aboriginal Tourism Certificate, Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Certificate, Microcomputer Certificate I, and Home Support Resident Care Certificate. The Centre offers a wide variety of work‐related programs, including business, computer, first aid and forestry courses. In addition, the Centre provides invigilation of exams from other institutions as well as any other testing requirements such as Assessment or LPI tests. TRU can provide any individual, business or agency with courses, programs or workshops that are individualized for specific requests. The coordinator is available to assist individuals or employers with their needs. Courses can be delivered to your location and customized to meet your specific requirements. Community Engagement Overview Registration and Information Community Engagement provides non‐credit life‐long learning courses for personal and professional skill development. Course registration is available at: www.tru.ca/forms/learning Community Engagement also works cooperatively with employers to provide:     onsite training custom design courses curriculum development training partnerships  Course Offerings Course offerings are frequently updated and available for viewing at www.tru.ca/learning Trades and Technology course offerings can be viewed at www.tru.ca/trades/constudies  239 For more information please call: 250.371.5974 or 250.828.5213 Refund Policy To be eligible for a refund, written withdrawal from a course must be received no later than five (5) working days before the start date (excluding Saturdays, Sundays and statutory holidays). Once a course has begun, refunds will be issued for medical reasons only. Some courses or programs have special withdrawal/refund policies that supersede this Withdrawal Policy as stated on the confirmation of registration letter. While we make every effort to offer courses as advertised, all times, dates and offerings are subject to change. Changes will be communicated at least one week prior to the class start. If the course is cancelled a full refund will be issued. Course Descriptions Course Descriptions‐Alphabetic by Subject Course Numbering and Definitions The first digit indicates the year level at which the course is usually taken. For example, a course number beginning with a “1” is a first year course. The second and third digits further define a course. The fourth digit indicates whether it is a campus course (even numbers) or an Open Learning course (odd numbers). For example, ENGL 1100 is a first year campus course and ENGL 2101 is a second year Open Learning course. The credit value for a course is indicated after the course number (i.e., ENGL 1100 3 credits. For courses based on contact hours, the contact hours will be indicated as (155 hours) Codes Description EPHY Engineering Physics ABTS Applied Business Technology ESAL English as a Second Language ACCT Accounting ESTR Employment Skills Training ADVG Adventure Studies EVNT Event Management AGSC Agriculture Science EXPL Co‐op & Career Education ANHD Animal Health FILM Film ANHT Animal Health Technology FNCE Finance ANTH Anthropology FNLG First Nations Language APEC Applied Economics FNST First Nations APSC Applied Science FREN French ARCH Archaeology FRST Forestry ARET Architectural & Engineering Technology GASF Gasfitting ARTS Art's Student Success GBUS Graduate Business Admin ASET Adult Special Education Training GEOG Geography ASHS Health GEOL Geology ASTR Astronomy GERM German AUTO Mechanical and Welding Trades GLAZ Glazier AWCP Animal Welfare GLBL Global Competency BBUS Business HDMC Heavy Duty Mechanic Health BIOL Biology HEAL BLAW Business & Law HIST History BUSN Business HLSC Health Science CARP Contruction Trades HMGT Human Resource Management CAST Comp Automated Systems HORT Horticulture CFTL Centre for Teaching and Learning HRMN Human Resources CHBI Bio‐Chemistry HUMS Human Service CHEM Chemistry IBUS International Business CHIN Chinese IDIS Interdisciplinary Studies CMNS Communications & New Media IEIM Industrial Electrical Instrument Mechanic CNST Canadian Studies IIME Instumentation Mechanic COAP Culinary Arts & Retail Meat IMEC Instumentation Mechanic COMP Computing Science JAPA Japanese CONV Convention Management JOIN Joinery COOK Culinary Arts JOUR Jounalism COOP Co‐operative Education JUST Justice Studies CSSW Community/School Support Worker LAWF Faculty of Law CTMR Commercial Transport Vehicle Mechanic LEFA Learning Facilitator CYCA Child & Youth Care LEGA Leagl Assistant DAAD Digital Art Design MATH Mathematics DRAF Drafting MEAT Meat Processing ECED Early Childhood Education MFAB Metal Fabricator ECON Economics MICR Micobiology ED Education MIST Management Information Systems EDHR Human Resource Management MKTG Marketing EDMT Management MLAN World Language ELEI Industrial Electrician MLAP Medical Lab Assistant ELEL Electrical MNGT Management ELTE Electrical MTST Mountain Studies ENGL English MUSI Music ENSU Environmental Sustainability NAST Native Studies ENTR Entrepreneurship NRSC Natural Resource Science ENVS Environmental Studies NURS Nursing 240 OA Office Assistant SOCI Sociology OEED Outdoor Education SOCW Social Work ORGB Organizational Behaviour SOSC Social Science PARW Parts and Warehousing SPAN Spanish PHED Physical Education SPEE Communications PHIL Philosophy SPRT Sport PHYS Physical Science STAT Statistics PLTE Power Line Technicial STSS Student Development PLUM Plumbing TECH Emerging & Disruptive Technologies PNUR Nursing TESL Teaching English as a Second Language POLI Political Science THTR Theatre PPWT Parts and Warehousing TMGT Tourism Management PSYC Psychology TMPT Transportation RCAR Construction TROW Trowel Trades RESP Respiratory Therapy VISA Visual Arts RTCL Respiratory Therapy WELD Welding RTCT Respiratory Therapy WKSK Work Skills SAWF Sawfitter WTTP Water Treatment SCMN Supply Chain Management YMCR Business SERV Service Learning YMSS Business SINC Science ABTS 1100 ABTS 1200 Word Processing 1 (45 hours) Introduction to Computers (30 hours) Students are provided hands‐on opportunities to learn and apply the basic functions of a word processing program as well as the proper format of documents, such as letters and memoranda. Although this course uses Microsoft Word, many of the acquired skills are generic and can be transferred to most word processing packages. This course has two sections, Windows and Internet. The Windows section is designed to provide students with an introduction to Microsoft Windows operating systems. Students learn to manipulate the Windows environment, use Windows Accessories, and use the Computer and Windows Explorer programs to manage files and folders. The Internet section is designed to provide students with an introduction to the Internet, including email basics and advanced features, web browser basics, web navigation, and web research. Prerequisite: ABTS 1200 (and ABTS 1550 if taken online) ABTS 1110 Prerequisite: ABTS 1550 if taken online Word Processing 2 (45 hours) This course is a continuation of Word Processing 1. Students are provided additional instruction and practice with letter styles, tables, charts and reports. Advanced features of word processing software such as merge, macros, outlines, graphics, and styles are also demonstrated and applied. ABTS 1210 Spreadsheets 1 (25 hours) Prerequisite: ABTS 1100 Students develop a working knowledge of Microsoft Excel, by learning how to design, create, modify, and present professional‐looking spreadsheets for use in today's workplace. Exercises include using formulas and built‐in functions to solve mathematical problems, in addition to illustrating and presenting spreadsheet data in graphic form. ABTS 1120 Prerequisite: ABTS 1200 Desktop Publishing (50 hours) This course is a study of desktop publishing functions, including the elements of page design and organizational tools, and the planning, drafting, and production process. Students apply word processing and desktop publishing software, as well as integration elements, to produce publications such as letterheads, flyers, brochures, business forms, and newsletters. ABTS 1220 Spreadsheets 2 (30 hours) Prerequisite: ABTS 1110 Students acquire a higher‐level of proficiency by using Microsoft Excel to create electronic spreadsheets, for advanced applications in today's workplace. Exercises include using advanced functions and formulas, performing calculations, filtering and formatting data, and developing a custom Excel application. This course is a continuation of the material offered in ABTS 1210: Spreadsheets 1. ABTS 1130 Prerequisite: ABTS 1210 Keyboarding 1 (45 hours) Learners are provided with the necessary techniques to keyboard accurately at a minimum of 25 wpm using the alpha and numeric keyboard. Prerequisite: ABTS 1550 ABTS 1140 Keyboarding 2 (35 hours) Students learn to key accurately and proficiently. The course builds on current keyboarding skills to enable students to reach a minimum of 50 net words per minute on a five‐minute timing. Prerequisite: ABTS 1550 if taken online 241 ABTS 1230 Databases (31 hours) Students are introduced to the Microsoft Access data management system, while they plan, design, and create a database to meet the information management needs of today's workplace. Terminology, database concepts, and features of relational databases are discussed and demonstrated as students use various commands and features to create tables, queries, forms, and reports. Students enter data, work with calculations, extract information, and generate and print reports. Prerequisite: ABTS 1200 ABTS 1240 ABTS 1430 Presentation Software (20 hours) Accounting 1 ‐ Online Only (60 hours) Using PowerPoint Presentation Software, students apply appropriate design concepts to present data and information in a colourful and well‐organized format. Students are instructed in using design templates, applying various attributes and including a variety of objects to create, modify, save, and deliver presentations. Students are introduced to manual accounting, with an emphasis on fundamental accounting principles and their application in day‐to‐day business situations. This course is based on a service business organized as a sole proprietorship. Students practice basic bookkeeping and accounting skills including double‐entry general journal entries, posting to the general ledger, preparing a trial balance, recording adjustments in a ten‐ column worksheet, producing period‐end financial statements, closing the temporary accounts, maintaining petty cash, and preparing bank reconciliations. Prerequisite: ABTS 1200 ABTS 1250 Prerequisite: ABTS 1550 Office Integrated Project (10 hours) This is a capstone course in which students extend their word processing, spreadsheet, database, desktop publishing, and presentation software knowledge by completing a variety of practical, integrated projects. Decision‐making, prioritizing, and other administrative skills are also developed. Prerequisite: ABTS 1200, ABTS 1300, ABTS 1530, ABTS 1120, ABTS 1210, ABTS 1240, ABTS 1230, ABTS 1110 or concurrent with ABTS 1110 ABTS 1260 Website Maintenance and Design (30 hours) ABTS 1440 Accounting 2 ‐ Online Only (90 hours) This 90‐hour course is an intermediate approach to manual accounting, designed to provide students with additional knowledge in common accounting systems including sales, purchases, taxes, inventory, and payroll. The concepts will be presented in the context of a merchandising business. Students examine payroll concepts and principles, tax responsibilities, and annual reporting. Students are also introduced to specialized journals, combined journals, year‐end procedures and worksheets, HST/GST/PST, and merchandise inventory. Financial statements are prepared in detail, including a classified balance sheet and an income statement with a cost of goods sold section. This course provides students with the skills required to complete routine website maintenance and updates. Using a hands‐on, practical approach, learners manipulate hypertext markup language (HTML), tags, tables, images, graphics, hyperlinks, special formatting, and forms using text and web authoring programs. Prerequisite: ABTS 1430 Prerequisite: ABTS 1100 and ABTS 1200 Business Math and Calculators ‐ Online Only (45 hours) ABTS 1300 Following current trends in office technology, students are instructed in the touch method of calculator use, and common calculator features. An emphasis is placed on business problem‐solving. Business Communications 1 (67 hours) Prerequisite: ABTS 1550 Students focus on the correct English usage in a business environment, and are provided a comprehensive review of grammar, punctuation, and style, as well as business spelling and vocabulary development. The course materials are presented in small, easily manageable learning segments. Prerequisite: ABTS 1550 if taken online ABTS 1450 ABTS 1500 Human Relations (31 hours) ABTS 1310 Students concentrate on developing the personal and professional development skills required in today's workplace. These skills include self‐examination and assessment, development of effective communication skills, interpersonal skills, client relations, teamwork, problem solving, and an understanding of business ethics. Business Communications 2 (50 hours) Prerequisite: ABTS 1550 if taken online Students learn how to plan, organize, and correctly write effective "reader friendly" business documents appropriate for use in today's global business environment. Students write business letters, memos, reports, and electronic messages. ABTS 1510 Prerequisite: ABTS 1300 Job Search (21 hours) ABTS 1400 Students are provided with techniques to develop successful job search strategies for today's competitive and changing job market. Topics include self‐assessment, employability skill testing, job search strategies and research, using the Internet for job search and career planning, networking, resumes, employment‐related communications, application forms, portfolios, and interviews. Financial Accounting (67 hours) This course provides an introduction to the fundamentals of financial accounting. Topics include the accounting cycle; adjusting entries; accounting for a merchandising business; sales taxes; subsidiary ledgers; cash; bank reconciliation; accounts and notes receivable; inventory; capital assets; current liabilities; long‐term liabilities; corporate accounting; cash flow statement; and financial statement analysis. Prerequisite: ABTS 1300, ABTS 1100 ABTS 1520 Prerequisite: Admission to the Administrative Assistant Program Practicum ‐ Classroom Students Only (40 hours) ABTS 1410 During this 2 week practicum, students are provided the opportunity to apply their skills and knowledge to meet the expectations of an employer in a real work situation. Students observe and learn daily office routines, and assist the host employer by performing tasks as required. Computerized Accounting ‐ Simply Accounting (69 hours) Students are introduced to the integrated computerized accounting system using Simply Accounting for Windows. Upon completion, students are able to establish company records; maintain daily transactions using the general ledger, accounts payable, accounts receivable, inventory, and payroll features; and create financial statements.Students begin each chapter with a set of learning objectives and company documents to be recorded. Detailed step‐by‐step recording procedures along with case problems are the principal learning activities. Additional materials and resources are available online. Prerequisite: ABTS 1200 and ABTS 1400 or ABTS 1431 Prerequisite: Successful completion of all Applied Business Technology Administrative Assistant courses and a keyboarding speed of 40 wpm ABTS 1530 Administrative Procedures (40 hours) Today's dynamic office requires that workers demonstrate the ability to communicate effectively, think critically, apply problem‐solving skills, and work effectively with other members of the office team. The rapid pace of change demands that office workers have the ability to develop new skills and understand new processes as jobs evolve. In this course, learners master essential organizational skills and develop efficient office practices in preparation for entry into the contemporary office. Prerequisite: Keyboarding speed minimum 25 wpm, ABTS 1300, ABTS 1100 242 ABTS 1540 ACCT 2280 3 Records Management ‐ Online Only (35 hours) Accounting Software Systems (3,0,0) The amount of information created and used in an office environment has increased significantly in recent years. Records, which contain all of the daily information necessary to the operation of any business, need to be managed effectively and efficiently. Today, maintaining the integrity of the records system means that all office workers need to be aware of the importance of correct creation, storage, use, retrieval, protection, control, and disposition of records. Technology continues to change the role played by today's office worker. This course provides students with the knowledge, skills, and abilities to face these challenges and new responsibilities in dealing with both manual and electronic files. Students are introduced to accounting software packages through the use of Sage 50 Premium Accounting. Topics include general journal; general ledger; accounts payable; accounts receivable; payroll; inventory; order, quotes, and deposits; currencies and remittances; project allocations; and reconciliations and Prerequisite: ABTS 1550 and ABTS 1100 deposits. Prerequisite: ACCT 1000 or ACCT 1210/1220 or ACCT 2210; ENGL 1100 ACCT 3200 3 Intermediate Financial Accounting 1 (3,0,0) ABTS 1550 Online Learner Success ‐ Online Only (15 hours) Online Learner Success (OLS) provides online learners with a working knowledge of the program called Desire 2 Learn (D2L). Assignments or activities in the course have been designed to demonstrate the use of various tools in the D2L program. Prerequisite: Admission to the Online Administrative Assistant or Legal Assistant Program Students learn to prepare the income statement, statement of retained earnings, and asset side of the statement of financial position. Topics include the Canadian reporting environment; the conceptual framework; the income statement including irregular items and comprehensive income; overview of the statement of financial position and statement of cash flows; revenue recognition; cash and receivables; inventory; long‐ term and short‐term investments; property plant and equipment including depreciation, impairment, and disposition; and intangible assets including impairment and goodwill. Instruction is based on International Financial Reporting Standards. Prerequisite: ACCT 1000 or ACCT 1210/1220 or ACCT 2210 (grade C+ or better); CMNS 1290 ACCT 1000 3 Financial Accounting (3,0,0) ACCT 3210 3 Students learn to maintain the basic financial records of a small business, including the preparation of financial statements. Topics include the accounting cycle, adjusting entries, preparation of financial statements, merchandising accounting, internal control, sales taxes, cash, temporary investments, accounts and notes receivable, inventory, capital assets, current and long‐term liabilities, introductory corporate accounting, cash flow statements, and financial statement analysis. Intermediate Financial Accounting 2 (3,0,0) Prerequisite: Admission to the Diploma in Horticulture and Management, Tourism programs, Adventure Studies programs or permission of program advisor Note: Students cannot receive credit for more than one of ACCT 1000, ACCT 1030, ACCT 1210/1220 or ACCT 2210 Building on ACCT 3200: Intermediate Financial Accounting 1, students learn to prepare the current liabilities, long‐term liabilities, and shareholders' equity sections of the statement of financial position and the cash flow statement. Topics include current liabilities and contingencies; long‐term liabilities; advanced shareholders’ equity; complex financial instruments and earnings per share; income taxes; pensions and other employee future benefits; leases; accounting changes and errors; statement of cash flows; and other measurement and disclosure issues. Instruction is based on International Financial Reporting Standards. Prerequisite: ACCT 3200 ACCT 2210 3 ACCT 3220 3 Financial Accounting (3,0,0) Income Taxation 1 (3,0,0) Students develop the skills necessary to prepare and analyze the financial statements of a public corporation. Topics include the conceptual framework; accounting standards; the accounting cycle; financial statements; internal control and bank reconciliations; short‐term investments and receivables; inventory; long‐term assets including intangibles; liabilities including bonds payable; shareholders’ equity, dividends, and share repurchases; comprehensive income and the statement of shareholders' equity; statement of cash flows; and financial statement analysis. Students examine the conceptual structure of the Income Tax Act and the application of its rules to practical situations. Topics include an introduction to federal taxation; procedures and administration; income or loss from office, employment, business, or property; capital cost allowances and cumulative eligible capital; capital gains and losses; other income and deductions; and calculation of taxable income and tax payable for individuals. Prerequisite: English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 73% (with the government exam within the last 5 years); or level 5 on the compositions section of the Language Proficiency Index (LPI), with all other categories of the LPI at a minimum of 70% (within the last 2 years); or satisfactory completion of the TRU English Assessment (ACCUPLACER) at the university entrance level; or completion of ENGL 0600 with a grade of C+ or better; or completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a grade of C+ or better. Note: Students cannot receive credit for more than one of ACCT 1000, ACCT 1030, ACCT 1210/1220 or ACCT 2210 Prerequisite: ACCT 1000 or ACCT 1210/1220 or ACCT 2210 (grade C+ or better); CMNS 1290 Note: Students cannot receive credit for more than one of ACCT 3220 and ACCT 3260 ACCT 3230 3 Income Taxation 2 (3,0,0) ACCT 2250 3 Building on on ACCT 3220: Income Taxation 1, students examine the taxation of corporations, corporate distributions, and transactions between corporations and their shareholders. Topics include an in‐depth coverage of taxable capital gains; deferred income plans; and the taxation of corporate entities, partnerships, trusts and corporate reorganizations. Management Accounting (3,0,0) Prerequisite: ACCT 3220 or ACCT 3260 Students develop the skills necessary to collect, analyze, and communicate quantitative and non‐quantitative information to assist management in making more effective planning and control decisions. Topics include the role of managerial accounting; basic cost management concepts; job, process, hybrid and activity‐based costing; cost behaviour and estimation; cost‐volume‐profit analysis; profit planning and activity‐ based budgeting; standard costing and flexible budgeting; cost management tools including the balanced scorecard, benchmarking and reengineering; and relevant decision making such as make or buy, special orders, joint products and outsourcing. Prerequisite: ACCT 1000 or ACCT 1210/1220 or ACCT 2210; ENGL 1100; MIST 2610 Note: Students cannot receive credit for more than one of ACCT 1010 or ACCT 2250 ACCT 3250 3 Intermediate Management Accounting (3,0,0) Building on ACCT 2250: Management Accounting, students further develop their ability to use quantitative and non‐quantitative information to make effective planning and control decisions. Topics include an in‐depth study of the balanced scorecard and profitability analysis; interdepartmental cost allocation; cost allocation for joint products and byproducts; revenue and customer profitability analysis; process costing including spoilage, rework and scrap; cost management and the theory of constraints; capital budgeting; and transfer pricing and multinational management control systems. Prerequisite: CMNS 1290 and ACCT 2250 (grade of C+ or better) 243 ACCT 3260 3 Taxation for Decision Making (3,0,0) awareness. This course is the prerequisite for most other introductory level ADVG courses. Prerequisite: Students must be enrolled in an Adventure Studies Department supported program. For example, Bachelor of Tourism Management Degree, Adventure Guide Diploma, Adventure Management Diploma, Adventure Sport Certificate, Canadian Mountain and Ski Guide Program, or with permission of the instructor Students analyze the fundamental framework of the Canadian Income Taxation system and its effect on business decision making and financial planning. This course adopts a decision approach to taxation and focuses on the needs of non‐accountants. Topics include an introduction to federal taxation; procedures and administration; income or loss from office, employment, business, or property; capital cost allowances and cumulative eligible capital; capital gains and losses; other income and deductions; and calculation of taxable income and tax payable for individuals. ADVG 1050 3 Prerequisite: ACCT 1000 or ACCT 1210/1220 or ACCT 2210; CMNS 1290 Guiding Leadership 1 (3,0,0) Note: Students cannot receive credit for more than one of ACCT 3220 and ACCT 3260 This course explores the role of leadership as it applies to guiding in the adventure tourism industry. Topics include philosophic approach, qualifications profile, group dynamics, communication skills, leadership styles, problem solving, and decision‐ making. ACCT 4200 3 Advanced Financial Accounting (3,0,0) Building on ACCT 3200: Intermediate Financial Accounting 1 and ACCT 3210: Intermediate Financial Accounting 2, students examine a number of complex topics and their effect on financial reporting and disclosure. Topics include the development of accounting standards; temporary and long‐term investments in debt and equity securities; business combinations including joint ventures; foreign currency transactions; translation and consolidation of international operations; accounting for not‐for‐profit organizations; and public sector reporting. Prerequisite: ACCT 3210 ACCT 4230 3 Assurance (3,0,0) Students evaluate the accuracy of an organization’s financial statements using quantitative and non‐quantitative techniques to determine if there is a reasonable assurance that the information provided is free from material error. Topics include an introduction to auditing and the public accounting profession; audit process; professional relationships and legal liability; materiality and risk; internal controls, control risk and corporate governance; audit evidence, evidence mix and audit strategy; audit sampling; and application of the audit process. Instruction is based on Generally Accepted Auditing Standards (GAAS). Prerequisite: ACCT 3210 Prerequisite: Students must be enrolled in an Adventure Studies Department supported program. For example, Bachelor of Tourism Management Degree, Adventure Guide Diploma, Adventure Management Diploma, Adventure Sport Certificate, Canadian Mountain and Ski Guide Program, or with permission of the instructor ADVG 1110 3 Emergency Situation, Search and Rescue Management (3,0,0) This course explores the guide's role in emergency situations and search and rescue management. Course content includes identifying hazards, hazard avoidance, managing hazards, emergency situation management, developing response plans, and the BC Provincial Emergency Program Search and Rescue Management Course. Prerequisite: ADVG 1010 or permission of the instructor ADVG 1190 1 Standard Interpretive Guide Course (16 hours) This is the standard interpretative guide course offered by the Mountain Parks Heritage Interpretation Association (MPHIA). It is designed for mountain professionals who guide in the mountain national parks of Eastern British Columbia or Western Alberta. Prerequisite: Students must be enrolled in an Adventure Studies Department supported program. For example, Bachelor of Tourism Management Degree, Adventure Guide Diploma, Adventure Management Diploma, Adventure Sport Certificate, Canadian Mountain and Ski Guide Program, or with permission of the instructor. ACCT 4250 3 Advanced Management Accounting (3,0,0) Building on ACCT 3250: Intermediate Management Accounting, students explore the integrative and interdisciplinary role of management accounting and its contribution to the strategic management process and the provision of quantitative and non‐ quantitative information for planning, control, and decision making. Topics include management control systems; results controls, action, personnel and cultural controls; control system tightness; control system cost; designing and evaluating management control systems; financial responsibility centers including transfer pricing; planning, and budgeting; incentive systems; financial performance measures; the myopia problem; uncontrollable factors; corporate governance; and ethical issues. ADVG 1200 2 Motorized Guiding Skills (2,0,0) This course reviews the theoretical and practical aspects of guiding skills as applied to motorized wilderness travel, and is an introduction to the organization of wilderness day trips and multi‐day trips. Course content includes theory related to clothing and equipment, navigation, environmental concerns, travel techniques, route plans, trip planning, and group management. This course is the prerequisite for most other introductory level courses in the Motorized Adventure Guide Certificate. Prerequisite: ACCT 3250 Prerequisite: Participants must be enrolled in an Adventure Studies Department supported program or have permission of the instructor ADVG 1010 3 ADVG 1206 2 The Adventure Tourism Industry (3,0,0) ATV Technical Riding 1 (30 hours) This course offers an overview of the tourism industry and the adventure tourism sector. Upon completion of this course, students have a comprehensive understanding of the origins of tourism, the industry today, land management issues, future considerations, the guide's role, career paths, literature review, terminology, and definitions. This course focuses on the development of introductory ATV riding skills, pre‐ride inspections, starting and stopping, quick turns, hill riding, emergency stopping and swerving, riding over obstacles, hazard assessment, judgment, and environmental impact reduction when riding ATVs on roads and trails. Prerequisite: Students must be enrolled in an Adventure Studies department supported program, such as a Bachelor of Tourism Management Degree, Adventure Guide Diploma, Adventure Management Diploma, Adventure Sport Certificate, Canadian Mountain and Ski Guide Program, or with permission of the instructor. Prerequisite: Participants must be enrolled in an Adventure Studies Department supported program, or with permission of the instructor ADVG 1210 2 ATV Technical Riding 2 (30 hours) ADVG 1020 3 Wilderness Travel (1,2,0) Students review the theoretical and practical aspects of wilderness travel and are introduced to the organization of wilderness trips. Course content includes theory related to clothing and equipment, navigation, environmental concerns, travel techniques, route plans and trip planning and a field trip that includes navigation, route selection, group management, pacing, minimum impact camping, and hazard 244 This course focuses on the development of intermediate ATV riding skills, advanced riding skills through water, steep hills, winching techniques, casualty evacuation, group management, riding on soft ground, and hazard assessment. Prerequisite: Participants must be enrolled in an Adventure Studies Department supported program, or with permission of the instructor ADVG 1216 2 ADVG 1302 2 Trail Crew (30 hours) Outdoor Travel Skills (30 hours) This course focuses on trail construction and maintenance, chain saw operation, and small engine maintenance. This course is an introduction to the theoretical and practical aspects of wilderness travel and is an introduction to the organization of wilderness trips. Course content includes theory related to clothing and equipment selection, basic navigation concepts, environmental issues, route plans and trip planning. This course includes a field trip to practice the organization of a successful wilderness outing including navigation, minimum impact camping and hazard awareness. Prerequisite: Participants must be enrolled in an Adventure Studies Department supported program or have permission of the instructor ADVG 1220 2 Snowmobile Technical Riding 1 and AST 1 (30 hours)(L) ADVG 1330 2 This course focuses on personal skill development and group management while on trail systems and low‐angle off‐trail conditions. Training includes Work Safe BC policy while operating a snowmobile and the Avalanche Skills Training Level (AST) 1 Course. The AST 1 utilizes an entry‐level decision‐making framework for simple avalanche terrain. The certifications attained include AST 1 and Work Safe BC Industrial Snowmobile Operator Course. Backpacking (30 hours) Prerequisite: ADVG 2030 or with permission of the instructor This course is an introduction to multi‐day wilderness travel both on and off trail. Personal and group preparation and hiking skills are foundational for a successful wilderness travel outing. Course content includes introductory equipment selection for multi‐day trips, food selection and preparation, route selection, pre‐trip planning, introductory group management, and minimum impact travel and camping best practices. This course includes a multi‐day wilderness excursion. ADVG 1226 2 ADVG 1340 2 Snowmobile Technical Riding 2 (30 hours)(L) Introduction to Paddle Sports (30 hours) This course focuses on advanced personal skill development and group management while traveling on a snowmobile in high‐angle mountain terrain. The course covers winter hazards; terrain selection, snow conditions for efficient travel on snowmobiles, snow stability evaluation, group interaction and management skills, riding technique and developing sound judgment to ensure safe and enjoyable winter travel. Prerequisite: ADVG 1220 or permission of the instructor and ADVG 2030 and ADVG 1590 This course is an introduction to the theoretical and practical aspects of paddle sports including: river kayaking, flat‐water canoeing, kayak touring and sea kayaking. Course content includes theory related to equipment selection, basic stokes and maneuvers, self and assisted rescue, paddling communication and hazard recognition and safety. This course includes a field trip to practice the organization of a successful paddling outing. ADVG 1270 3 ADVG 1350 2 Leadership and Customer Service (3,0,0) Canoe Skills (30 hours) This course reviews the theoretical and practical aspects of guiding skills as applied to motorized wilderness travel and is an introduction to the organization of wilderness trips. Topics discussed include philosophic approach, qualifications profile, roles and responsibilities, group dynamics, interpersonal communication skills, log books and journals, radios and helicopters, professionalism, and leadership styles. This course is an introduction to flatwater canoe skills and serves as a foundation upon which further canoe skills may be built. Topics include an introduction and history of the canoe, canoe parts, paddle parts, basic canoe strokes and maneuvers, basic canoe rescue, and planning for a day‐tripping canoe outing. This course follows the Paddle Canada `Canoe Basics’ or `Introductory Lake Skills’ curriculum. Prerequisite: Participants must be enrolled in an Adventure Studies Department supported program or have permission of the instructor ADVG 1360 2 Introduction to Kayak Touring (30 hours) ADVG 1276 3 Business and Marketing for Adventure Operations (3,0,0) This course focuses on business and marketing aspects of an adventure operation. Course participants will investigate corporate structures, budgeting, creating business growth, land access methods, business income and tax, and business management, along with marketing planning, promotion, advertising, and identification of preferred media strategies. Case studies specific to adventure sports will be used. Prerequisite: Participants must be enrolled in an Adventure Studies Department supported program or have permission of the instructor ADVG 1280 3 Adventure Sport Risk Management (3,0,0) This course is a survey of legal issues surrounding liability and risk management in adventure sports. Topics include the Canadian legal system, owner liability, guide liability, risk management and mitigation, insurance, legal releases, and the development of risk management plans. Prerequisite: Participants must be enrolled in an Adventure Studies Department supported program or have permission of the instructor ADVG 1286 2 The Motorized Adventure Tourism Industry (2,0,0) This course offers an overview of the fundamental skills, knowledge, and abilities to be successful in the motorized adventure tourism industry. Content includes exploration of the major industry leaders in BC and Canada, environmental impacts, and maintaining relations between motorized and other industry sectors and adventure sectors. Prerequisite: Participants must be enrolled in an Adventure Studies Department supported program or have permission of the instructor 245 This course is an introduction to the theoretical and practical aspects of lake kayak touring. Course content includes theory related to equipment selection, equipment packing, basic stokes and maneuvers, self and assisted rescue, paddling communication and hazard recognition and safety. This course includes a field trip to practice the organization of a successful paddling outing. ADVG 1362 2 Introduction to Sea Kayaking (30 hours) This course is an introduction to the theoretical and practical aspects of Sea kayaking. Course content includes theory related to kayak equipment selection, basic stokes and maneuvers, self and assisted rescue, paddling communication, hazard recognition and safety. This course includes a field trip to practice the organization of a successful sea kayaking paddling outing. ADVG 1370 2 Whitwater Kayaking Skills 1 (30 hours) This course is an introduction to the theoretical and practical aspects of whitewater kayaking. This course will take place in a pool, flat‐water and moving water environments. Course content includes theory related to equipment selection, basic stokes and maneuvers, self and assisted rescue, paddling communication and hazard recognition and safety. This course includes a field trip to practice the organization of a successful moving water paddling outing. ADVG 1372 2 Whitewater Kayaking Skills 2 (30 hours) This course builds on the theoretical and practical skills and knowledge developed in Whitewater Kayak Skills 1. This course will take place in moving water and class 2 river environments. Course content includes: selecting thermal protections, personal protective equipment and kayak equipment for the river, intermediate stokes and maneuvers, developing a whitewater roll and more advanced assisted rescue techniques, scouting and navigating basic whitewater, hazard recognition and safety. This course includes a field trip to practice the organization of a successful class 2 paddling outing. Prerequisite: ADVG 1370 ADVG 1380 2 Rock Climbing Skills 1 (30 hours) This course is an introduction to the theoretical and practical aspects of rock climbing. Course content includes theory related to equipment selection, basic movement on rock skills, introduction to knots and hitches, climbing communication and hazard recognition and safety. This course includes a field trip to practice the organization of a successful climbing outing. This course is the prerequisite for other ADVG climbing skills courses. ADVG 1400 2 Avalanche Safety Training 1 (30 hours) This course is an introduction to factors affecting snow stability and avalanche phenomena and provides an entry‐level decision making framework for travelers in a mountain winter environment. This includes an introduction to the Avalanche Terrain Exposure Scale, use of the Avaluator as a decision making tool, and practice with rescue equipment in a companion rescue scenario. This course is the prerequisite for ADVG 1410 Ski Touring Skills 1. ADVG 1410 2 ADVG 1570 2 Rock Climbing 1 (70 hours) This is a personal skill development course designed to build a foundation in rock climbing industry standard systems. Areas that are emphasized include hazard management, related communication and movement skills, rope and equipment handling, knots and systems, clean (natural) and fixed protection use, belay systems and anchors, and leading strategies. Students can expect to lead climb on a bolted or gear route by the end of the course. Upon completion of the course the student may be recommended for the A.C.M.G. Climbing gym instructors program. Prerequisite: ADVG 1020 ADVG 1580 2 Mountaineering 1 (70 hours) This is a mountaineering skill development course which includes mountaineering equipment, mountain safety, belays, anchors, mountaineering techniques, and crevasse rescue. Prerequisite: ADVG 1020 ADVG 1590 2 Avalanche Safety for Ski Operations Level 1 (70 hours) This is the Canadian Avalanche Association Level 1 course which includes avalanche phenomena, terrain analysis, the mountain snowpack, stability and hazard evaluation, data collection, and avalanche rescue. Prerequisite: ADVG 1020 and ADVG 1560 or permission of the instructor Ski Touring Skills 1 (30 hours) This course is an introduction to ski touring and serves as a foundation upon which further ski touring skills may be built. Topics include ski touring equipment selection, clothing and thermo‐regulation in a winter environment, basic terrain recognition, an introduction to group management, and basic snow shelter concepts, as well as an application of concepts and skills delivered in the ADVG 1400 Avalanche Safety Training course. This course includes a field trip to practice the organization of a successful winter ski touring outing. ADVG 1600 2 SRT 3: Swiftwater Rescue Technician (60 hours) Students develop a comprehensive understanding of river rescue instruction as it pertains to canoes, kayaks, and rafts, hypothermia, and drowning. Students are able to perform rescues in moving water, create improvised rescue and rope system rescues, and participate in numerous rescue simulations. Prerequisite: ADVG 1530 ADVG 1510 2 Flatwater Canoe Instructor (60 hours) This is the CRCA (Canadian Recreational Canoeing Association) Flatwater Instructor certification, and it prepares students for the Moving Water Instructor and Trip Leader courses. The Flatwater Instructor course is to provide a national certification of competence in the instruction and administration of the CRCA flatwater level courses. Prerequisite: ADVG 1020 ADVG 1900 2 Expedition 1 (70 hours) Students participate in a self‐directed expedition planned in conjunction with program instructors, focusing on areas where skill development is desired. This trip may be international in nature. Prerequisite: Entry to the Adventure Guide Diploma and ADVG 1020 ADVG 1530 2 Kayak 1 (60 hours) ADVG 2000 2 This is a flatwater and river kayaking skills course in which students explore kayak construction, equipment, rolls, strokes, and rescues. Adventure Guide Practicum (1,0,8P) Prerequisite: ADVG 1020 ADVG 1550 2 Skiing 1 (60 hours) This course is an introduction to downhill ski techniques and equipment. Students participate on telemark and alpine equipment. The purpose is to develop strong downhill skiing techniques in order to reach a maximum efficiency level on variable snow conditions and to progress towards instructor level abilities. CANSI & CSIA teaching progression and techniques are utilized. The practicum course provides hands‐on experience to enhance the student's academic studies. This is a work experience course that enables students to link theory and practice and consists of a work project undertaken for or in collaboration with a motorized guiding outfit. Prerequisite: Participants must be enrolled in an Adventure Studies Department supported program or have permission of the instructor. Students who wish to undertake a practicum must first find an organization that is willing to supervise the work. Practicum applications must be received by the Adventure Studies Department at least one month before the practicum placement. ADVG 2010 3 Prerequisite: ADVG 1020 The Natural Environment (3,0,0) ADVG 1560 2 This course studies the natural resource base upon which the adventure tourism industry depends; these include geographic features, mountain geomorphology, geology, fluviology, meteorology, ecology, flora and fauna species identification, nature interpretation and current environmental concerns. Ski Tour 1 (70 hours) Students are introduced to backcountry ski touring on mountaineering or Nordic equipment. Course content includes backcountry ski equipment, accessory equipment, skiing back‐country terrain, route finding, hazard evaluation, and winter camping skills. Prerequisite: ADVG 1020 and one of ADVG 1550 or ADVG 2450 or ADVG 2550 246 Prerequisite: Students must be enrolled in an Adventure Studies Department supported program. For example, Bachelor of Tourism Management Degree, Adventure Guide Diploma, Adventure Management Diploma, Adventure Sport Certificate, Canadian Mountain and Ski Guide Program, or with permission of the instructor. ADVG 2030 3 Advanced Wilderness First Aid (80 hours) This is an advanced wilderness emergency response course that provides detailed instruction in wilderness emergency response and pre‐hospital care. Course content includes situation assessment, anatomy, physiology, airway management, respiratory emergencies, cardiac arrest, circulation emergencies, burns, eyes, ears, nose, and throat. Prerequisite: Students must be enrolled in an Adventure Studies Department supported program. For example, Bachelor of Tourism Management Degree, Adventure Guide Diploma, Adventure Management Diploma, Adventure Sport Certificate, Canadian Mountain and Ski Guide Program, or with permission of the instructor. in outdoor education planning and design to outdoor education leaders, teachers and guides. Course content includes: outdoor and adventure education philosophy, foundations of outdoor education, planning and design of outdoor education experiences, route selection, terrain guidelines, curriculum development, and contemporary philosophical issues. Prerequisite: Students must be enrolled in an Adventure Studies Department supported program. For example, Bachelor of Tourism Management Degree, Adventure Guide Diploma, Adventure Management Diploma, Adventure Sport Certificate, Canadian Mountain and Ski Guide Program, or with permission of the instructor. ADVG 2170 3 Outdoor Education Pedagogy (3,0,0) An in‐depth study of adventure tourism as a business. The aspects of corporate structures, administration, budgeting, marketing, creating business growth, land access methods, business income and tac, issues and trends, business plans, and business management will be studied. The delivery of outdoor education is dependant upon a thorough understanding of the principles and methods of instruction. This course is intended to provide a background in outdoor education instructional delivery to outdoor education leaders, teachers and guides. Course content includes: outdoor education delivery methodology, instructional techniques for outdoor education activities, group management, decision making, risk management, outdoor education versus adventure education, achieving educational objectives through outdoor activities, and evaluation techniques. Prerequisite: Students must be enrolled in an Adventure Studies Department supported program. For example, Bachelor of Tourism Management Degree, Adventure Guide Diploma, Adventure Management Diploma, Adventure Sport Certificate, Canadian Mountain and Ski Guide Program, or with permission of the instructor. Prerequisite: Students must be enrolled in an Adventure Studies Department supported program. For example, Bachelor of Tourism Management Degree, Adventure Guide Diploma, Adventure Management Diploma, Adventure Sport Certificate, Canadian Mountain and Ski Guide Program, or with permission of the instructor. ADVG 2060 3 ADVG 2180 3 Legal Liability and Risk Management (3,0,0) Outdoor Education and the Law (3,0,0) An in‐depth look at the legal issues surrounding liability and risk management in adventure tourism. Includes the Canadian legal system, owner liability, guide liability, risk management and mitigation, insurance, legal releases and the development of risk management plans. Outdoor education blends the various legal requirements of numerous disciplines such as teaching, guiding, interpretation, and adventure sports. This course is intended to provide a background in the legal and risk management elements of these disciplines. Course content includes: impacts of the legal system on outdoor education, contemporary legal issues in outdoor education, public and parental perception and understanding, the law and custodial care groups, standards of care in outdoor education, accident review process, and land access issues. ADVG 2040 3 The Business of Adventure Tourism (3,0,0) Prerequisite: Students must be enrolled in an Adventure Studies Department supported program. For example, Bachelor of Tourism Management Degree, Adventure Guide Diploma, Adventure Management Diploma, Adventure Sport Certificate, Canadian Mountain and Ski Guide Program, or with permission of the instructor. ADVG 2070 2 Prerequisite: Students must be enrolled in an Adventure Studies Department supported program. For example, Bachelor of Tourism Management Degree, Adventure Guide Diploma, Adventure Management Diploma, Adventure Sport Certificate, Canadian Mountain and Ski Guide Program, or with permission of the instructor. Ocean Surfing 1 (50 hours) This is a five day ocean surfing development course intended to introduce ocean surfing skills, techniques and instruction in moderate ocean swell conditions. Prerequisite: ADVG 2460 and ADVG 1600 or the instructor's permission ADVG 2080 2 Canadian Association of Snowboarding Instructors (CASI) Snowboard Instructor Level 1 (40 hours) This is an entry‐level program designed to introduce prospective snowboard instructors to the basic teaching and riding skills used at the beginner and novice levels of riding. Prerequisite: Students must be able to demonstrate comfortable and safe riding skills on intermediate terrain ADVG 2140 3 International Adventure Tourism Business (3,0,0) Conducting adventure business operations in the international environment brings complexities not found in a Canadian‐only context. This course is intended to provide a background for operating trips and businesses in foreign countries. Course content includes a philosophy of international operations, product development and marketability, new product locations, managing, logistics, legal issues, environmental scans, assessing political and country risk, and joint venture operations. Prerequisite: Students must be enrolled in an Adventure Studies Department supported program. For example, Bachelor of Tourism Management Degree, Adventure Guide Diploma, Adventure Management Diploma, Adventure Sport Certificate, Canadian Mountain and Ski Guide Program, or with permission of the instructor ADVG 2160 3 Outdoor Education Planning and Design (3,0,0) The planning and design of outdoor education experiences is dependent upon a thorough understanding of outdoor education philosophy, appropriate curriculum development and instructional delivery. This course is intended to provide a background 247 ADVG 2200 1 Climbing Gym Instructor Level 1 (30 hours) This is an Association of Canadian Mountain Guides certification course. A Climbing Gym Instructor Level 1 can instruct sport climbing based top roping, and basic training and movement skills on climbing structures. The certification does not cover the skills required to instruct protection placement, anchor threads, rappelling, hazard management or other techniques required to safely climb outdoors. Prerequisite: Students must be enrolled in an Adventure Studies Department supported program. For example, Bachelor of Tourism Management Degree, Adventure Guide Diploma, Adventure Management Diploma, Adventure Sport Certificate, Canadian Mountain and Ski Guide Program, or with permission of the instructor, and current Standard First Aid certification (16 hrs). ADVG 2210 1 Climbing Gym Instructor Level 2 (30 hours) This is an Association of Canadian Mountain Guides certification course. A Climbing Gym Instructor Level 2 can instruct sport climbing based leading and intermediate movement courses on climbing structures. The certification does not cover the skills required to instruct protection placement, anchor threads, rappelling, hazard management or other techniques required to safely climb outdoors. Prerequisite: ADVG 2200 ADVG 2220 1 Climbing Gym Instructor Level 3 (30 hours) This is an Association of Canadian Mountain Guides certification course. A Climbing Gym Instructor Level 3 can instruct sport climbing based leading and advanced movement courses on climbing structures. In addition, the Level 3 Instructor develops instructional courses and supervises larger climbing programs and instructional staff. The certification does not cover the skills required to instruct protection placement, anchor threads, rappelling, hazard management or other techniques required to safely climb outdoors. Prerequisite: ADVG 2210 ADVG 2230 2 Guide Training Skiing ‐ Mechanized (70 hours) wilderness operations. Course content includes navigation, route plans, group management, helicopter use, camping, interpretation, client and hazard management. Assistant hiking guides work with supervision from a hiking, alpine or mountain guide. This is the first of two training courses that prepare candidates for the Assistant Ski Guide exam. The course focuses on many of the technical skills required to safely lead ski groups in backcountry mechanized ski operations. Topics covered may include operational decision‐making, downhill guiding, record keeping, rope systems (crevasse rescues, cliff rescue), transceiver searches, and snow observation skills. The course includes skills screening, in particular in the area of ski technique. Prerequisite: ADVG 2030 (Canadian Mountain and Ski Guide Diploma); ADVG 1020 and ADVG 2030 (all other programs) Prerequisite: ADVG 2030 and ADVG 1590 Hiking Guide (60 hours) ADVG 2240 2 This certification course evaluates candidates according to standards established by the Association of Canadian Mountain Guides. This course is intended for guides who lead clients on day‐hikes and multi‐day backpacking trips, in all types of hiking terrain, and without supervision. Candidates are expected to demonstrate advanced skills in route finding, advanced navigation, hazard management, camp management, trip planning leadership, environmental ethics, and client care in a multi‐day scenario. Top Rope Climbing Instructor (50 hours) This is a Top Rope Climbing Instructor certification course for those who conduct top rope rock climbing and rappelling programs on simple and easily accessed outdoor terrain. The certification does not include multi‐pitch rock climbing or the placement of protection for anchoring or leading. Prerequisite: ADVG 2200 or permission of the Program Coordinator ADVG 2440 2 Prerequisite: ADVG 2430 ADVG 2450 2 Alpine Ski Instructor 1 (60 hours) ADVG 2260 2 Ocean Surf 2 (30 hours) Students focus on the development of intermediate surf skills, including advanced paddling skills, enhanced wave judgment, proper positioning in the line up, and intermediate wave riding techniques. Additionally, students develop a deeper understanding about the effects wind, weather and swell have on surf conditions. Prerequisite: ADVG 2640 and ADVG 2070 ADVG 2270 3 Ocean Surf 3: Surf Instructor (45 hours) Students focus on developing their intermediate surfing skills, surf rescue, and the required surf instructional skills leading to Life Saving British Columbia's Bronze Cross and instructor qualifications, recognized by Parks Canada. Prerequisite: ADVG 2260 ADVG 2280 2 Alpine Ski Instructor Level 3 (60 hours) This course is the Level 3 Ski Instructor Certification of the Canadian Ski Instructors' Alliance. This course provides training in alpine ski instruction and will provide opportunities for professional ski improvement. Prerequisite: ADVG 2330 This course represents the first level of instruction for Canadian alpine ski instructors. This CSIA (Canadian Ski Instructor Alliance) Level 1 course offers certification to those candidates who are successful in achieving the required performance standard. Students are provided professional training in alpine ski instruction, in addition to having an opportunity for personal ski improvement. Prerequisite: Students must be enrolled in an Adventure Studies Department supported program. For example, Bachelor of Tourism Management Degree, Adventure Guide Diploma, Adventure Management Diploma, Adventure Sport Certificate, Canadian Mountain and Ski Guide Program, or with permission of the instructor. ADVG 2460 2 Swiftwater Rope Rescue (60 hours) Students gain a comprehensive understanding of rope systems as applied to the moving water environment. The course is structured parallel to the Provincial Emergency Program Rope Rescue Team Member course, however, it is intended for participants from paddling backgrounds, and is required prior to entry into the Swiftwater Rescue Instructor course. Students become proficient at rope handling skills and principles and communication on the river. Students set up rescue anchors, belays for multi‐person loads, lowering and raising systems, patient and stretcher ties and attachments, recovering vessels, and highline systems and telfers. Students alos participate in numerous rescue simulations. Prerequisite: ADVG 1570, ADVG 2730, ADVG 1110 and ADVG 2030 ADVG 2470 2 Freestyle Kayaking (50 hours) ADVG 2290 2 Snowboard Instructor Level 2 (60 hours) This course is the Level 2 Snowboard Instructor Certification of the Canadian Association of Snowboard Instructors. This course provides professional training in snowboard instruction and will provide opportunity for professional snowboarding improvement. Prerequisite: Canadian Association of Snowboard Instructors (CASI) Level 1 Students develop whitewater kayak playboating skills and practice the latest freestyle maneuvers and techniques developed in paddle sports. Prerequisite: ADVG 2490 and ADVG 1600 or the instructor's permission ADVG 2490 2 Kayak 2 (60 hours) ADVG 2330 2 This white water skill development course is intended to prepare students for the Level 1 Flatwater instructor course through Canoe Kayak British Columbia. Alpine Ski Instructor 2 (60 hours) Prerequisite: ADVG 1530 or instructor's permission The Level 2 Ski Instructor certification represents the second step for Canadian alpine ski instructors. It is continued on from the CSIA Level 1 course, but deals more in depth into modern teaching methods of outdoor sport, more in depth knowledge of ski technique, discussions on customer service, as well as teaching the growing population of seniors. This CSIA Level 2 course will provide certification to those candidates who are successful in achieving the required performance standard. This course provides professional training in alpine ski instruction, and ski technique. Prerequisite: ADVG 2450 ADVG 2510 2 Moving Water Canoe Instructor (60 hours) Students are taught advanced moving water canoeing skills, required for the Canadian Recreational Canoe Association Moving Water Instructor Certificate. Course content includes river hydraulics, advanced strokes, and advanced paddling. Prerequisite: ADVG 1510 ADVG 2430 3 Assistant Hiking Guide (80 hours) This certification course evaluates candidates according to standards established by the Association of Canadian Mountain Guides. This course is intended for guides who lead clients on day‐hikes and multi‐day backpacking trips, on established trails and off‐trail in 248 ADVG 2520 2 Canoe Trip Leader (60 hours) Canoe tripping skills leading to the Canadian Recreational Canoe Association Trip Leader Certificate. Canoe tripping, trip planning, trip experience. Prerequisite: ADVG 2510 ADVG 2620 2 ADVG 2530 2 Rope Rescue (60 hours) Kayak 3 (60 hours) This is the B.C. Provincial Emergency Program Team Member course. Course content includes rope rescue systems, belays, lowers, raises, knot passing, rescue environments, and rescue simulations. Upon completion of this course, students have developed advanced whitewater kayaking and leadership skills. Students participate in the Level 1 Flatwater Kayak Instructor Certification course through Canoe Kayak British Columbia, leading to the Assistant River Kayak. Prerequisite: ADVG 2490 ADVG 2540 2 Senior River Kayak Instructor (60 hours) Prerequisite: ADVG 2590 or ADVG 2800 ADVG 2630 2 Rope Rescue Team Leader (60 hours) This is the B.C. Provincial Emergency Program Rope Rescue Team Leader course. Course content includes advanced rope rescue techniques and rope rescue team leadership. Students gain in‐depth whitewater kayaking instructional skills. Students participate in the Level 2 and/or Level 3 Whitewater Kayak Instructor and Leader Certification Course through Canoe Kayak British Columbia. Prerequisite: ADVG 2620 Prerequisite: ADVG 1600 and ADVG 2530 ADVG 2640 2 Sea Kayaking 1 (60 hours) ADVG 2550 2 Telemark Ski Instructor Level 1 (60 hours) This course offers instruction in nordic skiing, and leads to the CANSI Telemark Instructor Level 1 Certificate. Course content includes advanced Nordic downhill techniques and teaching skills. Prerequisite: Students must be enrolled in an Adventure Studies Department supported program. For example, Bachelor of Tourism Management Degree, Adventure Guide Diploma, Adventure Management Diploma, Adventure Sport Certificate, Canadian Mountain and Ski Guide Program, or with permission of the instructor. ADVG 2570 2 Ski Tour 2 (70 hours) Upon completion of this course, students gain an understanding of sea kayaking techniques and the ocean environment, tides, ocean flora and fauna, sea kayak equipment, and ocean safety. Students perform rescues, navigate in a variety of ocean environments, and execute various guiding techniques. Prerequisite: ADVG 1020 and ADVG 1530 ADVG 2650 2 Sea Kayaking 2 (60 hours) Upon completion of this course, students perform advanced sea kayaking instruction, understand guiding leadership and leadership criteria, talk knowledgeably about ocean safety, execute complicated ocean rescues, and are able to plan an extended overnight trip. Students participate in the Association of Sea Kayak Guides Assistant Guide Exam. Prerequisite: ADVG 2640 Students are instructed in advanced backcountry skiing, route finding, evacuations, ski tour guiding, and methods for teaching backcountry skiing. Prerequisites: ADVG 2030, ADVG 1560, and ADVG 1590 ADVG 2660 2 River Rafting 1 (60 hours) ADVG 2580 2 Guide Training Skiing ‐ Touring (70 hours) Continuing from ADVG 2230: Guide Training Skiing ‐ Mechanized, this is the second of two training courses that prepare guide candidates for the Assistant Ski Guide Exam. This course introduces professional standards common to ski tour guiding including information gathering and hazard management; guiding and professionalism; trip planning and use of options; terrain use; uphill and downhill guiding techniques; client care; overnight travel; glacier travel techniques; and small and large group management. Participants are screened in advanced backcountry ski techniques. Prerequisite: ADVG 2230 ADVG 2590 3 Guide Training ‐ Rock (80 hours) This is the first course in the Rock Guide program and the recommended entry point for students intending to complete the Mountain Guide Certificate or Diploma. Course content includes a variety of technical guide applications common to rock, ski or alpine guiding, such as professionalism and guiding; equipment common to guides; preparation and planning a trip; climbing systems for guiding; descent systems; and improvised rescue systems. Prerequisite: ADVG 2030 (Canadian Mountain and Ski Guide Diploma); ADVG 1570, ADVG 1580, ADVG 2030 (all other programs) Upon completion of this course, students are able to safely operate paddle and oar‐ powered river rafts in Class 2 and 3 rapids. The skills and knowledge of legislated standards required for commerical guides in British Columbia are acquired during the course. Students become proficient in all three types of craft (paddle, oar and motor), allowing students to gain an overall perspective of the raft guiding industry. Prerequisite: ADVG 1600 and ADVG 1530 ADVG 2690 2 Elective Activity (60 hours) As approved by the Adventure Travel Guide Diploma Coordinator, students may receive credit for participation in additional adventure activity courses not taught within the Adventure Guide Diploma. Courses must be recognized training programs to receive consideration. Prerequisite: Permission of the Department Chair ADVG 2700 2 Open Water Diver (60 hours) This is the entry level NASDS (National Association of Scuba Diving) Open Water Scuba Diving certification program. Enables the participant to go sport diving anywhere in the world. Prerequisite: ADVG 1020 or equivalent ADVG 2610 3 Apprentice Rock Guide (80 hours) ADVG 2710 2 This certification course evaluates candidates according to standards established by the Association of Canadian Mountain Guides. This course involves evaluating and coaching guiding techniques, while simulating a guide‐client relationship on long, multi‐pitch rock routes and sport‐climbs, and requires a high level of rock climbing proficiency. Students also demonstrate field and classroom teaching techniques. This is the required course to work as an apprentice guide in rock terrain. Advanced/Master Diver (60 hours) Prerequisite: ADVG 2590 249 This course includes the NASDS (National Association of Scuba Diving Schools) Advanced Open Water and Master Dive certifications. Course content includes search and recovery, underwater navigation, night diving, deep diving, and five specialty dive modules. Prerequisite: ADVG 2700 ADVG 2720 2 Dive Supervisor (60 hours) This course is the first of the NASDS (National Association of Scuba Diving Schools) professional diver programs. Upon completion of this course participants are qualified to organize dive outings for groups and conduct dive tours. Prerequisite: ADVG 2710 This is an introduction to multi‐pitch gear climbing. It is designed to introduce competent rock climbers to industry‐standard multi‐pitch climbing and descending systems. Students participate in a non‐threatening learning environment, flexible enough to meet the needs of a variety of individuals, and structured to provide a progression of skills and concepts that build on each other in a logical sequence. Upon completion of the course students may be recommended to enroll in the ACMG's Top Rope Instructor certification course. Prerequisite: ADVG 1570 and intermediate rock climbing ability ADVG 2730 2 Swiftwater Rescue Technician 4: Swiftwater Rescue Specialist (60 hours) This is the Swiftwater Rescue Technician 2 course which includes low and high angle rope applications; night SAR operations in river canyons; use of advanced techniques such as live bait rescues in steep creeks; and use of advanced equipment (including helicopters and self‐bailing rafts). Prerequisite: ADVG 1600 ADVG 2750 2 ADVG 2810 2 Mountaineering 2 (70 hours) This is a skill development course in alpine climbing techniques. Students travel in simple to moderate alpine terrain, conducting peaks ascents of semi‐technical and technical routes. This course involves multi‐pitch climbing on rock, snow, ice, and mixed terrain. Prerequisite: ADVG 1570 and intermediate rock climbing ability (comfortable in multi‐ pitch scenarios) and ADVG 1580 and intermediate mountaineering experience (minimum 5 alpine days after ADVG 1580) River Rafting 2 (60 hours) Students are provided the required river rafting instruction, leading up to the River Rafting Guide Examination. Course content includes rafting equipment, maintenance, paddle rafts, oar rafts, case studies, raft management, and guest management. Prerequisite: ADVG 2660 ADVG 2760 2 Ice Climbing (60 hours) This course includes ice climbing techniques for both waterfall ice and mountaineering. Topics include systems for leading, anchors, and steep ice techniques. Prerequisite: ADVG 1570 or instructor's permission ADVG 2770 2 Adventure Sports Photography (60 hours) This course is intended as a digital photography course for guides, with an emphasis on photo composition and the application of photography to the context of guiding businesses. There is an increased demand for the use of quality photography within company brochures, magazine articles, trade shows and self‐promotion within the adventure tourism industry. It is imperative that guides are able to understand what makes a quality photograph, how to take quality photographs, how to repair personal and guest equipment in the field, and how to use photographs for promotion purposes. Prerequisite: Students must be enrolled in an Adventure Studies Department supported program. For example, Bachelor of Tourism Management Degree, Adventure Guide Diploma, Adventure Management Diploma, Adventure Sport Certificate, Canadian Mountain and Ski Guide Program, or with permission of the instructor. ADVG 2780 2 Sea Kayak 3 (30 hours) This course is the level 2 Sea Kayak Guides Alliance of B.C. certification course. This certification allows students to lead day trips in class 1 and 2 waters and assist in class 1, 2, and 3 waters. Students will become proficient in advanced strokes, control in moving water, surf landings and launches, group and risk management, advanced rescue techniques, weather predictions, judgment, and trip preparation for multi‐day wilderness trips. Prerequisite: ADVG 2650 ADVG 2820 3 Apprentice Ski Guide (80 hours) This certification course evaluates candidates according to standards established by the Association of Canadian Mountain Guides. The course involves evaluating and coaching guiding techniques, while simulating a guide‐client relationship and managing winter and avalanche hazards, as well as route selection, information gathering, decision making, and uphill and downhill tracksetting. The course demands a high level of proficiency in backcountry skiing or snowboarding in mountainous and glaciated terrain. This course is an apprentice guide standard recognized by HeliCat Canada and the Backcountry Lodges of British Columbia Association. Prerequisite: ADVG 2230 and ADVG 2580 ADVG 2830 3 International Expedition Planning and Leadership (3,0,0) This course is concerned with the planning and leadership of international adventure expeditions. Aspects of expedition planning include identification and research of international expeditions; planning timelines and implementation schedules; permit acquisition; sponsorship; socio‐political considerations; leadership; training; legal implications; food and equipment acquisitions; cargo shipping; and local ground handling. Students also explore cultural considerations surrounding guiding and leading expeditions in an international setting. Topics include examining the impact of international expeditions on culture, minimizing the cultural impact of international expeditions, cultural considerations of foreign guiding, and stewardship and global citizenship. Prerequisite: ADVG 1050 or equivalent ADVG 2840 2 Coastal Sail Cruising 1 (60 hours) This course is an introduction to coastal sail cruising. Students explore interrelation of cruising with other aspects of coastal adventure tourism. The course is taught in accordance with the Canadian Yachting Association Basic Cruising Standard and is concerned with developing competent coastal sailing skills. Prerequisite: ADVG 1020 or equivalent ADVG 2850 3 Instructional Skills Workshop (0,3,0) ADVG 2790 2 Ski Tour 3 (70 hours) The Instructional Skills Workshop (ISW) is a laboratory approach to the improvement of the teaching and learning process. Participants review basic ideas about teaching, check current practices, and within the safe environment of the workshop, try new strategies and techniques. This course is an advanced ski tour guiding course on nordic or randonée equipment, for students who do not meet the prerequisite requirements for the Guide Training for Skiers courses. Course content includes guiding ski tours; terrain assessment; snow stability assessment; route finding; track‐setting; decision making; and hazard management. Prerequiste: ADVG 1050 Prerequisite: ADVG 2570 and ADVG 2810 or ADVG 2600 ADVG 2860 3 Ski Guide (80 hours) ADVG 2800 2 Rock Climbing 2 (70 hours) 250 This certification course evaluates candidates according to standards established by the Association of Canadian Mountain Guides. Candidates demonstrate the ability to gather information, choose appropriate terrain, and manage hazards in remote, glaciated mountain terrain. Topics also include client care, group management, and conduct of guides meetings. A high level of proficiency in backcountry skiing or snowboarding is required. This course is the 'lead guide' standard recognized by HeliCat Canada and the Backcountry Lodges of British Columbia Association. Prerequisite: ADVG 2820, ADVG 2910, and ADVG 2960 ADVG 2870 3 Rock Guide (80 hours) This course offers practical exposure to the planning and participation in a selection of adventure sports. Students are introduced to adventure sports by participating in activities such as whitewater kayaking, rock and ice climbing, sea kayaking and skiing; activities may change from year to year. Additional topics are discussed, such as trip preparation, and safety and leadership styles. While most of the group and technical equipment are provided, students are required to provide their own clothing and equipment, and participate in at least one weekend field trip and a number of evening instructional sessions. This course acts as a prerequisite to upper‐level ADVG courses for students who may not have completed lower‐level activity courses. Prerequisite: 2nd year standing in a TRU academic program and permission of the instructor This certification course evaluates candidates to standards established by the Association of Canadian Mountain Guides. Candidates demonstrate a high level of rock climbing proficiency and applied guide techniques on long multi‐pitch routes and sport‐ climbs. Additional topics include advanced, improvised, rescue techniques in high angle settings. This certification is the 'lead' guide standard for rock climbing operations. ADVG 3130 3 Prerequisite: ADVG 2610 Adventure Operations (3,0,0) ADVG 2880 3 Apprentice Alpine Guide (100 hours) This certification course evaluates candidates to standards established by the Association of Canadian Mountain Guides. Candidates are assessed in alpine guiding techniques in a wide variety of mountain terrain and conditions, including client management on rock, snow and ice; advanced navigation; glacier travel; risk management; decision‐making; and use of options. A high level of fitness is required. This course is the standard for working as an apprentice guide in mountaineering and climbing operations. Prerequisite: ADVG 2310 and ADVG 2600 ADVG 2890 3 Alpine Guide (100 hours) This certification course evaluates candidates according to standards established by the Association of Canadian Mountain Guides. Candidates demonstrate a high level of proficiency climbing on alpine rock, ice, snow and glaciers, as well as the ability to manage clients and hazards in a wide variety of alpine terrain. This certification is the 'lead' guide standard for mountaineering and climbing operations. Prerequisite: ADVG 2880 and ADVG 2910 ADVG 2900 2 Expedition 2 (60 hours) Students engage in a self‐directed, 3‐4 week expedition which must be a significant achievement, and may be international in nature. Prerequisite: Admission to the Adventure Guide Diploma and at least 50 program credits completed This course is an introduction to the planning of adventure activities and the operation of various types of adventure programs. Students gain practical knowledge by developing and planning an adventure activity, and discussing the principles of implementation. The course provides an overview of the day‐to‐day tasks, roles and responsibilities of operating adventure programs, and explores trends and issues that affect the management of adventure operations. Prerequisite: ADVG 3110 or equivalent ADVG 3200 3 Adventure Sport and Tourism (3,0,0) Adventure sport and adventure tourism are terms used to describe a wide variety of activities ‐ from bungee jumps to commercial ski trips to the South Pole. This course provides a survey of the adventure sport and adventure tourism industry; its philosophical foundations; adventure in contemporary society; the interrelationship of adventure in leisure, recreation, tourism, and extreme sports; and career paths. Prerequisite: 3rd year standing ADVG 4010 3 Business Applications for Eco and Adventure Tourism Management (3,0,0) This course is the study of applied business concepts and practices pertaining to the management and marketing of eco and adventure tourism operations. The course examines tourism strategic management, business start‐up considerations, product positioning, tourism opportunity studies, tourism consulting, innovative pricing methods, and product development. Prerequisite: 3rd year standing and ADVG 3130 or instructor's permission ADVG 4020 3 Legal Liability and Risk Management for Eco and Adventure Businesses (3,0,0) ADVG 2930 2 Rock Climbing 3 (70 hours) This is a preparation course for The Association of Canadian Mountain Guides ‐ Guide Training Rock course. It is designed to introduce advanced rock climbers to professional guiding skills. Students are coached and instructed in order to attain entry‐level guiding, standard rope management, technical systems, movement, and high angle rope rescue skills. Students receive feedback upon completion of the course as to their competency to proceed to the ADMG Guide Training Rock course. Prerequisite: ADVG 2800 and advanced rock climbing ability ADVG 2940 2 Mountaineering 3 (70 hours) This is a pre‐course, to prepare candidates for entry in the Association of Canadian Mountain Guides ‐ Guide Training Alpine course, designed to teach professional guiding skills to competent climbers and mountaineers. The course is meant to be taught in a non‐threatening learning environment, flexible enough to meet the needs of a variety of individuals, and structured to provide a progression of skills and concepts that build on each other in a logical sequence. Prerequisite: ADVG 2930 with advanced climbing ability and ADVG 2810 with intermediate mountaineering experience (minimum of 5 days of alpine climbing after ADVG 2810) ADVG 3110 3 Adventure Activities (1,0,4) 251 This course is the study of risk management and law pertinent to the management and delivery of adventure tourism operations. The course examines legal liability concepts, waivers, case law, risk management practices, insurance and post‐incident strategies. Prerequisite: 3rd year standing and ADVG 2060 or TMGT 2250 or BLAW 2910 or instructor's permission ADVG 4030 3 Contemporary Perspectives in the Eco and Adventure Industry (3,0,0) This course is the study of contemporary issues pertaining to the management of eco and adventure tourism. Although topics may vary depending upon current issues and trends, it is expected that the course will examine the effect of socio‐political changes to tourism, the commodification of eco tourism, advnture racing, sexual exploitation in tourism, and the philosophical implications of serch and rescue and technology to the eco and adventure experience. Prerequisite: ADVG 3130 (or equivalent) or instructor's permission ADVG 4040 3 Programming Experiential Activities (3,0,0) This course is the study of the design, development, and implementation of experiences to clients of eco and adventure tourism. This course examines the programming process, eco and adventure experience sequencing, corporate team building, program customization, and risk perceptions. Prerequisite: ADVG 3130 (or equivalent) or instructor's permission ADVG 4050 3 ADVG 4120 6 International Adventure Tourism Business (3,0,0) Adventure Field School ‐ Canada (90 hours) This course is intended to provide an overview of international adventure tourism business development and management. Topics will include development theory, globalization, factors that affect international business development, colonialism and foreign aid, international tourism finance, global trade in services, the affect of women's rights on production and development, and numerous case studies. This is a six‐credit, 4‐6 week field school to study adventure development, policy, planning and operations in a Canadian setting. Students use this field experience as a basis for the application of theoretical principles learned in the classroom to practical field work. The development and operation of adventure and nature‐based tourism requires extensive first‐hand experience in an area. This course facilitates students' travel to a region within Canada in order to study adventure and nature‐based tourism product and business opportunities, and community development. Prerequisite: ADVG 3130 (or equivalent) or instructor's permission Prerequisites: 3rd year standing ADVG 4070 3 Directed Studies in Adventure (0,3,0) This course is designed to allow students the opportunity to investigate a specific field or topic in Nature‐based or Adventure Tourism. Consultation with, and permission of, a Bachelor of Tourism Management faculty member and the Associate Dean is required. This means that the course is self‐directed but the student must consult with and meet the requirements of a faculty member for the project. Prerequisite: Students must have completed at least fifteen 4000‐level ADVG credits before applying for this course. Adventure Studies Department Chair and Dean permission required. ADVG 4130 3 Adventure Field School ‐ Canada (45 hours) This is a three‐credit, 2‐3 week field school to study adventure development, policy, planning, and operations in a Canadian setting. Students use this field experience as a basis for the application of theoretical principles learned in the classroom to practical field work. The development and operation of adventure and nature‐based tourism requires extensive first‐hand experience in an area. This course facilitates students' travel to a region within Canada in order to study adventure and nature‐based tourism product and business opportunities, and community development. Prerequisite: 3rd year standing ADVG 4080 3 Graduating Seminar (0,3,0) This course teaches research methodology by involving students in a project of their choice. The course is in seminar format and each student designs and completes a project within the semester. Selected readings provide the foundation for student contribution to class discussion, and to the development of their project. Prerequisite: 4th year standing or instructor's permission ADVG 4140 3 Community Capacity Building (3,0,0) Students explore the socio‐economic notion of nature‐based activities and toursim as a mechanism for community development. While identifying and exploring possible community recreation and tourism opportunities, students analyze the benefits, costs (monetary and social), and facilitative models for ensuring community capacity building, towards sustainability and project buy‐in. Prerequisites: 3rd year standing ADVG 4090 3 Nature and Community Based Development (3,0,0) ADVG 4160 3 Students explore community‐based adventure tourism, including policy, planning, and development. International tourism managers must understand sustainability; community development; how tourism is used to promote conservation; and how to involve local populations in the development decision‐making process. While community‐based tourism concepts are finding their way into North American tourism, this course concerns itself primarily with issues facing developing countries and lessons that may be brought to North American operations. Topics include tourism and community development; the creation of tourism opportunity and development strategies; the role of consultants and non‐governmental organizations; sustainable tourism development; social impact assessment; community tourism assessment; pro‐ poor tourism development; achieving global competitiveness; community‐based tourism for conservation; and the importance of including women in community development. Students examine numerous case studies and applications. Tour Operations (3,0,0) Prerequisite: 3rd year standing ADVG 4100 6 Adventure Field School ‐ International (0,0,12) This course is a 4‐6 week field school to study adventure development, policy, planning, and operations in an international setting. Students use this field experience as a basis for the application of theoretical principles learned in the classroom to practical field work. The development and operation of international adventure and nature‐based tourism requires extensive first‐hand experience in an area. This course is intended to facilitate students' travel to an international region in order to study adventure and nature‐based tourism product and business opportunities, and community development. Prerequisite: 3rd year standing Students explore the operation of tours to domestic and international destinations. The complexities, challenges and realities of planning, organizing, and operating tours with clients are discussed. Prerequisite: 3rd year standing ADVG 4200 3 Recreation and Tourism Management (3,0,0) The theory and practice of managing natural resource based recreation and tourism. This course will consider natural resource based recreation and tourism from social, economic, business and resource management perspectives. It will provide an introduction to the foundations of recreation and tourism in modern society, including resource management impacts on recreation and tourism, principles of recreation systems planning, and administration and management of natural resource based recreation and tourism businesses. It includes extensive use of case studies and current issue topics. Prerequisite: Third‐year standing in the BNRS program ADVG 4210 3 Adventure and Sport Marketing (3,0,0) Students focus on the unique marketing attributes of the adventure and sport product. The course offers an advanced and integrative approach to the study of adventure and sports marketing mix and promotion, and centres on marketing planning, identification of preferred media strategies, and the design of targeted marketing products. Prerequisite: 3rd year standing ADVG 4110 3 Adventure Field School ‐ International (0,0,6) This course is a three‐credit 2‐3 week field school to study adventure development, policy, planning and operations in an international setting. Students use this field experience as a basis for the application of theoretical principles learned in the classroom to practical field work. The development and operation of international adventure and nature‐based tourism requires extensive first‐hand experience in the local area. This course facilitates students' travel to an international region in order to study adventure and nature‐based tourism product and business opportunities, and community development. Prerequisite: 3rd year standing and permission of the instructor 252 ADVG 4220 3 The Culture of Adventure (3,0,0) Adventure activities have a long‐standing culture that is important to understand in the context of contemporary use. As adventure activities become socialized within North America, its origins become an important context for its future development. Students explore adventure philosophy, history, literature, art, stories, mythology, values, mentors, evolution, and contemporary applications. Prerequisite: 3rd year standing ADVG 4230 3 Consulting in Adventure (3,0,0) This course is the study of consulting in adventure. Topics will include the consulting process, the role of consultants, consulting opportunities, responding to requests for proposals, proposal scoring and rating systems, consulting skills, budgeting, pricing consulting services, and case studies. Students will be expected to carry out a consulting project of their own choosing as part of this course. Prerequisite: ADVG 4010 or instructor's permission ADVG 4240 3 management. Students also consider the ethics of veterinary practice as it pertains to drug dispensing, veterinary‐client‐patient relationships and client‐patient records. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the TRU Animal Health Technology Distance Education (AHTDE) program ANHD 1100 3 Anatomy and Physiology 1 (45 hours) This is the first of two anatomy and physiology courses dealing with domestic animals. The course emphasizes clinically relevant material for the Animal Health Technician student. Adventure Studies Field Research (1,0,11) Prerequisite: Acceptance into the TRU Animal Health Technology Distance Education (AHTDE) program Students conduct in‐depth, hands‐on field research, develop their findings, and incorporate them into their program of adventure study. The course is participatory in nature and is designed to stimulate inquiry and active learning. The process helps students to connect conceptual material to case study, learn field research techniques, collect and analyze field data, and develop holistic and critical thinking skills. ANHD 1110 3 Prerequisite: 3rd year standing ADVG 4250 3 Adventure Studies Practicum (1,0,9P) Veterinary Parasitology (45 hours) This laboratory course focuses on parasitology for the animal health technologist. The theoretical and practical aspects of veterinary parasitology are emphasized. Students examine internal and external parasites of small and large animals. Topics include life cycles of parasites, diagnostics and identification, and general parasite prevention and treatment. Students are also acquainted with the handling and submission of various types of laboratory samples and introduced to basic microscopy. This course provides hands‐on experience to enhance the student's academic studies. This is a work experience course that enables students to link theory and practice and consists of a work project undertaken for, or in collaboration with, an organization, most typically a business, association or community. Prerequisite: Successful completion (a minimum grade of C) of ANHD 1120 and ANHD 1130 Prerequisite: 3rd year standing. Students who wish to undertake a practicum must first find an organization that is willing to supervise their work. Practicum applications must be received by the Adventure Studies Department at least one full semester prior to the placement. ANHD 1120 3 ADVG 4800 3 Adventure Capstone Course (3,0,0) This capstone course investigates contemporary adventure and sport issues, and aims to prepare students as future leaders in business and community development. Topics include ongoing personal and professional development, navigating through current industry trends, graduate school expectations, and vocational issues. Through readings and class discussions, students formulate a personal written philosophy, articulating their vision and mission as professionals in the field of adventure and sport. Animal Nursing 1 (45 hours) This is the first of three Animal Nursing courses concerned with small companion animals. Students focus on the day‐to‐day technical procedures and nursing care performed by an animal health technologist in a veterinary clinic. Prerequisite: Successful completion (minimum grade of C) of ANHD 1010 and ANHD 1100 ANHD 1130 3 Animal Behaviour (45 hours) Prerequisite: 4th year standing. This course should be taken in the last year of a student's program. Animal behaviour is a growing field in veterinary medicine. Animal Health Technology Distance Education (AHTDE) students are provided with the skills required to confidently approach animal behaviour issues and strategies. Topics include training methods, behaviour problems, and animal temperament assessment. The course emphasizes the role of the animal health technologist in offering animal behaviour counseling in a small animal veterinary practice setting. AGSC 2100 3 Prerequisite: Successful completion (minimum grade of C) of ANHD 1010 and ANHD 1100 Introduction to Food Production Systems (3,2,0) This course is a study of the fundamental concepts and principles of food production systems. Students survey a range of agricultural systems using global, North American, Canadian, and B.C. examples. Students will learn how agriculture interacts with natural ecosystems and other land uses. Required field trips are an integral part of the course, and some weekend trips are mandatory. Note: Students cannot receive credit for both AGSC 2100 and AGSC 2200 Required Seminar: AGSC 2100S AGSC 2200 3 ANHD 1210 3 Veterinary Microbiology (45 hours) Students are introduced to the information, terminology, and techniques that are the basis of veterinary microbiology. Topics include microbial anatomy and physiology; sterilization and disinfection; aseptic techniques; antimicrobial susceptibility testing; mycology; atypical prokaryotic pathogens; virology; and the basic theory and application of laboratory methods to identify common veterinary pathogens. Prerequisite: Successful completion (minimum grade of C) of ANHD 1120 and ANHD 1130 Food Systems at a Local Level and Beyond (4,0,0) Students are introduced to agriculture and food systems, focusing on the local level but including information on global systems. Topics of discussion include agriculture, local food production, food security and food policy, sustainability, commercialization, and globalization. Case studies and projects are used to help students apply concepts learned during lecture, and to develop critical thinking, problem solving, communication, and conflict resolution skills. Note: Students cannot receive credit for both AGSC 2100 and AGSC 2200 ANHD 1010 3 Veterinary Office Skills (45 hours) Students are instructed in the skills required for the successful performance of veterinary receptionist duties. These include veterinary terminology, use of veterinary software packages, clience service, veterinary office management, and inventory 253 ANHD 1900 5 Veterinary Clinical Studies 1 (300 hours) Veterinary Clinical Studies is a sequence of courses in the AHTDE program in which students are required to complete a minimum of 20 hours of employed clinical work per week to obtain credit. Each course corresponds with one of the nine semesters in the AHTDE program. Prerequisite: Admittance into Semester 1 of the TRU Animal Health Technology Distance Education program ANHD 1910 5 Veterinary Clinical Studies 2 (300 hours) Veterinary Clinical Studies is a sequence of courses in the AHTDE program in which students are required to complete a minimum of 20 hours of employed clinical work per week to obtain credit. Each course corresponds with one of the nine semesters in the AHTDE program. Prerequisite: Admittance into Semester 2 of the TRU Animal Health Technology Distance Education program ANHD 1920 5 Veterinary Clinical Studies 3 (300 hours) Veterinary Clinical Studies is a sequence of courses in the AHTDE program in which students are required to complete a minimum of 20 hours of employed clinical work per week to obtain credit. Each course corresponds with one of the nine semesters in the AHTDE program. Prerequisite: Admittance into Semester 3 of the TRU Animal Health Technology Distance Education program ANHD 2100 3 Anatomy and Physiology 2 (45 hours) Continuing from ANHD 1100: Anatomy and Physiology 1, students focus on internal body systems in domestic animals, in addition to avian anatomy and physiology. Prerequisite: Successful completion (minimum grade of C) of ANHD 2110 and ANHD 2150 Prerequisite: Successful completion (minimum grade of C) of ANHD 2100 and ANHD 2120 ANHD 2150 3 Immunology and Animal Diseases (45 hours) Students begin with a study of the immunological basis of disease and progress to common disease syndromes encountered in companion and food producing animals. Topics include the immune response; inflammation; common immunological tests; the theory of vaccination and vaccination protocols; neonatal and geriatric considerations; the role of stress, nutrition and the environment in disease; and specific disease syndromes. Prerequisite: Successful completion (minimum grade of C) of ANHD 1110 and ANHD 1210 ANHD 2900 5 Veterinary Clinical Studies 4 (300 hours) Veterinary Clinical Studies is a sequence of courses in the AHTDE program in which students are required to complete a minimum of 20 hours of employed clinical work per week to obtain credit. Each course corresponds with one of the nine semesters in the AHTDE program. Prerequisite: Admittance into Semester 4 of the TRU Animal Health Technology Distance Education program ANHD 2910 5 Veterinary Clinical Studies 5 (300 hours) ANHD 2110 3 Veterinary Hematology (45 hours) In this laboratory course, students focus on veterinary hematology for the animal health technologist. The theoretical and practical aspects of veterinary hematology are discussed, while students are introduced to the life cycle and roles of blood cells, and the basics of coagulation. Topics include the preparation of blood films, the ability to perform complete blood counts, the analysis of blood cells (normal and abnormal), hematologic mathematical calculations, and the familiarization of the variety of available blood tests. Prerequisite: Successful completion (minimum grade of C) of ANHD 1110 and ANHD 1210 ANHD 2120 3 Animal Nursing 2 (45 hours) Veterinary Clinical Studies is a sequence of courses in the Animal Health Technology Distance Education program in which students are required to complete a minimum of 20 hours of employed clinical work per week to obtain credit. Each course corresponds with one of the nine semesters in the AHTDE program. Prerequisite: Admittance into Semester 5 of the TRU Animal Health Technology Distance Education program ANHD 2920 5 Veterinary Clinical Studies 6 (300 hours) Veterinary Clinical Studies is a sequence of courses in the Animal Health Technology Distance Education program in which students are required to complete a minimum of 20 hours of employed clinical work per week to obtain credit. Each course corresponds with one of the nine semesters in the AHTDE program. Prerequisite: Admittance into Semester 6 of the TRU Animal Health Technology Distance Education program Continuing from ANHD 1120: Animal Nursing 1, students focus on developing their advanced nursing skills, including surgical assistance. Prerequisite: Successful completion (minimum grade of C) of ANHD 2110 and ANHD 2150 ANHD 2130 3 Radiology (45 hours) This course is a combination of theory and practical application that enables students to understand and apply the basic principles of veterinary radiography. Hands‐on clinical work familiarizes students with the proper preparation and positioning of companion animals for routine radiological studies. The course also includes basic equine radiographic positioning, dental radiography, technical errors, basics of ultrasonography, formulating technique charts, and contrast radiography. The importance of radiographic safety is stressed throughout the course. Prerequisite: Successful completion (minimum grade of C) of ANHD 2100 and ANHD 2120 ANHD 2140 3 Pharmacology and Laboratory Mathematics (45 hours) This course instructs students on the basic pharmacology and the commonly used classes of veterinary drugs. The laws and regulations that accompany the privilege of prescribing and dispensing drugs are considered. Students also discuss the major classes of drugs, with examples in each category, along with the mathematical principles and techniques used in their field of work. The emphasis is on accurately calculating dosages, including continuous intravenous infusion and dilution of solutions. ANHD 3110 3 Veterinary Clinical Pathology (45 hours) This laboratory course focuses on clinical pathology for the animal health technologist, including the theoretical and practical aspects of veterinary clinical chemistry and urinalysis. Students are introduced to basic organ function as they relate to and affect clinical chemistry results, and how disease can be diagnosed in laboratory medicine. An emphasis is placed on ensuring quality control, and the steps and skills required to deliver accurate, timely results. Students use the appropriate skills and tools required to perform a complete in‐house urinalysis. Prerequisite: Successful completion (minimum grade of C) of ANHD 3140 and ANHD 3170 ANHD 3120 3 Intensive Care (45 hours) Students develop a familiarity with specialized anaesthetic protocols which may be prescribed for certain patients, in addition to the knowledge and skills required for the various procedures and equipment in trauma and emergency patient care units. Prerequisite: Successful completion (minimum grade of C) of ANHD 3110 and ANHD 3160 ANHD 3140 3 Anaesthesia (45 hours) Students develop a familiarity and competence with the anaesthetic and analgesic agents and equipment utilized in veterinary medicine, and their use in various species. 254 Prerequisite: Successful completion (minimum grade of C) of ANHD 2130 and ANHD 2140 ANHD 3150 3 Laboratory and Exotic Animals (45 hours) Students are introduced to the housing and husbandry needs of common exotic pets and laboratory animal species. Students are also instructed in how to handle, sex, and restrain common species for clinical procedures. Discussion topics include animal research, the ethics of using animals for research, and animal welfare. Prerequisite: Successful completion (minimum grade of C) of ANHD 3110 and ANHD 3160 ANHT 1090 1 Animal Behaviour 1 (1,0,0) The first of four courses on applied animal behavior, this course introduces students to normal animal behavior. Students learn handling, management and training skills used by animal health technologists to apply to hospitalized animals and animals in the home. The basics of managing dogs and cats at the animal health technology program, enhancing animal well‐being and introductory training methods are discussed, in addition to operant conditioning. Prerequisite: Admission to the Animal Health Technology program ANHT 1510 1 Veterinary Terminology (1,0,0) ANHD 3160 3 Large Animal Science (45 hours) Students are introduced to large animal husbandry, restraint, routine veterinary procedures, animal welfare and hospital management. Personal safety is emphasized. Prerequisite: Successful completion (minimum grade of C) of ANHD 3140 and ANHD 3170 Students analyze and define the components of veterinary terms. These skills enable students to determine the meaning of frequently used veterinary terms and to create new terms for specific applications. Prerequisite: Admission into the Animal Health Technology program ANHT 1520 2 Animal Nursing 1 (2,0,1)(L) ANHD 3170 3 Animal Nursing 3 (45 hours) This is the third of three Animal Nursing courses concerned with small companion animals. Students focus on their technical nursing skills and small animal veterinary dentistry. Prerequisite: Successful completion (minimum grade of C) of ANHD 2130 and ANHD 2140 Students focus on the theory and practice related to basic handling and restraint of companion (small) animals and the components of a physical examination. Additional topics include blood collection techniques and medicating patients via enteral and parenteral routes. Prerequisite: Admission to the Animal Health Technology program Required Lab: ANHT 1520L ANHT 1530 2 ANHD 3900 5 Introductory Veterinary Immunology (2,0,0) Veterinary Clinical Studies 7 (300 hours) Students are offered the basic fundamentals of veterinary immunology, and focus on the technician's role in a clinical environment. A solid understanding of the biological mechanisms of the immune response, principles of vaccination and common serological assays is important in the daily clinical role of the technician as well as in the context of client communication and education. Veterinary Clinical Studies is a sequence of courses in the Animal Health Technology Distance Education program in which students are required to complete a minimum of 20 hours of employed clinical work per week to obtain credit. Each course corresponds with one of the nine semesters in the AHTDE program. Prerequisite: Admittance into Semester 7 of the TRU Animal Health Technology Distance Education program ANHD 3910 5 Veterinary Clinical Studies 8 (300 hours) Veterinary Clinical Studies is a sequence of courses in the Animal Health Technology Distance Education program in which students are required to complete a minimum of 20 hours of employed clinical work per week to obtain credit. Each course corresponds with one of the nine semesters in the AHTDE program. Prerequisite: Admittance into Semester 8 of the TRU Animal Health Technology Distance Education program Prerequisite: A minimum grade of C in the following courses: ANHT 1010, ANHT 1090, ANHT 1510, ANHT 1520, ANHT 1540, ANHT 1590, ANHT 1720, ANHT 1800, MICR 1580 ANHT 1540 1 Veterinary Office Management (1,0,2) Students are introduced to the concepts of human relationships and how they influence the business of veterinary medicine. Topics include personality and communication styles, client communications, basic management principles, facilities, stress management, and finances. The computer portion of this course focuses on providing students with a good working knowledge of Microsoft Word and PowerPoint, as well as an introduction to the use of veterinary practice software. Prerequisite: Admission to the Animal Health Technology Program ANHD 3920 5 Required Lab: ANHT 1540L Veterinary Clinical Studies 9 (300 hours) Veterinary Clinical Studies is a sequence of courses in the Animal Health Technology Distance Education program in which students are required to complete a minimum of 20 hours of employed clinical work per week to obtain credit. Each course corresponds with one of the nine semesters in the AHTDE program. Prerequisite: Admittance into Semester 9 of the TRU Animal Health Technology Distance Education program ANHT 1010 2 Laboratory Mathematics (2,0,0) Animal health technology students develop a practical understanding of the principles and techniques of mathematics and statistics with an emphasis on calculating dosages, intravenous infusions and dilution of solutions. An introduction to statistics is included to allow students to critically read journal articles and pharmaceutical claims and to facilitate research efforts. Prerequisite: Admission to the Animal Health Technology program ANHT 1560 3 Pharmacology (3,0,0) This lecture course outlines the various classifications and use of drugs utilized in veterinary practice. Prerequisite: A mimimum grade of C in the following courses: ANHT 1010, ANHT 1090, ANHT 1510, ANHT 1520, ANHT 1540, ANHT 1590, ANHT 1720, ANHT 1800, MICR 1580 ANHT 1590 2 Domestic Animal Anatomy and Physiology 1 (2,0,2)(L) Animal health technology students are introduced to the anatomy and physiology of domestic animals. Topics include anatomical terminology, cell and tissues, and the skeletal, muscular, nervous, integument and sensory systems. An emphasis is placed on clinically relevant material to prepare students for common procedures performed in veterinary practice. Students are provided with hands‐on opportunities to locate and identify anatomical structures and reinforce theory. Prerequisite: Admission to the Animal Health Technology program 255 Required Lab: ANHT 1590L Prerequisite: Admission to the Animal Health Technology program Required Lab: ANHT 1800L ANHT 1620 2 Animal Nursing 2 (1,0,1)(L) ANHT 1990 1 Students focus on the day‐to‐day procedures commonly performed by a technologist in a veterinary clinic. Procedures include urine collection, animal care, and eye and ear exams. Additional topics include nutrition and medical records. Animal Behaviour 2 (1,0,0) Prerequisite: A mimimum grade of C in the following courses: ANHT 1010, ANHT 1090, ANHT 1510, ANHT 1520, ANHT 1540, ANHT 1590, ANHT 1720, ANHT 1800, MICR 1580 Required Lab: ANHT 1620L ANHT 1670 1 Dentistry for Animal Health Technicians (1,0,0) This course prepares students to perform dental prophylactic care in small animals, as well as assisting the veterinarian with extractions and endodontic procedures. Topics include dental anatomy; anatomical and directional terminology; dental charting; dental disorders including periodontal disease; dental prophylactic care; instrumentation; radiology; and dental nerve blocks. Prerequisite: A mimimum grade of C in the following courses: ANHT 1010, ANHT 1090, ANHT 1510, ANHT 1520, ANHT 1540, ANHT 1590, ANHT 1720, ANHT 1800, MICR 1580 ANHT 1690 2 Domestic Animal Anatomy and Physiology 2 (2,0,2)(L) This course is a continuation of ANHT 1590: Domestic Animal Anatomy and Physiology 1, and is designed to give animal health technology students a continued understanding of the basic anatomy and physiology of common domestic animals. Topics include the gastrointestinal, respiratory, cardiovascular, lymphatic, urinary and reproductive systems. Students are prepared, with clinically relevant material, for common procedures performed in veterinary practice. Students are provided with hands‐on opportunities to locate and identify anatomical structures and reinforce theory. Prerequisite: A mimimum grade of C in the following courses: ANHT 1010, ANHT 1090, ANHT 1510, ANHT 1520, ANHT 1540, ANHT 1590, ANHT 1720, ANHT 1800, MICR 1580 Required Lab: ANHT 1690L ANHT 1720 3 Veterinary Clinical Pathology 1 (3,0,2)(L) Students develop a solid theoretical and practical background in veterinary clinical haematology. This course introduces students to the use of manual haematological techniques in the diagnosis and treatment of veterinary disease. Hands‐on opportunities are provided to perform the routine and special procedures typically carried out in a veterinary clinic. Students focus on accuracy, efficiency and correct interpretation of data. Prerequisite: Admission into the Animal Health Technology program Required Lab: ANHT 1720L This course is a continuation of ANHT 1090: Animal Behavior 1, in which students further develop their awareness, knowledge and skills in applied animal behavior. The course includes lectures and demonstrations with a major emphasis on normal feline behavior. Prerequisite: A mimimum grade of C in the following courses: ANHT 1010, ANHT 1090, ANHT 1510, ANHT 1520, ANHT 1540, ANHT 1590, ANHT 1720, ANHT 1800, MICR 1580 ANHT 2090 1 Animal Behaviour 3 (1,0,0) In this continuation of Animal Behavior 1 and 2, students further develop their knowledge and skills in applied animal behavior. Emphasis is on the in‐depth study of specific common behavior problems in dogs and cats. Guest speakers, case studies and demonstrations may be used to present advanced dog and cat training and management skills using program animals. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of C in the following courses: ANHT 1530, ANHT 1560, ANHT 1620, ANHT 1670, ANHT 1690, ANHT 1730, ANHT 1990, CMNS 1660, MICR 1680 ANHT 2200 6 Clinical Practicum (40 hours) Practicum students spend two three‐week periods, for a total of six weeks, working in two different veterinary facilities, which are small or mixed animal private veterinary practices. After successful application, some students may qualify to spend one of these three‐week periods in a veterinary facility with a limited scope, such as equine, emergency, or research. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of C in the following courses: ANHT 2090, ANHT 2210, ANHT 2530, ANHT 2540, ANHT 2550, ANHT 2560, ANHT 2570, ANHT 2580, ANHT 2590 ANHT 2210 2 Clinical Cases 1 (0,2,0) Students apply and integrate material from the Animal Health Technology program through the use of clinical case studies. Clinical case presentations and/or clinical pathological specimens are discussed each week. Students may be assigned mystery clinical case worksheets, which are completed by using laboratory equipment to examine samples, slides, or images. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of C in the following courses: ANHT 1530, ANHT 1560, ANHT 1620, ANHT 1670, ANHT 1690, ANHT 1730, ANHT 1990, CMNS 1660, MICR 1680 ANHT 2220 2 Clinical Cases 2 (0,2,0) ANHT 1730 3 Veterinary Clinical Pathology 2 (3,0,2)(L) This course is a continuation of ANHT 1720: Veterinary Clinical Pathology 1, and introduces students to veterinary urinalysis and urinalysis techniques. In addition, students learn about the common clinical chemistry tests and understand the implications of abnormal results. Hands‐on opportunities are provided to perform routine urinalysis and clinical chemistry techniques that are typical in a veterinary clinic. Students focus on accuracy, efficiency and correct interpretation of data. Prerequisite: A mimimum grade of C in the following courses: ANHT 1010, ANHT 1090, ANHT 1510, ANHT 1520, ANHT 1540, ANHT 1590, ANHT 1720, ANHT 1800, MICR 1580 Required Lab: ANHT 1730L ANHT 1800 2 Parasitology (2,0,2)(L) Animal health technology students develop comprehensive understanding of the identification, life cycle and importance of common veterinary parasites and how to control these organisms. A primary objective for students is client education regarding the role parasites play in the health of animals. Competency in the area of fecal evaluation is stressed. Students examine prepared specimens and are given appropriate demonstrations. On a weekly basis, students use fresh samples for fecal flotations and specialized recovery techniques for the identification of parasites. 256 This course is a continuation of ANHT 2210: Clinical Cases 1. Students continue to work on clinical cases, either presented or assigned by the instructor. In addition, each student investigates, presents and leads a discussion of a clinical case. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of C in the following courses: ANHT 2090, ANHT 2210, ANHT 2530, ANHT 2540, ANHT 2550, ANHT 2560, ANHT 2570, ANHT 2580, ANHT 2590 ANHT 2530 2 Large and Small Animal Diseases (2,0,0) Students are introduced to common diseases in companion and farm animals. Clinical signs, diagnostic tests, treatment, prevention, and client communication are discussed, including the role of the veterinary technologist in these areas. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of C in the following courses: ANHT 1530, ANHT 1560, ANHT 1620, ANHT 1670, ANHT 1690, ANHT 1730, ANHT 1990, CMNS 1660, MICR 1680 ANHT 2540 3 Large Animal Sciences (3,0,0) Animal health technology students develop a practical, working knowledge of farm animal nutrition, breeding, general management and animal health. Emphasis is placed on global perceptions of animal consumption, animal care and welfare. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of C in the following courses: ANHT 1530, ANHT 1560, ANHT 1620, ANHT 1670, ANHT 1690, ANHT 1730, ANHT 1990, CMNS 1660, MICR 1680 ANHT 2550 1 Large Animal Clinics 1 (0,1,3)(L) This course is an introduction to herd health management, husbandry, restraint, nutrition, and physical examinations on large animals and wildlife. Students are familiarized with the routine techniques performed on the following species: equine, bovine, ovine, caprine, camelids, avian, as well as wildlife. Post mortem examinations and tissue sampling is included. ANHT 2610 1 Theriogenology (1,0,0) Students are introduced to reproductive cycles, breeding, fertility, artificial insemination, parturition and reproductive disease in domestic animals. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of C in the following courses: ANHT 2090, ANHT 2210, ANHT 2530, ANHT 2540, ANHT 2550, ANHT 2560, ANHT 2570, ANHT 2580, ANHT 2590 ANHT 2620 1 Animal Nursing 4 (1,0,1)(L) Prerequisite: A minimum grade of C in the following courses: ANHT 1530, ANHT 1560, ANHT 1620, ANHT 1670, ANHT 1690, ANHT 1730, ANHT 1990, CMNS 1660, MICR 1680 Animal Nursing is a four semester course, in which a variety of aspects in the nursing care of animals are explored, ranging from basic animal restraint to more technical diagnostic and medical procedures. Animal Nursing 4 focusses on external fixation, vaginal cytology, semen collection, necropsy and tissue cytology. ANHT 2560 3 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of C in the following courses: ANHT 2090, ANHT 2210, ANHT 2530, ANHT 2540, ANHT 2550, ANHT 2560, ANHT 2570, ANHT 2580, ANHT 2590 Anesthesia for Veterinary Technologists (3,0,3)(L) This is an introductory course in veterinary anesthesia. Theoretical and practical application familiarizes students with using anesthetic agents including analgesics, patient monitoring, and operating and maintaining anesthetic equipment. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of C in the following courses: ANHT 1530, ANHT 1560, ANHT 1620, ANHT 1670, ANHT 1690, ANHT 1730, ANHT 1990, CMNS 1660, MICR 1680. Required Lab: ANHT 2560L ANHT 2570 2 Surgical Assistance 1 (2,0,3)(L) This course is designed to familiarize students with the concepts of sterility, operating room conduct and procedures. Students implement these concepts with small group practice. At the completion of this course, students can prepare basic equipment, materials, facilities, personnel, and surgical patients for surgery, and perform the duties of a surgical assistant. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of C in the following courses: ANHT 1530, ANHT 1560, ANHT 1620, ANHT 1670, ANHT 1690, ANHT 1730, ANHT 1990, CMNS 1660, MICR 1680 Required Lab: ANHT 2570L ANHT 2580 2 Diagnostic Imaging 1 (1,1,2)(L) Required Lab: ANHT 2620L ANHT 2650 1 Large Animal Clinics 2 (0,1,2)(L) This course is designed as a continuation of ANHT 2550: Large Animal Clinics 1. The emphasis of this course is on basic ranch management and the practice of large animal and wildlife care skills. Laboratory sessions take place at selected ranches in the Kamloops area and at the BC Wildlife Park. Exercises in public speaking are also part of this course. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of C in the following courses: ANHT 2090, ANHT 2210, ANHT 2530, ANHT 2540, ANHT 2550, ANHT 2560, ANHT 2570, ANHT 2580, ANHT 2590 ANHT 2660 3 Anesthesia and Critical Care for Veterinary Technologists (3,0,3)(L) This course is a continuation of ANHT 2560: Anesthesia for Veterinary Technologists. Theoretical and practical application allows students to become proficient with anesthesia in small animals, including specialized techniques and fluid therapy. Anesthesia of pediatric, geriatric, traumatized, critically ill, and large animal patients is discussed. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of C in the following courses: ANHT 2090, ANHT 2210, ANHT 2530, ANHT 2540, ANHT 2550, ANHT 2560, ANHT 2570, ANHT 2580, ANHT 2590 This course is a combination of classroom and laboratory sessions that enable students to understand and apply the basic principles of veterinary diagnostic imaging. Hands‐on clinical work allows students to become familiar with the proper preparation and positioning of companion (small) animals for routine imaging procedures. The importance of radiation safety is stressed throughout the course. Required Lab: ANHT 2660L Prerequisite: A minimum grade of C in the following courses: ANHT 1530, ANHT 1560, ANHT 1620, ANHT 1670, ANHT 1690, ANHT 1730, ANHT 1990, CMNS 1660, MICR 1680. Students must be 18 years of age or have written parental consent. Surgical Assistance 2 (2,0,3)(L) Required Lab: ANHT 2580L Required Seminar: ANHT 2580S ANHT 2590 1 ANHT 2670 2 This course is a continuation of ANHT 2570: Surgical Assistance 1, and is designed to familiarize students with common veterinary surgical procedures, including dental techniques. The role of the veterinary technologist in preoperative, intraoperative, and postoperative duties, and the nursing care of the surgical patient is discussed. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of C in the following courses: ANHT 2090, ANHT 2210, ANHT 2530, ANHT 2540, ANHT 2550, ANHT 2560, ANHT 2570, ANHT 2580, ANHT 2590 Required Lab: ANHT 2670L Animal Nursing 3 (1,0,1)(L) This course is a continuation of technical and patient care skill training acquired in Animal Nursing 1 and 2, with an emphasis on nutrition, bandaging skills, and the care of geriatric and recumbent patients. ANHT 2680 2 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of C in the following courses: ANHT 1530, ANHT 1560, ANHT 1620, ANHT 1670, ANHT 1690, ANHT 1730, ANHT 1990, CMNS 1660, MICR 1680 This course is a continuation of ANHT 2580: Diagnostic Imaging 1. Students are introduced to the theory and practical application of equine radiographic positioning, technical errors, contrast imaging procedures, formulating technique charts, and the basics of ultrasonography, endoscopy and digital imaging. The importance of radiation safety is stressed throughout the course. Required Lab: ANHT 2590L ANHT 2600 3 Field Work Experience (0,3,0) This course consists of weekly guest speakers or tours, including an off‐campus tour of Vancouver and area during the month of May. Students are responsible for their personal costs incurred during this trip. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of C in the following courses: ANHT 2090, ANHT 2210, ANHT 2530, ANHT 2540, ANHT 2550, ANHT 2560, ANHT 2570, ANHT 2580, ANHT 2590 257 Diagnostic Imaging 2 (1,1,2)(L) Prerequisite: A minimum grade of C in the following courses: ANHT 2090, ANHT 2210, ANHT 2530, ANHT 2540, ANHT 2550, ANHT 2560, ANHT 2570, ANHT 2580, ANHT 2590. Students must be 18 years of age or have written parental consent. Required Lab: ANHT 2680L Required Seminar: ANHT 2680S ANHT 2690 2 ANTH 2600 3 Laboratory and Exotic Animals (1,0,0)(1,0,1)(L) Minorities in the Modern World (2,1,0) This course is designed to introduce students to the housing and husbandry needs of common exotic pets and laboratory animal species. Students learn how to handle, sex and restrain the more common species for clinical procedures. Discussion topics include animal research, the ethics of animals used in research and animal welfare. An introduction to the anthropological study of minorities, with special reference to the present position of indigenous peoples around the world. Case studies from North America, Europe, Asia, Russia and Oceania illuminate the concepts of genocide, ethnocide, pluralism and multiculturalism. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of C in the following courses: ANHT 2090, ANHT 2210, ANHT 2530, ANHT 2540, ANHT 2550, ANHT 2560, ANHT 2570, ANHT 2580, ANHT 2590 Required Seminar: ANTH 2600S Prerequisite: ARCH 1110/ANTH 1210 recommended but not required Required Lab: ANHT 2690L ANHT 2700 1 The Animal Health Technologist and Society (1,0,0) ANTH 3000 6 Current Issues in Cultural Anthropology (3,0,0) or (3,0,0)(3,0,0) The study of selected areas and communities drawn from around the world with an emphasis on problems of cross‐ cultural comparison and on theoretical issues of current importance in the discipline. Using written materials, small group discussion, guest speakers, and case examples, this course enables students to explore issues relevant to practicing animal health technologists. Topics include professional associations, ethical and legal issues, the human‐animal bond, animal advocacy, pet loss grief and maximizing employment opportunities. Prerequisite: ANTH 1210 Prerequisite: A minimum grade of C in the following courses: ANHT 2090, ANHT 2210, ANHT 2530, ANHT 2540, ANHT 2550, ANHT 2560, ANHT 2570, ANHT 2580, ANHT 2590 ANTH 3030 6 ANHT 2990 1 A specialized survey of the cultures shaping Central and Eastern Europe including Russia. Primary areas of concern are the interplay between peasant and national culture and between ethnic and political identity. Animal Behaviour 4 (1,0,0) Fourth in the applied Animal Behavior series, this course focuses on the integration of animal behavior into small animal veterinary practice, with an emphasis on the role of the animal health technologist. The course uses a 'problem‐based learning' format, whereby some of the presented material is case‐based; groups of students research and report on specific cases. Course topics are predominantly related to canines and felines. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of C in the following courses: ANHT 2090, ANHT 2210, ANHT 2530, ANHT 2540, ANHT 2550, ANHT 2560, ANHT 2570, ANHT 2580, ANHT 2590 ANTH 1210 3 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology (2,1,0) A general introduction to cultural anthropology. The course is a survey of the main features of nonindustrial societies in various parts of the world. Subjects to be considered are: economy, political organization, kinship and marriage, forms of religious devotion. The European Orient: Balkans, Russia and Eastern Europe (3,0,0) or (3,0,0)(3,0,0) Prerequisite: ANTH 1210 or SOCI 1110/1210 or POLI 1210 Note: Different culture areas or regions may be selected in subsequent offerings of the course. Same course as POLI 3070 ANTH 3270 3 First Nations Natural Resource Management (2,1,0) A review of historical and contemporary issues shaping Aboriginal peoples' relationship to their lands and resources and the impact of governmental policies on this relationship. Topics will include the Indian Act, traditional aboriginal views of resource management, treaties, and analysis of current policies on resource management and aboriginal life. Prerequisite: ANTH 1210 Required Seminar: ANTH 3270S Required Seminar: ANTH 1210S ANTH 3280 3 ANTH 2140 3 Indigenous Peoples in Comparative Perspective (3,0,0) An introduction to the present situation of Canada's Indians, Metis and Inuit, interpreted on the basis of contemporary and historical political, economic and cultural developments. Major topics include: the Indian Act, the reserve system, land claims, directed culture change, social consequences of paternalism. This course takes a cross‐cultural comparative approach to the study of contemporary Indigenous Peoples. Indigenous Peoples constitute a diverse range of groups throughout the world. What they have in common is the shared experience of colonization. Recognizing the diversity of Indigenous Peoples throughout the world, this course will explore both those experiences shared between groups, and those unique to local contexts. Prerequisite: ANTH 1210 recommended but not required Prerequisite: ANTH 1210 and 60 credits, or permission of the instructor Canadian Native Peoples (2,1,0) Required Seminar: ANTH 2140S ANTH 3390 3 ANTH 2150 3 ***Special Topics in Anthropology (2,1,0) Cultural Explorations (2,1,0) This is a variable content course intended to provide topics beyond those of regular departmental offerings. The course will be offered from time‐to‐time, and may make use of the specializations of visiting faculty. An advanced introduction to cultural anthropology, this course examines how anthropologists describe the societies they study, and the conclusions they draw. Case studies to be used may include books as well as ethnographic films depicting the cultural diversity of the modern world. Prerequisite: Check with the department Chairperson regarding prerequisites, as they may vary from offering to offering Prerequisite: ANTH 1210 recommended but not required Required Seminar: ANTH 2150S ANTH 4000 3 History of Anthropology (3,0,0) ANTH 2250 3 Sex, Gender and Culture (2,1,0) A cross cultural survey of the different ways in which a biological condition (sex) is transformed into a cultural status. A central issue concerns the question whether there are 'natural' male and female behaviours that are expressed regardless of local cultural influences. Prerequisite: ARCH 1110/ANTH 1210 recommended but not required Required Seminar: ANTH 2250S 258 The development of the major approaches in anthropology in contexts. Prerequisite: ANTH 1210 and ARCH 1110 or 1190 their institutional ANTH 4010 6 Native Peoples of North America (3,0,0) or (3,0,0)(3,0,0) Native cultures of the United States and Canada; linguistic and cultural relationships; the culture of reserves and the reserve system in both countries. Prerequisite: ANTH 1210 or permission of the instructor Required Seminar: ANTH 4010S Students are introduced to First Nation taxation under the authority of the FMA. The course focuses on the economic and fiscal rationale of the FMA and the workings of the FMA. The FNTC and the other FMA institutions are discussed, including the First Nations Finance Authority (FNFA) and the First Nations Financial Management Board (FMB). APEC 1620 2 Establishing First Nation Tax Rates and Expenditures (36 hours) ANTH 4030 6 Field School in East/Central Europe (3,0,0) This course offers an introduction to the societies and cultures of East/Central Europe by way of a month‐long field trip. The itinerary includes rural and urban locations in several countries that lend themselves to an ethnographic examination of the ethnic relations, religions, economies, and politics shaping the buffer zone between the European East and West. This course is a detailed overview of establishing property tax rates through a local services budget. Students focus on estimating local service costs, creating preliminary budgets and working with the council. Students also estimate local revenues and determine, where applicable, tax rate multiples. Although this course is intended for First Nation property tax administrators using the Financial Management Association authority, it is applicable to any local government administration. Part of the course is devoted to using a custom spreadsheet application for local government budgeting and tax rate setting. Prerequisite: APEC 1610 Note: Same course as POLI 4030 and SOCI 4030 ANTH 4040 3 People and Cultures of the North American Arctic (2,1,0) This course introduces the North American sub‐Arctic, Arctic, and High Arctic as discrete cultural regions. Surveying the historical, ecological and cultural diversity of the Arctic, this course reviews anthropological perspectives on the past and present lives and experiences of indigenous peoples who have made the high latitudes their home for millenia. This course documents patterns of social organisation among Inuit, Dene, and Metis with a secondary focus directed towards recent economic, political, and cultural trends in the region resulting from European contact, colonisation, and political devolution. Prerequisite: ANTH 1210 and third or fourth‐year standing in Arts Required Seminar: ANTH 4040S ANTH 4050 3 Canadian Status/Treaty Indian Reserve Communities (2,1,0) This course will present Canadian reserve communities as distinct societies. A survey of status Indian reserve communities across Canada, this course chronicles the origin of the numbered reserve system historically by introducing the Indian Act, Registered Indians, and the numbered treaty process. It surveys the variety of reserve communities nationally, as well as documenting present‐day reserve conditions from the point of view of social scientists and Native writers alike. Prerequisite: ANTH 1210 and third or fourth‐year standing in Arts Required Seminar: ANTH 4050S ANTH 4150 3 Religion and Society (3,0,0) Comparative study of religious beliefs and practices; relations between religious, social and political institutions; religion as a force for stability as well as change. APEC 1630 2 Assessment and Assessment Appeals Procedures (40 hours) Students are introduced to property markets and property assessment. The course focuses on property assessments and assessment appeals in Canada and under the authority of the Financial Management Association (FMA) or s. 83 of the Indian Act. Students also discuss the FMA regulatory requirements for assessments and assessment appeals. This course is relevant to First Nation and local government tax administrations. Prerequisite: APEC 1610 APEC 1640 3 Administration: Tax Notices, Collecting and Enforcement (45 hours) This course discusses the management of a First Nation and/or local government tax administration system. Students focus on taxpayer notification, local revenue billing, collecting, and enforcement. Best practices from systems across Canada are presented along with the regulatory requirements associated with the Financial Managment Association (FMA). A substantial portion of the course is devoted to using the First Nation Tax Commission's specialized software for local revenue administration. Prerequisite: APEC 1610, APEC 1620 APEC 1650 2 Communication, Taxpayer Relations and Dispute Resolutions (34 hours) Students discuss the establishment of mutually beneficial working relationships between First Nation tax authorities and taxpayers, focussing on interest based negotiations, communication templates for taxpayers and media, and best practices in taxpayer relations. The course also provides an overview of the informal and formal dispute resolution processes related to the Financial Management Association and the First Nation Tax Commission. Prerequisite: APEC 1610, APEC 1620, APEC 1630, APEC 1640 Prerequisite: ANTH 1210 or SOCI 1110/1210 Note: SOCI 1110/1210 means not either/or, but both. APEC 1660 2 Service Agreements and Joint Contracts (37 hours) ANTH 4330 6 Directed Studies (3,0,0) General reading and/or a research undertaking, with the agreement, and under the supervision, of a Department faculty member selected by the student. No more than 6 credits of Directed Studies may be taken for credit towards a degree. This course discusses the development of service and joint agreements with local governments and/or private partners. Students focus on local service agreements between two local governments or local service agreements private contracts, in addition to the delivery of local services or the construction of local infrastructure through public private partnerships. The course is intended for First Nation and local government tax administrators. Prerequisite: APEC 1610, APEC 1620 ANTH 4600 3 Cultural Ecology and Evolution (3,0,0) APEC 1670 2 Social organization in the context of the theoretical approaches of cultural evolution and cultural ecology with particular emphasis on primitive societies: kinship, political organization, warfare, economic organization, peasant societies, religious movements, underdevelopment, and social change. Development Cost Charges (36 hours) APEC 1610 2 Introduction to First Nation Taxation (35 hours) 259 This course discusses the development of a fair and transparent development cost charge (DCC) system for First Nations or local governments. Students focus on creating DCC systems under the authority of the Financial Management Association and First Nation Tax Commission procedures and standards related to DCCs. The course presents DCC best practices throughout Canada. Prerequisite: APEC 1610, APEC 1620 APEC 1680 3 ARCH 1110 3 Capital Infrastructure and Debenture Financing (56 hours) Human Origins (2,1,0) Students learn to use long term debenture financing as a tool for providing local government infrastructure. The course focuses on the regulatory requirements related to long‐term debentures in the Financial Managment Association (FMA), and emphasizes the legal, planning, and policy requirements established by First Nation Finance Authority, the First Nation Tax Commission and the First Nations Financial Management Board. Best practices are presented for economic, capital and financial planning, required by any First Nation interested in borrowing under the authority of the FMA. An introduction to the anthropological study of human origins. The course addresses the distinction between mythical and scientific explanations of the emergence of animal and human life. It outlines the basic principles of evolution and reviews the major stages of human prehistory. Although some attention is paid to the interplay between biology and culture, the course is designed for social science students who may lack extensive knowledge of biology. Required Seminar: ARCH 1110S Prerequisite: APEC 1610, APEC 1620, APEC 1630, APEC 1640, APEC 1650 ARCH 2010 3 APEC 2640 3 Residential and Commercial Development on First Nation Lands (3,0,0) This course provides an overview of how to conduct residential and commercial development on First Nation lands. Students focus on case studies of successful First Nation residential and commercial developments, and executing developments using the Indian Act, the First Nations Fiscal and Statistical Management Act, and the First Nations Land Management Act. The course provides students with a series of model laws, agreements and systems that support residential and commercial development on First Nation lands. Introduction to Archaeology (2,1,0) An introduction to the discipline of archaeology, including the ways in which archaeologists reconstruct past cultures and lifeways, the development and major discoveries of archaeology, and the relationships between human material remains and human behavior. Students will gain an appreciation of what the past was like, what archaeological data are, and how archaeology is used to answer questions about the human condition. Required Seminar: ARCH 2010S ARCH 2160 3 APEC 2650 3 Ancient Civilizations (3,0,0) Investment Facilitation on First Nation Lands (3,0,0) This is an introductory course offering students a broad survey of the archaeology of ancient, pre‐industrial, Old World and New World civilizations. The course includes an overview of basic theoretical and methodological concepts in archaeology, emphasizing classical (historic) archaeology. The topics of study include the origins of urbanism; early systems of writing; the earliest civilizations of Mesopotamia, Egypt, the Indus Valley, and China; the classical civilizations of the Mediterranean; and the early Mesoamerican and Andean states. It is four to six times more expensive to facilitate investment on First Nation lands than it is off First Nation lands. This course investigates the source of these higher costs and how to reduce expenditure, while introducing the concept of transaction costs. Students discuss how private and public investment work together to create economic growth, and focus on the interests of investors and what First Nations can do to facilitate investment on their lands. This course is of interest to both First Nations and interested investors. Prerequisite: ARCH 1110 or ARCH 1190 recommended Prerequisite: ECON 1220 (C‐ or better) Corequisite: ECON 2630 ARCH 2190 3 Ancient North Americans (3,0,0) APEC 2700 3 Economic Feasibility and Impact Analysis on First Nation Lands (3,0,0) A survey of the archaeological evidence for prehistoric colonization of North America, the expansion of Paleo‐ Indian hunters, the adaptations of archaic hunter‐foragers to post‐Ice Age environments, the origins of farming and village life, and the rise and fall of complex chiefdom societies. The course examines how technological innovations, population growth, natural resources, and social and ideological factors influenced the various cultural developments in different regions of North America. This course is an introduction to cost‐benefit analysis as it relates to investment activity on First Nation land. In order to understand cost‐benefit analysis, students acquire skills and knowledge on the time value of money as well as basic statistical concepts. The concepts and techniques required for economic feasibility analysis and economic impact analysis are introduced. The course material is delivered using real case studies as it relates to First Nation projects. Required Seminar: ARCH 2190S Prerequisite: C+ or better in Principles of Math 11 or Applications of Math 12, or MATH 0510, or equivalent and ECON 1220 (C‐ or better) or ECON 1900 or ECON 1950 (C‐ or better) ARCH 2230 3 Prerequisite: ARCH 1110 or ARCH 1190 Indians of British Columbia 2 (2,1,0) APSC 1200 2 Introduction to Engineering (2,0,0) This course is an introduction to the engineering profession and to engineering design. Weekly guest speakers and lectures are used to illustrate various aspects of the engineering profession. Each year a design project is selected to contextualize the design portion of the course. Working in teams, students work through the design steps of need assessment, research, analysis, concept selection, detailed design, and reporting to develop thoughtful and realistic solutions. Prerequisite: Admission to the Engineering Transfer Program Note: This course is only offered in the Fall semester ARCH 1100 3 Exploring Archaeology (3,0,0) Discover the fascinating world of archaeology with this survey of remarkable discoveries and intriguing mysteries as we explore ancient sites and cultures from around the world. Witness the remarkable journey of humanity through ancient technologies, 'lost' civilizations, great explorers, and modern discoveries. Students learn that the multidisciplinary field of archaeology is equal parts Arts and Science, discovery and adventure. A survey of the traditional Indian cultures of British Columbia as known through ethnography and archaeology. Topics will include regional variation and adaptation in economy, technology, language, religion, art, medicine, kinship, and social organization. The contemporary social problems of the native peoples are not part of this course. Prerequisite: An intro course in Anthropology is recommended Required Seminar: ARCH 2230S ARCH 2330 3 Old World Archaeology (3,0,0) This course offers a broad survey of prehistoric archaeology of the Old World. Through the exploration of archaeological evidence, students will follow the development of human culture, from the earliest material evidence of the Old Stone Age, through the development of increasingly complex and diverse cultures from ancient Africa, Asia, and Europe. Prerequisite: ARCH 1110 or ARCH 1190 ARCH 3050 6 Theory in Archaeology (2,1,0) or (2,1,0)(2,1,0) Overview of major theoretical and methodological issues in archaeology, involving a history of archaeological thought, the formulation of research designs, and how archaeology fits into science. The student will gain an understanding of the general 260 characteristics of the archaeological data base, and what paradigms, theories, and methods are used to address archaeological problems in culture, history, settlement, ecology, and technological change. ARET 1110 2 Prerequisite: ARCH 1190 and any 2000 level ARCH course This course involves the fundamentals of computer aided drafting as an alternative to traditional hand drafting. Utilizing computers and the latest Autodesk software, this course forms the basis for other courses within the Architectural and Engineering Technology program. This course is available in the Fall semester Required Seminar: ARCH 3050S ARCH 3060 6 Computer Aided Design and Drafting 1 (2,0,2)(L) only. Summer Field Training in Archaeology (L) Prerequisite: Admission to the Architectural & Engineering Technology Program or permission from the department chair Intensive training in excavation techniques, and interpretation, including mapping procedures, recording preliminary analysis, and reporting. Students will participate in an excavation for the Summer session and will use this field experience as a basis for lectures, discussion, and reports. Lab Fee required. Note: This course is part of a limited enrollment program Corequisite: ARET 1100 Required Lab: ARET 1110L Prerequisite: ARCH 3050 or permission of the instructor ARET 1120 2 ARCH 3260 3 Introduction to Architectural Representation (1,1,0)(L) Environmental Archaeology (2,2,0) This course introduces the student to the basics of creating architectural drawings using Autodesk software and elevations. Using the current architectural software, the student creates basic floor plan and associated drawings. Upon completion of the course, students design a 3D building model and generate the 2D plans required by the construction industry. This course is available in the Fall semester only. This course examines the ways in which archaeologists reconstruct past environments and the relationships between humans and important environmental resources and variables. Interdisciplinary data recovery and analysis methods from geology, soil sciences, botany, zoology, chemistry, physics, and ecology, have resulted in new specialties in archaeology, including zooarchaeology, paleobotany, raw material sourcing, geophysical and geomorphological analysis, paleoenvironmental reconstruction, and seasonality studies. Their applications will be illustrated by examples from the Paleolithic, through classical civilizations, to urban archaeology. Prerequisite: ARCH 1110 or ARCH 1190; any 2000 level ARCH course; GEOG 1110; GEOG 1120 and GEOL 2050 recommended Prerequisite: Admission to the Architectural & Engineering Technology Program or permission from the department chair Corequisite: ARET 1100, ARET 1110, ARET 1200 Note: This course is part of a limited enrollment program Required Seminar: ARET 1120S Required Seminar: ARCH 3260S ARET 1200 3 ARCH 4060 3 Materials and Applications 1 ‐ Specifications (3,1,0)(L) Cultural Resource Management (2,1,0) This course introduces students to building materials and methods applied in contemporary building construction. Lectures include an introduction to contract documents (specifications and working drawings), the advantages and limitations of the various types of contracts, the bidding procedure using bid depository regulations, and the types of bonds most currently in use. This course is available in the Fall semester only. This course explores the practical, theoretical, social, and legal issues of cultural resource management archaeology, including the origins and application of heritage legislation within Canada, the United States, and abroad. Topical issues on contract archaeology, public archaeology, aboriginal heritage, and avocational archaeological societies are incorporated. Prerequisite: ARCH 1110 or 1190 , and any 2000 level ARCH course Prerequisite: Admission to the Architectural & Engineering Technology Program or permission from the department chair Required Seminar: ARCH 4060S Corequisite: ARET 1110 ARCH 4110 3 Note: This course is part of a limited enrolment program ***Prehistory of a Special Area in the New World Required Seminar: ARET 1200S Analysis of the prehistory of a selected New World area, including a summary of the literature and discussion of relevant problems. The course will provide background for students in North, Central, and South America area studies. Typical offerings include the prehistory of Mesoamerica, the Southwest, North America, and the Mayan areas. Prerequisite: ARCH 3050 or ARCH 4200 or permission of the instructor ARET 1300 3 Building Technology 1 (3,2,3)(L) Note: Generally taught as companion course to ARCH 3060 Students are introduced to basic platform framing, commonly used in residential buildings that are regulated under Part 9 (Housing and Small Buildings) of the British Columbia Building Code. This course is available in the Winter semester only. ARCH 4200 3 to 6 Prerequisite: ARET 1100, ARET 1110, ARET 1120, ARET 1200 or permission from the department chair Archaeology of British Columbia (3,0,0) Note: This course is part of a limited enrolment program An advanced study of the prehistoric archaeology of interior and/or coastal British Columbia, including an analysis of the archaeological evidence, and interpretations of prehistoric cultural developments from selected field studies. Required Lab: ARET 1300L Required Seminar: ARET 1300S Prerequisite: ARCH 2190 ARET 1400 3 ARET 1100 3 Civil Technology 1 (4,1,2)(L) This course involves the fundamentals of basic drawing and hand sketching, with emphasis on drawing skills, conventions, techniques, layout and representation theory. This course is available in the Fall semester only. This course is an entry level course into the field of Civil Engineering Design and Drafting. The course includes Traverse survey computations, geometric design calculations, area calculations and earthwork calculations. The student will use the latest version of Autodesk's Civil 3D software to produce a subdivision layout comprising of a plan and profile drawing with horizontal and vertical alignments and cross‐sections. Prerequisite: Admission to the Architectural & Engineering Technology Program or permission from the department chair Prerequisites: Admission to the Architectural and Engineering Technology program or written consent of the Chairperson Note: This course is part of a limited enrollment program Required Lab: ARET 1400L Required Lab: ARET 1100L Required Seminar: ARET 1400S Graphical Communication (2,1,2)(L) Required Seminar: ARET 1100S 261 ARET 1410 3 ARET 2200 3 Construction Surveying (60 hours)(L) Materials and Applications 2 ‐ Estimating (2,1,0)(L) Students are introduced to the basic techniques of construction surveying. This course has a compressed schedule and is offered at the end of the Winter semester. This course provides the fundamentals of construction estimating. Students apply traditional estimating material takeoff procedures, analyze the concepts of unit pricing and productivity, and estimate material and labour costs utilizing traditional estimating procedures. On completion of this course, successful students are able to interpret the information provided on an architectural drawing set and, from that information, generate a material takeoff and a material and labour cost estimate. This course is only available in the Fall Semester. Prerequisite: ARET 1400 or permission from the department chair Note: This course involves outdoor field work. This course is part of a limited enrolment program Required Seminar: ARET 1410S Prerequisite: ARET 1200 and ARET 1300 or permission from the department chair ARET 1500 2 Building Electrical Design (2,0,1)(L) Note: This course is part of a limited enrolment program Required Seminar: ARET 2200S This fundamental course in building electrical systems design involves a detailed analysis of the Canadian Electrical Code pertinent to residential and/or multi‐residential building electrical distribution systems, electrical engineering design practices, and electrical design drawing production. During the course, students interpret electrical code rules and apply the requirements defined by those rules, demonstrate good engineering practice in the development of a residential and/or multi‐residential building electrical design, and create electrical working drawings. This course is available in the Fall Semester only. This course involves the fundamental aspects of construction management, including on‐site management and inspection, construction safety, construction laws and labour relations, contract and construction administration, and the planning, scheduling, and controlling of construction projects. Prerequisite: Admission to the Architectural & Engineering Technology Program or permission from the department chair Note: This course is part of a limited enrolment program Corequisite: ARET 1100, ARET 1110 Required Seminar: ARET 2210S ARET 2210 3 Construction Management (2,1,0) Prerequisite: ARET 1200 or permission from the department chair Note: This course is part of a limited enrolment program Required Lab: ARET 1500L ARET 1510 3 Building Lighting Design (3,0,0) This course involves a detailed analysis of the factors considered in the selection of light sources and equipment through the utilization of the Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (IESNA) calculation methods and engineering practices. In addition, the fundamentals of the biology of sight and the psychology of colour as it pertains to the development of a building lighting system is discussed. Students determine the illumination requirements of a building through the utilization of IESNA calculation methods, apply the building illumination requirements utilizing engineering practices, develop a commercial building lighting system design, and create a commercial building lighting system working drawing. This course is available in the Winter Semester only. Prerequisite: ARET 1100, ARET 1120, ARET 1500 or permission from the department chair Note: This course is part of a limited enrolment program ARET 2220 1 Applied Research Project (0,1,0) This seminar course may be used as an extension to one of ARET 1300, ARET 2400 or ARET 2500 to support the completion of the Applied Research Project. In the seminar, students focus their research toward specific applications and implementations, and prepare to develop their final conclusions and report. Prerequisite: CMNS 1850 Note: This course is part of a limited enrolment program ARET 2300 3 Building Regulations (2,1,0) This course provides students with an overview of the British Columbia Building Code, with in‐depth analysis of Part 3 Fire Protection, Occupant Safety and Accessibility, and Part 5 Environmental Separation. In addition, students research common municipal zoning by‐law requirements, in reference to Kamloops Zoning By‐law No. 5‐1‐200 by‐ laws. This course is offered in the Winter semester only. ARET 2100 2 Prerequisite: ARET 1300 or permission from the department chairperson Computer Aided Design and Drafting 2 (2,0,2)(L) Note: This course is part of a limited enrolment program Upon completion, successful students have a working knowledge of OLE, menu customization, attribute extraction, importing and exporting different file formats, external reference files, the creation of 3D surface and solid models, and the extraction of orthographic views from solid models. This course is available after the Winter semester. Required Seminar: ARET 2300S Prerequisite: ARET 1110 or permission from the department chairperson Note: This course is part of a limited enrolment program Required Lab: ARET 2100L ARET 2120 3 Building Information Technology (2,3,0)(L) This course is an introduction to Revit Architecture. Students learn the techniques for the mass modeling of a building. The building information model is then developed into a complete set of architectural working drawings. The building model may also be used for construction planning, conflict detection, fabrication and sustainable design. Using knowledge obtained in the first year of the program, successful students are able to develop the building model components including walls, roofs, floors, slabs, railings and fences, as well as customizing families for REVIT software. Presentation techniques, details, and annotation of plans and details are also discussed. This course is only offered in the Winter semester. Prerequisite: ARET 1110, ARET 1120 and ARET 1300 or permission of the department chairperson Note: This course is part of a limited enrolment program Required Seminar: ARET 2120S 262 ARET 2400 3 Site Planning and Development (3,0,2)(L) This course provides an introduction to the land development process and focuses on specific issues related to site planning, organization and circulation. The connection between land use and transportation is explored and methods to assess on‐site and off‐ site transportation requirements are introduced. The course includes planning concepts, site planning principles, sustainable site design principles, an application study of the Kamloops Zoning Bylaw, trip generation calculation, site organization and layout, parking layout, site amenities and landscaping. This course is available in the Winter semester only. Prerequisite: ARET 1400, ARET1410 or permission from the department chairperson Note: This course is part of a limited enrolment program Required Lab: ARET 2400L ARET 2410 3 Civil Technology 2 (3,0,2)(L) This course builds on the Civil Technology 1 course and expands the student's knowledge of Civil Engineering Design and Drafting. The course focuses on the geometric design of roads and highways and uses criteria and procedures developed by the Transportation Association of Canada and illustrated in the Geometric Design Guide for Canadian Roads as its foundation. Prerequisite: ARET 1400 or permission of the Chair Note: This course is part of a limited enrolment program Required Lab: ARET 2410L ARET 3410 3 ARET 2500 3 Sustainable Site Planning and Development (3,0,2)(L) Building Plumbing Design (3,0,2)(L) This course will provide an introduction to site planning and the land development process and will focus specifically on issues related to site planning, organization and circulation. The connection between land use, regulation and transportation will be explored. The course will include planning concepts, site planning principles, sustainable site design principles, an application study of the Kamloops Zoning Bylaw, site organization and layout, parking layout, site amenities and landscaping. This course provides a detailed analysis of the B.C. Plumbing Code, the Canadian Gas Code, plumbing engineering practices, plumbing design, and drawing production. Students create sanitary, storm, domestic water distribution, and natural gas system designs, and apply those designs to the creation of a plumbing working drawing for a commercial building. This course is only available in the Fall Semester. Prerequisite: ARET 1100, ARET 1110, ARET 1120, ARET 1200, ARET 1300 or permission of the department chair person Prerequisite: ARET 2410 or permission of the Chair Required Lab: ARET 3410L Note: This course is part of a limited enrolment program Required Lab: ARET 2500L ARET 3500 3 Building Services Theory (3,1,1)(L) ARET 2600 3 Statics and Strength of Materials (5,0,0) This design course is intended to familiarize students with the concepts of static equilibrium and strength of materials. The course includes force analysis of trusses and frames, centroids, moments of inertia, and shear force and bending moment diagrams. Students examine the stress and strain effects of axial, torsional, bending, and shear forces. The emphasis of the course is on problem solving. Students demonstrate the application of the principles of statics and strength of materials as applied to basic structural and mechanical design problems. This course is available in the Winter Semester only. Prerequisite: MATH 1540 (or MATH 1140), MATH 1640 (or MATH 1240), PHYS 1510, or permission from the chairperson Corequisite: PHYS 1610 Note: This course is part of a limited enrolment program ARET 3300 3 Building Design (2,1,1)(L) This course provides students with the basic tools and appreciation of building design, and involves studies of aesthetic principles and basic space planning. The term project consists of preliminary design drawings for a moderate‐sized commercial, institutional or assembly type building. This project forms the basis for a more detailed partial set of working drawings to be developed in ARET 3310: Building Technology 2. This course is available in the Fall semester only. Prerequisite: ARET 1100, ARET 1110, ARET 1300, or permission from the department chairperson Note: This course is part of a limited enrolment program Required Lab: ARET 3300L Students are offered the fundamentals of thermodynamics pertaining to building component assemblies, an analysis of the American Society of Heating Refrigerating and Air‐Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) heat transfer calculation methods, an analysis of the ASHRAE fenestration calculation process, and psychrometrics. The fundamentals of hydraulic and/or pneumatic system theory and design are also analyzed. Students demonstrate competency in heat transfer, fenestration, and psychrometric calculation processes as defined by ASHRAE. The course also provides opportunities for students to apply their knowledge of design procedures for developing a hydraulic system design and the creation of a hydraulic power drawing, while utilizing hydraulic engineering representation standards. This course is only available in the Fall Semester. Prerequisite: ARET 1110, MATH 1540, PHYS 1610 or permission from the department chairperson Note: This course is part of a limited enrolment program Required Lab: ARET 3500L Required Seminar: ARET 3500S ARET 3510 3 Building HVAC Design (4,0,3)(L) This course builds on the acquired knowledge in ARET 3500 with a further analysis of heating, ventilation, and air‐conditioning (HVAC) building systems and system applications.Students explore the fundamentals of HVAC system components, including an investigation of the methods of the review and selection of HVAC equipment, and a detailed analysis of sizing ductwork and mechanical heating piping. In addition, students examine HVAC system representation utilizing current engineering practices in system drawing creation. Upon completion, students demonstrate competency in commercial building HVAC system design, equipment specification writing, control theory, and creation of a HVAC working drawing to engineering representation practices and standards. This course is only available in the Winter Semester. Required Seminar: ARET 3300S Prerequisite: ARET 1100, ARET 1110, ARET 3400, ARET 3500 or permission of the department chairperson ARET 3310 3 Required Lab: ARET 3510L Note: This course is part of a limited enrolment program Building Technology 2 (3,2,1)(L) This course is a continuation of ARET 3300 and advances students' knowledge of construction systems commonly used in multi‐storey commercial, institutional or multi‐ residential buildings that are regulated under Parts 3 and 5 of the British Columbia Building Code. This course is available in the Winter semester only. Prerequisite: ARET 1300, ARET 2300, ARET 3300, or permission of the department chairperson Note: This course is part of a limited enrolment program Required Lab: ARET 3310L Required Seminar: ARET 3310S ARET 3600 3 Structural Analysis (3,0,0) This course offers instruction in structural loads and structural analysis, and includes a review of statics and strength of materials, load path, arches and cable structures. Students explore the concept of bending and shear stresses, solve statically indeterminate beams using both the method of consistent displacements and the three‐ moment equation, and analyze statically indeterminate frames using moment distribution. Students also learn Part 4 of the National Building Code of Canada. This course is available in the Fall semester only. Prerequisite: MATH 1540 (or MATH 1140), MATH 1640 (or MATH 1240), PHYS 1510, PHYS 1610, ARET 2600, or permission from the department chairperson ARET 3400 3 Note: This course is part of a limited enrolment program Fluid Mechanics (4,0,0) Students analyze fluid mechanics including fluid statics, energy concepts in fluid dynamics, fluid flow in pipes, pump selection and open channel flow. The course includes an introduction to municipal service design. Hydrologic concepts are introduced and the rational method is applied to storm sewer design. This course is available in the Fall semester only. Prerequisite: MATH 1540 (or MATH 1140), MATH 1640 (or MATH 1240), PHYS 1510, PHYS 1610, ARET 2600, or permission of the chairperson 263 ARET 3610 3 Steel Design (4,0,0) This is a design course with major emphasis on the design and behaviour of steel structures. Students explore the selection of open web steel joists, the design of structural steel trusses, purlins, beams, girders, girts, pin‐ended columns, beam columns, bracing, the design of bolted connections, base plate design, and welded connections. This course is offered in the Winter semester only. design details. This course will feature industry professionals working in collaboration with faculty and students to further enhance building integration methods. Prerequisite: ARET 3600 or permission of the department chairperson Prerequisite: ARET 4300 Note: This course is part of a limited enrolment program Corequisite: ARET 4510, ARET 4610 Required Lab: ARET 4310L ARET 3620 3 Required Seminar: ARET 4310S Wood Design (3,0,0) This course offers an analysis in the design and behaviour of wood structures. Students explore the design of timber trusses, purlins, beams, girders, pin‐ended columns, beam‐ columns and bracing using sawn lumber, plywood, glulam and manufactured products. The course also includes a study of connection design using nails, bolts, lag screws and timber rivets. This course is offered in the Fall semester only. Prerequisite: ARET 2600, MATH 1540 (or MATH 1140), MATH 1640 (or MATH 1240), PHYS 1510, PHYS 1610, or permission of the department chairperson ARET 4500 2 Building Systems 1 (2,0,2)(L) This course is an advanced study of the processes, techniques, and tools involved in an energy audit of building systems. Energy conservation measures (ECM) applicable to electrical, lighting, and HVAC will be covered in detail. Prerequisite: ARET 3510 Corequisite: ARET 3600 Corequisite: ARET 4300, ARET 4600 Note: This course is part of a limited enrolment program Required Lab: ARET 4500L ARET 3630 3 ARET 4510 2 Reinforced Concrete Design (5,0,0) Building Systems 2 (2,0,2)(L) This course instructs students in the design of reinforced concrete structures. Students explore the design of reinforced concrete beams, T‐beams, columns, walls, footings, and retaining walls. Students also examine various methods of forming concrete beams, slabs, columns, walls, footings and detailing of reinforced concrete. This course is offered in the Winter semester only. This course is an advanced study of commonly used sustainable energy technologies in building systems: photovoltaic technology, ground‐source heat pumps, and wind turbine systems. Students will be taught the basics of design applications for grid‐ connected and standalone PhotoVoltaic (PV) systems. Prerequisite: ARET 4500 Prerequisite: ARET 3600 or permission of the department chairperson. Required Lab: ARET 4510L Note: This course is part of a limited enrolment program ARET 4600 2 ARET 4100 2 Civil Structural 1 (2,0,2)(L) Energy Modeling (2,0,3)(L) This course builds on prerequisite courses and provides the student with an understanding of site selection processes and considerations. The successful student will be able to make informed decisions on building site selection and site preparation, foundation design criteria, building structural grids and support systems location and design. This course introduces the student to energy modeling of building systems using latest versions of freely available software. During the course the student will determine the energy consumption for new and existing buildings and will evaluate the effectiveness of energy conservation measures when applied to new and existing buildings. Prerequisite: ARET 3550 or permission of the Chair Prerequisite: ARET 3410, ARET 3610, ARET 3620, ARET 3630 Required Lab: ARET 4100L Required Lab: ARET 4600L ARET 4110 2 ARET 4610 2 Green Building Rating Systems (2,0,2)(L) Civil Structural 2 (2,0,2)(L) This course will focus on the principles of sustainable design relating to building structures. Various green building rating systems will be reviewed and assessed. An appropriate green building rating system will be applied to the term project to determine the level of sustainability. Case studies and relevant examples will be examined. This course is an in depth examination of building structural systems, modeling, loads and analysis. This course examines in detail various structural elements and their load transfer mechanisms for preparation and modeling in structural analysis software. Prerequisite: ARET 4600 Required Lab: ARET 4610L Prerequisite: Admission to 4th year of the Bachelor of Building Science Degree program Required Lab: ARET 4110L ARTS 3000 1 ARET 4300 3 Architectural and Planning Systems 1 (2,2,2)(L) Students will be involved in master planning and schematic architectural design of a mixed‐use development. The design project will comply with the current building codes and zoning regulations. Students will create presentation documents, coordinate with other engineering disciplines and incorporate sustainable design principles. Arts Program and Career Planning (1,0,0) This course introduces best practices for student success in the Faculty of Arts, including instruction in program planning and research and study methods. This introduction will be followed by the exploration of two post‐baccalaureate options: graduate school and career planning. Prerequisite: Admission to the Bachelor of Arts program or 24 credits toward the Bachelor of Arts Degree Prerequisite: Admission to 4th year of the Bachelor of Building Science Degree program Required Lab: ARET 4300L Required Seminar: ARET 4300S ARET 4310 3 Architectural and Planning Systems 2 (2,2,2)(L) The student will be involved in design development and construction documents for the undergraduate design project. Students will coordinate the engineering consultants while ensuring compliance with current building codes and zoning regulations. Students will be expected to develop design details with a focus on rigorous building envelope practices. Green Building rating systems will guide the overall development of the 264 ASET 0200 Community Networking 1 (55 hours) Community Networking 1 is course content targeted at the specific development of awareness and application of appropriate and effective employability skills and community resources. Guest speakers present informational content on various workplace related topics in several different media: video, audio, power point, etc. Content learning and coverage is specific and relative to workplace topics. Prerequisite: Admission to Level 1 of the Work Skills Training (WST) Program ASET 0210 Prerequisite: Admission to Level 2 of the Work Skills Training (WST) Program Community Networking 2 (50 hours) Community Networking 2 is a continuation of Community Networking 1. Students explore community resources and their application to their employability. Guest speakers present informational content on various workplace related topics in several different media: video, audio, power point, etc. Prerequisite: Admission to Level 2 of the Work Skills Training (WST) Program ASET 0620 Communications 1 (180 hours) Communications 1 is wide ranging interpersonal communications skills content that covers basic interpersonal skills training and application inclusive of: listening, responding, problem solving, stress management and assertiveness skills. Content focuses on effective and appropriate communications skills in the work place environment. Motivation, initiative, and comprehension, specific to the workplace are also covered. Students are challenged to engage in practical hands‐on role play, interactive exercises, self directed content and large group discussion format. Active participation and flexibility are required for student success. Prerequisite: Admission to Level 1 of the Work Skills Training (WST) Program ASHS 4610 2 Client Centered Approach to Asthma (2,0,0) A post‐graduate certificate for health care professionals with an interest in the management of asthma. Graduates receive an Asthma Educators' Certificate. Through a collaborative partnership with the University of Alberta and the Alberta Asthma Centre, TRU offers this multidisciplinary, CNRC‐approved, online, asthma educators' program. The program gives students the necessary background to optimally educate clients with asthma in prevention, health promotion and disease selfmanagement. Graduates will be eligible to sit the CNRC exam for national certification as an asthma educator. Prerequisite: 2 year diploma or certificate from a recognized health care field as defined by CNRC (Canadian Network for Respiratory Care) ASHS 4620 2 Concepts in Asthma (2,0,0) A post‐graduate certificate for health care professionals with an interest in the management of asthma. Graduates receive an Asthma Educators' Certificate. ASET 0630 Communications 2 (130 hours) Communications 2 is a continuation of Communications 1 ‐ wide ranging interpersonal skills training content which covers basic skills inclusive of the following: listening, responding, assertiveness skills, problem solving, anger management, conflict resolution, motivation, initiative, stress reduction and management. Students will continue to be challenged to learn, improve and master effective and appropriate communication skills specific to the work place environment. Students will engage in practical, hands‐on and interactive content and application inclusive of video and audio presentations and exercises. Students will continue to work and learn with self directed content, individual and group projects and also with a large group discussion format. Prerequisite: Admission to Level 2 of the Work Skills Training (WST) Program ASET 0910 Workplace Numeracy and Literacy 1 (110 hours) Workplace Numeracy and Literacy 1 is an introduction and review of basic functional literacy skills specifically relative to the workplace environment. Students work from an education plan, beginning at their individual functioning and skill level with the specific goals of improving and demonstrating progressive improvement in functional and demonstrated literacy. Topics covered include money management (budgeting and personal finance), reading and following directions, basic letter writing skills, note and message taking, workplace and personal vocabulary enhancement and basic calculator usage. Prerequisite: Admission to Level 1 of the Work Skills Training (WST) Program ASHS 4630 2 Asthma Management Planning (2,0,0) In Part 1 of this course, you will assess the availability and quality of asthma education resources. You will learn about the steps involved in developing an asthma support/education plan for various situations. You will experience, first‐hand, the barriers a client faces in following daily disease monitoring plans. You will conduct a videotaped client interview and take a complete client history. The information you gather in the face‐to‐face interview and in the staged‐case will become the basis of the care plans that you develop for each client. You will also have another opportunity to pursue an asthma‐related topic in your professional area of interest and share your completed project with other course participants. In Part 2, through case scenarios, the staged‐case and your final, face‐to‐face videotaped client interview, you will use the collected client information and monitoring data to develop working asthma action plans. You will conduct follow‐up visits on two clients in order to evaluate the appropriateness of a client's self‐management strategies and to make necessary adjustments to care and action plans. Various asthma topics will be discussed and you will have an opportunity to pose questions about current clinical trends in treatment to an on‐line content expert. Using the community support/education plan developed in Part 1 of this course, you will deliver and videotape your public teaching session. You will also have another opportunity to pursue an asthma‐related topic in your professional area of interest and share your completed project with other course participants. ASHS 4710 3 Client‐Centred Approach to Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease Care (3,0,0) ASET 0920 Workplace Numeracy and Literacy 2 (120 hours) Workplace Numeracy and Literacy 2 is a continuation of Workplace Numeracy and Literacy 1. The course builds on competency levels of students who continue to work to improve functional and demonstrated literacy skills. Topics include money management skills (budgeting, handling money), measurement (metric system), reading and following directions, taking messages, simple letter writing in preparation for resume writing, work and personal vocabulary enhancement and effective calculator usage. Prerequisite: Admission to Level 2 of the Work Skills Training (WST) Program ASHS 4710 Client‐Centered Approach to COPD Care is the first of two courses comprising the online COPD educators program. This course focuses primarily on the knowledge and skills utilized by health care professionals to establish good rapport and lay the foundation for a therapeutic client/professional relationship at the bedside, in a rehabilitation clinic or in a clients home. Prerequisite: It is highly recommended that the applicant have a minimum of a 2 year diploma or degree in a health care profession or equivalent experience ASHS 4720 3 Concepts in the Management of Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (3,0,0) ASET 0960 Computing 1 (60 hours) Computing 1 introduces students to basic computer terminology, technology, and usage. Prerequisite: Admission to Level 1 of the Work Skills Training (WST) Program ASET 0970 Computing 2 (60 hours) Computing 2 builds on skills developed in Computing 1. Students improve keyboarding skills and are introduced to other software as appropriate (database, spreadsheet, desktop publishing). 265 Fourth in a series for the Certified Respiratory Educator Program, this course provides participants with the theoretical knowledge and abilities to effectively assess, plan, implement, manage, and evaluate educational programs that support improved quality of life for clients with COPD. The course is intended to be a natural progression for participants who have completed a CNRC‐approved Asthma Educator Program since clients presenting with a combination of Asthma and COPD are commonly seen clinically. Participants perform a client interview, practice strategies for critically reviewing research papers, and demonstrate breathing and relaxation teaching techniques in a video‐recorded session. An online midterm and final exam is scheduled within this course. Upon completion, participants can sit the Certified Respiratory Educator ( CRE) National Certification Exam, offered June and November, annually. ASTR 1140 3 AUTO 5000 Introductory Astronomy: The Solar System (3,0,0) Automotive Service Technician Apprentice Level 4 (180 hours) This is a general interest introductory course on the history of astronomy and the solar system, and is intended for non‐science majors. Topics include: telescopes and observing the night sky, ancient astronomy, space exploration, the Earth/Moon system, formation and evolution of the solar system, the planets, minor members of the solar system and the Sun. Students are introduced to theory and gain hands‐on shop experience in the following topics: clutch systems; manual transmissions; automatic transmissions; drive lines; all wheel and four wheel drive systems; and hybrid drive line technology. Note: Students cannot receive credit for both ASTR 1130 and ASTR 1140 Prerequisite: Automotive Service Technician 3 BC Certificate of Qualification or documentation of credit for Automotive Service Technician Level 3 from a Canadian jurisdiction ASTR 1150 3 AWCP 0500 Introductory Astronomy: Stars and Galaxies (3,0,0) Animal Care This is a general interest introductory course on the night sky, stars and galaxies, and is intended for non‐science majors. Topics include: telescopes and observing the night sky, radiation and spectra, stellar properties and evolution, black holes, the Milky Way and other galaxies and cosmology. Students delve into the areas of animal anatomy, physiology, and the handling of animals often seen in an animal care facility. Topics include birds and wild animals, breed identification, animal disease, small animal nutrition, dog and cat first aid, microchipping, immunology, euthanasia, cleaning and disinfection, husbandry of rabbits and pocket pets, large animal handling and disease, avian nutrition, immunology and shelter enrichment. Videos produced at TRU, and included in the course package, demonstrate many of the animal handling techniques discussed in this course. ASTR 3300 3 Topics in Astrophysics (3,0,3*) This course presents selected topics in stellar and galactic astrophysics at a level suitable for upper level science students. Topics include telescopes, observing techniques and data reduction, stellar properties, stellar evolution, galactic kinematics and dynamics, and external galaxies. A three‐hour laboratory takes place every other week, and students use the campus observatory on a regular basis. Prerequisite: PHYS 1150, 1250 or PHYS 1100/1200, MATH 1130/1230 or MATH 1140/1240, MATH 2110 Required Lab: ASTR 3300L AUTO 1500 Auto Service Technician Foundation (900 hours) This foundation course is designed for those individuals wishing to become Automotive Service Technicians. In it students will learn to examine, test and repair the parts and systems on cars and light trucks. Students will also learn how to use computerized diagnostic equipment to test, adjust and repair key vehicle components such as engines, steering systems, braking systems, drive trains, vehicle suspensions and electrical systems. Prerequisite: Completion of Grade 10 with Grade 10 Math and English (Grade 12 with Grade 11 Math, Physics and English recommended). Acceptable score on the entry assessment test. AUTO 2000 Automotive Service Technician Apprentice Level 1 (210 hours) Students are introduced to theory and gain hands‐on shop experience in the following topics: workplace safety; employability skills; tools and equipment; general automotive maintenance; general automotive practices; basic electrical systems; and brake, steering and suspension systems. AWCP 0510 Safety in the Workplace Students discuss safety issues, such as zoonotic disease, chemicals, environmental issues, WHMIS standards, and disposal of biomedical wastes. The course is designed to promote safety of the animal welfare person and their animal charges, and to provide education on the legal requirements surrounding the storage and handling of chemical or hazardous substances. AWCP 0520 Humane Education Students explore a wide range of humane issues, such as the history of the humane movement, violence prevention against animals, the link between animal and child abuse, teaching responsible pet care, building empathy, teaching controversial subjects, and how to build a humane program and network within a shelter. Students also discuss animals in therapeutic programs. AWCP 0530 Small Animal Care Students delve into the study of animal anatomy, physiology, and the practice of handling animals often seen in an animal care facility. Topics include birds and wild animals, breed identification, animal disease, small animal nutrition, dog and cat first aid, microchipping, immunology, euthanasia, cleaning and disinfection, and the husbandry of rabbits and pocket pets. Videos produced at TRU, and included in the course package, demonstrate many of the animal handling techniques discussed in this course. AWCP 0540 AUTO 3000 Automotive Service Technician Apprentice Level 2 (180 hours) Students are introduced to theory and gain hands‐on shop experience in the following topics: advanced electrical systems; heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems; engines; engine support systems; and hybrid vehicle safety. Prerequisite: Automotive Service Technician 1 BC Certificate of Qualification or documentation of credit for Automotive Service Technician Level 1 from a Canadian jurisdiction Large Animal Care Students build on the knowledge acquired from AWCP 0500: Animal Care (module 0100). Topics include large animal and wildlife handling and first aid. Immunology and avian nutrition are discussed in the supplied notes and DVDs, and animal diseases are explored in depth using a body systems approach. Students also consider the enrichment of the lives of shelter animals, and how they can be trained to be more adoptable. AWCP 0550 Humane Education ‐ Advanced AUTO 4000 Automotive Service Technician Apprentice Level 3 (210 hours) Students are introduced to theory and gain hands‐on shop experience in the following topics: electrical and electronic systems; fuel delivery systems; electronic ignition systems, engine management systems; and emission control systems. Prerequisite: Automotive Service Technician 2 BC Certificate of Qualification or documentation of credit for Automotive Service Technician Level 2 from a Canadian jurisdiction This course is a continuation of AWCP 0520: Humane Education (module 0160). Topics include establishing a humane education program within a shelter, exploring animal issues, teaching controversial subjects, animals in therapeutic contexts and building a humane network. AWCP 0560 Advanced Legal Issues, Animal Welfare Students build on their knowledge of the issues discussed in AWCP 0570: General Legal Issues (module 0120) ,and progress from activities within the animal care facility, to 266 focusing on legal issues that may be encountered when the animal care worker is out in public. These issues may include abuse investigations, entering private property, and incident investigations. Prerequisite: First‐year university standing. Generally, this course is not open to students who have completed ADMN 313 and 314. BBUS 4680 6 AWCP 0570 General Legal Issues This course addresses the legalities of impounding a stray dog or a known aggressive dog found at large, the rights of clients, and enforcement of the laws pertaining to animal welfare. Basic ideas on enrichment and assessments are explored. This course relates the BC Provincial Prevention of Cruelty to Animals Act (PCA Act) and the Canadian Federal Criminal Code to daily operations in an SPCA shelter. AWCP 0620 Basic Business Techniques Since most animal care facilities are run independently and manage their own finances through fundraising, licensing, and fines, for example, it is important that their employees have some basic business skills. This course is broken down into several areas which begin to address these skill requirements, including such topics as bookkeeping, word processing and communication. Leading Projects to Success (3,0,0)(3,0,0) This competency‐based, paced course provides students with essential knowledge, skills, and competencies to lead a project to a successful completion. The course combines the operational aspects of managing a project with the leadership qualities required to inspire the project team and to interact with project stakeholders. Attention is given to analyzing project feasibility, developing processes to accomplish the work, applying strategies to lead people and motivate teams, and creating contingency plans to reduce risks. The course challenges students to apply their knowledge directly to a course project. Students must select and analyze the feasibility of their proposed project. As part of the competency assessment, students are assessed on their ability to lead a project through all project phases: planning, implementing, controlling/managing, and closing out. Students are supported throughout the course by a student support team (project triad), course facilitator, and project sponsor. Prerequisite: BBUS 3611 (previously ADMN 361) and BBUS 3641 (previously ADMN 364) and 60 credits of post‐secondary education BIOL 0500 3 AWCP 1700 3 General Biology (5,0,2) General Animal Welfare ABE ‐ Advanced: This basic Biology course introduces students to the fundamentals of Biology. It includes a brief study of the cell, Binomial Nomenclature, and the major Phyla of Plant and Animal Kingdoms. Fundamentals of plant and animal physiology are introduced with emphasis on the inter‐relationship among living organisms. This course is intended for employees of animal care facilities who are relatively new to the organization. Material directly pertaining to the BCSPCA is included, however, all of the information can be utilized by a student interested in animals and the animal humane movement. Course topics include animal care, legal issues, human conflict resolution, the business of running a shelter, safety in the workplace and humane education. Note: This course is offered in Williams Lake. Required Lab: BIOL 0500L BIOL 0600 4 AWCP 1710 3 Advanced Animal Welfare This course is directed at the more experienced employees of an animal care facility or at students with an extensive background in animal care. The emphasis is on management techniques such as fundraising, managing volunteers, and managing employees. Animal and human‐animal relations are investigated in depth, while students focus on activities outside the animal care facility (abuse investigations, injured domestic and wild animals, public education). Students with experience in these areas could proceed directly to AWCP 1710 without taking AWCP 1700. Course modules include animal care, legal issues, human conflict resolution, business management, humane education, managing volunteers, fundraising, and safety in the workplace. BBUS 3160 3 Canadian Securities and the Investment Industry (3,0,0) The Canadian Securities Institute course examines the fundamentals of investments and all aspects of the securities industry necessary to prepare students to write the Canadian Securities Licensing exam. Note: Students may not receive credit for this course towards the Finance Major. Students will receive general BBA credit. BBUS 3440 3 Business‐To‐Business Marketing (4,0,0) The marketing of products and services to business, organizations, and institutions is a major component of the marketing activity in the economy. This course focuses on the importance of micro‐markets and the decision‐making process and decision‐making units in the organization. It further introduces students to the growing importance of E‐ Commerce in business‐to‐business marketing. Prerequisite: MKTG 3430 BBUS 3620 3 Analytical Decision Making (3,0,0) This competency‐based, paced course covers the "decision tools" used by most managers. Using a multi‐faceted decision‐making model, students address workflow management, scheduling and charting, process analysis such as break‐even, trade‐off, and sensitivity analysis, financial decisions, cash flow, value of the dollar, inventory controls, strategic thinking, and more. Upon completion of the course, students have a portfolio of decision‐making tools effective in their work environment. 267 Human Biology (5,0,2)(L) ABE ‐ Provincial: A study of the major principles of human anatomy and physiology from the origin of atoms and elements through to the structure and function of molecules, cells, tissues, organs and body systems. Introduces the basic principles of Genetics and Evolution. Laboratory work involves organizing observations, drawing conclusions and effective communication. Prerequisite: CHEM 0500 Note: This course is taught by the University Preparation Department. Required Lab: BIOL 0600L BIOL 0620 4 Introduction to Life Sciences (5,0,2)(L) ABE ‐ Provincial: This course introduces students to ecological principles, stressing interdependence between the form and function of organisms that enables them to survive in their environment. Prerequisite: CHEM 0500 or Chemistry 11. Note: This course is taught by the University and Employment Preparation Department Required Lab: BIOL 0620L BIOL 1040 3 Biology of the Environment (3,0,3)(L) Non‐science students who have a keen interest in the environment focus on the underlying ecological principals that shape our world. They then proceed to evolution and the ecological diversity to which it leads. A consideration of the tremendous increase in human population growth leads students to identify both renewable and non‐renewable resources, acid rain, climate change, toxins in the environment, and the biodiversity crisis. The course ends with a discussion on ecologically sustainable development. Labs and field trips enhance students' learning experience. Prerequisite: 1st year standing Required Lab: BIOL 1040L BIOL 1050 3 Biology of Humans (3,0,3)(L) This course is designed as a science elective for Arts and Education students, or others interested in Human Biology; no previous background in biology or science is required. Students learn about the molecules, cells and tissues that comprise the human body, selected body systems, and diseases that affect them. Cell division and cancer is discussed, as well as the structure and function of DNA. Inheritance, genetic diseases and genetic engineering are also considered. Labs contribute to the understanding of this material by providing hands‐on experience. Students participate in a group project to research a topic of their choice in relation to any human disease. Prerequisite: 1st year standing Note: Science students do not receive credit for Biology 1050 Required Lab: BIOL 1050L Note: Students do not receive credit for more than one of BIOL 1692 and BIOL 1693 or BIOL 3550 BIOL 1694 Anatomy and Physiology Laboratory 2 (0,0,2)(L) This course is the second half laboratory course in anatomy and physiology. Students in the course will learn about the nervous system and the senses as well as the endocrine, circulatory, respiratory, urinary, digestive and reproductive systems. Prerequisite: BIOL 1692 or BIOL 1693 BIOL 1110 3 Principles of Biology 1 (3,0,3)(L) This course is designed for biology or science majors. Students examine the molecular basis of cellular processes including energy transfer and the storage and use of genetic information. Prerequisite: Biology 11 or 12 with a C+ or better, Chemistry 11 or CHEM 0500 Required Lab: BIOL 1110L Note: Students repeating a course may be exempt from the laboratory component of that course if they took the course within two years and obtained a grade of at least 70% in the laboratory component of the course. The grade they previously obtained in the laboratory component of the course will be used in the calculation of their course grade. BIOL 1210 3 Principles of Biology 2 (3,0,3)(L) This course offers a survey of the kingdoms of life, while emphasizing their ecology and evolutionary relationships. Corequisite: BIOL 1692 Note: Same course as BIOL 1695 BIOL 2130 3 Cell Biology (3,1*,3*) Students examine eukaryotic cells, while relating structure to function. Topics include instrumentation and techniques used for studying cells and their inner workings; molecules common in various cellular structures; the structure and function of the plasma membrane, cytoplasm and organelles; transport of materials within the cell and secretion; intercellular communication and programmed cell death (apoptosis); and the medical implications of understanding cellular and molecular biology. Prerequisite: BIOL 1110 (C minimum), CHEM 1500/1510 or CHEM 1500/1520. CHEM 2120 recommended Note: Labs and seminars are offered in alternate weeks Required Lab: BIOL 2130L Required Seminar: BIOL 2130S Prerequisite: Biology 11 or 12 with a C+ or better, Chemistry 11 or CHEM 0500 BIOL 2160 3 Required Lab: BIOL 1210L Introductory Microbiology (3,0,3)(L) Note: Students repeating a course may be exempt from the laboratory component of that course if they took the course within two years and obtained a grade of at least 70% in the laboratory component of the course. The grade they previously obtained in the laboratory component of the course will be used in the calculation of their course grade. BIOL 1592 3 Students are introduced to the world of microorganisms, including bacteria, yeasts, fungi, and viruses, and the important roles they play in ecosystem health. Focusing on the principles and applications of microbiology, course topics include microbial physiology; growth and growth control; gene transfer; gene expression and environmental sensing; disease; and environmental biotechnologies such as wastewater treatment, bioremediation and industrial microbiology. Laboratory sessions provide hands‐on training in cell culture techniques, applied microbiology, and manipulation of DNA. Human Biology: Anatomy and Physiology 1 (3,0,0) Prerequisite: BIOL 1110/1210, CHEM 1500/1510 or CHEM 1500/1520 This course is intended primarily for students taking the Nursing and Respiratory Therapy programs. However, space is also available for Academic students. Students examine the anatomy and physiology of human organ systems over the course of two semesters, while focusing on the relationship between structure and function. Required Lab: BIOL 2160L Prerequisite: Biology 12 with a C+ minimum or BIOL 0600 and Chemistry 11 or CHEM 0500 BIOL 2170 3 Note: Students do not receive credit for more than one of BIOL 1592 and BIOL 1593 or BIOL 3540 BIOL 1594 Anatomy and Physiology Laboratory 1 (0,0,2)(L) This course covers the first half of the laboratory component of anatomy and physiology. Students are introduced to the structure and function of the human body, beginning with an orientation of the body and continuing with the functions of cells, tissues, organs and organ systems (including the integumentary, skeletal, muscular and nervous systems). As well, the healthy functioning of the body and consideration of how each system contributes to overall health and maintenance of homeostasis will be covered. Introduction to Ecology (3,0,3)(L) Ecology can be described as the scientific study of the natural world. Students are introduced to the basic principles of ecology, and examine relationships among organisms and their environment: from the level of the individual up through populations, communities and ecosystems. Prerequisite: BIOL 1110/1210 Required Lab: BIOL 2170L BIOL 2280 3 The Evolution and Ecology of Land Plants (3,0,3)(L) Corequisite: BIOL 1592 Through an evolutionary perspective, students examine solutions to the difficulties of life on land that are inherent in the biology of land plants. The course spans groups of plants ranging from miniscule bryophytes to gargantuan trees, both extant and extinct. A weekend field trip is included. Note: Same course as BIOL 1595 Prerequisite: BIOL 1110/1210 Prerequisite: BIOL 1592 or BIOL 1593 Required Lab: BIOL 2280L BIOL 1692 3 Human Biology: Anatomy and Physiology 2 (3,0,0) BIOL 2290 3 This is a continuation of BIOL 1592: Human Biology: Anatomy and Physiology 1, in which students examine the anatomy and physiology of the human organ systems over the course of two semesters, while focusing on the relationship between structure and function. Evolution of Animal Body Plans (3,0,3)(L) Prerequisite: BIOL 1592 268 Students explore the spectacular diversity of animal body plans, and examine the sequence of events that lead to this diversity. Lectures and laboratories emphasize the link between body form, function and phylogeny. The course highlights the diverse roles animals play in natural ecosystems as well as their implications for humans, and examines how animal morphology, development, and molecular biology allows us to reconstruct the phylogenetic tree of the Animalia. Prerequisite: BIOL 1110, BIOL 1210 Required Lab: BIOL 2290L Required Lab: BIOL 3100L BIOL 3110 3 Field Ornithology (1,1,4) BIOL 2300 1 Communicating Biology 1 (0,1,0) The communication of scientific discovery is fundamental to all disciplines in Biology. Students develop their ability to convey scientific information and to read scientific literature with understanding. Prerequisite: 2nd year standing, ENGL 1100 This course provides an introduction to the study and identification of birds, with a major emphasis on the birds of British Columbia. By the end of the course, students should be able to recognize most of the birds found in the Kamloops area and be familiar with basic aspects of the ecology and behavior of these species. In addition, this course is designed to help students develop the skills needed to work with birds in the field. To this end, various aspects of bird biology are studied in the lab and the classroom, as well as in the field. Prerequisite: Third year standing or permission of the instructor Required Lab: BIOL 3110L BIOL 2340 3 Required Seminar: BIOL 3110S Introduction to Genetics (3,1*,3*) This course offers a general survey of basic concepts in genetics, with particular emphasis on classical Mendelian genetics, chromosomes and cytogenetics, bacterial genetics with an introduction to gene cloning methods, and the structure, regulation and mutation of genes. BIOL 3130 3 Introduction to Biochemistry (3,0,0) Note: Labs and seminars are offered in alternate weeks Students examine cellular chemistry and the structure and function of biological molecules including nucleic acids, enzymes and other proteins, carbohydrates, lipids, and vitamins. The course also provides an introduction to metabolic pathways and bioenergetics including DNA synthesis, transcription and translation, glycolysis, fermentation and respiration, oxidation of fatty acids, and photosynthesis. Required Lab: BIOL 2340L Prerequisite: BIOL 2130 (C minimum), CHEM 2120 and 2220 Prerequisite: BIOL 1110/1210 (C minimum) Corequisite: BIOL 2130 (recommended) Required Seminar: BIOL 2340S BIOL 3200 3 BIOL 3000 3 Immunology (3,0,0) Biometrics (3,0,2)(L) This course addresses the underlying physiological functions of immunology, including tissues, cells, and molecules of the immune system; innate immunity and complement; adaptive immunity‐cellular and humoral immune responses; cytokines; T cell activation; the major histocompatability complex; antibody structure and genetics; the immune system and cancer; AIDS; autoimmunity; and hypersensitivity. Students are introduced to statistical procedures for biological research. Topics include the nature of data, probability, hypothesis testing, goodness of fit, analysis of variance, correlation, and regression. The laboratory provides students with hands‐on computer experience in graphical and statistical analysis. Prerequisite: MATH 1140/1240 or MATH 1150/1250 and 3rd year standing Note: Students may normally receive credit for only one of the following: BIOL 3000, BUEC 2320, MATH 1200, PSYC 2100, SOCI 2710, SOCI 3710, STAT 2000 Required Lab: BIOL 3000L BIOL 3010 3 Bioinformatics (2,1,2)(L) This course focuses on the development of research skills required for framing strong hypotheses and performing robust experiments using large biological and biochemical data sets. Approaches for data quality assessment and evaluation of bioinformatic tools is a major theme of the course. Laboratory time will provide hands‐on experience with analysis of DNA, RNA and protein sequence data, and introduce basic computing tools that are useful for moving data between computer databases and programs. Prerequisite: BIOL 1110, COMP 1090 and a first year programming course Required Lab: BIOL 3010L Required Seminar: BIOL 3010S BIOL 3030 3 Population Biology (3,1,0) Students are introduced to the study of plant and animal populations and their physical and biological environments. Topics include natural selection and microevolution, demography, population dynamics, competition and predation. Prerequisite: BIOL 2170 or NRSC 2100 (C minimum) Prerequisite: BIOL 2130 (C minimum) BIOL 3210 3 Microbial Ecology (3,0,0) This course addresses the importance of microorganisms in nature and societies. The interrelationship between microorganisms, plants, animals and their habitats and the role of these relationships in the maintenance of ecological balance is emphasized. Prerequisite: BIOL 2100/2200, BIOL 2130 (C minimum), CHEM 2120/2220. BIOL 3130/3230, and BIOL 3520 recommended. BIOL 3220 3 Field Ecology (2,0,4) In this course, students will learn to identify the dominant flora and fauna and the patterns they collectively form by visiting key ecosystems within southern British Columbia (or another regional location). Students will also evaluate and synthesize observations regarding key climatic, geological and biotic processes responsible for determining observed patterns. Through the close reading and emulation of writer‐ naturalists, students will translate the science of natural history into use the specifics of natural history to address some larger human truth of relevance to each student. In addition, students will evaluate the changing relationship humans have had with their surrounding landscapes by considering such topics as invasive species, habitat fragmentation and climate change. Prerequisite: Completion of 60 credits or permission of the instructor Required Lab: BIOL 3220L Required Seminar: BIOL 3030S BIOL 3230 3 Biochemistry (3,0,0) BIOL 3100 3 Introduction to Animal Behaviour (3,0,3)(L) Students examine the biological basis of animal behaviour including the genetics and development of behaviour, mate choice, communication, and social behaviour. Prerequisite: BIOL 1110/1210 (C minimum) Corequisite: BIOL 3000 269 This course offers a series of comprehensive lectures on the structure, function, synthesis and degradation of macromolecules (nucleic acids, proteins, lipids, carbohydrates). In addition, the regulatory mechanisms involved in these processes are addressed. Prerequisite: BIOL 3130 (C minimum) BIOL 3260 3 Field Botany (1,1,4)(L) This course is an introduction to flowering plant identification and taxonomy of the flora found within a given region. This field‐trip based course emphasizes the descriptive morphology and technical identification of the local flora. Students are required to submit a plant collection of twenty‐five specimens. and economic implications of biotechnology and the ecological impact of our current loss of plant biodiversity is also examined. Prerequisite: 3rd year standing Note: BIOL 3430 is offered on alternate years Required Lab: BIOL 3430L Prerequisite: BIOL 2280 or BIOL 3430 or permission of the instructor Required Lab: BIOL 3260L BIOL 3510 3 Required Seminar: BIOL 3260S Plant Physiology (3,0,3)(L) BIOL 3270 3 Students are introduced to the mechanisms and regulation of functional processes within plants that contribute to their growth, assimilation, transport and utilization of water, nutrients, and carbon. Evolution of Flowers (3,0,0) Prerequisite: BIOL 2280 (C minimum) The evolution of flowers has been described as an "abominable mystery." This course examines the evolutionary processes responsible for the extraordinary diversity of flowers. Students consider important trends in floral evolution including variation and speciation, plant mating systems, hybridization and polyploidization, as well as the co‐ evolutionary processes between flowers and their animal pollinators. Note: BIOL 3510 is offered on alternate years Prerequisite: BIOL 2280 or BIOL 3430 or permission of the instructor BIOL 3290 3 Ichthyology (3,0,3)(L) This course educates students in the systematics, anatomy, physiology, life history, and ecology of freshwater and marine fishes. Students learn to identify local freshwater fishes, and salmon species. Required Lab: BIOL 3510L BIOL 3520 3 Cell Physiology (3,0,3)(L) Students are introduced to the physiochemical basis for cellular activity, with emphasis on energy relationships, functions of cell parts, integration and internal control of cellular activities, and the mechanisms of influence of external factors. Laboratory work provides hands‐on experience with the techniques and apparatus used to study cell function. Prerequisite: BIOL 3130 (C minimum) Required Lab: BIOL 3520L Prerequisite: BIOL 2170 (C minimum) Note: This course is a cross‐listing of NRSC 3170 Required Lab: BIOL 3290L BIOL 3540 3 Human Physiology 1 (3,0,3*)(L) BIOL 3300 1 Communicating Biology 2 (0,1,0) The communication of scientific discovery is fundamental to all disciplines in biology. Students continue to develop their ability to convey scientific information and to read the scientific literature with understanding. Prerequisite: ENGL 1100 or 1110, BIOL 2300, 3rd year standing in a Biology Major Corequisite: Enrolment in a 3rd year biology course This course provides an introduction to the concepts, principles, and mechanisms that underlie our current understanding of vertebrate physiology. Students explore the components of homeostatic control systems and investigate the integration of these components into functional systems that maintain the steady state in the internal environment. Prerequisite: BIOL 2130 (C minimum) Corequisite: BIOL 3130 Note: Labs are run alternate weeks Note: Students do not receive credit for both BIOL 3540 and BIOL 1590 BIOL 3310 3 Developmental Biology (3,0,3)(L) Students explore animal development and its underlying principles, including an introduction to embryology. Prerequisite: BIOL 2130 and 2340 (C minimum) Corequisite: BIOL 3130 and 3350 Note: BIOL 3310 is offered on alternate years Required Lab: BIOL 3310L Required Lab: BIOL 3540L BIOL 3550 3 Human Physiology 2 (3,0,3*)(L) Students examine the systems that allow animals to maintain homeostasis under a variety of environmental conditions and levels of activity. Topics include gas exchange, regulation of water balance and inorganic ions, digestion and absorption of food, and the regulation of metabolism. Prerequisite: BIOL 3540 (C minimum) Note: Labs are run alternate weeks BIOL 3350 3 Note: Students do not receive credit for both BIOL 3550 and BIOL 1690 Molecular Genetics (3,1,0) Required Lab: BIOL 3550L The discipline of molecular genetics focuses on the structure, organization and regulated expression of heritable information molecules. A significant segment of the course is devoted to the molecular tools used to query and manipulate biological systems. Students also read and discuss current literature on molecular genetics in Seminars. Prerequisite: BIOL 2130 and 2340 (C minimum) Corequisite: BIOL 3130 Required Seminar: BIOL 3350S BIOL 3430 3 Plants and People (3,0,2)(L) Students explore the human use of plants in the past, the present, and the future, including the origins, evolution and dispersal of plants important to humankind (such as food crops, herbs and spices, medicinal and drug plants, and ornamentals). The social 270 BIOL 3800 3 Fermentation Processes in Food and Pharmaceutical Production (3,0,0) This course provides students with an understanding of the principles of fermentation technology and knowledge of various factors that have a great impact on the biochemical and physiological basis of fermentation processes. Particular emphasis will be given to those processes that are relevant to the production of food and pharmaceutical products. The course will involve case studies and field trips to local wineries, cheese factories and/or microbreweries. Prerequisite: BIOL 2160 and BIOL 3130 BIOL 3980 1 BIOL 4140 3 Introduction to Research (0,1,0) Evolution (3,0,0) This course is available to 3rd year students contemplating entry into the Honours program or undertaking a Directed Studies research project in their 4th year. The seminar focuses on formulation of a research hypothesis and production of a research proposal in preparation for application to do an Honours or Directed Study research project. Honours students are expected to take this course, although the learning objectives may be completed under the supervision of an individual faculty member. This course offers a critical appraisal of the evidence for evolution. Students consider the basic principles of natural selection, and the nature and origin of species and higher categories. Prerequisite: 3rd year standing in a Bachelor of Science degree program or Bachelor of Natural Resource Science program Prerequisite: One of BIOL 2150/2250/2110/2210 and one of BIOL 3020/3030 (C minimum) BIOL 4150 3 Biochemical Techniques 1 (1,1,3)(L) BIOL 4020 3 Limnology (3,0,3)(L) This course offers theoretical and applied aspects of limnology. Students consider the ecology of inland water organisms in relation to the physical, chemical, and biological factors that affect their interactions and production. One weekend field trip is required. Prerequisite: BIOL 3000, BIOL 2170 (C minimum) Note: This course is cross‐listed as NRSC 3260 In this laboratory‐based course, students are introduced to the techniques used to isolate and study enzymes and other proteins. Emphasis is placed on the development of basic laboratory skills in the context of isolating, purifying and analyzing an enzyme, and lactate dehydrogenase. Prerequisite: BIOL 3230 (C minimum) Required Lab: BIOL 4150L Required Seminar: BIOL 4150S Required Lab: BIOL 4020L BIOL 4160 3 BIOL 4090 3 Field Methods in Terrestrial Ecology (125 hours) Students participate in an intensive two‐week exploration in the field methods used to study terrestrial ecosystems. The course is typically offered immediately after exams in the Winter semester (usually late April or early May). Students learn the field techniques needed for studies of terrestrial ecosystems and carry out individual projects of their own design. Facilities such as the Wells Gray Education and Research Centre are used anda fee is required to meet living expenses. Prerequisite: BIOL 3000, 3020, 3030 (C minimum). BIOL 3100 recommended. Principles of Conservation Biology (2,2,0) Students explore the theory and practice relating to the conservation of threatened organisms and their habitats. Topics include the genetics and demography of small and fragmented populations; global and local conservation problems; and case histories of the conservation of endangered animals and plants. The course includes two compulsory weekend field trips. Prerequisite: BIOL 3030 (C minimum) Note: Students do not receive credit for both BIOL 4160 and NRSC 3220 Required Seminar: BIOL 4160S Note: BIOL 4090 is offered on alternate years BIOL 4210 3 BIOL 4100 3 Microbial Physiology (3,0,0) Field Methods in Marine Ecology (125 hours) Students are introduced to the diversity and complexities of the biochemistry and physiology of microbes. The emphasis is on bacterial growth and its modifications in different environments. Students participate in an intensive two‐week exploration in the field methods used to study marine ecosystems. The course is typically offered immediately after exams in the Winter semester (usually late April or early May). Students learn field and laboratory techniques for sampling, experimentation, and analysis of marine organisms and ecosystems, and carry out individual projects of their own design. Facilities such as the Bamfield Marine Station are utilized, and a fee is required to meet living expenses. Prerequisite: BIOL 3030 or BIOL 2170 and BIOL 2290 (C minimum) Note: BIOL 4100 is offered on alternate years BIOL 4110 3 Advanced Microbiology Lab (1,1,3)(L) Students apply theories learned in microbiology, biochemistry, and molecular biology in a hands‐on laboratory environment. Emphasis is placed on gaining a deeper understanding of microbial physiology and ecology, and harnessing the diversity of the microbial world to produce value‐added products. Students are involved in all aspects of the scientific process including designing experiments, collecting and analyzing data, and preparing formal written reports. Prerequisite: BIOL 2160, BIOL 2130, CHEM 2120/2220, BIOL 3210 recommended Required Lab: BIOL 4110L Required Seminar: BIOL 4110S BIOL 4130 3 Prerequisite: BIOL 2100/2200, BIOL 3130/3230, BIOL 3350. BIOL 3520 recommended. BIOL 4250 3 Biochemical Techniques 2 (Recombinant DNA) (1,1,3)(L) In this laboratory‐based course, students practice the techniques used to isolate and manipulate nucleic acids. Emphasis is placed on the development of basic laboratory skills and their application to manipulate recombinant DNA molecules. Prerequisite: BIOL 3130 and 3350 (C minimum). BIOL 3230/4150 recommended. Required Lab: BIOL 4250L Required Seminar: BIOL 4250S BIOL 4260 3 Plant Ecology (3,0,3)(L) Students examine the ecology of plants at an individual, population, and community scale. The ecological physiological constraints of being a plant is reviewed before exploring species interactions with the natural environment and with other species. Students also consider plant community patterns in time and space. Topics include issues in plant conservation, community attributes such as productivity and diversity, and the influence of scale and heterogeneity on sampling design and analysis. Field trips may occur on weekends. This course is offered in alternate years. Molecular Evolution (3,0,0) Prerequisite: BIOL 2170 and 2280 The theory of evolution is the single thread that binds together the diverse disciplines that make up the biological sciences. The development of DNA sequencing methodologies since the turn of the century has had an enormous impact on our understanding of the process of evolution. Students focus on how DNA sequence informs us about evolutionary processes. Required Lab: BIOL 4260L Prerequisite: BIOL 3350 (C minimum) 271 BIOL 4270 3 Terrestrial Vertebrate Zoology (2,0,3)(L) This advanced zoology course offers an examination of the origins, natural history and behavioral ecology of terrestrial vertebrates. Students construct hypotheses about the paleontological history of each living group of terrestrial vertebrates. Traits of extinct and living forms are used to analyze how adaptation to different environments has generated the diversity within each living group. Laboratory periods and field trips provide opportunities for students to observe the classification, life histories and ecology of species found in British Columbia. Prerequisite: Grade of C or better in each of BIOL 2170; BIOL 2290 Note: Field trips may occur on weekends Required Lab: BIOL 4270L accepted into the Biology Honours program register in this course in both the Fall and Winter semesters of their final academic year. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the Biology Honours program, upon completion of 3rd year of a Bachelor of Science program with a Major in Biology. General requirements for acceptance are: 4th year standing in the B.Sc. program, minimum GPA of 3.0, with at least a B‐ in all BIOL and required ENGL courses, and identification of a supervisor for the Honours Thesis (BIOL 4990). Corequisite: BIOL 4980 BIOL 4300 1 Communicating Biology 3 (0,1,0) BLAW 2910 3 The communication of scientific discovery is fundamental to all disciplines in biology. Students augment the skills developed in BIOL 2300 and 3300, and further develop their ability to convey scientific information and to read the scientific literature with understanding. Students are also introduced to the typical formats and media in which scientific results are presented. Commercial Law (3,0,0) Prerequisite: ENGL 1100 or 1110, BIOL 3300, 3rd year standing in a Biology Major program Students examine the legal environment in which businesses operate and how common law and different provincial and federal government statutes influence decision making. Topics include the legal system and the law relating to torts, contracts, forms of business organization, agency, sale of goods, consumer protection, competition, credit, real estate, the environment, intellectual property, international business, and employment. Corequisite: Enrolment in a 3rd or 4th year biology course Prerequisite: ENGL 1100 Note: Students cannot receive credit for both BLAW 2910 and TMGT 2250 (C+ or higher) BIOL 4350 3 Regulation of Gene Expression (3,0,0) BLAW 3920 3 The heritable information stored in the genome of an organism is expressed in a highly regulated fashion to respond to changes in the environment (prokaryotes and unicellular eukaryotes), or to generate a diverse set of cell types (metazoans). Students examine the molecular mechanisms underlying the regulation of gene expression in prokaryotes and eukaryotes. Employment Law (3,0,0) Prerequisite: BIOL 3350 and 3130 (C minimum) BIOL 4480 3 Students investigate the legal principles and law relating to the individual employer‐ employee relationship, and how it influences business decisions. Case law and statutes are studied in depth to reinforce an understanding of the legal concepts. Topics include human rights issues, the contract of employment, legal issues during employment, statutes that impact the employment relationship, monitoring the employment relationship, and termination of employment. Prerequisite: BLAW 2910; HRMN 2820 or BLAW 3820 Directed Studies in Biology (L) This course is designed to allow students to undertake an investigation on a specific topic as agreed upon by the faculty member and the student. Prerequisite: Permission of the supervisor and co‐supervisor required BIOL 4490 3 ***Advanced Seminar ‐ Selected Topics in Biology (1,2,0) In this advanced seminar course, students focus on recent developments in modern biology. Topics are selected from the instructor's area of expertise and vary from year to year. Prerequisite: 4th year standing and permission of the instructor BIOL 4980 2 Honours Seminar in Biological Sciences (0,2,0) Students enrolled in the Biology Honours program explore and discuss topics of particular relevance to the field of biological science with a focus on how scientific research is carried out and presented. Honours students are also provided with constructive criticism of their thesis research project. The seminars consist of readings, group discussions, and presentations by students, interested faculty and guest speakers. BUSN 3980 3 Business Research Methodology (0,3,0) Students learn to identify and formulate a research question, select and apply appropriate quantitative and qualitative research methods, and present research findings. A strong focus is placed on ethical issues relevant for research in the business and economics disciplines. Topics include an introduction to research methodology; defining the problem statement; critical literature review; theoretical framework and hypothesis development; elements of research design; data collection methods; experimental designs; experimental designs; measurement of variables; sampling; research reports; research ethics; and a review of quantitative data analysis. Prerequisite: CMNS 1290; ECON 2330 or equivalent BUSN 3990 3 *** Special Topics in Business Administration (3,0,0) The subject matter varies from semester to semester depending upon the interests of students and faculty. Courses are taught by visiting professors to instill their unique perspectives, or regular faculty, to address emerging topics in a discipline, share research or teaching interests, or test potential new courses. Prerequisite: Permission of the program advisor Prerequisite: Acceptance into the Biology Honours program, upon completion of 3rd year of a Bachelor of Science program with a Major in Biology. General requirements for acceptance are: 4th year standing in the Bachelor of Science program, minimum GPA of 3.0, with at least a B‐ in all BIOL and required ENGL courses, and identification of a supervisor for the Honours Thesis (BIOL 4990). Note: No more than six credits of special topics courses may be taken for credit towards the Bachelor of Business Administration Corequisite: BIOL 4990. This course is available only to students accepted into the Biology Honours program of the Bachelor of Science degree. It is taken at the same time as BIOL 4990 ‐ Honours Thesis. Directed Studies in Business Administration Note: (if applicable): Students register in this course in the Fall and Winter semesters of their last academic year of study. BIOL 4990 6 BUSN 4960 6 Individuals or groups of students engage in independent study, research, or practice related to a topic in business administration under faculty supervision. The supervisor(s) determines the appropriate curriculum, evaluation methods, and credit assignment in consultation with students and subject to the approval of the department chairperson(s) and dean. Prerequisite: Permission of the program advisor Honours Thesis in Biological Sciences Students are required to conduct an original research project in the Biology Honours program of the Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.) degree. The project is completed under the direction of a faculty member in the Department of Biological Sciences, or a scientist from outside the department with co‐supervision by a Biology faculty member. Students 272 BUSN 4980 6 Honours Thesis (0,3,0)(0,3,0) Students in the Honours Option‐Thesis Route in the Bachelor of Business Administration degree prepare and defend a thesis in accordance with the policies established by the School of Business and Economics. The thesis is completed under the supervision of a faculty member and is evaluated by a Thesis Defence/Examining Committee. segmentation, branding, pricing strategies, channels of distribution, integrated marketing communications, and international marketing. Prerequisite: BUSN 3980; permission of the program advisor Prerequisite: Admission to the Graduate Certificate in Business Administration BUSN 4990 3 BUSN 5060 3 Special Topics in Business Administration (3,0,0) Human Resource Management (3,0,0) The subject matter varies from semester to semester depending upon the interests of students and faculty. Courses are taught by visiting professors to instill their unique perspectives or regular faculty to address emerging topics in a discipline, share research or teaching interests, or test potential new courses. Students acquire the knowledge and skills required to effectively design and manage a human resource management system. Human resource management systems that are aligned with strategic objectives and more capable of attracting, deploying, developing and retaining human capital are key contributors to organizational competitiveness and success. Topics include the strategic role of human resource management; the legal environment; designing and analyzing jobs; planning and recruitment; selection; orientation and training; performance appraisal; compensation; employee benefits and services; occupational health and safety; effective employee relations; and labour relations, collective bargaining, and contract administration. Prerequisite: Permission of the program advisor Note: No more than 6 credits of special topics courses may be taken for credit towards the Bachelor of Business Administration diploma BUSN 5010 3 Prerequisite: Admission to the Graduate Certificate in Business Administration Managerial Statistics (3,0,0) Students examine the statistical methods and tools required for decision making in today's business environment. Topics include descriptive statistics and numerical measures; statistical inferences with two populations; hypothesis tests and nonparametric methods; analysis of variance; simple regression models; multiple regression models; regression and the model building process; regression models with categorical dependent variables; applied models with categorical dependent variables; forecasting in business; and decision analysis. Prerequisite: Admission to the Graduate Certificate in Business Administration BUSN 5020 3 BUSN 6010 3 Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility (3,0,0) Students become more effective decision makers by examining the meaning and role of ethics in the business environment, and the social responsibility of business organizations. Topics include the relationship between business and society; identifying stakeholders and issues; the theoretical basis of business ethics; business ethics in management and leadership; the concept of corporate social responsibility; corporate social responsibility in practice; regulating business; ownership and governance of the corporation; environmental and business responsibilities; globalization and business responsibilities; and ethics, responsibilities, and strategy. Prerequisite: Admission to the Master of Business Administration degree program Financial Accounting (3,0,0) Students acquire the knowledge and skills necessary to understand financial statements. They analyze the many accounting policy choices available to companies, and the consequences of these choices for users. Topics include recording basic financial transactions, financial statement preparation, adjusting entries, accounting for receivables and inventories, depreciation and sale of capital assets, bonds and long‐term debt, equity transactions, the cash flow statement, revenue and expense recognition, and leases and pensions. Prerequisite: Admission to the Graduate Certificate in Business Administration BUSN 5030 3 BUSN 6020 3 Corporate Finance (3,0,0) Students acquire the knowledge and skills required to effectively manage a firm's operating and fixed assets, and to fund those assets with an optimal mix of short‐term and long‐term debt and equity financing. Topics include goals of the firm, corporate governance and executive compensation, time value of money, financial statement analysis, financial reporting quality, maturity matching of assets and liabilities, financial planning, capital budgeting, risk and return and stock valuation, bond valuation and interest rates, cost of capital, capital structure, and dividend policy. Prerequisite: Admission to the Master of Business Administration degree program Management Accounting (3,0,0) Students explore the three functions managers must perform within their organizations: planning operations, controlling activities and making decisions. To perform these functions efficiently, managers must collect and interpret appropriate information based on the firm's long‐term strategy and annual objectives. Topics include an introduction to management accounting; costs and cost behavior; job costing; activity‐ based costing; cost behavior and the contribution margin; budgeting; budget variances and performance evaluation; variable costing, lean production, and segmented reporting; performance measures and the balanced scorecard; short‐term decision analysis; and fraud, controls and ethics. Prerequisite: BUSN 5020 BUSN 6030 3 International Business (3,0,0) Students are introduced to the basic concepts of international business and competition from a manager's perspective. Topics include country differences in political economy, the cultural environment, ethics in international business, international trade theories, the political economy of international trade, foreign direct investment, regional economic integration, the foreign exchange market, the global monetary system, global strategy, global marketing and research and development, and global human resource management. Prerequisite: Admission to Master of Business Administration degree program BUSN 5040 3 Global Economics (3,0,0) BUSN 6040 3 Students develop an understanding of the theoretical framework within which the performance of an economy can be analyzed. Topics include overview of macroeconomics; measurement of income, prices and unemployment; national income determination; money, banks and central bank; the IS‐LM model; financial market and economic instability; government budget, debt, and limitations of fiscal policy; international trade, exchange rate and macroeconomic policy; aggregate demand and aggregate supply; inflation; stabilization policies and the theory of economic growth. Leadership and Organizational Development (3,0,0) Prerequisite: Admission to the Graduate Certificate in Business Administration BUSN 5050 3 Students adopt a systematic understanding of the characteristics of a successful leader and what is required by leaders to attune and align organizations to the ever‐changing global business environment. Topics include new realities as a force for change; the prime task of leadership ‐ identifying new realties; critical systems thinking; philosophies, theories, and styles of leadership; the systematic leadership approach; authority, obedience, and power; authority, power, leadership, and group dynamics; organizational behavior, group dynamics, and change; the shadow side of leadership; leadership and ethics; systematic leadership and strategy; and 'the leader in you'. Prerequisite: Admission to the Master of Business Administration degree program Marketing Management (3,0,0) Students examine the key principles and concepts of marketing in a variety of contexts including nonprofit, international, services, and environmental issues. Topics include marketing strategy, marketing research, customer relationship management, market 273 BUSN 6050 3 Supply Chain Management (3,0,0) Students acquire the knowledge and basic skills to effectively design a supply chain for an organization. Topics include an introduction to supply chain, the importance of information technology, supply chain slacks, demand management, supply management, inventory management, production management, transportation management, location analysis, sourcing decisions, supply chain strategy, and an overview of special types of supply chains such as green and humanitarian aid supply chains. an introduction to decision analysis and modelling; spreadsheet engineering and error reduction; framing decision analysis problems; framework for analyzing risk; data analysis; resource allocation with optimization models; multi‐period deterministic models; multi‐factor deterministic models; regression modelling; strategic interactive decisions; and interpreting models, data, and decisions. Prerequisite: Admission to the Master of Business Administration degree program Prerequisite: Admission to the Master of Business Administration degree program BUSN 6060 3 BUSN 6310 3 Strategic Management Information Systems (3,0,0) Innovation and Entrepreneurship (3,0,0) Students learn to effectively manage a firm's information and technology assets in order to meet the information needs of the organization. Topics include information systems strategies, the development of information system assets, organizational information infrastructure, databases and data management including decision making support, enterprise resource planning systems, ebusiness, social media use by organizations, information security and risk management, innovating with information technology, and leadership and management of information systems. Students acquire the knowledge and skills required to manage the development of innovations, to recognize and evaluate potential opportunities to monetize these innovations, to plan specific and detailed methods to exploit opportunities, and to acquire the resources necessary to implement plans. Topics include entrepreneurial thinking, innovation management, opportunity spotting and evaluation, industry and market research, business strategy, business models and business plans, financial forecasting and entrepreneurial finance, pitching to resource providers and negotiating deals, and launching new ventures. Prerequisite: Admission to the Master of Business Administration degree program Prerequisite: BUSN 6020 BUSN 6070 3 Project Management and Consulting Methods (3,0,0) Students explore the concepts and practical techniques to apply consulting methods in their work and to participate in, or manage, complex projects. Topics include the five stages of the consulting process (entry and contracting, discovery and dialogue, analysis and the decision to act, engagement and implementation, and closing); analysis and presentation techniques; and an examination of the five major project process groups (project initiation, planning, execution, controlling, and closing). BUSN 6910 3 Special Topics in Business Administration (3,0,0) 3 credits Students will focus on specific topics within the field of business administration not covered by regularly scheduled, required courses in the program. Course content will vary depending on the interests of faculty and students. Prerequisite: Approval of the MBA Committee Prerequisite: BUSN 6040 BUSN 6920 6 BUSN 6080 3 Strategic Management (4,0,0) Students examine the role of senior management in developing and implementing corporate strategy in a global context. They learn to analyze the firm's external and internal environment to identify and create competitive advantage, as well as to formulate, implement, and evaluate cross‐functional decisions that directly affect the ability of an organization to achieve its stated objectives. Topics include an introduction to strategic management, measures of firm performance, analysis of the external and internal environments, business‐level and corporate‐level strategy, acquisition and restructuring strategies, international strategies, corporate governance, organizational structures and controls, strategic leadership, and corporate social responsibility and ethics. Prerequisite: Completion of all other Master of Business Administration core courses BUSN 6150 3 Advanced Marketing Management (3,0,0) Students acquire the knowledge and skills required to develop, implement, and control successful marketing strategies. Topics include the art of case analysis; consumer behavior; marketing research and competitive analysis; marketing segmentation and position; market entry and pricing; retail selling, private labels, and channels of distribution; marketing communications; Internet marketing; corporate social responsibility and nonprofit marketing; sales management; and international marketing. Prerequisite: Admission to the Master of Business Administration degree program BUSN 6210 3 Advanced Corporate Finance (3,0,0) Building on BUSN 6020: Corporate Finance, students continue to develop their knowledge and skills in corporate finance. Topics include long‐term financial planning; sources of long‐term financing; working capital management; sources of short‐term financing; international corporate finance; risk management; business valuation; mergers and acquisitions; corporate restructuring; bankruptcy, reorganization, and liquidation; and economic value added. Prerequisite: BUSN 6020 BUSN 6250 3 Decision Analysis and Modelling (3,0,0) Students learn to integrate personal judgment and intuition in realistic business situations with the most widely applicable methodologies of decision and risk analysis, probability and statistics, competitive analysis, and management science. Topics include 274 Directed Studies in Business Administration (3,0,0) or (3,0,0)(3,0,0) 3/6 credits Students will work individually or in a small group to engage in independent study, research, or practice relating to a topic in business administration, under faculty supervision. Students work independently, meeting with the supervisor on a regular basis. Prerequisite: Approval of the MBA Committee BUSN 6950 3 Research Methods, Preparation, and Presentation (3,0,0) Students receive an overview of the scientific method, research preparation, and the styles of communication used to disseminate research at the graduate level. Topics include the role of business research, theory and the business research process, organization structure and ethical issues, defining a research problem, qualitative research tools, survey research, observation methods and experimental research, measurement and scaling concepts, sampling and sample size, working with data, quantitative statistical analysis, and writing a research report. Prerequisite: Approval of the Master of Business Administration degree program committee BUSN 6960 12 Graduate Thesis Students in the Graduate Thesis Option in the Master of Business Administration degree program prepare and defend a thesis in accordance with the policies established by the Research, Innovation, and Graduate Studies Office. The thesis is completed under the supervision of a faculty member and a thesis supervisory committee and evaluated by a thesis defence/examining committee. Prerequisite: BUSN 6950 BUSN 6970 9 Graduate Project Students in the Graduate Project Option in the Master of Business Administration degree program prepare and defend a report that addresses a particular management issue or problem. The report is completed under the direction of a faculty member and evaluated by a project defence committee. Prerequisite: BUSN 6950 CARP 2000 CAST 2140 2 Carpentry Apprentice Level 1 Fluid Mechanics (60 hours) Students are introduced to theory and gain hands‐on shop experience in the following topics: safe work practices, documentation and organizational skills, tools and equipment, survey instruments, perform site layout, build concrete framework, frame residential housing and building science. This course is composed of theory and practical assignments which investigate methods of actuating automated systems. Subjects include an introduction to pneumatics and hydraulics. Students will be required to design a cylindrical coordinate robot to be interfaced to a single board computer as the final project of this course. Prerequisite: Registered Carpentry Apprentice with the Industry Training Authority Prerequisite: ELEC 1250 CARP 3000 CAST 2150 1 Carpentry Apprentice Level 2 AC/DC Actuators and Drives (30 hours) Students are introduced to theory and gain hands‐on shop experience in the following topics: safe work practices, documentation and organizational skills, tools and equipment, survey instruments, rigging and hoisting equipment, perform site layout and concrete formwork. This course is composed of theory and practical assignments which investigate methods of actuating automated systems using electric actuators (AC, DC). Mechanical linkages, statics and dynamics are also investigated. Prerequisite: CAST 2100 Prerequisite: Registered Carpentry Apprentice with the Industry Training Authority CARP 4000 Carpentry Apprentice Level 3 CAST 2160 2 Introduction to Programmable Logic Controllers (60 hours) Students are introduced to theory and gain hands‐on shop experience in the following topics: documentation and organization skills; tools and equipment; survey instruments; frame residential housing; applying finishing materials; and building science. This course is composed of theory and practical assignments which investigate the operation, on‐line/off‐line programming, relay ladder logic, discreet I/O (AC,DC), and data manipulation programming techniques used in PLC's, Tactile and non‐tactile sensors and interfacing is also investigated. Prerequisite: Registered Carpentry Apprentice with the Industry Training Authority Prerequisite: CAST 2100 CARP 5000 CAST 2170 2 Carpentry Apprentice Level 4 Intermediate Programmable Logic Controllers (60 hours) Students are introduced to theory and gain hands‐on shop experience in the following topics: documentation and organizational skills, survey instruments, perform site layout, build concrete formwork, frame residential housing and apply finishing materials. This course is composed of theory and practical assignments which investigate the networking of PLC systems, configuring networked PLC systems, local and distributed I/O and the programming of networked PLC's. Prerequisite: Registered Carpentry Apprentice with the Industry Training Authority Prerequisite: CAST 2160 CAST 2100 2 CAST 2190 2 Automation Fundamentals (60 hours) Microcontrollers (60 hours) This course is composed of theory and practical assignments which investigate robot architectures, tooling design, fixture design and workcell design. Process planning and economic justification of automation is also investigated. CAST 2190 is a course for students enrolled in the Electronics Computer Automated Systems Technician Program. The course will consider microcontroller system design and development using the MicroChip PIC micro‐controller family. Software development will be done using assembler and the C programming language. Prerequisite: ELEC 1250 Prerequisite: ELEC 1250, CAST 2100 CAST 2110 1 I/O Design with Gate Arrays (30 hours) This course is composed of theory and practical assignments which enable the student to install and configure personal computers (PC), design I/O interfaces, and use the PC as a control platform. CAST 2200 3 Advanced Programmable Logic Controllers (90 hours) This course is composed of theory and practical assignments which investigate networked PLC systems and analog, indirection, and SFC programming. Prerequisite: ELEC 1250 Prerequisite: CAST 2170 CAST 2120 2 CAST 2210 1 Intermediate Programming (60 hours) Machine Vision (30 hours) This course is composed of theory and practical assignments which enable the student to write programs in Qbasic/Visual Basic and create a GUI for industrial control. This course is composed of theory and practical assignments which investigate machine vision theory, lighting, optics, programming and applications. Prerequisite: ELEC 1250 Prerequisite: ELEC 1250 CAST 2130 1 CAST 2220 1 Print Interpretation and Computer Aided Drafting (30 hours) Data Acquisition (30 hours) This course is composed of theory and practical assignments which investigate the interpretation of standard mechanical and electrical blue‐prints. The emphasis will be on the installation of work‐cells. Practical assignments deal with precision measurement and metal working. This course is composed of theory and practical assignments which investigate data acquisition systems, transducers, instrumentation and interfacing. Prerequisite: CAST 2110 Prerequisite: CAST 2100 CAST 2230 2 Intermediate Programming (60 hours) This course is composed of theory and practical assignments which investigate the C and C++ programming language with industrial applications. 275 Prerequisite: CAST 2120 CHBI 3980 1 Introduction to Research (0,1,0) CAST 2240 3 Robot Programming and Operation (90 hours) This course is composed of theory and practical assignments which investigate robot operation and control structures which enable the student to program the industrial grade robots in the lab. Prerequisite: CAST 2100 This course is available to 3rd year students contemplating entry into the Honours program or undertaking a directed studies research project in their 4th year. The seminar enables students to focus on the formulation of a research hypothesis and the production of a research proposal, in preparation for their application to do an Honours or Directed Study research project. Honours students are expected to take this course, although the learning objectives may be completed under the supervision of an individual faculty member. Prerequisite: 3rd year standing in a Bachelor of Science degree or Bachelor of Natural Resource Science degree program CAST 2250 3 Automated Systems Commissioning and Service (90 hours) This course is composed of theory and practical assignments which investigate control theory of multi‐axis servo controlled systems. The interface of master/slave/co‐ processor MPU's, primary and secondary memories, floppy‐disk drives, I/O facilities, E‐ stop facilities, and servo PID loops. Regulated power supplies and mulit‐phase transformers are also investigated. The service and maintenance of automated systems (Control and mechanical units). The use of appropriate test equipment and methods of troubleshooting is stressed. Prerequisite: CAST 2240 CAST 2260 3 Research Project (90 hours) This course is a practical course where the students will be assigned a task by the instructor or approved by the instructor which is designed to integrate all of the courses in the CAST program. This task will be the real time execution of an industry sponsored project where the students must design, build, interface, program and commission an automated workcell or machine or process. Prerequisite: CAST 2250 CHBI 4980 2 Honours Seminar (0,2,0) This course allows students enrolled in the Chemical Biology Honours program to explore and discuss topics of general interest to scientists, with a focus on how scientific research is carried out and presented. Honours students are provided with constructive criticism of their thesis research projects and presentation skills. Seminars consist of readings, group discussions, and presentations by students, interested faculty and guest speakers. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the Chemical Biology Honours program. The general requirements for acceptance are: 4th year standings in the B.Sc. program with a Major in Chemical Biology, a minimum GPA of 3.0 during the first, second and third years of study in the Chemical Biology Major program, with no less than a grade of B‐ in all required BIOL, CHEM and ENGL courses, identification of supervisors for the Honours research project, submission of a research proposal to the Chemical Biology Honours Committee by May 15, before registration for 4th year. Corequisite: CHBI 4990 CHBI 4990 6 Honours Thesis in Chemical Biology (L) The purpose of this course is to provide industry and community trainers with instructional skills to prepare them for classroom teaching. The course will present tools, techniques and terminology for the new instructor to hit the ground running and to be effective educators. Students in the Chemical Biology Honours program of the Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.) degree conduct original research projects. The projects are completed under the direction of individual faculty members from Biology and Chemistry. A scientist from outside the university may act as a supervisor, with co‐supervision by a Biology or Chemistry faculty member. Students accepted into the Chemical Biology Honours program register in this course in both the Fall and Winter semesters of their final academic year. Prerequisite: Water Treatment Technology Level 3 Certificate (or industry certification or equivalent). One of the following guidelines must be met: 73% on the combined English 12 and Government exam (within the last 5 years), or Level 4 on the composition section of the Language Proficiency Index (within the last 2 years), or completion of ENGL 0600, or completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a grade of C+ or better Prerequisite: 4th year standing in the B.Sc. program with a Major in Chemical Biology; a minimum GPA of 3.0 during the first, second and third years of study in the Chemical Biology Major program, with no less than a grade of B‐ in all required BIOL, CHEM and ENGL courses; identification of supervisors for the Honours research project; and submission of a research proposal to the Chemical Biology Honours Committee by May 15, before registration for 4th year. CFTL 2010 2 Instructional Skill for Industry: Educator Skills (2,0,0) Corequisite: CHBI 4980 CFTL 2020 2 Instructional Skills for Industry: Learning Theory (2,0,0) The purpose of this course is to provide industry and community trainers with a range of theories regarding teaching and learning for adults. This course will introduce the student to current learning theories of adult education and their application to industry training. The course will focus on the characteristics of adult learners, principles of adult education within a cultural context, and theoretic approaches to learning that promote a learner‐centered, teacher facilitated learning environment. Prerequisite: Water Treatment Technology Level 3 Certificate (or industry certification or equivalent). One of the following guidelines must be met: 73% on the combined English 12 and Government exam (within the last 5 years), or Level 4 on the composition section of the Language Proficiency Index (within the last 2 years), or completion of ENGL 0600, or completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a grade of C+ or better CFTL 2030 2 Instructional Skills for Industry: Practicum (2,0,0) This course prepares the student to experience hands‐on, practical training through the delivery of a series of classroom lessons in a peer based learning environment within a real‐life classroom setting. Students experience peer and instructor feedback and self‐ reflective practices to improve the quality of their teaching practice. Prerequisite: CFTL 2010 and CFTL 2020 CHEM 0500 4 Foundations of Chemistry 1 (5,0,2)(L) ABE ‐ Advanced: This course is designed for those students who have taken no previous high school chemistry course but who now require the equivalent of Chemistry 11 for entry into a certain program or course. Topics covered include chemical arithmetic, chemical nomenclature, chemical formula calculations, energy, solutions, atomic theory, chemical bonding, acids and bases, and physical properties. The laboratory reinforces concepts introduced in the lectures. Prerequisite: Principles of Math 11 or Applications of Math 12, or MATH 0500 or equivalent Note: This course is taught by the University Preparation department Required Lab: CHEM 0500L CHEM 0600 4 Foundations of Chemistry 2 (5,0,2)(L) ABE ‐ Provincial: A pre‐university level course for students requiring a more in‐depth introduction to chemistry than provided by CHEM 0500 or Chemistry 11. The course is an acceptable prerequisite for CHEM 111. Topics covered will be similar to those dealt with in Chemistry 12 and will include gas laws, reaction kinetics, chemical equilibrium, solubility of ionic substances, acids and bases, oxidation‐reduction and organic Chemistry. The laboratory exercises will illustrate and reinforce topics covered in the lectures. Prerequisite: Chemistry 11 or CHEM 0500 276 Corequisite: Principles of Math 12, or MATH 0600 or equivalent, is strongly recommended Note: This course is taught by the University Preparation Department Required Lab: CHEM 0600L Required Lab: CHEM 1570L CHEM 2000 3 Relativity and Quanta (3,1,0) CHEM 1310 3 The World of Chemistry (3,0,0) This course will look at a variety of chemistry issues that have changed history or are in the news today. Everything from Napoleon's buttons to climate change will be covered. No backgrounds in Science or Mathematics is required. This is an introductory chemistry course for non‐Science students. This is a credit course for all bachelor degrees except Science. Students explore special relativity: Lorenz transformations; and dynamics and conservation laws. The quantum physics section of this course includes the experimental evidence for quantization, and a qualitative discussion of the concepts of quantum mechanics and their application to simple systems of atoms and nuclei. This course is identical to PHYS 2000. Prerequisite: PHYS 1100/1200 or PHYS 1150/1250, MATH 1130/1230 or MATH 1140/1240 or MATH 1150/1250 Note: Students may receive credit for only one of either CHEM 2000 or PHYS 2000 Prerequisite: First Year Standing Required Seminar: CHEM 2000S Note: CHEM 1310 is designed as an introductory science course for those who have taken no previous Chemistry and who do not intend to major in the sciences. No credit will be given for CHEM 1310 towards a B.Sc. Credit will be given towards a B.A. degree. CHEM 2100 3 Introductory Analytical Chemistry (3,0,3)(L) CHEM 1500 3 Chemical Bonding and Organic Chemistry (4,0,3)(L) This course provides an overview of general concepts of chemical bonding, Lewis structures, molecular shape, and valence bond theory of bonding. The organic chemistry portion of the course focuses on the bonding and structure of organic compounds, functional groups, conformational and stereochemical features, oxidation‐reduction reactions, substitution and elimination reactions, and enolate chemistry. The laboratory work stresses basic precision techniques in quantitative analytical chemistry as well as experiments in instrumental analysis and organic chemistry. The laboratory also introduces students to some spectroscopic techniques. Students are introduced to the principles of analytical chemistry and their practical application to solution samples. Topics include statistical method of data analysis, quantitative principles of chemical equilibrium, and fundamental concepts of gravimetric, spectrophotometric, electrochemical, and chromatographic methods of analysis. In the laboratory component, students perform experiments using the same state‐of‐the‐art instrumentation used in many commercial and research laboratories. An analysis of samples of clinical, environmental, and biochemical interest is completed to illustrate the material discussed in lectures. Prerequisite: CHEM 1500 (minimum C‐ grade) and either CHEM 1510 or 1520 (minimum C‐ grade) Required Lab: CHEM 2100L Prerequisite: Chemistry 11 or 12; CHEM 0500 or 0600; and Pre‐Calculus 12 or MATH 0600/0610 CHEM 2120 3 CHEM 1510 3 Fundamentals of Chemistry (4,0,3)(L) This is the second half of a fundamental first year chemistry course, designed for students who have completed CHEM 1500: Chemical Bonding and Organic Chemistry, and have a Chemistry 11 background. The topics include a brief review of stoichiometry, gas laws, thermochemistry, equilibrium and electrochemistry. Students are expected to become familiar with these topics, and demonstrate their proficiency in various laboratory techniques. The laboratory stresses fundamental precision techniques in quantitative analytical and physical chemistry. Prerequisite: CHEM 1500 (minimum C‐) and Chemistry 11 or CHEM 0500 Required Lab: CHEM 1510L CHEM 1520 3 Principles of Chemistry (3,0,3)(L) Organic Chemistry 1 (3,0,3)(L) This course is a study of the compounds of carbon with an emphasis on reaction mechanisms, to illustrate the basic principles of organic chemistry. The topics include structure and bonding, preparations and reactions of the functional groups, and stereochemistry. Biological and biochemical applications are also discussed. The laboratory work illustrates basic separation, purification and identification techniques, and spectroscopic techniques are introduced. Prerequisite: CHEM 1500 (minimum C‐ grade) and either CHEM 1510 or 1520 (minimum C‐ grade) Note: ECHE 1110/ECHE 1210 are not prerequisites for 2nd year Chemistry courses. Engineering students who may wish to take 2nd year Chemistry courses should meet with their Engineering Advisor and the Chair of the Department of Physical Sciences as early as possible. CHEM 2160 3 Structure, Bonding and Spectroscopy (3,0,0) This course is the second half of first year chemistry designed for students with a strong background in Chemistry. The Department of Chemistry defines a strong background as at least a B in Chemistry 12 or CHEM 0600; however, the course is available to any student with CHEM 1500 and Chemistry 12 or CHEM 0600. The topics include gas laws, equilibrium, redox reactions, electrochemistry, thermochemistry, entropy and free energy. Students are expected to become familiar with these topics during the course, and demonstrate their proficiency in various laboratory techniques. The laboratory stresses fundamental precision techniques in quantitative analytical and physical chemistry. Students develop fundamental quantum ideas in chemistry and apply them to topics in chemical bonding and spectroscopy. Bonding concepts revolve around electrostatic models applied to ionic compounds and transition metal complexes. Covalent bonding is approached from the molecular orbital point of view, while students survey homo‐ and heteronuclear diatomics, and briefly consider larger molecules. Fundamental concepts in spectroscopy are introduced, and vibrational, electronic, nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) and electron spin resonance (ESR) spectroscopy is discussed. Fundamental aspects of symmetry guide several of these treatments. Prerequisite: CHEM 1500 (C‐ minimum) and Chemistry 12 or CHEM 0600 (a grade of B or better is recommended) or acceptance into the Engineering Program Prerequisite: CHEM 1500 (minimum C‐ grade) and either CHEM 1510 or 1520 (minimum C‐ grade) Required Lab: CHEM 1520L CHEM 2220 3 CHEM 1570 3 Organic Chemistry 2 (3,0,3)(L) General Chemistry for Health Technologists 1 (3,0,3)(L) This course is a continuation of CHEM 2120: Organic Chemistry 1, in which students further explore the principles of organic chemistry. Topics include structure and bonding; preparations and reactions of the functional groups; stereochemistry; biological and biochemical applications; and basic separation, purification, identification, and spectroscopic techniques in the laboratory. A survey course of general chemistry, with emphasis on areas of chemistry important to respiratory therapy. Lecture topics include: stoichiometry; solution calculations; properties of gases; oxidation and reduction; electrochemistry; acids and bases; organic chemistry; and physiological chemistry of electrolytes. The laboratory stresses basic precision techniques in quantitative analytical chemistry and selected instrumental techniques. General case histories relate to respiratory therapy. Prerequisite: Chemistry 12 or CHEM 0600, Principles of Mathematics 12, or MATH 0600/0610, or equivalent. Admission to the Respiratory Therapy program. 277 Prerequisite: CHEM 2120 (C‐ minimum) Required Lab: CHEM 2220L CHEM 2250 3 Fundamentals of Physical Chemistry (3,0,3)(L) This course, intended for science majors, introduces chemical kinetics and thermodynamics with applications to gas behaviour and phase and reaction equilibria. The laboratory work involves preparative and kinetic studies, as well as the experimental study of the aspects of thermodynamic measurements. Prerequisite: CHEM 1500 (minimum C‐ grade) and either CHEM 1510 or 1520 (minimum C‐ grade); MATH 1230 or 1240 or 1250 (MATH 2110 is strongly recommended) Note: Students with credit for CHEM 2110 and CHEM 2210 will not receive credit for CHEM 2150 and CHEM 2250 Required Lab: CHEM 2250L analysis using the chemical instrumentation encountered in CHEM 3100. Students perform statistical evaluations of experimental chemical data. Prerequisite: CHEM 2100/2250 (C‐ minimum), CHEM 3100 Corequisite: CHEM 3100 CHEM 3140 3 Method Development and Applications in Analytical Chemistry (3,0,0) This course will focus on analytical method development, including sampling and sample handling, extraction, determination, and data acquisition. The analysis of organic and inorganic compounds in a variety of matrices will be discussed. Case studies from the literature will illustrate typical applications. Prerequisite: CHEM 3100/3120 (C‐ minimum) CHEM 3010 3 Aqueous Environmental Chemistry (3,0,0) Students are introduced to the properties and composition of natural waters. Topics include hydrologic cycle, water quality, partitioning, transport, chemical equilibria, pH, complexation, redox processes, and water treatment. CHEM 3170 1 Instrumental Analysis Laboratory for Chemical Biology (0,0,4)(L) Prerequisite: CHEM 2100/2250 (C‐ minimum), CHEM 2120/2220 (C‐ minimum) is recommended This is a laboratory course designed to give students practical hands‐on experience with the instrumentation discussed in CHEM 3100: Instrumental Analysis. Students focus on the needs of chemical biologists while performing a variety of chemical analyses and gaining independent experience in analytical experimental design and method application to real samples. CHEM 3020 3 Prerequisite: CHEM 2100 and 2250 (minimum C‐ grade) Atmospheric Environmental Chemistry (3,0,0) This course is an introduction to structure, composition, and chemical processes occurring in the Earth's atmosphere. These include interactions with solar radiation, stratospheric ozone layer, photochemical smog, and acid rain. CHEM 3220 3 Prerequisite: CHEM 2160/2250 (C‐ minimum) CHEM 3060 3 This is a lecture course that covers the theory and practice of modern organic synthesis. The emphasis is on important carbon‐carbon bond forming reactions, significant reactions of functional groups and the use of protecting group strategies in organic synthesis. In addition, the chemistry of amino acids, peptides, carbohydrates and heterocycles is studied in the context of the above topics. Physical Chemistry 1 (3,0,0) Prerequisite: CHEM 2120/2220 (C‐ minimum) Prior knowledge of physical chemistry is required for this upper‐level course. Students explore four main topics: phase equilibrium, chemical equilibrium, solutions of electrolytes, and electrochemistry. CHEM 3230 3 Prerequisite: CHEM 2160/2250 (C‐ minimum); CHEM 2120/2220 (C‐ minimum) is recommended Advanced Organic Chemistry (3,0,0) Organic Spectroscopy (3,0,0) CHEM 3070 3 This is a lecture course that covers the theory and practice of modern spectroscopic techniques for the structural elucidation of organic compounds. The emphasis is on both the theory and practice of spectroscopic techniques, particularly NMR spectroscopy, for determining the structures of pure organic compounds. Physical Chemistry 2 (3,0,0) Prerequisite: CHEM 2120/2220 (C‐ minimum) This course is a continuation of CHEM 3060. The course topics include chemical kinetics, elements of spectroscopy and introductory statistical thermodynamics. This course assumes prior knowledge of thermodynamics, chemical equilibrium and basic chemical kinetics. Prerequisite: CHEM 3060 (C‐ minimum) CHEM 3080 1 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (0,0,4) CHEM 3240 1 Organic Chemistry Laboratory (0,0,4)(L) In this laboratory course, students perform a selection of organic chemistry experiments that are designed to develop synthetic skills and application of spectroscopic techniques to organic molecules. Prerequisite: CHEM 2120/2220 (C‐ minimum) In this laboratory course, students perform a selection of physical chemistry experiments to illustrate various physical chemical principles. CHEM 3310 3 Prerequisite: CHEM 3060 (C‐ minimum) Inorganic Chemistry 1 (3,0,0) CHEM 3100 3 Instrumental Analysis (3,0,0) Students are introduced to the wide range of instrumental methods used in chemical analysis, as they are applied to modern analytical chemistry. The topics include statistical evaluation of chemical data, electrochemical methods, optical spectroscopic methods, mass spectrometry and chromatography. Students are introduced to the varied aspects of transition metal chemistry and a wide variety of techniques which have been applied to these systems. Topics include coordination numbers, stereochemistry, diastereomers, enantiomers, coordination equilibria, and the kinetics and mechanisms of substitution and electron transfer reactions. Crystal field and molecular orbital descriptions of bonding are developed and applied to electronic spectra and magnetic properties. Application to some bioinorganic systems are introduced. Prerequisite: CHEM 2160/2250 (C‐ minimum) Prerequisite: CHEM 2100/2250 (C‐ minimum) CHEM 3320 3 CHEM 3120 1 Inorganic Chemistry 2 (3,0,0) Instrumental Analysis Laboratory (0,0,4)(L) Students are introduced to the varied aspects of main group chemistry and a wide variety of techniques which have been applied to these systems. Topics include ionic bonding and the solid state, simple ideas of covalent bonding, and molecular orbital descriptions of main group compounds. A systematic survey of selected chemistry of main group elements may be conducted. This laboratory course is designed to accompany CHEM 3100: Instrumental Analysis. Students acquire practical, hands‐on laboratory experience in performing chemical 278 Prerequisite: CHEM 3310 (C‐ minimum) CHEM 4420 1 Advanced Organic Chemistry Laboratory (0,1*,3*)(L) Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory (0,0,4)(L) This is a half‐semester (6‐week) advanced laboratory course in organic chemistry which illustrates advanced techniques and modern synthetic methods found in recent organic chemistry research literature. In this laboratory course, students perform a selection of inorganic chemistry experiments that are designed to develop synthetic skills and application of spectroscopic and magnetic techniques to inorganic systems. Prerequisite: CHEM 3220/3230/3240 (C‐ minimum) CHEM 3330 1 Prerequisite: CHEM 3310 (C‐ minimum) Note: CHEM 3230 may be acceptable as a corequisite with permission of the instructor Required Lab: CHEM 4420L CHEM 3730 3 Introduction to Biochemistry (3,0,0) Students are introduced to cellular chemistry and the structure and function of biological molecules including nucleic acids, enzymes and other proteins, carbohydrates, lipids, and vitamins. Students also explore metabolic pathways and bioenergetics including DNA synthesis, transcription and translation, glycolysis, fermentation and respiration, oxidation of fatty acids, and photosynthesis. Prerequisite: CHEM 1500 (minimum C‐ grade) and either CHEM 1510 or 1520 (minimum C‐ grade); CHEM 2120 and 2220; BIOL 1110 and acceptance into the Major in Chemistry or the Major in Environmental Chemistry Programs Note: This course is the same as BIOL 3130 except it is only available to Chemistry and Environmental Chemistry majors CHEM 4430 1 Advanced Physical and Environmental Chemistry Laboratory (0,1*,3*)(L) This is a half‐semester (6‐week) advanced laboratory course in physical and environmental chemistry which illustrates relevant physical chemistry principles in selected areas of physical and environmental chemistry. Prerequisite: CHEM 3020/3080 (C‐ minimum) Note: CHEM 3020 may be acceptable as a corequisite with permission of the instructor Required Lab: CHEM 4430L CHEM 4450 3 Advanced Chemical Biology (2,1,3)(L) CHEM 4220 3 Selected Topics in Organic Chemistry (3,0,0)(Options A and B) Students consider (Option A) the isolation, structural identification, and synthesis of secondary metabolites produced by living things, either as a defence strategy against other organisms or for some other biochemical purpose; OR (Option B) principles and factors which govern the course of organic chemical reactions and the reactivity of organic molecules. Prerequisite: CHEM 3220 (C‐ minimum) Note: CHEM 4220 is offered in the winter semester of 'even' numbered years Lectures and seminars examine the interface of chemistry and biology, and practical laboratory experience introduces students to advanced chemical biology techniques. The emphasis is on providing the knowledge and theory behind biological systems from a chemical perspective, while exposing students to the modern laboratory techniques that are of current value in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries. These industries require professionals who have a strong background in organic chemistry, molecular biology and genomics. Current journal articles are incorporated into a problem‐based learning approach that has students researching background material in order to complete an assigned project experiment. Prerequisite: CHEM 3220/3230/3240 (C‐ minimum); BIOL 3230/3350 (C‐ minimum) Required Lab: CHEM 4450L CHEM 4320 3 Required Seminar: CHEM 4450S Selected Topics in Inorganic Chemistry (3,0,0)(Options A and B) Students consider (Option A) the chemistry of compounds containing organic groups directly bonded to metals and metalloids via a metal‐carbon bond, with emphasis placed on the structure and bonding of the compounds and their use in synthetic, catalytic and industrial chemistry; OR (Option B) the chemistry of inorganic compounds in the functioning of biological systems, with emphasis on the structure and bonding of the metal in biologically active systems, and the use of inorganic compounds as drugs and diagnostic probes. Prerequisite: CHEM 3310 (C‐ minimum) CHEM 4480 3 Directed Studies in Chemistry (L) Students investigate a specific topic involving experimental work as agreed upon by the student and her/his faculty supervisor and co‐supervisor. This course provides experience with research techniques and the presentation of results. Prerequisite: Acceptance into Chemistry or Environmental Chemistry Major; approval of supervisor and co‐supervisor Note: CHEM 4320 is offered in the winter semester of 'even' numbered years CHEM 4600 3 CHEM 4400 1 Selected Topics in Applied Chemistry (3,0,0) Advanced Analytical Chemistry Laboratory (0,1*,3*)(L) This lecture course is divided into modules that focus on applied aspects of several branches of chemistry. The selection of modules available in any particular year may vary due to instructor availability. Topics may include advanced extraction techniques and instrumentation, catalysis, chemometrics, combinatorial chemistry, materials science, medicinal chemistry, petroleum chemistry, polymer chemistry, supramolecular chemistry, and water and waste treatment. This is a half‐semester (6‐week) advanced laboratory course in analytical chemistry in which students apply instrumental methods to the chemical analysis of real sample types. Prerequisite: CHEM 3100/3120 (C‐ minimum) CHEM 4410 1 Prerequisite: CHEM 3060/3100/3220/3310 (C‐ minimum) and permission of the instructor Note: CHEM 4600 is offered in the winter semester of 'odd' numbered years Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory (0,1*,3*)(L) This is a half‐semester (6 week) advanced laboratory course in Inorganic Chemistry which is concerned with the development of synthetic skills, especially using modern, air‐sensitive reagents. The application of spectroscopic techniques to inorganic and organometallic systems will be emphasized. Prerequisite: CHEM 3330 (C‐ minimum) Required Lab: CHEM 4410L CHIN 1110 3 Introductory Chinese 1 (3,0,1)(L) This course enables beginners to develop cultural knowledge and communicative skills in speaking, listening, reading and writing in modern standard Chinese (Mandarin). Upon successful completion of this course, students are expected to demonstrate a CEFR A1 level of proficiency. Note: Students who have completed Chinese (Mandarin) in Grade 11 or equivalent within the last two years may not take this course for credit unless approved by Modern Languages. Required Lab: CHIN 1110L 279 CHIN 1210 3 CMNS 1810 3 Introductory Chinese 2 (3,0,1)(L) Business, Professional and Academic Composition (3,0,0) This course builds upon skills acquired in CHIN 1110 to further develop cultural knowledge and communicative skills in speaking, listening, reading and writing in modern standard Chinese (Mandarin). Upon successful completion of this course, students are expected to demonstrate a CEFR A1+ level of proficiency. Students learn the theory and practice of successful academic, business, and professional writing. The similarities and differences involved in writing for business and academic purposes are examined in detail. Students also study and apply conventional methods of academic research and documentation involved in completing essays and reports. Prerequisite: CHIN 1110 or equivalent Note: Students who have completed Chinese (Mandarin) in Grade 11 or equivalent within the last two years may not take this course for credit unless approved by Modern Languages. Required Lab: CHIN 1110L CMNS 1160 3 Introduction to Communications (3,0,0) This course explores the nature of communication by introducing students to a range of communication theories and critical thinking skills. Students address how information is transmitted, how meaning is created, and how people are persuaded. This course qualifies as a Writing Intensive designated course. Prerequisite: 73% on the combined English 12 and Government Exam (within the last five years), or Level 4 on the composition section of the LPI (within the last two years), or completion of ENGL 0600, or completion of ESAL 0570 and 0580 with a grade of C+ or better CMNS 1850 3 Technical Writing 1 (3,0,0) This course is designed to complement the ARET program. Students are provided an opportunity to improve grammar, writing, and oral presentation skills and learn the types of writing modes and patterns they will need to use in the technical vocations. Prerequisite: Admission to the Architectural and Engineering Technology Program Prerequisite: 73% on the combined English 12 and Government exam (within the last 5 years) or Level 4, on the composition section of the Language Proficiency Index (within the last 2 years), or completion of English 0600 or completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a grade of C+ or better CMNS 1910 3 CMNS 1290 3 Students develop skills in business communication and persuasion. Students focus on the content, organization, and format of various types of business reports; on the process of writing them; on methods of documenting their sources of information; and on orally presenting such reports to professional audiences. Introduction to Professional Writing (3,0,0) This course introduces students to the theories and practice of professional business and technical communication. Students learn basic writing techniques and practice editorial skills as these relate to business and technical writing. Elements of style, awareness of audience and clarity of purpose are stressed as integral aspects of effective writing and speaking. This course is non‐program specific and to complement the foundations of academic composition. Prerequisite: 3 credits of English (ENGL) or Communications (CMNS) or permission of the instructor CMNS 1300 3 Communications English 1 (3,0,0) This course is an introduction to the practice of effective, written, oral and visual communication skills specific to the horticulture field. Students review basic writing skills, develop research and computer skills, and learn to write in various genres appropriate for Horticulture students. Prerequisite: Admission to the Horticulture program CMNS 1310 3 Communications English 2 (3,0,0) Students build on the skills learned in CMNS 1300: Communications English 1. Students continue to develop their writing, research, oral presentation and computer skills, and focus on report writing and job search skills. Report Writing and Business Presentations (3,0,0) Prerequisite: Acceptance into the Accounting Technician or Business Diploma programs. Students must have completed CMNS 1810 with a minimum C‐ and/or completed an equivalent, technical writing course CMNS 1920 3 Professional Presentation and Communication (3,0,0) Students develop skills in business communication, employment search, and persuasion. Students focus on the content, organization, documentation and format of various types of business reports; on the professional employment search; and on the effective oral presentation. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the Tourism Diploma program. Students must have completed CMNS 1810 with a minimum C‐ and/or completed an equivalent, technical writing course CMNS 1930 3 Report Writing and Business Presentations for CSOM (3,0,0) The skills developed in business communication and persuasion learned in CMNS 1810: Business, Professional and Academic Compositionare expanded. Students explore the content, organization, and format of various types of business reports; the process of writing them; methods of documenting their sources of information; and orally presenting such reports to professional audiences. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the CSOM program. Students must have completed CMNS 1810 with a minimum C‐ and/or completed an equivalent, technical writing course Prerequisite: Admission to the Horticulture program CMNS 1970 3 CMNS 1490 3 Technical Communication for Applied Industrial Technology (3,0,0) This course emphasizes effective technical communication skills in the field of electronics. Students review basic writing skills and create business correspondence, such as technical instructions, technical description, an informal recommendation report, and an oral presentation. Prerequisite: Acceptance in the Electronics program CMNS 1660 3 Report Writing and Presentation for Students of Respiratory Therapy (3,0,0) The skills developed in professional communication, research, and group collaboration learned in CMNS 1810: Business, Professional and Academic Composition are expanded. Students examine the content, organization, and format of professional reports and presentations essential to the success of health care professionals. This includes the process of writing reports; methods of documenting sources of information; and the practice of orally presenting such reports to professional audiences. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the Respiratory Therapy program. Students must have completed CMNS 1810 with a minimum C‐ and/or completed an equivalent, technical writing course Occupational Writing for Animal Health Technologists (3,0,0) Occupational writing and oral presentation skills are the focus of this course. Students learn and practice the career uses of various writing genres appropriate for Animal Health Technologists. Prerequisite: Admission to the Animal Health Technology program 280 CMNS 1980 3 Professional Presentation/Communication, Police and Justice Studies (3,0,0) Students explore activities such as research, interviewing, communication, effective report writing skills, and the differences between academic and technical forms of writing. Students focus on the content, organization, production, and formatting of police reports, and conducting primary and secondary research. Effective report writing and effective interviewing skills are also emphasized. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the Police and Justice program. The student must have completed CMNS 1810 with a minimum C‐ and/or completed an equivalent, technical writing course. CMNS 2160 3 Mass Communication and the Popular Culture Industry (3,0,0) Students are provided a perspective based on professional practices within the total media environment in which our society operates. This includes an examination of the historical, sociological and economic realities of industries such as television, film, music, advertising, public relations and journalism. Prerequisite: Six credits of lower‐level composition and/or communication courses and completion of VISA 1500 CMNS 2170 3 Interpersonal Communication (3,0,0) This course provides students with a broad and critical understanding of the nature and meaning of interpersonal communication as dialogue. Students develop essential communication skills such as self‐awareness, self‐disclosure, active listening, and critical response, and they also examine the contemporary realities of multiculturalism, cyberspace, conflict resolution, and mourning. Prerequisite: Six credits of lower‐level composition and/or communication courses CMNS 2180 3 Social Networks, Online Identities and Internet Memes (3,0,0) This course explores the recent proliferation of communication tools known as social media. Students consider how collaborative networks create and foster unique models of identity construction and offer opportunities for new methods of creating knowledge. Students examine these issues through hands‐on approaches and on‐line assignments. Prerequisite: 73% on the combined English 12 and Government exam (within the last 5 years); or Level 4 on the composition section of the Language Proficiency Index (within the last 2 years); or completion of ENGL 0600; or completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a grade of C+ or better CMNS 2200 3 Technology and Communication (3,0,0) Students explore the interface of technology and communication, from the telegraph to the Web, by examining historical and present cases. Students learn how people adapt to, and innovate within, the limitations to communications imposed by technology, and are informed about the choices they face in their personal use of media and technology. This course qualifies as a Writing Intensive designated course. Prerequisite: Six credits of lower‐level English and/or Communication courses CMNS 2290 3 Professional, Business and Technical Writing (3,0,0) Intended to support students who plan careers in business, government, public service, and research institutions, this course presents the professional skills required for effective oral and written communications. Students learn appropriate background material on relevant communication theory, create a variety of business documents and deliver an oral presentation. Prerequisite: Six credits of composition and/or communication courses CMNS 2310 3 Technical Writing and Editing for Digital Art and Design (3,0,0) The emphasis of the course is on revising and editing documents for various publications. Students review grammar and work on developing a publishable style. The class is held in a computer lab where the basics of word processing are also reviewed; students compose assignments using computer software and receive feedback to help build revision skills. A portfolio is required at the end of the course with revisions to all major assignments. Prerequisite: Three credits of a 1st year Communications course with a C+ or better; 2nd year standing in the DAAD program or permission from the instructor CMNS 2850 3 Technical Writing 2 (3,0,0) Students build on the skills they learned in CMNS 1850: Technical Writing 1. Report writing, technical correspondence, and job search skills are emphasized. During the course, students focus on organizing their summer research projects into a major technical report. Prerequisite: CMNS 1850; Admission to the Architectural and Engineering Technology program or permission of the instructor CMNS 3000 3 Research Methods in Communication (3,0,0) This course provides an overview of the philosophy and practice of communication research. Students are introduced to a range of methods for research in communication and media studies, combining theoretical and epistemological issues with methodological concerns. This course qualifies as a Writing Intensive designated course. Prerequisite: Six credits of lower‐level composition and/or communication courses plus 3rd year standing CMNS 3020 3 Travel Media (3,0,0) This course studies novels, journals, blogs, films, and guidebooks in order to understand and produce texts in the complex matrix called "travel media." It examines many examples of travel media, both commercial and personal in order to understand how it has developed and currently works. These examples are considered from many perspectives such as the figure of "the Other," colonialism, the flaneur, postmodernism, and even visual and document design. The course considers the strategies of design that constitute the various genres of travel media, from logs, vlogs, and multimedia, to guides, and even stories. CMNS 3050 3 Communication Marketing and Design (3,0,0) Students are introduced to the practical and theoretical aspects of professional and technical writing from rhetorical and semiotic perspectives. Topics may include information design, visual rhetoric, advertising and digital design. Prerequisite: Six credits of Communications and/or English courses, or permission of the instructor CMNS 3070 3 ***Studies in Rhetoric (3,0,0) This course covers special topics in rhetorical theories and their applications. Prerequisite: Six credits of Communications and/or English courses, or permission of the instructor CMNS 2300 3 Critical Thinking and Writing for Science and Technology (3,0,0) CMNS 3080 3 Students analyse and discuss examples of writing from scientific and technical literature to improve their communication skills for lay and scientific audiences. Advanced Composition 1 ‐ Personal Expression (3,0,0) Prerequisite: Six credits of composition and/or communication courses; admission to the Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of Natural Resource Science program; or permission of the instructor This course focuses on the rhetoric of personal expression, especially description and narration. Students are introduced to the concept of how multiple literacies variously compete and interact in the world around us. In practical terms, students explore how personal expression can be used to improve writing skills at an advanced level. This course is open to all third‐year students and is designed to be especially relevant to students contemplating a career in Journalism, Education, or Communications. Prerequisite: Six credits of Communications and/or English courses, or permission of the instructor 281 CMNS 3090 3 CMNS 3700 3 Advanced Composition 2 ‐ Writing in the Disciplines (3,0,0) Selected Topics in Communication and New Media (3,0,0) This course offers students an opportunity to explore and master the writing required in different academic disciplines, while also encouraging students to move across traditional boundaries. The course begins with an introduction to the principles of Discourse Analysis, and then offers opportunities to practice writing in different disciplinary styles and forms. Attention is given to four main disciplinary areas: the humanities, the social sciences, the natural sciences, and business. Students explore a selection of contemporary topics in communication theory and practice as they relate to new media. Topics may vary depending on faculty and student interest and current developments in the field. Contact the department chair for details. The course qualifies as a Writing Intensive designated course. Prerequisite: Six credits of Communications and/or English courses, or permission of the instructor Prerequisite: Six credits of Communications and/or English courses, or permission of the instructor CMNS 3800 3 CMNS 3100 3 Composition Theory 1: Classical Theory (3,0,0) This course is a study of classical theories of rhetoric, including the thoughts of the Sophists, and of Aristotle, Cicero, and Quintlilian, applied to contemporary composition. This course is open to all third‐year students and is especially relevant to students contemplating a career in Education or Communication. Prerequisite: Six credits of Communications and/or English courses, or permission of the instructor CMNS 3110 3 Composition Theory 2: Contemporary Theory (3,0,0) This course presents a study of selected schools of thought in contemporary composition theory. Theory is then combined with practical discussions related to student writing. Prerequisite: Six credits of Communications and/or English courses, or permission of the instructor CMNS 3230 3 Information Design (3,0,0) Students investigate the theory and practical design of the delivery of information in professional and everyday contexts. Topics may include typography, weight, line, space, color and image. Media may include recipes, forms, data arrays, instructional manuals, quick reference guides, graphic novels and webpages. Prerequisite: Six credits of Communications and/or English courses, or permission of the instructor CMNS 3500 3 Selected Topics in Communication and Public Relations (3,0,0) Students explore a selection of contemporary topics in communication theory and practice as they relate to public relations. Topics may vary depending on faculty and student interest and current developments in the field. Contact the department chair for more details. Prerequisite: Six credits of Communications and/or English courses, or permission of the instructor CMNS 3510 3 Intercultural and Cross‐Cultural Communication (3,0,0) Students examine the way culture shapes communication practices, and focus on the issues that arise within organizations when individuals from different cultural perspectives attempt to work together. Students also investigate the ways in which different cultures interact in practice. This course qualifies as a Writing Intensive designated course. Prerequisite: Six credits of Communications and/or English courses, or permission of the instructor CMNS 3600 3 Studies in Communication, Film, and Digital Production (3,0,0) Students explore a selection of contemporary topics in communication theory and practice as they relate to film studies and digital production. Topics may vary depending on faculty and student interest and current developments in the field. Contact the department chair for details. This course qualifies as a Writing Intensive designated course. Prerequisite: Six credits of lower‐level composition and/or communication courses plus 3rd year standing 282 Communication and New Media (3,0,0) Students examine new media studies from a communication perspective. Subjects include the distinctions between old and new media; the relationship between technology and communication; the convergence of cultural artifacts across media forms; and the influence of design principles on new media architecture. The course qualifies as a Writing Intensive designated course. Prerequisite: Six credits of Communications and/or English courses, or permission of the instructor CMNS 4220 3 Mountain Studies (3,0,0) Mountain Studies allows students the opportunity to engage in an intercisciplinary study of mountain environments, communities, resorts, activities, web presence, arts, sustainability, and destination experiences, with an emphasis on undergraduate research. Topics vary from year to year; potential areas of focus include mountain culture (literature, painting, film, photography, history, new media) and web‐mapping with the provision of rich content; the development and sustainability of mountain national parks in Western Canada; mountain literature and art; comparative studies of the mountain resorts that ring TRU; mountains and participant‐observer new media applications; and public relations and mountain resorts. Prerequisite: Third‐year standing Note: Same course as TMGT 4220 CMNS 4530 3 Organizational Communications (3,0,0) Students examine the theory and practice of organizational communications. The course includes an overview of different models of organizational communication and management, a review of common problems and dilemmas in this field, and consideration of a variety of internal publications. This course qualifies for Writing Intensive designation. Prerequisite: Six credits of Communications and/or English courses, or permission of the instructor CMNS 4610 6 Field Course in Documentary Film Production (6,0,0) Students develop practical and applied skills in digital documentary film creation, from storyboarding, to camera operation, and final editing. After completing a study of theory and techniques on campus, each student produces a complete documentary, working independently in the field, at various locations, in BC, Canada and abroad. Prerequisite: Six credits of Communications and/or English courses, or permission of the instructor CMNS 4980 1 Rhetoric and Professional Writing: The Graduate Essay (1,0,0) This essay option is intended for students considering further studies rather than direct entry into the workforce. The graduating essay may be written in lieu of completion of CMNS 4990: The Rhetoric and Professional Writing Capstone Seminar. Students revise a paper, previously completed during their course of studies, under the direction of a selected faculty member. As in the case of Directed Studies, the department chair must approve the individual course of study. Prerequisite: 6 credits of English or Communications courses or equivalent CMNS 4990 1 The Rhetoric and Professional Writing Capstone Seminar (1,0,0) This course, the 'capstone' requirement for students wishing to complete the Rhetoric and Professional Writing Major (RPW), is designed to ensure that all RPW graduates have a solid understanding of (1) the history of English Studies; (2) the scope of contemporary rhetorical and critical theory; (3) research methods (including internet search techniques); (4) the potential job market for English graduates; (5) graduate studies option; (6) resume writing and job interviewing techniques; and (7) oral presentation skills. Students are advised that, with the permission of the department chair, they may fulfill the RPW capstone requirement by presenting and defending a graduating essay (CMNS 4980). COMP 0650 3 Introduction to Desktop and Web Publishing (0,5,0) ABE V Provincial: This is a computer studies application course intended to develop problem‐solving and critical thinking skills using computer application software, including Adobe Photoshop and InDesign. Students will develop Desktop Publishing, Digital Photograph manipulation and Web page creation skills. Prerequisite: COMP 0500 (or equivalent), ENGL 0500 (or equivalent) or instructor's permission. Note: This course is taught by the University Preparation Department CNST 2000 3 Introduction to Canadian Studies (2,1,0) COMP 1000 3 This multidisciplinary course provides a general introduction to Canadian culture and society. A wide range of regional and national topics are discussed, including regionalism, multiculturalism, history, music, concepts of nationhood, politics, literature, film, and theatre. Introduction to Information Technology (3,0,1) Required Seminar: CNST 2000S CNST 3120 3 Canadian Aboriginal Drama (3,0,0) Students examine plays by Native Canadians. The connections between traditional storytelling and staged works are discussed, as are issues of ethnicity, appropriation, hybridity, historical revisionism, canon formation, and cultural stereotyping. The plays are studied in their historical and cultural contexts. The development of First Nations theatre and production companies such as Native Earth Performing Arts are also discussed. Students are provided an introduction to the 'computer world,' and an opportunity to enhance their proficiency in using computer resources for common daily tasks. The basic computer knowledge required to be an effective academic student as well as be competitive in the modern workplace is acquired, in addition to an understanding of the computer as a collection of resources (local and global). Students learn how to use computer resources to complete assignments and projects, whether at school or in the workplace, giving them the ability to adapt to further advances and changes in information technology. Notes: 1. Students may not receive credit for more than one of COMP 1000, COMP 1350, COMP 1910, COMP 1700, BBUS 1370 and BBUS 2370 2. Students planning on completing a Major in Computing Science or Mathematical Sciences are NOT required to complete COMP 1000 Prerequisite: Any two of ENGL 1100, 1110, or 1210 in addition to 3rd year standing COMP 1010 2 COAP 3000 Professional Cook Apprentice Level 2 Students are introduced to theory and gain hands‐on lab experience in the following topics: occupational skills; stocks, soups and sauces; vegatables and fruits; starches; meats; poultry; seafood; garde manger; and baked goods and desserts. Prerequisite: Registered Cook Apprentices with the Industry Training Authority COAP 4000 Professional Cook Apprentice Level 3 Students are introduced to theory and gain hands‐on lab experience in the following topics: occupational skills; handling meat, poultry, and seafood; beef; veal; pork; lamb; poultry; seafood and freshwater fish; game; and processed meat products. Prerequisite: Admission to Professional Cook 3 Introduction to Computing Science (2,0,0) This course offers a broad overview; students develop an appreciation for and an understanding of the many different aspects of the computing science discipline. Topics include information and data representation; computer hardware and architecture; algorithmic problem solving; an introduction to programming; operating systems; networks; applications; artificial intelligence and robotics; social implications; ethics; and a history of computing. The course is intended for students expecting to continue in computing science as well as for those taking it for general interest. COMP 1020 1 Introduction to Spreadsheets (0,1,0) This course provides students with an introduction to spreadsheets using Excel. Students develop the spreadsheet skills they need for other courses, and ultimately the modern workplace. Prerequisite: None, although experience with computer use and typing skills would be beneficial COMP 0500 3 Introduction to Personal Computers (1,2,2) COMP 1030 1 ABE ‐ Advanced: This course is designed to introduce students to the personal computer environment at an advanced level. Students will gain basic computing skills, including File Management (Microsoft Windows), the Internet, Email, Word Processing (Microsoft Word), Spreadsheets (Microsoft Excel), and Microsoft PowerPoint. Historical and social issues arising from the use of computer technology is also covered. Introduction to Databases (0,1,0) Note: This course is taught by the University Preparation Department Students are introduced to DBMS (Database Management System). The DBMS used in this course is Microsoft Access. Students enhance their ability to create, query, and maintain a database in MS Access, in addition to creating forms and reports. This course provides basic database knowledge. Required Lab: COMP 0500L COMP 1040 1 COMP 0600 3 Introduction to Programming (2,0,4) ABE ‐ Provincial: A programming course designed for students who are planning to take a first year course in computer programming at the college or university level, CSOM or as a prerequisite for COMP 1130. It assumes no previous experience on computers and aims to develop problem solving skills and knowledge of a computer language. Students will learn the VISUAL BASIC.NET programming language. Prerequisite: Principles of Math 11 or MATH 0510, COMP 0500 or instructor's permission Note: This course is taught by the University Preparation Department Required Lab: COMP 0600L 283 Introduction to Web Animation (0,1,0) This is an introductory animation course using Adobe Flash software. Students explore the principles of animation using Flash software, and apply these principles to create a series of animation assignments. COMP 1050 1 Computer System Maintenance (0,1,0) Students focus on computer system maintenance, trouble shooting, and optimization. Both hardware and software aspects of the computer as a system are covered. The course utilizes the Windows operating system; installing, uninstalling and working with applications; installing and troubleshooting devices; maintaining systems and optimizing performance. COMP 1060 1 Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 1130 Introduction to Desktop Publishing (0,1,0) Note: Students may not receive credit for more than one of COMP 1230 and 2120. creditStudents are provided with a comprehensive introduction to current publishing software to create professional presentations, documents, marketing communications materials and Web pages. This course is intended for students who have little or no exposure to Microsoft Office products. Required Seminar: COMP 1230S Prerequisite: None, although experience with computer use and typing skills are beneficial. Bachelor of Science students must obtain permission of the B.Sc. Advisor prior to enrolling in this course. Visual Basic Computer Programming 2 (3,1,1) COMP 1240 3 Students are introduced to digital media. The goal is to use freely available shareware to edit photo, music and video files in a series of practical assignments. Students also learn the basic vocabulary and theory behind digital forms of media. In this continuation of COMP 1140: Visual Basic Computer Programming, students are provided a foundation for further studies in computing science, using Visual Basic.NET . The objectives of this course are to continue developing a disciplined approach to the design, coding and testing of computer programs written in Visual Basic.NET. Students examine concepts of data abstraction, encapsulation and inheritance, as well as the notion of information hiding and objects. There is an introduction to increasingly complex data structures, files and databases. Students use a report writer (Crystal Reports) and learn the management of exceptions in programs and classes. Students are also introduced to the creating of web applications using VB.NET, ADO.NET and ASP.NET, understanding XML, and creating web services. COMP 1080 1 Required Lab: COMP 1240L Introduction to Web Development (0,1,0) Required Seminar: COMP 1240S This course provides an introduction to web development. This course covers only client‐side web development with a brief introduction to HTTP protocol and web servers. COMP 1350 3 COMP 1070 1 Introduction to Digital Media (0,1,0) Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 1140 Information Systems and Computerized Information Analysis (3,1,1) COMP 1090 1 Introduction to Linux (0,1,0) This course provides an introduction to Linux Operating System such as Linux evolution, graphical environments, terminal interfaces and shell, the file system, file manipulation commands, data manipulation commands, editors, software tools, networking tools, and system administration tools. COMP 1130 3 Computer Programming 1 (3,1,1) Students are introduced to the use of structured problem solving methods, algorithms, structured programming, and object‐oriented programming concepts. Students use a high level programming language to learn how to design, develop, and document well‐ structured programs using software engineering principles. Students learn the workings of a computer as part of programming. This course is for students who plan to take further courses in Computing Science or to learn basic programming concepts. Required Lab: COMP 1130L Required Seminar: COMP 1130S creditsThe purpose of this course is to introduce computer terminology and system development techniques as they apply to information systems within the discipline. Students learn the principles and usage of computerized systems for data gathering, analysis, and reporting. Students develop an understanding of how to design, implement, and use database systems, how to analyze data via databases and spreadsheets, and how to report results both as text and graphics. Students delve into a comprehensive case study that integrates various software environments that may be encountered in the workplace. Note: Students may not receive credit for more than one of COMP 1000, COMP 1350, COMP 1910, COMP 1700, MIST 2610 Required Lab: COMP 1350L Required Seminar: COMP 1350S COMP 1380 3 Discrete Structure 1 for Computing Science (3,1,0) This course is an introduction to the basic mathematical concepts used in computing science. Topics include the binary number system; computer arithmetic; logic and truth tables; Boolean algebra; logic gates and simple computer circuits; vectors and matrices; sets; counting; probability theory and statistics (mean, variance, median, mode, and random variables). COMP 1140 3 Prerequisite: Principle of Math 12 with a C or better Visual Basic Computer Programming (3,1,1) Note: 1. This course is identical to MATH 1380 This course is an introduction to the use of structured problem solving methods, algorithms, structured programming, or object‐oriented programming as well as event‐ driven programming. Students use a high‐level programming language to design, develop, and document well‐structured computer programs using software engineering principles. The language used in the course is Visual Basic.NET. Required Seminar: COMP 1380S Prerequisite: Admission to the Computer Science Diploma program COMP 1390 3 2. Students may not receive credit for more than one of COMP 1380 and MATH 1380 Discrete Structure 2 for Computing Science (3,1,0) COMP 1150 1 Introduction to 3D Animation (0,1,0) This course introduces the basic principles and concepts of 3 dimemsional animations. Students will gain experience with Alice, a fun and interactive way to design and create virtual worlds by using animated 3 dimemsional graphical images. Students will gain the knowledge of princples and techniques common to all animations and particularly how to render 3 dimensional images. This course introduces further mathematical concepts used in Computing Science. Topics include relations; functions; graph theory; trees; languages; grammars; finite state machines; an introduction to proofs and mathematical induction; and algorithm analysis. Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 1380 or MATH 1380; or MATH 1070, or instructor's written consent. Note: A programming background is recommended Required Seminar: COMP 1390S COMP 1230 3 Computer Programming 2 (3,1,0) This course is a continuation of Computer Programming 1course. Students are introduced to the foundation for further studies in computer science. Students continue to learn the disciplined approach to the design, coding, and testing of programs in the object oriented paradigm. Students learn object‐oriented programming in detail, and are introduced to the data structures and algorithm analysis. 284 COMP 1520 3 Principle of Software Development (3,0,2) This course offers a practical introduction to problem‐solving on a computer, and emphasizes a structured approach to the design of algorithms and proper programming style. Students use a high‐level programming language to learn how to design, develop, and document well‐structured programs in order to solve problems from the field of Engineering. In addition, students are introduced to data analysis using MATLAB. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the Engineering program at TRU, or completion of Computer Science 12, or completion of COMP 0600, or grade of 'B' or better in Principles of Math 12 Note: Students may obtain credit for only one of COMP 1130 and COMP 1520 Required Lab: COMP 1520L COMP 1570 3 Data Processing Tools and Techniques 1 (3,1,0) This course serves as an introduction to the tools and techniques commonly used for the processing and presentation of data. Throughout the course, students work on data processing problems typical of a business setting, including record keeping applications, data capture and validation, and report creation procedures. Students can expect to do a substantial amount of work in this course using spreadsheets (Microsoft Excel), desktop databases (Microsoft Access), and basic Web pages (HTML). Prerequisite: Admission to the Computer Science Diploma program Required Seminar: COMP 1570S COMP 1670 3 Data Processing Tools and Techniques 2 (3,1,0) The primary themes in this course build on those from COMP 1570: Data Processing Tools and Techniques 1, namely processing and presentation of data in a business context. Topics include advanced features of desktop databases; the use of reporting packages; editors and file handling utilities; and commercial application packages. Students also discuss software quality, documentation, and testing methodology. Required Lab: COMP 1910L Required Seminar: COMP 1910S COMP 1980 3 Foundations of Computing Science (3,2,0) This course provides breadth in the area of Computing Science for Computing Science Majors. Topics include hardware and software design, including logic design; basic computer organization and system software; programming paradigms; external storage, sequential file processing and elementary relational databases; networks and electronic information services; artificial intelligence; and ethical and societal considerations. Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 1130 Corequisite: COMP 1230 Required Seminar: COMP 1980S COMP 2120 3 Computer Programming Java (3,1,0) Students are introduced to programming and program design using the Java programming language. This is a programming course, and as such, the requirements placed on students are beyond simply using the computer as a tool. Students must employ problem‐solving skills to evaluate and solve word problems, and create Java programs using the basic language constructs to implement the solutions. This course is designed for students who have had exposure to university‐level programming, and previous experience in programming languages other than JAVA. Prerequisite: A 3‐credit course in a programming language other than JAVA Required Seminar: COMP 2120S Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 1570 Required Seminar: COMP 1670S COMP 2130 3 Introduction to Computer Systems (3,1,0) COMP 1700 3 Introduction to Computing (3,0,1) This course, intended for non‐science students and non‐mathematics students, is designed to offer a general introduction to the world of computers including terminology, history, uses, impact on society, and programming. Students experience and focus on operating and using a microcomputer in addition to common microcomputer software, such as Windows, word processing, spread sheets, presentation packages and graphics. The Internet as a research tool and programming is also introduced. Students learn the basic concepts of computer systems. Students are introduced to the concepts of computer architecture, the ‘C’ and assembly programming languages as well as the use of Linux operating system. Students learn about memory organization, data representation, and addressing. Students are introduced to the concepts of machine language, memory, caches, virtual memory, linkage and assembler construction as well as exceptions and processes. Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 1230 and COMP 2120 Required Seminar: COMP 2130S Notes: COMP 2160 3 1. COMP 1700 is not recommended for students in the BBA program. These students should register in BBUS 1370 Mobile Application Development 1 (3,1,0)(L) 2. Students may not receive credit for more than one of COMP 1000, COMP 1350, COMP 1910, COMP 1700, BBUS 1370 and BBUS 2370 3. This course is not currently offered. Interested students should enroll in COMP 1000 Required Lab: COMP 1700L Students learn how to develop applications for mobile devices, including smartphones and tablets. Students are introduced to the survey of current mobile platforms, mobile application development environments, mobile device input methods, as well as developing applications for two popular mobile platforms. Students design and build a variety of Apps throughout the course to reinforce learning and to develop real competency. Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 1230 COMP 1810 3 Required Seminar: COMP 2160S Game Design and Development 1 (3,1,0) Building a high quality game is a complex and challenging process. A key element to its success is the design. The fundamentals of game design and development are discussed, in addition to different elements of game design, such as game concepts, character development, storytelling and narrative, core mechanics, and creating the User Interface. Students build and develop computer games. Required Seminar: COMP 1810S COMP 1910 3 COMP 2210 3 Programming Methods (3,1,0) Students are introduced to the programming environments of visual and scripting language along with tools and techniques of software development process. Students learn a combination of visual programing using C# and scripting language using Python in this course. Students learn the techniques of event driven visual application development, database and web connectivity, scripts, functions, strings, tuples and text file handling. Introduction to Computers and Business Information Systems (1,1,2) Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 1230 Students explore computing in the business environment. Emphasis is placed on computer applications in business including Windows, word processing, spreadsheets, presentation packages and the Internet. Topics relating to computer needs for business are also discussed. Required Seminar: COMP 2210S Prerequisite: Admission to the Marketing/Management, Horticulture Business Diploma or Tourism programs Data Structure, Algorithm Analysis, and Program Design (3,1,0) Note: Students may not receive credit for more than one of COMP 1000, COMP 1350, COMP 1910, COMP 1700, BBUS 1370 and BBUS 2370 285 COMP 2230 3 Students are introduced to the basic methods of representing data in Computing Science. Students review, implement and analyze several fundamental data structures including lists, stacks, queues, and graphs. Students learn the implementation of algorithms using these data structures and the efficiency and cost tradeoffs of each of them. Required Seminar: COMP 2570S Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 1390 or MATH 1700, and COMP 1230 or COMP 2120 or COMP 1240 COMP 2590 4 Required Seminar: COMP 2230S Program Design and Data Structure for Engineers (4,3,0) COMP 2520 3 Programming in C++ (3,0,1) This course is a programming course in Visual C++. Students are introduced to C++ using Microsoft Visual Studio, including the basics of the language, and the concepts and syntax of object‐oriented programming with C++. The course examines the building of classes, provides an introduction to data structures, sorting and searching, and explores advanced features of classes. Students examine the two main aspects of computer software (data structures and algorithms), and developing medium‐sized programs (as opposed to suites of programs). The object‐oriented programming paradigm is utilized. Students acquire knowledge of the basic data structures and algorithms commonly used in Computing Science; an understanding of the techniques appropriate for developing middle‐sized computer programming projects; the skills appropriate for small, team programming projects; and practical programming skills in an object‐oriented and procedural language, such as Java or C++. Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 1140 Prerequisite: Admission to the Electrical‐Computer Engineering Year 2 program, or permission of the Engineering Transfer program coordinator. COMP 1520 or COMP 1130. Required Lab: COMP 2520L Required Seminar: COMP 2590S COMP 2530 3 COMP 2620 3 Small Computer Systems: Organization and Architecture (3,1,0)(L) E‐Commerce Systems Development (3,1,0) This course presents the organization and architecture of modern, small computer systems. A discussion of representation and manipulation of information inside computers is followed by logic design basics, computer organization, and an introduction to computer architecture. Students are then introduced to the principles of operating systems, including the management of computer system resources, and provided an overview of current popular small systems operating systems. Topics are complemented by a seminar type workshop to give students hands‐on experience with maintenance, configuration troubleshooting, upgrading, optimization, and usage of small computer systems. This course introduces students to the design, implementation, and operation of Electronic Commerce systems. Emphasis is placed on the technology involved in creating Web databases, data marts, data mining systems, and interactive data warehousing. Students also discuss financial issues (electronic payments system, customs, and taxation), privacy, security, and legal issues. Students are required to prepare a team project of a working E‐Commerce system using a variety of current tools. Upon completion, students have a strong understanding of the basic building blocks (concepts and technology) and their interrelations in the E‐Commerce system, and are capable of developing a small size E‐Commerce transaction processing system using current tools. Prerequisite: Successful admission into 1st year Computing Science Diploma Required Seminar: COMP 2530S Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 2560 and COMP 2680 Required Seminar: COMP 2620S COMP 2540 3 Information Resource Management and Issues (3,1,0) COMP 2630 3 Information Systems (IS) are an important service to organizations and the management of information systems is important to understand, both for the employee in the organization and for individuals interested in becoming IS managers. This course explores IS management and how it must effectively address the needs and imperatives of organizations, technologies and society. The computer profession has emerged as an essential player in organizations as they vie for improved competitive positions by making strategic use of computer technology. Case studies and guest lecturers (where possible) are used to provide an IS overview, and examine the duties and organization of IS departments (including control of resources, staffing, security and disaster plans); the organization of IS to support end‐user computing; and the quality of life, work, professionalism and ethics for IS professionals. Small Computer Systems: Communication and Networks (3,1,0)(L) Prerequisite: Successful completion of 1st year of Computing Science Diploma Required Seminar: COMP 2540S Current advances in computer technology are bringing a new dimension to small computer systems networking. The networking of fast, reliable, and inexpensive small computer systems is revolutionizing the organization of companies, downsizing applications, and is a major new area of employment. The course introduces the fundamentals of data communication and computer networks. A discussion of information transfer and data communication is followed by an overview of computer networks. Students focus on Local Area Networks (LAN), including their design, organization, installation, maintenance, and administration, as well as issues of data security, data backups and recovery. LAN access to Wide and Global computer networks is explored. Student learning is supported by a series of hands‐on practical workshops and seminars on the design, installation, and administration of a typical LAN system. Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 1570 Required Seminar: COMP 2630S COMP 2560 3 Database Processing (3,0,1) COMP 2640 3 Students review the major components of the database environment and the evolution of database technologies. Database design techniques are then introduced using both the Entity Relationship model and an object‐oriented approach. As students design and implement a case study project, they learn the relational database model and data normalization. Structured Query Language (SQL) is discussed in depth, including Data Definition Language (DDL), Data Manipulation Language (DML), Data Control Language, and data integrity checking. Client and Server architecture is also discussed. Languages ‐ Advanced Programming (3,1,0) Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 1230 Required Lab: COMP 2560L Students examine advanced programming techniques using object‐oriented methodology for enterprise design and implementation. The following topics are developed: (1) Use of Component Object Model for system development; (2) Design and implementation of a run time libraries for modern window applications including classes and ActiveX components, including ActiveX DLL's, ActiveX EXE's, and ActiveX Controls; and (3) client server techniques used for distributed systems and for use over the Internet. Visual Basic is the programming vehicle used in this course. Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 1240, COMP 1670, COMP 2520 and COMP 2560 Required Seminar: COMP 2640S COMP 2570 3 Systems Analysis and Design 1 (3,1,0) COMP 2660 3 Students are introduced to systems analysis and design. Topics in analysis include project initiation, preliminary investigation, definition of project scope, cost/benefit analysis, interviewing techniques, presentation techniques, detailed systems investigation, and analysis. Topics in design include object‐oriented design, input, output, files, systems processing and systems controls. This course may use CASE tools in the lab component. Advanced Object Oriented Programming (3,1,0) Prerequisite: Completion of 1st year Computing Science Diploma 286 This is an advanced computer programming course with an emphasis on object‐oriented concepts (such as inheritance, encapsulation, abstraction, and polymorphism) and design modeling using the Unified Modeling Language (UML). Topics include multi‐ threading, network sockets, and Graphical User Interface (GUI) programming techniques. Students use Managed Visual C++.NET and Java for programming. Prerequisite: Completion of 3rd semester of Computer Science Diploma and C or better in COMP 2520 Required Seminar: COMP 2660S COMP 2670 3 Systems Analysis and Design 2 (3,1,0) COMP 2920 3 Software Architecture and Design (3,1,0) Students learn how to establish, define and manage the requirements for a software system. Students gain knowledge of fundamental concepts and methods of software design. Students learn how to use design notations of unified modeling language to develop design of a software product. Students are introduced to the design guidelines, quality, and evaluation criteria of software architecture. Students study how to design, generate, and modify software patterns and their use in software development. Continuing from COMP 2570: Systems Analysis and Design 1, students carry out a detailed analysis of an existing business system, and design an improved system under guidance of the system management. Topics include the design of systems controls, project management, scheduling and control, systems implementation, and evaluation. This is a major hands‐on training course. For non‐co‐op students, this course may only be taken in the graduation semester. Required Seminar: COMP 2920S Prerequisite: Completion of 3rd semester of Computer Science Diploma and C or better in COMP 2520 Algorithm Design and Analysis (3,1,0) Required Seminar: COMP 2670S COMP 2680 3 Prerequisite: COMP 1230 (minimum grade of C) COMP 3050 3 Students begin by defining what an algorithm is, discuss what it means to do algorithm analysis, and analyze why it is important in Computing Science. Topics include tools and methods for algorithm analysis and design; mathematical notations; choice of data structure; and space and time efficiency; Computational complexity and additional advanced algorithms are examined. Web Site Design and Development (3,1,0) Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 2230 Students are introduced to the overview of website development. Students learn major aspects of Web site design and development, including basic Hyper Text Markup Language (HTML), Extensible Hypertext Markup Language (XHTML), Dynamic Hypertext Markup Language (DHTML), Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP), Java Script programming, and Cascading Style Sheets (CSS). Students explore prevailing tools and standards – including the Internet, World Wide Web, client‐server, Hypertext Markup Language 5 (HTML5), Cascading Style Sheets 3 (CSS3), multimedia, database – and are introduced how they function together in today's web environment. Note: Students taking the Computing Science major, or the Mathematical Sciences major, in the Bachelor of Science program must see the B.Sc. advisor before registering in 3rd or 4th year courses. Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 1130 Models of Computation (3,1,0) Required Seminar: COMP 2680S Computer Science is the study of computers and programs, and the collections of instructions that direct the activity of computers. Computers are made of simple elements but they often perform complex tasks. The great disparity between the simplicity of computers and the complexity of computational tasks offers intellectual challenges. Theoretical computer science develops methods and models of analysis to meet those challenges. This course provides an introduction to general computational models (logic circuits, upper bound on the size and depth of the circuits for important problems); automata (finite‐state, random‐access, and Turing machines); formal languages; and computational complexity (time‐ and space‐bounded complexity classes, and space‐time tradeoffs). COMP 2730 3 Introduction to Computer Security (3,1,0) This is an introductory course on computer and information system security. Students discuss key security requirements such as Confidentiality, Integrity, and Availability (CIA), and the mechanisms used to ensure them, such as Authentication, Access Control, and Auditing (triple‐A). The course lays the foundation for further study, and for students seeking industry certifications, such as CompTIA Security+ or CISSP. Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 2630 Required Seminar: COMP 3050S COMP 3110 3 Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 2130 and COMP 2230 Required Seminar: COMP 3110S Required Seminar: COMP 2730S COMP 3120 3 COMP 2810 3 Game Design and Development 2 (3,1,0) Building a high‐quality game is a complex and challenging process; a key element to its success relies on the game interface design. Students build on the fundamentals of game design learned in COMP 1810: Game Design and Development 1. Different genres of game are considered, such as action games, strategy games, role‐playing games, sports games, simulation or serious games, adventure games, artificial life and puzzle games, and online gaming. Students learn to effectively design game Interfaces that enable players to participate in unique and engaging experiences. Programming Languages (3,1,0) This course is a comparative study of programming languages including their syntax, semantics and run‐time behavior. Students discuss data abstraction, programming paradigms (functional, object‐oriented, procedural, and relational) and their appropriate applications. Interpretation versus compilation as well as concurrent computations are discussed. Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 2230 Required Seminar: COMP 3120S Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 1810 Required Seminar: COMP 2810S COMP 3130 3 Formal Languages, Automata and Computability (3,1,0) COMP 2910 3 Computer Applications in Business (2,1,0) This is a business software applications course for students in tourism programs. Building upon computer skills acquired in COMP 1910: Introduction to Computers and Business Information Systems, students in this course complete business‐related software projects. The emphasis of the course is on computer applications in the tourism industry. In addition, a common thread throughout the course is the application and integration of communications technologies with business software. Students make extensive use of the World‐Wide‐Web and internet‐based applications. Prerequisite: C or better in ACCT 1000 and COMP 1910 Note: Students entering the Bachelor of Computing Science program must see the program coordinator before registering for BCS courses Required Seminar: COMP 2910S 287 Students discuss formal grammars, normal forms, the relationship between grammars and automata, regular expressions, finite state machines, pushdown automata, and Turing machine computability. Additional topics include the Halting Problem; an introduction to recursive function theory; application to programming languages; and editors and command languages (operating systems). Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 2130 and COMP 2230 Required Seminar: COMP 3130S COMP 3140 3 Object Oriented Design and Programming (3,1,0) Students are introduced to object‐oriented design and programming. Topics include object‐oriented concepts, object‐oriented programming, development of console‐based applications in C++, Visual C++, Visual Basic .Net, and an introduction to Microsoft Foundation Classes (MFC) and inter‐object communication. Students design and develop systems using object‐oriented design and programming methodologies in console and Windows‐based applications. Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 1230 Corequisite: COMP 2230 Required Seminar: COMP 3140S COMP 3150 3 Java Programming (3,1,0) The Java programming language is a modern object‐oriented language designed with two very important features: (1) platform independence, which allows the program to be executed on different machines and under the control of different operating systems; and (2) direct support for HTML (and similar) documents. These two features made Java a language of choice for internet‐based applications. This course consists of an overview of the Java environment, syntax, and libraries; object‐oriented program design in java; program design in Java for the internet (applets, servlets); and multiprogramming in Java (multithreading). Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 2230 Required Seminar: COMP 3150S COMP 3160 3 Mobile Application Development 2 (3,1,0)(L) Students are introduced to advanced mobile application development. Topics include databases, GPS and other sensors, maps, 2D graphics, 3D graphics, sound, music and other media, game development, and network communication. Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 2160 Required Seminar: COMP 3160S COMP 3260 3 Computer Network Security (3,1,0) Students explore how information is exchanged on the Internet and the security issues that arise due to information exchange between different technologies. Students learn concepts of authentication, authorization, access control in computer networks. Students gain knowledge about Use of cryptography for data and network security. Students are introduced to the topics such as firewalls, public key infrastructure, security standards and protocols, virtual private networks, and wireless network security. Students also explore privacy, legal issues and ethics in context of network security. Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 3270 Required Seminar: COMP 3260S COMP 3270 3 Computer Networks (3,1,0) Students learn about computer network design principles and concepts, network architecture, Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) model, error detection and recovery, local area networks, bridges, routers and gateways, network naming and addressing, routing protocols, inter‐networking, wireless networks, and Internet Protocol v6 network addressing. Students first gain knowledge about basic local area networks, and then learn about the wireless Local Area Networks, techniques to extend Local Area Networks, inter‐networking and emerging network technologies. Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 2230 Required Seminar: COMP 3270S COMP 3320 3 Computational Methodology (3,1,0) This course offers selected topics in numerical computations with an emphasis on computer arithmetic, analysis of roundoff errors, propagation of errors, and environmental paremeters. Students explore computational metholology as applied to solving problems in Numerical Linear Algebra (Direct and Iterative Methods), non‐linear equations and non‐linear systems of systems of equations. Students are also introduced to the use of numerical software libraries and the design of numerical software packages. Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 2230 Required Seminar: COMP 3320S 288 COMP 3410 3 Operating Systems (3,1,0) The purpose of this course is to provide students basic knowledge of operating systems, difference between the kernel and user modes, concepts of application program interfaces, methods and implementations of interrupts. Students are introduced to the schedulers, policies, processes, threads, memory management, virtual memory, protection, access control, and authentication. Students learn system calls in different popular operating systems used in the industry. Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 2130 and COMP 2230 Required Seminar: COMP 3410S COMP 3450 3 Human‐Computer Interaction Design (3,1,0) Students are introduced to the concepts and practices of interaction design from a human‐computer perspective. Students learn both theoretical and practical concepts of human‐computer interaction and study how to develop user interfaces using a user‐ centered approach. Students learn both the general principles and specific techniques of interaction design and user experience design for various applications (mobile, web, and desktop). Students produce user interfaces through assignments following the guidelines discussed during the lectures. Students evaluate their user interfaces using various evaluation methods. Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 2680 and MATH 1650 Required Seminar: COMP 3450S COMP 3510 3 System Implementation and Development Tools (3,1,0) This course offers tools and techniques to promote programming productivity and software quality. Topics include specifications; code review and inspection techniques; testing and debugging methods and tools; reusable software components and templates; file system navigation; scripting languages; software configuration management; software tools; environments; and instrumenting and profiling. Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 2230 Required Seminar: COMP 3510S COMP 3520 3 Software Engineering (3,1,0) Students are introduced to the different software process models and management of modular inter‐communication, software engineering tools, software testing and project management including resource estimation, team organization and review. Students learn software engineering techniques for dependable and secure systems, reliability engineering, software evolution, software maintenance, quality management, configuration management, reuse and ethical issues in software engineering. Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 2920 Required Seminar: COMP 3520S COMP 3540 3 Advanced Web Design and Programming (3,1,0) Students review client‐side web technologies used for static webpages and interactive web applications on clients. Students examine advanced topics in Hyper Text Markup Language, Cascade Style Sheet and JavaScript for interactive web applications that use rich user interfaces. Students then continue with server‐side web technologies for dynamic web applications, such as server‐side scripting programming, database access for three‐tier data‐driven applications, and asynchronous communication between client and server for fast partial update of client windows. Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 2680 and COMP 2230 Required Seminar: COMP 3540S COMP 3610 3 Database Systems (3,1,0) Students are introduced to the database concepts. Students review the underlying data structures that make up databases. Students learn database design techniques using both the Entity Relationship model as well as an object oriented approach to designing database systems. Students study the relational database model and data normalization as they design and implement a case study project. Students also learn data description language, data manipulation language (updates, queries, reports), and data integrity. Students complete a case study work using a relevant and current relational database management system, database management system, software product. Corequisite: COMP 2230 Required Seminar: COMP 3610S COMP 3710 3 COMP 4250 3 Computer Network Administration (3,1,0)(L) This course emphasizes the implementation and the administration of network and network servers, and network security. Topics include administration of internet working and server software on network servers; network traffic surveillance; network security problems, firewall, intrusion detection and defense; and the implementation of a practical LAN. Applied Artificial Intelligence (3,1,0) Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 3270, COMP 3410 Students investigate non‐deterministic computer algorithms that are used in wide application areas but cannot be written in pseudo programming languages. Non‐ deterministic algorithms have been known as topics of machine learning or artificial intelligence. Students are introduced to the use of classical artificial intelligence techniques and soft computing techniques. Classical artificial intelligence techniques include knowledge representation, heuristic algorithms, rule based systems, and probabilistic reasoning. Soft computing techniques include fuzzy systems, neural networks, and genetic algorithms. Required Seminar: COMP 4250S COMP 4260 3 Mobile Computing (3,1,0) Required Seminar: COMP 3710S Students focus on the basic knowledge of mobile applications, and progress to the mobile application service platform and the development of mobile applications, using Mobile Java Technology. Topics include wireless Internet service, Wireless Markup Language and Wireless Application Protocol, Connected Limited Device Configuration, and Mobile Device Information Profile. COMP 3820 3 Required Seminar: COMP 4260S Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 2230 and MATH 1650 Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 3260 or COMP 3270 Computer Graphics and Visualization (3,1,0) Students are introduced to computer graphics and visualization. The course covers basic principles and techniques that are used for graphics applications through simple examples. Students are exposed to current graphics and Application Programming Interfaces (API) for desktop computers and mobile devices, and learn the development of graphics applications (interactive games, visualizations, simulations) through assignments and a project. COMP 4320 3 Advanced Computational Methodology (3,1,0) Required Seminar: COMP 3820S Students focus on selected advanced topics in numerical computations with an emphasis on the analysis of errors. The study of computational methodology as applied to solving problems in interpolation and approximation includes splines and least spares data fitting; numerical differentiation and integration; numerical initial value ordinary differential equations; and partial differential equations. Students design a numerical software package. COMP 4110 3 Required Seminar: COMP 4320S Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 2230 Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 3320 Language Processors (3,1,0) This compiler design course includes topics such as translators; compilers; assemblers and interpreters; compiler organization; compiler writing tools; use of regular expression; finite automata and context‐free grammars; scanning and parsing; run‐ time organization; semantic analysis; and storage allocation and code generation. Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 3050 Required Seminar: COMP 4110S COMP 4120 3 COMP 4340 3 Modelling and Simulation (3,1,0) Students examine numerous concepts related to modelling and simulation, including numeric models of dynamic systems with an emphasis on discrete stochastic systems; state descriptions of models, common model components and entities; simulation using algebraic languages; methodology of simulation (data collection, model design, analysis of output, optimization, and validation); elements of queuing theory and its relationship to simulation; and the application of models of computer systems. Students also discuss common simulation languages, such as Simula, GPSS, Simscript, GASP, and Dynamo. Distributed Systems (3,1,0) Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 3050 Students examine the evolution of technology and the concepts underlying distributed computing systems. Topics include the fundamentals and principles of distributed computing; language constructs for distributed programming; formal specification of distributed systems; distributed algorithms; elements of distributed operating systems; and elements of fault‐tolerant distributed architectures. Required Seminar: COMP 4340S Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 3270, COMP 3410, COMP 3610 Required Seminar: COMP 4120S COMP 4230 3 Advanced Computer Networks (3,1,0) This course is designed as a follow‐up course on computer networks. The application of networking concepts taught in computer networks, as well as additional topics in advanced Computer Networks are emphasized. Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 3270, COMP 3610 Required Seminar: COMP 4230S COMP 4480 3 Directed Studies in Computing Science Students undertake an investigation on a specific topic as agreed upon by the student and the faculty member. Prerequisite: Admission to the Computing Science Major, or to the Bachelor of Computing Science with a GPA equal to or more then 3.0. Note: Permission of the faculty member (supervisor) is required, and, if the course is co‐ supervised, an acceptance of the topic by a co‐supervisor with the appropriate expertise. The co‐supervisor may be either from the campus or off campus. Registration in in this course requires the approval of the Department of Computing Science. COMP 4510 3 Systems Software Design (3,1,0) COMP 4240 3 Internet/Intranet (3,1,0) Students are presented with the most practical internet and intranet technologies and techniques. Topics include internet protocols, addressing and architecture, intranet and extranets design, installation, and management, and all aspects of internet/intranet security and user/data authentication. Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 3540, COMP 4240 Required Seminar: COMP 4240S 289 Students focus on systems software components and their functions; operating software, translators, linkers, loaders, and cross assemblers; utility software; the relationship of operating software to hardware; developing system software components; single user, multiprogramming and distributed systems (LANs) operating software; and terminate and stay resident programs. Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 3520 Required Seminar: COMP 4510S COMP 4530 3 Advanced Software Engineering (3,1,0) This course builds on the material students learned in COMP 3520: Software Engineering. Students examine the management perspective of software development, such as project management, planning, quality and configuration management. Advanced topics are also explored, such as dependability and security engineering, service‐oriented architecture, aspect‐ oriented software engineering and embedded system development. Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 3520 Required Seminar: COMP 4530S COMP 4540 3 Advanced Web Design and Programming (3,1,0) This course is a continuation of COMP 3540 (Web Site Design and Programming) and will discuss advanced web design concepts, technologies and techniques. It will cover server side programming aspects including advanced CGI techniques, ASP (Active Server Pages) and JSP (Java Server Pages), XML and the document model. Prerequisite: COMP 3540, COMP 3610 Required Seminar: COMP 4540S representation formalisms. For uncertainty management, certainty factors, Bayesian network, D‐S belief functions, and fuzzy logic are discussed. Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 3710 Required Seminar: COMP 4740S COMP 4750 3 Natural Computing (3,1,0) Natural Computing is about methods of computation that are inspired by nature including the ways in which humans compute. Characteristic for man‐designed computing inspired by nature is the metaphorical use of concepts, principles and mechanisms underlying natural systems. This type of computing includes evolutionary algorithms, neural networks, fuzzy logic, swarm intelligence, molecular computing and quantum computing. Students discuss the problem of intelligent systems design using neural computing/soft‐computing/computational intelligence (NC/SC/CI) techniques in an integrated manner, and are presented with theory and applications, including industrial applications. Traditional artificial intelligence (AI) techniques are mainly based on mathematical techniques of symbolic logic. These are referred to as 'crisp' techniques by the soft computing community. NC/SC/CI seeks inspiration from the world of biology, and is being used to create numerous real‐world intelligent systems with the aid of NC/SC/CI tools. Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 3050 Required Seminar: COMP 4750S COMP 4610 3 Advanced Database Systems (3,1,0) This course continues with database concepts introduced in COMP 3610: Database Systems. Students begin with a review of database design and implementation principles, and progress to discussions about the relational database model, designing for optimization, and normal forms. Topics include domain/ key normal form; relational database strategies for Database Manipulation Languages (DMLs); database administration and multi‐user database issues (control, security, optimization and related); and distributed database systems with an emphasis on Client/Server, data warehousing, object‐oriented database systems, and web‐based database issues. Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 3610 Required Seminar: COMP 4610S COMP 4830 3 Multimedia (3,1,0) Students are introduced to the concepts, theories, and practices involved in the development of multimedia applications. The course covers fundamental concepts and theories of different digital media, the principles of good design, and the most recent technologies for the development of multimedia applications. Students explore practical knowledge and techniques of multimedia programming by completing course assignments and a project related to web‐based and mobile applications. Students enrolled in this course are expected to increase their proficiency in the development of multimedia applications using these contemporary technologies. Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 2230 Required Seminar: COMP 4830S COMP 4620 3 Web‐based Information Systems (3,1,0) COMP 4910 3 This course provides students with the concepts and technologies involved in the design, implementation, and operation of web‐based information systems. Students use a variety of web development tools and programming/scripting languages. Emphasis is placed on the technologies for rich web application, including the aspect of web programming paradigm; the information exchange between client and server; the model‐view‐controller architecture; web application frameworks; content management systems; web services; web data mining; and security issues. Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 3520, 4th year standing Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 3540 and COMP 3610 Corequisite: COMP 4530 Computing Science Project Students in this “capstone†project course must complete a practical design and implementation of a supervised project in an area of specialisation in Computing Science. Students will develop a ‘live’ project either working with an external client or a research project with an individual faculty supervisor. Required Seminar: COMP 4620S COMP 4930 3 COMP 4630 3 Distributed Databases and Distributed Data on the World Wide Web (3,1,0) This course offers instruction in three major types of distributed architecture: client/server paradigm (2‐tier, 3‐tier, N‐tier), distributed database environments (homogenous and heterogeneous), and data‐centered co‐operative systems. Topics include distributed system design; database transactions; query optimization; data replication; partitioning; and models for metadata. Students are required to work on small projects using a variety of current DBMS software and tools, such as MS SQL Server 7.0, Oracle 8, MS Access 2000, XML, MSXML, ODBC, OLE‐DB, ASP, and VBScript on Web server. Professional and Ethical Issues in Computing Science (3,0,0) Students examine current computer issues and selected topics from these, including the impact of computer technology on society; historical perspectives; social and economic consequences of large‐scale information processing systems and automatic control; legal and ethical problems in computer applications; intellectual property. Additional topics include the computer and the individual; machine versus human capabilities; facts and fancy; problematic interface between man and machine; privacy and security; the need for standards and the implications of non‐standardization; and ethics. Prerequisite: 3rd year standing Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 3540 and COMP 3610 Required Seminar: COMP 4630S COMP 4960 6 Honours Thesis in Computing Science COMP 4740 3 Expert Systems (3,1,0) Students are introduced to artificial intelligence theory and practice underlying expert systems. Topics include knowledge bases; inference engines; knowledge representation formalisms; knowledge acquisition; search and reasoning techniques; and other practical issues in the development of expert systems. For logic‐based approaches, students explore rule‐based systems, semantic networks, frames, and mixed 290 Each student in this course is required to conduct, under the supervision of a member of the Department of Computing Science, an individual investigation into a Computing Science topic or problem at the advanced undergraduate level, the results of which are to be typed and submitted as an Honors Thesis. The thesis is defended at a public lecture before an examining committee. Prerequisite: Admission into the Computing Science Honors program as part of a Bachelor of Science degree and identification of a supervisor COMP 4980 3 ***Current Topics in Computer Science (3,1,0) Students are introduced to selected current topics in computing science at the advanced undergraduate level. Due to the rapidly changing nature of computing science, the course content varies from year to year. Prerequisite: Admission to the 4th year of the Bachelor of Computing Science degree program, or 4th year standing in the Computing Science Major program Required Seminar: COMP 4980S CONV 1000 1 Events and Conventions Practicum 1 (1,0,0) This course requires the student to practice skills and theory acquired during the first year of their studies in the Sports Event Management Diploma. Students will be required to spend one hour per week in a classroom setting where instruction will include such topics as interviewing skills, resume writing and job search. As well, students will be exposed to trends and opportunities in the field of sports even management. At the conclusion of the academic year, students will be required to complete 160 hours of fieldwork. Although no numeric grade is given for this course, the students must successfully complete this course before certification is given by UCC. Prerequisite: The successful completion of all courses in the first year of the Events and Convention Management Diploma program with a minimum of a C in any course. CONV 1010 3 Introduction to Tourism (40 hours) The course is designed to provide an introduction to the tourism industry. Consideration is given to the concepts and vocabulary common throughout the eight tourism sectors. A critical examination of the competition for resources with other industries in British Columbia will be examined. Prerequisite: No prerequisite, admission requirements to home institution. CONV 1020 3 Introduction to Special Event Management (40 hours) This course provides insight into how communities (local, regional and national) and the cultures within these communities can be attracted to and successfully included in special events. Consideration is give to cross‐cultural issues and the challenges of creating an authentic experience while respecting the local environment and the traditions of the people who live in the location a special event is hosted. Some approaches and techniques for incorporating the traditions of communities and cultures into special events will be demonstrated. will provide an overview of many topics that can be studied at greater depth in future law courses. Prerequisite: No prerequisite, admission requirements to home institution CONV 1060 3 Event Marketing (40 hours) This course reviews the concepts and tools used to design and implement a successful event marketing strategy. The focus of the course is on applying contemporary principles of strategic marketing to the process of event management. These concepts are applicable to the broadest definition of the event management industry including festivals, sporting events, community celebrations, cultural events, and arts productions. A student‐defined case study further defines the application of course content. Prerequisite: No prerequisite, admission requirements to home institution CONV 2100 3 Conference Management 1 (3,0,0) Part 1 of a 2 semester course designed to give the students the skills necessary to plan, organize, manage and evaluate a festival, special event, meeting, seminar or conference. In addition to an overview of the industry, emphasis will be placed on objective setting, team building and program planning. CONV 2110 3 Conference Management 2 (3,0,0) Part 2 of a 2 semester course is designed to give the students some practical experience in planning, organizing, managing and evaluating a special event or conference. As well, lecture topics will include transportation arrangements, selection of speakers, and audio‐visual arrangements. Prerequisite: CONV 2100 CONV 2170 3 Fundraising for Non‐Profit Organizations (3,0,0) The intent of this course is to provide the learner with some of the basic skills needed to conduct a fundraising campaign on behalf of a non‐profit organization. In addition to discussions about the origins and evolution of philanthropy, learners will be exposed to various campaign models, public relations strategies and techniques for motivating volunteers. Prerequisite: TMGT 1150 or equivalent Prerequisite: No prerequisite, admission requirements to home institution CONV 2190 3 CONV 1030 3 Destination Marketing Organizations (3,0,0) Celebrating Community and Culture (40 hours) Using a Convention and Visitors Bureau as a model, the student will learn about the role that Destination Marketing Organizations play in attracting all types of tourists to a city, region or country. In addition to learning about key market segments and how to attract them, students will learn how Destination Marketing Organizations are structured and funded. This course provides insight into how communities (local, regional and national) and the cultures within these communities can be attracted to and successfully included in special events. Consideration is given to cross‐cultural issues and the challenges of creating an authentic experience while respecting the local environment and the traditions of the people who live in the location a special event is hosted. Some approaches and techniques for incorporating the traditions of communities and cultures into special events will be demonstrated. Prerequisite: No prerequisite, admission requirements to home institution Prerequisite: TMGT 1150 or equivalent CONV 2240 3 Sports Event Management (3,0,0) CONV 1040 3 Event Volunteer Management (40 hours) The course is designed to introduce the student to the concepts and theories for the successful management of event volunteers. Current trends and their impacts on volunteer organizations will be examined. The student will participate in volunteering for a special event. Prerequisite: No prerequisite, admission requirements to home institution The intent of this course is to provide the learner with an overview of the sports tourism industry and to provide them with some of the basic tools needed to successfully plan a sporting event. Learners will be introduced to the sports event and sport tourism industries and be given the opportunity to explore such topics as risk management for sporting events, volunteer management and event sponsorship. CONV 2250 3 Sports Event Marketing (3,0,0) CONV 1050 3 Legal Liability and Risk Management (40 hours) The goal of CONV 1050 is to provide an introduction to event management law and risk management. This course has been designed to provide a broad perspective about the legal and risk management issues involved in planning and hosting tourism events. It 291 This course is designed to introduce students to some of the skills necessary to effectively market a sporting event. Students will learn how to develop a plan to go after relevant markets including attendees, competitors and sponsors. In addition, students will be exposed to such business concepts as product development, market opportunities and marketing plans. Prerequisite: TMGT 1150 or equivalent CONV 2260 3 Managing Festivals and Events (3,0,0) This course covers the basic skills needed for a businesslike approach to planning and managing a well run, high quality community celebration. The focus of the course is on increasing organizational effectiveness and developing sound managerial strategies. Practical subjects such as fundraising and sponsorship, motivating volunteers, developing effective checklists, developing themes and creative ideas, resources and contacts, and samples of event publicity are also covered. CONV 2500 in coopertive education may still take this course, but they should determine whether it is accepted by their certificate, diploma, or degree program before registering. COOP 1050 3 CSOM Co‐op Work Term This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Prerequisite: COOP 1000 Field Trip Activity Fee (Year 2 Events and Conventions Management Diploma) Required for all second year students of the Events and Conventions Management Diploma program. The opportunity to better understand concepts discussed in the classroom by exposure to their application in industry. COOK 1100 Culinary Introduction 1 (420 hours) This course, based on the Provincial Professional Cook Training curriculum for the Professional Cook 1 program, familiarizes students to food handling procedures surrounding safety and sanitation. Students learn safe use of tools and equipment, safe work practices, product identification, and food preparation methods, including seasoning and presentation. This course is the first level of the Provincial Apprenticeship program. Prerequisite: Admission into Professional Cook 1 Corequisite: Registered Cook Apprenticeship with the Industry Training Authority COOK 1110 COOP 1070 3 ARET Co‐op Work Term 1 This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Prerequisite: COOP 1000 COOP 1100 3 NRSC Co‐op Work Term 1 This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Prerequisite: COOP 1000 Culinary Introduction 2 (540 hours) This course, based on the Provincial Professional Cook Training curriculum for the Professional Cook 1 program, familiarizes students to food handling procedures surrounding safety and sanitation. Students learn safe use of tools and equipment, safe work practices, product identification, and food preparation methods, including seasoning and presentation. This course is the first level of the Provincial Apprenticeship program. Prerequisite: Admission into Professional Cook 1 COOP 1110 3 CHEM Co‐op Work Term 1 This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Prerequisite: COOP 1000 Corequisite: Registered Cook Apprenticeship with the Industry Training Authority COOK 1200 Culinary Dining Room (420 hours) This course is based on the Provincial Professional Cook Training curriculum for the Professional Cook 2 program. Students develop a preliminary understanding of food costing, menu planning and purchasing processes. Using multiple cooking methods, students complete a variety of cooking, baking (including deserts) and food preparation tasks. This course is the second level of the provincial apprenticeship program. COOP 1120 3 BIOL Co‐op Work Term 1 This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Prerequisite: COOP 1000 Prerequisite: Admission into Professional Cook 2 Corequisite: Registered Cook Apprenticeship with the Industry Training Authority COOP 1130 3 BCS Co‐op Work Term 1 COOK 2100 Culinary Apprentice 3 (180 hours) This course is based on the Provincial Professional Cook Training curriculum for the Professional Cook 3 program. Students develop a preliminary understanding of food costing, menu planning and purchasing processes. Using multiple cooking methods, students complete a variety of cooking, baking (including deserts) and food preparation tasks. This course is the third level of the Provincial Apprenticeship program. Prerequisite: Admission into Professional Cook 3 Corequisite: Registered Cook Apprenticeship with the Industry Training Authority This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Prerequisite: COOP 1000 COOP 1140 3 CPSC Co‐op Work Term 1 COOP 1000 1 This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Career Management (1.5,0,0) Prerequisite: COOP 1000 Students admitted into co‐operative education must complete this pre‐requisite one credit course prior to their first work term. The course will cover an introduction to co‐ operative education, career development theory, self‐assessment, career communications, interview skills, workplace dynamics, networking, workplace culture and issues specific to co‐operative education work terms. Students who are not enrolled 292 COOP 1150 3 PHYS Co‐op Work Term 1 This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Prerequisite: COOP 1000 semesters (typically fall and winter semesters) and allows students to gain career related experience while enrolled in full‐time studies. Prerequisite: As per the TRU Calendar for specific program requirements; COOP 1000; students must have completed at least one full time co‐op course (co‐op work term) prior to enrolling in a parallel co‐op course. COOP 1610 3 CHEM Parallel Co‐op Work Term COOP 1160 3 BBA Co‐op Work Term 1 This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Prerequisite: COOP 1000 These 3 credit elective courses will provide TRU students increased access to Co‐ operative Education programming. Co‐operative Education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience. Co‐op provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Parallel Co‐op occurs over two academic semesters (typically fall and winter semesters) and allows students to gain career related experience while enrolled in full‐time studies. Prerequisite: As per the TRU Calendar for specific program requirements; COOP 1000; students must have completed at least one full time co‐op course (co‐op work term) prior to enrolling in a parallel co‐op course. COOP 1170 3 BTM Co‐op Work Term 1 This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Prerequisite: COOP 1000 COOP 1190 3 BA Co‐op Work Term 1 This course will provide Bachelor of Arts students with access to Co‐op Education. Co‐ operative Education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience. Co‐op provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their academic majors. Co‐op work terms appear on students transcripts, as non‐credit and are transferable within BC post‐secondary institutions. Prerequisite: Students must have a GPA of 2.67 (B‐) to enter the BA Co‐op Option and must maintain a GPA of 2.67 (B‐) throughout the Co‐op option. Students must have completed a minimum of 48 credits before beginning Work Term 1. Students must complete at least three work terms to graduate with the Co‐op Option on their degree and official transcripts. A student's degree must end on an academic semester. COOP 1210 3 MATH Co‐op Work Term 1 This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Prerequisite: COOP 1000 COOP 1550 3 CS Parallel Co‐op Work Term These 3 credit elective courses will provide TRU students increased access to Co‐ operative Education programming. Co‐operative Education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience. Co‐op provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Parallel Co‐op occurs over two academic semesters (typically fall and winter semesters) and allows students to gain career related experience while enrolled in full‐time studies. Prerequisite: As per the TRU Calendar for specific program requirements; COOP 1000; students must have completed at least one full time co‐op course (co‐op work term) prior to enrolling in a parallel co‐op course. COOP 1600 3 NRSC Parallel Co‐op Work Term These 3 credit elective courses will provide TRU students increased access to Co‐ operative Education programming. Co‐operative Education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience. Co‐op provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Parallel Co‐op occurs over two academic 293 COOP 1620 3 BIOL Parallel Co‐op Work Term These 3 credit elective courses will provide TRU students increased access to Co‐ operative Education programming. Co‐operative Education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience. Co‐op provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Parallel Co‐op occurs over two academic semesters (typically fall and winter semesters) and allows students to gain career related experience while enrolled in full‐time studies. Prerequisite: As per the TRU Calendar for specific program requirements; COOP 1000; students must have completed at least one full time co‐op course (co‐op work term) prior to enrolling in a parallel co‐op course. COOP 1630 3 BCS Parallel Co‐op Work Term These 3 credit elective courses will provide TRU students increased access to Co‐ operative Education programming. Co‐operative Education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience. Co‐op provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Parallel Co‐op occurs over two academic semesters (typically fall and winter semesters) and allows students to gain career related experience while enrolled in full‐time studies. Prerequisite: As per the TRU Calendar for specific program requirements; COOP 1000; students must have completed at least one full time co‐op course (co‐op work term) prior to enrolling in a parallel co‐op course. COOP 1640 3 BSc CPSC Co‐op Work Term These 3 credit elective courses will provide TRU students increased access to Co‐ operative Education programming. Co‐operative Education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience. Co‐op provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Parallel Co‐op occurs over two academic semesters (typically fall and winter semesters) and allows students to gain career related experience while enrolled in full‐time studies. Prerequisite: As per the TRU Calendar for specific program requirements; COOP 1000; students must have completed at least one full time co‐op course (co‐op work term) prior to enrolling in a parallel co‐op course. COOP 1650 3 PHYS Parallel Co‐op Work Term These 3 credit elective courses will provide TRU students increased access to Co‐ operative Education programming. Co‐operative Education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience. Co‐op provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Parallel Co‐op occurs over two academic semesters (typically fall and winter semesters) and allows students to gain career related experience while enrolled in full‐time studies. Prerequisite: As per the TRU Calendar for specific program requirements; COOP 1000; students must have completed at least one full time co‐op course (co‐op work term) prior to enrolling in a parallel co‐op course. COOP 1660 3 BBA Parallel Co‐op Work Term These 3 credit elective courses will provide TRU students increased access to Co‐ operative Education programming. Co‐operative Education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience. Co‐op provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Parallel Co‐op occurs over two academic semesters (typically fall and winter semesters) and allows students to gain career related experience while enrolled in full‐time studies. Prerequisite: As per the TRU Calendar for specific program requirements; COOP 1000; students must have completed at least one full time co‐op course (co‐op work term) prior to enrolling in a parallel co‐op course. COOP 2070 3 ARET Co‐op Work Term 2 This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Prerequisite: COOP 1000 COOP 2100 3 NRSC Co‐op Work Term 2 This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Prerequisite: COOP 1000 COOP 1670 3 COOP 2110 3 BTM Parallel Co‐op Work Term CHEM Co‐op Work Term 2 These 3 credit elective courses will provide TRU students increased access to Co‐ operative Education programming. Co‐operative Education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience. Co‐op provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Parallel Co‐op occurs over two academic semesters (typically fall and winter semesters) and allows students to gain career related experience while enrolled in full‐time studies. This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Prerequisite: COOP 1000 Prerequisite: As per the TRU Calendar for specific program requirements; COOP 1000; students must have completed at least one full time co‐op course (co‐op work term) prior to enrolling in a parallel co‐op course. COOP 2120 3 COOP 1690 3 This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. BA Parallel Co‐op Work Term These 3 credit elective courses will provide TRU students increased access to Co‐ operative Education programming. Co‐operative Education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience. Co‐op provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Parallel Co‐op occurs over two academic semesters (typically fall and winter semesters) and allows students to gain career related experience while enrolled in full‐time studies. Prerequisite: As per the TRU Calendar for specific program requirements; COOP 1000; students must have completed at least one full time co‐op course (co‐op work term) prior to enrolling in a parallel co‐op course. BIOL Co‐op Work Term 2 Prerequisite: COOP 1000 COOP 2130 3 BCS Co‐op Work Term 2 This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Prerequisite: COOP 1000 COOP 1710 3 Mathematics Parallel Co‐op Work Term These 3 credit elective courses will provide TRU students increased access to Co‐ operative Education programming. Co‐operative Education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience. Co‐op provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Parallel Co‐op occurs over two academic semesters (typically fall and winter semesters) and allows students to gain career related experience while enrolled in full‐time studies. Prerequisite: As per the TRU Calendar for specific program requirements; COOP 1000; students must have completed at least one full time co‐op course (co‐op work term) prior to enrolling in a parallel co‐op course. COOP 2050 3 CSOM Co‐op Work Term This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Prerequisite: COOP 1000 COOP 2140 3 CPSC Co‐op Work Term 2 This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Prerequisite: COOP 1000 COOP 2150 3 PHYS Co‐op Work Term 2 This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Prerequisite: COOP 1000 COOP 2160 3 BBA Co‐op Work Term 2 This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Prerequisite: COOP 1000 294 COOP 2170 3 COOP 3110 3 BTM Co‐op Work Term 2 CHEM Co‐op Work Term 3 This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Prerequisite: COOP 1000 Prerequisite: COOP 1000 COOP 2190 3 COOP 3120 3 BA Co‐op Work Term 2 BIOL Co‐op Work Term 3 This course will provide Bachelor of Arts students with access to Co‐op Education. Co‐ operative Education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience. Co‐op provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their academic majors. Co‐op work terms appear on students transcripts, as non‐credit and are transferable within BC post‐secondary institutions. Prerequisite: Students must have a GPA of 2.67 (B‐) to enter the BA Co‐op Option and must maintain a GPA of 2.67 (B‐) throughout the Co‐op option. Students must have completed a minimum of 48 credits before beginning Work Term 1. Students must complete at least three work terms to graduate with the Co‐op Option on their degree and official transcripts. A student's degree must end on an academic semester. This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Prerequisite: COOP 1000 COOP 3130 3 BCS Co‐op Work Term 3 COOP 2200 3 This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Co‐op Abroad Prerequisite: COOP 1000 This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Prerequisite: COOP 1000 COOP 3140 3 CPSC Co‐op Work Term 3 COOP 2210 3 This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. MATH Co‐op Work Term 2 Prerequisite: COOP 1000 This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Prerequisite: COOP 1000 COOP 3150 3 PHYS Co‐op Work Term 3 COOP 3050 3 This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. CSOM Co‐op Work Term Prerequisite: COOP 1000 This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Prerequisite: COOP 1000 COOP 3160 3 BBA Co‐op Work Term 3 COOP 3070 3 This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. ARET Co‐op Work Term 3 Prerequisite: COOP 1000 This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Prerequisite: COOP 1000 COOP 3170 3 BTM Co‐op Work Term 3 COOP 3100 3 This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. NRSC Co‐op Work Term 3 Prerequisite: COOP 1000 This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Prerequisite: COOP 1000 295 COOP 3190 3 BA Co‐op Work Term 3 This course will provide Bachelor of Arts students with access to Co‐op Education. Co‐ operative Education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience. Co‐op provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their academic majors. Co‐op work terms appear on students transcripts, as non‐credit and are transferable within BC post‐secondary institutions. Prerequisite: Students must have a GPA of 2.67 (B‐) to enter the BA Co‐op Option and must maintain a GPA of 2.67 (B‐) throughout the Co‐op option. Students must have completed a minimum of 48 credits before beginning Work Term 1. Students must complete at least three work terms to graduate with the Co‐op Option on their degree and official transcripts. A student's degree must end on an academic semester. students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Prerequisite: COOP 1000 COOP 3600 3 NRSC Co‐op Work Term 4 COOP 3200 3 Co‐op Abroad This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Prerequisite: COOP 1000 This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Prerequisite: COOP 1000 COOP 3610 3 CHEM Co‐op Work Term 4 COOP 3210 3 MATH Co‐op Work Term 3 This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Prerequisite: COOP 1000 This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Prerequisite: COOP 1000 COOP 3620 3 BIOL Co‐op Work Term 4 COOP 3220 3 BIS Co‐op Work Term 1 This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Prerequisite: COOP 1000 This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Prerequisite: COOP 1000 COOP 3630 3 BCS Co‐op Work Term 4 COOP 3230 3 BIS Co‐op Work Term 2 This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Prerequisite: COOP 1000 This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Prerequisite: COOP 1000 COOP 3640 3 CPSC Co‐op Work Term 4 COOP 3240 3 BIS Co‐op Work Term 3 This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Prerequisite: COOP 1000 This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Prerequisite: COOP 1000 COOP 3650 3 PHYS Co‐op Work Term 4 COOP 3250 3 BIS Parallel Co‐op Work Term These 3 credit elective courses will provide TRU students increased access to Co‐ operative Education programming. Co‐operative Education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience. Co‐op provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Parallel Co‐op occurs over two academic semesters (typically fall and winter semesters) and allows students to gain career related experience while enrolled in full‐time studies. Prerequisite: As per the TRU Calendar for specific program requirements; COOP 1000; students must have completed at least one full time co‐op course (co‐op work term) prior to enrolling in a parallel co‐op course. COOP 3550 3 CSOM Co‐op Work Term This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides 296 This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Prerequisite: COOP 1000 COOP 3660 3 BBA Co‐op Work Term 4 This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Prerequisite: COOP 1000 COOP 3690 3 COOP 4150 3 BA Co‐op Work Term 4 PHYS Co‐op Work Term 5 This course will provide Bachelor of Arts students with access to Co‐op Education. Co‐ operative Education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience. Co‐op provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their academic majors. Co‐op work terms appear on students transcripts, as non‐credit and are transferable within BC post‐secondary institutions. Prerequisite: Students must have a GPA of 2.67 (B‐) to enter the BA Co‐op Option and must maintain a GPA of 2.67 (B‐) throughout the Co‐op option. Students must have completed a minimum of 48 credits before beginning Work Term 1. Students must complete at least three work terms to graduate with the Co‐op Option on their degree and official transcripts. A student's degree must end on an academic semester. This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Prerequisite: COOP 1000 COOP 4160 3 BBA Co‐op Work Term 5 COOP 3710 3 This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. MATH Co‐op Work Term 4 Prerequisite: COOP 1000 This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Prerequisite: COOP 1000 COOP 4170 3 BTM Co‐op Work Term 5 COOP 4100 3 This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. NRSC Co‐op Work Term 5 Prerequisite: COOP 1000 This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Prerequisite: COOP 1000 COOP 4190 3 BA Co‐op Work Term 5 Prerequisite: COOP 1000 This course will provide Bachelor of Arts students with access to Co‐op Education. Co‐ operative Education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience. Co‐op provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their academic majors. Co‐op work terms appear on students transcripts, as non‐credit and are transferable within BC post‐secondary institutions. Prerequisite: Students must have a GPA of 2.67 (B‐) to enter the BA Co‐op Option and must maintain a GPA of 2.67 (B‐) throughout the Co‐op option. Students must have completed a minimum of 48 credits before beginning Work Term 1. Students must complete at least three work terms to graduate with the Co‐op Option on their degree and official transcripts. A student's degree must end on an academic semester. COOP 4120 3 COOP 4200 3 BIOL Co‐op Work Term 5 Co‐op Abroad This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Prerequisite: COOP 1000 Prerequisite: COOP 1000 COOP 4130 3 COOP 4210 3 BCS Co‐op Work Term 5 MATH Co‐op Work Term 5 This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Prerequisite: COOP 1000 Prerequisite: COOP 1000 COOP 4140 3 CSSW 1650 4 CPSC Co‐op Work Term 5 Field Work (0,2,14P) This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. This course requires students to be in the field two days per week and to attend weekly two hour practicum seminars. At this time such topics as team work, time management, advocacy, sexuality and family support for individuals with challenges will be discussed, in addition to practicum related issues/concerns. There will be a two week block fieldwork experience at the end of this course. COOP 4110 3 CHEM Co‐op Work Term 5 This course provides TRU students access to co‐op education. Co‐operative education integrates academic studies with paid periods of relevant work experience and provides students with the opportunity to develop specific competencies, professional skills and technical knowledge related to their field of study. Prerequisite: COOP 1000 Prerequisite: All Fall semester courses. Admission to the Human Service Programs. 297 CTMR 1000 CYCA 2500 3 Commercial Transport Vehicle Mechanic Apprentice Level 1 Special Topics (3,0,0) Commercial Transport Vehicle Mechanic means a person who maintains, rebuilds, overhauls, reconditions, does diagnostic troubleshooting and repair of motorized commercial truck, bus and road transport equipment. Technical Training Content: Electrical and Electronic Systems; Wheels, Hubs and Brakes; Frames, Chassis and Steering; Cabs, Bodies and Access. Students are provided an opportunity to examine selected current issues in child and youth care. Prerequisite: Registered Commercial Transport Vehicle Mechanic apprentice with the Industry Training Authority CYCA 2530 3 CTMR 2000 Commercial Transport Vehicle Mechanic Apprentice Level 2 Commercial Transport Vehicle Mechanic means a person who maintains, rebuilds, overhauls, reconditions, does diagnostic troubleshooting and repair of motorized commercial truck, bus and road transport equipment. Technical Training Content: Work Practices and Procedures; Electrical and Electronic Systems; Cabs, Bodies and Accessories; Fuel Systems; Drive Train; Engines and Support Systems. Prerequisite: Registered Commercial Transport Vehicle Mechanic apprentice with the Industry Training Authority CTMR 3000 Prerequisite: Admission to the Child and Youth Care Diploma program Self and the Helping Relationship as a Context for Change (3,0,0) An effective helper must be aware of the values, language, contextual speech, gender, and cultural differences affecting his or her relationships. The ideas, concepts, and topics in this course emphasize the role and development of self as helper, and the importance and use of the helping relationship as a context for facilitating change. Prerequisite: Admission to the Child and Youth Care Diploma program CYCA 2620 3 Introduction to Self in Groups (3,0,0) Students examine group development theory and the use of theories in human service practice. Participants develop an awareness of themselves as group participants. Topics include planning for group work, facilitating groups, dealing with group dynamics and challenges, and enhancing group safety. There is an emphasis on group work with children and youth. Commercial Transport Vehicle Mechanic Apprentice Level 3 Commercial Transport Vehicle Mechanic means a person who maintains, rebuilds, overhauls, reconditions, does diagnostic troubleshooting and repair of motorized commercial truck, bus and road transport equipment. Technical Training Content: Electrical and Electronic Systems; Fuel Systems; Engines and Support Systems. Prerequisite: Registered Commercial Transport Vehicle Mechanic apprentice with the Industry Training Authority CTMR 4000 Commercial Transport Vehicle Mechanic Apprentice Level 4 Commercial Transport Vehicle Mechanic means a person who maintains, rebuilds, overhauls, reconditions, does diagnostic troubleshooting and repair of motorized commercial truck, bus and road transport equipment. Technical Training Content: Work Practices and Procedures; Wheels, Hubs and Brakes; Electrical and Electronic Systems; Cabs, Bodies and Accessories; Fuel Systems; Engines and Support Systems. Prerequisite: Registered Commercial Transport Vehicle Mechanic apprentice with the Industry Training Authority CYCA 1820 4 Practicum 1 (0,2,8p) A practicum course which combines classroom activities and a work‐place experience to assist students to integrate core concepts into their practice as child and youth care workers, to develop their skills as practitioners to engage in the design and delivery of individual and/or group programs with agency supervision and faculty contact. Prerequisite: Admission to the Child and Youth Care Diploma program and successful completion of or current registration in all second year core courses (CYCA 2000, 2010, 2020, 2530 and 2540) CYCA 2000 3 Introduction to Professional Foundations of Child and Youth Care (3,0,0) This course provides an overview of the foundations of professional child and youth care practice. Topics include a review of the history of the child and youth care field and an identification of current child and youth care practice settings. Current theory and practice perspectives are explored, in addition to issues related to professional identity, ethical practice, children's rights, and interdisciplinary work. CYCA 2020 3 Theoretical Foundations in Child and Youth Care (3,0,0) DAAD 1100 3 Communications Graphics (2,1,0)(L) This course is designed to develop students' awareness of the principles and practice involved in the production and design of effective visual communications for both audio/visual and print production. Creative and practical applications of typography, photography and illustration are examined, as they relate to visual problem solving in a computer graphics environment. Oral and visual presentation skills are emphasized. Prerequisite: DAAD 1200, DAAD 1750 Required Seminar: DAAD 1100S DAAD 1200 3 Graphic Design (2,1,0) Effective design communicates a message within a given context: superior design requires the combining of various elements including words, photographs, illustrations, and graphic images in a manner that achieves an interaction with the intended audience. This course encourages students to explore their creative potential by working with these elements through conscious experimentation while studying the effects of reworking and refining ideas. Corequisite: DAAD 1750 Required Seminar: DAAD 1200S DAAD 1300 3 Typography (2,1,0)(L) This course provides students with the typographic skills required to produce effective communications in Computer Graphics and Desktop Publishing environments. Throughout the course, the importance of sound typographic communication skills are stressed: students learn the elements of good typography, how to choose the proper typestyle and how to use type as a powerful communication tool. An in‐depth look at Desktop Publishing software is an integral part of this course. Prerequisite: Admission to the Digital Art and Design program Corequisite: DAAD 1750 Required Seminar: DAAD 1300S DAAD 1500 3 Digital Photography (2,2,0)(L) Students are introduced to theory and practice and how these two concepts relate. Students explore three specific ways of thinking about, understanding, and dealing with behaviour and behaviour change: behavioural, psychodynamic, and systemic. The influence of normative development, multiculturalism, and gender sensitivity on therapeutic interventions is discussed. This course introduces students to the basics of photography with the use of a digital camera and prevailing industry software. The emphasis of this course is on capturing excellent images on camera with both natural (available) and artificial light. A significant amount of time is dedicated to increasing students' awareness of both the technical and aesthetic aspects of photographic composition. Students learn a variety of techniques and strategies for effective photo finishing and manipulation, printing, and publishing. Prerequisite: Admission to the Child and Youth Care Diploma program or Human Service Diploma Required Seminar: DAAD 1500S 298 DAAD 1750 3 DAAD 2840 3 Graphic Applications and Digital Art & Design Systems 1 (2,1,3)(L) Content Creation, Information Design and Portfolio Development (2,1,3)(L) This is an introduction to the theories, processes, hardware and software used in solving illustration or photograph‐based visual problems, and creating computer generated artwork. Students take their solutions from sketch through to print and network‐based output for applications including desktop publishing and prepress, multimedia, and web development. Students are exposed to hardware and software commonly used in the industry. This course explores the essential principles of multimedia writing, information design, editing and conception, including approaches to content arrangement, narrative, and the use of non‐linear and associative patterns. Strategies for repurposing existing content are also explored. Prerequisite: Admission to the Digital Art and Design program Required Lab: DAAD 1750L Prerequisite: ENGL 1810, DAAD 1100, 1200, 1300, 1960 Required Lab: DAAD 2840L Required Seminar: DAAD 2840S Required Seminar: DAAD 1750S DAAD 2860 3 DAAD 1950 3 Desktop Publishing and Digital Prepress 1 (2,1,3)(L) This course introduces the issues and technologies involved in moving print‐based design projects from concept to final output. This is accomplished through a study of print technologies, their limitations and attributes, and an exploration of common computer‐based publishing technologies. Prerequisite: DAAD 1200, DAAD 1300, DAAD 1750 (or relevant work experience with a work portfolio) Required Lab: DAAD 1950L Required Seminar: DAAD 1950S DAAD 1960 3 New Media 1: Multimedia, Animation and Online Publishing (2,1,3)(L) This hands‐on course introduces students to the fundamental principles and techniques used in the design of effective user interfaces. Students develop user‐centric designs that conform to current W3C standards. Topics includ.. designing with HTML5, CSS3 and responsive design for delivery to mobile devices; project planning (storyboards, wireframes, sitemaps and other planning documents); principles of animation (time, motion); principles of presentation design (both esthetic and pragmatic, including the use of color and images); an introduction to content management systems (CMS); and the management of technical issues associated with electronic design (proper file formats, moving information, and network‐based publishing). Students utilize prevailing industry standard software as they are introduced to a variety of development techniques; however, students also learn separation of structure and content from design by hand coding. Digital Art and Design Project (0,1,6)(L) This project‐based course gives students an opportunity to explore a Digital Art & Design area of their choosing to a greater depth. Students must identify an area of learning, the specific resulting project, project milestones and, in conjunction with instructors, identify a learning plan, and assessment criteria. Students are urged to use real‐world projects wherever possible. To accommodate the widest possible range of learning goals, students may also tender a proposal to fulfill the requirements of this course with an elective offering. Proposals must be approved by the program coordinator or chairperson. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all required courses of the first three terms of the DAAD program. Required Lab: DAAD 2860L DAAD 2880 3 Project Management and Client Contact (3,1,1)(L) There are two elements to this course: project management theory which students apply practically to development projects in the program; and a case study component that connects students with industry representatives for the exploration of client contact problems. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all required courses of the first three terms of the DAAD program Required Lab: DAAD 2880L Required Seminar: DAAD 2880S Required Lab: DAAD 1960L DAAD 2950 3 Required Seminar: DAAD 1960S Desktop Publishing & Digital Prepress 2 (2,1,3)(L) DAAD 2600 3 Production Art (0,1,6)(L) Students develop their skills as computer artists. Preparation of a presentation level portfolio is the primary focus of this course. Assignments are aimed at developing the students' speed and dexterity on the computer. Students also gain experience in working to tight production deadlines, and coping with client‐generated restrictions and design limitations. Assignments may be allocated to students from 'real world' production houses. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all required courses within the first three terms of the DAAD program Required Lab: DAAD 2600L DAAD 2750 3 Graphic Applications and Digital Art & Design Systems 2 (2,1,3)(L) This course is a continuation of DAAD 1750 which explores advanced and complex usage of the theories, processes, hardware and software used in solving illustration and photographic visual problems, and creating computer generated artwork. Students take their solutions from sketch through to print and network‐based output for applications including desktop publishing and prepress, multimedia, and web development. Students are exposed to hardware and software commonly used in the industry. Students work through visual challenges and problems that are increasingly technical and complex. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all required courses of the first three terms of the DAAD program. Required Lab: DAAD 2750L Required Seminar: DAAD 2750S 299 Continuing from DAAD 1950, this course examines the issues and technologies involved in moving print‐based design projects from concept to final output. Issues involving advanced color usage, service bureau liaison, and high‐end printing are studied in greater depth. Prerequisite: DAAD 1100, 1200, 1300, 1950 Required Lab: DAAD 2950L Required Seminar: DAAD 2950S DAAD 2960 3 New Media 2: Multimedia, Animation and Online Publishing (2,1,3)(L) 2Students continue to explore the development and design of effective user interfaces. In addition to the refinement of skills previously learned in DAAD 1960, students have an opportunity to study designing for social media, SEO (search engine optimization), and web analytics. As projects increase in complexity, students examine issues such as maintaining styles in large web sites, template development, and working with leading edge technologies such as streaming media and animation. Team based learning is an important aspect of this class and teams are required to design and develop an actual working Web site for a client within the community. Prerequisite: DAAD 1960 Required Lab: DAAD 2960L Required Seminar: DAAD 2960S DRAF 1520 3 Engineering Graphics (2,0,3)(L) This course is intended for students in first‐year engineering. The course covers the fundamentals of orthographic projection, technical sketching, engineering graphic standards and conventions, and graphic solution of space and vector problems. Conventional drafting techniques are limited to sketched solutions, with the majority of the assignments being performed on the computer using CAD software. The course includes three hours per week of computer lab time during which students will learn to operate AutoCAD software on PC workstations. Prerequisite: Admission to Engineering Transfer Program or written consent of Program Coordinator Required Lab: DRAF 1520L ECED 1350 3 Introduction to Program Planning (4,0,0)(L) An exploration of art media and authentic materials develops student’s competence and creativity prior to implementing activities with children. Emphasis is on the preparation of the learning environment, both physical and social, routines, and the role of the educator to develop, implement, evaluate, and document appropriate educational experiences for children. The British Columbia Early Learning Framework and pedagogical narrations are introduced. Prerequisite: Admission to the Early Childhood Education Program ECED 1200 4 Corequisite: ECED 1200, ECED 1320 Practicum 1 ‐ Developing Relationships with Children (0,2,10P)(L) This is an innovative field practice course designed to allow students to apply the knowledge, skills and attitudes required to become an effective educator of young children. Students have repeated opportunities to practice observation and documentation techniques, prepare the learning environment, develop relationships with children, and guide behavior with the mentorship of early childhood educators and a practicum instructor. Students integrate theoretical knowledge, use reflective practice and demonstrate professional conduct. Prerequisite: Admission to the Early Childhood Education Program Corequisite: ECED 1320, ECED 1350 ECED 1360 3 Curriculum Development (4,0,0)(L) Students examine the principles to develop, implement and evaluate a play‐based program with key concepts in language and literacy and music and movement across the curriculum. Students learn theory and gain practical knowledge to plan activities in which young children can explore sound, movement, music, books, stories, drama, and beginning literacy, within the context of the whole program for children. Prerequisite: Admission to the Early Childhood Education Program; ECED 1200, ECED 1350 Corequisite: ECED 1300 ECED 1300 4 Practicum 2 ‐ Program Planning for Young Children (0,2,10P)(L) Building on the goals of ECED 1200: Practicum 1, students integrate their knowledge and skills while participating as a team member in child care programs. Students take on additional responsibilities related to curriculum planning, managing a program, and responsibility for documentation with the mentorship of an early childhood educator and a practicum instructor. Students introduce a project to a group of young children, observe and record children’s learning, and make the learning visible to the children, families, educators, and community. ECED 1440 3 Interpersonal Relations ‐ Helping Interactions (3,0,0) Building upon the knowledge and skills acquired in ECED 1340: Communications, students examine the essentials of professional interdependent relationships. Topics include leadership, effective communication, and problem‐solving skills. Students practice assertive communication, intercultural awareness, and team building. Prerequisite: Admission to the Early Childhood Education Program; ECED 1340 Prerequisite: Admission to the Early Childhood Education Program; ECED 1200 ECED 1320 3 Child Guidance (4,0,0)(L) ECED 2200 5 Practicum 3 ‐ Demonstration Practicum (0,2,16P)(L) This course is designed to demonstrate the positive influential effects of developmentally appropriate practice and a positive environment on children’s behaviour. Students are instructed in how to support children's social and emotional development through an examination of the significance of play, interpreting children's behaviour, and individualizing interactions with children. To practice direct and indirect guidance strategies, students focus on the development of meaningful relationships and positive self‐esteem for young children. This is an advanced practicum course designed to give students opportunities to apply their skills and knowledge of the role of the educator in a community child care program under the supervision of a practicum instructor and a designated sponsor educator. Students take on a leadership role to design and implement curriculum, in addition to having more opportunities for reflection and the practice of ethical decision‐making. Students introduce a project to a group of young children, observe and record children’s learning, and make the learning visible to the children, families, educators, and community. Prerequisite: Admission to the Early Childhood Education Program or permission from course instructor Prerequisite: Completion of ECED 1200, ECED 1300, ECED 1320, ECED 1350, ECED 1340, ECED 1360 Corequisites: ECED 1200, ECED 1350 if admitted to the Early Childhood Education program Corequisite: ECED 2350 ECED 1330 3 Child Health (3,0,0) Holistic health and wellness principles to support children’s development is the focus of this course. An emphasis is placed on strategies to promote children's understanding of good health and nutritional habits. Students explore the health and safety of children by examining health related agencies, health regulations, and children with exceptionalities. Additional topics include personal wellness, childhood illness, and hospitalization. Prerequisite: Admission to the Early Childhood Education Program or permission from course instructor ECED 2300 5 Practicum 4 ‐ Programming for Individual Children (0,2,16P)(L) While continuing to pursue the goals of practicum 1, 2, & 3, (professional principles, observation and recording techniques, preparation of the learning environment, developing and maintaining relationships with children, guiding children and program planning), this course concentrates on the development of program plans for individual children within group settings. Prerequisite: Completion of the Early Childhood Education Certificate Corequisite: ECED 2310, ECED 2550 ECED 2310 3 ECED 1340 3 Child Growth and Development ‐ Individual Differences (2,2,0)(L) Communication (3,0,0) This course combines theory and ongoing research with examples of practical application. The purpose is to develop an understanding of the individual differences in intellectual, physical and social emotional development of children. Effective interdependent relationships are essential to the work of early childhood educators. Self‐awareness, and an ongoing commitment to become a competent communicator are fundamental to the development of positive relationships. An emphasis on personal reflection offers students the opportunity to learn and use interpersonal communication skills effectively. Students examine the qualities of ethical, constructive, and respectful communication. Prerequisite: Admission to the Early Childhood Education Program or permission from course instructor 300 Prerequisite: Completion of Year 1 of the Early Childhood Education Program Corequisite: ECED 2300, ECED 2550 ECED 2350 3 Advanced Program Development (4,0,0)(L) This course surveys the historical foundations of Early Childhood Education through an examination of the theories and practices of important philosophers and educators. A discussion of philosophy and play lays the groundwork for students to examine values and beliefs with the purpose of articulating a personal philosophy to guide their practice. In‐depth projects, reflective practice, and a variety of curriculum models are essential to this course. Prerequisite: Completion of ECED 1200, ECED 1300, ECED 1320, ECED 1350, ECED 1340, ECED 1360 Corequisite: ECED 2200 ECED 2400 4 variety of community professionals; and increased awareness of the range of support services for children. Prerequisite: Completion of the Early Childhood Education Certificate Corequisite: ECED 2300, ECED 2310 ECED 3300 5 Field Experience: Programming for Individual Children (0,2,16P)(L) Field experience provides opportunities for both planned and spontaneous programming for children who require extra support due to a variety of exceptionalities. An in‐depth investigation of inclusive practice is the guiding factors throughout the experience. Students demonstrate advanced skill acquisition, professional practice, reflective skills and integration of theory into practice, with expectations for increased complexity over each week in practicum. Practicum 5 ‐ Infant and Toddler Care (0,2,35p)(L) Prerequisite: Completion of the Early Childhood Education Certificate This course will allow the student to put into practice all the goals of practica 1, 2, 3 & 4 (professional principles, observation and recording techniques, preparation of the learning environment, developing and maintaining relationships with children, guiding children and program planning), with infants and toddlers. Corequisite: ECED 3550 ECED 3310 3 Prerequisite: Completion of the Early Childhood Education Certificate Child Growth and Development ‐ Individual Differences (2,2,0)(L) Corequisite: ECED 2450, ECED 2410 Contemporary theory and research are combined to critically examine the complexities of developmental differences in individual children. Practical applications of developmental theory in providing for the social, emotional, physical and intellectual needs of young children are explored. Students develop an inclusive and respectful understanding of the individual differences between children. Furthermore, students explore a multi‐disciplinary approach in the exemplary care and education of children. Strategies of support families are investigated. ECED 2410 3 Development and Care of Infants and Toddlers (2,1,0)(L) Development of infants and toddlers are looked at with a particular emphasis on physical care, emotional needs, health and nutritional needs of children under three. Prerequisite: Completion of the Early Childhood Education Certificate Prerequisite: Completion of Early Childhood Education Certificate/Diploma or ECE Program Coordinator approval Corequisite: ECED 2400, ECED 2450 ECED 3350 3 ECED 2440 3 Programming for Individual Children (2,1,0)(L) Interpersonal Relations ‐ Working with Families (3,0,0) Students are exposed to the Canadian perspective of inclusion and the supported child care development program in British Columbia. Individual educational plans are discussed from a theoretical perspective, with an emphasis on development, implementation, and evaluation. In addition, observation and assessment techniques, report writing, and case conferencing with a variety of community professionals are explored. Finally, a range of local, provincial and national support services are researched and disseminated. A strong, reciprocal and respectful relationship between families and educators is a critical component of quality early childhood education programs. The impact of personal experiences on professional interactions are examined within the context of understanding diverse family structures and contemporary issues. Interpersonal communication strategies for building relationships, problem‐solving, and conflict resolution with families are explored, and a variety of strategies to share information with families are reviewed. Prerequisite: Completion of ECED 1200, ECED 1300, ECED 1320, ECED 1350, ECED 1340, ECED 1360 or with permission from the course instructor Prerequisite: Completion of the Early Childhood Education Certificate Corequisite: ECED 3300, ECED 3310 ECED 3400 4 ECED 2450 3 Program Development for Infants and Toddlers (2,1,0)(L) This course focuses on the development of enriching programs and environments for children under three years of age that will provide for the maximum development of the whole child. Prerequisite: Completion of the Early Childhood Education Certificate Corequisite: ECED 2400, ECED 2410 ECED 2490 3 Infant and Toddler Field Experience (0,2,35)(L) Field experience implements opportunities for planned and spontaneous programming and to foster respectful interactions with infants and toddlers. Students reflect upon previous experiences, assimilate new knowledge, theory and research, and apply it to their practice with infants and toddlers. Students demonstrate advanced professional competencies, knowledge and reflective skills. Students formulate an action based research question related to the sensorial and/or social environment to support their program planning. Students use pedagogical narrations to disseminate research outcomes with children, families, educators and class members. Prerequisite: Completion of the ECE certificate/diploma Corequisite: ECED 3410, 3450 Administration of Early Childhood Education Programs (3,0,0) Students examine the aspects involved in the administration and supervision of early childhood programs. Topics include organizational structure, policies, procedures, and budget preparation, licensing regulations, staff relations, personnel management, and leadership. Students apply course content to design a comprehensive educational program for young children. Prerequisite: Completion of ECED 1200, ECED 1300, ECED 1320, ECED 1350, ECED 1340, ECED 1360 or with permission from the course instructor ECED 2550 3 Programming for Individual Children (2,1,0)(L) Students will gain knowledge about the supported child care program in British Columbia; observation and assessment techniques; report writing; developing, implementing and evaluating individualized education plans; case conferencing with a 301 ECED 3410 3 Development and Care of Infants and Toddlers (3,0,0)(L) The development of infants and toddlers is examined with a particular emphasis on best practices related to physical care, emotional needs, health, and nutrition. Through critical reflection upon foundational and contemporary research, students explore pan‐ Canadian and cross cultural perspectives of infant and toddler care and development. Students are familiarized with local and provincial agencies that support child development. Prerequisite: Completion of Early Childhood Education certificate/diploma or ECE Program Coordinator approval Corequisite: ECED 3400, 3450 ECED 3450 3 Program Development for Infants and Toddlers (3,0,0)(L) Best practices for infants and toddlers in group care that are enriching, developmentally appropriate, and based on the principles of caregiving are the focus of study. Students have the opportunity to critically reflect on research related to philosophy and pedagogy of infant and toddler care and education. The educator's role in establishing a welcoming physical environment, active learning, warm supportive child‐adult interactions, schedules and caregiving routines that meet the needs of infants and toddlers, educator and parent partnerships, and pedagogical narrations are explored. designs; simple and multiple regressions; time series analysis and forecasting; statistical quality control; and decision analysis. Students are required to apply statistical techniques using Excel and/or Minitab. Prerequisite: ECON 1220 or ECON 1900 and ECON 1950; ECON 2320 or equivalent; MIST 2610 Note: Students cannot receive credit for more than one of ECON 2330, ECON 3330, STAT 2410, and STAT 3060 Prerequisite: Completion of the Early Childhood Education certificate/diploma ECON 2430 3 Corequisite: ECED 3410 and ECED 3400 Global and Canadian Economic Issues (3,0,0) ECON 1220 3 Introduction to Basic Economics (3,0,0) Students develop a basic understanding of economic principles, which allows for and encourages informed discussion of media‐covered issues. Topics include contrasting macroeconomics and microeconomics; gross domestic product; economic growth and business cycles; unemployment and inflation; aggregate supply and demand; scarcity, opportunity costs, and trade; law of supply and demand; accounting versus economic profits; money and exchange rates; government choices, markets, efficiency, and equity; monopoly and competition; externalities, public goods, and free riders; and globalization and trade policy. Students examine a variety of economic issues facing the Canadian and world economies. The topics discussed each semester vary and may include economic crisis, environmental challenges, 'big' business and multinational corporations, globalization, free trade, health care, education, poverty, and the economics of crime. Prerequisite: ECON 1220 or both ECON 1900 and ECON 1950 ECON 2630 3 Issues in Aboriginal Economics (3,0,0) Note: Students do not receive credit for ECON 1220 unless it has been completed prior to earning a grade of “C‐†or better in either ECON 1900 or ECON 1950. Students investigate issues related to Aboriginal self‐governance and economic development. Topics include the economic rationale for implementing aboriginal rights and titles; the economic explanation for income differences between First Nations and non‐First Nations; the First Nations public sector; market failures and successes of First Nations; approaches to First Nations economic development; and government policy initiatives to improve First Nations economies, including a third order of government for aboriginal peoples. ECON 1900 3 Prerequisite: ECON 1220 or both ECON 1900 and ECON 1950 Principles of Microeconomics (3,0,0) Students examine the interactions between individuals and firms in various types of markets. Topics include a definition of economics; demand and supply analysis; consumer theory; production and cost; market structure including perfect competition, monopoly, monopolistic competition, and oligopoly; market efficiency and market failure; resource markets; and international trade. Prerequisite: B or better in Foundations of Math 11 or Pre‐calculus Math 11 (BC graduates of 2013 onward); or C+ minimum in Principles of Math 11 or Applications of Math 12 or equivalent (BC graduates prior to 2013); or MATH 0510 or MATH 0530 or equivalent. Completion of one of Principles of Math 12, Foundations of Math 12, or Pre‐ calculus Math 12 is highly recommended ECON 1950 3 Principles of Macroeconomics (3,0,0) Students examine economic behaviour at the aggregate level, and the measurement and determination of national income. Topics include an introduction to economics; measuring macroeconomic variables including gross domestic product, unemployment, and inflation; the Keynesian model; aggregate demand and supply; money and banking; the money market; fiscal policy; monetary policy and the central bank; exchange rates and the balance of payments; and economic growth. Prerequisite: B or better in Foundations of Math 11 or Pre‐calculus Math 11 (BC graduates of 2013 onward); or C+ minimum in Principles of Math 11 or Applications of Math 12 or equivalent (BC graduates prior to 2013); or MATH 0510 or MATH 0530 or equivalent. Completion of one of Principles of Math 12, Foundations of Math 12, or Pre‐ calculus Math 12 is highly recommended ECON 2320 3 Economics and Business Statistics 1 (3,0,0) Students are introduced to statistics with an emphasis on its applications in business and economics. Topics include descriptive statistics and numerical measures; an introduction to probability; discrete and continuous probability distributions; sampling and sampling distributions; interval estimations; and testing hypotheses and statistical inferences. Prerequisite: ECON 1220 or ECON 1900 and ECON 1950 Exclusion: MATH 1200, STAT 1200, STAT 2000, ECON 2320, PSYC 2100, SOCI 2710, BIOL 3000, and SOCI 3710 ECON 2330 3 Economics and Business Statistics 2 (3,0,0) Students study advanced statistical techniques and methods and their applications in business and economics. Topics include inferences about population variance, including hypothesis testing and confidence intervals; analysis of variance and experimental 302 ECON 2900 3 Intermediate Microeconomics 1 (3,0,0) Students complete an in‐depth examination of the interaction between individuals and firms in various types of markets. Topics include consumer and producer behaviour, partial equilibrium analysis for perfectly competitive markets, and aspects of monopoly and imperfectly competitive markets. This course prepares students for advanced courses in economics. Prerequisite: ECON 1900; MATH 1170 or equivalent ECON 2950 3 Intermediate Macroeconomics 1 (3,0,0) Students complete an advanced, in‐depth examination of economic behaviour at the aggregate level. Topics include the determination and distribution of output in the long run; the classical dichotomy and neutrality of money; the measurement, problems, and determinants of unemployment and inflation in the long run; and the role of capital accumulation, population growth, and technology in growth theory. Prerequisite: ECON 1950 ECON 2990 3 to 6 ***Special Topics in Economics (3,1,0) or (6,2,0) The subject matter varies from semester to semester depending upon the interests of faculty and students. Courses are taught by visiting professors to instill their unique perspectives or by regular faculty to address emerging topics in a discipline, share research or teaching interests, or test potential new courses. The added variety in the curriculum greatly enhances the student learning experience. Prerequisite: Permission of the Program Advisor ECON 3040 3 Managerial Economics (3,0,0) Students focus on the application of economic models and rational choice to business decision making. Topics include an introduction to managerial economics, demand analysis and estimates, production and cost analysis, technological change and industrial innovation, pricing strategies in imperfectly competitive markets, game theory and competitive strategies, government and business, and forecasting. Prerequisite: ECON 1900; ECON 1950; MATH 1170 or equivalent ECON 3090 3 ECON 3550 3 Managing Personal Economic Wealth (3,0,0) International Economics (3,0,0) Students learn to attain their financial goals and achieve financial independence through effective planning. Topics include an overview of a financial plan; planning with personal financial statements; the effects of taxation on financial decision making; banking services; assessing, managing, and securing credit; personal loans; leasing versus buying; buying and financing a home; portfolio management basics; investing in stocks, bonds, and mutual funds; and retirement planning. Students analyze the movement of capital, goods, and services across international boundaries and assess their financial impact. With advances in transportation and communication, greater outsourcing, and increased globalization, trade, and foreign direct investment, the corresponding capital movements are becoming much more important to the global economy. Topics include the theories of absolute and comparative advantage; modern theories of trade, including factor‐proportions; tariff and non‐tariff barriers; current and capital accounts; exchange rate determination; balance of payments and exchange rate policy; evolution of the international monetary system; and trade and economic development. Note: Credit for this course cannot be applied towards the BBA ECON 3100 3 Prerequisite: ECON 1900; ECON 1950 Canadian Financial Markets (3,0,0) Students are introduced to money, banking, and the Canadian financial system. Topics include an overview of financial markets, interest rates and the structure of interest rates, the efficiency of financial markets, financial regulation, banks and other financial institutions, financial institutions risk management, the role of the central bank, the money supply, and monetary policy. ECON 3600 3 Labour Economics (3,0,0) ECON 3200 3 Students analyze how individuals, families, firms, and governments operate within a contemporary labour market, and the impact of labour market institutions and government policy. Topics include an overview of the labour market; labour demand and elasticities; the effect of quasi‐fixed labour costs on demand; labour supply and the decision to work; labour supply and household production; compensating wage differentials and labour markets; education and training; worker mobility; pay and productivity; gender, race, and inequality in earnings; and unions and the labour market. Introduction to Mathematical Economics (3,0,0) Prerequisite: ECON 1900 Students examine the mathematical methods and tools most commonly used in analyzing economic problems. Topics include a review of set theory, functions, and limits; linear models and matrix algebra; application of single and multivariable calculus; unconstrained and constrained optimization; integration and difference and differential equations; application of dynamic analysis; and linear and non‐linear programing. ECON 3610 3 Prerequisite: ECON 1950 Prerequisite: ECON 1900; ECON 1950; MATH 1170 or equivalent ECON 3330 3 Economics and Business Statistics 2 (3,0,0) Building on ECON 2330: Economics and Business Statistics 1, students examine advanced statistical techniques and methods and their applications in business and economics. Topics include inferences about population variance, including hypothesis testing and confidence intervals; analysis of variance and experimental designs; simple and multiple regressions; time series analysis and forecasting; statistical quality control; and decision analysis. Students are required to apply statistical techniques using Excel and/or Minitab. Prerequisite: ECON 1220 or both ECON 1900 and ECON 1950; ECON 2320 or equivalent; MIST 2610 Exclusion: ECON 2330, ECON 3330, STAT 2410, and STAT 3060. ECON 3330 is for non‐ business students. ECON 3410 3 Economics of Climate Change (3,0,0) Students investigate the climatic changes resulting from global warming and the policy actions being taken to address these problems. Topics include an overview of the science and economics of climate change; the impact of climate change on growth and economic development; the economics of stabilization including efficiency, externalities, public goods, and environmental policy instruments; inter‐temporal decisions and uncertainties about the impacts of climate change; the policy responses to mitigation and adaption and their cost; international collective action and its challenges; and prominent climate policy approaches, such as the United Nations Framework Convention and the Kyoto Protocol. Prerequisite: ECON 1900 The Economics of Gender (3,0,0) Students use economic theory and analysis in an attempt to explain why gender differences lead to different outcomes in education, career choices, family roles, and earnings. A comparison is made of the economic status of women relative to men throughout the world, with special emphasis on similarities and differences between Canada and other economically advanced nations. Topics include marriage and family; the economics of fertility; women at work; women's earnings, occupation, and education; the gender gap in earnings; women's employment and earnings; family policy; and women in developing countries. Prerequisite: ECON 1900 ECON 3650 3 Government and Business (3,0,0) Students utilize neoclassical and institutional economic theory to examine government intervention in the economy. Topics include competition and economic efficiency; market failure; institutional theory; private sector governance structures; the role of the state; public sector governance structures, including competition policy, price and entry regulation, prevention of anti‐competitive practices, and public enterprise and ownership; and government failure. Prerequisite: ECON 1900; ECON 1950 or POLI 1110 Note: Students may not receive credit for both ECON 3650 and POLI 3650 ECON 3670 3 Economic Analysis of Law (3,0,0) Students explore and analyze legal issues from an economic perspective; economists focus primarily on whether particular legal doctrines, concepts, and processes are efficient. Topics include an introduction to the law, legal institutions, and procedures, as well as economic theory relating to property law, contracts, torts, criminal law, and general legal processes. Prerequisite: ECON 1900 ECON 3500 3 Public Finance (3,0,0) ECON 3690 3 Students examine the rationale for government intervention in a market economy, the assessment of public policy, and the impact of government expenditures and taxation on the economy and the citizenry. Topics include government activities, externalities, public goods, social security, fiscal deficits and public debt, principles of taxation, incidence and effects of taxation, and optimal taxation. Community Economic Development (3,0,0) Prerequisite: ECON 1900; ECON 1950 Students investigate methods for effectively using local community resources to enhance economic opportunities while improving social conditions in a sustainable way. Topics include the theoretical basis for community economic development (CED), analytical techniques used to assess communities, environmental sustainability objectives for community development, competing strategies of community development, financing development strategies, and CED activity in Canada and other nations. Prerequisite: ECON 1900; ECON 1950 303 ECON 3700 3 Benefit‐Cost Analysis and the Economics of Project Evaluation (3,0,0) Students examine projects that are commonly evaluated using benefit‐cost analysis, and the appropriate methods for determining their cost effectiveness. Topics include project evaluation techniques; measuring welfare change; correcting for market distortions using shadow wages and prices; finding the appropriate discount rate; making valid valuations that incorporate inflation and appropriate planning horizon, scrap, and spillover and secondary effects; public enterprise pricing rules; valuing intangibles; and incorporating risk and uncertainty. Case studies of projects are analyzed from a variety of areas, such as natural resources, the environment, human resources, public service, and transportation. Prerequisite: ECON 1900 ECON 3710 3 including investment savings‐liquidity preference money supply (IS‐LM) curves; aggregate supply, including the Phillips curve; economic stabilization and the effectiveness of fiscal and monetary policy; and money supply and demand. Prerequisite: ECON 2950 ECON 3990 6 ***Special Topics in Economics (3,0,0) or (6,0,0) The subject matter varies from semester to semester depending upon the interests of faculty and students. Courses are taught by visiting professors to instill their unique perspectives or by regular faculty to address emerging topics in a discipline, share research or teaching interests, or test potential new courses. The added variety in the curriculum greatly enhances the student learning experience. Prerequisite: Permission of the program advisor Environmental Economics (3,0,0) Note: No more than six credits of special topics courses may be taken for credit towards the Bachelor of Business Administration degree Students apply the tools of microeconomic analysis to environmental issues. Topics include property rights and efficient resource use, market failure, the over‐utilization of common pool resources, the Coase Theorem, non‐market valuation techniques, government policies designed to cost‐effectively control pollution, and real‐world strategies for controlling pollution. ECON 4100 3 International Financial Markets (3,0,0) ECON 3730 3 Students examine international financial markets and institutions and their critical role in the global economy. Topics include the elements that constitute a global financial institution; types of financial institutions and markets; global market structure differences; recent market failures, their causes, and solutions; and global financial regulation and reform. Forestry Economics (3,0,0) Prerequisite: ECON 3100 or BBUS 3150 Prerequisite: ECON 1900 Students are introduced to the concepts and analytical techniques used in forestry economics and their application to forest management, conservation, and policy analysis. Topics include techniques for analyzing forestry investments; timber demand, supply, and pricing; valuation of non‐marketed goods and services, such as recreation and wildlife habitat; land allocation and multiple use; forest management issues, such as planting, thinning, and optimal age of crop rotation; and regulatory issues, including allowable annual cut regulations, property rights, tenure, and taxes. ECON 4320 3 Econometrics (3,0,0) ECON 3740 3 Students are introduced to econometric models and the application of classical regression techniques to estimate socio‐economic relationships. Topics include an introduction to econometrics; simple linear regression; interval estimation and hypothesis testing; predictions, goodness of fit, and modeling issues; multiple regression; non‐linear relationships; heteroscedasticity; dynamic models, autocorrelation, and forecasting; simultaneous equations; and qualitative dependent variables. General econometric computer software is used to reinforce course concepts. Land Use (3,0,0) Prerequisite: ECON 2330 or ECON 3330 or equivalent Prerequisite: ECON 1900 Students focus on land use issues with particular emphasis on government policies relating to the preservation and conservation of agricultural lands. Topics include rent theory; welfare measurement; property rights and externalities; project evaluation using cost‐benefit and multiple accounts analysis; the economics of soil conservation; efficiency and equity in land use planning, including zoning changes; government land preservation and conservation policies, and agricultural subsidies; water use in agriculture; forest management; and multiple uses of public lands. ECON 4330 3 Forecasting in Business and Economics (3,0,0) ECON 3840 3 Students apply a variety of forecasting methods to solve problems in business and economics. Topics include qualitative forecasting methods; the forecasting process, data considerations, and model selection; moving averages and exponential smoothing; multiple regression and time series decomposition; Box‐Jenkins methodology to fit autoregressive conditional heteroscedasticity (ARCH); time‐varying volatility and autoregressive integrated moving average (ARIMA) and vector autoregressive models; combining forecasting results; and implementing forecasting. Economic Analysis of Health (3,0,0) Prerequisite: ECON 2330 or ECON 3330 or equivalent Students apply microeconomic tools to an analysis of the health care system, while being introduced to the major issues in health economics and the ongoing debate over health care policy. Topics include the economic determinants of health, the market for medical care, the market for health insurance, the role of the government in health care, and health care reform. ECON 4560 3 Prerequisite: ECON 1900 Prerequisite: ECON 1900 ECON 3900 3 Intermediate Microeconomics 2 (3,0,0) Students continue to study intermediate topics in partial and general equilibrium analysis. Topics include consumer choice under different scenarios, factor markets, game theory, imperfect competition, general equilibrium analysis and welfare economics, public goods, and externalities. Prerequisite: ECON 2900; MATH 1170 or equivalent International Macroeconomics and Finance (3,0,0) Students explore the determination of exchange rates in an open economy and policies that governments may adopt to influence their movement. Topics include balance of payments; foreign exchange markets; interaction of the money, interest rates and exchange rates; exchange rates in the long run, including purchasing power and interest rate parity; exchange rates in the short run; fixed exchange rates and foreign exchange intervention; history of the international monetary system; macroeconomic policy under floating exchange rates; and performance of global capital markets and policy issues. Prerequisite: ECON 2330 or ECON 3330 or equivalent; ECON 2950 ECON 4660 3 Industrial Organization (3,0,0) ECON 3950 3 Intermediate Macroeconomics 2 (3,0,0) Students continue to study short‐run macroeconomic theory and its applications to contemporary policy issues. Topics include an overview of macroeconomics; macroeconomic data; the open economy; economic fluctuations; aggregate demand, 304 Students examine the performance and operation of imperfectly competitive markets, as well as the behavior of firms in these markets. They attempt to answer big questions, such as why are firms and markets organized the way they are; how does the behavior of firms affect the structure and performance of markets; and how does the organization of markets determine how firms behave and how markets perform. Topics include theories of the firm; market structure models; strategic interaction among firms; business practices such as mergers and acquisitions, price discrimination, advertising, innovation, vertical restraints, and cartels; and new developments in industrial organization, including network issues and auction markets. Prerequisite: ECON 2900 or ECON 3040 ECON 4720 3 Sustainable Economic Development (3,0,0) Students examine theories and issues, internal and external challenges, and alternative policy options relating to sustainable economic development. Topics include a comparative analysis of the leading theories of economic growth, development, and sustainability; lack of economic growth, poverty, and income distribution; consequences of population growth and technological change; employment and migration, human capital, agriculture, and rural development; international trade and commercial policy, foreign investment, and aid; and global integration, economic transition, and environmental degradation. Prerequisite: ECON 2950 ECON 4960 6 Directed Studies in Economics (0,3,0) or (0,3,0)(0,3,0) Individuals or groups of students engage in independent study, research, or practice related to a topic in economics under faculty supervision. The supervisor(s) determines the appropriate curriculum, evaluation methods, and credit assignment in consultation with the student(s) and subject to the approval of the department chairperson(s) and dean. Prerequisite: Permission of the program advisor ECON 4990 6 ***Special Topics in Economics (3,0,0) or (6,0,0) The subject matter varies from semester to semester depending upon the interests of faculty and students. Courses are taught by visiting professors to instill their unique perspectives or by regular faculty to address emerging topics in a discipline, share research or teaching interests, or test potential new courses. The added variety in the curriculum greatly enhances the student learning experience. Prerequisite: Permission of the program advisor Note: No more than 6 credits of special topics courses may be taken for credit towards the Bachelor of Business Administration degree EDCP 300 3 Education and Career Preparation (5,0,0) Education and Career Planning 0300 is an ABE Fundamentals course focusing on preparing adult learners with the life and employment skills required for successful employment. The students will be prepared to pursue various occupational and educational goals and to make effective decisions about their long and short term goals. There are eight diverse components to this program. They include communications skills, career exploration skills, study skills and time management, interpersonal skills and cooperation, personal skills, living skills, job preparation, and setting an educational plan. Students will participate in a series of experiential modules. EDCP 400 3 Education and Career Preparation (5,0,0) Education and Career Preparation 0400 is an ABE Intermediate course focusing on preparing adult learners with the life and employment skills required for successful employment. The students will be prepared to pursue various occupational and educational goals and to make effective decisions about their long and short term goals. There are eight diverse components to this program. They include communications skills, career exploration skills, study skills and time management, interpersonal skills and cooperation, personal skills, living skills, job preparation, and setting an educational plan. Students will participate in a series of experiential modules. Note: This course is taught by the University and Employment Preparation EDCP 1020 1 Occupational Work Experience (1,0,0) This one credit career exploration course is designed to enhance students' understanding of their personal career goals and develop a plan for achieving them. In the classroom and through work experience, students will investigate essential employability skills required for that career and the relationship of those skills to the educational choices they have made. Integration of course work, occupational history, work experience and employability skills will be emphasized. Prerequisite: One of the following: 73% on the combined English 12 and Government exam (within the last 5 years), or Level 4 on the composition section of the Language Proficiency Index (within the last 2 years), or completion of ENGL 0600, or completion of ESAL 0420 and ESAL 0580 (with a C+ or better). Note: This course is part of Foundations for Success. EDCP 2030 1 Career Success Strategies (1,0,0) EDCO 3100 2 Communications 1 (2,0,0) This course is designed to provide students with an opportunity to develop skills for effective communication with students, parents, colleagues, and other school‐related persons. This course will include a retreat at McQueen Lake, the environmental education centre operated by the Kamloops/Thompson School district. Students will learn effective communication skills, including an introduction to conflict resolution and teaching social skills, through role‐playing and discussion. Science exploration (e.g., Project Wild group activities) and physical activity (e.g., nature walks) will be integral parts of learning about effective communication. Prerequisite: Admission to the TRU Bachelor of Education program. This one credit course provides a detailed introduction to career success strategies and provides opportunities for students to apply these to their individual career development planning. Prerequisite: One of the following: 73% on the combined English 12 and Government exam (within the last 5 years), or Level 4 on the composition section of the Language Proficiency Index (within the last 2 years), or completion of ENGL 0600, or completion of ESAL 0420 and ESAL 0580 (with a C+ or better). Note: This course is part of Foundations for Success EDCP 3030 1 Graduate Job Search Skills (1,0,0) EDCO 4200 1 Communications 2 (1,0,0) The course provides an overview of the historical background of First Nations education in Canada and British Columbia. Teacher candidates examine various aspects of First Nations content in current curriculum and appropriate roles for non‐First Nations teachers in the classroom and curriculum development projects. The course emphasizes effective teaching and counselling practices for First Nations children, including developing relationships with parents and extended family members. Presentations and discussion are based on articles and videos provided by faculty, presentations from other First Nations educators, First Nations community members, and student research and experience. Prerequisites: Successful completion of all courses and practicum to date This one credit course is designed to support and provide graduating students a broad understanding of Employability Skills and Career Search Strategies. EDCP 3030 will teach these students the fundamentals of developing and utilizing the tools needed to make the transition from an academic environment to the current workforce. Prerequisite: 3rd year standing or approval from the instructor Note: This course is part of Foundations for Success. EDCS 1540 3 Interpersonal Communications and Helping Relationships (3,0,0) Self awareness is a foundation for the development of competent education assistant and community support workers. By focussing on personal development, students learn and use interpersonal communication skills effectively, while knowledge and skills are introduced that increase effectiveness in helping relationships with client populations. Topics include group dynamics, assertive behaviour, and conflict management. Prerequisite: Admission to the Education Assistant and Community Support program 305 EDCS 1580 3 EDEF 3100 3 Introduction to Human Service Professional Practice (3,0,0) History of Education (3,0,0) Students are introduced to professional human service practice. Topics include professional values, ethics, conduct, and strategies for self care. Specific to the field of education assistant and community support, students learn about their professional roles in school and community environments. This foundations course focuses on the complex dynamics between school and society. Teacher candidates examine the relationship between schools and society over time, gaining insight into individuals and groups that determine what kinds of schools should exist and what should happen to them. Issues of gender, race, sexuality, ethnicity, religion, social class, and location inform and enlighten investigations. Readings; lectures; presentations; discussion; group work; review of television, film, and video materials; and guest speakers inform the learning. Prerequisite: Admission to the Education Assistant and Community Support program EDCS 1590 3 Prerequisites: Admission to TRU Bachelor of Education program Practical Skills for Community and School Support Workers (3,0,0) Education Assistant and Community Support students are introduced to the practical aspects of supporting individuals with disabilities in classroom, community, and home settings. Students participate in three learning modules during the semester that examine a variety of health care, educational, and social supports, and which vary according to local need. This course is designed to provide instruction for students working in small community and rural settings. Students must complete two of their three modules in Augmentative Communication 1 and Basic Health Care 1. EDEF 3200 3 Theoretical Frameworks of Education (3,0,0) EDCS 1640 3 This foundations course further develops the concepts explored in EDEF 3100: History of Education, encouraging teacher candidates to examine their educational beliefs and practices while deepening their insights and understanding of the social context of school. Teacher candidates learn the language and concepts of education, develop the ability to reflect critically on its central ideas and alternate frameworks, and refine their communication as professionals. Discussions of contemporary and educational issues include topics such as what it means to be a professional and schooling in the 21st century. Readings; lectures; presentations; discussion; group work; review of television, film, and video materials; and guest speakers inform the learning. Foundations of Education Assistant and Community Support Work (3,0,0) Prerequisites: Successful completion of Year 1, Term 1 Prerequisite: Admission to the Education Assistant and Community Support program Students are introduced to the theory and perspectives related to supporting individuals with exceptionalities and their families. Students learn about historical movements, inclusive practices, and strategies for teaching. Specific exceptionalities, their characteristics, and etiology are also discussed. Prerequisite: Admission to the Education Assistant and Community Support program EDCS 1650 3 Understanding Behaviour: Learning for Independence (3,0,0) This course introduces students to nonaversive intervention strategies for dealing with problem behaviour. Students will learn the role of team approach, individual program planning and ethics in the development of a behaviour support plan. An educative approach to behaviour change is emphasized. Prerequisite: All Fall semester courses. Admission to the Education Assistant and Community Support program. Required Seminar: EDCS 1650S EDCS 1660 3 Health Care Principles (3,0,1) This course overviews the theory and application of preventive health care planning and personal care principles. Areas of study include body mechanics, basic anatomy and physiology of body systems, nutrition, recognition of illness, referral procedures to health care services and issues related to basic pharmacology. Ethical and legal concepts of human service work in relation to health care practice will be discussed. Prerequisite: Admission to the Education Assistant and Community Support program Required Lab: EDCS 1660L EDCS 1680 4 Field Work (0,2,14P) This course requires students to be in the field two days per week and to attend weekly two hour practicum seminars. At this time such topics as team work, time management, advocacy, sexuality and family support for individuals with challenges will be discussed, in addition to practicum related issues/concerns. There will be a two week block fieldwork experience at the end of this course. Prerequisite: A student must receive a passing grade in EDCS 1580 or HUMS 1580 in order to move on to EDCS 1680 EDEF 4150 3 Social Foundations of Educaton: Gender And Education (3,0,0) This course is an exploration of the rethinking of educational practice and research that has been prompted by feminist theories, with a focus on schooling. Participants examine the gendered experiences of people in educational organizations as students, teachers, and administrators, and discuss differences by age, race and ethnicity, social class, religion, and sexual orientation. Prerequisites: 3rd‐ or 4th‐year university standing and experience teaching children, or the permission of the instructor and the Bachelor of Education program coordinator EDEF 4160 3 Education in Rural or Small Schools and Communities in British Columbia (3,0,0) Rural and small schools are a dominant feature in British Columbia's educational history, but they have generally been lost or forgotten in today's educational vision. Fifteen percent of the province's school children attend rural or small schools; many of these schools are so remote and isolated that there is no road access, and some of these schools have fewer than 10 students spread across many grades. This course examines rural and small schools in terms of the communities they serve, with particular attention to the teacher's role in the school and community. Prerequisite: Successful completion of Year 1 in the Bachelor of Education program EDEF 4200 1 School Organization (1,0,0) Teacher candidates examine a number of organizations that affect their working lives as teachers and develop a perspective about issues in British Columbia education that results in the expression of their own personal philosophy of teaching. Class sessions consist of presentations and lectures followed by a discussion or question and response period. Presentations are made by representatives from a number of stakeholder groups, including the Kamloops Thompson Teachers’ Association, School District #73 (Kamloops/Thompson) senior administration, and the Teacher Regulation Branch for the British Columbia Ministry of Education. Teacher candidates are guided in the preparation of resumes and interview techniques. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all Year 1 courses, Year 2, Term 1 courses and the EDPR 4200 Practicum EDFN 4200 3 EDCS 1750 3 Aboriginal Culture and Learning (3,0,0) Alternative and Augmentative Communication (3,0,0) The course begins with an overview of the history of Aboriginal Education in British Columbia and Canada. The course focuses on effective teaching and learning practices for Aboriginal students including developing relationships with parents and extended family members. Teacher candidates examine how to enrich the regular school curriculum by adding Aboriginal content and including the cultural background of their Aboriginal students. The class format is presentation and discussion based on articles and videos provided by faculty, presentations from other Aboriginal educators, community members, and teacher candidates. Field experiences typically include visits This course introduces students to a range of communication strategies used in working with children and adults who have limited or not verbal skills. Technological supports for communication will be introduced. Prerequisite: All Fall semester courses. Admission to the Education Assistant and Community Support program. 306 to local band‐operated schools, the Secwepemc Museum, the Kamloops Residential School and the Interior Indian Friendship Centre. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the Bachelor of Education program or permission of the instructor EDHC 4100 2 Health and Career Education (2,0,0) This course enables participants to help elementary students acquire the knowledge, skills, and attitudes that help them to make good personal decisions and manage their lives more effectively. Participants focus on the emotional and social development of students from Kindergarten to Grade 7. Prerequisite: Successful completion of Year 1 EDIT 4700 3 Introduction to Distributed Learning (3,0,0) Participants explore the realm of distributed learning through discussion about learning theory and pedagogy in online environments, consider and apply technological tools to enhance the learning environment, and examine and design assessment strategies. This online seminar models the development of learning communities. Participants are directed to readings about current issues and discuss them online. This course is informally structured, and participants are encouraged to explore areas of their own interest that apply to their practice. Prerequisite: Bachelor's degree and/or special permission from the School of Education EDLL 3100 3 Language and Literacy 1 (3,0,0) EDHR 1210 3 Human Resource Management and Performance In today's demanding business climate, managers are having to utilize their human resources more effectively to gain competitive advant. This unit examines role of HRM in organizations, and the links between HRM and organizational performance. It is recommended as an intro to all other units in the HRM programs. EDIE 3100 3 This course introduces key concepts related to language and literacy learning and teaching in the elementary language arts classroom and across the curriculum. Students are provided an overview of the knowledge required to make sound curriculum decisions to implement an effective language and literacy program. This course is the first component of two interdependent courses that focus on methods to teach language and literacy in elementary school, with an emphasis on the reading process, the skills central to reading acquisition and reading achievement, individual differences in reading development, and effective reading instruction methods. The course is linked with the initial school practicum. Prerequisite: Admission to the Bachelor of Education program Child Development and Teaching (3,0,0) This course presents an overview of child development as it relates to teaching. It will begin with a survey of the main models and theories of child development and then consider relevant implications for teaching. Students will review research that examines child development and teaching, especially research that reviews effective teaching practice with children who are at different developmental levels, and children from diverse cultural backgrounds. Prerequisite: Admission to the TRU Bachelor of Education program EDIE 4100 3 Special Education (3,0,0) This special education course is designed to introduce students to the area of teaching children with special needs within the regular classroom. The course will begin with a consideration of the historical perspective on teaching children with special needs and will include information on relevant provincial legislation. Course topics include designing individual education plans and effective methods for teaching children with special needs in school settings. Prerequisite: Successful completion of Year 1 EDIE 4150 3 Inclusive Education: Specific Learning Disabilities (3,0,0) The purpose of this course is to introduce students to the controversial field of specific learning disabilities (LD). The course will begin with a historical perspective on learning disabilities and an overview of relevant theoretical frameworks and models of learning disabilities. We will examine current legislation in British Columbia and its relationship to the school district, school, and classroom levels. Two key topics will be (a) screening, assessment, and identification practices, and (b) intervention strategies and how they affect classroom practice. Prerequisite: Admission into the Bachelor of Education Program EDIT 4150 3 Information Technology Across the Curriculum (3,0,0) This course provides teachers with information about how to use 21st century technology across the curriculum. The skillful integration of 21st century technologies can enable more equitable learning opportunities for all. Digital technologies, access to information, globalization, and equity are changing the world. Participants learn how to critically evaluate the pedagogical benefits of various educational technology tools in the classroom setting. Prerequisite: 3rd‐ or 4th‐year university standing and experience teaching children, or the permission of the instructor and Bachelor of Education program coordinator 307 EDLL 3160 2 Literacy Across the Content Areas (2,0,0) Approaches for supporting secondary students in literacy are explored. Teacher candidates develop pedagogical approaches and strategies consistent with the nature of content literacy. Content literacy instruction is needed for students to meet the reading comprehension, academic vocabulary, critical thinking, and academic writing demands they face across the curriculum to effectively acquire and demonstrate knowledge and learning. This course teaches which communication competencies secondary school students need to succeed at school, work and daily life. Teacher candidates develop solid understanding of the cognitive, linguistic, and literacy demands of academic text and design lessons that promote comprehension and critical and innovative thinking across the curriculum. Prerequisite: Degree in science or mathematics or equivalent EDLL 3200 3 Language and Literacy 2 (3,0,0) This course continues the study of the elementary language arts curriculum and teaches the theory and practical knowledge required to implement a language arts program. The emphasis is on writing in relationship to the other language modes and across the curriculum. Students examine the skills children in elementary school need to be successful writers, effective ways of promoting the development of these skills, and effective writing assessment techniques. Students are expected to engage in all aspects of the writing process. Prerequisite: Successful completion of Year 1, Term 1 EDLL 3900 3 Total Physical Response: Methods for Teaching Secwepmectsin (3,0,0) The Total Physical Response (TPR) method is introduced as a method for teaching aboriginal languages. Research that analyzes the TPR method is studied in the context of current language theory in second language acquisition. Students have the opportunity to practice the TPR approach, learning instructional strategies and familiarizing themselves with learning resources. Effective classroom management, and evaluation and assessment are also examined. EDLL 3910 3 Introduction the Secwepemc Language 1 (3,0,0) The purpose of this course is to introduce students to the Secwepemc language and to help them develop vocabulary, grammar, and oral sentence construction. The focus is on oral language production and comprehension. This course is appropriate for individuals who have little or no background in the Secwepemc language. EDLL 3920 3 EDPE 4150 3 Innovative Language Teaching Practices For Aboriginal Language Classrooms (3,0,0) Elementary Physical Education: Instruction (2,1,0) This course is designed for Aboriginal language teachers looking for ways to implement new teaching approaches in their classrooms. This course provides a brief survey of innovative language teaching methods and approaches that have been successfully used in a variety of Aboriginal language programs. EDLL 4150 3 Children's Literature (3,0,0) Students are introduced to the sources of children’s literature and its major genres, including traditional literature, fantasy, realistic and historical fiction, poetry, and information books. This course is geared towards teaching children; children’s reading needs and interests, and current issues and trends are examined. Teacher candidates explore strategies for involving children with literature across the elementary curriculum. Prerequisite: 3rd‐ or 4th‐year university standing and experience teaching children, or the permission of the instructor and Bachelor of Education program coordinator EDLL 4160 3 Supporting Learners With Language and Literacy Difficulties (3,0,0) Teacher candidates examine individualized assessment, diagnosis, and instructional planning for students with literacy difficulties. Prerequisite: READ 3100; READ 3200; ENED 3200 EDMA 3100 3 Mathematics 1 (3,0,0) The purpose of this course is to provide an opportunity for teacher candidates, who have completed EDPE 3100, to extend the skills and knowledge gained through previous course work and during practica, and to further develop their ability to teach elementary physical education. Opportunities are also provided for teacher candidates to reinforce previous learning and to develop greater skill in teaching activities from the five movement categories. Prerequisite: Knowledge of teaching methodology in Physical Education; basic knowledge of physical education, physical growth and development. 3rd or 4th year university students who have experience teaching children, or the permission of the instructor and Program Coordinator. EDPR 1800 1 First Nations Language Teaching Practicum 1 (32 hours) This course provides students with an orientation to public and Band‐operated schools, and the opportunity to link the theory‐based courses of their first year Developmental Standard Term Certificate experience with language teaching experiences in the classroom. This course is the first of four organized language teaching practicum experiences. Prerequisite: Completion of Semester 1, Year 1 of the DSTC program and enrollment in Semester 2, Year 1 of the program EDPR 2800 2 First Nations Language Teaching Practicum 2 (48 hours) This course provides students with expanded opportunities to link the theory‐based courses of their first and second years with further teaching experiences in the classroom. This course is the second of four organized language teaching practicum experiences. Teacher candidates develop a basic understanding of teaching mathematics in elementary schools. The course provides methods in teaching problem solving, numeracy, the use of manipulatives, early number sense, patterns, assessment, and operations with numbers. Participants also examine the use of literature and games in a math program and undergo a comprehensive study of the British Columbia mathematics curriculum. A variety of resources are provided to teacher candidates to experience the methods used to provide a rich elementary mathematics program. Prerequisite: Successful completion of Year 2, Semester 1 of the DSTC program, including EDPR 1800 Prerequisite: Admission to the Bachelor of Education program This is the first of four organized school practica experiences, consisting of seven full days in schools within the Kamloops area. The purpose of this course is to provide teacher candidates with an orientation to elementary schools and the opportunity to link their on‐campus courses with teaching experiences in the classroom. Teacher candidates are placed in pairs in classrooms where they have the opportunity to observe classroom procedures and teach four language arts lessons. Teacher candidates also complete journal reflections and have the opportunity to observe in a variety of school settings. Faculty mentors from the university support each teacher candidate throughout the practicum. EDMA 3200 3 Mathematics 2 (3,0,0) This course builds on EDMA 3100: Mathematics I. Students are introduced to topics that include place value, geometric thinking, spatial sense, measurement, statistics and probability, and assessment. The course is linked to the practicum (EDPR 3200) that teacher candidates take in the same semester to allow them to have an opportunity to apply the methods they have studied. EDPR 3100 1 Practicum 1 (24 hours) Prerequisite: Admission to the Bachelor of Education program. A criminal Record check is required for SD#73 (Kamloops/Thompson School District). Prerequisite: Successful completion of Year 1, Term 1 EDPR 3200 2 EDMT 1340 3 Practicum 2 (60 hours) Organizational Design and Training EDPE 3100 3 This two‐week (10 school days) practicum occurs in the final two weeks of Year 1, Term 2. Teacher candidates are placed in pairs in a school within the Kamloops area. The teaching and learning foci for this practicum are mathematics, science, and social studies, although not exclusively. Teacher candidates complete journal reflections and have the opportunity to observe in a variety of classroom settings. Following the practicum, teacher candidates attend two call‐back days on campus, which include an opportunity to debrief the practicum, hear from guest presenters, and receive important information for the next practicum. Faculty mentors from the university support each teacher candidate throughout the practicum. Physical Education Methods (2,0,2) Prerequisite: Successful completion of Year 1, Term 1 The term, reengineering ‐ the name given to the mngt practice of fundamentally changing the organization & mngt of work ‐ has attracted attention of many mgrs as a way of improving organizational performance. This unit examines how shifts towards horizontal work process from vertical impact on training & employee development The aim of this course is to provide a foundation of principles, learning opportunities and teaching, and critical thinking strategies in physical education that can be applied to whole classrooms of elementary students. Emphasis is on applying the various concepts of movement (games, dance, gymnastics, alternate‐environment activities, and individual and dual activities) when planning to teach physical education. Teacher candidates participate in classroom, gymnasium, and outdoor activities that provide tangible links with scheduled practica and encourage putting theory into practice. Prerequisite: Admission to the TRU Bachelor of Education program EDPR 3800 2 First Nations Language Teaching Practicum 3 (60 hours) This course provides students with opportunities to observe classroom and school start‐ up procedures at the beginning of the school year. This course is the third of four organized language teaching practicum experiences. Prerequisite: Successful completion of Year 2 of the DSTC program, including EDPR 2800 308 EDPR 3900 3 First Nations Language Teaching Practicum 4 (100 hours) This course provides students with extended opportunities to expand, refine, and confirm their First Nations language teaching abilities. This course is the final and most important organized language teaching practicum experience. Prerequisite: Successful completion of Year 3, Semester 1 of the DSTC program, including EDPR 3800 EDPR 4100 3 Practicum 3 (90 hours) At the beginning of Year 2, Term 3, teacher candidates undertake this three‐week practicum, which serves as an orientation for teacher candidates and teacher mentors. Teacher candidates and mentors are paired for the 10‐week extended EDPR 4200: Practicum 4 in Year 2, Term 4. Teacher candidates are involved in observational and instructional activities related to the September start‐up of classrooms in elementary schools throughout interior school districts, including SD 27, SD 53, SD 58, SD 73, SD 74, and SD 83. Prerequisite: Successful completion of Year 1 EDPR 4200 5 Practicum 4 (300 hours) During Term 2 of Year 2, teacher candidates undertake a 10‐week (300 hour) practicum that serves as the major school experience. Teacher candidates normally return to the same placement as they had in EDPR 4100: Practicum 3. Teacher candidates gradually increase their teaching load and sustain a minimum 80% load for five consecutive weeks. Upon successful completion, teacher candidates are able to apply for teacher certification in British Columbia. Prerequisite: Successful completion of Year 1, or permission of the instructor and Chair of the department. EDPY 4200 3 Assistive Technologies in Special Education (3,0,0) Students focus on the role that technology can play in compensating for, or remediating, learning challenges associated with cognitive impairments, communication disorders, and physical disabilities. Prerequisite: A Bachelor of Education degree, a teaching certificate, or permission of the Department Chair. EDPY 4210 3 Assessment of Learning Difficulties (3,0,0) Students examine the principles and practices of assessing children with learning difficulties. The emphases is on the assessment of literacy, mathematics, social and emotional behavior, and ability. Course discussions consider relevant interventions; however, the focus is on assessment. A variety of forms of assessment are considered, including standardized testing, criterion‐referenced assessment, portfolio assessment, and dynamic assessment. Prerequisite: A Bachelor of Education degree, a teaching certificate, or permission from the Department Chair EDPY 4220 3 Field Experience in Special Education (3,0,0) Prerequisite: Successful completion of all Year 1 and Year 2, Term 1 Students gain experience in specific special education settings via rotation among district programs (District Developmental and Behaviour Programs, Chris Rose Centre for Autism, Child Development Centre), district specialists (a teacher of deaf and hard of hearing students, a teacher of the visually impaired students), and resource and learning assistance programs. EDPR 4250 4 to 10 Prerequisite: Completion of a Certificate in Special Education Education Practicum Students participate in a teaching practicum designed to meet the British Columbia College of Teachers (BCCT) requirements for certification to teach in British Columbia. (Specific practicum length is determined by BCCT). EDPY 4230 3 Prerequisite: Qualifications required by BCCT and permission of the Bachelor of Education Program Chair This course will be offered during the Spring or Summer session and the topic will vary depending on the expertise of the faculty available to teach the course. Selected Topics in Special Education (3,0,0) Prerequisite: A B.Ed. degree, a teaching certificate, or permission from the Chair EDPY 3100 3 Child Development and Teaching (3,0,0) This course presents an overview of child development as it relates to teaching. It will begin with a survey of the main models and theories of child development and then consider relevant implications for teaching. Students will review research that examines child development and teaching, especially research that reviews effective teaching practice with children who are at different developmental levels, and children from diverse cultural backgrounds. EDPY 4300 3 Adapting and Modifying Programs (3,0,0) This course introduces students to strategies for adapting and modifying educational programs for children with special needs. Topics include determining if children need adapted or modified programs, and generating and revising individual education programs. Prerequisite: A B.Ed. degree, a teaching certificate, or permission of the Chair. Prerequisite: Admission to the TRU Bachelor of Education program. EDPY 4100 3 Special Education (3,0,0) This special education course is designed to introduce students to the area of teaching children with special needs within the regular classroom. The course will begin with a consideration of the historical perspective on teaching children with special needs and will include information on relevant provincial legislation. Course topics include designing individual education plans and effective methods for teaching children with special needs in school settings. Prerequisite: Successful completion of Year 1. EDPY 4310 3 Learning Disabilities (3,0,0) Students are provided an overview of teaching children with learning disabilities. Students experience methods and programs for teaching children with learning disabilities and learn about the legalities of special education. Prerequisite: A Bachelor of Education degree, a teaching certificate, or permission of the Department Chair EDPY 4320 3 Behaviour Management for Children in Regular Classrooms (3,0,0) EDPY 4150 3 Special Education: Specific Learning Disabilities (3,0,0) The purpose of this course is to introduce students to the controversial field of specific learning disabilities (LD). The course will begin with a historical perspective on learning disabilities and an overview of relevant theoretical frameworks and models of learning disabilities. We will examine current legislation in British Columbia and its relationship to the school district, school, and classroom levels. Two key topics will be (a) screening, assessment, and identification practices, and (b) intervention strategies and how they affect classroom practice. 309 The purpose of this course is to introduce students to instructional and environmental strategies for teaching children with behaviour problems in regular classrooms. Topics include methods to change behaviour in regular classroom settings, interviewing students, and working with families. Prerequisite: A Bachelor of Education degree, a teaching certificate, or permission of the Department Chair EDPY 4340 3 Differentiation in Mathematics (3,0,0) Students focus on teaching children with disabilities in mathematics. Course content includes assessing children with disabilities in mathematics, designing remedial mathematics programs, and reviewing research on effective teaching methods and programs. Prerequisite: A Bachelor of Education degree, a teaching certificate, or permission of the Department Chair EDPY 4360 3 Programming for Children With Behaviour Disorders (3,0,0) based self‐discipline. Using the Restitution program, participants learn to create school conditions which support student problem solving and self‐regulation. Prerequisite: A Bachelor of Education degree, a teaching certificate, or permission of the Special Education program coordinator. EDPY 4440 1 Autism Spectrum Disorder (1,0,0) Students examine the principles and practices of working with children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). The key components of the course include early signs and diagnosis; characteristics of persons living with ASD, including myths about autism; discussions of the various treatment approaches and methods; and best practices for teachers working with children with ASD in their classrooms. This special education course introduces students to the area of programming for children and adolescents with behaviour disorders. Course topics include designing individual education plans and using effective methods for teaching children with behaviour disorders in school settings, especially resource rooms. Prerequisite: A Bachelor of Education degree, a teaching certificate, or permission of the Special Education program coordinator. " EDPY 4450 1 Prerequisite: A Bachelor of Education degree, a teaching certificate, or permission of the Department Chair Leadership in Special Education (1,0,0) EDPY 4380 3 This course is designed for individuals who are currently employed as Learning Assistance or Resource Room teachers. Students learn aspects of program and team management. Methodologies and Interventions for Beginning Reading and Writing (3,0,0) Prerequisite: A Bachelor of Education degree, a teaching certificate, or permission of the Inclusive and Special Education program coordinator The primary objective of the course is to prepare teachers to design and implement programs and interventions to teach children having difficulty with beginning reading and writing. EDPY 4460 1 Prerequisite: A Bachelor of Education degree, a teaching certificate, or permission of the Department Chair EDPY 4390 3 Functional Behaviour Assessment (1,0,0) This course provides training in the Functional Behaviour Assessment (FBA) process. Participants learn the theory of multi‐modal behaviour analysis and the components necessary to conduct a complete FBA. Fluency and Reading Comprehension (3,0,0) Prerequisite: A B.Ed. degree, a teaching certificate, or permission of the Inclusive & Special Education Program Coordinator. The primary objective of the course is to prepare teachers to design and implement programs to teach intermediate‐aged children (Grades 4 to 7) who are having difficulty with fluency and reading comprehension. Students complete informal reading assessments in order to develop appropriate programming. EDPY 4470 3 Prerequisite: A B.Ed. degree, a teaching certificate, or permission of the Inclusive & Special Education Program Coordinator. EDPY 4400 3 Methodologies and Interventions for Writing (3,0,0) This course will prepare teachers to design and implement programs to teach children having difficulty with all aspects of writing including output, mechanics and meaning. Prerequisite: A B.Ed. degree, a teaching certificate, or permission of the Inclusive and Special Education program coordinator Universal Design for Differentiated Instruction (3,0,0) This course introduces students to principles of universal design and differentiated instruction, as well as strategies for adjusting instruction to meet diverse learning needs. Participants learn the fundamentals of developing inclusive and individual instructional plans and monitoring procedures. Topics include adapting and modifying educational programs for children with special needs, response to instruction, and informal assessment. Prerequisite: A B.Ed. degree, a teaching certificate, or permission of the Inclusive and Special Education program coordinator EDPY 4480 3 Learning Disabilities in the General Education Classroom (3,0,0) EDPY 4410 1 Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder (1,0,0) Students are provided with an overview of teaching children with fetal alcohol spectrum disorder (FASD). Participants become familiar with methods and programs for teaching children with FASD and learn about federal and provincial initiatives. Prerequisite: A Bachelor of Education degree, a teaching certificate, or permission of the Special Education program coordinator. Students are provided with an overview of the field of learning disabilities and research‐ based instruction for the general education classroom. Participants develop skills in informal assessment and planning for children with learning disabilities. Prerequisite: A B.Ed. degree, a teaching certificate, or permission of the Inclusive and Special Education program coordinator EDPY 4500 1 to 3 Directed Studies ‐ Inclusive and Special Education (1,0,0) or (2,0,0) or (3,0,0) EDPY 4420 1 Attention Deficity/Hyperactivity Disorder (1,0,0) Students are provided with an overview of teaching children with Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD). Participants learn about assessment, teaching methods, and programs for teaching children with ADHD. Prerequisite: A Bachelor of Education degree, a teaching certificate, or permission of the Special Education program coordinator. This course will provide the opportunity for self‐directed, mentored study in an area of special education. Students will examine, in‐depth, a topic or issue of professional interest. Prerequisite: Permission of the Coordinator EDPY 4800 3 Introduction to Special Education and Children with Learning Difficulties (3,0,0) EDPY 4430 1 Structuring School Discipline (1,0,0) This course is based on Control Theory and the Restitution program, focusing on developing a school discipline program which utilizes internal motivation and belief‐ 310 This course is designed to introduce teachers to the field of special education and for teachers who will work with children with special learning needs in special education settings. Students will become aware of informal assessment and data collection methods, plus Level "A" assessment tools, in order to develop basic remedial program plans. Prerequisite: Admission into the TRU Special Education Diploma program, or permission of the Inclusive and Special Education Program Coordinator EDPY 4810 3 Advanced Assessment of Learning Difficulties (3,0,0) The purpose of this course is to prepare students to administer and interpret assessments in educational settings. Students completing this course, and EDPY 4830, will acquire the assessment skills necessary for working within the special education field, such as in a learning assistance centre. Prerequisite: Admission into the TRU Special Education Diploma program, or permission of the Inclusive and Special Education Program Coordinator EDPY 4820 3 Advanced Adaptations and Modifications (3,0,0) This course provides specialist teachers with an advanced working knowledge of adaptations and modifications as they pertain to educational programs for students with special needs. Topics include current practices in adapting and modifying processes to determine changes necessary to a student's program and types of individualized education plans. Prerequisite: the permission of the Inclusive and Special Education program coordinator EDPY 4830 3 Assessment and Learning Practicum (3,0,0) This course is a continuation of EDPY 4810: Advanced Assessment of Learning Difficulties. Students apply their skills and knowledge while conducting an assessment on a school‐aged child. Participants are expected to assess a child, interpret results with guidance, prepare a report, and share the report with parents and a school‐based team. Students are expected to select an appropriate intervention and work with the child for a minimum of four sessions. Prerequisite: permission of the Inclusive and Special Education program coordinator EDPY 4840 3 Programming for Children with Behaviour Disorders (3,0.0) This special education course is designed to increase the competencies of students in the area of programming for children and adolescents with behaviour disorders. Students are prepared for a field placement in a resource room or alternate program that addresses the educational needs of children with behavioural difficulties. Course topics include assessing student needs, designing appropriate individual education plans, communicating with colleagues and parents, and using effective methods for teaching children with behaviour disorders in a variety of school settings. Prerequisite: The permission of the Inclusive and Special Education program coordinator EDSC 3200 3 Science Methods (3,0,0) This course is designed to introduce students to current principles and strategies applied to teaching science in elementary schools from Kindergarten to Grade 7. The three strands of the B.C. Science IRP, Life, Physical Earth, and Space Science, provide the base for exploring scientific content in terms of how children learn science. Weekly classes include hands‐on labs, presentations, website explorations, article reviews, current events, and field trips. This course and its assignments are designed to give students the opportunity to explore the nature of science and learn how to teach science to children. Prerequisite: Successful completion of Year 1, Term 1. EDSC 4150 3 Environmental Education (2,1,0) The purpose of this course is to examine aspects of environmental education appropriate for K ‐ 7 students. Through the concept of Active Living and use of the outdoors as the principal classroom, the elements of living/lifestyles in all subject areas will be addressed. The course also emphasizes teaching students how to make informed decisions and take constructive actions regarding the earth and its inhabitants. Field trips involving activities suitable for elementary‐aged students are an integral part of this course. Prerequisite: Successful completion of Year 1, Fall and Winter Semesters, or permission of the instructor and Chair of the department. Introductory environmental science courses and basic knowledge of outdoor education (physical education or environmental science). 3rd or 4th year university students who have experience teaching children, or the permission of the instructor and Program Coordinator. 311 EDSC 4160 3 Problem Solving in Science and Mathematics (3,0,0) Science and mathematics learning is recognized as more than a collection of isolated skills and concepts to be mastered. Rather, science and mathematics promote experiences where students actively participate in the learning and doing of these subjects. Hence, problem solving is central to and permeates all aspects of science and mathematics. To become effective problem solvers and problem posers, children require experiences with various types of problems arising from a variety of real situations. A problem‐posing framework will be used to explore ways in which teachers can provide opportunities to assist children to reason systematically and carefully, and to develop their understanding of science and mathematics. Prerequisite: 3rd or 4th year university students who have experience teaching children or the permission of the instructor and program coordinator EDSL 4200 2 Second Language with Focus on French (2,0,0) This course introduces the instructional and assessment strategies that are effective in promoting the learning of a second language by elementary students. It emphasizes the development of a proficiency‐based curriculum and concurrent development of listening, speaking, reading, and writing skills. The course acquaints education teacher candidates with the teaching techniques, procedures, and instructional resources used to teach second languages to children, focusing on French. Teacher candidates interested in teaching other languages will be encouraged to adapt strategies to their own specific language and will learn to adapt assignments to their target language. Prerequisite: Successful completion of Year 1 or permission of the instructor and program coordinator EDSO 3200 3 Social Studies Methods (3,0,0) The overarching purpose of this course is to introduce various rationales, goals, and strands needed to develop a coherent social studies program. Social Studies is presented as a dynamic, multi‐disciplinary curriculum for creating informed, adaptable, responsive, and responsible educated citizens. Approaches and strategies are explored that focus on developing an understanding of the various Social Studies disciplines and the characteristics and evolution of the interrelated global systems, as well as promoting critical thinking, social responsibility, and a global perspective. EDSO 3200 is linked to the 2‐week practicum that students take in the same semester (EDPR 3200), and so students will have the opportunity to teach several of the social studies lessons they will have developed. Prerequisite: Successful completion of Year 1, Term 1. EDSO 4150 3 Global Education (3,0,0) This course explores, in theory and practice, how global education in schools can facilitate critical understanding and skills for building more peaceful futures in local, national, international, and global contexts. Students will critically examine six key issues of planetary crises: militarization, structural violence, human rights, cultural solidarity, environmental care, and personal peace. Strategies and pedagogies for global education will be explored. Prerequisite: 3rd or 4th year university students who have experience teaching children, or the permission of the instructor and program coordinator EDTE 3010 3 Woodworking 1 (3,0,2)(L) This course deals with basic woodworking theory, techniques and procedures; including safety, hand tool processes, power tool processes, and procedures involving stationary power equipment. The materials and fundamental techniques used in wood products manufacturing are introduced. Special emphasis is on the hands‐on skills and safety procedures required to teach a course using power equipment. Students complete exercises, assignments and projects suitable to junior level secondary grades. Students with a directly related trade qualification are not permitted to take this course for credit. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the B.Ed (Trades and Technology Education) Teacher Education program Required Lab: EDTE 3010L EDTE 3020 3 Metalworking 1 (3,0,2)(L) This course deals with basic metal working theory, techniques and procedures; including safety, hand tool processes, machine tool processes, materials, and fundamental processes used in metal related manufacturing. Students complete exercises, assignments and projects suitable to junior level secondary grades. Students with a directly related trade qualification are not permitted to take this course for credit. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the B.Ed. (Trades and Technology Education) Teacher Education program Required Lab: EDTE 3020L EDTE 3030 3 Power Mechanics 1 (3,0,2)(L) learning, determining appropriate instructional techniques and learning activities, determining and evaluating appropriate assessment and testing methods, and creating an effective learning environment. Prerequisite: Admission into the B.Ed. Teacher Education Program Required Seminar: EDTE 3110S EDTE 3120 3 Adolescent Learning and Development (3,0,0) This course is intended to provide an understanding of adolescent learning and development. Modern theories in developmental, educational and cognitive psychology, as well as social and physical development will be explored. Emphasis will be on the theories that are relevant to adolescents in the school environment in order to help educators plan and implement appropriate lessons, activities, lectures, assignments, and teaching strategies. This course deals with basic mechanical theory, techniques and procedures that are suitable to a power mechanics class at the secondary school level. Topics include safety, hand tools, maintenance, disassembly, reassembly and basic repairs. Students complete exercises, assignments and projects suitable to secondary level coursework. Students with a directly related trade qualification are not permitted to take this course for credit. Prerequisite: Admission into the B.Ed. Teacher Education Program Prerequisite: Acceptance into the B.Ed. (Trades and Technology Education) Teacher Education program Required Lab: EDTE 3030L This course examines legal issues and current laws relating to education. Topics include past, current, and emerging legal issues, teacher and institutional liability, students' rights and teachers' rights and responsibilities. Case studies from the education system will be examined. Special emphasis is placed on the issues relating to safely managing the learning environment and safe work practices. EDTE 3040 3 Prerequisite: Admission into the B.Ed. Teacher Education Program EDTE 3130 3 Legal Issues in Secondary School (3,0,0) Design and Drafting 1 (3,0,2)(L) This course deals with the basics of drafting and design theory, techniques and procedures. Sketches, mechanical architectural and detail drawings will be explored. Students will move quickly from the fundamentals of manual paper and pencil based drawings to Computer Aided Design (CAD) technology. The generic fundamentals of CAD software will be emphasized with the intention that students will be able to use and teach any of the CAD software programs that may be owned by various secondary schools. Exercises, assignments and projects will be completed that are suitable to secondary level coursework. Students with directly related qualifications will not be allowed to take this course for credit. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the B.Ed. (Trades and Technology Education) Teacher Education program Required Lab: EDTE 3040L EDTE 3050 3 Electricity and Electronics 1 (3,0,2)(L) This course deals with basic electrical and electronics theory, techniques and procedures. Topics include safety, hand tools and equipment, materials, and the fundamental processes used in wiring and circuitry. Students complete exercises, assignments and projects suitable to secondary level coursework. Students with directly related qualifications are not permitted to take this course for credit. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the B.Ed. (Trades and Technology Education) Teacher Education program Required Lab: EDTE 3050L EDTE 3100 3 Principles of Trades and Technology Education (3,0,0) This course introduces students to the role of trades and technical education in the high school. The students' future role in carrying out the purposes and mission of Trades and Technology Education is explored. The course introduces the basic principles, methods and techniques of instruction suitable for secondary teaching. Learning theory and learning styles, lesson preparation, lesson types, instructional techniques, learning environments, and classroom management techniques are introduced. This course is designed to provide practical knowledge of instructional techniques that can be directly applied in the classroom. Emphasis is placed on actual practice ofinstructional skills. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the B.Ed. (Trades and Technology Education) Teacher Education program EDTE 3110 3 Learning, Curriculum and Assessment (3,1,0) This course emphasizes continuous improvement of teaching and learning through planning and feedback facilitated by the professional development process. Course topics include developing and implementing course outlines, identifying types of 312 EDTE 3140 2 Organizing and Managing Technology Learning Facilities (2,0,0) This course provides instruction in the planning, organization, and management of several types of shop or mathematics and science related education facilities. The scope of this course encompasses the preparation for instruction in a shop or laboratory which includes a complete plan of organization, safety, and management showing the necessary equipment, materials, and supplies. Methods of purchasing, budgeting, financial control, inventory procedures, and problems related to a shop or laboratory learning environment management are included. Participants are introduced to software to organize and track equipment, materials, supplies, budgets and expenditures. Prerequisite: Admission into the B.Ed. Teacher Education Program EDTE 3150 3 Inclusive Education and Behaviour Management (3,0,0) This course examines current issues and best practices for serving secondary students of different cultural, ethnic and socioeconomic backgrounds as well as students with special needs. The course focuses on behavioural issues at the classroom and individual student level. Appropriate student behaviour is discussed with a particular emphasis on techniques for preventing, diagnosing, and handling student discipline problems in a context which might include students with special educational needs and students from diverse cultural backgrounds. The course includes behaviour management strategies and methodologies that are specific to technical, mathematics and science education courses and environments. The characteristics and causes of disruptive behaviour and appropriate techniques for intervention are discussed. Discussion of current motivational theories and how these theories can be applied to motivating vulnerable students are also included. Prerequisite: Admission into the B.Ed. Teacher Education Program Required Seminar: EDTE 3150S EDTE 3180 3 History of Education (3,0,0) An examination of selected topics in the history of Canadian and British Columbian education and of the relationships between historical development and current educational policy. Particular emphasis on the development of technical education in Canada and British Columbia, with a component that highlights growth of secondary education. Prerequisite: Admission into the Bachelor of Education program EDTE 3190 3 Philosophy of Education (3,0,0) This course introduces students to the comparative and critical study of the philosophical frameworks related to education and schooling (e.g. realism, pragmatism, behaviourism, existentialism) and their representative thinkers. This course is designed to help students examine the diverse educational views that have affected, and are affecting, schooling in Canada and British Columbia. Participants will reflect on their developing educational philosophy through readings, discussions and lectures. Prerequisite: Admission into the Bachelor of Education program EDTE 3200 3 Sociology of Education (3,0,0) This course introduces students to the study of classroom, school, and schooling as social systems and the cultural function of educational institutions with particular emphasis on the secondary school. Concepts such as social organization, stratification, mobility, role, and values are applied. This course is designed to help students examine the impact of varying social perspectives on schooling in Canada and British Columbia. teacher candidates work with school staff, counsellors and other professionals who may be working with specific students. Prerequisite: Successful completion of Practicum 3 and 4 EDTE 4010 3 Woodworking 2 (3,0,2)(L) This course adds to the woodworking knowledge and skills learned in EDTE 3010. In addition to the related safety, processes and procedures, instructional techniques suitable for teaching secondary school classes will also be included. Students will complete the exercises and projects both as a learner and also from the perspective of their future teaching role. Students with a directly related trade qualification will not be allowed to take this course for credit. Prerequisite: EDTE 3010 Required Lab: EDTE 4010L EDTE 4020 3 Metalworking 2 (3,0,2)(L) EDTE 3410 2 Practicum 1 (60 hours) This is an introductory practicum experience in secondary schools. Students experience a variety of short‐term teaching responsibilities with close guidance from a qualified and experienced technical education teacher in a classroom and shop setting or from a qualified and experienced teacher in the mathematics and/or science classroom. The teacher candidate may participate in different classrooms with different teachers. Students are placed in pairs for this practicum. Prerequisite: Admission into the B.Ed. Teacher Education Program This course deals with basic metal working theory, techniques and procedures; including safety, hand tool processes, machine tool processes, materials, and fundamental processes used in metal related manufacturing. Exercises, assignments and projects will be completed that are suitable to junior level secondary grades. Students with a directly related trade qualification will not be allowed to take this course for credit. Prerequisite: EDTE 3020 Required Lab: EDTE 4020L EDTE 4030 3 Power Mechanics 2 (3,0,2)(L) EDTE 3420 2 Practicum 2 (60 hours) This practicum experience has an emphasis on teaching, and learning in teacher candidate's own area of technical/trade or mathematics/science expertise. Participants assume teaching responsibilities including planning, classroom management, evaluation and related activities while being closely supervised by a qualified and experienced technical or mathematics/science education teacher. Students are placed in pairs for this practicum. Prerequisite: Successful completion of EDTE 3410 ‐ Practicum 1 This course deals with basic electrical and electronics theory, techniques and procedures. Topics include safety, hand tools and equipment, materials, and the fundamental processes used in wiring and circuitry. Exercises, assignments and projects will be completed that are suitable to secondary level coursework. Students with directly related qualifications will not be allowed to take this course for credit. Prerequisite: EDTE 3030 Required Lab: EDTE 4030L EDTE 4040 3 Design and Drafting 2 (3,0,2)(L) EDTE 3430 2 Practicum 3 (60 hours) This course continues the development of drafting and design techniques, primarily by the use of Computer Aided Design (CAD) software. Students will practice fundamental skills and drawing standards for various industries. Additional technology will be introduced including 3D surface creation and solids modelling. Related graphics software will be explored. Emphasis will be on developing appropriate and interesting lessons and assignments that are suitable to secondary grades of 8 through 12. Students with directly related qualifications will not be allowed to take this course for credit. For trades and technical teacher candidates, the emphasis is on teaching outside of their individual trade area of expertise. For science and mathematics teacher candidates, the emphasis is on teaching in their area of expertise. Participants assume teaching responsibilities in secondary courses while being closely supervised by a qualified and experienced secondary education teacher. Students are placed individually for this practicum. Prerequisite: EDTE 3040 Prerequisite: Successful completion of EDTE 3420 ‐ Practicum 2 Required Lab: EDTE 4040L EDTE 3440 3 EDTE 4050 3 Practicum 4 (3,0,0) Electricity and Electronics 2 (3,0,2)(L) For trades and technical teacher candidates, the emphasis is on teaching outside of their individual trade area of expertise. For science and mathematics teacher candidates, the emphasis is on teaching in their area of expertise. Participants assume teaching responsibilities in secondary courses while being closely supervised by a qualified and experienced secondary education teacher. Students are placed individually for this practicum. This course adds to the knowledge and skills learned in EDTE 3050. In addition to the related safety, processes and procedures, instructional techniques suitable for teaching grade 8 to 10 secondary school classes are included. Students complete the exercises and projects both as a learner and from the perspective of their future teaching role. Prerequisite: Successful completion of Practicum 3 EDTE 3450 3 Practicum 5 (90 hours) This practicum experience takes place in the winter semester. The emphasis is on working with the range of students and specific learning needs found within a secondary education environment. Participants assume teaching responsibilities, focusing on instructional and classroom management adaptations for the diverse needs of learners. Teacher candidates are closely supervised by a qualified and experienced secondary education teacher and are placed individually for this practicum. During this time, 313 Prerequisite: EDTE 3050 Required Lab: 4050L EDTE 4110 4 Professional Growth and Development (3,1,0) This course is designed to allow students to analyse, synthesize and reflect on their experiences as students in this program. Students create a professional portfolio which documents their professional and personal growth as secondary education teachers. Through consideration of their experiences prior to enrolling and how they have grown throughout the program students create a professional development plan for their next year. This plan identifies strengths and areas for improvement in their preparation as a secondary education teacher. Job search techniques, beginning school year approaches, professional organizations, mentoring and the supervision of beginning teachers is included. the education field. At the same time the course is designed to support students in becoming more effective advanced academic learners in the field of Education. Prerequisite: Successful completion of EDTE 3450 Prerequisite: Undergraduate degree and GPA 3.0, IELTS 6.0 Required Seminar: EDTE 4110S EDUC 5010 3 EDTL 1510 3 Research Methods (3,0,0) First Nations Language Teaching Methodology 1 (3,0,0) This course will introduce students to the major language teaching methodologies. These methodologies will be examined through the use of structured observations, multimedia presentations and/or microteaching assignments. This course will serve as an introduction to research methods. Students will examine a variety of methods for conducting quantitative and qualitative research. Students will also be apprised of procedures for securing Ethics Committee approval for conducting research. Prerequisite: Completion of Semester 1, Year 1 of the DSTC program Prerequisite: Admission to the TRU M.Ed. degree program EDTL 3100 3 EDUC 5020 3 Teaching and Learning 1 (3,0,0) Philosophy and History of Education (3,0,0) This course will focus on preparing lesson plans for teaching small groups of children. The course will be integrated with the EDLL 3100 (Language and Literacy 1) and EDPR 3100 (Practicum 1), and this will allow for direct links between course topics and classroom practice. Students will have opportunities to implement teaching practices presented in EDTL 3100 with small groups of children as part of EDPR 3100, with the curriculum content being determined by the EDLL 3100 course. For example, students could prepare a lesson plan on teaching new vocabulary in a cooperative group format, teach the lesson in EDPR 3100, and then make effective revisions to their teaching based on this experience. The method to teach vocabulary would be generated in EDLL 3100, and planning the lesson (including preparing a lesson plan that includes teaching essential group social skills) would be covered in EDTL 3100. Ideas about what education is, what purposes it should serve, and how it should be structured are closely entwined with ideas of what a society is and how it functions. This course provides an introduction to key educational philosophers, and considers their impacts on the history of education and childhood. Prerequisite: Admission to the TRU Bachelor of Education program. Prerequisite: Admission to the TRU M.Ed. degree program EDUC 5030 3 Curriculum, Teaching and Learning (3,0,0) This course will familiarize students with a variety of theoretical perspectives on curriculum design/development, implementation, and evaluation. Curriculum, teaching, and learning will be applied to a variety of educational contexts and situations. Prerequisite: Admission to the TRU M.Ed. degree program EDTL 3200 3 Teaching and Learning 2 (3,0,0) This course will focus on preparing unit plans for teaching whole classrooms of children. The course will be integrated with the EDSC (Science), EDSO 3200 (Social Studies), EDMA 3200 (Mathematics 2), and EDPR 3200 (Practicum 2) courses. This will allow for direct links between course topics and classroom practice. Students will have opportunities to implement teacher practices presented in Teaching and Learning II with whole classrooms of children as part of EDPR 3200, with the curriculum content being determined by the EDSC 3200, EDMA 3200, and EDSO 3200 courses. For example, students could prepare a unit on ancient Egypt that includes cultural aspects of pyramids, perspective drawing of pyramids, and geometry. Students could teach more than one lesson in EDPR 3200 and then make effective revisions based on their reflections. EDUC 5040 3 Diversity: Constructing Social Realities (3,0,0) This course examines the social construction of inequalities based on class, gender, race, and sexuality and the operation of these inequalities within educational institutions. The course surveys the influence of social inequalities on student experiences and student success within the educational system. Prerequisite: Admission to the TRU M.Ed. degree program EDUC 5060 3 Prerequisite: Successful completion of Year 1, Term 1. Directed Seminar (3,0,0) EDTL 4100 3 Targeted to provide the opportunity for self‐directed, mentored scholarship, this course focuses on advanced examination of topics that are of professional interest to the student. Teaching and Learning 3 (3,0,0) Prerequisite: Admission to the TRU M.Ed. degree program This course is intended to teach students to design collaborative units and to incorporate language and literacy components across curricular areas. Students will be introduced to the basic concepts of cross‐curricular integration and they will demonstrate understanding of these concepts by developing integrated projects. These projects will form part of a unit to be designed and implemented in the final practicum EDPR 4200 in Year 2 Winter Semester. Prerequisite: Successful completion of Year 1. EDUC 4000 3 EDUC 5070 3 Research Project: Design (3,0,0) Research design is integral to professional and scholarly inquiry. This course prepares students for post‐graduate research through surveying a variety of designs, methods, and questions, and by exposing students to critical approaches to research design assessment. Prerequisite: Admission to the TRU M.Ed. degree program Directed Studies in Education This course will provide the opportunity for self‐directed, mentored study in an area of elementary education. Students will examine, in‐depth, a topic or issue of professional interest. Outcomes may include a project, research paper, literature review, or program evaluation. Prerequisite: Permission of the Dean, Program Coordinator of the B.Ed. program, and the agreement of the supervising faculty member EDUC 5000 3 Learning about Learning (39 hours) This course aims to support students exploring their own perspectives on learning as well as taking a look at contemporary theories of learning developed by academics in 314 EDUC 5080 3 Research Project: Implementation (3,0,0) This course will review a variety of methods for implementing research, including qualitative methods, surveys, action research, and experimental designs. Students will also learn procedures for securing ethical approval for research. Prerequisite: Admission to the TRU M.Ed. degree program EDUC 5090 3 Research Project: Presentation (3,0,0) This course will be the culmination of the M.Ed. program. Students will present the results of their research in a public forum. Prerequisite: Admission to the TRU M.Ed. degree program EDUC 5180 6 Research Project (6,0,0) As a culminating course for students in the project stream of the M.Ed., students will engage in a research project of study. Students will work one‐on‐one with their supervisor. A reflective paper summarizing the research project as well as a summative presentation of their project to a community of inquiry, including peer colleagues and instructors, will round out the course. Prerequisite: As this is the culminating course in the project exit option for the M.Ed., all other courses in the M.Ed. must be completed. EDUC 5210 3 Educational Management (3,0,0) This course will examine the management of fiscal and human resources that contribute to effective leadership in educational settings. Prerequisite: Admission to the TRU Leadership Certificate program EDUC 5220 3 Cultural Diversity in Educational Leadership (3,0,0) Targeted to provide the opportunity for collaboration with a number of entities within higher education and the public schools, this course focuses on issues associated with First Nations education and with educational issues around other ethnicities and diversities prevalent in British Columbia schools. student and parent rights, labour law, child protection, collective bargaining, and the governance of schools in BC, Canada and internationally. Prerequisite: Admission to the TRU M.Ed. program EDUC 5440 3 Understanding and Managing Conflict (3,0,0) Understanding and managing conflict is core to many educational roles, for example, teacher, principal, district leaders, counselors, and curriculum consultants. It also is central to leadership in other sectors such as health care, social services, the military, and more. This course will examine these topics: types and causes of conflict, cultural components of conflict, effects of conflict, conflict management, and conflict vis‐a‐vis organizational change. Prerequisite: Admission to the TRU M.Ed. program EDUC 5460 3 Educational Management (3,0,0) This course will examine the management of fiscal and human resources that contribute to effective leadership in educational settings. Prerequisite: Admission to the TRU M.Ed. program EDUC 5500 3 Introduction to Counselling Skills (3,0,0) Targeted to provide the opportunity to explore the helping professions and the skills needed to communicate effectively with diverse populations. Prerequisite: Admission to the TRU Teacher Leadership Certificate program Prerequisite: Admission to the TRU MEd program EDUC 5230 6 EDUC 5510 3 The Application of Educational Leadership (0,1,5) Theories in Counselling (3,0,0) Targeted to provide the opportunity for a mentored field experience, this course focuses on integrating the knowledge and skills from previous courses into a capstone experience. In collaboration with the mentoring school district, students will engage in applying educational leadership in an internship experience. A seminar component will be included. This course consists of a study of the major counselling approaches and a study of some of the issues faced by counsellors and by individuals who are considering becoming counsellors. Prerequisite: Admission to the MEd program Prerequisite: Admission to the TRU Teacher Leadership Certificate program EDUC 5520 3 EDUC 5280 3 Assessment and Evaluation (3,0,0) Capstone Seminar (0,3,0) This course is a study of group and individual assessment used in elementary and secondary schools. This capstone course will provide students with the opportunity to write a major synthesis paper on their learning in the M.Ed. While the precise topic of the paper will be determined by the student in consulation with his/her supervisor, the student will benefit from interaction with peers in this course. Topics covered will include models and examples of sythesis papers, peer review, and presentations. This course will include both face‐to‐face and on‐line delivery. Prerequisite: As this is the culminating course in the capstone course exit option for the M.Ed., all other courses in the M.Ed. must be completed Prerequisite: Admission to the TRU MEd program EDUC 5550 3 Introduction to Secondary School Counselling (3,0,0) A study of counselling as related to secondary school practice. Emphasis is on the secondary school counsellor's role and functions. Prerequisite: Admission to the TRU MEd program EDUC 5400 3 Principles and Processes of Educational Leadership (3,0,0) This course is designed to examine the current theories and belief systems that contribute to evolving concepts of leadership, particularly leadership in educational settings. A variety of pedagogical approaches will be used to examine processes that develop relationships, encourage team building, facilitate conflict resolution, and encourage innovation, change and organizational performance. Participants will become familiar with various styles of leadership such as charismatic, transformational, transactional, and collegial, and will be encouraged to examine and challenge their own practices in field settings. Students will investigate current models of supervision and performance assessment and assess the models in the context of differing leadership styles. Participants will develop a repertoire of leadership styles and skills that will be applicable in a variety of educational settings. Prerequisite: Admission to the TRU M.Ed. degree program EDUC 5420 3 Legal Issues in Education (3,0,0) This course examines educational governance, policy and laws with an emphasis on their effects on students, teachers, administrators, and parents. Course themes include 315 EDUC 5560 3 Career Counselling and Development (3,0,0) This course is a study of career counselling development and theory. The theoretical emphasis is on the development aspects of career decision making from childhood through adulthood. Prerequisite: Admission to the TRU MEd program EDUC 5580 6 Field Experience/Practicum in School Counselling (0,1,5P)(0,1,5P) Targeted to provide the opportunity for a mentored field experience, this course focuses on integrating the knowledge and skills from previous courses into a capstone experience. In collaboration with a mentoring school district, students will be engaged in school counselling roles and responsibilities. A seminar component will be included. Prerequisite: Admission to the TRU MEd program and successful completion of EDUC 5500, 5510, 5520, 5550 and 5560 EDUC 5600 3 Research Institute: Language, Culture and Community (3,0,0) This course will consist of academic study associated with full participation in The Research Institute: Language, Culture and Community at TRU. The institute will include paper presentations based on research addressing a range of educational issues. The main goal of the institute is to facilitate the grounding of educational practice in sound theory and research. Prerequisite: 3rd or 4th year university students who have experience teaching children or the permission of the instructor and program coordinator EDVP 4170 3 Music As Language, Language As Music: Intertextual Dialogues (3,0,0) Prerequisite: Admission to the TRU M.Ed. program This interdisciplinary course looks at the languages of words, music, gesture and image as vehicles for artistic expression, social commentary and cultural communication. Note: This course can be taken more than once as the content changes every time the course is offered Prerequisite: There are no music prerequisites. Arts students must have attained third year standing; Education students must be in the second year of the B.Ed. program. EDUC 5990 3 ELEI 2000 ***Special Topics in Education (3,0,0) Industrial Electrician Apprentice Level 1 Special topics courses are offered on a temporary basis and are not part of the regular course offerings. This course utilizes the special expertise of a faculty member or a visiting professor to go beyond the usual curriculum and enrich the program of study. Contact the program advisor for information on current offerings. Industrial Electrical Level 1 Apprenticeship Theory for the Industry Electrician Apprenticeship Program. Industrial electricians typically install, test, troubleshoot and repair industrial electrical equipment and associated electrical and electronic controls. They are employed by electrical contractors and maintenance departments of factories, plants, mines, shipyards and other industrial establishments. Prerequisite: Admission to the TRU M.Ed. Degree program Note: EDUC 5990 Special Topics in Education can be taken up to 4 times providing the course title includes a different topic each time EDVP 4100 2 Drama (2,0,0) Teacher candidates are introduced to the theory and practice of drama in the elementary classroom. Participants focus on experiencing various drama forms and conventions, analyzing them as ways of learning, and applying them to specific curricular and classroom needs. . Prerequisite: EDPR 3200 Prerequisite: Registered Industrial Electrician Apprentices with the Industry Training Authority ELEI 3000 Industrial Electrician Apprentice Level 2 Industrial Electrical Level 2 Apprenticeship Theory for the Industry Electrician Apprenticeship Program. Industrial electricians typically install, test, troubleshoot and repair industrial electrical equipment and associated electrical and electronic controls. They are employed by electrical contractors and maintenance departments of factories, plants, mines, shipyards and other industrial establishments. Prerequisite: Registered Industrial Electrician Apprentices with the Industry Training Authority EDVP 4110 2 Music (2,0,0) ELEI 4000 This is an introductory course in music education designed to give students a basis for teaching music in elementary classroom settings. The understanding of musical concepts and the demonstration of skills will be fostered through singing, listening and appreciating, playing instruments, creative expression, and critical reading of the music education literature. Industrial Electrician Apprentice Level 3 Prerequisite: EDPR 3200 EDVP 4120 2 Visual Arts (2,0,0) This course is designed to facilitate the fundamental experience and understanding of the role and value of art education, as well as to explore key issues in this domain. Lessons are concerned with basic concepts related to children's artistic production, perceiving and responding to art, and teacher planning for art instruction. Studio activities are interactive and meant to develop strategies and confidence for teacher candidates to deliver and introduce selected art materials, as well as to convey appropriate techniques to facilitate positive art learning for elementary‐aged students. Prerequisite: EDPR 3200 Industrial Electrical Level 3 Apprenticeship Theory for the Industry Electrician Apprenticeship Program. Industrial electricians typically install, test, troubleshoot and repair industrial electrical equipment and associated electrical and electronic controls. They are employed by electrical contractors and maintenance departments of factories, plants, mines, shipyards and other industrial establishments. Prerequisite: Registered Industrial Electrician Apprentices with the Industry Training Authority ELEI 5000 Industrial Electrician Apprentice Level 4 Industrial Electrical Level 4 Apprenticeship Theory for the Industry Electrician Apprenticeship Program. Industrial electricians typically install, test, troubleshoot and repair industrial electrical equipment and associated electrical and electronic controls. They are employed by electrical contractors and maintenance departments of factories, plants, mines, shipyards and other industrial establishments. Prerequisite: Registered Industrial Electrician Apprentices with the Industry Training Authority EDVP 4150 3 Music Curriculum and Instruction: Elementary (3,0,0) ELEL 2000 This course includes theoretical and practical components designed to develop skills, concepts, and attitudes in music education. In addition to extending theory and practice applications for the classroom, students focus on composition and creativity. Electrician Apprentice Level 1 Prerequisite: 3rd or 4th year university students who have experience teaching children or the permission of the instructor and program coordinator. Some experience with music is desirable. Electrician means a person who installs, constructs, alters, repairs, maintains, commissions, tests, services, calibrates and operates related electrical and electronic systems in any premise, place, building or structure. Prerequisite: Registered Construction Electrician apprentice with the Industry Training Authority EDVP 4160 3 ELEL 3000 The Arts and Media Literacy (3,0,0) Electrician Apprentice Level 2 Critical engagement with various media teaches us how to 'read the world'; from these interactions, we construct the texts with which we explore and communicate our own identity. Students explore the multiple ways in which the artistic languages of visual art, music, drama, and written words represent and communicate meaning‐making, literacy, and personal expression within school and broader life contexts. Electrician means a person who installs, constructs, alters, repairs, maintains, commissions, tests, services, calibrates and operates related electrical and electronic systems in any premise, place, building or structure. 316 Prerequisite: Registered Construction Electrician apprentice with the Industry Training Authority ELEL 4000 Students work with a variety of rhetorical models for essay development. Also included is a critical analysis of selected works of prose and poetry. Prerequisite: ENGL 0500 or English 11 or equivalent, with a C+ or better, or completion of all of ESAL 0570 and 0580 with a grade of C or better Note: This course is taught by the University Preparation Department Electrician Apprentice Level 3 Electrician means a person who installs, constructs, alters, repairs, maintains, commissions, tests, services, calibrates and operates related electrical and electronic systems in any premise, place, building or structure. Prerequisite: Registered Construction Electrician apprentice with the Industry Training Authority ELEL 5000 Electrician Apprentice Level 4 Electrician means a person who installs, constructs, alters, repairs, maintains, commissions, tests, services, calibrates and operates related electrical and electronic systems in any premise, place, building or structure. Prerequisite: Registered Construction Electrician apprentice with the Industry Training Authority ELTE 1010 ENGL 0620 4 Aboriginal Literature and Composition (6,0,0) ABE ‐ Provincial: ENGL 0620 is a Provincial Level (Grade 12 equivalency) course which prepares students for the demands of compositions required in academic courses. It is an alternate course to ABE ‐ Provincial and, as such, can be taken in the place of ENGL 0600. It provides for further development of writing and thinking skills begun in earlier levels. Students work with a variety of rhetorical models for essay development. It will include activities that are delivered in a way that maximizes the learning potential of Aboriginal learners (including learners' circles with talking sticks, oral presentations, and elders' presentations) and that helps ease entry of Aboriginal students into a university setting. Also, it includes a critical analysis of selected works of prose and poetry, many of which will be written by Aboriginal authors or which will cover topics relevant to Aboriginal issues. Prerequisite: Successful completion of ENGL 0500 or English 11 or equivalent with a C+ or better or completion of all ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a grade of C or better or based upon the results of an Accuplacer assessment. Note: Students cannot receive credit for both ENGL 0600 and ENGL 0620 Electrical Trade Entry/Theory Students are introduced to theory and gain hands‐on lab experience in the following topics: electrical safety fundamentals; DC circuits; electromagnetism; meters and test equipment; electrical prints and drawings; AC motor controls; electrical code and wiring; and industrial power electronics. ELTE 1110 Electrical Trade Entry/Practical Students gain experience in hands‐on shop training in residential, commercial and industrial equipment installation and wiring methods. ENGL 0300 4 Fundamentals of English (8,0,0) ABE ‐ Fundamentals: This course combines reading and writing to provide students with a greater ability to cope in work and educational situations. Students will practice reading and writing skills, and develop basic grammer. Note: This course is taught by the University and Employment Preparation ENGL 0400 4 Basic Language Skills (6,0,0) ABE ‐ Intermediate: This course is designed to provide students with the knowledge, skills, and strategies to enter higher level courses. It is based on the following core skills: vocabulary development, reading, writing and study skills. Prerequisite: Completion of ENGL 0300, or English 9, or equivalent, with a B or better; or placement on the TRU entry assessment tests at an 0400 level in English ENGL 1100 3 Introduction to University Writing (3,0,0) This course introduces students to the practices of reading and writing in scholarly contexts. Students will read and analyze scholarly journal articles from a variety of disciplines. They will also develop their abilities to compose in the genres and sub‐ genres of scholarly writing, including incorporating research and documentation in a grammatically correct style. Prerequisite: English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 73% (with the government exam within the last 5 years); or level 5 on the compositions section of the Language Proficiency Index (LPI), with all other categories of the LPI at a minimum of70% (within the last 2 years); or satisfactory completion of the TRU English Assessment (ACCUPLACER) at the university entrance level; or completion of ENGL 0600 with a grade ofC+ or better; or completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a grade of C+ or better. ENGL 1110 3 Introduction to Fiction (3,0,0) Students are introduced to the literary forms of the short story and the novel based on a particular theme chosen by the professor. Through lecture, class discussion, and written assignments, students develop their ability to explore, appreciate, and make connections among works selected from a wide range of classic and contemporary forms of storytelling. Prerequisite: English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 80% (within the last 5 years) or Level 5 on the composition section of the Language Proficiency Index (within the last 2 years) or ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1210 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 0600 or on the recommendation of the 0600 instructor to the EML department ESAL 570 with a C+ minimum and ESAL 580 with a C+ minimum Note: This course is taught by the University Preparation Department ENGL 1120 3 ENGL 0500 4 Developing Writing Skills (6,0,0) ABE ‐ Advanced: A basic writing skills course which covers mechanics, sentence structure, grammar and composition. The major modes of writing (description, narration, and exposition) are covered. Prerequisite: Successful completion of ENGL 0400 or English 10, or equivalent with a C+ or better or Communications 12 with a C+ or better Note: This course is taught by the University Preparation Department ENGL 0600 4 Literature and Composition (6,0,0) ABE ‐ Provincial: ENGL 0600 is a Provincial Level (Grade 12 equivalency) course which prepares students for the demands of compositions required in academic courses. It provides for further development of writing and thinking skills begun in earlier levels. 317 Introduction to Poetry (3,0,0) Students are introduced to literary forms of poetry based on a particular theme chosen by the professor. Through lecture, class discussion, and written assignments, students develop their ability to explore, appreciate, and make connections among poems selected from a wide range of classic and contemporary forms. Prerequisite: English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 80% (within the last 5 years), or Level 5 on the composition section of the Language Proficiency Index (within the last 2 years), or completion of ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1140, or completion of ENGL 0600 and on the recommendation of the 0600 instructor to the EML department, or completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a grade of C+ or better. Prerequisite: English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 80% (within the last 5 years) or Level 5 on the composition section of the Language Proficiency Index (within the last 2 years or ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 0600 and on the recommendation of the 0600 instructor to the EML department or ESAL 570 with a C+ minimum and ESAL 580 with a C+ minimum ENGL 1140 3 ENGL 2060 3 Introduction to Drama (3,0,0) Creative Writing ‐ Fiction (3,0,0) Students are introduced to literary forms of drama based on a particular theme chosen by the professor. Through lecture, class discussion, and written assignments, students develop their ability to explore, appreciate, and make connections among plays selected from a wide range of classic and contemporary forms. This course consists of lectures and workshops on writing literary fiction. Through lectures, readings and tests, students identify and critique the use of fictional techniques in contemporary fiction. Assignments require students to apply their knowledge of fiction and skills by writing original creative work. "Prerequisite: English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 80% (within the last 5 years), or Level 5 on the composition section of the Language Proficiency Index (within the last 2 years) or ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 0600 and on the recommendation of the 0600 instructor to the EML department or ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a C+ minimum Prerequisite: Any two of ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210 Recommended: ENGL 1150 Required Seminar: ENGL 2060S Exclusion: ENGL 1210" ENGL 2070 3 ENGL 1150 3 Creative Writing ‐ Drama (3,0,0) Introduction to Creative Writing (3,0,0) This course consists of lectures and workshops on writing stage plays. Lectures and assignments focus on the techniques and requirements of contemporary play writing. This course introduces students to the field of creative writing by focusing on three of the following genres ‐ poetry, fiction, drama and creative non‐fiction. By reading and analyzing contemporary work, students determine how these texts are constructed. Students work on developing images, voice, character, setting, and narrative through a series of exercises, and gain an understanding of specific concepts and terminology used by creative writers. Prerequisite: English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 80% (within the last 5 years) or Level 5 on the composition section of the Language Proficiency Index (within the last 2 years). ENGL 1210 3 Introduction to Drama and Poetry (3,0,0) Students are introduced to literary forms of poetry and drama based on a particular theme chosen by the professor. Through lecture, class discussion, and written assignments, students develop their ability to explore, appreciate, and make connections among poems and plays selected from a wide range of classic and contemporary forms. "Prerequisite: English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 80% (within the last 5 years) or Level 5 on the composition section of the Language Proficiency Index (within the last 2 years) or ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 0600 and on the recommendation of the 0600 instructor to the EML department or ESAL 0570 with a C+ minimum and ESAL 0580 with a C+ minimum Exclusion: ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140" ENGL 2010 3 Writing and Critical Thinking: The Personal in Academic Discourse (3,0,0) Prerequisite: Any two of ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210 Recommended: ENGL 1150 ENGL 2080 3 Creative Writing ‐ Poetry (3,0,0) This course consists of lectures and workshops on writing poetry, with an emphasis on the study and practice of basic poetry writing techniques. Through lectures, readings and assignments, students identify and apply various stylistic elements of contemporary poetry writing. Prerequisite: Any two of ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210 Recommended: ENGL 1150 ENGL 2110 3 Literary Landmarks in English to 1700 (3,0,0) This course explores the development of the English language, key genres, influential authors, and important literary movements that emerged from approximately 700 C.E. to the late 1600s. Representative genres include the epic, romance, sonnet, and comedy. As students explore these genres in their historical and cultural contexts, we consider the far‐reaching influence of Chaucer, Shakespeare, and Milton as well as the contributions of other writers of the period. Topics may include the nature of a 'literary landmark,' the continuity and diversity of literary images and genres, the emergence of women's writing, and the role of literature and the imagination in nation building. This course is required for English Majors and Minors. The subject of this course includes reading and writing, with a focus on the literacy narratives genre. Students read and interpret a selection of literacy narratives by scholars as well as scholarly articles that explore the role of the personal in academic discourse. Students gain extensive practice in thinking critically and writing about their own literacy experiences. Prerequisite: two 1st year Academic English courses with a C or better or instructor's written consent. Prerequisite: Any two of: ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210 Reading Literature: Essential Skills (3,0,0) ENGL 2020 3 Writing and Critical Thinking: Research (3,0,0) The subject of this course is academic writing, with a focus on the research genres, including critical summaries, research proposals and research papers. Students analyze and gain extensive practice in research writing, while also considering various stylistic strategies. Prerequisite: Any two of ENGL 1100, 1110, 1120, 1140 or 1210 ENGL 2120 3 This course is recommended for all English Majors, but anyone hoping to develop advanced reading and writing skills will find this course interesting as well as useful for developing practical tools for success in writing and literature courses. Students learn greater appreciation for the language of literature. The course emphasizes close readings as well as analysis of the historical, political, and cultural dimensions of works from three genres: poetry, drama, and fiction. Critical approaches to literature are briefly introduced. Course availability: This course is offered every year. Prerequisite: C (or better) in two first‐year Academic English courses, or instructor's written consent Note: This course is recommended for English majors ENGL 2040 3 Canadian Drama: From Page to Stage and Screen (3,0,0) Through a focus on modern and contemporary plays, this course introduces students to various theatrical techniques and dramatic modes. Works by such playwrights as Tremblay, Ryga, Highway, Clements, and Lepage may be among those studied. Whenever possible, texts are studied in conjunction with local theatrical productions. Prerequisite: two 1st year Academic English courses with a C or better or instructor's written consent. ENGL 2140 3 Biblical and Classical Backgrounds of English Literature 1 (3,0,0) The course introduces students to Classical literature (mainly Greek) and the Bible (Old Testament: Hebrew Scriptures)& texts that are relevant and significant to subsequent culture, and especially for written works in English. Students also read and discuss additional representative works in English that have been influenced by the Bible and by Classical literature. Prerequisite: two 1st year Academic English courses with a C or better or instructor's written consent. 318 ENGL 2150 3 ENGL 2210 3 Women and Literature: Voice, Identity and Difference (3,0,0) Survey of English Literature, 18th and 19th Century (3,0,0) Students explore women's voices, past and present, in fiction and non‐fiction. The focus is on issues related to women's self‐expression, paying attention to the formation of identity, and taking into account elements of difference such as social class, ethnicity, and culture. Students gain an appreciation of the creative approaches women have used to voice their life experiences and their visions. Through lecture, class discussion, and written assignments, students develop their ability to think critically and write about literature. This course examines selected major authors of the Augustan, Romantic and Victorian periods in English literature. Authors may include Dryden, Pope, Swift, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Keats, Shelley, Tennyson and Arnold, and representative novelists. Prerequisite: two 1st year Academic English courses with a C or better or instructor's written consent ENGL 2240 3 ENGL 2160 3 Introduction to American Literature 1 (3,0,0) Students examine major writers and works in American literature up to 1900. Students analyze and discuss nineteenth‐century works that explore the development of American literary identity, including poetry, nonfiction, and prose fiction. Prerequisite: two 1st year Academic English courses with a C or better or instructor's written consent. Prerequisite: C (or better) in two 1st year Academic English courses, or instructor's written consent Biblical and Classical Backgrounds of English Literature 2 (3,0,0) This course introduces students to Classical literature (mainly Roman) and the Bible (New Testament) ‐ texts that are relevant and important for subsequent culture and especially for writing in English. Representative works in English that have been influenced by the Bible and by Classical literature are also read and discussed. Prerequisite: C (or better) in two 1st year Academic English courses, or instructor's written consent ENGL 2250 3 Women and Literature: Women's Bodies/Women's Roles (3,0,0) ENGL 2170 3 Contesting Time, Space and Genre in Canadian Literature (3,0,0) This course investigates Canadian literature, in relation to changing concepts of national identity, and as expressed through Canadian attitudes toward our history and geography. Students consider literary work across a wide range of historical periods, spaces, and genres, with a special thematic emphasis on one of the following in any given calendar year: history in Canadian literature, country vs. city life in Canada, or re/writing the Canadian landscape. Please visit the English and Modern Languages web pages, pick up a booklet of course offerings, or contact the English Department for the current thematic offering. Prerequisite: in two 1st year academic English courses with a C or better or instructor's written consent. ENGL 2180 3 Students read a diverse range of fiction and non‐fiction about the experiences connected to inhabiting a female body and the roles women have assumed over time with varying degrees of acceptance or resistance. Through lecture, class discussion, and written assignments, students deepen their understanding of women's ideas on these matters as well as develop their ability to think critically and write about literature. Prerequisite: C (or better) in two 1st year Academic English courses, or instructor's written consent ENGL 2260 3 Introduction to American Literature 2 (3,0,0) Students examine major writers and works in American literature after 1900. The course may include poetry, nonfiction, prose fiction, and drama, with a focus on the rise of American modernism. Studies in Poetry (3,0,0) Prerequisite: C (or better) in two 1st year Academic English courses, or instructor's written consent Students improve their ability to respond to and interpret poetry. Representative poems are examined to gain an understanding of the relationship between language, structure and experience. ENGL 2270 3 Prerequisite: in two 1st year academic English courses with a C or better or instructor's written permission. ENGL 2190 3 Studies in Drama (3,0,0) Students are introduced to modern drama, from the beginnings of Western modernist theatre through to the postmodern writing and productions of the later twentieth century. Plays are examined as both text and performance, and students gain insight into different literary techniques of the playwright, drama forms, traditions, and subversions. The various components of the play's narrative are also explored, and the dramas are contextualized in order for students to better understand their development and meaning. Students are introduced to aspects of drama theory as they develop the academic skills of critical reading and interpretation needed to navigate and transform the studied texts. Filmed versions of the texts are also used as support material. Prerequisite: in two 1st year academic English courses with a C or better or instructor's written consent. ENGL 2200 3 ***Studies in Literature 1 (3,0,0) The content of this course changes each year; please contact the English Department to request more information. Prerequisite: C (or better) in two first‐year Academic English courses, or instructor's written consent Subversion and Social Justice in Canadian Literature (3,0,0) Students explore the ways in which Canadian poets, dramatists and fiction writers have been in the forefront of movements for social change, expressing new visions of responsible government, economic fairness, and social equity. The course investigates Canadian literature and expressions of subversion and social justice via special thematic emphasis on one of the following in any given calendar year: protest literature in Canada and satire; and Canadian literature and creativity; and citizenship in Canada. Since the content of this course changes each year, please visit the English and Modern Languages web pages, pick up a booklet of course offerings, or contact the English Department to request more information. Prerequisite: C (or better) in two 1st year Academic English courses, or instructor's written consent ENGL 2400 3 ***Studies in Literature 2 (3,0,0) The content of this course changes each year. Please visit the English and Modern Languages web pages, pick up a booklet of course offerings, or contact the English Department to request more information. Prerequisite: C (or better) in two 1st year Academic English courses, or instructor's written consent ENGL 2410 3 Aboriginal Canadian Literature: Humour and Storytelling (3,0,0) Students are introduced to the tradition of storytelling in Indigenous cultures and focus on modern and contemporary poetry, drama, short stories, novels, and essays. Prerequisite: C (or better) in two 1st year Academic English courses 319 ENGL 3020 3 ENGL 3180 3 Travel Media (3,0,0) Children's Literature (3,0,0) This course studies novels, journals, blogs, films, and guidebooks in order to understand and produce texts in the complex matrix called "travel media." It examines many examples of travel media, both commercial and personal in order to understand how it has developed and currently works. These examples are considered from many perspectives such as the figure of "the Other," colonialism, the flaneur, postmodernism, and even visual and document design. The course considers the strategies of design that constitute the various genres of travel media, from logs, vlogs, and multimedia, to guides, and even stories. Students examine works of children's literature from the last three centuries (including selected fairy tales, novels, stories, poems, and picture books) in order to explore changing perceptions of childhood over time. Students consider how literature aimed at children was used to differentiate children from adults (as well as to challenge such a distinction), to entertain, and to socialize children on issues relevant to their lives in a rapidly changing world. The course also explores connections between children's literature and adult cultural traditions, and demonstrates the importance of the hybrid (or simultaneous child and adult) audiences suggested by many of these works. ENGL 3080 3 Advanced Composition 1 ‐ Personal Expression (3,0,0) This course focuses on the rhetoric of personal expression, especially description and narration. Students are introduced to the concept of how multiple literacies variously compete and interact in the world around us; in practical terms, the course explores how a focus on personal expression can be used to improve writing skills at an advanced level. Prerequisite: 6 credits English or Communications courses or equivalent ENGL 3090 3 Prerequisite: Any two of: ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210, in addition to 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor. ENGL 3190 3 ***Studies in the Intellectual Backgrounds of Literature (3,0,0) This course covers special topics in the history of ideas, with particular reference to ideas that illuminate or are embodied in literature. Students may take this course more than once provided the content is different each time. Since the content of this course varies, please visit the English and Modern Languages web pages, pick up a booklet of course offerings, or contact the English Department to request more information. Prerequisite: Any two of: ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210, in addtion to 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor. Advanced Composition 2 ‐ Writing in the Disciplines (3,0,0) This course focuses on practices of reading and writing in scholarly contexts. The conditions students encounter as readers at university, and the expectations they must meet as writers at university are addressed. The course begins with a theoretical discussion of style and then offers students the opportunity to examine examples of academic writing, and to compose their own scholarly argument. Prerequisite: 6 credits English or Communications or equivalent ENGL 3200 6 History of the English Language (3,0,0)(3,0,0) This course surveys the development of the English language from the West Germanic to the present; students gain an understanding of phonology, morphology, syntax, and vocabulary. Prerequisite: Any two of: ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210, in addition to 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor. ENGL 3140 3 ***Studies in Fiction (3,0,0) ENGL 3270 3 This course includes special topics involving thematic, generic, or formal approaches to fiction. Students may take this course more than once, provided the content is different each time. Since the content of this course varies, please visit the English and Modern Languages web pages, pick up a booklet of course offerings, or contact the English Department to request more information. The Structure of Modern English 1 (3,0,0) Prerequisite: Any two of: ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210, in addtion to 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor Students discuss English phonetics, phonology, and morphology. This course is open to 2nd year students. Prerequisite: Any two of: ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210 ENGL 3280 3 ENGL 3150 3 The Structure of Modern English 2 (3,0,0) Studies in Non‐Fiction (3,0,0) Students discuss English syntax and semantics. This course is open to 2nd‐year students. Students discuss the development and theory of a non‐fiction genre, including autobiography, biography, creative non‐fiction, memoir, or travel narrative. This course may be taken more than once, provided the content is different each time. Since the content of this course varies, please visit the English and Modern Languages web pages, pick up a booklet of course offerings, or contact the English Department to request more information. Prerequisite: Any two of: ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210 and ENGL 3270 Prerequisite: Any two of: ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210, 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor ENGL 3160 3 ***Studies in Literature and the Other Arts (3,0,0) Students analyze the strategies writers and artists in other media use to deal with common themes, and examine problems in formal and stylistic relationships between literature and other arts. Since the content of this course varies, please visit the English and Modern Languages web pages, pick up a booklet of course offerings, or contact the English Department to request more information. Prerequisite: Any two of: ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210, in addition to 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor ENGL 3170 3 Science Fiction (3,0,0) Students focus on the main trends in science fiction since 1960, including works by Dick, Ballard, Le Guin, Gibson, and others. Prerequisite: Any two of: ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210, in addition to 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor 320 ENGL 3300 3 Reading Literature and Literary Theory: Advanced Skills (3,0,0) This course provides an opportunity for extended practice in literary criticism ‐‐ that is, in reading works closely and responding to them through interpretation and evaluation. Students examine a limited number of texts through a variety of critical theories such as formalism, reader response, psychological, New Historicist, feminist, deconstruction and cultural criticism. Students gain an understanding of the theories and of the degree to which each approach 'opens up' a text. "Prerequisite: Any two of ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210, 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor Recommended: This course is recommended for English Majors. " ENGL 3320 3 Modern Critical Theories (3,0,0) This course surveys major modern theories, and provides students with an opportunity to apply them to literary texts. Prerequisite: Any two of: ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210, in addition to 3rd‐year standing or permission of the instructor ENGL 3330 3 Required Seminar: ENGL 3380S *** Special Topics in Creative Writing (1,2,0) This course offers the advanced study and practice of one or more of the following topics: literature for a young audience, and genre writing (for example, mystery, horror, or fantasy). Through readings and workshops, students define their own projects and produce a substantial portfolio of original work. Students may take this course more than once, provided the content is different each time. Since the content of this course varies, please visit the English and Modern Languages web pages, pick up a booklet of course offerings, or contact the English Department to request more information. Through readings, discussion, lectures, and workshops, this course provides an opportunity for advanced practice in writing stage plays. Students are expected to write a one‐act play of 20‐40 pages. Prerequisite: Any two of ENGL 1100, 1110, 1120, 1140, or 1210 in addition to 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor. "Prerequisite: Any two of ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110, ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210, 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor Prerequisite: Any two of ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210, 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor Recommended: ENGL 1150" Recommended: ENGL 1150 ENGL 3340 3 ENGL 3550 3 Writing Speculative Fiction (1,2,0) Chaucer (3,0,0) This advanced course in writing speculative fiction includes work on projects in science fiction, post‐apocalyptic fiction, and prehistoric fiction, and progresses through discussion, lectures, and workshops. Assignments, discussions, readings and workshops focus on learning and implementing a variety of fictional methods within these genres. Students explore the intersections of the known and unknown worlds through the tools of literary fiction. "Prerequisite: Any two of ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210, 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor Recommended: ENGL 1150" Required Seminar: ENGL 3340S ENGL 3390 3 Advanced Drama Writing (1,2,0) This course provides a detailed study of Chaucer's major works. Prerequisite: Any two of: ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210, in addition to 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor. ENGL 3650 6 Shakespeare (3,0,0)(3,0,0) This course consists of lectures on various aspects of Shakespeare's art, and includes a detailed study of twelve plays. Prerequisite: Any two of: ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210, 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor ENGL 3350 3 ***Studies in Major Authors (3,0,0) This course probes the works of no more than two significant writers. Specific topics are announced each year. Students may take this course more than once, provided the content is different each time. Since the content of this course varies, please visit the English and Modern Languages web pages, pick up a booklet of course offerings, or contact the English Department to request more information. Prerequisite: Any two of: ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210, in addtion to 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor. ENGL 3360 3 Advanced Short Fiction Writing (1,2,0) Through readings, discussion, lectures, and workshops, this course provides an opportunity for advanced practice in writing fictional short stories, between 1,000 and 10,000 words in length. Students produce a substantial portfolio of original work. "Prerequisite: Any two of ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210, 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor. Recommended: ENGL 1150" ENGL 3370 3 Novel Writing (1,2,0) Through readings, discussion, lectures, and workshops, this course provides an opportunity for practice in planning and writing a novel. Students define their own projects and produce the first 30 pages of a novel as well as a substantial synopsis of the whole work. "Prerequisite: Any two of ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210, 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor. ENGL 3660 3 Studies in Shakespeare (3,0,0) Students explore Shakespeare and his work. This course may be taken more than once provided the content is different each time. Since the content of this course varies, please visit the English and Modern Languages web pages, pick up a booklet of course offerings, or contact the English Department to request more information. Prerequisite: Any two of: ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210, in addition to 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor. ENGL 3710 3 Poetry of the Early Seventeenth Century (3,0,0) Students examine the two main traditions of English verse in this 'golden age of poetry': the metaphysical and neo‐classical. Of the metaphysical poets, Donne and Herbert receive most attention, while Jonson and Herrick are most representative of the neo‐ classical tradition. Interesting variations within each mode are also considered. The emergence of women's writing in this context is important, especially in the works of Lanyer, Wroth, and Philips. Students consider such topics as the politics of desire, representing the sacred, the ideology of landscape, the emergence of the subject, and the usefulness of such terms as 'metaphysical,' and 'neo‐classical.' Emphasis is placed on the thoughtful reading of poems in their cultural context for the purpose of appreciating each poet's literary art. Prerequisite: Any two of: ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210, in addtion to 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor. ENGL 3730 3 ***Topics in Seventeenth‐Century Literature (3,0,0) Required Seminar: ENGL 3370S This course explores special themes, forms, and authors (excluding Milton) of seventeenth century literature. Since the content of this course varies, please visit the English and Modern Languages web pages, pick up a booklet of course offerings, or contact the English Department to request more information. ENGL 3380 3 Prerequisite: Any two of: ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210, in addtion to 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor. Recommended: ENGL 1150" Advanced Poetry Writing (1,2,0) Through readings, discussion, lectures, and workshops, this course provides an opportunity for practice in planning and writing poetry. Assignments and workshops focus on learning, implementing, and revising a variety of poetic forms and styles. Students learn about a variety of poetic schools and traditions. Prerequisite: Any two of ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210, 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor Recommended: ENGL 1150 321 ENGL 3740 3 Milton's Paradise Lost (3,0,0) This course provides students with the opportunity to gain an in‐depth appreciation of Milton's Paradise Lost, one of the most influential poems in the English language. As well as reading the poem closely and considering such topics as Milton's epic style, the gendering of Adam and Eve, the relationship between individual liberty and authority, the characterization of Satan, and Milton's use of symbolic forms and images, we place the poem in the context of Milton's life and his participation in the Civil War. Above all, Milton's achievement in the art of poetry is emphasized since this is what influenced such diverse writers as Blake and Pope, Eliot and Melville, Byron and Bronte, Pullman and Lewis and led him to have such an important impact on literary tradition. ENGL 3910 6 Prerequisite: Any two of: ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210, in addtion to 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor Prerequisite: Any two of ENGL 1100, 1110 or 1210 in addition to third‐year standing. ENGL 3750 6 Milton (3,0,0)(3,0,0) This course is an in‐depth examination of the works, and their contexts, of seventeenth century English poet, John Milton. Prerequisite: Any two of: ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210, in addtion to 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor. Romantic Poetry (3,0,0)(3,0,0) Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, the Shelleys, and Keats. ENGL 3940 3 The Victorian Novel (3,0,0) Developments in the novel from Dickens to Thomas Hardy. Prerequisite: Any two of ENGL 1100, 1110 or 1210 in addition to third‐year standing. ENGL 4000 3 Early Modern British Literature (3,0,0) ENGL 3810 3 Poetry of the Age of Dryden and Pope (3,0,0) Students explore poetry from the Restoration to the middle of the eighteenth century. Representative authors include Rochester, Finch, and Addison, in addition to Dryden and Pope. Prerequisite: Any two of: ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210, in addition to 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor Development in British Literature, including the genres of novel, poetry, drama, and biography, from 1880 to the 1920s. Prerequisite: Any two of ENGL 1100, 1110, or 1210 in addition to third‐year standing ENGL 4040 3 The Modern British Novel (3,0,0) Developments in the novel up to the Second World War. ENGL 3820 3 Prerequisite: Any two of ENGL 1100, 1110 or 1210 in addition to third‐year standing. Poetry of the Middle and Late Eighteenth Century (3,0,0) Students explore poetry from the time of Johnson to the beginnings of Romanticism. Representative authors include Johnson, Collins, Smart, and Cowper. ENGL 4130 3 Prerequisite: Any two of: ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210, in addtion to 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor This course surveys British drama from the 1950s, with Beckett's absurdist work and John Osbourne's hyper‐realism, to the 1980s and 1990s' feminist cultural critiques by Caryl Churchill and Pam Gems. ENGL 3840 3 Prerequisite: Any two of ENGL 1100, 1110 or 1210 in addition to third‐year standing. Contemporary British Drama (3,0,0) The English Novel in the Eighteenth Century (3,0,0) Students examine the beginnings of the novel and its development, from Defoe to Jane Austen. Prerequisite: Any two of: ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140, ENGL 1210, in addtion to 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor. ENGL 4140 3 The Contemporary British Novel (3,0,0) Students examine the novel, from the Second World War to the present. Prerequisite: Any two of ENGL 1100, 1110 or 1210 in addition to third‐year standing. ENGL 3850 3 Restoration and Early Eighteenth Century Literature (3,0,0) This course offers a survey of Restoration and early eighteenth century English literature and its backgrounds. Students examine poetry, drama and prose. The course is organized chronologically, to emphasize literary developments. ENGL 4150 3 ***Studies in Women's Literature (3,0,0) Major themes in Women's literature or theory. Prerequisite: Any two of ENGL 1100, 1110, or 1210 in addition to third‐year standing Prerequisite: Any two of: ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210, in addition to 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor. ENGL 4160 3 ENGL 3860 3 Topics in Modern Irish Literature (3,0,0) This course offers a survey of literature from the middle to the end of the eighteenth century. Students explore poetry, drama and prose, as well as backgrounds to the works studied. The course is organized chronologically, to emphasize literary developments. This course examines topics in Irish literature (in English) since the Irish Literary Renaissance. Students may take this course more than once, provided the content is different each time. Since the content of this course varies, please visit the English and Modern Languages web pages, pick up a booklet of course offerings, or contact the English Department to request more information. Prerequisite: Any two of: ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210, 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor. Prerequisite: Any two of: ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210, 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor ENGL 3890 3 ENGL 4200 6 Studies in Eighteenth Century Thought and Literature (3,0,0) Canadian Literature (3,0,0)(3,0,0) This single‐term or full‐year course studies systems of thought, or other cultural elements, as they contribute to the interpretation and evaluation of literature. Students may take this course more than once, provided the content is different each time. Since the content of this course varies, please visit the English and Modern Languages web pages, pick up a booklet of course offerings, or contact the English Department to request more information. A study of the literature in English with some attention to major French‐Canadian works in translation. **This course is going to be semesterized. Consult English and Modern Languages department for details. Mid and Late Eighteenth Century Literature (3,0,0) Prerequisite: Any two of: ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210, 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor. 322 ENGL 4240 3 ENGL 4440 3 Nineteenth Century Canadian Literature (3,0,0) Postcolonial Women's Literature (3,0,0) This course will survey major authors and trends in Canadian literature written before 1900. Some pre‐nineteenth century work will be included, but the course will focus on the nineteenth century. This course studies literature, written in English, by women from African nations, Australia, Canada, New Zealand, the Caribbean, and India. It includes work written from imperialist, colonial, and aboriginal perspectives. Students explore identity and gender politics through the analysis of texts by women from diverse nations and backgrounds. Prerequisite: Any two of ENGL 1100, 1110, 1120, 1140 or 1210, in addition to third‐year standing ENGL 4250 3 Contemporary Canadian Poetry (3,0,0) This course focuses on English Canadian poetry written between mid‐twentieth century and the present. In addition to examining and analyzing representative poems, students are expected to consider questions of both a 'national poetry' and the poetic genre itself. Students explore the following questions: What constitutes the Canadian‐ness of Canadian poetry? What poetic techniques characterize innovative expression in these poems? Can common themes and poetic techniques be ascribed to these poems? Throughout the semester, students are encouraged to consider individual poems and the work of individual poets in this larger context. Prerequisite: Any two of: ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210, 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor. ENGL 4260 3 ***Studies in Canadian Literature (3,0,0) This course presents special topics and approaches to Canadian literature. Literary periods, authors and material vary depending on the research interests of the instructor. Recent examples include Humour and Satire, British Columbia Literature, and Canadian Writing from the Edge of Genre. Students may take this course more than once, provided the content is different each time. Since the content of this course varies, please visit the English and Modern Languages web pages, pick up a booklet of course offerings, or contact the English Department to request more information. Prerequisite: Any two of: ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210, 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor. Prerequisite: any two of: ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210, 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor ENGL 4450 3 Commonwealth/Postcolonial Literature (3,0,0) This course surveys 'colonial' and 'postcolonial' literature from Canada, New Zealand, Australia, Asia, Africa and the Caribbean, with an emphasis on modern fiction. Works are studied within their historical and cultural contexts, and students gain an understanding of issues including canon formation, generic conventions, language choices, ethnic and first nations identifications, and competing definitions of 'postcolonial.' Prerequisite: Any two of: ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210, 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor ENGL 4460 3 ***Studies in Commonwealth/Postcolonial Literature (3,0,0) Students examine major themes in postcolonial literature or theory. This course may be taken more than once, provided the content is different each time. Since the content of this course varies, please visit the English and Modern Languages web pages, pick up a booklet of course offerings, or contact the English Department to request more information. Prerequisite: Any two of: ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210, 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor ENGL 4470 3 Studies in Aboriginal Literature (North American) (3,0,0) This course focuses on the writings of Irving, Poe, Hawthorne and Melville. This course focuses on the contemporary writing (in English) of Indigenous people in Canada and the United States. Students explore how aboriginal writers adapt oral strategies to writing and employ various techniques and devices to challenge and subvert colonial assumptions about genre, gender, class, and race. Prerequisite: Any two of: ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210, 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor Prerequisite: Any two of: ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210, 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor ENGL 4340 3 American Fiction to 1900 (3,0,0) ENGL 4350 3 American Fiction in the First Half of The Twentieth Century (3,0,0) Students examine major works and movements between 1900 and 1950, including naturalism, realism, and modernism. Prerequisite: Any two of: ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210, 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor ENGL 4510 3 ***Studies in Literary Movements (3,0,0) Students examine such literary movements as Naturalism, Realism, Imagism, Impressionism, Vorticism, and Modernism. This course may be taken more than once, provided the content is different each time. Since the content of this course varies, please visit the English and Modern Languages web pages, pick up a booklet of course offerings, or contact the English Department to request more information. Prerequisite: Any two of: ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210, 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor ENGL 4360 12 ***Studies in American Literature (3,0,0) or (3,0,0)(3,0,0) ENGL 4600 3 This course involves special studies of individual periods of authors or themes in American literature. Students may take this course more than once, provided the content is different each time. Since the content of this course varies, please visit the English and Modern Languages web pages, pick up a booklet of course offerings, or contact the English Department to request more information. American Poetry of the First Half of the Twentieth Century (3,0,0) Prerequisite: Any two of: ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210, 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor ENGL 4370 3 American Fiction From Mid‐Twentieth Century to the Present (3,0,0) This course examines major works and movements since 1950, including realism, neorealism, and postmodernism. Prerequisite: Any two of: ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210, 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor 323 Students examine major poets, themes, and movements between 1900 and 1950. Prerequisite: Any two of: ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210, 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor ENGL 4610 3 American Poetry From the Mid‐Twentieth Century to the Present (3,0,0) Students examine major poets, themes, and movements from 1950 to the present. Prerequisite: Any two of: ENGL 1100 or ENGL 1110 or ENGL 1120 or ENGL 1140 or ENGL 1210, 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor ENGL 4760 3 ENTR 4750 3 Editing and Publishing (3,0,0) New Venture Creation (3,0,0) This course engages students in editing and publishing, with a focus on Canadian literature and language. Students are introduced to the study and practice of publishing, by exploring the history of literary journal publication in Canada; gaining hands‐on experience editing articles for a journal; writing critical reviews; and considering page design layout and printing. Students experience the publishing process, including manuscript review, manuscript editing, copy editing, layout, and publication. Students develop the skills, values, and attitudes needed for success as an entrepreneur whether starting a new venture from scratch, joining or acquiring an existing business, or creating a new venture inside a larger organization. The primary activity is the development of a comprehensive business plan. Topics include small business entrepreneurs; the business plan; entry modes into small business; writing the business plan; target market, market research, and marketing plan; raising capital and the financial viability of new ventures; operational issues; legal structures and human resource issues; and risk management. process of manuscript review, manuscript editing, copyediting, layout, and publication. Prerequisite: Fourth‐year standing; successful completion of at least 6 credits of third‐ year literature or composition Prerequisite: ENTR 3720; MKTG 2430 or MKTG 3430 Note: Students cannot receive credit for more than one of ENTR 4750 and TMGT 4120 (C+ or higher) ENGL 4780 3 Studies in Literature and Film (3,0,0) This course explores the sister arts of literature and film and offers an in‐depth study of the relationships between cinematic form and literary genres, such as the novel, drama, and the short story. Since the content of this course varies, please visit the English and Modern Languages web pages, pick up a booklet of course offerings, or contact the English Department to request more information. Prerequisite: Any two of ENGL 1100, 1110, 1120, 1140, or 1210 in addition to third‐year standing or permission of the instructor ENTR 4760 3 Small Business Management (3,0,0) Building on New Venture Creation which takes a new small business from the planning stage to start‐up, students examine how to successful operate an up‐and‐running venture. Topics include problem solving and creativity; communicating with people; developing merchandising plans; operations management; marketing management; electronic commerce; managing human resources; financial management; tax management; and managing growth. Prerequisite: ENTR 4750 ENGL 4790 3 Note: Students cannot receive credit for both ENTR 4760 and TMGT 4150 ***Studies in Genre (3,0,0) Students explore a specific genre such as romance, comedy, travel narrative, or detective fiction. This course may be taken more than once, provided the content is different each time. Since the content of this course varies, please visit the English and Modern Languages web pages, pick up a booklet of course offerings, or contact the English Department to request more information. Prerequisite: Any two of ENGL 1100, 1110, 1120, 1140 or 1210 in addition to third‐year standing or permission of the instructor ENGL 4970 6 Directed Studies in Language and Linguistics Students investigate a specific topic in language linguistics as agreed upon by the faculty member and the student. Projects must comply with all required approval procedures. Students may take this course more than once, provided the content is different each time. Since the content of this course varies, please visit the English and Modern Languages web pages, pick up a booklet of course offerings, or contact the English Department to request more information. Prerequisite: Minimum of 3rd year standing, ENGL 3270/3280 or instructor permission ENSU 1000 1 Leadership in Environmental Sustainability (0,1,0) This one credit course is designed to recognize knowledge gained from existing courses and actions undertaken by students that contribute towards environmental sustainability competency. Environmental sustainability experiences may be acknowledged through: documented projects; community or TRU volunteer work; extra‐ curricular knowledge sharing; participation in environmental or social organizations; research papers; art work; architectural design; and relevant assignments in courses as they relate to environmental issues. Prerequisite: Permission from the Centre for Student Engagement and Learning Innovation ENVS 5000 4 Environmental Sciences: Topics and Case Studies (3,3,0) Students explore the current ideologies of the ecological, sociological, and economical foundations of environmental science through case studies. A joint application of scientific and social contexts is used to examine the sustainable management of natural resources, with a strong spatial component at local, regional and global scales. Communication skills are developed to facilitate this cross‐disciplinary understanding. Primary literature, group discussions, and independent and group review assignments encourage students to focus on current local, regional, and international environmental issues. Prerequisite: Graduate student standing ENVS 5010 3 Research Methods, Preparation and Presentation (3,0,0) This course provides an overview of scientific methods, research preparation, and the written and oral communication styles used to present research. An emphasis is placed on graduate theses and peer‐reviewed journal articles, in addition to popular science articles in magazines and newspapers. Prerequisite: Graduate student standing and permission of the instructor. In special circumstances, undergraduate students with 4th year standing may be allowed to enrol. ENVS 5020 3 Advanced Topics in Ecology and Evolution (3,0,0) This course involves: reading and discussion; methodology and data analysis; and critical evaluation, presentation and debate of cutting edge research in ecology and evolution. An emphasis is placed on understanding the integrative approach to environmental science. Prerequisite: Graduate student standing and permission of the instructor. In special circumstances, undergraduate students with 4th year standing may be allowed to enrol. ENTR 3720 3 Small Business Finance (3,0,0) ENVS 5030 3 Students acquire the knowledge and skills needed to successfully manage the financial affairs of a small business. Topics include the importance effective finance management for a small business; accounting software systems; provincial and federal sales taxes, property taxes, and other forms of business taxation; employment standards; payroll accounting; registering as a proprietorship, partnership, or corporation; business licenses and name registration; insurance; financial statement analysis; pro forma financial statements; working capital management; sources of long‐term financing including commercial loans, government lending programs, angel financing and venture capital; banking and advisory services; business valuations; and bankruptcy, reorganization and liquidation. Advanced Topics in Physical Sciences (3,0,0) Prerequisite: FNCE 2120 or FNCE 3120 324 Students undertake an investigation on a specific topic as agreed upon by the faculty member and the student. Permission of the supervisor required. Prerequisite: Graduate student standing and permission of the instructor. In special circumstances, undergraduate students with 4th year standing may be allowed to enrol. ENVS 5040 3 Required Seminar: EPHY 1150S Advanced Topics in Policy and Management (3,0,0) This course involves: reading and discussion; methodology and data analysis; and critical evaluation, presentation and debate of cutting edge research in policy and management. An emphasis is placed on understanding the integrative approach to environmental science. EPHY 1250 3 Physics for Engineers 2 (3,0,3)(L) Prerequisite: Graduate student standing and permission of the instructor. In special circumstances, undergraduate students with 4th year standing may be allowed to enrol. This course is similar to PHYS 1250: Thermodynamics, Electricity and Magnetism , however, students may complete laboratory work more specifically related to Engineering. Topics include thermodynamics, kinetic theory of gases, electricity and magnetism. ENVS 5100 3 Exclusion: Students may only receive credit for one of EPHY 1250 or PHYS 1250 Environmental Science 1: History, Philosophy and Concepts (3,0,0) 3 credits Required Lab: EPHY 1250L Prerequisite: Admission to the Engineering Program Provides an introduction to the field of environmental science at the graduate level. Focus on history and philosophy of science in general, and environmental science in particular; guest lectures by faculty and researchers inside and outside of academia; examines the role of environmental science in society. Prerequisite: Graduate student standing and permission of the instructor. In special circumstances undergraduate students with fourth‐year standing may be allowed to enrol. EPHY 1700 3 Engineering Mechanics 1 (3,1,0) This is an introductory course in engineering mechanics. The first part of the course deals with statics and the second part with dynamics of particles and systems of particles. Prerequisite: Admission to the Engineering Program ENVS 5200 3 Environmental Science 2: Conducting Science (3,0,0)(L) 3 credits Focuses on the proposal, design, and conducting of scientific research, particularly in the field of environmental science; includes overview of analytical methods used in different disciplines. Prerequisite: ENVS 5100 or special permission of instructor ENVS 5300 2 EPHY 1990 3 Introduction to Engineering Measurements (2,3*,0)(L) Students are introduced to the measurement and control of physical quantities of interest in engineering and scientific applications. Issues and methods relevant to the real‐time measurement and control of parameters such as force, displacement, acceleration, temperature, level, pressure, and flow are considered. Students apply the principles developed in the course during seminars, and in discussions of case studies that are relevant to various engineering or scientific disciplines. Environmental Sciences: Topics and Case Studies (1,1,0) 2 credits Prerequisite: MATH 1130 or 1140, and one of PHYS 1150 or EPHY 1150 This course uses the Environmental Science Seminar series as a foundation for exploring established and emerging topics in the field. In addition to scheduled class time, students must attend the seminars and meet with speakers to discuss their work. Students also become directly involved in the hosting of speakers. Corequisite: MATH 1230 or 1240, and one of PHYS 1250 or EPHY 1250 Required Seminar: EPHY 1990S Prerequisite: Graduate student standing EPHY 2150 3 Circuit Analysis (4,0,3*)(L) ENVS 5400 2 Environmental Science: Dissemination and Outreach (30 hours) 2 credits Students examine and discuss the analysis of linear electrical circuits, network theorems, first and second order circuits, and transfer functions for electrical and computer engineering students. Students design and deliver oral presentations and poster displays on their thesis research at the Master of Science research forum; students are also required to demonstrate that they have extended their work into the public forum through and variety of possible avenues. Note: Credit will not be given for both PHYS 2150 and EPHY 2150 Prerequisite: Admission to the MSc in Environmental Science program Required Lab: EPHY 2150L ENVS 5480 3 EPHY 2200 3 Directed Studies in Environmental Science (0,3,0) Electrical Properties of Materials (3,1,0) Students undertake an investigation on a specific topic as agreed upon by the faculty member and the student. Permission of the supervisor required. This course provides an introduction to the fundamental properties of solids that govern the behavior of electronic and photonic devices. The mechanisms underpinning the electrical conductivity of conductors, semiconductors, and insulators, as well as their interactions with light are introduced and explained. Prerequisite: Graduate student standing and permission of the instructor Prerequisite: Admission to the EECE Year 2 Transfer program Corequisite: MATH 2110 Prerequisite: EPHY 1250 or PHYS 1250, MATH 2110 ENVS 5990 18 Corequisite: PHYS 2250 Master of Science Thesis (30 hours/week) Required Seminar: EPHY 2200S An original and substantial research project conducted by each student in the Master of Science Program in Environmental Science, under the direction of a faculty supervisor and a thesis advisory committee. Students register in this course each semester that they are in the program until all requirements for the thesis have been met. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the MSc program in Environmental Science EPHY 1150 3 Physics for Engineers 1 (3,1,0) This course is similiar to PHYS 1150: Mechanics and Waves except that Engineering students do complete the laboratory portion. Students are introduced to and apply calculus to physical concepts. Topics include mechanics, simple harmonic motion, mechanical waves, sound, wave optics and geometric optics. Prerequisite: Admission to the Engineering Program 325 EPHY 2250 3 Intermediate Electromagnetism (3,0,0) Students examine and discuss vector algebra, electrostatics, magnetostatics, electric and magnetic fields in matter, and introductory electrodynamics for electrical and computer engineering. Prerequisite: MATH 2110. Admission to the EECE Year 2. Note: Credit will not be given for both PHYS 2250 and EPHY 2250 EPHY 2950 3 ESAL 0160 4 Engineering Fundamentals (3,1,0) Integrated Written Skills (8,0,0) This course is an introduction to the concepts of conservation of energy, energy balance, heat, and modes of heat transfer (conduction, convection, radiation). Transient and multi‐dimensional conduction, multi‐mode systems, and problem solving using numerical methods are also investigated. Students focus on basic reading and writing skills. The course places emphasis on introduction to simple vocabulary, sentence structure, punctuation, as well as reading comprehension. Concurrently, to facilitate cultural adaptation, students are introduced to common themes and issues in Canadian life through the course readings. Prerequisite: MATH 1230 or MATH 1240 Prerequisite: Placement according to English placement test. " Required Seminar: EPHY 2950S ESAL 0170 3 EPHY 2990 3 Basic Reading Skills (4,0,0) Introduction to ECE Design (3,0,3) This course focuses on reading strategies. Emphasis is on vocabulary growth and comprehension and expression of the main idea. Students develop study and reading skills such as pre‐reading and reading rate strategies. A project oriented course during which students work in teams to design, fabricate, and test products, devices, and systems relevant to Electrical and Computer Engineering. The course provides an opportunity for students to refine their skills in problem identification, development and evaluation of various technical solutions, estimation of their economic viabilities, and identification of possible ethical and legal constraints. Prerequisite: Placement according to English Placement test Prerequisite: MATH 1230 or MATH 1240, COMP 1520, EPHY 1990 ESAL 0174 1 Required Lab: EPHY 2990L Reading Enrichment Lab ‐ Level 1 (0,0,3) EPHY 3600 3 This lab is a supplemental class designed to support the acquisition of reading in the English language at a high‐beginner level. The purpose of the lab is to support ESAL 0170 which is a high‐beginner reading course and to provide extra help for students, especially in vocabulary development, spelling and communication. Continuous‐Time Signals and Systems (3,1,0) This course is an introduction to continuous‐time signals and systems. The theoretical concepts developed in the course are applied to the analysis of dynamical systems relevant to the practice of engineering. Applications to control theory and circuit analysis are studied. Realistic problems are solved numerically. Prerequisite: Placement by Accuplacer English test at Level 1 reading Corequisite: ESAL 0170 Prerequisite: MATH 1230 or MATH 1240, MATH 1300 ESAL 0180 3 Required Seminar: EPHY 3600S Basic Writing Skills (4,0,0) ESAL 0120 3 This course will focus on writing strategies. Emphasis will be on development of sentence structure and sentence variety to the paragraph level. Students will also be introduced to the paragraph form, including expression of the main idea in topic sentences. Basic Grammar (4,0,0) Students learn basic forms of English Grammar including simple and progressive verb tenses, parts of speech, prepositions, and an introduction to modals. Students practice these structures through communicative and functional activities. Prerequisite: Placement according to English placement test. Prerequisite: Placement according to English Placement test ESAL 0184 1 Writing Enrichment Lab ‐ Level 1 (0,0,3)(L) ESAL 0130 3 Basic Integrated Language Skills (4,0,0) This course offers integrated skills with an emphasis on improving English proficiency and understanding of Canadian culture. It includes continued practice in listening, speaking, pronunciation, vocabulary building, grammar, reading, writing and learning strategies. It also includes using computer technology and university and community resources. Prerequisite: Placement according to English Placement test This lab is a supplemental class designed to support the acquisition of writing in the English language at a high‐beginner level. The purpose of the lab is to support ESAL 0180 which is a high‐beginner writing class and to provide extra help for students with vocabulary development, spelling, sentence structure, and rhetorical styles. Prerequisite: Placement by the Accuplacer English Placement test at Level 1 for writing Corequisite: ESAL 0180 ESAL 0220 3 Pre‐Intermediate Grammar (4,0,0) ESAL 0140 8 Integrated Oral Skills (16,0,0) " This course is designed to integrate basic English oral skills with academic study skills. Students practice listening, speaking, pronunciation, and vocabulary as well as North American learning strategies. These skills will be taught through a communicative approach. Prerequisite: Placement according to English placement test. " ESAL 0150 3 Basic Oral Communication (4,0,0) Through listening comprehension and oral performances, students practice their communication skills. Students learn to comprehend the main ideas in short passages and listen for specific detail as well as engage in short conversations, report personal information, and express opinions. Prerequisite: Placement according to English placement test. 326 This course is intended to assist students in improving and practicing their spoken English and written grammar. Students study past, present and future verb tenses in the simple, progressive and perfect forms. Students also study phrasal verbs, comparatives, prepositions, modals, determiners, articles, and agreement. . Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of ESAL 0120 (C+ or better) or placement according to English placement test ESAL 0230 3 Pre‐Intermediate Integrated Language Skills (4,0,0) This course integrates language skills with an emphasis on improving English proficiency and understanding of Canadian culture. It includes continued practice in listening, speaking, pronunciation, vocabulary building, grammar, reading, writing and learning strategies. Students also use computer technology, and university and community resources. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of ESAL 0130 (C+ or better) or placement according to English placement test ESAL 0250 3 ESAL 0350 3 Pre‐Intermediate Oral Skills (4,0,0) Intermediate Oral Communication (4,0,0) Students improve their communication skills by developing their listening and speaking skills. " This course is designed to enable students to refine conversational skills for the purpose of participating in academic discussions. This course focuses on acquiring strategies for effective oral communication. Students participate in group discussions, give oral presentations and practice their listening skills. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of ESAL 0150 (C+ or better) or placement according to English placement test. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of ESAL 0230 and ESAL 0250 (C+ or better) or placement according to English placement test. " ESAL 0270 3 Pre‐Intermediate Reading Skills (4,0,0) This reading course continues to strengthen basic skills of vocabulary development and comprehension with a variety of written material of gradually increasing difficulty. The objective is to progress from mechanical to more meaningful reading. ESAL 0370 3 Intermediate Reading and Study Skills (4,0,0) Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of ESAL 0170 (C+ or better) or placement according to English placement test. " Students continue to develop their vocabulary and build comprehension with a variety of reading selections of increasing difficulty. Reading materials include those selected by students and provide the basis for discussion, writing activities, study skill practice, and testing. ESAL 0274 1 Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of ESAL 0270 (C+ or better) or placement according to English placement test Reading Enrichment Lab ‐ Level 2 (0,0,3)(L) " This lab is a supplemental class designed to support the acquisition of reading in the English language at a pre‐intermediate level. The purpose of this lab is to support ESAL 0270: Pre‐Intermediate Reading Skills, and to provide extra support for students, especially in vocabulary development, spelling and communication. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of ESAL 0170 (C+ or better) or placement according to English placement test. Corequisite: ESAL 0270 " ESAL 0374 1 Reading Enrichment Lab ‐ Level 3 (0,0,3)(L) This lab is a supplemental class designed to support the acquisition of reading in the English language at an intermediate level. The purpose of this lab is to support ESAL 0370: Intermediate Reading and Study Skills, and to provide extra support for students, especially in vocabulary development, spelling, and communication. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of ESAL 0270 (C+ or better) or placement according to English placement test. ESAL 0280 3 Corequisite: ESAL 0370 Pre‐Intermediate Writing Skills (4,0,0) This introductory composition course for second language students focuses on recognizing and practicing grammatical structures and sentence patterns, within the familiar thematic context of shared personal and cultural experience. Pre‐writing and revision strategies are introduced. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of ESAL 0180 (C+ or better) or placement according to English placement test. ESAL 0284 1 Writing Enrichment Lab ‐ Level 2 (0,0,3)(L) This lab is a supplemental class designed to support the acquisition of writing in the English language at a pre‐intermediate level. The purpose of the lab is to support ESAL 0280 which is a pre‐intermediate writing class and to provide extra help for students with vocabulary development, spelling, sentence structure, and rhetorical styles. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of ESAL 0180 (C+ or better) or placement according to English placement test. Corequisite: ESAL 0280 ESAL 0320 3 Intermediate Grammar 1 (4,0,0) Within the relevant academic contexts, a variety of difficult structures in English grammar are examined and practiced both orally and in written work. Structures include the tense aspect system; phrasal verbs; modal meanings, and the use of prepositions. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of ESAL 0220 (C+ or better) or placement according to English placement test. " ESAL 0340 3 Intermediate Grammar 2 (4,0,0) Within the relevant academic contexts, a variety of increasingly difficult structures in English grammar are examined and practiced for a better understanding of their uses. Structures include articles, count and non‐count nouns and expressions of quantity, subject‐verb agreement, the passive voice, gerunds and infinitives, and conditional sentences. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of ESAL 0220 (C+ or better) or placement according to English placement test. 327 ESAL 0380 3 Intermediate Composition (4,0,0) This writing course focuses on academic paragraph writing. Various forms and purposes for paragraph writing are analyzed and practiced. Sentence skills are reviewed and essay writing is introduced. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of ESAL 0280 (C+ or better) or placement according to English placement test. ESAL 0384 1 Writing Enrichment Lab ‐ Level 3 (0,0,3)(L) This lab is a supplemental class designed to support the acquisition of writing in the English language at an intermediate level. The purpose of this lab is to support ESAL 0380: Intermediate Composition, and to provide extra support for students with vocabulary development, spelling, sentence structure, and rhetorical styles. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of ESAL 0280 (C+ or better) or placement according to English placement test. Corequisite: ESAL 0380 ESAL 0420 3 Advanced Grammar (4,0,0) The purpose of this course is to support advanced academic writing, by developing and refining the grammar and editing skills necessary to detect and remedy common ESL writing problems. While the focus is on accuracy, this course also includes logical analysis of the components of a composition, and editing for improved clarity and effectiveness. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of ESAL 0320 and ESAL 0340 (C+ or better) or placement according to English placement test. ESAL 0450 3 Advanced Oral Communication (4,0,0) Students practice strategies for speaking clear and appropriate English in a variety of academic situations. Attention to fluency, pronunciation, and intonation is emphasized. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of ESAL 0350 (C+ or better) or placement according to English placement test. ESAL 0470 3 Advanced Reading and Study Skills (4,0,0) This course includes a wide range of fictional and nonfictional reading. Emphasis is on the analysis and evaluation of form and content as well as on pre‐reading strategies and vocabulary development. Study skills include note‐taking, paraphrasing, and summarizing. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of ESAL 0370 (C+ or better) or placement according to English placement test. ESAL 0480 3 Advanced Composition (4,0,0) This course reviews the paragraph as a component of the English essay. Emphasis is on the planning, development, and revision of multi‐paragraph compositions. Students focus on specific problems with their writing and practice editing. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of ESAL 0380 (C+ or better) or placement according to English placement test. ESAL 0570 3 Academic Reading Skills (4,0,0) This course is designed to prepare students for reading university level material effectively and efficiently. Specific approaches to reading are taught for factual and fictional writing. Emphasis is on the short story. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of ESAL 0450 and ESAL 0470 (C+ or better) or placement according to English placement test. Note: ESAL 0450 may also be taken as a corequisite. ESAL 0580 4 Academic Writing (6,0,0) This course focuses on the process of writing. However, integral to the writing process are the skills of reading and listening, actively and critically. Collaboration and teamwork are important components of this course, as well. These skills enhance writing ability and also contribute generally to success in both education and employment. Students are expected to read, research, discuss, and work co‐operatively, as part of the composition process. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of ESAL 0420 and ESAL 0480 (C+ or better) or placement according to English placement test. Corequisite: ESAL 0420 ESAL 0640 3 Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion (C+ or better) of Level 2 ESAL or placement according to English placement test. ESAL 0840 3 Preparation for TOEFL iBT ‐ Level 3 (4,0,0) Designed for intermediate students, this course assists Level 3 students in their preparation for standardized tests of English as a Second Language. Students study the format of standardized tests of English as a Second Language and develop strategies for answering commonly asked questions. Students are also encouraged to draw upon the skills they are learning in other courses. Prerequisite: ESAL 0220 andwith a minimum grade of 65% ESAL 0230 and ESAL 0250,with a min grade of 65% ESA 0270,with a min grade of 65% ESAL 0280 orwith a min grade of 65% a level 3 standing on the English Placement Test ESAL 0860 3 Intermediate Vocabulary for Academic English (4,0,0) An elective designed for intermediate students, this course is useful for any intermediate student taking or planning to take academic courses. Students are introduced to specific words that are useful in a wide range of academic disciplines. Both the active and passive use of vocabulary is emphasized. Prerequisite: ESAL 0250, ESAL 0270,with a min of 65%, or a level 3 standing on the English Placement test. ESAL 0880 3 Intermediate Pronunciation (4,0,0) For intermediate learners of English, this course is designed to improve the comprehension of spoken English, and intelligibility when speaking English. It helps students develop auditory sensitivity and improve accuracy, fluency, and confidence in their oral production of English. Phonological features are examined in isolation and in the context of meaningful passages. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion (C+ or better) of Level 3 ESAL or placement according to English placement test. " ESAL 0920 3 Advanced Listening Skills (4,0,0) This course builds on previously developed listening skills. The course focuses on the listening skills required to process an academic lecture. Students identify the ideas and organization of lecture material, discussions, and debate, using specific listening skills. The information students hear is used for note‐taking and other related activities. Prerequisite: ESAL 0350 with a C+ minimum or placement according to English placement test. Preparation for the TOEFL iBT ‐ Level 1 (4,0,0) Designed for high‐beginner students, this course assists Level 1 students in their preparation for standardized tests of English as a Second Language. Students study the format of standardized tests of English as a Second Language and develop strategies for answering commonly asked questions. Students are also encouraged to draw upon the skills they are learning in their other courses. Prerequisite: Placement according to English placement test in Level 1. ESAL 0740 3 ESAL 0940 3 Preparation for the TOEFL (4,0,0) Designed for high‐intermediate to advanced students, students are assisted in their preparation for standardized tests of English as a Second Language. Students study the format of standardized tests of English as a Second Language and develop strategies for answering commonly asked questions. Students also are encouraged to draw upon the skills they are learning in other courses. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion (C+ or better) of Level 3 ESAL or placement according to English placement test. Preparation for TOEFL iBT ‐ Level 2 (4,0,0) Designed for pre‐intermediate students, this course assists Level 2 students in their preparation for standardized tests of English as a Second Language. Students study the format of standardized tests of English as a Second Language and develop strategies for answering commonly asked questions. Students are also encouraged to draw upon the skills they are learning in their other courses. ESAL 0950 3 Advanced English for Business Communication (4,0,0) Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion (C+ or better) of ESAL Level 1 or placement according to English placement test. This course is intended to prepare ESL students who are planning to enter or who are currently enrolled in a business related course. This course offers the opportunity to work on all four basic communicative skills (listening, speaking, reading, and writing) while using the vocabulary and specialized requirements of business communications. Students develop and apply advanced technological skills as well. ESAL 0820 3 Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion (C+ or better) of Level 4 ESAL or placement according to English placement test. Intermediate Listening (4,0,0) Students are provided opportunities to practice their listening skills in the performance of a variety of increasingly challenging tasks. Students acquire strategies to improve their comprehension of the varieties of English encountered in social and academic environments. 328 ESAL 0960 3 ESTR 0080 3 Advanced Vocabulary for Academic English (4,0,0) Workplace English and Written Communications (4,0,0) An elective designed for advanced students, this course is useful for any student for whom the vocabulary of academic English presents a challenge. This course introduces and reinforces strategies for becoming independent learners of vocabulary, and also teaches specific words useful in academic study. Vocabulary is linked with general knowledge to provide context as well as to add interest. While passive vocabulary (word recognition) is emphasized, the course also facilitates active use of new vocabulary. This course focuses on the reading and writing skills needed in a workplace environment. The content of the course is individualized to met the needs of the student and is also related to their area of occupational skills training (kitchen, retail or automotive). Materials that offer the student the opportunity to locate relevant information, understand and read the information and complete applicable writing tasks are provided. Prerequisite: Completion of ESAL 0350 and 0370 with a minimum grade of 65%, or a Level 4 standing on the English Placement Test Prerequisite: Completion of Education Skills Training general courses ESAL 0980 3 Advanced Pronunciation (4,0,0) For high‐intermediate to advanced learners of English, this course is designed to improve the comprehension of spoken English, and intelligibility when speaking English. Students develop skills to assist them in predicting, producing, and perceiving the pronunciation of words and phrases. Students at the university level whose goals demand above‐average oral skills and a wide range of active vocabulary will find this course particularly relevant and valuable. Prerequisite: ESAL 0350 and ESA 0370,with a min grade of 65%, or a level 4 standing on the English Placement test. ESAL 0990 3 Special Topics in Language Study (4,0,0) ESTR 0090 3 Workplace Mathematics (4,0,0) This course focuses on the math skills needed in the workplace environment. The content of the course is individualized to meet the needs of the student and is also related to their area of occupational skills training (kitchen, retail or automotive worker). Topics in measurement, fractions, percent and money are included. Prerequisite: Admission into Educational Skills and Training Certificate Program ESTR 0100 3 Practical Experience 3 (0,0,20) Students in the general educational stream of the Educational Skills Training Program are required to complete their program with a four‐week practicum in an organization in their field of interest. Students will be required to work perform the duties of an entry‐level employee. Work experience opportunities are negotiated for each student to suit their needs and the employers. This course provides an in‐depth exploration of aspects of the English languge and surrounding culture. The specific content and focus is determined in the semester prior to its being offered. (Information is available from the Department Chair or International Student Advisor.) Prerequisite: Admission into Educational Skills and Training Certificate Program Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion (C+ or better) of Level 3 ESAL or placement according to English placement test. ESTR 0110 5 Practical Experience 2 (0,0,20) ESTR 0010 3 Workplace Communication (4,0,0) This is a course in interpersonal communication. Students will learn the importance of communication in the work environment. Students will be given the opportunity to learn to use communication skills effectively. Listening, speaking and comprehension skills will be taught and practiced. Students will learn assertiveness skills, anger management skills and how to accept feedback constructively. Students complete the Educational Skills Training Program with a six‐week practicum in a business related to their field of training (Kitchen, Retail or Automotive). Students will be required to work at least 20 hours per week and perform the functions of an entry‐ level employee. Students are expected to demonstrate the skills learned in the program. Students must successfully complete the practicum in order to graduate from the program. Prerequisite: Admission into Educational Skills and Training Certificate Program Prerequisite: Admission into Educational Skills and Training Certificate Program ESTR 0120 3 ESTR 0020 3 Workplace Employability (5,0,0) This course begins by describing those skills needed by an effective and reliable employee. The following topics are covered in detail: grooming and hygiene, honesty, job relationships, punctuality, following directions, motivation and productivity. The emphasis is on maintaining those skills needed to keep a job. Students will be evaluated on their ability to demonstrate these skills. Self and Community Awareness (5,0,0) In this course students explore their values and goals with regards to workplace success. Students are led through a variety of self assessments and self discovery tools to determine the field to which they are best suited. Students are also exposed to a variety of occupational fields in the form of vocational tours of Kamloops businesses. Students will begin an Individual Employment Plan (IEP) that outlines their future plans. Completion of the IEP will be required in the Career Awareness course. Prerequisite: Admission into Educational Skills and Training Certificate Program Prerequisite: Admission into Educational Skills and Training Certificate Program ESTR 0130 3 ESTR 0060 3 Workplace Academics 1 (5,0,0) Health and Safety (4,0,0) This is an individualized course where students improve their skills both in literacy and math as it relates to the workplace. Some of the topics include: reading and following directions, work vocabulary, taking messages, using a calculator and money skills. Students are evaluated on the ability to demonstrate skills and show improvement in each of these topics. In this course, students will learn about health and safety as it relates being safe and successful in the workplace. Topics include nutrition, wellness, back safety, fire safety, and Workplace Hazardous Materials Information Systems. Students will learn in an interactive setting aimed to allow the concepts covered in class to be integrated into their present lifestyle. Prerequisite: Admission into Educational Skills and Training Certificate Program Prerequisite: Admission into Educational Skills and Training Certificate Program ESTR 0140 3 ESTR 0070 3 Workplace Academics 2 (5,0,0) Job Search and Maintenance (5,0,0) This course will present skills needed in order to conduct a job search and prepare for job interviews. Students will learn networking skills; prepare job applications, a resume, cover and thank you letters. The students will be made aware of self advocacy skills and be connected to any local agencies that would be able to assist them in their job search. This is a continuation of Workplace Academics 1. Students will increase their competencies in both math and reading/writing skills. The instruction in this course is individualized so that students will be challenged at their level of competence. Some of the topics include: measurement using the metric system, finding and reading information and writing simple messages and letters. Prerequisite: Admission into Educational Skills and Training Certificate Program Prerequisite: ESTR 0130 329 ESTR 0150 3 ESTR 0250 3 Career Awareness (5,0,1) Retail Theory 1 (3,0,3) This course examines different occupations and issues related to the work environment. The student decides which occupations they want to consider and completes a job and self assessment process to determine what skills and knowledge each occupation requires and matches their skills, knowledge and abilities to those required in different jobs. In order to complete the course, a vocational plan outlining the students immediate and one to five year goal is required (Individual Employment Plan). In this course, students will be exposed to the skills needed to work successfully in a retail environment. These skills include teamwork and customer relations' skills. Students will also learn a variety of organizational skills including time management, numeric filing and alphabetic filing. Money skills will also be covered, including counting money accurately and counting back change. Prerequisite: Admission into Educational Skills and Training Certificate Program Prerequisite: Admission into Educational Skills and Training Certificate Program. Students need to be able to count money accurately. ESTR 0160 5 ESTR 0260 2 Introduction to the Workplace, Practical Experience (0,0,20) Retail Experience 1 (0,0,6) Students will choose an entry level placement that will be matched with their interest and ability. The placement will be 4 weeks in length with the maximum of 20 hours per week determined by arrangement with the employer. Students will learn skills necessary for successful employment and will be monitored by the Work Experience Coordinator. This course reinforces the theory component with hands‐on experience in a real time environment. Students will be given experience in general clean‐up, shelving, merchandising and inventory control. Students will demonstrate appropriate communication skills, teamwork and time management. Prerequisite: Admission into Educational Skills and Training Certificate Program Prerequisite: Admission into Educational Skills and Training Certificate Program. Students need to be able to count money accurately. ESTR 0210 3 ESTR 0310 3 Kitchen Theory 1 (3,0,3) Kitchen Theory 2 (3,0,3) Food theory concepts will be taught in a classroom setting and a smaller kitchen lab will be used to practice basic kitchen skills in a safe environment. Safety and Sanitary Procedures will be emphasized. This course is a continuation of the fall semester. Students will build on learned food theory concepts and test their knowledge in the kitchen lab. Food groups will be presented and students will prepare recipes. Accurate measurement, organization and following directions will be stressed. Students will prepare to write Food Safe Test. Prerequisite: Admission into Educational Skills and Training Certificate Program. Students need to have completed the General Stream option or achieve a Level 5 Reading Level on the Brigance Inventory of Basic Skills ESTR 0220 2 Kitchen Experience 1 (0,0,6) In this course students will begin to learn those skills needed to work in a commercial kitchen. Students will learn kitchen clean‐up, sanitation, basic food preparation, and use of kitchen equipment and machines. Safety will be stressed. Students will work in the CAC cafeteria where they will learn to follow directions, organize work and work as a team member. Prerequisite: Admission into Educational Skills and Training Certificate Program. Students will need to have completed the General Stream option or achieve a Level 5 Reading level on the Brigance Inventory of Basic Skills. ESTR 0230 3 Automotive Theory 1 (3,0,3) In this course students will be trained in Safety Procedures required in the Automotive Service Industry. This will help students to recognize and avoid dangerous situations. Students will be taught the use of basic hand tools and will make a tool that they can add to their toolbox. Basic Automobile Systems will be covered in this course to familiarize students with the workings of a car. These skills and information will help them fulfill their employment goals in this field. Prerequisite: ESTR 0220 ESTR 0320 2 Kitchen Experience 2 (0,0,6) Students in this course will continue in the CAC kitchen where they will become aware of the daily operation of a commercial kitchen and develop the necessary speed to perform routine commercial kitchen tasks. Prerequisite: ESTR 0220 ESTR 0330 3 Automotive Theory 2 (3,0,3) In this course students will be trained in more detail the different systems that make up the automobile. The use of air impact tools will be introduced to gain skill and speed that shops require. Shop maintenance will be covered to help students fit into the shop environment. Prerequisite: ESTR 0230 ESTR 0340 2 Automotive Experience 2 (0,0,6) ESTR 0240 2 In this course, students review Safety Procedures in an automotive shop. This will help students to recognize dangerous situations and what to do. Students will be trained in the use of basic hand tools, and the use of air impact wrenches. The Automobile Systems covered in the theory course will be studied in more detail then demonstrated on a vehicle. Tire service and oil changes and detailing is still a major part of the shop time, but more time is spent on minor tasks that are included in the maintenance of an automobile. Automotive Experience 1 (0,0,6) Prerequisite: ESTR 0240 Prerequisite: Admission into Educational Skills and Training Certificate Program. Students need to have completed the General Stream option or achieve a Level 5 Reading level on the Brigance Inventory of Basic Skills. In this course students will be trained in Safety Procedures in an automotive shop. This is essential for students to recognize dangerous situations and how to avoid them. Students will be trained in the use of basic hand tools, in the making of a tool that will be able to be kept for latter use. The basic automobile systems covered in the theory course will be demonstrated on a vehicle to familiarize students, to help remove the fear of the unknown. Tire service and oil changes and detailing will be a major part of the shop time. Prerequisite: Admission into Educational Skills and Training Certificate Program. Students need to have completed the General Stream option or achieve a Level 5 Reading level on the Brigance Inventory of Basic Skills. 330 ESTR 0350 3 Retail Theory 2 (3,0,3) In this course students will continue to learn those skills needed to work in a retail environment. Telephone skills and sales techniques will be taught in this part of the course. Students will continue working on money skills including cash register reports, and calculating sales tax, markups and markdowns. Prerequisite: ESTR 0250 ESTR 0360 2 Prerequisite: TMGT 1150 or equivalent Retail Experience 2 (0,0,6) This course is a continuation of the fall semester. Students will be given the opportunity to improve the quality and speed of their duties. Students will be given more experience in inventory control, merchandising, including using a Point of Sale System (POS) and pre‐inventory preparation. Prerequisite: ESTR 0260 ESTR 0370 3 Advanced Topics in Job Selection and Job Search (3,0,0) This course is intended for those students who have completed the core courses of the ESTR program and are continuing in one of the occupational skills training areas. Students will learn to research and evaluate a business in terms of it relating to the students personal interests, skills and chances of long‐term success. Students will also review and enhance their job search skills including their resume, interview techniques, and following up after interviews and after a temporary lay off. Prerequisite: Admission into the ESTR program. Successful completion of four core courses: ESTR 0010, ESTR 0020, ESTR 0060 and ESTR 0070. EVNT 2190 3 Destination Marketing Organizations (3,0,0) Using a convention and visitors bureau as a model, students learn the role that destination marketing organizations play in attracting all types of tourists to a city, region or country. In addition to learning about key market segments and how to attract them, students consider how destination marketing organizations are structured and funded. Prerequisite: TMGT 1150 or equivalent EVNT 2240 3 Sports Event Management (3,0,0) The intent of this course is to provide the learner with an overview of the sports tourism industry and to provide them with some of the basic tools needed to successfully plan a sporting event. Learners will be introduced to the sports event and sport tourism industries and be given the opportunity to explore such topics as risk management for sporting events, volunteer management and event sponsorship. Prerequisite: EVNT 1100 ESTR 0380 3 Advanced Topics in Workplace Success (3,0,0) This course is intended for those students who have completed the core courses of the ESTR program and are continuing in one of the occupational skills training areas. Emphasis on topics that will enhance an individual's ability to keep a job and plan for long term career success will be emphasized. Students will learn what today's employers expect of their employees and how to behave to be able to meet these demands successfully. Prerequisite: Admission into the ESTR program. Successful completion of four core courses: ESTR 0010, ESTR 0020, ESTR 0060 and ESTR 0070. EVNT 2250 3 Sports Event Marketing (3,0,0) This course is designed to introduce students to some of the skills necessary to effectively market a sporting event. Students will learn how to develop a plan to go after relevant markets including attendees, competitors and sponsors. In addition, students will be exposed to such business concepts as product development, market opportunities and marketing plans. Prerequisite: TMGT 1150 or equivalent EVNT 1100 3 EVNT 2260 3 The World of Events (3,0,0) Managing Festivals and Events (3,0,0) Students are introduced to the exciting world of events with a global snapshot of the modern events sector. Students gain insight into various genres and types of events, current trends, technology, management challenges, and best practices in delivering meaningful and memorable events. This course offers the basic skills needed for a business‐like approach to planning and managing a well run, high quality special event. The focus of the course is on increasing organizational effectiveness and developing sound managerial strategies. Students explore practical subjects such as fundraising and sponsorship, managing volunteers, strategic planning, risk management, and post‐event evaluation. Prerequisite: English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 73% (within the last five years), or Level 4 on the composition section of the LPI (within the last two years), or completion of ENGL 0600, or completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a grade of C+ or better Prerequisite: EVNT 1100 EVNT 2500 3 EVNT 2070 3 Staging Special Events (3,0,0) Students are introduced to the skills and terminology of the technical aspects of staging festivals, special events, concerts and conventions. Students are exposed to some of the fundamentals of staging including conception, design, delivery, logistics, lighting, and sound systems through a hands‐on experience of staging an actual event. Prerequisite: EVNT 2240 or EVNT 2260 Field Experience (0,2,3P) This course offers 2nd‐year students the opportunity to connect academic course work with practical application by participating in a multi‐day field experience where they have interaction and exposure to many facets of the events industry. Prior to engaging in the field experience, students participate in seminars to develop a deeper understanding of the aspects of the selected tours and visits , as well as to plan their travel itinerary within a budget. Upon return, students complete reflective oral and written assignments. Prerequisite: Students must be enrolled in the 2nd year of the Event and Convention Management Diploma EVNT 2100 3 Note: This course has an activity fee attached Conference Management (3,0,0) Students develop the knowledge and understanding necessary to plan, organize, manage and evaluate events primarily associated with meetings, conferences, and incentive travel. Students engage in objective setting, team building and program planning. Course topics include management functions such as transportation arrangements, selection of speakers, audio‐visual arrangements, and risk management issues in the convention sector. EVNT 3800 3 Event Logistics (3,0,0) EVNT 2170 3 This is the first of two interconnected courses (together with EVNT 4800) that engages the student in a practical and applied manner in the staging of a large‐scale special event. The course is organized around the core competencies required of an event professional such as programming, staging, volunteer management, on‐site logistics, registration, hospitality and crowd safety. Emphasis is on real‐time, real‐world experience and learning outcomes, as students work collectively as a team to run an event property. Fundraising for Non‐Profit Organizations (3,0,0) Prerequisite: Third‐year standing Prerequisite: EVNT 1100 Students learn the basic skills needed to conduct a fundraising campaign on behalf of a non‐profit organization. In addition to discussions about the origins and evolution of philanthropy, students are exposed to various campaign models, public relations strategies and techniques for motivating volunteers. 331 EVNT 4800 3 FILM 3850 3 Managing the Event Experience (3,0,0) Film Theory (3,0,0) In this capstone course for the concentration in Festivals and Events in the Bachelor of Tourism Management, students will perform the role of event managers by providing the creative direction, strategic planning, and general oversight for a large‐scale special event property . Students will take full responsibility for the successful implementation and realization of their event vision, including completing an extensive evaluation of the outcomes of the event. FILM 3850 explores the study of cinema by examining a number of theoretical approaches that have contributed to the understanding of film studies. Film theory, by its very nature, is polemic and this course will examine a variety of theoretical arguments, both historical and contemporary, that have been put forth by film scholars. Such theoretical frameworks include film spectatorship, ethnography, psychoanalytic analysis, ideology, feminism, film music and narrative, and postmodernism. Prerequisite: TMGT 3050 and either 4th year standing in the Bachelor of Tourism Management's concentration in Festivals and Events or 2nd year standing in the Post‐ Baccalaureate Diploma in Managing Festivals and Events Prerequisite: FILM 2100/2200 or by instructor permission FILM 4050 3 EXPL 3000 3 Live Learn Lead: Global Engagement (0,1,4) This field school course is designed using an experiential model to integrate leadership and global volunteerism within a blended learning experience. Through face‐to‐face seminars, discussions and reflective activities, combined with an intensive team volunteer experience abroad ‐ in collaboration with a partner non‐government organization (NGO) ‐ students have the opportunity of developing global competencies and leadership skills needed to address global challenges in an ever‐changing world. Through guided reflection students gain: a global cultural awareness and sensitivity; experiential learning and leadership competencies; a stronger understanding of NGO operations; and potential careers in international development. Prerequisite: Students must have completed a minimum of 30 credits and have a minimum 2.33 Cumulative GPA at the time of application to the course. International students must have met TRU language proficiency requirements for their program of study at the time of application. Film Noir (3,0,0) FILM 4050 examines the evolution of this often celebrated, but also contested body of films. The Film Noir canon has been defined by its highly visual style. Film historian Andrew Spicer (2002) comments: Film Noir designates a cycle of films that share a similar iconography, visual style (and) narrative strategies...their iconography or repeated visual patterning consists of images of the dark, night‐time city, and streets damp with rain. The films are dominated thematically by existential and Freudian images of weak and hesitant males and predatory femmes fatales. Prerequisite: 3rd year status FILM 4100 3 The American Frontier in Film, Television and Literature (3,0,0) FILM 4100 examines the cinematic, television, and literary West as a reflection of the realities and unrealities of the American Frontier. Prerequisite: 3rd year standing FILM 1120 3 Fundamentals of Camera Operation (4,0,0) FILM 4140 3 Students are instructed on the basic operation of cameras as they are used in the studio and on location. Camera fundamentals are explored through lectures, demonstrations, and screenings, in addition to practical work with the camera and editing equipment. Films of the Cold War (3,0,0) This course examines selected films that have become symbolic of the fear and paranoia associated with the Cold War. Prerequisite: 3rd and 4th year standing FILM 1180 3 Introduction to Cinematic and Interactive Narrative (3,0,0) This course examines the ways that narrative forms are used across both linear and non‐ linear modes of expression. Students explore the nature and styles of narrative as well as the difference between time‐based and space‐based narratives. The impact of interactive interfaces on narrative is also considered. FILM 2100 3 Introduction to Film Studies 1890‐1938 (3,0,0) Students examine significant trends and events in film history, between 1890‐1938, by exploring film genres, film theory, national cinemas, Hollywood and cultural socialization, and film criticism. FNCE 2120 3 Financial Management (3,0,0) Students develop a basic understanding of business finance, which deals with how organizations effectively manage their operating and fixed assets and fund them with an optimal mix of debt and equity financing. Topics include the role of the financial manager; goals of the firm; financial statement analysis; time value of money; stock and bond valuation; risk and return, including the capital asset pricing model; interest rates; capital budgeting; weighted cost of capital; and capital structure. Prerequisite: ACCT 1000, ACCT 1210/1220, or ACCT 2210; CMNS 1290; MATH 1070 or equivalent; ECON 2320 or equivalent Note: Students may not receive credit for both FNCE 2120 and FNCE 3120 Prerequisite: 2nd year standing FNCE 3120 3 FILM 2200 3 Introduction to Film Studies 1938 ‐ Present (3,0,0) This course explores significant trends and events throughout the history of film. Students are introduced to the early, exuberant period of film, and then shift focus to study the evolution of the medium; in particular, the relationship between Hollywood and world filmmaking trends. Texts by film theorists, film critics and filmmakers are accompanied by screenings of classic and contemporary films. Prerequisite: 2nd year standing FILM 3250 3 Finance (3,0,0) Students develop a basic understanding of business finance, which deals with how organizations effectively manage their operating and fixed assets and fund them with an optimal mix of debt and equity financing. Topics include the role of the financial manager; goals of the firm; financial statement analysis; the time value of money; stock and bond valuation; risk and return, including the capital asset pricing model; interest rates; capital budgeting; weighted cost of capital; and capital structure. Prerequisite: ACCT 1000, ACCT 1210/1220, or ACCT 2210; CMNS 1290; MATH 1070 or equivalent; ECON 2320 or equivalent Note: This course should be taken by students in the Minor in Management only. Students may not receive credit for both FNCE 3120 and FNCE 2120. Quebec Cinema in Translation (3,1,0) This course will provide an introduction to issues and theories relevant to Quebec cinema and will focus on the representation of Quebec culture and society in major films from 1960 to the present. All films will be subtitled or dubbed in English. No prior knowledge of French is required. Prerequisite: Two of ENGL 1100, 1110 or 1210, or equivalent in addition to third‐year standing. CNST 200 is recommended. No prior knowledge of French is required. 332 FNCE 3140 3 Financial Statement Analysis (3,0,0) Students learn to read complex financial statements of major corporations and analyze their performance using financial ratios and other tools. Emphasis is place on the quality of financial reporting and identifying the warning signs of manipulation. Topics include a review of financial statement analysis; profitability analysis, including revenue recognition, discontinue operations, comprehensive income, earnings per share, special items, accounting changes, and earnings management; liquidity analysis, including working capital, cash flow statements, and contingencies; long‐term asset analysis, including accounting for long‐term investments, consolidations, fixed assets and fair value accounting, intangibles, and goodwill; long‐term debt paying ability analysis, including future income taxes, executive compensation, pensions and other post‐ employment benefits, long‐term liabilities, hybrid securities, and hedging using derivatives; and market valuation. Prerequisite: FNCE 2120 (grade of C+ or better) or FNCE 3120 (grade of C+ or better) FNCE 3150 3 Investments 1 (3,0,0) FNCE 4120 3 Business Valuation and Restructuring (3,0,0) Students learn to value a business using commonly applied industry techniques and examine how to best restructure a company to cope with financial distress or to optimize operational or stock market performance. Topics include advanced cost of capital; business valuation techniques, such as income approaches, market multiples, and asset‐based approaches; mergers and acquisitions; financial distress, bankruptcy, reorganization, and liquidations; divestitures, spin‐offs, split‐offs, split‐ups, and tracking shares; and private equity, including angel, venture, and mezzanine financing, and investing in troubled firms. Prerequisite: FNCE 2120 (grade of C+ or better) or FNCE 3120 (grade of C+ or better); ECON 2330 or equivalent Students examine basic investing and portfolio management from a global perspective. Topics include an introduction to risk and return, diversification, and asset allocation; types of securities; buying and selling securities; mutual funds; the stock market and common stock valuation; stock price behavior, market efficiency, and behavioral finance; interest rates, bond prices, and yields; return, risk, and the security market line; performance evaluation; and risk management, including options and futures. Note: Students cannot receive credit for FNCE 4110 and FNCE 4120 Prerequisite: FNCE 2120 (grade of C+ or better) or FNCE 3120 (grade of C+ or better); ECON 2330 or equivalent Building on either FNCE 2120: Financial Management or FNCE 3120: Finance, students further develop their knowledge and skills in business finance. Topics include corporate governance and executive compensation, matching the maturities of assets and liabilities, pro forma financial statements, capital budgeting, incorporating risk in capital budgeting decisions, sustainable growth, sources of permanent financing, working capital management, capital structure and debt policy, and dividend policy. FNCE 3170 3 Investments 2 (3,0,0) Building on FNCE 3150: Investments 1, students explore investing at a more advanced level, focusing primarily on fixed income alternatives. Topics include an introduction to fixed income investments, bond price volatility, factors affecting bond yields and the term structure of interest rates, treasury and federal agency securities, municipal securities, residential mortgage loans, agency mortgage pass‐through securities, agency collateralized mortgage obligations and stripped mortgage‐backed securities, credit default swaps, and an overview of real estate finance. Prerequisite: FNCE 3150 FNCE 3180 3 Risk Management and Financial Engineering (3,0,0) Students learn to value the main types of derivative securities and how to effectively utilize them in risk management, asset speculation, and financial engineering. Topics include an introduction to the forward and futures markets, mechanics of futures and forward markets, determination of futures and forward prices, interest rates, swaps, mechanics of options markets, trading strategies involving options, valuing options using the Black‐Scholes model, credit derivatives, and energy and commodity derivatives. Prerequisite: FNCE 3150 FNCE 4130 3 Advanced Financial Management (3,0,0) Prerequisite: FNCE 2120 (grade of C+ or better) or FNCE 3120 (grade of C+ or better); ECON 2330 or equivalent Note: Students cannot receive credit for FNCE 4110 and FNCE 4130 FNCE 4140 3 Personal Financial Management (3,0,0) Students acquire skills to identify, structure, and resolve financial planning problems. Multiple analytical tools and tax planning strategies are used in addressing various financial planning issues. Topics include an overview of a financial plan; applying time of money concepts; planning with personal financial instruments; banking services and money management; assessing, managing, and securing credit; personal loans; purchasing and financing a home; auto and homeowner’s insurance; health and life insurance; investing fundamentals; investing in stocks, bonds, and mutual funds; retirement planning; and estate planning. Prerequisite: BLAW 2910; FNCE 3150; ACCT 3220 or ACCT 3260 FNCE 4150 3 Personal Wealth Management (3,0,0) 3 credits FNCE 3190 3 Personal Financial Services (3,0,0) 3 credits Students are introduced to the operation of the financial services industry, the products and services available, and how they are effectively marketed to satisfy the needs of consumers. Topics include an overview of the financial services industry; career progression as a financial representative; branch operations and online banking; types of bank accounts and foreign exchange services; types of consumer credit including residential mortgages, credit cards, vehicle loans and leasing, personal loans, home equity loans, lines of credit, student loans, and Registered Retirement Saving Plan loans; mortgage lending; credit assessment and calculating the cost of borrowing; responsible use of credit and personal bankruptcy; overview of business financial services; personal, need and financial assessment of clients; marketing financial services; and customer service. Prerequisite: FNCE 2120, BLAW 2910 FNCE 4110 3 Advanced Financial Management for Accountants (3,0,0) Building on either FNCE 2120: Financial Management or FNCE 3120: Finance, students majoring in accounting further develop the knowledge and skills in business finance required for admission to the Chartered Professional Accountant program. Topics include dividend policy; advanced capital budgeting; maturity matching of assets and liabilities; short‐ and long‐term financial planning; working capital management; sources of long‐term financing; business valuation; mergers and acquisitions and corporate restructuring; bankruptcy, liquidation, and reorganization; and risk management. Prerequisite: FNCE 2120 (grade of C+ or better) or FNCE 3120 (grade of C+ or better); ECON 2330 or equivalent Note: Students cannot receive credit for FNCE 4110 and either FNCE 4120 or FNCE 4130 333 Students learn to analyze the financial and insurance needs of potential clients and how to develop a plan that protects them from risk and helps achieve their financial objectives. Topics include government sponsored benefit plans; personal insurance products; deferred income plans; budgeting and personal financial statements; investment policy statement; investment products; investment strategies; investment income and tax planning; family law; wealth transfer including wills, trusts, and estates; professional ethics; and developing a comprehensive financial plan. Prerequisite: FNCE 3190 FNCE 4160 3 Portfolio Management (3,0,0) Students learn to design and implement an investment policy statement for an individual or institutional investor that establishes their financial objectives, risk tolerances, constraints, and investment and monitoring policies. Topics include setting investment objectives and policies, ethical standards and fiduciary duties, diversification and asset allocation, capital markets and market efficiency, equity portfolio management, fixed‐income portfolio management, alternative investments portfolio management, evaluating portfolio performance, and monitoring and rebalancing portfolios. Prerequisite: FNCE 3170, FNCE 3180 FNCE 4180 3 International Financial Management (3,0,0) Students examine the international aspects of corporate finance and investing. Topics include the international monetary system, balance of payments, the market for foreign exchange, international parity relationships and forecasting foreign exchange rates, international banking and money markets, international bond and equity market, futures and options on foreign exchanges, interest rate and currency swaps, international portfolio investment, and management of exposure. Prerequisite: FNCE 3170; FNCE 3180 FNCE 4190 3 Financial Institutions Management (3,0,0) Students explore the different financial intermediaries in our economy, the financial risks they are exposed to, and how these risks are measured and managed. Topics include the types of financial institutions including deposit‐taking institutions, insurance companies, securities firms, investment banks, mutual funds, hedge funds, pension funds, and finance companies; regulation of the financial industry; measuring risk including interest rate risk, market risk, credit risk, liquidity risk, off‐balance sheet risk, foreign exchange risk, sovereign risk, and technology and other operational risks; managing risk through the use of derivatives, loan sales and securitization; and managing risk through deposit insurance and other liability guarantees and capital adequacy standards. Prerequisite: FNCE 3170; FNCE 3180 FNLG 1000 3 FNLG 2010 3 First Nations Language Immersion 3 (3,0,0) This course will, through continued Immersion, permit students to build on their abilities developed in Year 1 to gain an enhanced understanding of grammatical structures, while continuing to expand their vocabulary of the First Nations language. Prerequisite: Successful completion of Year 1 of the DSTC program or permission of the instructor and Program Coordinator Corequisite: FNLG 2000 FNLG 2100 3 First Nations Language Structure and Analysis 2 (3,0,0) This course will permit students to continue to build on their abilities developed in FNLG 2010 to gain an enhanced understanding of the grammatical structures and language analysis methodologies while continuing to expand their vocabulary of the First Nations language. Prerequisite: FNLG 2000 and FNLG 2010 or permission of the instructor and Program Coordinator Corequisite: FNLG 2110 is recommended Introduction to First Nations Language 1 (3,0,0) This course will introduce students to the First Nations language. Emphasis will be placed on developing listening and speaking skills, conversational ability, and knowledge of grammatical structures. Little or no prior knowledge of the language is the expected entry level for this course. Prerequisite: Admission to the DSTC program or Admission to TRU Corequisite: FNLG 1010 recommended FNLG 2110 3 First Nations Language Immersion 4 (3,0,0) This course will provide additional opportunities for students to be immersed in the First Nations language, gaining greater proficiency in language usage and fluency. Prerequisite: FNLG 2000 and FNLG 2010 or permission of the instructor and the DSTC Program Coordinator Corequisite: FNLG 2100 FNLG 1010 3 First Nations Language Immersion 1 (3,0,0) FNLG 3000 3 This course is designed to immerse learners in the First Nations language to develop language proficiency. DSTC students will be required to actively participate in First Nations language immersion. First Nations Language Immersion 5 (3,0,0) Prerequisite: Admission to the DSTC program Corequisite: FNLG 1000 This course will build on previous First Nations language courses to enable students to gain greater proficiency, conversational ability, literary skills, and an advanced knowledge of oral traditions. Prerequisite: Successful completion of Year 2 of the DSTC program including FNLG 2110 or permission of the instructor and Program Coordinator FNLG 1100 3 Introduction to First Nations Language 2 (3,0,0) FNLG 3100 3 This course will build the student's abilities developed in FNLG 1000 to gain a greater understanding of the grammatical structures and language analysis methodologies while continuing to expand their vocabulary of the First Nations language. First Nations Language Immersion 6 (3,0,0) Prerequisite: Successful completion of FNLG 1000 or permission of the instructor and DSTC Program Coordinator This course will provide opportunities for students to continue to be immersed in the First Nations language, gaining greater fluency, conversational ability, literary skills, and an advanced knowledge of oral traditions. Corequisite: FNLG 1110 recommended Prerequisite: Successful completion of FNLG 3000 or permission of the instructor and Program Coordinator FNLG 1110 3 FNST 2200 3 First Nations Language Immersion 2 (3,0,0) First Nations Oral Traditions (3,0,0) This course will permit students to build on their abilities developed in FNLG 1010 and FNLG 1100 to gain a greater understanding of the grammatical structures, while continuing to expand their vocabulary of the First Nations language. Students are provided opportunities to enhance their understanding and exposure to First Nations oral traditions from a continued study of language through speaking and song. Students examine traditional and contemporary orality of the First Nations language. Prerequisite: FNLG 1010 or permission of the instructor and DSTC Program Coordinator Corequisite: FNLG 1100 Prerequisite: Successful completion of Year 1 of the the Developmental Standard Certificate (DSTC) program or permission of the instructor and the DSTC program coordinator FNLG 2000 3 First Nations Language Structure and Analysis 1 (3,0,0) FNST 2300 3 This course will allow students to build on their abilities developed in Year 1 to gain an enhanced understanding of the grammatical structures and language analysis methodologies while continuing to expand their vocabulary of the First nations language. First Nations Language and World View (3,0,0) Prerequisite: FNLG 1000 and FNLG 1100 or permission of the instructor and the DSTC Program Coordinator Corequisite: FNLG 2010 is recommended 334 Students focus on the First Nations world view and its relationship to language, and develop an understanding of what a world view is and what beliefs and belief systems make up a world view. Prerequisite: FNST 2200 or permission of the instructor and the Developmental Standard Certificate (DSTC) program coordinator FREN 1000 3 Required Lab: FREN 1110L Introductory French 1 (3,0,1)(L) This course enables beginners to develop cultural knowledge and communicative skills in speaking, listening, reading and writing in modern standard French. Upon successful completion of this course, students are expected to demonstrate a CEFR A1 level of proficiency. Note: Students who have completed French in Grade 11 or equivalent within the last two years may not take this course for credit unless approved by Modern Languages Required Lab: FREN 1000L FREN 1200 3 Intermediate French 2 (3,0,1)(L) Students solidify their previous skills in French and extend their knowledge by studying increasingly advanced language structures. Upon successful completion of this course, students are expected to demonstrate an intermediate CEFR A2 level of proficiency. Prerequisite: FREN 1100 or equivalent Required Lab: FREN 1200L FREN 1010 3 Introductory French 2 (3,0,1)(L) Building on the skills acquired in FREN 1000: Introductory French 1, the focus of this beginners’ course is on the development of communicative skills in speaking, listening, reading and writing as well as on the culture of the French speaking world. Upon successful completion of this course, students are expected to demonstrate a CEFR A1 level of proficiency. Prerequisite: FREN 1000 or equivalent Note: Students who have completed French in Grade 11 or equivalent within the last two years may not take this course for credit unless approved by Modern Languages FREN 1210 3 1st Year University French 2 (3,0,1)(L) For Students with French 12 or FREN 1200 Students are prepared for using their language skills to interact with native speakers in most daily situations. Upon successful completion of this course, students are expected to demonstrate a CEFR A2+‐B1 level of proficiency. Prerequisite: FREN 1110 or equivalent Note: Students with Grade 12 immersion French may not take this course for credit unless approved by Modern Languages Required Lab: FREN 1210L Required Lab: FREN 1010L FREN 1040 3 French for Teachers (3,0,1)(L) This course is designed to build teacher confidence in modeling spoken French and making sense of authentic materials in the 5‐7 classroom. Focus is on immediate classroom needs in pronunciation, reading skills, vocabulary building, and culture. Note: Although designed primarily for prospective or current educators, this course is open to any students who have not taken French beyond the Grade 11 level. It does not count towards the Bachelor of Arts language requirement. Students may take FREN 1050 to gain the level required to proceed to FREN 1100. FREN 2050 3 Oral French Practice 1 (3,0,1)(L) This course, conducted in French, is designed to enhance oral communicative skills. Students review grammar, while an expansion of the vocabulary is emphasized. A variety of activities are aimed at enabling students to progress to a superior level of fluency. Upon successful completion of this course, students are expected to demonstrate a CEFR B1+ ‐ B2 level of proficiency. Prerequisite: FREN 1210 or equivalent. This course is open to students who have completed Grade 12 French immersion. Required Lab: FREN 2050L Required Lab: FREN 1040L FREN 1050 3 Accelerated Beginners French (3,0,1)(L) This course is designed for learners of French who have basic CEFR A1 skills but have not formally studied French for several years. It is offered in the winter semester only. Enrollment is subject to Modern Languages approval. Upon successful completion of this course, students are expected to demonstrate a CEFR A1+ level of proficiency. Prerequisite: Modern Languages approval is required. This course is not open to secondary school French immersion students. Note: This course counts towards the Bachelor of Arts language requirement. Upon completion of FREN 1050, students are ready to enter FREN 1100. Required Lab: FREN 1050L FREN 1100 3 Intermediate French 1 (3,0,1)(L) FREN 2060 3 Oral French Practice 2 (3,0,1)(L) This course is a continuation of FREN 2050: Oral French Practice 1. Upon successful completion, students are expected to demonstrate a CEFR B2 level of proficiency. Prerequisite: FREN 2050 or equivalent. This course is open to students who have completed Grade 12 French immersion. Required Lab: FREN 2060L FREN 2110 3 Studies in French Language and Composition 1 (3,0,1)(L) Students focus on composition and oral practice based on literary passages and contemporary readings from the Francophone world. This course is conducted in French. Upon successful completion, students are expected to demonstrate a CEFR B1+ ‐ B2 level of proficiency. Prerequisite: FREN 1210 or equivalent. This course is open to students who have completed Grade 12 French immersion. Students further develop their communicative skills in speaking, listening, reading and writing, and explore language from a variety of different areas, registers, and periods. Upon successful completion of this course, students are expected to demonstrate a low CEFR A2 level of proficiency. Required Lab: FREN 2110L Prerequisite: FREN 1010 or equivalent FREN 2120 3 Required Lab: FREN 1100L FREN 1110 3 1st Year University French 1 (3,0,1)(L) For Students with French 12 or FREN 1200 French Literature 1 (3,0,1)(L) This course, conducted in French, surveys significant authors and works from the Moyen Age through the 17th century. Class discussion plays a major role in this course. Prerequisite: FREN 1210 or equivalent. This course is open to students who have completed Grade 12 French immersion. This course is designed to consolidate students' French reception, interaction and production skills. Students are also introduced to aspects of 20th‐century French and French‐Canadian literature. Class discussion plays a major role in this course. Upon successful completion of this course, students are expected to demonstrate a CEFR A2+ level of proficiency. FREN 2210 3 Prerequisite: French 12, French 1200 or equivalent Studies in French Language and Composition 2 (3,0,1)(L) Note: Students with Grade 12 immersion French may not take this course for credit unless approved by Modern Languages Students hone their composition skills through the close study of literary texts. The course is conducted in French. Upon successful completion of this course, students are expected to demonstrate a CEFR B2‐B2+ level of proficiency. 335 Required Lab: FREN 2120L Prerequisite: FREN 2110 or equivalent. This course is open to students who have completed Grade 12 French immersion. language from literary tones to colloquial speech. Students also consider the practice and techniques of advanced translation from English to French. Required Lab: FREN 2210L Prerequisite: FREN 3520 FREN 2220 3 FRST 2040 3 French Literature 2 (3,0,1)(L) Forest and Environmental Climatology (3,0,2)(L) This course is a continuation of FREN 2120: French Literature 1. Students continue to survey significant French authors and works. Class discussion plays a major role in this course, and the course is conducted in French. This is a Science Laboratory course designed for Forestry and Environmental Science students. It includes basic principles and processes of climatology; energy and plant water balance concepts; vertical and horizontal air movements; weather systems; microclimates; and the interrelationships among plants, soils, climates, and the biosphere. Prerequisite: FREN 2120 or equivalent Required Lab: FREN 2220L Prerequisite: BIOL 1110/1210, Physics 11, GEOG 1120 highly recommended Note: Same as GEOG 2040 FREN 3250 3 Required Lab: FRST 2040L Quebec Cinema in Translation (3,1,0) Students are introduced to issues and theories relevant to Quebec cinema while focusing on the representation of Quebec culture and society in major films from 1960 to the present. All films are subtitled or dubbed in English, and the course is taught in English. FRST 2210 3 Forestry Mensuration (3,0,2)(L) Note: This course is cross‐listed with CNST 3250 and FILM 3250 This course teaches forest inventory methods, growth and yield prediction, sampling techniques, and the applications of multiple linear regression statistical analysis. It includes methods of conducting regeneration and residue surveys, and an introduction to multiple resource inventories. Required Seminar: FREN 3250S Prerequisite: FRST 2110 Prerequisite: 3rd year standing and any two of ENGL 1100, 1110, or 1210, or equivalent. CNST 2000 is recommended. Required Lab: FRST 2210L FREN 3260 3 Quebec Literature in Translation (3,0,0) Students are provided an overview of issues and theories relevant to Quebec fiction, while focussing on a chronological study of works from the major literary movements in Quebec, including the roman du terroir, the quiet revolution, feminist writing, immigrant literature and the contemporary novel of the 1990s and beyond. Works are read in translation. The course is taught in English. FRST 3050 3 Silviculture 1 (3,0,2) Note: This course is cross‐listed with CNST 3260 and ENGL 3260 Silviculture is concerned with the art and science of controlling the establishment, growth, composition, health and quality of stands of trees in forests. The objective is to meet the diverse needs and values of landowners and society on a sustainable basis. Silviculture 1 is the first of a two‐part series in the study of silviculture concepts and principles. Silviculture 1 and 2 have been designed to parallel, but are not identical to, Forestry 3050 and 3060 as currently offered by the Faculty of Forestry at the University of British Columbia and each conforms to the ABCPF Silviculture Academic Standards. This course will be offered in a distance format. FREN 3520 6 Prerequisite: Dendrology, Forest Ecology, Forest Silvics, Forest Mensuration. Recommended: Forest Biometrics, Forest Economics, Forest Entomology, Forest Pathology, Forest Soils. Prerequisite: 3rd year standing and any two of ENGL 1100, 1110, or 1210, or equivalent. CNST 2000 is recommended. Studies in French Language and Style (3,0,0)(3,0,0) Students focus on advanced composition, syntax, versification, translation and oral practice. The course is conducted in French. Upon successful completion of this course, students are expected to demonstrate a CEFR C1‐C1+ level of proficiency. Prerequisite: FREN 2210 or equivalent FREN 4150 3 Selected Topics in French and Francophone Literature (3,0,0) Students explore selected topics in French and Francophone literatures. Course content varies from year to year and may be offered as directed studies. This course is conducted in French. Students may take this course up to four times, with different course titles, for a total of 12 credits. Prerequisite: FREN 2220 or equivalent FREN 4160 6 French‐Canadian Literature (3,0,0)(3,0,0) Students read and discuss representative French‐Canadian works from the 19th century to the present. This course may be offered as a directed studies course. Prerequisite: Modern Languages approval FREN 4520 6 Advanced Studies in French (3,0,0)(3,0,0) This course is a continuation of French 3520: Studies in French Language and Style as well as a new step forward. Students examine the language at an advanced level, from both a descriptive and a practical point of view, with a focus on the relationship between grammatical structures and stylistic effects. Topics include sentence structures and their variants, stylistic aspects of vocabulary, patterns of emphasis, and levels of 336 FRST 3060 3 Silviculture 2 (3,0,2) Silviculture 2 deals with stand tending silviculture practices from free growing through to final harvest of a stand. These include thinning, fertilization, pruning, and silviculture systems and their relationship to timber quality, structural biodiversity, habitat and stand growth and yield and allowable cuts at the forest level. Decision making in crop planning, stand dynamics, operational problems and relevant history policy and regulatory issues and underlining science theory are also covered. Prerequisite: FRST 1120/1220, FRST 2100, FRST 2200, FRST 2110, NRSC 3200, FRST 2000 FRST 3070 3 Forest Harvesting (3,0,2) The field of forest harvesting addresses the engineering, economic, and environmental factors associated with transportation and harvesting systems used in integrated forest resource management. These include forest road design and location, geotechnical engineering, forest road drainage; planning, locating and scheduling the harvest; and an international perspective on logging systems and their application to meet silvicultural objectives. Forest harvesting is a specialized field within forestry, and professional competence within this field (especially road location and design) requires significant course work and an extended field internship, in addition to the minimum standards identified here for the general forester. This course will be offered in a distance format. Prerequisite: Undergraduate Degree or Diploma from a recognized technical college or university, majoring in forestry or natural resource science. GASF 1000 Prerequisite: GBUS 5000 and GBUS 5010 Domestic/Commercial Gasfitter (Class B) Apprentice Level 1 Students are introduced to theory and gain hands‐on lab experience in the following topics: Safe work practices, proper use of tools and equipment, organizing work and to prepare and assemble plumbing components. GBUS 5040 3 Prerequisite: Registered Domestic/Commercial Gasfitter Apprentice with the Industry Training Authority This course will provide students with the concepts and theories of organizational behaviour and design. Major topics include job attitudes, motivation, conflict, leadership, structure, power, culture and decision making. It will also provide opportunity for the theories and concepts to be applied to facilitate organizational effectiveness. GASF 2000 Domestic/Commercial Gasfitter (Class B) Apprentice Level 2 Students are introduced to theory and gain hands‐on lab experience in the following topics: organizing work, installing and servicing fuel systems, installing venting and air supplies, installing and servicing gas equipment and installing and servicing controls and safeguards. Prerequisite: Registered Domestic/Commercial Gasfitter Apprentice with the Industry Training Authority GASF 3000 Gasfitter (Class A) This course prepares students to install, test, maintain and repair propane/natural gas lines, appliances, equipment and accessories in residential and commercial premises. The holder of a Gasfitter ‐ (Class A) is involved in the installation or alteration of any gas system 400,000 BTU's and greater, except vehicle fuel systems under the appropriate permit. Prerequisite: Must have held a Class B gas fitter's certificate of qualification for a minimum of 2 years GBUS 5000 3 Organizational Behaviour and Design (3,0,0) Prerequisite: Admission to the MBA Program GBUS 5050 3 Global Economics (3,0,0) This course will address micro and macroeconomic principles as they apply to the world economy and will emphasize the challenges that the process of globalization poses to national economics. First, measurement of GDP, the business cycle, and indicators of economic performance such as the CPI, confidence indexes, and capacity utilization will be studied. Second, the main theories of international trade and their relevance to explaining current global trade patterns will be examined. Finally, the course will review the foreign exchange market and the process of exchange rate determination. Prerequisite: Admission to the MBA Program GBUS 5100 3 Marketing Management (3,0,0) This course covers basic concepts in marketing, including marketing orientation, relationship marketing, the marketing research process, consumer versus industrial marketing, uncontrollable versus controllable variables, market segmentation, and development of a marketing plan. The course also introduces marketing in special contexts such as not‐for‐profit, international, services, and environmental issues. Financial Reporting & Analysis (3,0,0) This accounting course focuses on financial information from the user's perspective. The format of complex financial statements and the impact of alternative accounting policies on their usefulness as a measure of corporate performance are examined. Financial statement analysis tools such as ratios are used extensively to measure and evaluate the liquidity, efficiency, solvency, profitability, and market performance of corporations. Prerequisite: Admission to the MBA Program GBUS 5010 3 GBUS 5110 3 Corporate Finance (3,0,0) This course provides students with the knowledge and skills required to effectively manage a firm's assets and to fund them in an optimal manner. Topics include: financial statement analysis, the risk‐return relationship and the mathematics of finance, securities valuation, the cost of capital, capital budgeting, capital structure, dividend policy, sources of financing, and working capital management. Prerequisite: GBUS 5010 and GBUS 5030 Applied Statistics (4,0,0) This course provides students with a foundation in statistical methods with an emphasis on multiregression analysis and its applications. The course begins with a review of descriptive statistics, hypothesis testing and confidence intervals, and then focuses on multiple regression including model formulation and assumptions, residual analysis, diagnostics, transformation, model selection, collinearity and inference. Emphasis will be on applying these tools in managerial settings. GBUS 5120 3 International Business (3,0,0) Prerequisite: Admission to the MBA program This course is a broad introductory survey of the field of international business. The course focuses upon: the theory of multinational enterprises and foreign direct investment; international business operations, including global strategic management; international modes of entry; organizational structure and control issues; and the functions of business from an international perspective. GBUS 5020 3 GBUS 5130 3 Management Communications (3,0,0) Operations Management (3,0,0) GBUS 5020 offers students in the MBA program the opportunity for advanced study of communications theories and strategies, with special attention on business communication practices in an international and multicultural marketplace. This course will rely heavily on case studies, guest speakers, experiential exercises and teamwork. In addition to practical writing and speaking assignments, students in this course will demonstrate their communication skills via a collaborative presentation in a public setting. This course will investigate internal processes such as product design, manufacturing, delivery of services, and quality control and external processes such as purchasing, inventory control and logistics, and customer relations management. It also includes the processes that cross boundaries between organizations, such as Supply Chain Management (SCM) and Total Quality Management (TQM). Prerequisite: GBUS 5010 and GBUS 5030 Prerequisite: Admission to the MBA Program GBUS 5140 3 GBUS 5030 3 Human Resource Management (3,0,0) Financial Planning and Control Systems (3,0,0) This course is designed to provide students with an understanding of the human resource management (HRM) function within organizations. It includes an appreciation of the roles of both HRM professionals and line managers in designing and implementing effective HRM policies and practices. Major topics to be covered include legislation, HR planning, recruitment, selection, training, managing performance, compensation, occupational health and safety, and labour relations. This course looks at how accounting information can be used as a financial planning and control tool in an organization. Topics include: break‐even analysis; traditional costing system; activity‐based costing; budgeting systems including activity‐based and zero based budgeting; variance analysis; responsibility accounting; performance evaluation including EVA; transfer pricing; decision making; and strategic cost management. 337 Prerequisite: GBUS 5040 GBUS 5150 3 Prerequisite: GBUS 5100 Leadership and Ethics (3,0,0) The purpose of this course is to increase the student's understanding of the major theories and findings regarding effective leadership, and to enhance the student's leadership skills in such areas as motivation and influencing people, leading decision groups, participative leadership and delegation, problem solving, managing conflict, team building and managing change. Management ethics and the social responsibilities of business will also be studied. Prerequisite: GBUS 5040 GBUS 5700 3 Global Management (3,0,0) This course expands on the material covered in GBUS 5120 ‐ International Business. Topics include: international business strategy and barriers to entry; identifying foreign target markets; methods of market entry including import/export, subsidiaries, joint ventures, and technology partnering; managing foreign operations; exit strategies; international trade finance and logistics; and cross cultural issues in management. Prerequisite: GBUS 5100, GBUS 5120 GBUS 5200 3 Strategic Management (3,0,0) GBUS 5990 3 This course focuses attention on the role of the senior management function in developing and implementing corporate strategy. Participants examine the concepts underpinning the formulation, implementation, and evaluation of cross‐functional decisions that directly affect the ability of an organization to achieve its stated objectives. They also analyze the firm's external and internal environment to identify and create competitive advantage in a global context. Special topics courses are offered on a temporary basis and are not part of the regular course offerings. They allow programs to utilize the special expertise of a faculty member or a visiting professor to go beyond the usual curriculum and enrich a program of study. Contact the program advisor for information on current offerings. Prerequisite: Completion of Foundation and Core courses Prerequisite: Admission to the MBA program GBUS 5210 6 GEOG 1000 3 Business Research and Consulting Methods (3,0,0)(3,0,0) Planet Earth ‐ An Introduction to Earth System Science (3,0,2)(L) This course examines the process of business research design and methodology. Lectures will focus around the design, methodology, conduct, and evaluation of applied research projects with particular emphasis on the tools used by professional consultants such as project management, business plans, surveys, and focus groups. This science laboratory course introduces students to the study of earth system science by examining the interactions among the atmosphere, biosphere, lithosphere and hydrosphere as well as the impact that human activity has on interactions. Topics include plate tectonics; earthquakes and tsunamis; volcanos; the rock cycle; mass wasting ‐ including landslides; weathering; and soils. Glaciers; permafrost; and Karst landscapes, including caves, are also explored. In addition, students will be introduced to hydrology ‐ the study of the occurrence, distribution and movement of water at or near the surface of the earth. Laboratory instruction will include landform identification using topographic maps; co‐ordinate systems (latitude and longitude, UTM); map scale; basic surveying ‐ including the use of Global Positioning Systems (GPS); and graphing. Students will also be exposed to Geographic Information Systems (GIS) and remote sensing technologies and will be introduced to how they assist us in our understanding of Planet Earth. Prerequisite: Completion of Foundation and Core courses GBUS 5220 3 Applied Management Project (3,0,0) This is a capstone project course that provides students with the opportunity to apply the knowledge acquired in the program and to reinforce the specific business research and consulting skills developed in GBUS 5210. Students will select a research/consulting project and define the parameters of their investigation in consultation with the faculty advisor, who will serve as their mentor throughout the process. Prerequisite: GBUS 5210 GBUS 5300 3 Strategic Management Information Systems (3,0,0) This course examines the ability of information technology to enhance the quality and efficiency of decision making by improving the various elements of the decision‐making process and making data collection more cost effective. The course also addresses what every manager needs to know in order to leverage information systems for the design and implementation of business models in an organization. ***Special Topics in Management (3,0,0) Required Lab: GEOG 1000L GEOG 1010 3 People, Places and Landscapes: Introducing Human Geography (3,0,0) This course introduces and explores human geography concepts, issues, and processes that influence the dynamic connections among people, places and environments at different spatial scales. A wide range of themes related to the study of human geography and environmental studies is covered, including: population dynamics; culture and identity; economic patterns and uneven development; agriculture and food production; cities and urbanization; geopolitics; globalization; and the challenges of environmentally sustainable development. Prerequisite: GBUS 5030 GEOG 1100 3 GBUS 5400 3 Environmental Studies: Human Interaction with the Natural Environment (2,1,0) Advanced Corporate Finance (3,0,0) This course is an introduction to the environment, with emphasis on a geographical approach. Topics of study include: environmental worldviews; history of the environmental movement; ecosystems; energy principles; human population dynamics; patterns of resource use, environmental issues and environmental ethics. This course further enhances students' knowledge and skills in the area of business finance. Topics include: complex sources of financing such as convertibles, income trusts, venture capital, mezzanine financing, project financing, and IPOs; business valuations; corporate restructuring including mergers and acquisitions, divestitures and spin‐offs, and bankruptcy; corporate governance and executive compensation; international financial management; and risk management. Prerequisite: GBUS 5110 Required Seminar: GEOG 1100S GEOG 1110 3 World Regional Geography (3,0,0) GBUS 5600 3 Advanced Marketing Management (3,0,0) The course strives to enhance the students' knowledge and skills in the area of marketing management so they can develop, implement, and maintain successful marketing strategies. This is done primarily through case work designed to explore issues relating to analyzing marketing problems and opportunities, developing effective financial analysis for marketing decisions, market opportunity analysis, and social and ethical issues with regards to the marketing mix. Marketing topics covered include: marketing research, consumer behaviour, organizational buying, market segmentation, and services marketing. 338 This course applies the core concepts of geography to interpret both the variety and distinctiveness of places and regions and to their relationships, connections, and integration. It introduces students to the academic discipline of geography as well as its professional applications by explaining geographic approaches to social issues. Students obtain an appreciation for geographic thinking, and greater understanding of the complex modern world. GEOG 2020 3 GEOG 2700 3 Weather, Climate and Global Environmental Change (3,0,2)(L) Introduction to Geographical Analysis (3,0,2) A science laboratory course providing an introduction to the basic principles and processes of meteorology and climatology, the study of weather and climate, respectively. Topics include the composition and structure of the atmosphere, solar radiation and the seasons, energy balances and temperature, atmospheric pressure and wind, atmospheric moisture and cloud development, precipitation, atmospheric circulation, air masses and fronts, thunderstorms and tornadoes, and cyclonic storms. In addition, the course will cover climate classification systems as well as examine the potential causes of past and predicted future global climates. This computer‐based laboratory course introduces students to quantitative methods used for geographic analysis. Students learn the fundamentals of statistical analysis of quantitative and qualitative variables and how to use computer software to perform these analyses. At the end of the course, students understand how to apply quantitative methods to answer questions of geographic interest, and have developed a working knowledge of the most commonly used statistical software in quantitative geography. Required Lab: GEOG 2020L Required Lab: GEOG 2700L GEOG 2050 3 GEOG 2740 3 Introduction to Hydrology (3,0,2)(L) Geodesy and the Visualization of Geographic Data (2,1,2)(L) This physical geography course introduces students to hydrologic systems and processes, with an emphasis on: the global hydrologic cycle; hydrologic processes in river basins and related measurement techniques; and elementary hydrologic modelling. The course also examines the potential impact that land use (such as irrigation and urbanization), climate change and politics may have on water resources. This computer‐based laboratory course introduces students to geodesy and geoinformatics, topics of study commonly referred to collectively as geomatics. Students will learn the use of geographic and map coordinates to define the location of geographic phenomena on the Earth, and how to use geographic information systems (GISs) to create and visualize geographic data. Instruction is based on the ArcGIS software package and emphasis will be given to the development of a working knowledge of this GIS. Labs will provide hands‐on experience with ArcGIS towards the goal of developing marketable skills in computer‐aided cartography. Course topics include: common geographic coordinate systems; common map projections; geospatial data models used by ArcGIS; setting coordinate systems in ArcGIS; loading geospatial data into ArcGIS; visualization of geospatial data in ArcGIS; creating contours from digital elevation models in ArcGIS; and manipulating feature and coverage values in ArcGIS. At the end of the course, the student will understand how GIS can be used for geographic analysis and have a working knowledge of the most commonly used GIS software in the industry (ArcGIS). Prerequisite: GEOG 1000 or GEOL 1110 Required Lab: GEOG 2050L GEOG 2110 3 Geography of the Economic Landscape (2,1,0) A geographic view of economic activity is offered in this course. Students examine economic interrelationships, the character of various economic regions, and general spatial organization, on a local, regional and global scale. Required Seminar: GEOG 2110S Prerequisite: GEOG 1000 and GEOG 1010 or GEOG 1110 Prerequisite: GEOG 1000 and GEOG 1010 or GEOG 1110 Required Lab: GEOG 2740L Required Seminar: GEOG 2740S GEOG 2120 3 Geography of Urban and Regional Planning (2,1,0) An introduction to themes and problems in the field of Urban and Regional Planning, recognizing the increasing interdisciplinary nature of this area of study. The course will study urbanization as an historic and rapidly continuing process; the growth of functional regions and patterns of urban settlement; the dynamics of urban structure and land use; critical planning problems that face both the developed and developing countries. Required Seminar: GEOG 2120S GEOG 2750 4 Geographic Information Systems (2,3,3)(L) This course is an introduction to basic concepts and applications of geographic information systems (GIS). Topics include: spatial analysis systems; applications of GIS technology, using micro and mini computers; and natural resource systems. Prerequisite: PC computer skills Note: This course is identical to NRSC 2230 Required Lab: GEOG 2750L GEOG 2220 3 Required Seminar: GEOG 2750S The Regional Geography of Canada (2,1,0) The physical environment and cultural setting of Canada, with a particular focus on human use of the land as determined by its physical nature, is the basis for study of the regional geography of Canada. Emphasis is placed on a study of Canada east of the Rocky Mountains. Note: GEOG 2230 deals exclusively with the geography of British Columbia Required Seminar: GEOG 2220S GEOG 2230 3 The Regional Geography of British Columbia and Yukon (2,1,0) Students are introduced to the physical and human geography of British Columbia and examine settlement, resource development and transportation in the Western Cordillera. Topics involving the changing perception of rural British Columbia’s landscape and environment are discussed. Required Seminar: GEOG 2230S GEOG 2400 3 Geographic Thought (3,0,0) This introductory geographic theory course provides students with a critical perspective on the nature and development of geographic knowledge and its application in the key subdisciplines of human geography, physical geography, and environmental studies. Prerequisite: GEOG 1000 and one of GEOG 1010 or GEOG 1110 339 GEOG 3040 3 Environmental Climatology and Meteorology (3,0,2)(L) In this science laboratory course, students examine: the principles and processes of surface and near‐surface climatology and meteorology; energy and plant water balance concepts; vertical and horizontal air and vapour movements; microclimates, urban heat islands; the meteorology of atmospheric pollution; and the interrelationships among plants, soils, climates and the biosphere. Prerequisite: GEOG 2020 or permission of the instructor Required Lab: GEOG 3040L GEOG 3050 3 Physical Hydrology (3,0,2)(L) This physical geography course examines the physical processes that determine the quantitative importance and spatiotemporal variability associated with the occurrence, distribution and movement of water on or near the Earth's surface. In addition to a theoretical treatment of the subject, students are introduced to measurement techniques used in the field and to a variety of hydrologic models. Numerical problem solving exercises and field work are important components of the course. Prerequisite: GEOG 2050 Required Lab: GEOG 3050L GEOG 3060 3 Prerequisite: GEOG 1010 and GEOG 1110 or permission of the instructor Groundwater Hydrology (3,0,2)(L) Required Seminar: GEOG 3230S This science course deals with distribution and movement of water in the phreatic zone. Topics covered include properties of aquifers, principles of groundwater flow, groundwater flow to wells, soil moisture and groundwater recharge, regional groundwater flow, groundwater chemistry and contamination, groundwater development and management, and groundwater modeling. Prerequisite: GEOG 2050, GEOG 2700 or permission of the instructor Required Lab: GEOG 3060L GEOG 3270 3 Historical Geography of Canada 1: Canada Before 1850 (2,1,0) This course is a study of Canada from the beginning of European contact to the mid‐ 19th century, with an emphasis on the changing geographical patterns of settlement, economy, and culture. Required Seminar: GEOG 3270S GEOG 3070 3 Biogeography (2,1,0) This physical geography course examines the physical, biological and chemical processes and constraints that determine contemporary spatial and temporal patterns in life on Earth. In addition, historical patterns are examined with an emphasis placed on the impact plate tectonics and late Tertiary and Quaternary climatic changes had on plant and animal distributions. Other topics discussed in this course include mass extinctions, biodiversity, and the possible biogeographic consequences of anthropogenically induced global climatic change. Prerequisite: None. Recommended: At least one of GEOG 1000, GEOG 2020 or BIOL 1210 Required Seminar: GEOG 3070S GEOG 3080 3 Geomorphology (3,0,2)(L) This course examines geomorphic processes, interrelationship of processes, landforms, materials and time. Practical problems in Science and Applied Science that relate to geomorphic processes are discussed in lectures and methods of investigation and analysis are introduced in the laboratory sessions. Prerequisite: GEOG 1000 or GEOL 1110 Note: Same as GEOL 3190 Required Lab: GEOG 3080L GEOG 3100 3 Environment and Resources (2,1,0) Students discuss concepts of environment and resource, and the role of physical geography in understanding the interaction of humans and the environment. This course also provides an introduction to the management of environment‐resource systems. Prerequisite: GEOG 1100 and one of GEOG 1000 or GEOG 2020 Required Seminar: GEOG 3100S GEOG 3280 3 Historical Geography of Canada 2: Canada After 1850 (2,1,0) This course is a study of the spread of settlement, the growth of towns, and the development of economic and cultural regions in Canada ‐ a Nation increasingly influenced by industrialization. Required Seminar: GEOG 3280S GEOG 3500 3 Introduction to Urban Geography (2,1,0) Students explore city systems and theories of urban location; internal spatial structure of the city; commercial and industrial location; social areas; mobility patterns; neighbourhood and land use change; urban trends, land use problems; and public policy. Prerequisite: GEOG 1010 or GEOG 1110 or GEOG 2120 Required Seminar: GEOG 3500S GEOG 3510 3 Rural Geography (3,0,0) This course focuses on themes in rural geography, such as land use issues, small settlements and society, agriculture, tourism and other industries, rural administration, service provision, and the effects of socio‐economic processes including urbanization and globalization. Prerequisite: GEOG 1010 or GEOG 1110 GEOG 3550 3 Geography of the Rural‐Urban Fringe (3,0,0) This human‐geography course examines landscape change and management at the edge of cities. Examples will be taken from large and small cities in Canada and around the world. Prerequisite: GEOG 1010 or GEOG 1110 GEOG 3200 3 Introduction to Cultural Geography (2,1,0) GEOG 3570 3 Students explore the history and methods of cultural geography. Aspects of contemporary land uses, landscapes, and communities are considered in relation to traditions, values, economies, and technology. Introduction to Social and Behavioural Geography (2,1,0) Prerequisite: 3rd year standing Required Seminar: GEOG 3200S Students study the development of social and behavioural geography, focussing on topics such as environmental perception and microgeography, and approaching these topics from institutional and interactionist perspectives. Prerequisite: GEOG 1010 or GEOG 1110 or permission of the instructor Required Seminar: GEOG 3570S GEOG 3210 3 Historical Geography of Urbanization (2,1,0) GEOG 3610 3 Students explore geographic perspectives on the growth of urban regions; pre‐industrial cities, urban growth during industrialization, and anti‐urban reaction. Themes in Economic Geography (2,1,0) Prerequisite: GEOG 1010 or GEOG 1110 or GEOG 2120 Required Seminar: GEOG 3210S History and methods of economic geography. Location of resource industries, manufacturing, and service activities with an emphasis on British Columbia in its North American world setting. Prerequisite: GEOG 1010 or GEOG 1110 or permission of the instructor GEOG 3230 3 Geographies of Gender (2,1,0) This course is an introduction to gender and feminist geography. The course explores gender identities and biases in everyday spaces and activities at a variety of geographic scales, and examines the intersection of gender, race, and class to illustrate the complexity of social categories. 340 Required Seminar: GEOG 3610S GEOG 3630 3 Prerequisite: 3rd year standing The Geography of Resource Industries (2,1,0) Required Lab: GEOG 3990L This course offers a geographical analysis of selected resource industries of importance to Canada. Each year a selection is made from the agriculture, forestry, fishing, mining, energy, and recreation sectors, and explored within international and national contexts. Required Seminar: GEOG 3990S Prerequisite: GEOG 1010 or GEOG 1110 or GEOG 2110 or permission of the instructor GEOG 4050 3 Required Seminar: GEOG 3630S Fluvial Geomorphology (3,0,2)(L) GEOG 3650 3 Moving water on the Earth's surface results in the creation of distinct geomorphic landscapes. This physical geography course examines the principles of sediment entrainment, transport and deposition, fluvial flow, drainage basin form and processes, and an analysis of fluvial landforms. Examples are drawn from the Kamloops area, as well as from other regions in British Columbia, Canada, and the world. Geography of Consumption (3,0,0) This course examines consumption as a cultural and economic practice, how it has formed landscapes, and its impact on our growing understanding of ecosystems and social systems. It examines spatial patterns of purchasing and consuming goods and services, changing ideas about the landscape as a good and a service, and the ethical and practical questions raised by the social and environmental impact of increased consumption. Prerequisite: GEOG 1100 or GEOG 1110 GEOG 3700 3 Field Course in Geography (0,3,0) The topic(s) and focus for this course is announced by the Department a year in advance.Prerequisite: A relevant core course or courses, or permission of the instructor. Prerequisite: Announced with the course focus and topic(s). GEOG 2700 is recommended. GEOG 3750 3 Prerequisite: GEOG 2050 or GEOG 3080 or permission of the instructor Required Lab: GEOG 4050L GEOG 4060 3 Advances in Hydrology (0,3,0) This seminar course explores key advances in hydrological science with an emphasis on forest hydrology. The historical development of our current understanding of the physical processes involved in the movement and storage of water in vegetated environments is covered as are future research directions. In addition to physical processes, where appropriate, advances in measurement and modeling methodologies are also examined. Key topics covered include advances in our understanding of rainfall, snow, throughfall and stemflow, evaporation and transpiration, infiltration, soil moisture redistribution, and hillslope hydrology processes. Additionally, the hydrologic impacts of forest harvesting, wildfire, insect infestations, and global climatic change will also be examined. Prerequisite: GEOG 3050 or permission of the instructor Applying Geographic Information Systems (2,0,2)(L) This computer‐based laboratory course addresses the creation, management, and application of geo‐data. The focus of the course is on the utility of Geographic Information Systems in problem solving and decision‐making in real world settings. Labs assist in developing marketable skills in analytical procedures and cartographic output. GEOG 4100 3 Sustainable Rural Systems (3,0,0) instructor This course marries the subject areas of rural geography and sustainability in case study analyses of a country ‐ for example, Japan, Canada, China, or Mexico ‐ or a global region ‐ for example, the Asia‐Pacific or Africa ‐ depending upon instructor expertise. It examines the transformation of rural areas owing to urbanization, globalization and other social forces. The course examines subsequent problems, such as rural depopulation and the policies to keep these areas socially, economically, and ecologically sustainable. Required Lab: GEOG 3750L Prerequisite: 60 academic credits including GEOG 1010 or GEOG 1110 GEOG 3770 3 GEOG 4230 3 GIS for Water Resources Systems Analysis (2,0,2)(L) Attitudes Toward the Environment (2,1,0) Recent advances in environmental sensing technologies have increased the amount of data available to support water resources analyses. This explosion in available data necessitates the use of Geographic Information Systems (GIS) to integrate, preprocess, and analyze these datasets. This course will explore ArcGIS‐based tools for performing water resources analyses, including Web‐services for data acquisition; watershed delineation; river network identification; infiltration modeling; analysis of water budgets; runoff modeling; and channel routing. At the end of the course, the students will have a firm grounding in the application of GIS for modeling of water resources systems. Students examine the cultural attitudes that have influenced land use and environmental change in the past and present. Prerequisite: One of GEOG 2740 or GEOG 2750 or NRSC 2230, and GEOG 2700 or one of the following introductory statistics courses: BIOL 3000, ECON 2320, STAT 1200, PSYC 2100, SOCI 2710, STAT 2000 or written permission of the Prerequisite: GEOG 2050 and GEOG 2740 Required Lab: GEOG 3770L GEOG 3900 3 ***Geography of Selected Regions (2,1,0) Prerequisite: GEOG 3100 or written permission of instructor Required Seminar: GEOG 4230S GEOG 4240 3 Geography of Tourism (2,1,0) or (3,0,0) Students examine the geographical topics in tourism, including: tourism as a global and local phenomenon; historical changes in leisure and development of tourism in western, industrializing economies; tourism in the Canadian economy, past and present; current relationships between tourism; and cultural values and economic systems. Prerequisite: GEOG 3200 or GEOG 3570 or GEOG 3610 or enrolment in the Bachelor of Tourism Management program This course offers a geographical analysis of selected regions not regularly included in the Department's offerings in regional geography (such as Western Europe, Oceania and East Asia). Required Seminar: GEOG 4240S Required Seminar: GEOG 3900S GEOG 4480 3 ***Directed Studies in Geography GEOG 3990 3 This course is designed to allow fourth year students to undertake an investigation on a specific chosen topic, agreed upon by the faculty member and the student. ***Special Topics in Geography Prerequisite: Permission of the supervising faculty member and the Chair of the department are required This is a special topics course in geography. The subject matter varies from semester to semester depending upon the interest of faculty and students. Vectoring is determined as per policy ED‐8‐0. 341 GEOG 4500 3 GEOG 4840 3 Urban Analysis (2,1,0) Postcolonial Geographies (2,1,0) This course offers a geographical analysis of selected problems caused by the internal structure of cities and urban systems. Students analyze the role of geographical ideas and practices in the establishment, maintenance, overthrow, and persistence of colonial relationships. Prerequisite: GEOG 3500 or permission of the instructor Prerequisite: GEOG 3200 or permission from the instructor Required Seminar: GEOG 4500S Required Seminar: GEOG 4840S GEOG 4740 3 GEOG 4850 3 Spatiotemporal Analysis (2,1,0) Geography of First Nations Issues in British Columbia (3,0,0) A central theme in geography is the study of spatial and temporal variations of the phenomena which make up natural and human‐dominated environments. This course delves into statistical methods for analyzing phenomena that are correlated in space and/or time. Practial applications of theoretical concepts will be explored through the use of R, a statistical computing software. Topics include the characterization of temporal processes; basic time series models (AR, MA, ARMA, ARIMA); characterization of spatial processes; geostatics (Kriging and conditional simulation); spatial point processes; visualization of spatiotemporal data; spatiotemporal covariance functions; and spatiotemporal Kriging. At the end of the course, the students will have a firm grounding in the theory of spatiotemporal statistics and understand how to apply these methods to answer questions of geographic interest. This course offers an examination of the issues involved in the creation of new relationships that are evolving and inclusive of First Nations concerns in British Columbia. Students explore the past relationships between indigenous and non‐ indigenous peoples of the province, the legal principles and precedents in force, the present situation of ongoing negotiations, and an analysis of future possibilities. Land and resource agreements and disagreements are the focus of this course, as well as the mechanisms available for compromise and resolution. Prerequisite: GEOG 2700 GEOG 4990 3 Required Seminar: GEOG 4740S ***Special Topics in Geography and Environmental Studies GEOG 4750 3 Advances in Geomatics (0,3,0) As a technology‐based discipline, the field of geomatics is rapidly changing in response to technological advancements in remote sensing, computing hardware, wireless communication, programmatic abstractions, and spatiotemporal models. Through the reading of recently published articles and the replication of key results, this fourth year seminar class explores recent advances in the state‐of‐the‐science of geomatics. Key topics include real‐time access to environmental observations; free‐and‐open‐source GIS; GIS‐based decision support systems; Web‐enablement; environmental data fusion; decentralized and cloud‐based tools for geomatics. Prerequisite: Six credits in 3000 level GEOG courses or written permission of the instructor This is a special topics course in geography. The subject matter varies from semester to semester depending upon the interest of the faculty and students. Vectoring is determined as per policy ED‐8‐0. Prerequisite: 3rd year standing Required Lab: GEOG 4990L Required Seminar: GEOG 4990S GEOL 1110 3 Introduction to Physical Geology (3,0,2)(L) GEOG 4800 3 This is a science laboratory course directed towards anyone who has an interest in geology. The course involves a survey of all major topics of physical geology, including mineralogy, petrology, crystal chemistry, time, surface processes, volcanic activity, rock deformation and mountain building, and plate tectonics. Field excursions supplement the lecture and laboratory material. Environmental Issues and Policies (2,1,0) Required Lab: GEOL 1110L Prerequisite: GEOG 2700, GEOG 2740 and GEOG 3750 or GEOG 3770 Using a geographical analysis of environmental issues and policies, this course relates land use, hazards and resource allocation to changing demand, technology, institutions, policies, and social values. An emphasis is placed on issues and policies relevant to small cities and adjacent rural areas. Prerequisite: GEOG 3100 or permission of the instructor Required Seminar: GEOG 4800S GEOG 4810 3 Geography of Small Cities (2,1,0) This course examines the economic, social, cultural, and environmental qualities of small cities and the issues and forces that affect them. Case studies are drawn from the local scene and from across North America. Prerequisite: Six credits in 3000 level geography or permission of the instructor GEOL 2050 3 Geological Time (3,0,3)(L) This course explores the evolution of Earth, the continents, oceans, atmosphere, climate, and biosphere over geologic time. Students will learn about the scientific principles, evidence, techniques and technologies for addressing fundamental inquires such as how oxygen was added to the atmosphere, how and why climates have changed throughout time and the significance to current climate change; how water and salts were added to the oceans, and causes of sea level change; the formation and erosion of mountains; causes and effects of glaciations; theories for the origin of life, and the timing and causes of major extinctions; and the recent importance of humans as geologic agents. Prerequisite: GEOL 1110 or GEOG 1000 or consent of the instructor Required Lab: GEOL 2050L Required Seminar: GEOG 4810S GEOG 4820 3 Urban Biophysical Environments (3,0,0) Cities represent areas where biophysical processes are often markedly distinct from their rural counterparts. This physical geography course examines the climatology, hydrology, geomorphology, and biogeography of cities, and the impact cities have on biophysical processes at regional and global scales. Specific topics include: the urban heat island effect; urban hydrology; building architecture and wind; atmospheric contamination; urban forestry; and the urban area as an ecosystem. Students study the biophysical processes of environmental examples drawn from Kamloops and comparative communities. Prerequisite: Six credits in 3000 level GEOG courses or permission of the instructor. Recommended GEOG 3100. GEOL 2060 3 Introduction to Mineral Deposits, Minerals (3,0,0) This course explores the formation, styles and types of mineral deposits, occurrences, exploration methods, mineral resources and reserves, types of mines, and prospecting methods. Topics include considerations of a social license to mine; social, economic, and environmental sustainability issues and solutions; environmental assessment, mine closure and reclamation. Case studies will be discussed. Prerequisite: One of GEOL 1110, GEOL 1111, or GEOG 1000 or consent of the instructor GEOL 2070 3 Geologic Hazards and Forensic Geology (3,0,0) In this course students will explore how the geosciences contribute to criminal and military investigations, and to the understanding, prediction and mitigation of geologic 342 hazards. This course is an opportunity to explore the magnitude, frequency, causes and impacts of geologic hazards such as earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, tsunami, landslides, and meteor impact. The course also covers prediction, monitoring, assessment and causes of damage; the role of the geosciences in national security, and geological methods used in criminal investigations. Prerequisite: One of GEOL 1110, GEOL 1111, or GEOG 1000 or consent of the instructor GEOL 2100 3 Mineralogy: Properties, Identification, Occurrences and Uses (3,0,3)(L) The systematic study of minerals, their occurrences, and uses. Topics include identification of mineral properties in hand sample, mineral classification, description, physical and chemical properties, and crystallography. These topics are presented within the context of the processes of mineral formation, occurrences and importance to society. Prerequisite: GEOL 1110 or GEOL 1111 or GEOG 1000 or consent of the instructor Required Lab: GEOL 2100L GEOL 2150 3 Introductory Petrology (2,0,3)(L) This course is an examination of the origin, composition, occurrence, and structure of all three rock groups: igneous, sedimentary, and metamorphic. Students are introduced to petrography in the laboratory, and make determinations using the petrographic microscope, in addition to hand sample identifications. GEOL 3100 3 Optical Mineralogy (3,0,3)(L) This course builds on GEOL 2100 Mineralogy by introducing the use of the petrographic microscope and the properties of light and its interaction with mineral grains for identification and other diagnostic purposes. Topics include light waves, the use of the petrographic microscope, polarization, reflection and refraction, isotropic and anisotropic minerals, interference phenomena, interference figures, birefringence, extinction, optic sign, orientation of crystallographic axes, colour and pleochroism, isotropic, uniaxial, and biaxial minerals. Ore minerals and their phase relationships are studied in hand specimen and polished thin section. Prerequisite: GEOL 2100 or consent of the instructor Corequisite: GEOL 2100 Required Lab: GEOL 3100L GEOL 3190 3 Geomorphology (3,0,2)(L) Students examine geomorphic processes and the interrelationship of processes, landforms, materials and time. Practical problems in science and applied science that relate to geomorphic processes are discussed in lectures, and methods of investigation and analysis are introduced in laboratory sessions. Prerequisite: GEOL 1110 Note: Same as GEOG 3080 Required Lab: GEOL 3190L Prerequisite: GEOL 2100 Required Lab: GEOL 2150L GEOL 3280 3 Field Techniques (2,0,2*)(L) GEOL 2290 3 Stratigraphy and Sedimentary Geology (3,0,2)(L) Students explore physical and biological stratigraphy, facies and correlation, sequence concepts, and basin analysis. Topics include the origin, diagenesis, and geochemistry of sediments and sedimentary rock. Prerequisite: GEOL 1110/2050 Students are introduced to techniques of geological field mapping, including methods in basic structural geology, core analysis, traversing, sampling procedures, and survival first‐aid for the field. Laboratory sessions entail field exercises in traversing and mapping. Prerequisite: GEOL 1110/2050 Required Lab: GEOL 3280L Required Lab: GEOL 2290L GEOL 4250 3 GEOL 3010 3 Principles of Palaeontology (2,0,2)(L) This course is a systematic study of ancient forms of life (fossils). Attention is also given to palaeoecology, evolutionary principles, and palaeontologic techniques.Prerequisite: GEOL 2050 Geological History of North America (3,0,0) Students are provided an overview of the geological history of North America with an emphasis on plate tectonics; Precambrian orogens and Phanerozoic orogenic belts, especially the Cordillera; and the interrelations of sedimentation, deformation and metamorphism. Prerequisite: GEOL 3190 and GEOL 2290 or Required Lab: GEOL 3010L Corequisite: GEOL 3190 and GEOL 2290 GEOL 3030 3 GEOL 4480 3 Environmental Geochemistry (3,0,0) Directed Studies in Geology Students examine the complex relationship between environmental factors and the geochemical history of surface and subsurface rocks. This course is identical to CHEM 3030. Students investigate a specific topic as agreed upon by the faculty member and the student. Note: Credit will not be given for both GEOL 3030 and CHEM 3030 Prerequisite: Permission of the faculty member (supervisor) is required and acceptance of the topic by a co‐supervisor with the appropriate expertise. The co‐supervisor may be from on‐ or off‐campus. GEOL 3070 3 GERM 1110 3 Structural Geology (2,0,3) Introductory German 1 (3,0,1)(L) This course offers an analysis and interpretation of natural deformation, including the fault, fold and ductile flow systems accompanying the deformation of the earth’s crust; extensional, contractional and toroidal deformation; geometric, kinematic and mechanical analysis of the deformational structures of different scales; and techniques and assumptions used in the construction of structural cross sections. This course allows beginners to develop cultural knowledge and communicative skills in speaking, listening, reading, and writing in modern standard German. Upon successful completion of this course, students are expected to demonstrate a CEFR A1 level of proficiency. Prerequisite: GEOL 1110 and CHEM 2250 (C minimum) Prerequisite: GEOL 2290 and GEOL 3190 or Note: Students who have completed German in Grade 11 or equivalent within the last two years may not take this course for credit unless approved by Modern Languages. Corequisite: GEOL 2290 and GEOL 3190 Required Lab: GERM 1110L Required Lab: GEOL 3070L 343 GERM 1210 3 Introductory German 2 (3,0,1)(L) Students build on the skills acquired in GERM 1110: Introductory German 1. Upon successful completion of this course, students are expected to demonstrate a CEFR A1+ level of proficiency. Prerequisite: GERM 1110 or equivalent Note: Students who have completed German in Grade 11 or equivalent within the last two years may not take this course for credit unless approved by Modern Languages. Required Lab: GERM 1210L GERM 2110 3 installation of specialty glass and products; and service and maintenance of glazing systems. This course is the third level of the provincial apprenticeship program. Prerequisite: Registered Glaziers Apprentices with the Industry Training Authority GLBL 1000 1 Global Competency (0,1,0) The course provides a means for students to learn how to document, reflect on, and communicate the global competencies ‐ knowledge, skills, and attitudes of a globally minded citizen ‐ acquired through their personal educational experiences. Prerequisite: Permission from the Centre for Student Engagement and Learning Innovation Intermediate German 1 (3,0,1)(L) This is a video‐based course for German language and culture which integrates mini‐ dramas and authentic historical and cultural footage. Students are provided with an in‐ depth view of German language, culture, and history. Upon successful completion, students are expected to demonstrate a CEFR A2 level of proficiency.Prerequisite: GERM 1210 or equivalent Required Lab: GERM 2110L HDMC 1000 Heavy Mechanical Apprenticeship Level 1 (300 hours) This course is the first level of the Heavy Duty Equipment Technicians apprenticeship program. Students will learn to service components of equipment such as graders, loaders, shovels, tractors, trucks, forklifts, drills, and wheeled and tracked vehicles. Working from manufacturers' specifications, they identify and repair problems in structural, mechanical, or hydraulic systems. GERM 2210 3 Intermediate German 2 (3,0,1)(L) HDMC 1500 This course is a continuation of GERM 2110: Intermediate German 1. Upon successful completion, students are expected to demonstrate a CEFR low B1 level of proficiency. Heavy Mechanical Foundation (1080 hours) Required Lab: GERM 2210L This course is intended for those without prior experience in the Heavy Duty Equipment field. Students will learn to overhaul, repair and service equipment such as graders, loaders, shovels, tractors, trucks, forklifts, drills, and wheeled and tracked vehicles. Working from manufacturers' specifications, they identify and repair problems in structural, mechanical, or hydraulic systems. GERM 3120 3 Prerequisite: BC Grade 10, but Grade 12 strongly recommended. Successful completion of the Entry Assessment test. Prerequisite: GERM 2110 or equivalent Studies in German Culture (3,0,0) This third‐year cultural studies course explores perspectives on fascism through Post‐ War German cinema. Conducted in English, it views the Nazi era through the lenses of post‐war German Film. Prerequisite: Minimum 2nd year standing Required Lab: GERM 3120L GLAZ 2000 HDMC 2000 Heavy Mechanical Apprenticeship Level 2 (240 hours) This course is the second level of the Heavy Duty Equipment Technician apprenticeship program. During this course students will further the ability to work on industrial and construction vehicles, such as mining trucks and bulldozers; on heavy equipment used in construction, forestry, materials handling, landscaping, and land clearing; as well as on buses and large trucks. Glazier Apprentice Level 1 This course is based on the provincial curriculum for the Glazier Apprenticeship Program. This course introduces glass and components for glass building systems and related work. Students learn about: the safe use of tools and equipment; safe work practices for material handling; organizing their work; measuring and cutting glass; fabricating and the installation of commercial glazing systems. This course is the first level of the provincial apprenticeship program. HDMC 3000 Heavy Mechanical Apprenticeship Level 3 (180 hours) This course is the third level of the BC ITA Heavy Duty Equipment Technicians program. During this course you will learn to diagnose and repair powertrain components. Prerequisite: Registered Glaziers Apprentices with the Industry Training Authority HDMC 4000 GLAZ 3000 Glazier Apprentice Level 2 This course is based on the provincial curriculum for the Glazier Apprenticeship Program. The course expands on the first year curriculum related to glass installation and related work. Students learn about: interpreting drawings and specifications; performing glass cutting and edge treatment; installation of flashing; using caulking and sealants; fabrication and installation methods for storefront; window; curtain walls; skylights and commercial entrance systems; residential windows and doors; installation of showers, windows and solariums. This course is the second level of the provincial apprenticeship program. Prerequisite: Registered Glaziers Apprenticeswith the Industry Training Authority GLAZ 4000 Glazier Apprentice Level 3 This course is based on the provincial curriculum for the Glazier Apprenticeship Program. The course expands on the second year curriculum related to glass installation and related work. Students learn about: use of measurement and layout tools; interpreting drawings and specifications; use of codes, standards and regulations; worksite preparation; fabricating and installing storefront systems; layout, assembly and 344 Heavy Mechanical Apprenticeship Level 4 (120 hours) This course is the fourth and final level of the BC ITA Heavy Equipment program. In it you will learn to diagnose and repair advanced hydraulic systems, electric drive systems, wheeled equipment steering, track machine steering, undercarriages, working attachments, and pneumatic systems. HEAL 1000 3 Health 2: Lifestyle and Choices (40 hours) Students are introduced to a holistic concept of health and the components of a health‐ enhancing lifestyle. Participants are invited to reflect on their own experience of health while recognizing challenges and resources that can impact lifestyle choices. Students are also introduced to a model that is applied to understanding the multi‐faceted aspects of health and healing. Prerequisite: Admission to the Health Care Assistant program Corequisite: HEAL 1050 and HEAL 1150 HEAL 1010 3 Health and Healing: Concepts for Practice (70 hours) Developing a theoretical framework for practice, students are introduced to the philosophical values and theoretical understandings that provide a foundation for competent practice as a Health Care Assistant. This course focuses on concepts of caring and person‐centered care, basic human needs, human growth and development; and family, culture and diversity as they relate to health and healing. Students are also introduced to a problem‐solving model that will be critical to their practice. Prerequisite: Admission to the Health Care Assistant Program Corequisite: HEAL 1000, HEAL 1050, HEAL 1100, HEAL 1150 and HEAL 1200 HEAL 1050 3 HEAL 1300 7 Practice Experience in Multi‐Level and/or Complex Care (210 hours) This supervised practice course provides students with an opportunity to apply knowledge and skills from all other courses in the program with individuals in a multi‐ level or complex care setting. A portion of this clinical experience will be devoted to working with individuals experiencing cognitive challenges. Students gain expertise and confidence with the role of the Health Care Assistant within a continuing care facility. Prerequisite: Admission to the Health Care Assistant program, HEAL 1000, HEAL 1100 and HEAL 1150 Corequisite: HEAL 1010, HEAL 1050, HEAL 1200, HEAL 1250 and HEAL 1250 Health 1: Interpersonal Communications (60 hours) This course focuses on the development of self‐awareness, increased understanding of others and development of effective interpersonal communication skills that can be used in a variety of care‐giving contexts. Students are encouraged to become more aware of the impact of their own communication choices and patterns. Participants develop and use communication techniques that demonstrate personal awareness, respect and active listening skills. Prerequisite: Admission to the Health Care Assistant program Corequisite: HEAL 1000, HEAL 1010, HEAL 1100, HEAL 1150, HEAL 1200, HEAL 1250, HEAL 1300 and HEAL 1350 HEAL 1320 3 Psychosocial Rehabilitation Practice (70 hours) Students continue to build on the concept of recovery in mental health care, integrating the knowledge gained in the HEAL 1310: Psychosocial Rehabilitation (PSR) course through a practicum experience, related assignments and seminar sessions. The course consists of 30 hours seminar and 40 hours practicum. Prerequisite: HEAL 1310 and a Criminal Record Check HEAL 1350 3 HEAL 1100 3 Health Care Assistant: Introduction to Practice (55 hours) This course provides an introduction to the role of the HCA within the British Columbia health care system. Students are introduced to the healthcare team and the roles and functions of the HCA within the team. Students also have opportunities to develop self‐ reflective skills required for competent practice. Prerequisite: Admission to the Health Care Assistant program Corequisite: HEAL 1000, HEAL 1010, HEAL 1050, HEAL 1150 and HEAL 1200 HEAL 1150 4 Healing 3: Personal Care and Assistance (100 hours) This practical course offers students the opportunity to acquire personal care and assistance skills within the parameters of the Health Care Assistant role. The course is comprised of class and supervised laboratory experiences which enables students to integrate theory from other courses and develop caregiver skills that maintain and promote the comfort, safety and independence of individuals in community and facility contexts. Prerequisite: Admission to the Health Care Assistant program Corequisite: HEAL 1000, HEAL 1010, HEAL 1050, HEAL 1100 and HEAL 1200 HEAL 1200 4 Healing 1: Caring for Individuals Experiencing Common Health Challenges (90 hours) This course introduces students to the normal structure and function of the human body and normal bodily changes with aging. Students explore common challenges to health and healing in relation to each body system. Students also examine person‐centered practice as it relates to the common challenges to health and, in particular, to end of life care. Prerequisite: Admission to the Health Care Assistant Program and HEAL 1000 Corequisite: HEAL 1010, HEAL 1050, HEAL 1100, HEAL 1150, HEAL 1250, HEAL 1300 and HEAL 1350 Healing 2: Caring for Individuals Experiencing Cognitive or Mental Challenges (60 hours) Building on content from other courses, students explore concepts and caregiving approaches that will allow them to work effectively with individuals experiencing cognitive or mental challenges. Emphasis is on recognizing the behaviors and identifying person‐centered intervention strategies. Prerequisite: HEAL 1000, HEAL1100 Corequisite: HEAL 1010, HEAL 1050, HEAL 1150, HEAL 1200, HEAL 1250 and HEAL 1300 HEAL 3330 3 Death and Dying, Life and Living (3,0,0) This course is an analysis of death, dying, and bereavement. It includes such topics as facing death, coping with dying, hospice care, bereavement, grief and mourning; funeral practices; lifespan perspectives on death; suicide; and assisted suicide, and euthanasia. Prerequisite: Entry into second year Nursing program and open to students in other programs at the discretion of the instructor. HIST 1030 3 An Introduction to Ancient Greece and Rome (2,1,0) In this course, students engage with the history of the Mediterranean world from classical Greece and Rome to the early Roman empire. Topics include the rise and decline of Hellenic civilization, early Rome and the Republic, the Augustan Age, and the foundations of imperial Rome. Required Seminar: HIST 1030S HIST 1120 3 An Introduction to Canadian History (2,1,0) Students examine the development of Canada to 1867. An emphasis is placed on Aboriginal‐European relations, the history of New France, military conflicts, the political and economic development of British North America, social and cultural history, and the project of Confederation. Required Seminar: HIST 1120S HEAL 1250 3 Practice Experience in Home Support and/or Assisted Living (60 hours) This practice course provides students with an opportunity to apply knowledge and skills from all other courses with individuals and families in a community setting. Students become more familiar with the role of the Health Care Assistant within a Home Support Agency, gaining abilities that will prepare graduates to assume the role of Community Health Worker. Prerequisite: Admission to the Health Care Assistant program, HEAL 1000, HEAL 1100 and HEAL 1150 Corequisite: HEAL 1050, HEAL 1010, HEAL 1200, HEAL 1300 and HEAL 1350 345 HIST 1160 3 Europe: 1500 ‐ 1789 (2,1,0) In this course participants learn to evaluate and understand the complex processes involved in the development of early modern Europe from 1500‐1789. Topics include the Renaissance, the Reformation, Absolutism, the Enlightenment, and the outbreak of the French Revolution. Lectures and seminars introduce political, intellectual, cultural and social aspects of European society, and participants work with and discuss a variety of primary and secondary historical sources. Required Seminar: HIST 1160S HIST 1220 3 HIST 2260 3 History of Canada, 1867 to the Present (2,1,0) History of England: The Glorious Revolution to Victorian Britain (2,1,0) Students examine the political, social, military, and cultural history of Canada since 1867. Topic include state formation, relations with Britain and the United States, military engagements, social movements, regional and ethnic diversity, Aboriginal history, industrialization and urbanization, and French‐English relations. This course is designed to introduce students to British history from the Glorious Revolution of 1688 to the end of the reign of Queen Victoria. The course will examine the political, social and economic issues which determined Britain's development. Required Seminar: HIST 2260S Required Seminar: HIST 1220S HIST 1260 3 Europe: 1789 ‐ 1939 (2,1,0) In this course participants learn to evaluate and understand the complex forces involved in the development of the modern state. Topics include the French Revolution and Napoleonic Europe, the Congress of Vienna, the social and political struggles of the nineteenth and early twentieth century, and the fissures in European society during the interwar period. Lectures and seminars introduce the political, intellectual, cultural and social aspects of European society, and participants work with a variety of primary and secondary historical sources. Required Seminar: HIST 1260S HIST 2020 3 HIST 2270 3 American History Since 1865 (2,1,0) Students examine the key political, economic, and social issues in the development of the United States from the Civil War to the present. Required Seminar: HIST 2270S HIST 2280 3 Medieval Europe 2: From the Crusades to the Renaissance (2,1,0) Students engage with the continuity in the economic, social, political, and religious foundations of high and late medieval Europe, and the accompanying philosophical, literary, artistic, and cultural achievements of European civilization during this period. Required Seminar: HIST 2280S Native History of Canada (2,1,0) Students explore the history of the Aboriginal peoples of what is now Canada. The course begins with pre‐contact perspectives, however, emphasis is on the social, cultural, political, economic and military interactions between Aboriginal peoples and newcomers. Examples are drawn from all regions to reveal the breadth and variety of Aboriginal culture, history, and experience. Topics include Aboriginal involvement in the fur trade and later economic developments, the treaty‐making process, and Aboriginal responses to government policy. Required Seminar: HIST 2020S HIST 2700 3 The History of Women in Canadian Society (2,1,0) Students are introduced to the history of women in Canada. Organized chronologically and thematically, this course surveys women’s history from the era of Aboriginal‐ European contact through to the postwar years. Topics include the family, the workplace, sexuality, education, and politics. An emphasis is placed on the diversity of women’s experiences. Required Seminar: HIST 2700S HIST 2160 3 History of England: Roman Britain to the Glorious Revolution, 1688 (2,1,0) HIST 3000 3 This course is designed for those who wish an acquaintance with the broad sweep of British history. The course will examine the social, political, economic and religious issues which affected the following periods of British history: Roman, Norman, medieval, the Tudors and Stuarts. The Historian's Craft (3,0,0) Required Seminar: HIST 2160S HIST 2170 3 Students examine the practice of history, and the history of history: how the study of the past has changed over time. What do historians do, and why do they do it? What is the purpose of history? What is historical evidence, and how is it used? Students examine these questions in an effort to broaden and deepen their understanding of the historian’s craft. Prerequisite: Students must have no fewer than 6 credits in recognized lower‐level History courses and be a declared History Major Major Issues in American History from the Colonial Period to the Civil War (2,1,0) This course examines the key political, economic, and social issues in the development of the United States from its colonial beginnings to the cataclysm of the Civil War. Required Seminar: HIST 2170S HIST 3010 3 Canada in the Age of Nations (2,1,0) HIST 2180 3 Students examine Canada in the first half of the twentieth century: its imperial connections, the rise of nationalism, war and commemoration of both the Great War and World War II. A number of forces which marked these years are highlighted, especially technology and consumerism, and their accompanying social changes. Medieval Europe 1: From the Fall of Rome to the Crusades (2,1,0) Prerequisite: No fewer than 6 credits in recognized lower‐level History courses In this course, students engage with European civilization during the early and beginning of the central middle ages. An emphasis is placed on the development of various structures and their changes, the ordering of society, belief systems and ideas, the organization of communities, and the emergence of religious and political institutions. Required Seminar: HIST 3010S HIST 3040 3 Required Seminar: HIST 2180S The History of the Canadian Prairie West (2,1,0) HIST 2250 3 Cultural and Artistic Traditions of Europe (2,1,0) Students are introduced to some of the major artistic and literary monuments and movements of the Western tradition, and investigate post‐Renaissance cultural achievements in their historical context. Themes include humanism and the legacy of religious upheaval, the impact of science on philosophy, the challenge of neoclassicism, cultural responses to political and industrial revolution, and modernist experimentation. Required Seminar: HIST 2250S 346 This course examines the history of the Canadian Prairie West from pre‐Aboriginal‐ European contact to the modern era. Topics include an examination of the First Nations' traditional economic and social life, and their adaptation to the arrival of Europeans and the fur trade; the rise of the Métis and their changed economic and living conditions as a result of Canadian government policies; Euro‐Canadian immigration and settlement; the Great War and the rise of nativism; the economic depression of the 1930s, as well as World War II and the modern West. Students investigate the myths versus the realities of 'cowboys and Indians', the ranching frontier, women, and Mounties. Prerequisite: No fewer than 6 credits in recognized lower‐level History courses Required Seminar: HIST 3040S HIST 3050 3 HIST 3170 3 British Columbia (3,0,0) Ethnic, Cultural and Religious Identities and the Birth of Europe (2,1,0) This course explores the history of British Columbia from the beginnings of Aboriginal‐ European contact through to the post‐World War II era. It examines the social, economic, political, and cultural development of British Columbia, and situates the province within national and international context. Topics include Aboriginal‐European relations, the fur trade, immigration, the resource economy, military engagements, social reform, gender issues, class relations, and political developments. Throughout the course, key debates in the historiography of British Columbia are emphasized. Students engage with the profound changes that marked the passage from the Western Roman empire to the European world which took place over many centuries. Students focus on the transforming identities of populations and cultures greatly affected by a rapidly changing world, filled with migrations, conquests, and evangelization, until a new European identity could be formed. Prerequisite: No fewer than 6 credits in recognized lower‐level History courses HIST 3060 3 Quebec: History and Politics (3,0,0) Students examine the history and political development of Québec, from the period of the French regime to modern French‐English relations within Canada. Students focus on significant social and political developments in the modern period, such as the Rebellions of 1837‐38, the emergence of the 'state of siege' mentality after 1840, the impact of industrialization and Confederation, the Quiet Revolution, and nationalism. Contemporary issues are also addressed, including recent debates over 'reasonable accommodation,' national identity, and the relationship between Quebec and Canada. Prerequisite: No fewer than 6 credits in recognized lower‐level History courses Required Seminar: HIST 3170S HIST 3190 3 Women in Medieval History (2,1,0) Students engage with the roles and contributions of women in medieval history. The revolutionary changes in feminist and gender theory, and the problems medieval historiography has had to overcome in trying to uncover women's lives from this remote period of history are examined. Students focus on the diverse avenues open to medieval women for agency and independence, and their varied roles within a patriarchal society. Prerequisite: No fewer than 6 credits in recognized lower‐level history courses Required Seminar: HIST 3190S Prerequisite: No fewer than 6 credits in recognized lower‐level History courses, or POLI 1110 and one other Political Science class HIST 3210 3 HIST 3120 3 Canada in the Cold War Era (2,1,0) Students examine the history of Canada, from the end of the Second World War to the early 1990s. This course is organized thematically rather than chronologically. Topics include anti‐Communism, immigration, sexual regulation and resistance, family ideals and realities, labour organizing, Aboriginal activism, and student radicalism. Western European Political Thought: From Cicero to Machievelli (3,0,0) Students examine the evolution of European political thought and its practical applications from Ancient Rome to the Renaissance. This course is an exploration of the major foundational theories and their influence upon the creation of institutional structures, and the governmental apparatuses and ideologies designed to uphold them. Prerequisite: POLI 1210 (recommended ‐ POLI 2220) or either HIST 1160, HIST 2180 or HIST 2280 Prerequisite: No fewer than 6 credits in recognized lower‐level History courses Required Seminar: HIST 3120S HIST 3270 3 American Colonial History: 1607‐1763 (2,1,0) HIST 3140 3 Tudor England, 1485‐1603 (2,1,0) Students investigate the political, religious, economic, cultural, and social transformations in England during the reigns of the Tudor monarchs. This period was one of dynamic, and at times violent, change, much of it within the context of the religious reformations. Students apply critical thinking skills as they conduct in‐depth analysis of historical manuscripts and other key primary sources. Prerequisite: 6 lower‐level History credits Required Seminar: HIST 3140S HIST 3150 3 Stuart England, 1603‐1688 (2,1,0) This course is an exploration of the significant political, religious, economic, cultural and social developments in England during a time in which English men and women experienced civil war. Students consider the philosophical, ideological, and political factors contributing to the challenges emerging during this time to traditional faith, secular power, and religious authority. Analytical, critical thinking and interpretation skills are refined through a study of historical manuscripts and modern historical interpretations. Students examine the social, economic and political characteristics of the thirteen colonies as they changed from small European outposts to mature societies. Prerequisite: Six lower‐level history credits Required Seminar: HIST 3270S HIST 3300 3 The United States, 1812‐1865 (3,0,0) This course is an examination of the development of the new American nation, with special emphasis on expansion, regionalism, Jacksonian democracy, social reform, and the coming of the Civil War. Prerequisite: Six lower‐level history credits HIST 3310 3 The United States, 1865‐1896 (3,0,0) This course is an examination of the political and social development in Post‐Civil War America, with special emphasis on Reconstruction, industrialization, and the Gilded Age. Prerequisite: Six lower‐level history credits Prerequisite: 6 lower‐level HIstory credits Required Seminar: HIST 3150S HIST 3160 6 European Social History (2,1,0)(2,1,0) Participants explore various social and cultural perspectives of European history. Aspects of domestic life, economic activity, religion, and popular culture provide the basis for related thematic considerations, including family and sexual relationships, social stratification, violence and public order, and leisure, ritual, and education in pre‐ industrial and industrial Europe. Participants work with a variety of complex historical sources. HIST 3360 3 The United States, 1900 ‐ 1945 (2,1,0) Students focus on the political, social, and cultural history of the United States from 1900 to the end of World War II. Prerequisite: Six lower‐level history credits Required Seminar: HIST 3360S HIST 3370 3 Prerequisite: No fewer than 6 credits in recognized lower‐level History courses The United States, 1945 ‐ Present (2,1,0) Required Seminar: HIST 3160S Students focus on selected issues relating to the political, social, and cultural history of the United States from the end of World War II to the present. Prerequisite: Six lower‐level history credits 347 Required Seminar: HIST 3370S HIST 3610 3 Britain, 1900 ‐1930 (2,1,0) HIST 3390 3 The American Revolution and the Formation of the United States, 1763‐1812 (2,1,0) This course is a study of the revolutionary origins of the United States and the establishment of the American republic. Prerequisite: Six lower‐level history credits Required Seminar: HIST 3390S HIST 3410 3 The Emergence of Victorian Britain (2,1,0) Students examine a wide range of aspects of British life and society, after the Victorian period, including the emergence of political parties; cross‐party dynamics; social reforms; civil discontent; emergence of Labour interests and ideologies; 'Bohemian' culture and influences; class systems; women's challenges to traditional perspectives on the right to vote; economic transformations and responses to Depression; and British roles in World War I and in the interwar period. Students engage in active research in and discussion of the intercultural realities in Britain, using primary and modern sources. Prerequisite: No fewer than 6 credits in recognized lower‐level History courses Required Seminar: HIST 3610S HIST 3620 3 Britain, Since 1930 (2,1,0) Students explore the far‐reaching transformations in Britain as the nation moved into imperial expansion. Key topics include the institutional, political, and social responses to Britain's move into position as the world's first industrial and urban society. Lectures, discussions, and research engage students in an active critical analysis and interpretation of historical documents, as well as a modern historical anaylses of this period. The Great Depression of the 1930s, and World War II contributed to tremendous socio‐ economic and political changes in Britain. Students investigate the legacies of such events through an analysis and discussion of the nationalization of British industry, the emergeing welfare state, immigration, and modern British culture. Students engage in a critical analysis of historical documents and modern perspectives. Prerequisite: No Fewer than 6 credits in lower‐level History courses Prerequisite: No fewer than 6 credits in lower‐level History courses. Required Seminar: HIST 3410S Required Seminar: HIST 3620S HIST 3420 3 HIST 4030 3 Victorian Britain, 1850‐1901 (2,1,0) Topics in Canadian Gender History (2,1,0) Students examine the responses to, and influences of, institutions, families, social groupings, religious institutions, aesthetic perspectives and other elements within British society, during the Victorian time period, in and outside of that society. Comprehension of the transformations and forces emerging in this society is enhanced through a study of historical documents, as well as a review of modern historical analyses and debates. Students explore selected topics in the history of gender in Canada. Constructions of femininity and masculinity in Canadian history are examined, in addition to the experiences of women and men in the past. Topics may include paid work, sexuality, the family, courtship, religious participation, politics and activism, and leisure. Particular attention is paid to the intersections between gender and race, ethnicity, class, and region. Prerequisite: No fewer than 6 lower‐level History courses Prerequisite: No fewer than 6 credits in recognized lower‐level History courses Required Seminar: HIST 4030S Required Seminar: HIST 3420S HIST 3510 3 The History of Childhood and Education (2,1,0) Students consider the historic experience of children in Western society, particularly in Canada, while focusing on the place of education in children’s lives. Educational structures are examined, including the development of leading and influential theories about the education of children. HIST 4050 3 Topics in British Columbia History (3,0,0) Students examine selected topics in the history of British Columbia. Topics may include race and racism, immigration, economic issues and development, social and cultural history, religion and society, postwar diversity and dissent, and/or political culture. Prerequisite: No fewer than 6 credits in recognized lower‐level History courses Prerequisite: No fewer than 6 credits in recognized lower‐level History courses Required Seminar: HIST 3510S HIST 4060 3 Topics in Local History (2,1,0) HIST 3520 3 Knowledge and Belief in Medieval to Early Modern Europe (3,0,0) Students complete an in‐depth and active investigation into the intersections of early science, religious doctrine and practice, and popular beliefs, in Europe, during the period from 1000 A.D. to 1750. Philosophical, superstitious, medical, and technological concepts are considered, with an emphasis on the use of historical manuscripts and documents in research and discussion. Abstract concepts of science are clarified in their historical context, and the developments that brought science into its modern empirical form are studied. Prerequisite: No fewer than 6 credits in recognized lower‐level History courses HIST 3530 3 The Concentration Camp: Global History and Politics (3,0,0) The Concentration Camp is an institution of the Twentieth Century. This course will give an overview of historical precedents for the concentration camp, such as the ghetto, and then will examine the history and politics of the concentration camp, from the Spanish‐American and Anglo‐Boer Wars near the turn of the century (the first times the term, "concentration camp", was used), to the more notorious examples of Nazi Germany and the Soviet Union. Other examples, such as camps in Canada and the USA, China, parts of Africa, and even the "War on Terror" will be examined in detail. Why have modern states ‐ across the ideological spectrum ‐ made use of the concentration camps against real and preveived enemies? Prerequisite: Third‐year standing or consent from the instructor Note: Same course as POLI 3530 348 This course examines the history of Kamloops and region, with an emphasis on the methodologies and practices used to study history. Students explore various historical tools, methods, and sources, and gain hands‐on experience in investigating and communicating local history. Prerequisite: No fewer than 6 credits in recognized lower‐level History courses Required Seminar: HIST 4060S HIST 4120 3 ***Topics in European History: Ancient to Early Modern (2,1,0) Students engage with various themes relating to the cultural, political, philosophical, religious, or economic history of the ancient Mediterranean, medieval, and early modern worlds. Cultural and social history is emphasized. Students are offered an opportunity to explore a unique subject matter (not normally offered in other courses), or further examine a specialised, scholarly field. Thematic considerations vary from year to year. Students may learn about the beginning or end of a civilization, cultural and religious change, or continuity from one civilization to the next. Prerequisite: No fewer than 6 credits in recognized lower‐level History courses Required Seminar: HIST 4120S HIST 4130 6 HIST 4520 3 Reformation Europe (2,1,0)(2,1,0) Topics in Modern Britain (2,1,0) This course is an exmaination of European history during a time of intense religious change. Students are provided with material that is critical to a modern understanding of spiritual and doctrinal distinctions between denominations in Western society. Students investigate the Protestant and Cathcolic Reformations in the broader context of the political, social, artistic, and economic transformations during the early modern era. This course is an in‐depth examination of selected themes relating to the social, cultural, economic and political history of modern Britain, up to the present day. Discussions and lectures address diverse topics, which range from immigration issues and intercultural change in Britain to transformations in popular culture and political expectations. Students investigate subject matter which is often not offered in other courses, and utilize historical materials ranging from manuscripts to modern electronic sources. Prerequisite: No fewer than 6 credits in lower‐level History courses. Prerequisite: No fewer than 6 credits in lower‐level History courses. Required seminar: HIST 4130S Required semianr: HIST 4520S HIST 4200 3 HIST 4710 3 ***Topics in European History (2,1,0) Communism and the Environment (3,0,0) Participants focus on selected themes relating to the cultural, social, political, institutional, or economic history of Europe. The course accommodates subject matter that is not usually offered in other courses, and themes vary from year to year. Participants learn the dynamics of complex historical processes related to such issues as domestic politics, the interaction of states, the formation of new states, social and economic transformations, and major cultural expressions. Advanced students of history focus on applying the skills they have learned in order to examine complex topics in European history. This course will focus on the history and politics of communism and the environment. As such, it will explore environmental issues and policies in the Soviet Union, China and Cuba. Students will examine other related issues, such as the writings of Marx, Engels, Lenin, and others; ideology, political philosophy and the environment; and the role of communism and socialism in environmental movements, today. Students will also be asked to compare environmental practices in communist countries with those of capitalist countries. Prerequisite: No fewer than 6 credits in recognized lower‐level History courses Note: Same course as POLI 4710 Prerequisite: Third year standing or consent of instructor Required Seminar: HIST 4200S HIST 4250 3 ***Topics in Canadian History (2,1,0) Students explore selected topics in the history of Canada. Topics may include immigration and ethnicity, war and society, environmental history, religion, sexuality, Aboriginal history, state formation, and popular culture. Prerequisite: No fewer than 6 credits in recognized lower‐level History courses Required Seminar: HIST 4250S HIST 4350 3 Topics in the History of the American Civil War (3,0,0) Students examine America's greatest crisis, from its origins in the early nineteenth century to the abandonment of Reconstruction. Specific topics vary, however, emphasis is placed on the political, military, social, and cultural dimensions of the war. Prerequisite: No fewer than 6 credits in recognized lower‐level History courses HIST 4460 3 American Foreign Policy, 1945 to Present (2,1,0) HIST 4900 3 ***Special Topics in History (0,3,0) Students analyze issues related to the theory and practice of historical work. Students wishing to explore unique areas of research in History, often with inter‐ and cross‐ disciplinary significance, may find this course especially relevant to their program of study. Students may be offered a unique opportunity to study with a scholar who is new to the faculty of History, and who brings specialization in research areas that are not usually addressed by the standard range of course offerings. Prerequisite: No fewer than 6 credits in recognized lower‐level History courses HLSC 2550 3 Health Science 3: Introduction to Pathophysiology (3,0,0) The major emphasis of this course is to gain a foundational knowledge of the concepts related to human pathophysiology. The course examines the presentation and pathogenesis of health challenges across the life span including genetics, nutrition, immunology, and environmental impacts on health. Topics are closely coordinated with the practice and nursing courses. Prerequisite: Year 1 Corequisite: NURS 2730, NURS 2740 Students examine selected topics in American foreign policy, from World War II to the present. HLSC 2650 3 Prerequisite: No fewer than 6 credits in recognized lower‐level History courses Health Science 4: Pathophysiology (3,0,0) HIST 4480 3 The major emphasis of this course is to build on concepts related to human pathophysiology introduced in Health Science 3 but with increasing complexity. This course examines the presentation and pathogenesis of health challenges across the life span including genetics, nutrition, immunology, and environmental impacts on health. Topics are closely coordinated with the practice and nursing courses. ***Topics in American Social History (3,0,0) Students focus on selected issues relating to the social and cultural history of the United States. Thematic considerations vary from year to year. Prerequisite: HLSC 2550, NURS 2740 Prerequisite: No fewer than 6 credits in recognized lower‐level History courses Corequisite: HLSC 2660, NURS 2840 HIST 4510 3 HLSC 2660 3 Topics in Early Modern Britain (2,1,0) Health Science: Pharmacology (3,0,0) Students examine aspects of British history typically in the forefront of modern research, from the period between the Protestant and Catholic reformations of the early 1500s and the Industrial Revolution of the 1700s. The topical focus of this course changes with each offering, however, the themes relate to the economic, social, religious, political and economic history of this period. Students engage in discussion and research that centres on historical documents, and modern historical interpretations and debate. The emphasis of this introductory course is to gain a foundational knowledge on the essential pharmacological principles and the major drug classifications. Consideration will be given to client education, pharmacognasy, adverse effects, and medication administration safety. The major concepts of this course will be examined across the lifespan. Prerequisite: No fewer than 6 credits in lower‐level History courses. Required Seminar: HIST 4510S 349 Prerequisite: Semester 3 Corequisite: HLSC 2650, NURS 2830 HLSC 3020 3 Data Analysis in the Health and Human Service Professions (3,0,1) This course is designed to facilitate learner understanding of the data analysis process in relation to research based professional practice in nursing and social work. Students apply a range of analytical techniques to both qualitative and quantitative data. This course enhances the learner's ability to analyze data and critically review research literature applicable to their professional practice. Prerequisite: NURS 3600 Required Lab: HLSC 3020L HLSC 3040 3 Environmental Change ‐ Challenges for Health (3,0,0) Prerequisite: English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 73% (within the last five years), or Level 4 on the composition section of the LPI (within the last two years), or completion of ENGL 0600, or completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a grade of C+ or better. Serving It Right and Foodsafe Level 1. Required Lab: HMGT 1110L HMGT 1210 3 Food and Beverage Preparation (1,1,3) This course explores the techniques and procedures of quality and quantity food production and service, and provides the principles underlying the selection, composition and preparation of major food products. Students gain practical experience by working one night per week in the College Dining Room kitchen or an off‐campus kitchen for the applied portion of this course. This course introduces students to the most recent developments in the science of climate change and the resulting impact on the health of populations worldwide. Changes in disease risk and emerging diseases and conditions are reviewed. Since health care is one of the most wasteful systems in regard to its carbon footprint, various efforts to reduce greenhouse gas emissions are reviewed. Students discuss the effects of global warming and how it necessitates new approaches to health and new responses to the spreading of tropical diseases. Prerequisite: Foodsafe Level 1 Prerequisite: 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor Hotel Operations 1 (3,0,0) HLSC 3550 3 Health Science 5: Advanced Pathophysiology (3,0,0) This course builds on concepts introduced in Health Science 3 and 4 with an emphasis on multisystem or highly complex health challenges. The presentation and pathogenesis of health challenges across the lifespan are examined, including a major focus on immunology, and where applicable, genetics, nutrition, and environmental impacts on health. Topics are closely coordinated with practice and the health courses. Prerequisite: Year 2 or with permission from the instructor Required Lab: HMGT 1210L Required Seminar: HMGT 1210S HMGT 1410 3 The intent of this course is to help prepare students for positions in the hotel industry by providing an overview of the complexities of the Hospitality industry. Students are introduced to the history of the hotel industry, current industry trends and the various departments and managers' responsibilities that are key elements of a hotel operation. Through lectures, presentations, assignments and readings, students complete this course with a foundation in practical and theoretical hospitality. Prerequisite: English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 73% (within the last five years), or Level 4 on the composition section of the LPI (within the last two years), or completion of ENGL 0600, or completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a grade of C+ or better. Corequisite: NURS 3730 HMGT 2100 3 HLSC 3690 3 Human Sexuality for Health Professionals (3,0,0) Sexuality is an important aspect of human health. This course advances a health care professional's capacity to address issues of sexuality and sexual health with clients across the lifespan. Theories and research informing health professionals of sexual development, gender, sexual orientation, sexual practices, and sexual health are examined. Self awareness, along with the development of skills to address sexuality inclusion in professional practice, is central to course objectives. Prerequisite: Evidence of third‐year standing in a health professions program leading to an undergraduate degree and completion of a communication or counselling course; or evidence of a health‐related professional credential requiring a minimum of two years academic preparation; or by permission of the instructor. HLSC 3830 3 Health and Healing: Global Health Perspectives (3,0,0) Participants develop an understanding of people's experience with health and healing related to a variety of increasingly complex chronic and episodic global health challenges and issues. Emphasis is placed on the role of the nurse as care provider, community organizer and facilitator, educator, and advocate within the context of the global society and the changing health care environment. Learners examine a variety of emerging health issues and trends using these as a context for further developing a personal understanding of nursing practice that supports meaningful interactions with individuals, families, groups, communities, and society. Prerequisite: BSN students ‐ successful completion of Semester 5; Post‐RN students ‐ permission of the Post‐RN advisor; students in other disciplines ‐ permission of the instructor HMGT 1110 3 Catering and Service Management (3,0,5) This course presents a basic overview of the principles of catering and service management in a hospitality environment. Students review and critique styles of service, and develop an understanding of how to make food and beverage outlets more guest‐friendly and profitable. Service management is introduced by both theory and practice, and students reflect on contemporary issues related to providing service excellence in different service environments. 350 Food and Beverage Cost Control (3,0,0) This course covers the principles and procedures involved in an effective food and beverage control system. Students are introduced to the logic and the systems involved with managing costs, from maintaining sales and cost histories to developing systems for monitoring current activities and projecting future profits. Additional topics include budgeting techniques, standards determination, purchasing systems and menu pricing. Prerequisite: ACCT 1000 and basic computing experience HMGT 2110 3 Resort Management (3,0,0) This course offers a complete approach to the operation of resort properties. Beginning with historical development, details are presented in planning, development, financial investment management and marketing that deal with the unique nature of the resort business. The course also examines the future and the impact of the condominium concept, time sharing, technological change and the increased costs of energy and transportation. HMGT 2120 3 Hotel Sales and Service (3,0,0) This course provides insight into the scope and various segments of the groups market and shows the relationship between professional service and operational success. Students will be given a comprehensive introduction to the complexities of managing a convention facility as well as exposure to key group markets and techniques for attracting them to the property. Prerequisite: TMGT 1150 or equivalent Note: Students cannot receive credit for both HMGT 2120 (C+ minimum) and MKTG 3450 HMGT 2210 3 Food and Beverage Management (2,1,1) This course discusses the management of Food and Beverage Operations within a hotel. Students will learn aspects of front of the house and back of the house operations of this department and will have an overview of the complexities of managing this dynamic area. Topics that will be covered include: product knowledge, legal issues, responsible beverage service, industry trends, service styles, marketing, sales and profitability. Prerequisite: HMGT 1110, HMGT 1210, Foodsafe Level 1. Minimum age requirement of 19 years of age. Required Lab: HMGT 2210L Required Seminar: HMGT 2210S HMGT 2500 3 HORT 1500 2 Basic Horticulture (38 hours) This course introduces students to plant structure, growth and development. Topics to be covered include structure and function of plant parts, plant classification, nomenclature and identification, germination, photosynthesis and respiration, plant hormones and environmental effects on plant growth and development. Prerequisite: Admission to the Horticulture program Field Experience (0,2,3P) This course offers students the opportunity to connect academic course work with practical application by participating in a multi‐day field experience within a world‐class destination. Prior to engaging in the field experience, students use seminars to develop a deeper understanding of the field experience. Students research the chosen destination, set personal and group objectives, liaise with industry partners and plan their travel itinerary within a budget. Upon return, the students undertake reflective oral and written assignments. Prerequisite: Students must be enrolled in the 2nd year of the Resort and Hotel Management program Note: This course has an activity fee attached HORT 1510 2 Greenhouse Production (38 hours) Students learn about the basic structure of greenhouses, heating and ventilating systems, soil mixes, supplemental lighting, fertilization, chemical growth regulators and irrigation systems. Prerequisite: Admission to the Horticulture program HORT 1520 2 Diseases and Insect Pests (38 hours) HMGT 2510 3 Hotel Operations 2 (3,0,0) The course deals with insect structure and development, important insect orders, causal agents of plant diseases and disorders, and various control measures. A continuation of HMGT 1410, the intent of this course is to focus student learning on the rooms division area of hotel management. Regardless of the level or variety of services offered by the lodging facility, essentially all properties provide accommodation and the services required to register the guest and ensure that the guestroom is maintained. Therefore the focus of this course is on the guest cycle (reservations, registration, occupancy and check‐out). Students are introduced to basic front office operating procedures theory and application with a Hotel Property Management System (PMS) as well as principals of revenue management, hotel security and housekeeping issues. Prerequisite: Admission to the Horticulture program Prerequisite: HMGT 1410 Prerequisite: Admission to the Horticulture program HMGT 2610 3 HORT 1600 1 Resort and Hotel Operations (3,0,0) Weeds (26 hours) This course builds on concepts learned in Hotel Operations 1 and 2, and provides students with an introduction to the operation of resort properties. Course content includes a historical perspective of resort development, followed by planning, developing, managing and marketing issues that are unique to resorts operations. Students also use a hotel operational training simulation (HOTS), in a business simulation exercise, to integrate management concepts learned throughout Resort and Hotel Management courses. In this course, students study the biology of weeds, identification of weeds, control measures and common herbicides. Prerequisite: HMGT 1410 and HMGT 2510 Nursery Production and Retailing (26 hours) HMGT 3000 3 Nursery production is an important aspect of the horticulture industry in British Columbia, with a significant volume of landscape plants exported to the rest of Canada. Topics to be covered include site selection, management of field and containerized stock, plant propagation, fertilization, soil mixes and irrigation. Additional topics include the retailing of nursery stock and horticultural products in a garden centre. Resort Hospitality Operations and Performance (3,0,0) This course provides students with professional and technical knowledge about the management of hospitality facilities, especially in the context of resorts. Emphasis is on the exploration of the complex factors that can influence the survival and development of hospitality enterprises. Students will evaluate issues of efficiency and effectiveness of diverse operating procedures in the delivery of the hospitality product to the consumer within the context of resorts. Topics covered include the need, and the resources required, for staging events such as banquets and conferences and the impact of the events sector on the hospitality field and on resort communities in particular. Prerequisite: Third‐year standing HMGT 4800 3 Resort Management Case Study (3,0,0) In this capstone course, students synthesize and apply theoretical and practical knowledge gained throughout their coursework in the Resort Experience concentration in the Bachelor of Tourism Management, toward problem‐solving in the context of a hypothetical or real resort organization. Working in small groups, students take on the role of a research and consultancy team and produce a report advising how specific problems or issues may be resolved. Prerequisite: TMGT 3050 and either 4th year standing in the Bachelor of Tourism Management’s concentration in Resort Experience or 2nd year standing in the Post‐ Baccalaureate Diploma in Resort Experience Management 351 HORT 1540 2 Soil Science (38 hours) The topics covered in this course include components of soil, texture, porosity, conductivity, cation‐exchange capacity, salinity, soil organisms, mineral nutrients and soil amendments. Prerequisite: Admission to the Horticulture program HORT 1610 1 Prerequisite: Admission to the Horticulture program HORT 1620 1 Fruit and Vegetable Production (26 hours) The topics of fruit production examined in this course include site selection, rootstocks, pollination, pruning, and the use of chemical growth regulators. Areas covered in vegetable production include seed germination, growing transplants, cultivation, fertilization, irrigation and the cultural requirements of selected important vegetables. Prerequisite: Admission to the Horticulture program HORT 1630 1 Landscaping (26 hours) Landscaping is an important and integral part of the urban environment. Students explore the principles of landscape design, developing a landscape plan, hard landscaping, landscape installation and landscape maintenance. Prerequisite: Admission to the Horticulture program HORT 1640 1 Turfgrass Management (26 hours) Note: This course should be taken by students in the Minor in Management only. Students may not receive credit for more than one of HRMN 3820, HRMN 2820 or TMGT 1140. Students learn about the botany of grasses, selection of different grass species, seeding and sodding of lawns, fertilizers, irrigation, mowing and cultivation. Prerequisite: Admission to the Horticulture program HRMN 3830 3 Human Resource Planning and Staffing (3,0,0) HORT 1700 3 Horticulture Practical 1 (595 hours) Practical sessions are an integral part of the program and are designed to give students hands‐on experience in developing required skills. The following are the major topic areas followed by the apportioned class hours: Plant Studies (30), Insect Studies (13), Soil Studies (10), Weed Studies (8), Indoor Plant Identification (14), Landscape Plant Identification (30), Plant Propagation (39), Greenhouse Crop Production (33), Greenhouse Practices (59), Grounds Maintenance (71), Landscape Design (45), Landscape Installation (71), Pruning (15), Basic Carpentry (25), Small Engines (25), Pesticide Dispensers and Applicator's Course (18). Prerequisite: Admission to the Horticulture program HORT 1800 3 Horticulture Practical 2 (595 hours) In this second term continuation, students resume their study of the topics listed in HORT 1700. Students examine the policies and procedures for the planning, acquisition, deployment, and retention of a workforce of sufficient size and quality to allow an organization to attain its strategic goals. Topics include the strategic importance of staffing; the staffing environment; human resource planning; job analysis and design; recruitment; applicant screening; employee testing; interviews; references; decision making; employment contracts; methods of evaluating the hiring process; deployment; and retention. Prerequisite: HRMN 2820 HRMN 3840 3 Employee and Labour Relations (3,0,0) Students explore the different aspects of union‐management relations focusing on both the Canadian and international experience. The topics include an introduction to labour relations; labour relations environment; union membership, structure and actions; employment legislation and the Labour Relations Act; collective bargaining; managing the collective agreement; dispute resolution; human resources in an union environment; international labour relations; and future trends and issues in labour relations. Prerequisite: HRMN 2820 HORT 1900 3 Horticulture Practicum The objective of this practicum is to enhance and culminate the education acquired within the university environment with work experience at participating businesses and organizations. This practicum allows students to solidify information learned at Thompson Rivers University, to see its application in the workplace, and to participate in the day‐to‐day operation of a business. Through the practicum, students gain a deeper insight into the direction they wish to pursue within the horticulture industry. Prerequisite: Admission to the Horticulture program HRMN 4830 3 Total Rewards (3,0,0) Students develop an understanding of the different rewards systems available to employers to attract, motivate and retain a sufficient number of qualified employees. The topics include the components of total rewards; the rewards environment; motivational theories and rewards; rewards strategies; types of compensation; non‐ monetary rewards; and rewards and performance management, attraction, and retention. Prerequisite: HRMN 2820 HORT 2000 3 Greenhouse Production (2,0,4) Students are provided an opportunity to acquire new skills and improve on existing skills in a hands‐on work‐related environment. The main emphasis of this course is bedding plant production. Prerequisite: HORT 1510 or permission of the instructor Required Lab: HORT 2000L HRMN 2820 3 HRMN 4840 3 Organizational Learning, Training and Development (3,0,0) Students examine the educational activities provided by organizations to enhance the current performance of individuals or groups of employees and instil a commitment to continuous improvement and advancement. They study how organizations can become more adaptive by learning from their experiences and reacting more quickly to environmental change. Topics include organization learning; training and development; learning and motivation; needs analysis; training design, methods, and delivery; transfer of training; training evaluation; and cost and benefits of training programs. Prerequisite: HRMN 2820 Human Resource Management (3,0,0) Students are introduced to the management of an organization's workforce through the design and implementation of effective human resource policies and procedures. Current Canadian issues and practices are emphasized. The topics include the strategic role of human resources management; human resources planning; job analysis and design; recruitment and selection; employment equity; compensation; training and development; performance appraisal; occupational health and safety; and employee and industrial relations. Prerequisite: CMNS 1290; ORGB 2810 Note: Students cannot receive credit for both HRMN 2820 and TMGT 1140 (C+ or higher). Students may not receive credit for both HRMN 3820 and HRMN 2820. HRMN 4890 3 Selected Topics in Human Resource Management (3,0,0) Students examine a selection of contemporary issues in human resource management. Topics include occupational health and safety, human resource information management, and professional practice. Prerequisite: HRM 3820; HRM 3840 HUMS 1300 3 Introduction to Mental Health (3,0,0) HRMN 3820 3 Students are introduced to the management of an organization's workforce through the design and implementation of effective human resource policies and procedures. Current Canadian issues and practices are emphasized. The topics include the strategic role of human resources management; human resources planning; job analysis and design; recruitment and selection; employment equity; compensation; training and development; performance appraisal; occupational health and safety; and employee and industrial relations. This course is an excellent introduction to the field of mental health care for those working in the field of human services. Topics include community mental health issues for children, youth, and adults, and the philosophy and values which direct care. Students reflect on person‐centred practice, facilitative communication, behaviour management, non‐violent crises intervention, the mental health system, and evidence‐ based practice. Students also have an opportunity to examine practice issues such as cultural competence, the ethics of care, and service delivery models. An overview of various disorders is presented, while mental health is examined through a best‐practices approach that encompasses grounded theory, new developments in the field, problem solving, and current research. Prerequisite: CMNS 1290; ORGB 2810 Prerequisite: Acceptance in the Human Service Diploma program Human Resources (3,0,0) 352 Corequisite: Acceptance into the Human Service Diploma program will learn about significant historical movements in education and community to current practices of inclusion. Specific exceptionalities, their characteristics and etiology will be covered. As well, learning about social relations and family dynamics are addressed. Prerequisite: Admission to the Human Service programs HUMS 1540 3 Interpersonal Communications and Helping Relationships (3,0,0) Self‐awareness is foundational to the development of competent human service workers. For this purpose, topics furthering self‐knowledge and facilitating the development of self‐reflection skills are the focus of this course. Topics include the values and ethics of helping, relationship building, interpersonal and intercultural communication, interpersonal conflict, and team work. Prerequisite: Admission to the Human Service Diploma program or permission of the program coordinator HUMS 1650 3 Understanding Behaviour: Learning for Independence (3,0,0) This course introduces students to nonaversive intervention strategies for dealing with problem behaviour. Students will learn the role of team approach, individual program planning and ethics in the development of a behaviour support plan. An educative approach to behaviour change is emphasized. Prerequisite: All Fall semester courses. Admission to the Human Service programs. Required Seminar: HUMS 1650S HUMS 1560 3 Introduction to the Family in Human Service Practice (3,0,0) HUMS 1660 3 This course is an examination of the family, in both historical and current Canadian contexts, which provides the groundwork for beginning practice with families in human service work. Current social, political, cultural, and economic influences on today's families are presented. Topics include family of origin, family systems theory, and family communication theory. Health Care Principles (3,0,0) Prerequisite: Admission to the Human Service Diploma program This course overviews the theory and application of preventive health care planning and personal care principles. Areas of study include body mechanics, basic anatomy and physiology of body systems, nutrition, recognition of illness, referral procedures to health care services and issues related to basic pharmacology. Ethical and legal concepts of human service work in relation to health care practice will be discussed. Prerequisite: Admission to the Human Service programs HUMS 1580 3 Introduction to Human Service Professional Practice (3,0,0) HUMS 1750 3 Students review the field of human service practice beginning with an overview of the values and ethics that are key elements of professional attitude and conduct. Additional topics include observation, record keeping, community mapping, supervision, team work, and self‐care. Alternative and Augmentative Communication (3,0,0) Prerequisite: Admission to the Human Service Diploma program Required Seminar: HUMS 1580S HUMS 1590 3 Practical Skills for Community and School Support Workers (3,0,2) This course introduces Community and School Support students to the practical aspects of supporting individuals with disabilities in classroom, community and home settings. Students participate in 3 specific learning modules during the semester that cover a variety of healthcare, educational and social supports and which vary according to local need. This course is designed to provide instruction for students working in small community and rural settings. Prerequisite: Admission to the Community and School Support program HUMS 1600 4 Field Work (0,2,14) Using a blended community service learning model, this course establishes a link between the classroom and the workplace. Students are provided supervised opportunities to integrate core concepts of human service practice and to demonstrate the relationship of theory to practice within teams in a fieldwork agency. Prerequisite: ENGL 1100,with a C grade or better PSYC 2130,with a C grade or better HUMS 1770,with a C grade or better HUMS 1540,with a C grade or better HUMS 1580,with a C grade or better This course introduces students to a range of communication strategies used in working with children and adults who have limited or not verbal skills. Technological supports for communication will be introduced. Prerequisite: All Fall semester courses. Admission to the Human Service Programs. HUMS 1770 3 Introduction to First Nations and Human Service Practice (3,0,0) Students examine the historical and continuing process of colonization in Canada, and the resulting societal, political, linguistic, spiritual, and cultural impacts that are challenging First Nations people today. The development of cultural understanding and the beginning of culturally competent practice occur in this course. Additional topics include self‐government, cultural healing and empowerment, and human service practice in First Nations communities. Prerequisite: Admission to the Human Service Diploma program HUMS 1790 3 Community Resources (2,2,0) Students are provided an introductory opportunity to work with clients in social service and community support settings, and to identify important aspects of reflective human service practice. These include the use of self, the importance of establishing relationships, and the use of supervision. Students are required to complete a structured volunteer experience in an approved community agency and to participate in a series of bi‐weekly seminars that discuss a framework to undertake human service practice with clients. Prerequisite: Admission to the Human Service Diploma program HUMS 1610 3 HUMS 2000 3 Interviewing Skills for Social Service Practice (3,0,0) Introduction to Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder (3,0,0) Students review various interviewing skills and techniques, and develop the skills to complete informational and referral interviews as well as facilitate problem‐solving interviews. This course offers lecture, discussions, and videotaped practice of simulated interviews. Prerequisite: Admission to the Human Service Diploma program ENGL 1100, PSYC 2130, HUMS 1770, HUMS 1540, HUMS 1580 Students are provided an overview of Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder, including the effects of alcohol during pregnancy, diagnostic criteria, assessment, and current research. Students also explore addiction issues related to gender, harm reduction, and the historical, cultural, and moral implications of addiction. Students have an opportunity to identify and analyze their beliefs and values related to addictions and invisible disabilities. HUMS 1640 3 HUMS 2010 3 Foundations of Community and School Support Work (3,0,0) Community Advocacy and Teaming (3,0,0) This course introduces students to the theory and perspectives necessary for understanding issues related to supporting individuals with exceptionalities. Students Students develop specific skills and knowledge that can be applied to advocacy for children, youth, and adults facing significant social disadvantages, such as disabilities, 353 poverty, and mental health problems. Community systems are examined in terms of how practitioners can facilitate support for clients facing multiple barriers. Prevention programs and community teaming possibilities are discussed, and students are provided opportunities to discover existing resources and identify gaps in services, from a community perspective, for specific populations (such as people with Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder ‐ FASD). HUMS 2030 3 Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder ‐ Developmental Perspectives (3,0,0) This course is designed to help students situate their work, with individuals affected by Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder (FASD), within a developmental context. Students explore fetal alcohol effects as they are experienced across the lifespan, from infancy to adulthood, as well as within specific social systems (family, community, workplace, school, and leisure‐related settings). Secondary disabilities are addressed with attention to how these develop over time. Strategies for addressing secondary disability issues are discussed. HUMS 2040 3 Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder ‐ Field Practice (3,7,0) The primary purpose of this practicum course is to provide opportunities for both demonstration and evaluation of the students understanding and response in supporting individuals and communities coping with fetal alcohol spectrum disorder. Students with field experience may choose to do a reflective research project which will connect their theoretical knowledge to practice. Those students with limited field experience will have the opportunity to practice in the field for a 12 week period ‐ 1 day a week. During these 12 weeks there will be a 3 hour seminar held weekly in which students can, in consultation with their peers, discuss ethics, practice and application of skills in supporting individuals, families and communities. Prerequisite: Admission to the Human Service Diploma program or permission of the program coordinator HUMS 2530 3 Interpersonal Communication and the Helping Relationship (3,0,0) Participants develop the values, language, contextual speech, and skills required for the development of professional helping relationships. Utilizing critical reflection, participants examine relationship development with members of diverse populations, conduct relationship building activities for their peers, and learn the process of giving and receiving professional feedback and supervision. Prerequisite: ENGL 1100,with a grade of C or better PSYC 2130,with a grade of C or better HUMS 1770,with a grade of C or better HUMS 1540,with a grade of C or better HUMS 1580,with a grade of C or better PSYC 2230,with a grade of C or better HUMS 1560,with a grade of C or better CYCA 2000,with a grade of C or better HUMS 2060,with a grade of C or better HUMS 1600,with a grade of C or better HUMS 2600 4 Human Service Diploma Practicum (0,2,8P) This course is the practicum of the Human Service Diploma program offered through Thompson Rivers University. It involves a supervised practicum at an agency, which delivers community‐based services to children and youth, families and others in the community. If there are people who want to work more specifically in a Child and Youth Care context, placements will be sought in child and youth specific agencies. Included are weekly practicum seminars on campus during the semester. Prerequisite: All other 1st year Human Service Diploma courses unless otherwise negotiated with instructors "Prerequisite: HUMS 2000, HUMS 2010, HUMS 2030 HUMS 3530 3 Corequisite: HUMS 2000, HUMS 2010, HUMS 2030" Guided Communication (3,0,0) HUMS 2060 3 An Introduction to Social Service Practice (3,0,0) The purpose of this course is to introduce students to social service work and practice through an exploration of the history, philosophical foundation, and theoretical perspectives of the profession of social service. This exploration includes a review of the relevant codes of ethics and practice standards that guide practitioners. This course provides an overview of the roles in which social service workers become involved, for example, as advocates, policy analysts, administrators, activists, educators, counsellors, facilitators, mediators, organizers and researchers. Social service workers are committed to working for social justice, therefore the course examines the social structures that influence people's lives and how various sources and forms of oppression and marginalization impact the lives of people in Canadian society. This course will build on the self awareness and communication skills developed in HUMS 2530. Specific skills used in problem solving and facilitating change will be explored and practiced. This course will also concentrate on the development of personal and professional skills that can be used by a human service practitioner in helping children, youth and their families. Prerequisite: Admission to the Human Service Diploma program HUMS 3570 3 Law and Social Services (3,0,0) HUMS 2120 3 Participants explore the law as an expression of social policy, and the processes by which laws are developed, enacted, and changed. This course provides an introduction to family law and the family courts, and human rights with special reference to how laws affect children and social services. The organization of legal services, and the legal accountability and liabilities of human service workers and others in the social service field, are presented. Note: Students may receive credit for only one of the following: SOCW 3570, CYCA 3570, HUMS 3570 Introduction to Social Welfare in Canada (3,0,0) Prerequisite: Admission to the Human Service Diploma program Prerequisite: All Fall semester courses. Admission to the Human Service programs. Students examine the history and development of human services and social welfare policy in Canada, and British Columbia in particular. Topics include poverty, with particular reference to women and First Nations people, as well as major political ideologies and their impact on social policy. Students explore the structure of government and the development of a social security system in Canada, and one model for policy analysis is introduced. Prerequisite: Admission to the Human Service Diploma program HUMS 2220 3 Theoretical Foundations in Human Service Practice (3,0,0) Students are introduced to various theories for human service practice. By examining a range of theories appropriate to professional practice, the link between theory and practice is established. Participants integrate theories into their practice framework and investigate the suitability of various theories in practice with individuals, families, groups, and communities. IBUS 3510 3 International Business (3,0,0) Students examine globalization and the steps managers take to establish or expand operations in international markets. They explore the influence of forces such as culture, economics, politics, and geography on management decision making. Topics include globalization; national differences in political economy; political economy and economic development; differences in culture; ethics in international business; international trade theory; the political economy of international trade; foreign direct investment; regional economic integration; the foreign exchange market; international business strategy; organization of international business; entry strategy and strategic alliances; global production, outsourcing, and logistics; global marketing and research and development. Prerequisite: ECON 1950; MKTG 2430 or MKTG 3430 IBUS 3520 3 HUMS 2500 3 Global Management (3,0,0) Special Topics (3,0,0) Students conduct an integrative and comprehensive overview of the fundamental issues and challenges that confront the international firm. Topics include globalization and international linkages; public, legal, and technological environments; meaning and dimensions of culture; organizational culture and diversity; cross‐cultural communication and negotiation; strategy formulation and implementation; entry Students examine selected current issues in child and youth care and human service practice. 354 strategies and organizational structures; managing political risk, government relations, and alliances; management decision and control; and motivation, leadership, human resource selection, and development across cultures. Prerequisite: IBUS 3510 IBUS 4520 3 International Trade Finance (3,0,0) Students develop an understanding of the finance principles required to conduct business in a global environment, including import and export, and multinational operations. Topics include globalization; trade risk and risk assessment; methods of payment; use of bonds, guarantees, and letters of credit; currency risk management; export credit insurance; trade finance; structure trade finance; terms of payment; international trade theory; the international monetary market; the global capital market; and foreign direct investment. Prerequisite: FNCE 2120 or FNCE 3120; IBUS 3510 IBUS 4530 3 International Trade Law and Logistics (3,0,0) Students examine sales, transportation, and logistics and their special legal requirements in an international trade context. Topics include a comparison of international legal systems; international sales of goods including transportation, insurance, and instruments of payment; international sales through foreign intermediaries such as sales agents or independent distributors; international licensing of intellectual property such as patents, trademarks, and copyright; international joint ventures; international trade agreements and dispute resolution mechanisms; supply chain management in an international context; role of global supply chain management in the formation of international business strategies; and emerging issues in international trade. Prerequisite: BLAW 2910; IBUS 3510; SCMN 3320 IBUS 4540 3 Global Entrepreneurship (3,0,0) Students explore entrepreneurship in a global setting. The primary activity is the development of a business plan for a global business venture. Topics include the importance of international entrepreneurship, globalization and the international environment, culture and international entrepreneurship, developing a global business plan, selecting international business opportunities, international legal concerns, alternative entry strategies, the global monetary system, global marketing and research and development, global human resource management, and implementing and managing a global entrepreneurial strategy. Prerequisite: IBUS 3520, IBUS 4520, MKTG 4470 IDIS 3000 3 Introduction to Interdisciplinary Study (3,0,0) Students entering the Interdisciplinary Studies program are introduced to the rationalization and application of interdisciplinary work. The course asks why interdisciplinarity is valid and explores its practice in various contexts in academia and the workplace. Students read essays drawn from across the disciplines and are exposed to a wide variety of interdisciplinary studies. Prerequisite: 3rd year standing in the Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Studies program IDIS 4980 3 Interdisciplinary Studies: the Research Project (0,3,0) The Research Project is required for the completion of the Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Studies degree. Students propose a group research project which requires the use of at least two disciplinary approaches. The research proposal and project is completed under the supervision of a selected faculty member. The assignments include a proposal, a research plan, and conclusions. Prerequisite: 4th‐year standing in the Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Studies degree program IDIS 4990 3 Interdisciplinary Studies: The Graduating Essay (0,3,0) The graduating essay may be written with the approval of the Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Studies Coordinator. The paper is completed under the direction of a selected faculty member, is read by three other faculty members, and is defended orally at an exam set up by the supervisor. 355 Prerequisite: 4th year standing in the Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Studies degree program IDIS 5030 3 Directed Studies in Interdisciplinary Studies (0,3,0) Students undertake an investigation on a specific topic as agreed upon by the faculty member and the student. Permission of the instructor(s) is required. Prerequisite: Graduate student standing and permission of the instructor(s). In special circumstances, undergraduate students with 4th‐year standing may be allowed to enrol. IEIM 1000 Industrial Electrician/Industrial Instrument Mechanic (750 hours) Industrial Instrument Mechanics install, repair, maintain and adjust instruments used to measure and control industrial processes such as pulp and paper manufacturing and petrochemical production. Students are introduced to theory and gain hands‐on lab experience in the following topics: safe work practices; using effective communication skills; solving problems using applied mathematics; analytical troubleshooting techniques; using computers; and leading teams to manage electrical installation and maintenance projects. Prerequisite: Grade 12 graduation or equivalent, Accuplacer English 0600 and Math 0600 IIME 1010 Theory for Industrial Instrumentation Mechanic (375 hours) This course will cover the theory related to instruments used with control and communication systems to monitor and control the flow of gases and liquids, measuring and adjusting temperature, measuring and adjusting pressure and measuring and monitoring levels of materials to control an industrial process. The reason for Safety and process monitoring systems will be introduced as well as the basic principles of pneumatic and hydraulic systems. The proper use of manufacturer's specifcations for installation, calibration and troubleshooting will be discussed. Prerequisite: Grade 12 Graduation or equivalent, Accuplacer English 0600, Math 0600 IIME 1110 Shop Practical for Industrial Instrumentation Mechanic (255 hours) This course will cover the hands on work related to the installation of instruments used with control and communication systems to monitor and control the flow of gases and liquids, measuring and adjusting temperature, measuring and adjusting pressure and measuring and monitoring levels of materials to control an industrial process. Hands on operation of Safety and process monitoring systems will be introduced as well as the operation of basic pneumatic and hydraulic systems. The proper use of manufacturer's specifications for installation, calibration and troubleshooting will be used. Prerequisite: Grade 12 Graduation or equivalent, Accuplacer English 0600, Math 0600 IMEC 1010 Industrial Instrument Mechanic ‐ Theory (45 hours) Students are introduced to the theory related to instruments used with control and communication systems to: monitor and control the flow of gases and liquids, measure and adjust temperature, measure and adjust pressure and measure and monitor the levels of materials to control an industrial process. The reason for safety and process monitoring systems is introduced as well as the basic principles of pneumatic and hydraulic systems. The proper use of manufacturer's specifications for installation, calibration and troubleshooting is discussed. Prerequisite: Grade 12 Graduation or equivalent, Accuplacer ENGL 0600, MATH 0600 IMEC 1110 Industrial Instrument Mechanic ‐ Practical Shop (80 hours) Students complete the "hands on" work related to the installation of instruments used with control and communication systems to: monitor and control the flow of gases and liquids, measure and adjust temperature and pressure and measure and monitor levels of materials to control an industrial process. "Hands on" operation of safety and process monitoring systems is introduced as well as the operation of basic pneumatic and hydraulic systems. The proper use of manufacturer's specifications for installation, calibration and troubleshooting is followed. Prerequisite: Grade 12 Graduation or equivalent, Accuplacer ENGL 0600, MATH 0600 JAPA 1110 3 Introductory Japanese 1 (3,0,1)(L) This course allows beginners to develop cultural knowledge and communicative skills in speaking, listening, reading, and writing in modern standard Japanese. Upon successful completion of this course, students are expected to demonstrate a CEFR A1 level of proficiency. Note: Students who have completed Japanese in Grade 11 or equivalent within the last two years may not take this course for credit unless approved by Modern Required Lab: JAPA 1110L JAPA 1210 3 Introductory Japanese 2 (3,0,1)(L) Students build on the skills acquired in JAPA 1110: Introductory Japanese 1. Upon successful completion of this course, students are expected to demonstrate a CEFR A1+ level of proficiency. Prerequisite: JAPA 1110 or equivalentNote: Students who have completed Japanese in Grade 11 or equivalent within the last two years may not take this course for credit unless approved by Modern Languages. Required Lab: JAPA 1210L JAPA 1510 3 Japanese for Tourism (3,0,1)(L) Tourism students prepare to speak Japanese in order to serve Japanese visitors to Canada in a hotel, restaurant, or retail shop setting. Upon successful completion, students are expected to demonstrate a CEFR A1 level of proficiency. Prerequisite: Enrollment in the Tourism Diploma Program Note: Students who have completed Japanese in Grade 11 or equivalent within the last two years may not take this course for credit unless approved by Modern Languages Required Lab: JAPA 1510L JAPA 2110 3 Prerequisite: JAPA 2150 or permission of Modern Languages. Native speakers of Japanese may not take this course for credit. Required Lab: JAPA 2250L JAPA 2500 3 Japanese for Business 1 (3,0,1)(L) This course is intended for students with a basic level of Japanese language, and who wish to further their language skills for the Japanese business world. This course is designed to provide a basic understanding of terminology used in functional business areas, and an introductory knowledge of Japanese business customs, manners, and structure. Prerequisite: JAPA 1210 or equivalent Required Lab: JAPA 2500L JAPA 2510 3 Japanese for Business 2 (3,0,1)(L) This course is intended for students with a basic level of Japanese language, and who wish to further their knowledge of language skills for the Japanese business world. Spoken language skills appropriate for business meetings, the office, politeness strategy, and various business contexts are introduced. This course is a continuation of JAPA 2500: Japanese for Business 1. Prerequisite: JAPA 2500 or equivalent Required Lab: JAPA 2510L JAPA 2600 3 Aspects of Japanese Culture 1 (3,0,1)(L) In this survey course, students are introduced to aspects of Japanese culture and society. The course explores Japan from the Meiji Restoration (1868) to the Second World War. Students focus on the development of basic Japanese social, cultural, and political ideas. The course is conducted in English; no knowledge of Japanese is required. Required Lab: JAPA 2600L Intermediate Japanese 1 (3,0,1)(L) Students further develop their communicative skills in speaking, listening, reading and writing, and explore language from a variety of different areas, registers and periods. Upon successful completion, students are expected to demonstrate a low CEFR A2 level of proficiency. Prerequisite: JAPA 1210 or equivalent Required Lab: JAPA 2110L JAPA 2150 3 Oral Japanese 1 (3,0,1)(L) This course, conducted in Japanese, is designed to enhance oral communicative skills. Students review Japanese grammar and expand their vocabulary. A variety of activities enable students to progress to a superior level of fluency. Upon successful completion of this course, students are expected to demonstrate a CEFR B1+ ‐ B2 level of proficiency. Prerequisite: JAPA 2210 or equivalent. Native speakers of Japanese may not take this course for credit. Required Lab: JAPA 2150L JAPA 2210 3 Intermediate Japanese 2 (3,0,1)(L) Students solidify their skills and extend their knowledge while they are introduced to increasingly advanced language structures. Upon successful completion, students are expected to demonstrate an intermediate CEFR A2 level of proficiency. JAPA 2610 3 Aspects of Japanese Culture 2 (3,0,1)(L) In this survey course, students are introduced to aspects of Japanese culture and society. The course explores modern Japan in the post‐war era. Students focus on the development of basic Japanese social, cultural, and political ideas that have shaped modern Japanese society.The course is conducted in English; no knowledge of Japanese is required. Required Lab: JAPA 2610L JOIN 1010 Entry Level Joinery (Benchwork) Theory (180 hours) Students are introduced to theory for the following topics: Using safe work practices, using organizational skills, selecting materials, using hand tools, using portable power tools, using woodworking machines, assembling products and applying finishing materials. JOIN 1110 Entry Level Joinery (Benchwork) Practical (420 hours) Students gain experience from hands‐on training in the carpentry shop in the proper and safe use of joinery hand tools, portable power tools, woodworking machines and applying finishing products to wood surfaces. Prerequisite: JAPA 2110 or equivalent JOUR 2010 3 Required Lab: JAPA 2210L Studies in Journalism (3,0,0) JAPA 2250 3 This is a variable content course offering an introduction to topics in contemporary journalism studies. Students explore social and political issues in Canadian journalism, journalism and film, journalism and media studies, and journalism and the new media. Oral Japanese 2 (3,0,1)(L) This course is a continuation of JAPA 2150: Oral Japanese 1. Upon successful completion of this course, students are expected to demonstrate a CEFR B2 level of proficiency. 356 Prerequisite: Admission to the Journalism program, or the Bachelor of Arts, Major in Communication, or permission of the Chair JOUR 2020 3 Media Theory and History (3,0,0) creating stories and photos, and to the designing and laying out of newspapers and magazines using InDesign and Photoshop. Students design and create their own distinctive layout. This is a critical introduction to media theory and history, with an emphasis on the development of journalism as part of the operation of Canadian media organizations. Students are familiarized with basic media theory, and the structure, history, and general operations of media institutions in Canada. Prerequisite: admission to the journalism program, or the Bachelor of Arts, major in communication, or permission of the Chair Prerequisite: Admission to the Journalism program, or the Bachelor of Arts, Major in Communication, or permission of the Chair JOUR 3160 3 JOUR 2060 3 Introduction to Multimedia (3,0,0)(L) Students connect journalistic storytelling with the multi‐media and social media tools used by professionals to reach a wide range of audiences. Coursework includes social media; storytelling with audio and video; and the use and critical evaluation of blogs as sources and sites for news. Prerequisite: Admission to the Journalism program, or the Bachelor or Arts, Major in Communication, or permission of the Chair Online Journalism (3,0,0)(L) Students focus on developing the skills and knowledge required for online journalism. Students refine their writing, reporting and editing skills by developing news and features for publication on the Web. Basic HTML language skills are acquired as students become familiar with Web editing and design programs. Students produce a personal/professional web page and help to produce an online newspaper project. Emerging issues in online journalism are examined and discussed. Students work on advanced applications in editing, layout and web publishing software. Prerequisite: Admission to the Journalism program, or the Bachelor of Arts, Major in Communication, or permission of the Chair JOUR 3230 3 JOUR 2200 3 Introduction to Reporting Skills and Techniques (3,0,0)(L) Students are introduced to the basics of gathering information in journalism, including planning, networking, researching, evaluating, interviewing, summarizing, critical thinking and deadline writing. Students explore the basic issues of journalism, including media law and ethics, and the beats of journalism, such as justice reporting and municipal reporting. The practical and applied principles, values and behaviour of effective journalism are discussed. Beat Reporting (3,0,0)(L) Working in the context of the program's newspapers, students explore and experiment with a number of different specialized types of writing, editing and reporting. A variety of beats are covered, such as politics, arts and culture, business and economics, justice and sports. The exact nature of course material varies with student interest and the availability of instruction. Prerequisite: Admission to the Journalism program, or the Bachelor of Arts, Major in Communication, or permission of the Chair Prerequisite: Admission to the journalism program, the Bachelor of Arts, Major in Communication, or permission of the Chair JOUR 3400 3 JOUR 2210 3 Introduction to News Photography and Videography (3,0,0) Students are introduced to the practical skills of photojournalism through planning, composing, shooting and editing digital still photos and digital video in a journalistic, newsworthy style. Students are instructed in the effective visual composition of images, in addition to interviewing technique with a video camera, the creation of the 'decisive moment' in still photos and of narrative in a video form, and the processing of digital images with Photoshop and Final Cut Pro. Students also explore theoretical issues of ethics, privacy and legal considerations in press photography and videography. National and International Media (3,0,0) Students are familiarized with major international and national media, and exposed to a wide variety of print publications, as they explore how the media helps to form and shape societal values. Students evaluate the major global media consortiums that cross‐ control newspapers, magazines, movie studios, cable TV channels, networks, music programs and Internet providers today. The relationships and dependencies that Canadian media have at the local, regional, national, and international levels are examined, with a consideration of how governments attempt to control the media. Prerequisite: Admission to the Journalism program, or the Bachelor of Arts, Major in Communication, or permission of the Chair Prerequisite: Admission to the journalism program, or Bachelor of Arts major in communications, or permission of the Chair Corequisite: JOUR 2200 JOUR 3510 3 Photojournalism (3,0,0)(L) JOUR 2800 1 Journalism Career Preparation 1 (1,0,0) Students explore the range of career possibilities in journalism, public relations and organizational communication. Students develop job‐search skills, create and maintain a professional portfolio, and prepare for future work experience in the field of journalism and communication. Prerequisite: Admission to the Journalism program, the BA, Major in Communication, or permission of the Department Chair JOUR 3030 3 News Writing (3,0,0) This course takes the student from a brief review of grammar to the introduction of techniques for journalistic writing, revising, and editing, including copy editing and Canadian Press style. Students start with the basics and progress to increasingly advanced techniques. Prerequisite: Admission to the Journalism program, or the Bachelor of Arts, Major in Communication, or permission of the Chair Students use a digital camera as a reporting tool to reveal events and tell a story about newsworthy subjects that impact society in significant ways. A practical and working knowledge of digital camera equipment is developed as students work with journalistic photo composition and the advanced processing of digital photos through Photoshop. The legal requirements and ethical behaviour of responsible photojournalism is discussed. The photojournalistic image as a distinct form of representation is also explored according to leading theorists. Prerequisite: admission to the journalism program, or the Bachelor of Arts, Major in Communication, or permission of the Chair JOUR 3520 3 Journalism Research Methods (3,0,0) The basic principles and techniques of research from a journalistic perspective is explored as students are shown how to design and execute a focused research plan for their articles. A broad range of topics are discussed, including how to access public information and historical and legal records, and how to make sense of the gathered information using both traditional ('shoe‐leather') methods and more advanced techniques, such as computer‐assisted reporting. Prerequisite: Admission to the Journalism program, or the Bachelor of Arts, Major in Communication, or permission of the Chair JOUR 3110 3 Layout and Design for Newspapers and Magazines (3,0,0)(L) JOUR 3540 3 Students examine the production of newspapers and magazines in theory and practice, and apply the skills, principles, values and theories involved in print publications. The stages of production are explored, from the conception of a unique publication, to Feature Writing (3,0,0) 357 Building on the news writing skills acquired in JOUR 3030: News Writing, students are introduced to the feature article. Through the use of modelling and other techniques, students learn to recognize a good idea for a feature article and how to execute that idea in a publishable finished product. Additional topics include the essentials of revising for publication and the basics of freelance feature writing. Prerequisite: Admission to the Journalism program, or the Bachelor of Arts, Major in Communication, or permission of the Chair involving ethics, reporting and interviewing techniques, sourcing, bias and objectivity, news cycles, societal and personal assumptions, and changing technology ‐ all while operating under deadline in a competitive and often stressful environment. Students also read and discuss critical assessments of journalism and analyze the performance of journalists today. Prerequisite: Admission to the Journalism program, or the Bachelor of Arts, Major in Communication, or permission of the Chair JOUR 3550 3 Media and Public Relations (3,0,0) Students develop key skills and techniques used in the field of media and public relations, such as how to prepare and distribute press releases and media kits; how to arrange press conferences and media events; and coaching organizational spokespersons in media relations. Prerequisite: Admission to the Journalism program, or the Bachelor of Arts, Major in Communication, or permission of the Chair JOUR 4130 3 Advanced Online and Multimedia Journalism (3,0,0)(L) Students build on skills and concepts learned in previous online journalism and multimedia classes. Students become familiar with advanced multimedia and online news presentation techniques. Advanced skills and techniques are then used to produce collaborative multimedia news projects. Prerequisite: Admission to the Journalism program, or the Bachelor of Arts, Major in Communication, or permission of the Chair. Recommended JOUR 3160. JOUR 3700 3 Media Law and Ethics (3,0,0) This course provides an overview of the legal and ethical situations and circumstances that commonly confront journalists and other media professionals. Topics include libel, contempt of court, freedom of information, privacy legislation, copyright, confidentiality, protection of sources, and the use of 'off‐the‐record' remarks. Prerequisite: Admission to the Journalism program, or the Bachelor of Arts, Major in Communication, or permission of the Chair JOUR 3800 1 Journalism Career Preparation 2 (0,1,0) Students are instructed in how to find and apply for field experience in journalism‐ related placements. Students explore strategic planning and job‐hunting techniques; prepare professional cover letters and resumes, and build and maintain a professional portfolio. Prerequisite: Completion of JOUR 2800; Admission to the Journalism program, or the Bachelor of Arts, Major in Communication, or permission of the Chair JOUR 3980 3 Journalism Internship (0,3,0) Through a six‐to‐twelve‐week supervised field experience, this course helps students explore the range of career possibilities in journalism, public relations, and organizational communication. Students will propose internship placements in collaboration with department faculty. Department supervision and evaluation of field work is completed in collaboration with a field supervisor. Prerequisite: Admission to the Journalism program, or the BA Major in Communication, or permission of the chair JOUR 4150 3 Popular Science, Nature, and Technology Writing (3,0,0) Students learn the history and application of skepticism and critical thinking to journalism as it filters, evaluates, translates and packages information about science, technology and the environment in a form acceptable to a general mainstream audience. Styles and strategies of critical non‐fiction writing are explored, and the essential communication issues of narrative, voice, and ethics are examined. Students develop their own distinct and original writing for science, nature, or technology, designed for a typical mainstream publication in print, video or online. Prerequisite: Admission to the Journalism program or the Bachelor of Arts, Major in Communication, or permission of the Chair JOUR 4210 3 Freelance Writing (3,0,0) This course is an intensive workshop in freelance writing, focused on the researching, writing, and selling of freelance articles. The course acts as a form of self‐directed study with a collaborative edge. Students are expected to keep a writing log in which they zero in on special interests and special problems. Work is submitted (and revised and re‐ submitted when necessary) for publication. This course is designed to refine and strengthen the individual's sense of writing self (to facilitate the charting of a freelance career), and to provide a solid introduction to the business of professional freelance writing. Prerequisite: Admission into the Journalism program or the Bachelor of Arts, Major in Communication, or permission of the Chair JOUR 4220 3 Beat Reporting: Arts and Culture (2,2,0) JOUR 3990 3 Directed Study: Internship (0,3,0) Journalism Internship Studies provides guided online support for those Journalism students engaged in 12‐week internships. Working with an instructor via the Journalism Internship Web site, students will complete assignments designed to help support the internship experience. Prerequisite: Entry into the Journalism Program or permission of the instructor JOUR 4020 3 Advanced Media Theory (3,0,0) Students explore cultural‐critical theories of mass communication, drawing on the works of theorists, such as John Thompson, Robert McChesney, and Neil Postman. Students apply the critical perspectives discussed in this course to their own media use. Prerequisite: Admission to the Journalism program, or the Bachelor of Arts, Major in Communication, or permission of the Chair. Recommended: JOUR 2020. JOUR 4110 3 Issues in Journalism: A Case Studies Approach (3,0,0) Students explore journalism decision‐making by studying real‐life incidents involving journalists on the job. The case‐study method allows students to consider the complexity of the challenges facing journalists on a daily basis, such as questions 358 An overview of arts and entertainment coverage, with particular emphasis on practical writing skills, from the perspective of a reporter working in the field. We will look at arts contant in its varied forms, critical and non‐critical ‐ profiles, reviews, features, advances, special‐event/community coverage and listings ‐ in a cross‐section of predominantly print media, especially community newspapers. There will be monthly field trips with assigned coverage and guest speakers to provide community and professional insight. Prerequisite: Entry into the Journalism Program or permission of the instructor Required Seminar: JOUR 4220S JOUR 4230 3 Beat Reporting: Business and Economics (2,2,0) The economic health of a community determines everthing from the quality of life to the political system. Financial news can be as dramatic as a major corporate scandal or as pragmatic as the number of new homes built in a town. Reporters who can understand and interpret financial news have become much in demand in recent years. Thanks to scandals such as those involving big names such as Lord (Conrad) Black and Martha Stewart, business journalism has become one of the sexiest fields in journalism today. This course explores the dynamic field of financial journalism. It will cover the topics and terms of business journalism. It will expose students to the various types of financial journals and give them a broad perspective on different publications, broadcast operations and web‐based sites that cover business. Prerequisite: Entry into the Journalism Program or permission of the instructor Required Seminar: JOUR 4230S JOUR 4250 3 Beat Reporting: Justice (2,2,0) Crime reporting is like ancient Greek tragedy: it brings together the hot issues that continue to fascinate humanity about justice, fairness, depraved schemes, random victimization, and the means society uses to deal with the problem of deviance and criminal behaviour. This course will examine crime writing in theory and practice as a modern version of Greek tragedy and a pillar of mainstream writing.. It will look at how culture and style affect crime stories and examine theories of criminal behaviour. Students will both analyze crime reporting and do their own writing in this genre. This course will examine the writing of modern crime journalists to help understand different methods of researching and structuring stories about crime and justice in the context of modern culture and society. Students will learn how to write stories involving police, the court system, the prison system, felons and victims, and grapple with the limitations of crime writing, according to taste, different types of publications, and the law. Part of the course will involve attending local court cases and doing deadline writing. Prerequisite: Entry into the Journalism Program of permission of the instructor Required Seminar: JOUR 4250S JOUR 4260 3 Beat Reporting: Sports (2,2,0) The world of sports is often seen as a microcosm of society because it has included some of the greatest in human achievement and some of the worst in human behaviour, plus everything in between. Perhaps that is why sports writing runs the gamut from the best ‐ and worst ‐ in journalism. Often derided by news reporters as the toy department of newspapers, sports sections have nonetheless expanded in size and popularity as the market‐driven imperatives of modern media corporations have reflected heightened public interest in and promotion of professional sports. This course will examine sports writing in theory and practice not only as a reflection of modern culture, but also as an integral part of media marketing. Students will both analyze sports reporting and do their own writing in this genre. Prerequisite: Entry into the Journalism Program or permission of the instructor Required Seminar: JOUR 4260S JOUR 4270 3 Investigative Journalism (3,0,0) Students are instructed in the high‐level research skills used by investigative journalists to uncover information that has often been deliberately hidden from public scrutiny. Students learn to recognize opportunities for, and execute, investigative work. Prerequisite: Admission to the Journalism program, or the Bachelor of Arts, Major in Communication, or permission of the Chair relation to content) and to foster understanding of the important role of that journalists play in the push‐and‐pull of public discourse. Prerequisite: Entry into the Journalism Program or permission of the instructor Required Seminar: JOUR 4580S JOUR 4590 3 Outlaw Journalists (3,0,0) Journalism has a strong tradition of outlaw writers who break the conventions of society and of journalism. These writers do that through style and content and through the way they practise the craft of writing. Some of these journalists found an audience that allowed them to rebel from inside newspapers and the publishing industry, and others are outcasts who used the craft of writing to rage against their circumstances. The effect of these writers has been so strong that they have altered the path of journalism and made changes in both society and writing. Prerequisite: Entry into the Journalism Program or permission of the instructor JOUR 4750 3 Journalism Senior Project (0,3,0)(L) Students complete an independent journalism project. Acceptable projects include original investigative stories or a series of stories on a specific subject or issue. Students may do print, broadcast or web‐based projects and are encouraged to have their work published in a professional publication, news program or website. Students meet in a weekly seminar to discuss and critique their work. Prerequisite: 4th year standing in Journalism and permission of the Chair JOUR 4800 1 Journalism Career Preparation 3 (1,0,0) Students prepare for the transition to a career in journalism, public relations or communication. As the last in a series of career preparation courses, this course provides a final opportunity for students to understand the career possibilities in the field; develop job‐search skills and abilities; create and maintain professional portfolios; prepare for field experience during their education; and transition successfully from school to work after graduation. Prerequisite: Completion of JOUR 2800 and JOUR 3800, admission to the Journalism program or the Bachelor of Arts, Major in Communication or permission of the department Chair JOUR 4950 3 Directed Study (3,0,0) JOUR 4310 3 Literary Journalism: Studies in Narrative Non‐Fiction (3,0,0) This course provides a topical introduction to literary journalism and additional forms of creative nonfiction through a survey of the best works in the genre. Through close reading of selected works and targeted writing exercises, the course enhances students’ appreciation for the craft of journalism and for the range of literature, beyond daily reportage, that the craft accommodates. Prerequisite: Admission to the Journalism program, or the Bachelor of Arts, Major in Communication, or permission of the Chair JOUR 4540 3 Magazine Writing and Production (2,2,0) Working as a team, students will produce a community magazine. Prerequisite: Entry into the Journalism Program or permission of the instructor Required Seminar: JOUR 4540S JOUR 4580 3 Alternative Media (2,1,0) This course examines the history and development of alternative media from the underground newspapers of the 1960s through the alternative press that grew up in its wake (into the now‐familiar entertainment rags of most sizeable North American cities) to a final survey of the dizzying profusion of so‐called alternatives (zines, indymedia sites, and the like) available ‐ indeed, ever multiplying ‐ in the current electronic environment and information era. The purpose of such examination is twofold: to instill in aspiring journalists a critical and historical awareness of media forms (and their 359 Students work independently, under the supervision of a faculty member on a selected journalism topic. There are generally 1‐3 students enrolled in the course. The instructor provides students with a syllabus or program of study and a set of assignments on the material. Students meet regularly with the instructor throughout the semester to discuss the material and gauge progress. The department Chair and the Dean must approve course topics. With the permission of the program Chair, students may be permitted to undertake independent study in an area of special interest in the field of journalism Prerequisite: Entrance to the Journalism program JUST 1140 3 Human Behaviour (4,0,0) Students analyze elements of human behaviour from the criminal justice perspective. Four fundamental themes are examined. The first theme explores the importance of self‐awareness in developing effective communication in a team‐based environment. Building upon the individual's awareness of personal behavioural tendencies and preferences, the second theme focuses on the development and enhancement of critical communication and conflict resolution skills. To provide students with an overview of mental health issues that affect criminal justice personnel and the public they assist, the third theme examines elements of psychological distress and dysfunction as well as support strategies for people in crisis. The final component of the course conveys a variety of aspects relating to a justice‐related career including mental health, harassment, and multicultural issues. Prerequisite: Admission to the Police and Justice Studies diploma program JUST 1250 3 Tactical Communication Skills for Criminal Justice (4,0,0) This course contains two core themes pertaining to effective communication skills for public safety personnel. The first theme examines the foundation for communication skills required to effectively interview witnesses, victims and accused, including: probing, questioning techniques, listening, paraphrasing, summarizing, and documentation. The second theme builds on previous interviewing skills by incorporating conflict resolution and crisis intervention techniques. A variety of strategies to identify deceptive people, and response techniques for law enforcement personnel are practiced and discussed. The National Use of Force Model is introduced, and the use of verbal intervention skills using the Use of Force Model is also discussed. Prerequisite: Admission to the Police and Justice Studies diploma program JUST 1310 3 Introduction to Criminal Justice Services in Canada (4,0,0) This course offers a complete overview of the Canadian criminal justice system. Students begin by examining the legislative, structural, and operational components of the criminal justice system, and reviewing the roles and responsibilities of the professionals who work within this system. Next, students follow the process and discuss the rights of an accused person as they travel through the system, from the commission of an offence to conviction and sentencing. Students also examine the rights of the victims of crime and their impact on the sentencing of adult and young offenders. Finally, alternatives to the criminal justice court process and their affects on the system as a whole are considered. law enforcement facilities and participate in recruiting sessions with law enforcement groups. Prerequisite: Admission to the Police and Justice Studies diploma program, 2nd year standing, pass a Criminal Record check LAWF 3010 5 Constitutional Law (3,0,0)(3,0,0) Students are introduced to the basic elements of Canadian constitutional law. Topics include the nature of constitutions and constitutional processes; principles of constitutional interpretation; constitutional amendment; and Federal/Provincial distribution of legislative powers including the federal general power, natural resources and public property, provincial property and civil rights, trade and commerce, provincial taxation, transportation, communications, and criminal law. Students also examine the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms including principles of limitations, remedies, interpretation, application, fundamental freedoms, democratic and language rights, mobility rights, legal rights, equality rights, and Aboriginal rights. LAWF 3020 3 Legal Perspectives (3,0,0) This course provides an introduction to legal and judicial reasoning. Students examine various legal theories including natural law, positivist, realist, liberal, feminist and other legal perspectives. Prerequisite: Admission to the Police and Justice Studies diploma progra LAWF 3030 5 JUST 2350 3 Contracts (3,0,0)(3,0,0) Prerequisite: Admission to the Police and Justice Studies diploma program, 2nd year standing Students undertake a legal and policy analysis of the basic principles and fundamental concepts of the law of contracts as they relate to commercial and consumer transactions. Students explore the following: the formation of contracts including offer, acceptance and consideration; estoppel; privity; terms of contract, including exemption clauses; standard form contracts; bailment; mistake, misrepresentation and unconscionability; termination, including the doctrine of frustration; breach and remedies for breach; and dispute resolution processes. Emphasis is placed not only on knowledge of rules and principles, their historical derivation, rationale, efficacy and social validity, but also upon the creative use of contracts to both avoid and resolve disputes. JUST 2450 3 LAWF 3040 3 Police Skills (2,0,2)(L) Legislation, Administration and Policy (3,0,0) This course offers students an opportunity to practice the use of force techniques in the gymnasium. Students engage in hand‐to‐hand self defence training, including handcuffing techniques, pressure points and control tactics, defensive baton techniques, and subject control techniques. This course is physically intensive and provides hands‐on practical experience for students. Students examine the fundamentals of the legislative process: policy development, legislative drafting, public bill process, and statutory interpretation. The interaction of law and policy in the development of legislation, statutory interpretation and the work of administrative tribunals are discussed, along with the fundamentals of the administrative process: subordinate legislation, administrative institutions, forms of dispute resolution, delegation, discretion, process and judicial review. Students make substantive law connections with other first year courses. The functions of the lawyer within these processes are examined, including issues of professional responsibility. Emphasis is placed on skill development in oral advocacy and drafting both legislation and private law documents. Introduction to Canadian Law and Legal Institutions (4,0,0) This course provides an overview of the basic legal institutions in Canada, and the fundamental principles of common law. Students discuss how laws are developed and evolve, the Canadian court system, and the exercise of judicial power. The course also includes a general introduction to the substantive areas of torts, family law, administrative law, and criminal law. Prerequisite: Admission to the Police and Justice Studies diploma program, 2nd year standing, valid British Columbia Class 5 drivers licence, and a doctor's permission to participate in strenuous physical activity JUST 2510 3 Introduction to Policing (4,0,0) The objective of this course is to provide the foundation for students on policing in Canada, from the principles of Sir Robert Peel to policing in the present. Students explore navigating the Criminal Code, identify offences, prepare reports on criminals, learn about Community Policing principles, and discover various departments within police organizations. Students also participate in crime scene investigations, including the taking of fingerprints, the collection of evidence, and recording information in their police notebooks. Prerequisite: Admission to the Police and Justice Studies diploma program, 2nd year standing JUST 2810 3 Field Work Practicum (0,2,2) Students are introduced to various aspects of the field of justice by participating in hands‐on activities. Students are expected to develop and present a community policing activity to the public during the semester, including creating all instructional media, meeting with schools or service groups, and setting up their presentations. Other topics include Possession and Acquisition Licence (PAL) firearms training; RCMP Physical Abilities Requirement Evaluation (P.A.R.E.) testing; driving course(s); directing traffic; and accident investigations and scenario‐based training using actors. Students also tour 360 LAWF 3050 5 Property (3,0,0)(3,0,0) This course is an examination of the fundamental concepts of property law and the types of property interest recognized by Anglo‐Canadian law. Topics include the historical evolution of property concepts; the basic concepts of possession, ownership and title; estates and other interests in land such as joint and concurrent ownership, easements, covenants, licenses, mortgages, future interests and perpetuities; the landlord and tenant relationship; the land titles system of registration of title to land; the social constraints upon property use and disposition; and property rights of aboriginal peoples. LAWF 3060 3 Fundamental Legal Skills (3,0,0)(3,0,0) Students are introduced to the following: legal method, systems and institutions; sources of law; legal analysis, including case analysis and problem‐solving skills; court systems; precedent, stare decisis; legal writing and communication, including memoranda and facta; oral advocacy, including mooting; research databases and legal research skills. LAWF 3070 5 Prerequisite: LAWF 3810 Torts (3,0,0)(3,0,0) Corequisite: LAWF 3810 Students analyze and critique the law of torts, primarily the law of negligence, with personal injury as the main focus, although other torts are also introduced. Topics include the nature of tort law and its process; an anatomy of the law of negligence, including the nature and extent of liability, defenses, remedies, and the assessment of damages; intentional torts; economic torts; strict liability; bailment; the impact of private insurance on the tort system; alternative forms of compensation. LAWF 3080 5 LAWF 3600 3 Conflict of Laws (3,0,0) This course is a discourse of the doctrines and rules governing legal disputes cutting across provincial or national boundaries. Topics include jurisdiction; distinctions between substantive and procedural rules; the recognition and enforcement of foreign judgements; domicile; proof of foreign law; and the choice of law rules relating to private law (torts, contracts, property, succession and family law). Crime: Law and Procedure (3,0,0)(3,0,0) This course provides an anatomy of criminal conduct and its legal treatment, utilizing a limited range of criminal offences. Students examine the designation of human conduct as criminal and consider the social, cultural and political forces involved. Other topics include: the development of the criminal process in English common law, its translation to Canada and embodiment in the Criminal Code; the substantive elements of a criminal offence, including both physical and mental elements; the common law and code defences; procedural, tactical, ethical and evidential problems associated with criminal prosecution at both the pre‐trial and trial stages; the sentencing process; and the position at law of the victim. LAWF 3610 3 Real Estate Transactions (3,0,0) This course is an examination of estate transactions. Topics include the purchase and sale of property; mortgaging and other ways to finance land transactions; commercial leasing arrangements; and the Land Titles Act as it relates to land development. LAWF 3620 3 Bankruptcy and Restructuring Law (3,0,0) LAWF 3090 1 Dispute Resolution 1: Interviewing and Counselling (1,0,0) Topics in this course include receivership, consumer and commercial arrangements, and bankruptcy under the Bankruptcy Act and the Company Creditors Arrangements Act. This course is an introduction to dispute resolution. Topics include conflict analysis; an overview of dispute resolution processes; fact‐finding through client interviewing; client‐centred counselling; ethical issues. LAWF 3630 3 Advanced Public Law (3,0,0) LAWF 3440 3 Intellectual Property Law (3,0,0) Itellectual property, including the law of patents, copyrights, and trade‐marks. LAWF 3450 3 International Trade Law (3,0,0) Students analyze the public law framework for international trade, with an emphasis on the World Trade Organization and North American Free Trade Agreement. Topics include national treatment; most‐favoured nation treatment; anti‐dumping and countervail actions; and dispute resolution. Students examine selected issues in constitutional law at the advanced level. Topics may include constitutional amendment, comparative approaches to rights, comparative federalism, the role of international law in constitutional litigation, the role of social movements, and strategic litigation in securing constitutional rights. LAWF 3640 3 Secured Transactions (3,0,0) In this course, students consider in detail the modern law of secured transactions and the financing of personal property, with a focus on British Columbia's Personal Property Security Act. LAWF 3650 3 LAWF 3500 3 Unjust Enrichment (3,0,0) Insurance Law (3,0,0) Students assess unjust enrichment as an independent source of legal obligation. Topics include elements of the right of action and defences; restitution as the remedy, with particular emphasis on personal versus proprietary restitution; and disgorgement of wrongful gain, distinguished from restitution using breach of fiduciary obligation as the primary example. Students are introduced to various types of insurance (e.g. fire, life, sickness and accident, motor vehicle, and liability). Topics include the nature and formation of the insurance contract; the role of insurance agents; insurable interest; misrepresentation and non‐disclosure; and the rights of third parties against the insurer. LAWF 3510 3 Jurisprudence (3,0,0) This course is a critical inquiry into the nature and functions of law and justice, including natural law, legal positivism, sociological jurisprudence, legal realism, and contemporary theorists. LAWF 3520 3 LAWF 3660 3 Health Law (3,0,0) Students evaluate the regulation, structure, and financing of the health care system. Topics include licensing and regulation of health care professionals (including medical malpractice claims as a form of regulation); regulation of biomedical research; approval processes for drugs, complementary therapies, and medical devices; resource allocation and access to health care; market considerations; privatization and deregulation of health care; and consent and confidentiality. Tax Policy (3,0,0) Students explore principles of tax policy (efficiency, equity, and simplicity) and applications related to income, sales, and payroll taxes. Topics include the economic and distributive effects of taxes, auditing and legal compliance, and political economy. LAWF 3570 3 Advanced Criminal Law (3,0,0) Examination of selected substantive areas of criminal law. Topics may include double jeopardy, police entrapment, conspiracy, corporate crime, theft, impaired driving and breathalyzer offences, plea negotiations, ethical issues, mistake of law as a defence, and juveniles and the criminal process. 361 LAWF 3670 3 Corporate Tax (3,0,0) Students examine the provisions of the Income Tax Act applicable to corporations and their stakeholders. Topics include the classification of corporations for tax purposes; the taxation of corporate income; the taxation of corporate distributions; and the taxation of various types of corporate reorganizations. Prerequisites: LAWF 3800‐Business Associations, LAWF 3830‐Basic Tax Law Co‐Requisites: LAWF 3830‐Basic Tax Law, LAWF 3800‐Business Associations LAWF 3680 3 LAWF 3760 3 Immigration and Refugee Law (3,0,0) Directed Research (3,0,0) Students explore the basic principles, policies, and procedures governing immigration and refugee law. Topics include refugee law and status; selection and admission of immigrants; inadmissible and 16 non‐removable classes; exceptions and the minister's permits; and appeals and judicial review in the Federal Court including Charter issues. Prerequisites: LAWF 3900‐Administrative Law Students complete a supervised research project involving the in‐depth examination of a legal problem or area of concern not normally covered in a substantive or procedural course and which provides the basis for an article, research paper, brief, memorial, or draft legislation. Admission to this course depends on the availability of supervising faculty. THIS COURSE MAY BE REPEATED FOR CREDIT Prerequisite: Consent of the Faculty LAWF 3690 3 Law and Economics (3,0,0) LAWF 3770 2 Students examine the practical and theoretical implications arising from the application of economic reasoning to law. Topics include the economic method of legal analysis and the scope of its application, and the major critical responses in both traditional legal fields of economic influence (such as tort, contract and corporate law), and more novel areas (such as family and criminal law). ***Selected Topics 1 (2,0,0) Students focus on a variety of subject areas, either doctrinal or theoretical. THIS COURSE MAY BE REPEATED FOR CREDIT LAWF 3780 3 LAWF 3700 3 ***Selected Topics 2 (3,0,0) Public Lands and Natural Resources Law (3,0,0) Students focus on a variety of subject areas, either doctrinal or theoretical. THIS COURSE MAY BE REPEATED FOR CREDIT This course will provide an opportunity for students to consider in detail the protection, exploitation, and management of Crown‐owned lands and renewable and non‐ renewable natural resources (other than oil and gas, and including forestry, range land, minerals, wildlife, fisheries, wilderness, recreational, and heritage). Students discuss the nature of public ownership, public and private values, economic approaches, and inter‐ jurisdictional management. LAWF 3790 4 ***Selected Topics 3 (4,0,0) Students focus on a variety of subject areas, either doctrinal or theoretical. THIS COURSE MAY BE REPEATED FOR CREDIT. LAWF 3710 3 Remedies (3,0,0) LAWF 3800 3 Students assess judicial remedies at common law and equity for tort and breach of contract, including personal injury and property damage. Themes include compensating loss, disgorging gain, and punishing civil wrong; prohibiting and compelling defendant behaviour; loss‐based, gain‐ based, and punitive damages; and injunctions and specific performance. Business Associations (3,0,0) LAWF 3720 3 Trusts (3,0,0) Students explore the concept of the trust, its development in equity, and its relationship to other legal concepts. Topics include various types of trusts; constituting, administering and terminating the trust; trustee duties and powers; variation of trusts; breach of trust; and the doctrine of tracing. Prerequisite: Contracts, Torts, Unjust Enrichment This course is a detailed survey of the common forms of business organization, including the law of agency, partnerships, limited partnerships, and societies and corporations, with a focus on the corporation and the rights and responsibilities of shareholders and directors. LAWF 3810 3 Criminal Process (3,0,0) This course is a survey and critical examination of the core aspects of criminal process law. Students focus on legislation relating to jurisdiction and modes of trial including obligations of and options available to prosecution and accused. Other topics include arrest, search and seizure, investigative detention, and right to counsel and silence, all within the context of the Charter of Rights and Freedoms. Corequisite: Contracts, Torts, Unjust Enrichment LAWF 3820 3 LAWF 3730 3 Human Rights Law (3,0,0) This course is a survey of national and provincial human rights laws and practice as distinct from the Charter of Rights and Freedoms, and an introduction to the main international and transnational human rights instruments and standards. Family Law (3,0,0) This course is an analysis of the legal principles affecting the rights and responsibilities of the members of the family. Topics include constitutional issues, marriage, marriage contracts, common law marriage, child neglect and abuse, custody and access, guardianship, adoption, separation, divorce, nullity, spousal and child maintenance, and matrimonial property. Emphasis is placed on the process of family law and the appropriate role for lawyers and judges. LAWF 3740 3 International Law (3,0,0) LAWF 3830 3 Students examine the elements of public international law, including sources, the role of customary law, the law of treaties, recognition, state responsibility, and the roles and powers of international organizations. Basic Tax Law (3,0,0) LAWF 3750 3 Students study the basic language and concepts of taxation and learn to identify taxation issues. Topics include the unit of taxation; the meaning and taxation of income; taxation of benefits; the type and scope of deductions available for business income; and the taxation of capital gains including gains (and losses) on taxpayer assets. Canadian Legal History (3,0,0) The focus of this course is to consider migration and European law in the colonial context and its impact in pre‐Confederation Canada (settled and conquered colonies); the role of trading companies, particularly the Hudson's Bay Company; the impact of the United States both before and after Confederation; Confederation and the development of Canadian legal culture and law. Jurisdictions may include British Columbia, Alberta, Ontario, Quebec, and Nova Scotia. 362 LAWF 3840 3 Environmental Law (3,0,0) Students critically examine legal theories, concepts, principles, and processes relevant to environmental protection. Topics include ecological and ethical dimensions; jurisdictional issues; common law rights and remedies; environmental assessment; public participation; contaminated sites; enforcement and compliance; economic approaches; endangered species and protected spaces; land use planning; and environmental dispute resolution. LAWF 3850 3 LAWF 3930 3 Employment Law (3,0,0) Ethical Lawyering (3,0,0) Students examine the law governing non‐unionized workplaces in Canada. Topics include constitutional jurisdiction; defining the employment relationship and employer/employee status; the employment contract; implied rights and obligations; termination; reasonable notice of dismissal; constructive dismissal; cause for summary dismissal; human rights; and employment standards legislation. This course is an introduction to issues of legal ethics and professional responsibility. Students become competent at ethical reasoning in the context of legal practice. To achieve this goal, the course covers selected topics in the 'law of lawyering' (for example, the Law Society of British Columbia's Code of Professional Conduct), but also addresses the general question of what it means to be an ethical lawyer. Students are expected to develop their awareness of the various moral values underlying the legal system, and to practice how to weigh and apply those values, and the law of lawyering, to ethical problems. Selected topics relating to the regulation of lawyers' ethics are also addressed. LAWF 3860 3 Labour Law (3,0,0) Students analyze the law governing unionized workplaces in Canada. Topics include freedom of association; the status of participants; union organization and certification; unfair labour practices; collective bargaining; the collective agreement and arbitration; industrial conflict; the duty of fair representation; and interaction between the labour law regime and the common‐law of employment. LAWF 3940 3 Dispute Resolution 2: Negotiation and Mediation (3,0,0) This course provides an overview of the spectrum of the consensual dispute resolution process, including negotiation, collaborative lawyering, mediation, and judicial dispute resolution (JDR). Interest‐based bargaining and mediation are emphasized. LAWF 3870 3 Wills and Estates (3,0,0) Students examine the preparation, execution, interpretation, and administration of wills; testamentary capacity; alteration, revocation and republication of wills; intestate succession; dependant's relief; and estate administration. LAWF 3880 3 Sale of Goods (3,0,0) Students examine the sale and supply of goods, including the provincial Sale of Goods Act, consumer protection issues, and the Vienna International Sales Convention. LAWF 3950 2 Advanced Legal Research (3,0,0) This course builds on legal research instruction in the first year of the program and affords further opportunities to learn and practice research skills. Students are provided with instruction in research methodology, citation, print and electronic research/databases, covering case law, statute law, texts, periodicals and web‐based materials. LAWF 3960 3 Dispute Resolution 3: Adjudication (3,0,0) LAWF 3890 3 Aboriginal Law (3,0,0) Students explore the law governing the relationship between indigenous peoples and settler society. Topics include recognition of Aboriginal laws and custom; self‐ determination and other applicable principles of international law; self‐government; common law recognition of Aboriginal title; treaties; the fiduciary duty of the Crown; constitutional entrenchment of Aboriginal and treaty rights; application of provincial laws; the Indian Act; land surrenders; and exemptions from seizure and taxation. LAWF 3900 3 Administrative Law (3,0,0) Students are introduced to the general structure of administrative decision‐making in Canada: how public administrators obtain power and how that power is exercised both at the level of individual adjudication and at the level of the establishment of public policy. This course also provides an introduction to the checks which courts place on the exercise of administrative power. Students discuss the procedures that courts require of administrative agencies and public officials as well as the substantive grounds on which courts may review the decisions of administrative agencies and public officials. LAWF 3910 3 Civil Procedure (3,0,0) This course is a detailed examination of issues which arise in the progress of a civil action from first meeting the client through to judgment in the Supreme Court of British Columbia. The British Columbia Rules of Court are set in the context of the values underlying them. What sort of civil litigation system do we want? What sort of system do we in fact have? Particular attention is paid to the linkages between the apparently discrete components of the process as set out in the Rules, linkages at the levels of both the underlying values and the actual practice. The use of procedures under the Rules to anticipate and resolve evidence problems that might arise at trial is emphasized. Interprovincial and international aspects of the civil litigation process are also considered. LAWF 3920 3 Evidence (3,0,0) This course is an examination of the fundamental concepts of evidence law, including the traditional rules as compared to the emerging principled approach, and such core and primary topics as the adversary system; relevance and discretionary exclusion; privilege; burdens of proof; character evidence; judicial notice; competence and compellability; examination of witnesses; hearsay; and opinion evidence. 363 This course is an overview of the binding, third‐party decision‐making processes of dispute resolution, and their commonalities and differences. Students focus on two of the following three adjudication processes: arbitrations, administrative hearings, and trials. LAWF 3970 3 Sports Law (3,0,0) This survey course examines the legal dimensions of amateur and professional sport. The course has an international perspective looking at Canadian, US, and UK case law. Topics include the governance and regulation of sport, tort law, contract law, and intellectual property rights. Particular topics include negligence and sports violence; the relationship between athlete, agent and employer/engager; sponsorship and ambush marketing; and doping. LAWF 3980 3 Sports Law 2 (3,0,0) This survey course examines particular legal dimensions of professional sport. Like Sports Law 1, this survey course has an international perspective looking at Canadian, US and UK law. Sports Law 2 focuses on the governance and regulation of professional sports, including contract law, intellectual property rights and ambush marketing, anti‐ trust law, criminal law, gender equity, and doping. Sports Law 1 is not a prerequisite for Sports Law 2, and both courses can be taken by interested students. LAWF 3990 3 Canadian Journal of Comparative and Contemporary Law (3,0,0) Law Journal is a course whereby five upper level Law students manage all aspects of editing the "Canadian Journal of Comparative and Contemporary Law." Students will coordinate the peer‐review, select submissions for inclusion in the journal, and edit these for substance and style. Other journal related tasks will be assigned to students by the faculty editors in chief on an ad hoc basis. Editors will also contribute to the journal in the form of Comments and Notes. Prerequisite: Students must currently be enrolled in either full time second or third year of the JD program at the TRU Faculty of Law. Students will competitively be selected based on their legal research and writing skills, as evidenced primarily through their performance in the first year of the JD program at TRU Law. LAWF 4000 3 LEFA 1040 2 Court of Appeal Moots (3,0,0) Developing a Community of Inquiry (0,2,0) The development of appellate advocacy and other lawyering skills in the context of preparation for and participation in the BC Court of Appeal Moot, in the areas of criminal law; civil law (contract, property or tort law); and constitutional law. Participants engage in discussion groups, facilitated by program mentors, with a focus on exchanging perspectives and sharing insights arising from their individual focused inquiries. Participants are expected to demonstrate thoughtful participation and a spirit of inquiry, and to critically examine their beliefs and practices in dialogue with others. Prerequisite: Consent of the Faculty Prerequisite: Successful comption of the first two courses in the Learning Facilitators' Certificate program or permission of the instructional team. LAWF 4010 3 Corequisite: LEFA 1030 Kawaskimhon National Aboriginal Moot (3,0,0) Students develop lawyering skills such as advocacy and consensus building, in the context of a non‐competitive moot, and conducted in a circle arrangement. Students use a moot problem based on selected contemporary issues in Aboriginal‐Government relations. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the First Year Law program LEFA 1010 4 Frameworks for Exploring Diversity (3,2,2) This is the first course in the Learning Facilitators' Certificate program. It introduces participants to a broad range of topics and issues in the education of students with diverse characteristics and learning needs, and establishes the foundational skills for distance learning in the community‐based components of the program. Each participant completes an initial self‐assessment to identify current strengths as well as capacities and areas of competence they will focus on throughout the Learning Facilitators' Certificate program. University mentors assist individual participants to set goals, develop plans and complete learning tasks that address the Program Capacities and Areas of Competence. Each participant creates a baseline portfolio summarizing personal and educational history, attributes as an educator and learner, learning goals, and learning plan for the following semester. Prerequisite: Experience working with children or adults in an educational setting (e.g., public, independent or federally‐funded school, Head Start, pre‐school, daycare, infant development, adult education centre). Approved admission to the 30‐credit Learning Facilitators' Certificate Program. Commitment to full participation in the 30‐credit Learning Faciliators' Certificate. LEFA 1020 5 Supporting Individual Learners (3,2,10) This course deals with how a support worker might be involved in assisting an individual student with previously identified learning needs. Participants complete readings, a web‐based Content Module, and focused learning tasks that address specific goals related to the program expectations and the specific educational outcomes/objectives of this course. Participants are expected to make connections between their work on these assignments and their workplace responsibilities, and to apply what they learn by developing and implementing strategies for supporting a specific student or small group in their educational settings. At the end of semester, each participant prepares a portfolio submission containing evidence of learning, along with a self‐evaluation referenced to the program expectations (see Capacities and Self‐assessment on the program website, http://www.educ.sfu.ca/fp/sdl). The participant's mentor responds to the portfolio, has an evaluation conference with the participant, and reviews the individual's learning goals and action plan for the following semester. Prerequisite: Successful completion of LEFA 1010 LEFA 1030 3 Distance Learning Practicum ‐ Understanding and Planning for Specific Learning Needs (3,0,4) In this semster, participants are expected to extend their knowledge and skills by investigating the learning needs of a variety of students in their workplace contexts, building on what was learned in the previous semester. Studies of individual differences are guided by an approved learning plan developed in consultation with a program mentor. Practicum activities focus on creating and implementing appropriate plans to support diverse learning needs within the scope of the individual's workplace responsibilities. This course encourages consideration of cultural factors in supporting individual learners, particularly those of Aboriginal heritage. The circle of courage framework developed by Bendtro, Brokenleg and Va Bockern is introduced as a template for assessing student learning needs and planning appropriate learning activities. Prerequisite: Successful completion of LEFA 1010 and LEFA 1020 or special permission of the instructional team. LEFA 2010 4 Community and Cultural Dimensions of Learning (4,2,2) This course focuses on more complex issues and topics in educating students with diverse learning needs, including community and cultural dimensions of education, issues of diversity and inclusion, and tools and strategies for communication, collaboration and problem‐solving. During this summer institute, participants also review their portfolios for the past year, update their self‐assessment related to the program expectations (see Capacities and Self‐Assessment on the program website at http://www.educ.sfu.ca/fp/sdl), and present some aspect of their learning from the previous year to colleagues at the institute. By the end of the institute, each participant completes a learning plan outlining their work for the coming year. Prerequisite: Successful completion of the first three semesters of the Learning Facilitators' Certificate program, or special permission of the instructional team. LEFA 2030 5 Distance Learning Practicum ‐ The Assessment‐Instruction Cycle (2,2,12) This course emphasizes the relationships among assessment, interpretation, evaluation, intervention and instruction. A field study, conducted in the participant's workplace, provides the context for demonstration of learning and growth in capacity to support students with diverse needs, with particular emphasis on the use of inclusive and culturally appropriate educational practices. Participants are expected to refer to information from readings and professional resources identified in the field study plan they have developed in consultation with a mentor, and to explain why the approaches they have selected are considered educationally sound. At the end of the field study semester, each participant presents evidence of learning and growth in a working portfolio to be reviewed by the mentor. Prerequisite: Successful completion of the first four semesters of the Learning Facilitators' Certificate program, or special permission of the instructional team. Corequisite: An appropriate practicum setting (i.e., a workplace assignment that involves supporting children or adult learners in an educational setting such as: a public, independent or federally‐funded school, Head Start, pre‐school, daycare, or infant development centre, adult education centre, etc.). LEFA 2040 3 Developing Networks of Support for Student Learning (2,0,6) This field study course builds on the previous semester's learning activities. Participants continue to incorporate strategies for effective instruction into their field of study activities, with emphasis on involving parents and community in the education process. Participants are expected to extend and deepen their competence as educational practitioners, to work collaboratively with other educators in supporting student learning, and to make connections among school, home and community that enhance the quality of learning for all. Prerequisite: Successful completion of the first five semesters of the Learning Facilitators' Certificate program or special permission of the instructional team. Corequisite: LEFA 2050. An appropriate practicum setting (i.e., a workplace assignment that involves supporting children or adult learners in an educational setting such as: a public, independent or federally‐funded school; Head Start, pre‐school, daycare, or infant development centre; adult education centre, etc.). LEFA 2050 2 Investigating Issues in Aboriginal Education (0,2,0) Facilitated discussions are designed to broaden and deepen participants' perspectives on issues in Aboriginal education, and to make connections between situations encountered in local communities and broader systemic issues. Participants form study groups to investigate a chosen topic, summarize appropriate readings and research, and present an analysis of their issue to the cohort seminar group. Prerequisite: Successful completion of the first five semesters of the Learning Facilitators' Certificate program or permission of the instructional team. Corequisite: LEFA 2040 364 LEFA 2060 2 Prerequisite: LEGA 1010, LEGA 1020, LEGA 1030 Reflections on Supporting Diverse Learners (1,1,0) During this final course in the Learning Facilitators' Certificate program, participants reflect on and synthesize what they have learned over the previous two years, in preparation for a final comprehensive portfolio conference and festival of learning. Each participant prepares a comprehensive portfolio that represents their learning journey, including evidence of growth and a self‐evaluation related to the program expectations (see Capacities and Self‐assessment on the program website at http://www.educ.sfu.ca/fp/sdl). Participants attend a two‐day festival of learning, where they make individual or small‐group presentations to colleagues and invited guests on what they learned from their field study work. Comprehensive portfolios are evaluated in individual conferences between participants and mentors. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all previous courses in the Learning Facilitators' Certificate program. LEGA 1060 Corporate Procedures 1 (60 hours) Students are introduced to the role and responsibilities of a legal administrative assistant working in the field of corporate law. Through an overview of the various forms of business organizations, with a focus on corporation, this course includes incorporation procedures, post‐incorporation procedures, and annual maintenance requirements of a private (non‐reporting) British Columbia company. Prerequisite: LEGA 1010, LEGA 1020 LEGA 1070 Corporate Procedures 2 (30 hours) LEGA 1010 Introduction to the Canadian Legal System (30 hours) The primary purpose of this course is to provide students with a general understanding and a working knowledge of the Canadian legal system. Prerequisite: ABTS 1550, ABTS 1200, ABTS 1100, ABTS 1110, ABTS 1300, Keyboarding speed of 50 wpm This course is a continuation of the material covered in LEGA 1060: Corporate Procedures I, which introduces students to the role and responsibilities of a legal administrative assistant working in the field of corporate law. Students focus on corporate structure and completion of filing forms as related to sole proprietorships, partnerships, limited partnerships, societies, cooperatives, non‐reporting companies, and extra‐provincial non‐reporting companies. Students are also introduced to securities and to BC OnLine (an Internet access to government services and information about companies in British Columbia). Prerequisite: LEGA 1010, LEGA 1020, LEGA 1060 LEGA 1020 Legal Office Procedures (45 Hours) Students are introduced to the legal profession, including the functions and duties of the legal administrative assistant in British Columbia. Topics include legal terminology, legal office procedures, precedents, preparation of correspondence and basic legal documents, legal record keeping and billing, citations, and references to Acts. Prerequisite: ABTS 1550, ABTS 1200, ABTS 1100, ABTS 1110, ABTS 1300, Keyboarding speed of 50 wpm LEGA 1030 Litigation Procedures 1 (60 hours) Students are introduced to the functions and duties of a legal administrative assistant working in civil litigation in British Columbia. Topics include terminology and rules relating to preparing and handling legal correspondence and documents in civil litigation actions and matters in the Supreme Court of BC. Students are also familiarized with the legal concepts related to the functioning of the courts and the professional legal environment. This is a hands‐on course in which students integrate keyboard, computer, transcription, and document formatting with a knowledge of civil law. Students handle legal documents and procedures, from the initiation of a lawsuit through to the completion of pleadings and the possibility of obtaining default judgment. Prerequisite: LEGA 1010 and LEGA 1020 LEGA 1040 Litigation Procedures 2 (60 hours) Students build on the skills and knowledge learned from Litigation Procedures I. Topics include terminology and rules relating to preparing and handling legal correspondence and documents in civil litigation actions and matters in the Supreme Court of BC. This course continues to introduce the legal concepts necessary to provide a basic understanding of the functioning of the courts and the professional environment that students are entering. This is a hands‐on course in which students integrate keyboard, computer, transcription, and document formatting with a knowledge of civil law. As the second of two Litigation Procedures courses, this course focuses on documents and procedures from the discovery process to preparation and attendance at trial and post‐ trial procedures, including bills of costs and enforcement procedures. Students also learn to prepare for Chambers hearings. Prerequisite: LEGA 1010, LEGA 1020, LEGA 1030 LEGA 1050 Family Litigation Procedures (60 hours) Students are introduced to the role and responsibilities of a legal administrative assistant employed in the field of family law in British Columbia. Students gain knowledge and practical experience in topics such as statutes and rules, divorce and family courts, marriage in BC, pre‐nuptial and separation agreements, undefended and defended divorce actions, chambers applications, annulment, and applications to Provincial Court. This is a hands‐on course in which students integrate their keyboard, computer, and document formatting skills within the context of family law. 365 LEGA 1080 Conveyancing Procedures 1 (60 hours) This course provides an introduction to the role and responsibilities of a legal administrative assistant employed in the field of conveyancing in British Columbia. Students gain knowledge and practical experience in topics such as systems of land registration, land title searches, contracts of purchase and sale, methods to convey interests in land, statements of adjustments, and the execution and registration of electronic documents filed in the Land Title Office. Students focus on the purchaser's procedures for a simple conveyance not involving financing. Upon completion of this course, students progress to Conveyancing Procedures II which emphasizes procedures for financed purchaser conveyances, vendor sales, and mortgage loans. Prerequisite: LEGA 1010, LEGA 1020 LEGA 1090 Conveyancing Procedures 2 (60 hours) Students are introduced to the role and responsibilities of a legal administrative assistant employed in the field of conveyancing in British Columbia. This course is a continuation of the material covered in LEGA 1080: Conveyancing Procedures I. Students gain knowledge and practical experience in topics such as methods to convey interests in land involving purchaser financing, strata property considerations, builders' liens, acting for the vendor, acting for mortgage lenders, additional adjustments for statements of adjustments, authorities to pay, the execution and registration of electronic documents filed in the Land Title Office, acting for both the purchaser and mortgagee, and documents for the transfer of manufactured homes. Prerequisite: LEGA 1010, LEGA 1020, LEGA 1080 LEGA 1100 Wills and Estates (60 hours) This course provides an introduction to the role and responsibilities of a Legal Administrative Assistant employed in the field of wills and estates in British Columbia. Students gain knowledge and practical experience in preparation of wills and codicils, and the documents necessary to apply for grants of Letters Probate and Letters of Administration (with and without a will), Administration Bonds, transferring assets from the deceased, and winding up estates. Students prepare documents acceptable to the Probate Registry for filing, followed by transmission and distribution of estates. This is a hands‐on course in which students integrate keyboard, computer, document formatting, and transcription skills within the context of estate law. Prerequisite: LEGA 1010, LEGA 1020 MATH 0300 4 Fundamental Math (8,0,0) Adult Basic Education Fundamental: This is an entry‐level math course, which focuses on operations involving whole numbers, fractions, decimal, percents, and measurement. Problem‐solving is practiced in all topic areas. Note: This course is taught by the University and Employment Preparation Department Prerequisite: Minimum C standing in MATH 0600 Note: This course is taught by the University and Employment Preparation Department MATH 0400 4 Basic Math Skills (6,0,0) MATH 1000 3 Adult Basic Education Intermediate: Students practice and develop basic math skills, including a review of whole numbers, decimals, fractions, and percentages. Additional topics include systems of measurement, geometry, and an introduction to algebra. Pre‐Calculus (3,1.5,0) Prerequisite: Minimum C+ standing in MATH 0300, or placement on the TRU entry assessment test at a MATH 0400 level; prerequisites must have been attained within the last two years Note: This course is taught by the University and Employment Preparation Department MATH 0410 4 Algebra 1 (6,0,0) Adult Basic Education ‐ Intermediate: Students prepare for entry into Math 0510 or Math 0520, by reviewing basic math skills, graphing linear equations, performing operations with polynomials, handling inequalities, solving first and second degree equations and systems of two equations, and simplyifying and solving rational and radical expressions and equations. Students are also introduced to right‐triangle trigonomentry. Together with MATH 0400: Basic Math Skills, this course fulfills the Adult Basic Education‐Intermediate requirements. Prerequisite: Minimum C+ standing in Math 0400, or placement on the TRU engry assessment test at a MATH 0410 level Note: The prerequisite must have been attained within the last two years. This course is taught by the University and Employment Preparation Department. MATH 0510 4 Algebra 2 (6,0,0) Adult Basic Education Advanced: This course provides an advanced treatment of the topics covered in MATH 0410 and includes additional topics such as functions, graphs of quadratic functions, higher order radicals, systems of inequalities, and the trigonomic laws of sines and cosines. This course provides the mathematical foundation for an introductory calculus course. Topics include equations and inequalities; functions, models, and graphs; polynomial and rational functions; exponential and logarithmic functions; trigonometric functions, identities and equations. Prerequisite: Pre‐calculus Math 12 or equivalent (British Columbia graduates of 2013 onwards) or Math 12 Principles or equivalent (British Columbia graduates prior to 2013) or MATH 0610 or MATH 0633, or B or better in MATH 0600 Required Seminar: MATH 1000S MATH 1070 3 Fundamentals of Mathematics for Business and Economics (3,1.5,0) This course is designed for Business and Economics students. Topics include the review of linear and non‐linear functions and models (including cost, revenue, profit, demand and supply), solving linear and non‐linear systems of equations, matrices, linear programming, difference equations, and mathematics of finance (including simple and compound interest: discrete and continuous, annuities, mortgages, and loans). Prerequisite: Principles of Math 12 or MATH 1000 or MATH 0600 (any of them within the last two years). In exceptional cases, for example, where a student has transferred from another educational system or has been out of school for several years, entry to MATH 1070 may be permitted based on placement test administered by the Department of Mathematics and Statistics during the first week of classes. Required Seminar: MATH 1070S MATH 1100 3 Finite Mathematics with Applications 1 (3,1.5,0) Note: Prerequisites must have been attained within the last two years. This course is taught by the University and Employment Preparation Department. Intended primarily for Liberal Arts or Education students, this course is not acceptable for credit in Science or Commerce. The past twenty years have seen an explosive growth in the scope of mathematics so much that many of the Social Sciences are employing mathematics as a powerful research tool. This course is designed to expose students to the areas of mathematics that they are likely to require in future studies. Topics to be covered include counting, probability, matrices, linear programming, and Markov chains or difference equations. MATH 0520 4 Prerequisite: As of 2013, C standing in either Foundations of Math 11 or Principles of Math 11, or Applications of Math 12 or equivalent (British Columbia graduates prior to 2013); or MATH 0510 or MATH 0523 or equivalent Prerequisite: Minimum C standing in MATH 0410 or minimum C+ standing in Foundations of Mathematics and Pre‐Calculus 10, or placement on the TRU entry assessment test at a Math 0510 level Foundations of Mathematics (6,0,0) Adult Basic Education Advanced: This course is designed to prepare students with the math skills required to enter programs or courses for which Foundations of Math 11 is a prerequisite. Topics include basic algebra, rates, linear relations, systems of linear equations/inequalities, quadratic functions, geometry, and trigonometry. Prerequisite: Minimum C standing in MATH 0410 Required Seminar: MATH 1100S MATH 1130 3 Enriched Calculus 1 (3,1.5,0) Note: This course is taught by the University and Employment Preparation Department This course includes an in‐depth study of single‐variable differential calculus and its applications, and provides a strong foundation for further study in mathematical disciplines. This is a required course for students in the Engineering Transfer program. MATH 0600 4 Prerequisite: A in Pre‐calculus Math 12 or equivalent (British Columbia graduates of 2013 onwards) or A in Principles of Math 12 or equivalent (British Columbia graduates prior to 2013) or admission to the Engineering program Pre‐Calculus 1 (6,0,0) Adult Basic Education Provincial: This course is designed to provide students with a fundamental background to study calculus. Topics include a review of intermediate algebra, an introduction to functions, and a study of linear, quadratic, exponential, and logarithmic functions. Together with MATH 0610: Pre‐Calculus 2, this course fulfills the ABE – Provincial Level (Grade 12 equivalency) requirements. Prerequisite: Minimum C standing in MATH 0510 or Principles of Math 11 or Pre‐ Calculus 11 Note: Students who already have credit for MATH 1140, MATH 1150, or MATH 1170 may not take MATH 1130 for further credit Required Seminar: MATH 1130S MATH 1140 3 Calculus 1 (3,1.5,0) or (5,0,0) Note: This course is taught by the University and Employment Preparation Department. See transfer guide for transferability to other institutions. Students practice differential calculus for functions of one variable, with applications that emphasize the physical sciences. Topics include calculation and interpretation of limits and derivatives; curve sketching; optimization and related‐rate problems; and Newton’s method. MATH 0610 4 Prerequisite: At least C+ in British Columbia Pre‐calculus Math 12 or equivalent (British Columbia graduates of 2013 onwards) or Principles of Math 12 or equivalent (British Columbia graduates prior to 2013) or MATH 1000 or MATH 1001 or MATH 0610 or MATH 0633 within the last two years. In exceptional cases, for example, where a student has transferred from another educational system or has been out of school for several years, entry into MATH 1140 may be permitted based on a placement test Pre‐Calculus 2 (6,0,0) Adult Basic Education Provincial: Students build on the skills developed in MATH 0600: Pre‐Calculus 1. Topics include polynomial, rational, and trigonometric functions; analytical trigonometry; and sequences and series. Together with MATH 0600, this course fulfills the ABE Provincial Level (Grade 12 equivalency) requirements. 366 administered (for these exceptional cases only) by the Department of Mathematics and Statistics during the first week of classes. Note: Students who have never studied calculus, or who barely satisfy the course prerequisites, are advised to register in a section vectored (5,0,0). Students who have credit for MATH 1130, MATH 1150 or MATH 1170 may not take MATH 1140 for further credit. Required Seminar: MATH 1140S MATH 1250 3 Calculus for the Biological Sciences 2 (5,0,0) or (3,1,0) Students are instructed in integral calculus for functions of one variable, with applications that emphasize the biological sciences. Topics include Riemann sums, definite and indefinite integrals, techniques of integration, improper integrals, first‐ order differential equations and slope fields, (applications to area, probability, logistic growth and predator‐prey systems), and series. Prerequisite: MATH 1130, or MATH 1140, or MATH 1150 MATH 1150 3 Calculus for the Biological Sciences 1 (5,0,0) or (3,1,0) Students are instructed in differential calculus for functions of one variable, with applications that emphasize the biological sciences. Topics include calculation and interpretation of limits and derivatives, curve sketching, optimization problems, and Newton’s method. Prerequisite: At least C+ in British Columbia Pre‐calculus Math 12 or equivalent (British Columbia graduates of 2013 onwards) or Principles of Math 12 or equivalent (British Columbia graduates prior to 2013) or MATH 1000 or MATH 1001 or MATH 0610 or MATH 0633 within the last two years. In exceptional cases, for example, where a student has transferred from another educational system or has been out of school for several years, entry into MATH 1150 may be permitted based on a placement test administered (for these exceptional cases only) by the Department of Mathematics and Statistics during the first week of classes. Note: Students who already have credit for MATH 1130, MATH 1140, or MATH 1170 may not take MATH 1150 for further credit. Students planning to take 2nd year Mathematics courses are encouraged to enroll in MATH 1140 and MATH 1240 or MATH 1130 and MATH 1230 Note: Students who already have credit for MATH 1240 may not take MATH 1250 for further credit. Students planning to take 2nd year Mathematics courses are encouraged to enroll in MATH 1140 and MATH 1240 or MATH 1130 and MATH 1230 MATH 1300 3 Linear Algebra for Engineers (3,1.5,0) This course is designed for students in the first year Engineering Transfer program. Topics covered in this course include: vectors in R2 and R3; linear transformations; matrices and elimination; eigenvalues and eigenvectors and their application to Engineering problems. A computer lab component is used to explore applications. Prerequisite: Admission to the Engineering Program Corequisite: MATH 1130 or MATH 1140 Required Seminar: MATH 1300S Note: Credit cannot be obtained for both MATH 1300 and MATH 2120 MATH 1380 3 MATH 1170 3 Calculus for Business and Economics (3,1.5,0) This course is intended for Business and Economics students. Topics include calculation and interpretation of derivatives, curve sketching, optimization (applied to business and economics), multivariable functions (including partial derivatives, optimization and Lagrange multipliers) and antiderivatives. Prerequisite: At least C‐ in MATH 1070 or at least C+ in Principles of MATH 12 or MATH 1000 or MATH 0610 (any of them within the last two years). In exceptional cases, for example, where a student has transferred from another educational system or has been out of school for several years, entry to MATH 1400 may be permitted based on a placement test administered by the Department of Mathematics and Statistics during the first week of classes. Note: Business students who have completed MATH 1400 or MATH 1410 with a C‐ or better will not receive credit for MATH 1170. Students who already have credit for MATH 1130, MATH 1140, or MATH 1150 may not take MATH 1170 for further credit. Students planning to take 2nd year Mathematics courses are encouraged to enroll in MATH 1140 and MATH 1240 or MATH 1130 and MATH 1230. Required Seminar: MATH 1170S MATH 1230 3 Enriched Calculus 2 (3,1.5,0) This course offers an in‐depth study of single‐variable integral calculus and its applications to provide a strong foundation for further study in mathematical disciplines. It is a required course for students in the engineering transfer program. Prerequisites: MATH 1130 Required Seminar: MATH 1230S MATH 1240 3 Calculus 2 (3,1.5,0) or (5,0,0) This course covers integral calculus for functions of one variable, with applications emphasizing the physical sciences. Topics include Riemann sums; definite and indefinite integrals; techniques of integration; improper integrals; applications to area, volume, arc length, probability, physics; separable differential equations; and series. Prerequisite: MATH 1140, or MATH 1130, or MATH 1150 Note: Students who already have credit for MATH 1250 may not take MATH 1240 for further credit. Students planning to take 2nd year Mathematics courses are encouraged to enroll in MATH 1140 and MATH 1240 or MATH 1130 and MATH 1230. Required Seminar: MATH 1240S 367 Discrete Structures 1 for Computing Science (3,1.5,0) Students are introduced to the basic mathematical concepts used in computing science. Topics include the binary number system; computer arithmetic; logic and truth tables; Boolean algebra; logic gates and simple computer circuits; sets; relations; functions; vectors and matrices; counting; and probability theory and statistics (mean, variance, median, mode, random variables). Prerequisite: At least C+ in British Columbia Pre‐calculus Math 12 or Foundations Math 12 or equivalent (British Columbia graduates of 2013 onwards) or Principles of Math 12 or equivalent (British Columbia graduates prior to 2013) or MATH 1000 or MATH 1001 or MATH 0610 or MATH 0633 within the last two years or permission of the instructor.Note: (if applicable) Same as COMP 1380. Students who already have credit for MATH 1700 may not take COMP/MATH 1380 for further credit. Required Seminar: MATH 1380S MATH 1390 3 Discrete Structures 2 for Computing Science (3,1.5,0) In this continuation of MATH 1380: Discrete Structures 1 for Computing Science, students build upon and apply mathematical concepts used in computing science. Topics include graph theory in terms of directed graphs; binary trees; languages; grammars; machines; an introduction to proofs and mathematical induction; and algorithm analysis. Prerequisite: C or better in COMP 1380 or MATH 1380; or MATH 1070, or instructor's written consent Note: (if applicable) Programming experience recommended. Same as COMP 1390. Students with MATH 1700 may not take COMP/MATH 1390 for further credit. Required Seminar: MATH 1390S MATH 1420 3 Mathematics for Visual Arts (3,1.5,0) Students explore mathematical concepts and techniques that are useful in a visual arts context. Topics include real numbers, ratios, geometry, and perspective. Prerequisite: Foundations of Math 11, or Pre‐calculus 11, or MATH 0500 Required Seminar: MATH 1420S MATH 1540 3 Technical Mathematics 1 (3,1.5,0) Students are instructed in mathematical concepts that are relevant to architecture, design, and engineering. Topics include trigonometry, an introduction to two‐ and three‐ dimensional vectors, functions and graphs, solving linear and quadratic equations, systems of linear equations, matrices, coordinate geometry, areas and volumes of standard geometric shapes, and problem solving. Prerequisite: Admission to the Architectural and Engineering Technology program MATH 2120 3 Required Seminar: MATH 1540S Linear Algebra 1 (3,1.5,0) MATH 1640 3 Students are introduced to linear algebra. The topics discussed and explored in this course include vector spaces, bases and dimension, geometry of n‐dimensional space, linear transformations and systems of linear equations. Technical Mathematics 2 (3,1.5,0) Prerequisite: MATH 1240 or equivalent calculus This is a calculus course for students in the Architectural and Engineering Technology program. The course offers instruction in differentiation and integration, with applications to curve sketching, extreme values and optimization, related rates, areas, volumes, and lengths of curves. Required Seminar: MATH 2120S Note: Credit cannot be obtained for both MATH 1300 and MATH 2120 Prerequisite: A passing grade in MATH 1540 and Admission to the Architectural and Engineering Technology program MATH 2200 3 Required Seminar: MATH 1640S Introduction to Analysis (3,1.5,0) MATH 1650 3 Mathematics for Computing Science (3,1,0) This course introduces further mathematical concepts used in Computing Science. Students are introduced to number systems; vectors and matrices; geometry; discrete probability, statistics and random variables. Prerequisite: One of Pre‐calculus Math 12, Foundations Math 12 or equivalent with a minimum grade of C+. Alternatively students can present one the following TRU courses: MATH 1000, MATH 1001, MATH 0610 or MATH 0633 within the last two years with a minimum grade of C+. Required Seminar: MATH 1650S MATH 1700 3 Discrete Mathematics 1 (3,1.5,0) Students are introduced to the foundation of modern mathematics including basic set theory; counting; solutions to recurrence relations; logic and quantifiers; properties of integers; mathematical induction; asymptotic notation; introduction of graphs and trees; finite state machines and formal languages; Boolean algebra. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of C+ in Principles of Math 12 or MATH 1000, or a minimum grade of C+ in MATH 0610 within the last two years, or permission of the instructor Note: Students who already have credit for MATH 1380 and MATH 1390 may not take MATH 1700 for further credit Required Seminar: MATH 1700S MATH 1900 3 Analysis is a broad area of mathematics that includes calculus. This course presents some basic concepts of analysis in a mathematically rigorous manner, using theorems and proofs. Students are expected to develop some ability to understand proofs and to write their own proofs. After a survey of essential background material on logic, set theory, numbers and functions, the course covers suprema and infima of sets, completeness, basic metric topology of the real numbers (neighbourhoods, interior points and cluster points), continuity and limits. Prerequisite: MATH 1240 or equivalent calculus. B‐ minimum strongly recommended. Required Seminar: MATH 2200S MATH 2220 3 Discrete Mathematics (3,1,1) This course is an introduction to discrete mathematical structures and their applications, intended for Computing Science majors especially but not exclusively. Topics include sets, propositions, permutations, combinations, relations, functions, graphs, paths, circuits, trees, recurrent relations, and Boolean algebra. Prerequisite: MATH 1140 and COMP 1130, or equivalent Note: This course is the same as COMP 2200 ‐ Introduction to Discrete Structures Required Seminar: MATH 2220S MATH 2240 3 Differential Equations 1 (3,1.5,0) This course examines ordinary differential equations and related initial‐value problems, and emphasizes their many applications in science and engineering. Students discuss methods for solving such equations either exactly or approximately. Topics include: first‐ order equations; higher order linear equations; modelling with differential equations; systems of linear equations; and phase plane analysis of nonlinear systems. Principles of Mathematics for Teachers (3,1.5,0) Prerequisite: MATH 2110 and MATH 2120 This course is designed for students who wish to enter the Elementary Teaching Program. Basic mathematical concepts are examined in depth, with emphasis on underlying foundations, explanations, and problem solving that broaden students’ perspectives of mathematics. Topics include: problem solving; numeration; exponents; geometry; measurement; ratios; counting theory; arithmetic algorithms; and additional topics at the instructor’s discretion. Required Seminar: MATH 2240S Prerequisite: Math 11 Required Seminar: MATH 1900S MATH 2110 3 Calculus 3 (3,1.5,0) The concepts of single‐variable calculus are extended to higher dimensions by using vectors as variables. Topics include the following: vector geometry and the analytic geometry of lines, planes and surfaces; calculus of curves in two or three dimensions, including arc length and curvature; calculus of scalar‐valued functions of several variables, including the gradient, directional derivatives and the Chain Rule; Lagrange multipliers and optimization problems; double integrals in rectangular and polar coordinates. Prerequisite: MATH 1230 or 1240 or equivalent; MATH 1300 for EECE Year 2 students Corequisite: MATH 2120 recommended if MATH 1300 not previously completed Required Seminar: MATH 2110S MATH 2650 3 Linear Differential Equations for Engineering (3,1,0) Engineering students are introduced to ordinary differential equations, the Laplace transform and transfer functions, complex numbers, and phasors. Topics include first‐ order differential equations (analytical and numerical solution), second‐order linear equations (homogeneous, non‐homogeneous, variation of parameters, undetermined coefficients, resonance, step response) and linear time‐invariant systems (canonical form, eigen values and eigen vectors, matrix exponential, non‐homogeneity). There is some use of computers in this course. Prerequisite: MATH 1230 or 1240, and MATH 1300 Note: Credit will not be given for both MATH 2240 and MATH 2650 Required Seminar: MATH 2650S MATH 2670 3 Mathematical Methods for Electrical‐Computer Engineering (3,1,0) Engineering students are introduced to various mathematical techniques related to the Fourier Transform. Topics include Fourier series (trigonometric and complex exponential forms, Parseval's identity, Gibbs' phenomenon), the Fourier Transform (definition, examples, interpretation, convolution), the wave equation (d'Alembert's formula, separation of variables, transform methods, damping, dispersion), the discrete Fournier transform, discrete systems and the z‐transform, and generating functions (with applications to recursion relations, difference equations, and elementary counting problems). There is some use of computers in this course. Prerequisite: MATH 2110 and MATH 2650 368 Corequisite: MATH 3170 MATH 3120 3 Required Seminar: MATH 2670S Elementary Number Theory (3,1,0) MATH 2700 3 Discrete Mathematics 2 (3,1.5,0) This course is a continuation of MATH 1700: Discrete Mathematics 1, and includes combinatorial arguments and proofs; deriving recurrence relations; generating functions; inclusion‐exclusion; functions and relations; countable and uncountable sets; and graph theory. The course begins with integer divisibility and the related ideas of prime numbers, unique prime factorization, and congruence. Attention is then directed to arithmetic functions, including the Euler totient function. The Chinese Remainder Theorem and quadratic reciprocity are studied, and some Diophantine equations are considered. Lastly continued fractions and primitive roots are discussed. Prerequisite: MATH 2120 Required Seminar: MATH 3120S Prerequisite: MATH 1700 or COMP/MATH 1390 Required Seminar: MATH 2700S MATH 3160 3 Differential Equations 2 (3,1,0) MATH 3000 3 Complex Variables (3,1,0) Students are introduced to the classical complex function theory, a cornerstone of mathematics. Topics include: complex derivatives and the Cauchy‐Riemann equations; the complex exponential function and related elementary functions; integration along curves and Cauchy's theorems; Taylor and Laurent series; zeros and singularities; residues; and evaluation of integrals using the residue theorem. Prerequisite: MATH 2200 or MATH 3170 (both are recommended) or admission to EECE Year 2 program Corequisite: MATH 3170 for EECE Year 2 students This course is divided into three parts. The first part examines methods for solving ordinary differential equations. Power series methods are applied to obtain solutions near ordinary points and regular singular points, and the real Laplace transform is discussed. In the second part, students consider Sturm‐Liouville boundary‐value problems, Fourier series, and other series of eigen functions, including Fourier‐Bessel series. The final part is an introduction to boundary‐value problems involving partial differential equations, primarily: the heat equation; the wave equation and Laplace's equation, with applications in physics. The method of separation of variables is used. Prerequisite: MATH 2240 Note: This course is the same as PHYS 3120 Required Seminar: MATH 3160S Required Seminar: MATH 3000S MATH 3170 3 MATH 3020 3 Calculus 4 (3,1,0) Introduction to Probability (3,1,0) This course is a continuation of MATH 2110. Topics include triple integrals in rectangular, cylindrical and spherical coordinates, general change of variables in double and triple integrals, vector fields, line integrals, conservative fields, and path independence, Green’s theorem, surface integrals, Stokes’ theorem and the divergence theorem, with applications in physics. This course provides a theoretical foundation for the study of statistics. Topics include basic notions of probability, random variables, probability distributions (both single‐ variable and multi‐variable), expectation and conditional expectation, limit theorems and random number generation. Prerequisite: MATH 2110 Prerequisite: MATH 2110 or equivalent Required Seminar: MATH 3170S MATH 3030 3 Introduction to Stochastic Processes (3,1,0) Students examine simple random processes, including discrete and continuous Markov chains, Poisson processes and Brownian motion. Renewal theory is also discussed. Prerequisite: MATH 3020 Required Seminar: MATH 3030S MATH 3070 3 MATH 3200 3 Real Variables (3,1,0) The core of this course is a careful study of continuity and limits of real functions and convergence of real sequences and series, in addition to basic topology of the real line. Limit points and subsequences are discussed, leading to the Bolzano‐Weierstrass theorem and the concept of a compact set. Metric spaces are introduced. Prerequisite: MATH 2200 with a B‐ minimum and at least one of MATH 3070, MATH 3080, MATH 3120 and MATH 3220 Required Seminar: MATH 3200S Linear Algebra 2 (3,1,0) This is a continuation of MATH 2120: Linear Algebra 1. Students explore such topics as: matrix diagonalization and its application to systems of linear differential equations and Markov chains; invariant subspaces; inner product spaces; Gram‐Schmidt orthogonalization; linear operators of various special types (normal, self‐adjoint, unitary, orthogonal, projections); the finite‐dimensional spectral theorem; and bilinear and quadratic forms. Prerequisite: MATH 2120 Required Seminar: MATH 3070S MATH 3220 3 Abstract Algebra (3,1,0) Students are introduced to the abstract algebraic concepts of rings, fields, integral domains, homomorphisms and isomorphisms. The course concludes with a brief discussion about the treatment of groups. Prerequisite: MATH 2120 and at least one of MATH 2200, MATH 3070, MATH 3080 and MATH 3120 Required Seminar: MATH 3220S MATH 3080 3 Euclidean Geometry (3,1,0) Students begin with the axiomatic development of geometry, and briefly explore possible variations in axioms. Students then progress to classical Euclidean geometry; geometric transformations; and the relevance of geometric transformations to computer graphics. The course concludes with a discussion of non‐Euclidean geometries and projective geometry. Prerequisite: MATH 2120 Required Seminar: MATH 3080S MATH 3400 3 Introduction to Linear Programming (3,1,0) Algorithms for linear programming are introduced and studied in this course, from both theoretical and applied perspectives. Topics include the graphic method; simplex method; revised simplex method; and duality theory. Special linear programming such as network flows and game theory are also explored. Prerequisite: MATH 2120 Required Seminar: MATH 3400S 369 MATH 3510 3 MATH 4950 6 Problem Solving Applied Math (3,1,0) Honours Thesis in Mathematics (0,3,0)(0,3,0) This course provides learners with a systematic approach to problem solving. Students use a variety of analytical techniques to solve problems drawn from various disciplines. This course is of interest to students in any program where numerical problems may occur. Students are required to conduct an independent investigation into a mathematical topic or problem at the advanced undergraduate level, under the supervision of a member of the Department of Mathematics and Statistics. The results of the study are to be typed and submitted as an Honours Thesis, and is defended orally at a public lecture before an examining committee. Prerequisite: C or better in any 100 level Mathematics or Statistics course with the exceptions of MATH 1000 and MATH 1900 Required Seminar: MATH 3510S Prerequisite: Admission into the Mathematics Honours Program (as part of a Bachelor of Science degree or a Bachelor of Arts degree) and the identification of a supervisor MATH 3650 3 MATH 4980 3 Numerical Analysis (3,1,0) ***Directed Studies in Mathematics This course introduces standard numerical methods, including algorithms for solving algebraic equations (linear and nonlinear, single equations and systems) and for polynomial approximation and interpolation. Students undertake an investigation on a specific topic as agreed to by the faculty member and the student. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Prerequisite: MATH 2110, MATH 2120 Note: Students who already have credit for COMP 3320 may not take MATH 3640 for further credit MATH 4990 3 Required Seminar: MATH 3650S ***Selected Topics in Mathematics (3,1,0) Students consider, in depth, a selection of topics drawn from Mathematics. The particular topics may vary each time the course is offered. MATH 3700 3 Introduction to the History of Mathematics (3,1,0) Students trace the development of numeration, arithmetic, geometry, algebra and other areas of mathematics, from their beginnings to their modern forms. The historical development studies is enhanced by the solution of mathematical problems using the techniques that were available in the period under study. Prerequisite: MATH 1240 or equivalent Required Seminar: MATH 3700S Prerequisite: 6 credits of MATH at the 3000 level or higher, or permission of the instructor MEAT 1010 Safety and Sanitation (30 hours) In this practice‐based course with theory components, students are introduced to meat lab sanitation procedures. Topics include refrigeration guidelines and safety practices for all handtools, and power equipment used in a retail meat processing operation. Prerequisite: Admission into the Retail Meat Processing program MATH 3990 3 ***Selected Topics in Mathematics (3,1,0) Students consider, in depth, a selection of topics drawn from Mathematics. The particular topics may vary each time the course is offered. Prerequisite: 6 credits of MATH at the 2000 level or higher, or permission of the instructor Required Seminar: MATH 3990S MEAT 1020 Beef and Veal Carcass Processing (150 hours) In this practice‐based course with theory components, students are introduced to beef and veal carcass breaking procedures, merchandising practices for wholesale primals and sub‐primals into retail cuts. Beef meat inspection and grading regulations, and product identification are also covered. Prerequisite: Admission into the Retail Meat Processing program MATH 4410 3 Modelling of Discrete Optimization Problems (3,1,0) MEAT 1030 Real‐world optimization problems are formulated in order to be resolved by standard techniques involving linear programming, integer programming, network flows, dynamic programming and goal programming. Additional techniques may include post‐optimality analysis, game theory, nonlinear programming, and heuristic techniques. Meat Science (30 hours) Prerequisite: MATH 3400 This is a theory‐based course with practical lab applications and observation designed to introduce students to the study of meat structure, common diseases, meat coloration, electrical stimulation, post mortem aging, pre‐slaughter stress syndrome, meat nutrition and shear force analysis. Required Seminar: MATH 4410S Prerequisite: Admission to the Retail Meat Processing program MATH 4420 3 MEAT 1040 Optimization in Graphs and Networks (3,0,0) Pork Processing (80 hours) Topics include basic graph theory, tree searching algorithms, shortest paths, maximum flows, minimum cost flows, matchings, and graph colouring. Prerequisite: MATH 3400 In this practice‐based course with theory components, students are introduced to pork carcass breaking, merchandising, grading, specifications, variety meats and product identification. Required Seminar: MATH 4420S Prerequisite: Admission into the RetailMeat Processing program MATH 4430 3 MEAT 1050 Introduction to Graph Theory (4,0,0) Lamb Processing (50 hours) An introductory course deals mostly with non‐algorithmic topics, including connectivity, Eulerian graphs, Hamiltonian graphs, planarity and Kuratowski's Theorem, matchings, graph colouring, and extremal graphs. Applications of graphs are discussed. In this practice‐based course with theory components, students are introduced to lamb carcass breaking, merchandising, grading, specifications, variety meats and product identification. Prerequisite: MATH 2220 or at least 12 credits of Mathematics courses numbered 2000 or above, which can be taken concurrently Prerequisite: Admission into the Retail Meat Processing program 370 MEAT 1060 MEAT 2000 Poultry Processing (50 hours) Meatcutting Apprentice Level 1 In this practice‐based course with theory components, students are introduced to poultry carcass processing, merchandising, grading specifications and product identification. Students are introduced to theory and gain hands‐on lab experience in the following topics: occupational skills; handling beef, veal, pork, lamb, poultry, and seafood and freshwater fish. Prerequisite: Admission into the Retail Meat Processing program Prerequisite: Registered Meatcutter Apprentice with the Industry Training Authority MEAT 1070 MEAT 3000 Seafood Processing (30 hours) Meatcutting Apprentice Level 2 This is a theory‐based course with a basic practical component to introduce students to various types of commonly sold retail seafood items in the fresh whole state, fillets, chuck form and frozen states. Students are introduced to theory and gain hands‐on lab experience in the following topics: occupational skills; handling beef, veal, pork, lamb, poultry, seafood and freshwater fish, game, and processed meat products. Prerequisite: Admission into the Retail Meat Processing program Prerequisite: Registered Meatcutter Apprentice with the Industry Training Authority MEAT 1080 MFAB 1100 Product Identification and Nomenclature (100 hours) Metal Fabricator Level 1 (150 hours) In this practice‐based course with theory components, students expand on their existing knowledge of retail product legal names, utilizing practical lab sessions, and supporting theory media. This course will introduce students to the full range of knowledge, abilities and skills required in the process of metal fabrication and fitting. Upon successful completion of this program the students should have the ability to interpret drawings in order to layout, mark, cut, burn, saw, shear, punch, drill, roll, bend, shape, form, straighten, fit, assemble, bolt, rivet, weld, test and inspect, prime and paint structural fabrications constructed from plates and structural shape of ferrous and non‐ferrous metals. Prerequisite: Admission into the Retail Meat Processing program MEAT 1090 Value Added Processing (50 hours) MFAB 1500 In this practice‐based course with theory components, students are introduced to bacon and ham curing, vacuum tumbled products, jerky processing and the preparation of chicken cordon blue and various types of cutlets. Metal Fabricator ‐ Foundation (690 hours) Prerequisite: Admission into the Retail Meat Processing program MEAT 1100 Fresh, Smoked and Cured Sausage (150 hours) In this practice‐based course with theory components, students are introduced to the history of sausage manufacturing. Topics include: processing and packaging materials; equipment and safety; spices; curing; smoking; and diseases associated with sausage manufacturing. Prerequisite: Admission into the Retail Meat Processing program This course will introduce students to the full range of knowledge, abilities and skills required in the process of metal fabrication and fitting. Upon successful completion of this program the students should have the ability to interpret drawings in order to layout, mark, cut, burn, saw, shear, punch, drill, roll, bend, shape, form, straighten, fit, assemble, bolt, rivet, weld, test and inspect, prime and paint structural fabrications constructed from plates and structural shape of ferrous and non‐ferrous metals. Prerequisite: Grade 10 minimum, however, Grade 12 is strongly recommended. Acceptable score on the Entry Assessment Test. MFAB 2000 Metal Fabricator Level 2 (150 hours) This is the second level of the BC ITA Apprenticeship and will further students full range of knowledge, abilities and skills required in the process of metal fabrication and fitting. MEAT 1110 Meat Nutrition and Cooking (30 hours) This is a theory‐based course with practical components designed to introduce students to the nutritional value of meat products, the cooking of raw meats, and advising consumers on cooking for various meat products. Prerequisite: Admission into the Retail Meat Processing program MEAT 1120 MFAB 3000 Metal Fabricator Level 3 (150 hours) This course will introduce students to the full range of knowledge, abilities and skills required in the process of metal fabrication and fitting. Upon successful completion of this program the students should have the ability to interpret drawings in order to layout, mark, cut, burn, saw, shear, punch, drill, roll, bend, shape, form, straighten, fit, assemble, bolt, rivet, weld, test and inspect, prime and paint structural fabrications constructed from plates and structural shape of ferrous and non‐ferrous metals. Customer Service and Employment Skills (150 hours) This is a practice‐based course with theory components and two separate three‐week sessions, totalling six weeks. Students evaluate industry work experiences in two different locations, and are introduced to resume and cover letter writing skills for the retail meat processing industry. Customer service skills are developed through participation in the TRU meat store and complimented with course assignments and theory. Prerequisite: Admission into the Retail Meat Processing program MFAB 4000 Metal Fabricator Level 4 (150 hours) Upon successful completion of this fourth and final apprenticeship course, students should have the ability to interpret drawings in order to layout, mark, cut, burn, saw, shear, punch, drill, roll, bend, shape, form, straighten, fit, assemble, bolt, rivet, weld, test and inspect, prime and paint structural fabrications constructed from plates and structural shape of ferrous and non‐ferrous metals. MEAT 1130 Business Related Math (100 hours) MICR 1580 3 A theory based course with practical lab applications designed to introduce students to industry related business math that focuses on metric conversion, mark up, mark down, cutting analysis, shrinkage analysis, and break even. Inventory management controls include gross profit statements, wage and profit ratios and price booking. Veterinary Microbiology 1 (2,0,2)(L) Prerequisite: Admission into the Retail Meat Processing program This course is an introduction to veterinary microbiology. Topics include microbial anatomy and physiology, culture media, antimicrobial susceptibility testing, sterilization and disinfection, mycology and virology. Prerequisite: Admission to the Animal Health Technology program Required Lab: MICR 1580L 371 MICR 1680 2 Prerequisite: CMNS 1290; MIST 2610 Veterinary Microbiology 2 (0,1,3)(L) Students are instructed in the theory and application of laboratory methods. MIST 4630 3 Prerequisite: MICR 1580. Admission to the Animal Health Technology program. Information Technology Management for Business (3,0,0) Required Lab: MICR 1680L Students develop knowledge and experience in project management, as it applies to business software and information systems development. Topics include the foundations of information systems project management for business; project management process stages; developing the project charter and baseline project plan; the human side of project management; defining and managing project scope; the work breakdown structure and project estimation; the project schedule and budget; managing project risk; project communication, tracking, and reporting; information systems project quality management; and project implementation and evaluation. MIST 2610 3 Management Information Systems (3,0,0) Students acquire the knowledge and skills to effectively utilize information systems and technology in support of organizational strategy. Topics include an introduction to information systems; information systems strategy; ethics, privacy, and policy; data security; data and knowledge management; networks and communications technologies; wireless and mobile computing; e‐business and e‐commerce; Web 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, and social networks; systems development and managing information systems projects; and personal productivity software, including word processing, spreadsheet, and presentation software. Prerequisite: ENGL 1100 Note: Students cannot receive credit for more than one of BBUS 1370, BBUS 2370, COMP 1000, COMP 1350, COMP 1700, or COMP 1910 MIST 3620 3 Web‐Enabled Business Applications (3,0,0) Students develop a comprehensive understanding of web technologies and their applications in business. Topics include foundation of e‐business; overview of the technological foundations of the Internet and web; revenue models and payment systems; building a web presence; marketing on the web; legal and ethical issues; hardware and software for developing and hosting websites; online security and payment systems; and improving efficiency and reducing costs in business‐to‐business activities. Prerequisite: CMNS 1290; MIST 2610 MIST 3630 3 Data and Knowledge Management for Business (3,0,0) Students develop a theoretical and practical understanding of how to manage two of the most important assets of an organization: data and knowledge. Students examine issues related to the analysis, development, maintenance, and retention of information required for various organizational needs, and learn the fundamentals of how to implement solid knowledge management practices. Topics include an overview of data and knowledge management, modeling data in the organization, logical database design and the relational model, physical database design, data processing for business intelligence, data analysis and reporting, and managing organization data and knowledge. Prerequisite: CMNS 1290; MIST 2610 MIST 4610 3 Strategic Management Information Systems (3,0,0) Students acquire the knowledge and skills to support decision‐making and problem‐ solving processes in business and accounting. An emphasis is placed on managing the entire lifecycle of data, from collecting to interpreting, to modelling, to decision making, and finally to communicating the results. Topics include accounting information systems development; information technology auditing, including data and network security; developing enterprise reporting systems; managing data, principles of extensible markup language (XML), and extensible business reporting language (XBRL); and constructing, analyzing, and presenting a suite of spreadsheet‐based, decision‐making models. Prerequisite: FNCE 2120 or FNCE 3120, SCMN 3320 MIST 4620 3 Information Security Management for Business (3,0,0) Students develop a general understanding of information technology security. Dependency on computer technology and the Internet has grown to a level where all organizations must devote considerable resources to managing threats to the security of their mobile, desktop and networked computer systems. Topics include introduction to information security; basic need for security; legal, ethical, and professional issues; risk management; information security policies and procedures; information security planning; access control systems and methodology; principles of cryptography; and operations security. 372 Prerequisite: MIST 3620; MIST 3630; MIST 4620 MKTG 2430 3 Marketing (3,0,0) Students receive an overall view of the marketing function, the role of marketing in society, and its application within organizations. Topics include an introduction to marketing; developing a marketing plan and strategies; analyzing the marketing environment; consumer behaviour; segmentation, targeting, and positioning; developing new products; product, branding, and packaging decisions; pricing concepts and strategies; distribution strategies; and integrated marketing communications. Prerequisite: CMNS 1290 Note: Students cannot receive credit for more than one of MKTG 2430, MKTG 3430 and TMGT 1150 (C+ or higher) MKTG 3430 3 Marketing Management (3,0,0) Students are provided an overview of the marketing function, the role of marketing in society, and its application within organizations. Topics include an introduction to marketing; developing a marketing plan and strategies; analyzing the marketing environment; consumer behaviour; segmentation, targeting, and positioning; developing new products; product, branding, and packaging decisions; pricing concepts and strategies; distribution strategies; and integrated marketing communications. Prerequisite: CMNS 1290 Note: This course should be taken by students in the Minor in Management only. Students cannot receive credit for more than one of MKTG 2430, MKTG 3430 and TMGT 1150 (C+ or higher) MKTG 3450 3 Professional Selling (3,0,0) Students examine an overall view of the professional selling function and consider the role of personal selling in marketing and society, and its application within organizations. Topics include relationship selling opportunities, creating value with a relationship strategies, developing a relationship strategy, communication styles, creating production solutions, buying process and buyer behavior, approaching the customer, developing and qualifying a prospect base, determining customer needs, sales demonstrations, negotiating buyer concerns, and closing and confirming the sale. Prerequisite: MKTG 2430 or MKTG 3430 Note: Students cannot receive credit for both MKTG 3450 and HMGT 2120 (C+ or higher) MKTG 3470 3 Consumer Behaviour (3,0,0) Students develop an appreciation for the influence consumer behavior has on marketing activities. Students apply psychological, social, and cultural concepts to marketing decision making. Topics include defining consumer behavior and research, and examining the several factors that affect consumer decision making, such as perception, learning and memory, motivation, self‐perception, personality, lifestyle, values, attitude, group influences, income, social class, family structure, subcultures, and culture. Prerequisite: MKTG 2430 or MKTG 3430 Note: Students cannot receive credit for both MKTG 3470 and TMGT 4130 (C+ or higher) MKTG 3480 3 Marketing Research (3,0,0) Students develop an understanding of marketing research and its values in analyzing consumers, markets, and the environment. Topics include an introduction to market research, the marketing research industry and research ethics, the marketing research process, secondary data and databases, qualitative research, traditional survey research, online marketing research, primary data collection, measurement, questionnaire design, basic sampling issues, sample size determination, and statistical testing. ethical and legal issues, online branding, e‐marketing opportunities, traffic building, online consumer behavior, online product development and pricing, Web traffic analysis and measuring for success, and social media. Prerequisite: MKTG 2430 or MKTG 3430 MKTG 4460 3 Marketing Strategy (3,0,0) MKTG 4400 3 Students learn how to effectively analyze marketing problems and opportunities and develop successful marketing strategies. Topics include strategic marketing practices; the marketing plan; implementing, monitoring, and controlling marketing strategy programs; and analysis and solutions to marketing problems. A marketing strategy simulation is used to reinforce course concepts. Professional Sales Management (3,0,0) Prerequisite: FNCE 2120 or FNCE 3120, MKTG 3470, MKTG 3480 Prerequisite: MKTG 2430 or MKTG 3430; ECON 2330 or equivalent Students prepare for the role of an effective sales manager in today’s hyper‐ competitive global economy by integrating current technology, research, and strategic planning activities. Topics include the role of the sales manager; buying and selling processes; customer relationship management; organizing the sales force; sales forecasting and budgeting; selecting, training, compensating, and motivating the salesperson; and evaluating salesperson performance. Prerequisite: MKTG 3450 MKTG 4410 3 Services Marketing (3,0,0) Students examine the important issues facing service providers and the successful implementation of a customer focus in service‐based businesses. Topics include new perspectives on services marketing, consumer behaviour in a service context, positioning services in competitive markets, developing service products, distributing services through physical and electronic channels, the pricing and promotion of services, designing and managing service processes, balancing demand and productive capacity, crafting the service environment, managing people for service advantage, and service quality. Prerequisite: MKTG 2430 or MKTG 3430 MKTG 4420 3 Brand Management (3,0,0) Students explore the issues and challenges commonly faced by brand managers. Topics include an introduction to brands and brand management, identifying and establishing brand positioning and values, planning and implementing brand marketing programs, measuring and interpreting brand equity, and growing and sustaining brand equity. Prerequisite: MKTG 2430 or MKTG 3430 MKTG 4430 3 Retail Management (3,0,0) Students develop an in‐depth understanding of retail and services management as well as non‐store retailing. Topics include defining retail, customer behaviour, location decisions, merchandising, design and layout, retail pricing, promotion, understanding employees, customer loyalty, and international retailing decisions. Prerequisite: MKTG 2430 or MKTG 3430 MKTG 4470 3 International Marketing (3,0,0) Students explore all aspects of marketing from a global perspective in order to respond to international opportunities and competitive situations. Topics include an overview of international marketing; history and geography and its effect on culture; cultural dynamics in assessing global markets; culture, management style, and business systems; the political environment; assessing global market opportunities in the Americas, Europe, Africa, the Middle East, and the Asia Pacific Region; planning for global market entry; products and services for international consumers; products and services for international businesses; and international marketing channels. Prerequisite: MKTG 2430 or MKTG 3430; IBUS 3510 MKTG 4480 3 Integrated Marketing Communications (3,0,0) Students examine the promotional mix, including advertising, publicity, personal selling, and sales promotion, from an integrative perspective. Students then learn to create and manage these promotional tools in order to successfully execute a business’ strategic plan. Topics include an introduction to integrated marketing communication, organizing integrated marketing communication, consumer behavior and target market review, communication response models, objectives and the integrated marketing communication plan, brand positioning strategy decisions, creative strategy decisions, creative tactics decisions, and media planning and budgeting. Prerequisite: MKTG 2430 or MKTG 3430 MKTG 4490 3 Business‐to‐Business Marketing (3,0,0) Students examine the importance of marketing products and services to other businesses and organizations, the effects of business‐to‐business marketing on the economy, the unique nature of business customers' needs, and the different marketing strategies that are employed to meet those needs. Topics include business markets and business marketing; character of business marketing; purchasing function; organizational buyer behavior; market opportunities for current and potential customers; marketing strategy; developing and managing offerings; business marketing channels and partnerships for customer service; creating customer dialogue; connecting via advertising, trade shows, and public relations; and customer retention and maximization. Prerequisite: MKTG 2430 or MKTG 3430 MKTG 4440 3 Advanced Marketing Research (3,0,0) Building on MKTG 3480: Marketing Research, students expand their understanding of marketing research techniques. Case studies and research projects are used extensively to reinforce course content. Topics include a review of statistics, an introduction to multivariate analysis, multiple regression analysis, logistic regression, dummy variables in regression, factor analysis, cluster analysis, multi‐dimensional scaling, and structural equation modeling. Prerequisite: MKTG 3480 MKTG 4450 3 E‐Commerce (3,0,0) Students examine how the Internet is rapidly becoming one of the primary communications, marketing, and commercial mediums for businesses in almost every industry, and how managers can effectively use this tool to execute their organization’s strategic plans. Topics include the Internet environment, introduction to Internet marketing, e‐commerce opportunities, customer experience and interface, 373 MLAN 1110 3 Introductory World Language 1 (3,0,1)(L) This shell course provides students with an opportunity to study a language not regularly offered in the Modern Languages program. It is offered periodically, and the language taught may vary from year to year. MLAN 1210 3 Introductory World Language 2 (3,0,1)(L) This shell course provides students with an opportunity to continue their study of a language not regularly offered in the Modern Languages program. The language taught may vary from year to year. MLAN 1210 is offered as the continuation of MLAN 1110, and is subject to demand. Prerequisite: MLAN 1110 or instructor permission MLAN 2700 6 MNGT 1710 3 Field School in Modern Languages (3,3,0) Introduction to Business (3,0,0) Students travel to another country for the purpose of studying language and culture. Field schools may be offered in Chinese, German, French, Japanese, Spanish, or other languages which might be taught in the future in the Modern Languages program. In the case of French only, travel may be within Canada (i.e. to Quebec). Field schools vary in length up to 6 weeks, and this may include classroom time prior to travel. This course may be taken more than once. Students are introduced to basic management principles and the functional areas of business. Topics include the business environment from a legal, regulatory, economic, competitive, technological, social, ethical, and global perspective; the functions of management, specifically planning, organizing, leading, and control; the different business functions, including human resources, supply chain management, marketing, and financial management; and the forms of business ownership and the importance of entrepreneurship. Prerequisite: Students must have completed at least one year of study (or equivalent) in the field school target language. The field school instructor authorizes equivalency. MLAP 1120 2 Anatomy, Physiology and Medical Terminology (2,0,0) In this course the focus is on developing knowledge and comprehension in Prerequisite: English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 73% (with the government exam within the last 5 years); or level 5 on the compositions section of the Language Proficiency Index (LPI), with all other categories of the LPI at a minimum of 70% (within the last 2 years); or satisfactory completion of the TRU English Assessment (ACCUPLACER) at the university entrance level; or completion of ENGL 0600 with a grade of C+ or better; or completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a grade of C+ or better. basic anatomy and physiology, medical terminology measurement units. The emphasis is on medical terminology. MNGT 3710 3 Business Ethics and Society (3,0,0) MLAP 1130 1 The Electrocardiogram (1,0,0) This introductory course covers the theory behind the specific anatomy of the heart, the conductive system of the heart, the electrocardiogram, as well as the diagnostic aspects of the electrocardiogram. MLAP 1210 3 Professional and Safety Issues (3,0,0) The main objectives of this course are to clarify the medical laboratory assistant's role in health care, to promote the need for professionalism and to present a positive attitude towards safety in the workplace. Students explore the complex business environment and the relationships organizations have with each other, civil society, and the natural environment. Through this examination, students learn how critical ethical decision‐making is to the successful management of any organization. Topics include elements of critical thinking, business ethics fundamentals, frameworks for ethical thinking, awareness of ethical pitfalls, ethical reasoning, ethical principles, drafting a code of ethics, illustrating an ethical decision‐making process, applying ethical decision‐making skills, ethical decision‐making in the workplace, corporate social responsibility and sustainable development, and stakeholder theory. Prerequisite: CMNS 1290 MNGT 3730 3 Leadership (3,0,0) MLAP 1310 3 Laboratory Procedures and Protocols (3,0,0) This course focuses on specific laboratory procedures and protocols. Topics include specimen collection, specimen handling and distribution, culture media preparation and office and billing procedures. MLAP 1410 3 Evaluation of Competencies (3,0,0) Specific technical and non‐technical aspects of the MLA's work is evaluated, according to criteria and curriculum supplied by BCSMT. The evaluation will normally be conducted by a medical laboratory technologist in a supervisory position at the clinical facility in which the MLA is employed. MLAP 1510 3 General Pre‐Analytical Specimen Preparation (3,0,0) This course is designed for the Medical Laboratory Assistant and covers the basic concepts of pre‐analytical specimen preparation including Microbiology, Serum Separation, loading specimens on automated instruments, and Urinalysis. Prerequisite: Graduate of a recognized Medical Laboratory Assistant program or equivalent MLAP 1610 3 Pre‐Analytical Histo‐Pathology (3,0,0) This course is designed for the Medical Laboratory Assistant and covers the basic concepts of pre‐analytical Histo‐Pathology including: Anatomic Pathology/Histology specimens, preparation for cutting, processing and accessioning. It will also include a Cytology component covering specimen preparation, processing and accessioning. Prerequisite: Graduate of a recognized Medical Laboratory Assistant program or equivalent Students cultivate a deep understanding of what leadership is and what leaders do to be successful. An emphasis is placed on the development of practical leadership skills. Topics include an introduction to leadership, leadership traits, leadership style and philosophy, leadership and relationships, developing leadership skills, leadership and ethics, creating a vision, leadership and out‐group members, leadership and conflict, and managing obstacles to effective leadership. Prerequisite: CMNS 1290; ORGB 2810 MNGT 4710 3 Decision Analysis (3,0,0) Students focus on the development, implementation, and utilization of business models for making informed managerial decisions. Models and management cases from diverse industries, and functional areas are used extensively to illustrate important decision tools, their assumptions and limitations, and how to communicate decisions to management. Topics include critical thinking, avoiding bias in decision making, data analysis, decision analysis, forecasting, resource allocation, and risk analysis. Prerequisite: ACCT 2550; ECON 2330 or equivalent; MNGT 3730 MNGT 4720 3 Negotiation and Conflict Resolution (3,0,0) Students are introduced to the fundamental theories of negotiation and conflict resolution and the essential skills required to be a successful negotiator. The negotiation process is pervasive in business, and the ability to negotiate is an essential skill for successful managers. Topics include the nature of negotiation; strategy and tactics of distributive bargaining and integrative negotiation planning; integrative negotiation; negotiation, planning, and strategy; perception, cognition, and emotion; communication and the negotiation process; power; and ethics. Prerequisite: MNGT 3730 MNGT 4730 3 Business Project Management 1 (3,0,0) Students are introduced to the concepts and frameworks of project management. Topics include an introduction to project management, life‐cycle management, feasibility, selection, scope management, scheduling, costing, leadership, and managing teams. Prerequisite: ACCT 2250; ECON 2330 or equivalent; MNGT 3730 374 MNGT 4740 3 NAST 500 4 Business Project Management 2 (3,0,0) Introduction to First Nations Studies (6,0,0) Building on on MNGT 4730: Business Project Management 1, students further develop their understanding of the practical and systematic tools used to successfully plan and manage complex projects. Topics include resource constrained schedules; budgeting; performance and progress reporting; risk management; communication, organization, and time management; advanced management and control; special topics such as contracts, environmental sustainability, and international projects; and applications of project management practice in various industries and environments. ABE ‐ Advanced: This course provides students with an overview of historical and current social, economic, and political issues concerning Native people. Prerequisite: MNGT 4730 Prerequisite: None Note: This course is taught in Williams Lake NAST 600 4 An Overview of Major Issues in First Nations Studies (6,0,0) MNGT 4780 3 Strategic Management (4,0,0) Students explore the basic concepts and methodologies of developing and executing successful business strategies in a dynamic global environment. Effective strategy is about developing competitive advantage. Learners develop insights into the working of CEOs and top management teams in preparation for senior positions in organizations. Topics include an introduction to strategic management, an analysis of the internal and external environments, business‐level strategy, competitive strategy and dynamics, corporate‐level strategy, acquisition and restructuring strategies, international strategies, and strategy implementation. Prerequisite: FNCE 2120 or FNCE 3120; MKTG 2430 or MKTG 3430; HRMN 2820 or HRMN 3820; SCMN 3320; IBUS 3510 Note: It is recommended that this course be taken in the student’s final year MTST 4700 3 The Mountain Village Experience (3,0,0) In this course, students explore issues related to the role of elders, women, and leaders in matters pertaining to health, education, justice, and economical development in First Nations communities and off‐reserve communities. Using the articles found in the textbook as a guide, the instructor will draw upon community resources to supplement the course content. Classroom activities will include presenting in small groups and conducting library and Internet searches. Prerequisite: ENGL 0500 or equivalent NRSC 1110 3 The Science and Management of Natural Resources (2,0,2)(L) Students are provided with an overview of current issues in the management of natural resources. This serves as an introductory core course in the Bachelor of Natural Resource Science program, however, it is tailored for all students with a general interest in natural resources. In addition to lectures and laboratory exercises, students consider how scientific inquiry and knowledge can be integrated with social, economic, and cultural values to develop management strategies. Topics of discussion include a diversity of resource issues, such as forestry, soils, rangeland, water, fisheries, wildlife, and entomology. In this interdisciplinary course, students explore the artistic, political, cultural, representational, touristic, marketing, policy, and/ or philosophical dimensions of the mountain village experience, including the creation and consumption thereof. Required Lab: NRSC 1110L Prerequisite: 3rd year standing NRSC 1120 3 Dendrology 1 (3,0,2)(L) MTST 4800 3 Mountain Studies Field Course: Mountain Resorts (3,0,0) This interdisciplinary capstone course is offered in co‐operation with a mountain resort experience company. The issues and theories studied thoughout the Mountain Studies in the Bachelor of Tourism Management program are augmented by giving students the opportunity to apply, test, and understand them in a real‐life context. Classes occur on campus and at selected winter resorts, with the participation of resort personnel to offer expertise. Prerequisite: TMGT 3050 and either 4th year standing in the Bachelor of Tourism Management’s concentration in Mountain Studies or 2nd year standing in the Post‐ Baccalaureate Diploma in Tourism in Mountain Environments Dendrology is a survey of the structure, function, ecology, and identification of trees. A lecture component in this course includes two major topics: 1) the structure and function of trees, such as reproduction, development, anatomy, morphology, and physiology; 2) the ecology and evolution of trees. Through the laboratory component, students survey a selection of Canadian, North American, and introduced tree species. Deciduous species are emphasized; coniferous species are studied in NRSC 1220. Field trips are an integral part of the course. Prerequisite: BIOL 0600 Corequisite: BIOL 1110 Required Lab: NRSC 1120L NRSC 1220 3 MUSI 1700 3 Dendrology 2 (3,0,2)(L) Chorus 1 (0,3,0) This course is a continuation of NRSC 1120: Dendrology 1. Students survey a selection of British Columbian, Canadian, North American, and introduced coniferous tree species. Students explore vocal and part‐singing techniques, large ensemble skills, note and rythym reading skills, and pronunciation of various language texts. The human body as a musical instrument is studied, with special emphasis on postural alignment, breath support, and sound production. Students are evaluated on their comprehension of theory, musical proficiency, and efficient use of rehearsal time by way of written and aural examinations, and a class performance. Prerequisite: NRSC 1120 Corequisite: BIOL 1210 Required Lab: NRSC 1220L NRSC 1500 3 MUSI 1800 3 Chorus 2 (0,3,0) A continuation of MUSI 1700, students further explore vocal and part‐singing techniques, large ensemble skills, note and rhythm reading skills, and pronunciation of various language texts. Students expand their understanding of the human body as a musical instrument in the study of postural alignment, breath support and sound production. Students are evaluated on comprehension of theory, musical proficiency and efficient use of rehearsal time by way of written and aural examinations and a class performance. Prerequisite: MUSI 1700 or audition Introduction to Climate Change Science (3,0,1)(L) This course examines the evidence for, and impacts of climate change. The class will focus on the observed changes in climate, the causes of climate change, projected future climate change and mitigation options for decreasing the impact of climate change. Weekly labs will provide hands‐on learning experiences that complement the lecture material. Weekend field trips may be required. Required Lab: NRSC 1500L NRSC 2000 3 Introduction to the Study of Soils (3,0,2)(L) Students investigate the physical, chemical, and biological properties of soils. Topics include soil formation, classification, use, and conservation. Students focus on forest soils for this course. 375 Required Lab: NRSC 2000L NRSC 3020 3 Wildlife Research Techniques (3,0,3)(L) NRSC 2100 3 Forest Ecology and Silvics 1 (3,0,2)(L) The main objectives of this course are to facilitate students' learning of the complexities and interactions that make up forest ecosystems, and how this knowledge can be used in predicting forest ecosystem responses to both natural and human‐induced disturbances. Upon completion, students have an appreciation of forest ecosystem structures and functions, and how these components interact; how forest ecosystems change over time, and the ecological effects of various forest management practices. Additional topics include the spatial variation in forest ecosystems, methods of describing these variations, the characteristics of biogeoclimatic zones in British Columbia, and the identification and interpretive use of indicator plant species in the description of forest ecosystems. Students are familiarized with and gain confidence using basic techniques and research tools used to study wildlife. The focus of the course is hands‐on experience in the field and in the lab, preceded by background material in the lecture. Topics include survey design, radio‐telemetry, mark‐recapture, computer modeling, and wildlife habitat assessment. Students are required to take part in field work that may take place outside of scheduled class time, including at least one weekend field trip. Prerequisite: BIOL 3000 or a similar introductory statistics course; BIOL 3030 recommended Required Lab: NRSC 3020L NRSC 3110 3 Prerequisite: NRSC 1120/1220 or completion of 1st year general science Grassland Ecology (3,0,2)(L) Required Lab: NRSC 2100L This course provides an introduction to grassland ecology principles with the focus on BC grassland systems. Lectures will cover the difference between grasslands and rangelands, grassland physical characteristics, grassland ecosystems with a focus on BC grassland plant communities, plant physiology, succession, assessment theories, and monitoring of grassland, shrubland and savanna ecosystems. Labs will focus on grassland plant identification and characteristics of BC grassland plant communities. NRSC 2110 3 Introduction to Forest Mensuration and Photogammetry (3,0,2)(L) This course teaches the student techniques used in basic photogrammetry, photo mapping and photo‐based inventory systems. Use of maps and mapping systems will be implemented. Techniques for the measurement of tree stand variables, calculating tree volumes, estimating form and taper, as well as timber scaling and grading will be taught. Regression techniques will be used in the analysis of data collected by students. Some weekend fieldwork may be required. Prerequisite: NRSC 2100 or permission of the instructor Required Lab: NRSC 3110L NRSC 3170 3 Prerequisite: COMP 1350 Ichthyology (3,0,3)(L) Corequisite: STAT 2000 or BIOL 3000 Required Lab: NRSC 2110L This course educates students in the systematics, anatomy, physiology, life history, and ecology of freshwater and marine fishes. Students learn to identify local freshwater fishes, and salmon species. NRSC 2200 3 Note: This course is cross‐listed as BIOL 3290 Forest Ecology and Silvics 2 (3,0,2)(L) Required Lab: NRSC 3170L Students examine the ecological and silvical characteristics of forest trees of Western Canada, with emphasis on ecological site assessment and applications of silvics in silviculture. This course also explores the identification and interpretive use of indicator plant species in the description of forest ecosystems, the soil and site features used in determining site quality, and the diagnostic procedures used in determining site quality. NRSC 3200 3 Prerequisite: NRSC 2100 or equivalent Prerequisite: NRSC 2000 and 2100 or permission of the instructor Required Lab: NRSC 2200L NRSC 2230 4 Geographic Information Systems (2,3,3)(L) This course is an introduction to basic concepts and applications of geographic information systems. The major topics include spatial analysis systems; applications of GIS on microcomputers to natural resource systems; spatial data entry; data compilation; and map output. This course is cross‐listed as GEOG 2750. Silviculture (3,0,2)(L) This course emphasizes silvicultural concepts and principles as they apply to forest stand and landscape level management. Specific topics include principles of forest tree improvement; seed handling; nursery practices and artificial regeneration; natural regeneration and stand tending practices (thinning, pruning, vegetation management, fertilization and site preparation). A variety of silviculture systems are discussed in relation to economics, wildlife, biodiversity, and sustainability. The laboratories are designed as both field exercises and indoor laboratory sections (including computer modeling). Several field trips offer students an opportunity to observe forest nursery operations, woodlot management, and forest operations. Prerequisite: NRSC 2000, 2100, 2110, 2200 or permission of the instructor Required Lab: NRSC 3200L Prerequisite: PC computer skills Required Lab: GEOG 2230L NRSC 3210 3 Required Seminar: GEOG 2230S Range Management (3,2,0) NRSC 3000 3 Diversity and Ecology of the Vertebrates (3,0,3)(L) Students in the natural resource field are introduced to vertebrate biology. The three main themes are animal ecology, comparative anatomy, and the systematics and identification of amphibians, reptiles, birds and mammals. Students address the evolutionary ecology of these groups, including the adaptive significance of morphological, physiological and behavioural traits. Key concepts of vertebrate ecology, such as evolution and the theory of natural selection, are introduced in addition to basic vertebrate anatomy and functional morphology. Laboratory work involves anatomical dissections and the taxonomic identification of terrestrial vertebrates, particularly those species found in British Columbia. Prerequisite: An introductory course in ecology or evolution is recommended. Students who have taken BIOL 2250 or its equivalent need to contact the instructor prior to registering in the course. Note: Students who have taken BIOL 4270 cannot receive credit for this course 376 Students explore applied range ecology and range management planning. Lecture topics include range history; range inventory and monitoring; animal management; stocking rates; animal distribution; grazing systems; cultivated forages; range improvements and developments; integrated use; legislation; and current grassland issues. Course material is used to develop a range management plan. Prerequisite: NRSC 3110 or permission of the instructor Required Seminar: NRSC 3210S NRSC 3250 3 Natural Resource Field Studies (0,1,8)(0,1,0)(L) Students in the Bachelor of Natural Resource Sciences program gain hands‐on experience in the field, on topics pertinent to natural resource management. Under the rotating supervision of different faculty members, students conduct field surveys or visit sites where management activities are underway. The exercises include GIS and vegetation mapping, soil analyses, range management, and fisheries and wildlife work. Field exercises may require data analysis and written reports. Participation and completion of all field trips and subsequent reports are required. This course also serves the purpose of providing field trips for other concurrent 4th year courses in the Bachelor of Natural Resource Science program. Weekend field work is required. Prerequisite: NRSC 2230, NRSC 4130, BIOL 3000 and 4th year standing in the Bachelor of Natural Resource Science program Corequisite: NRSC 3210/3220 Required Seminar: NRSC 3250S NRSC 4050 3 Wildlife Management and Conservation 2: Practice and Application (3,0,3) Students build upon the theory and principles presented in NRSC 4040: Wildlife Management and Conservation 1, by further examining the application of scientific principles to the conservation of wildlife. Students also focus on the philosophy and human dimensions of wildlife conservation and management, particularly the need to balance multiple values in developing sustainable management planning. The course provides for the analysis and discussion of local and global case studies. NRSC 3260 3 Prerequisite: BIOL 3000 and NRSC 4040 Limnology (3,0,3)(L) Required Seminar: NRSC 4100S This course offers theoretical and applied aspects of limnology. Students consider the ecology of inland water organisms in relation to the physical, chemical, and biological factors that affect their interactions and production. NRSC 4100 3 Prerequisite: NRSC 2100 or equivalent, BIOL 3000 or equivalent Fisheries Management (3,2,0) Note: This course is cross‐listed as BIOL 4020 This course is a study of fisheries management topics, including methods of quantitative stock assessment, fisheries regulations and policy, habitat restoration, and fish stocking. Students collect and measure fish in a local lake, and produce a quantitative stock assessment report for that fishery. Required Lab: NRSC 3260L NRSC 3980 1 Introduction to Research (0,1,0) This course is available to 3rd year students who may be contemplating entry into the Honours program or undertaking a Directed Studies research project in their 4th year. The seminar focus is on formulation of a research hypothesis and production of a research proposal in preparation for application to do an Honours or Directed Study research project. Honours students are expected to take this course, although the learning objectives may be completed under the supervision of an individual faculty member. Prerequisite: 3rd year standing in a Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of Natural Resource Science program Prerequisite: NRSC 3170 and NRSC 3260 Required Seminar: NRSC 4100S NRSC 4110 3 Watershed Management (3,2,0) Students are introduced to the basic principles of wildland hydrology and watershed management, including the role of climate, physiography, and vegetation in watershed function; the effects of land use on streamflow quantity, timing and water quality; and the techniques used in monitoring and assessing the impacts of land management on the water resource. Prerequisite: FRST 2000/2100/2200 NRSC 4020 3 Required Seminar: NRSC 4110S Natural Resource Entomology (2,0,2)(L) Students are familiarized with significant entomology topics including the environmental and economic role of insects in forest ecosystems; the identification and basic biology of major groups of forest insects; behavioural ecology and population dynamics of major insect pests; an introduction to chemical ecology of insects; forest health and beneficial or pest insect balance; an introduction to management strategies for major forest insect pests; and the implications in context of the Forest Practices Code. Prerequisite: BIOL 3030, NRSC 2100/2200 Corequisite: NRSC 3200 Required Lab: NRSC 4020L NRSC 4130 3 Fire Ecology and Management (3,2,0) Students develop a solid understanding of the importance of fire to ecosystems, communities, species, and human society. The first part of the course is devoted to understanding fire and how it interacts with the abiotic and biotic environment. Next, the focus shifts to the importance of fire from a historical, social, and political context. Students explore the theory, principles, tools, and organization of fire management, particularly as it applies to British Columbia and other regions of Canada. The main goal of this course is to increase awareness of the role of fire in ecosystems. Prerequisite: NRSC 2100 or permission of the instructor Required Seminar: NRSC 4130S NRSC 4030 3 Natural Resource Pathology (2,0,2)(L) Pathology deals with the biology (anatomy, morphology, physiology, life cycles), ecology, identification, and management of tree diseases. This course emphasizes the common tree diseases of western North American forests, and of British Columbia in particular. The course also includes information on the significant tree diseases of Eastern North America. Prerequisite: NRSC 2100 and NRSC 2200 Required Lab: NRSC 4030L NRSC 4140 3 Natural Resource Policy and Planning (3,2,0) Students focus on land and resource use policies and laws, and their development and administration in British Columbia, particularly as affected by aboriginal rights and title. The course provides an overview of specific land and resource policies in British Columbia, illustrates the policy cycle through teaching the fundamentals of strategic land and resource use planning, and introduces the practice of policy analysis. Prerequisite: 3rd year standing in the Bachelor of Natural Resource Science program, or permission of the instructor NRSC 4040 3 Required Seminar: NRSC 4140S Wildlife Management and Conservation 1: Theory and Principles (3,0,3)(L) Students are introduced to the history, theory, and principles of wildlife conservation and management, with an emphasis on the scientific underpinnings of current conservation biology and wildlife management. Topics include island biogeography and reserve design, population viability analysis, principles of conservation genetics, introduced species, fragmentation, habitat loss, and the demography and extinction risk of small populations. Prerequisite: BIOL 3030 and one of NRSC 3000, BIOL 2250, BIOL 4270 Required Lab: NRSC 4040L NRSC 4210 3 Conflict Resolution in the Natural Resources (2,2,0) This course is an exploration of the principles of conflict and conflict resolution as they are used and applied in natural resource management. Topics include a definition of conflict, how conflict arises, and how consensus is achieved by facilitation, interest‐ based negotiation, and mediation. Emphasis is placed on moving beyond simple problem‐solving to the actual resolution of underlying conflicts and issues, such as shifting from positional to interest‐based arguments. Reviews of past, current, and emerging conflicts in the natural resource sector are also incorporated. Students participate in role‐playing exercises, and learn from one another as they enact mock conflict situations. Prerequisite: 4th year standing in the Bachelor or Natural Resource Science program or permission of the instructor 377 Required Seminar: NRSC 4210S NRSC 4990 6 Honours Thesis NRSC 4230 3 Graduating Essay (3,0,0) Students complete an essay or technical report under the direction of a faculty member. The essay can take the form of a scientific paper or a detailed literature review of a selected subject area appropriate for the Bachelor of Natural Resource Science degree program. With permission of the Department one year prior to enrolling in the course, students may use data from personal research. Students are required to make an oral presentation summarizing the project. This course requires an original research project conducted by students in the Honours Program of the Bachelor of Natural Resource Science (BNRS) degree. It is completed under the direction of a faculty member in the Department of Natural Resource Sciences, or a scientist from outside the department. Students accepted into the BNRS Honours Program register in this course in both the Fall and Winter semesters of their final academic year. Prerequisite: 4th year standing in the BNRS Honours program Corequisite: NRSC 4980 Prerequisite: Final year in the BNRS program NURS 1170 3 NRSC 4240 3 Relational Practice 1: Self and Others (0,3,0) Research Design, Analysis and Reporting (3,0,2) This course focuses on the learner's personal discovery of self and self in relation to others. Through interaction and reflection, emphasis is placed on understanding how personal beliefs, values, experiences, and perceptions have shaped self over time, and relate to and impact on our caring experiences with self and others (individuals, families and groups). This course is designed for students in science, although non‐science majors may take the course under special permission from the instructor. The course allows senior students to advance their understanding of the basic principles of conducting research, from the initial design of the project, through data collection and analysis, and into the final presentation of the results. Topics covered in lecture and seminar include scientific hypothesis testing, pre‐ and post‐hoc power analysis, statistical design, pseudoreplication, modelling, data coding and entry, logistical constraints to research, and graphical presentation of data. A cursory introduction also is provided to more advanced statistical methods that students may encounter if they pursue a career in research, such as power‐analysis, multi‐variate statistical analysis, logistic regression, survival analysis, and Bayesian statistics. In the laboratory, students learn to use various types of software, including modelling, statistical analysis, and graphing packages. Students also become familiar with the process of scientific peer‐review, through the submission of a research paper to a mock 'journal office'. Prerequisite: C+ or higher in BIOL 3000 or an equivalent statistical course. A basic competency in statistics and the use of computers is assumed. NRSC 4240 is open to senior undergraduates (3rd or 4th year standing) in the Faculty of Science. Senior undergraduates outside of the Faculty of Science may also be admitted to the course upon direct permission from the instructor. Required Lab: NRSC 4240L Prerequisite: Acceptance into Year 1 of the BSN program or by special arrangement with instructor NURS 1700 3 Professional Practice 1: Foundation to the Discipline of Nursing (3,0,0) This course is an introduction to the discipline of nursing. Participants explore the historical development of nursing knowledge and theory, as well as contemporary understandings of nursing as a discipline and the body of knowledge that defines it. Relationships between practice, theory and research are explored. Prerequisite: Acceptance into Year 1 of the BSN program Corequisite: NURS 1730 and NURS 1740 NURS 1730 3 Health and Healing 1: Living Health (3,0,0) NRSC 4250 3 to 6 Tropical Field Studies in Natural Resources (3,3,30)(L) Students are introduced to the issues, approaches, and people involved with natural resource management in a tropical country. The topics in the course depend on the specific destination, but generally include an examination of the ecological, social, economic and cultural aspects of natural resource management in the tropics. The scheduling and duration (and hence credit allotment) also varies with destination. Enrollment in this course is not restricted to students in the Natural Resource Science department; rather, a diverse study body is desirable, and students from a variety of programs and disciplines are admissible. The size of the class is limited; potential students must submit an application in which they explain the relevance of the course to their own studies and interests. It is the responsibility of all students to consult with their program advisor(s) to determine whether they may receive credit for this course. For details on the current offering of the course, including current destination, content, cost, and application procedure, students should contact the instructor by going through the Department of Natural Resource Sciences at TRU. Prerequisite: Preferably 3rd or 4th year standing in a relevant degree program at TRU or elsewhere; other students may be admitted depending upon qualifications and demand This course is an introduction to the meaning of health including personal health, family health, community health and societal health. Participants examine significant theoretical and conceptual frameworks of health including health promotion, primary health care, prevention and determinants of health. By reflecting on personal experiences, participants have the opportunity to identify personal resources and/or challenges that impact health as well as recognize the diversity of beliefs, values and perceptions of health held by others. Opportunities to learn basic health assessment skills are included in this course. Prerequisite: Acceptance into Year 1 or the BSN program Corequisite: BIOL 1590, NURS 1700 and NURS 1740 NURS 1740 3 Nursing Practice 1: Introduction to Nursing Practice (3,0,4P) This course is an opportunity for participants to integrate their learning from other Semester One courses with their beginning understanding of nursing practice. Participants are engaged with healthy families in the community and with nurses in practice to explore the breadth of nursing practice. Prerequisite: Acceptance into Year 1 of the Bachelor of Science Nursing program. NRSC 4980 2 Corequisite: BIOL 1590, NURS 1170, NURS 1730, NURS 1800 Required Lab: NURS 1740L Honours Seminar (0,2*,0)(0,2*,0) Honours students are provided with constructive criticism of their thesis research project, in addition to an opportunity to explore and discuss topics of relevance to the field of natural resource science. The seminars consist of readings, group discussions, and alternating seminar presentations by students and interested faculty. Students register in this course in both the Fall and Winter terms of their last academic year of study. Prerequisite: 4th year standing in the Bachelor of Natural Resource Science (BNRS) Honours degree program Corequisite: NRSC 4990 *Denotes seminars run alternate weeks NURS 1800 3 Professional Practice 2: Foundation to the Profession of Nursing (3,0,0) This course is an introduction to the profession of nursing. Participants examine the foundational concepts of the curriculum and how the concepts relate to nursing practice. Participants also explore the history of the profession of nursing and have the opportunity to explore and critically reflect upon the political and socioeconomic forces that have shaped the status of women in society and the evolution of the nursing profession. Standards of nursing practice and responsibility for safe and ethical nursing practice are also explored. "Prerequisite: Acceptance into Year 1 of the Bachelor of Science Nursing program Corequisite: NURS 1170, NURS 1730, NURS 1740" 378 NURS 1830 3 Health and Healing 2: Health Indicators (3,0,0) Building on Health 1, this course focuses on individual, family and community health assessment. Participants will have opportunities to explore and critique various theoretical and conceptual frameworks in relation to health assessment including early childhood development, family development, healthy aging and community development. The concept of assessment within the context of decision making is explored. Opportunities to learn basic health assessment skills are included in this course. "Prerequisite: BIOL 1590, NURS 1800, NURS 1730, NURS 1740 Corequisite: BIOL 1690, NURS 1700, NURS 1840" NURS 1840 4 their nursing practice. The community and society are considered as contextual influences on the promotion of health and healing for the individual. Prerequisite: Completion of Year 1 Corequisite: HLSC 2550, NURS 2170, NURS 2730 NURS 2830 3 Health and Healing 4: Health Challenges/Healing Initiatives (3,0,0) Participants in this course continue to develop an understanding of people's experience with healing related to a variety of increasingly complex chronic and episodic health challenges within a variety of practice contexts. This course is complementary to Health Sciences 4 and provides opportunities for learners to integrate pathophysiology with their understanding of health and healing and the nursing approaches that accompany this understanding. Nursing Practice 2: Coming to Know the Client (2,3,2,8P)(L) Prerequisite: HLSC 2550, NURS 2170, NURS 2730 and NURS 2740 This nursing practice experience provides opportunities to develop caring relationships with groups, families and individuals across the lifespan. Emphasis will be placed on health assessment and coming to know how clients understand and promote their health, and the role of the nurse in partnering with the client in this process. Participants work with groups, families and individuals in the home and community, in agencies, and in care facilities to incorporate concepts and learning from all the courses in this semester into their nursing practice. Corequisite: HLSC 2650, NURS 2840 "Prerequisite: BIOL 1590, NURS 1170, NURS 1800, NURS 1730 and NURS 1740 Corequisite: BIOL 1690, NURS 1700 and NURS 1830" NURS 2170 3 Relational Practice 2: Creating Health‐ Promoting Relationships (3,0,0) Building on Relational Practice 1, in this course participants move beyond personal discovery to a focus on relational caring. The major emphasis of the course is relational practice with individuals, families, and groups from diverse backgrounds of age, culture, and experience. This is an experiential course designed to deepen the participant's understanding of caring and how the connection between caring and relationship provides the context for health and healing. Participants explore theories and processes of caring, relational identity development of self as nurse, and relational practice as enacted across a range of settings and contexts. Prerequisite: NURS 1800, NURS 1830, NURS 1840 Corequisite: HLSC 2550, NURS 2730, NURS 2740 NURS 2380 4 Consolidated Practice Experience 2 (0,0,36P)(5 weeks) In this consolidated practice experience, opportunities are provided to develop caring relationships for the purpose of healing and health promotion with individuals and families experiencing increasingly complex chronic and episodic health challenges. The community and society are considered as contextual influences on the promotion of health for the individual and the family. Participants have opportunities to consolidate learning from the first and second year of the program in a variety of settings. Prerequisite: NURS 2830, NURS 2840, HLSC 2650, HLSC 2660 NURS 2730 3 Health and Healing 3: Health Challenges/Healing Initiatives (3,0,0) Building on the learner's understanding of health, the focus of this course is on the people's experience with healing for both chronic and episodic health challenges. Participants integrate theory and concepts of health as they relate to healing. This course is complimentary to Health Sciences 3 and provides opportunities for learners to integrate pathophysiology with their understanding of health and healing and the nursing approaches that accompany this understanding. Prerequisite: Completion of Year 1 NURS 2840 4 Nursing Practice 4: Promoting Health and Healing (2,0,2,13P)(L) Learners continue to develop caring relationships with individuals and families for the purpose of health promotion, while coming to understand the individual health and healing processes that coincide with more complex health challenges, both episodic and chronic. To incorporate concepts and learning into their nursing practice, participants practice nursing approaches that accompany this understanding while working with families and individuals in the home, community, agencies, and care facilities. The community and society are considered as contextual influences on the promotion of health for the individual and the family. Prerequisite: HLSC 2550, NURS 2170, NURS 2730, NURS 2740 Corequisite: HLSC 2650, NURS 2830 Lab Required: NURS 2840L NURS 3170 3 Relational Practice: Connecting Across Differences (3,0,0) Building on the concepts introduced in Relational Practice 1 and 2, and other previous courses, students are provided a synthesis of knowledge that is the basis of critical analysis. This course focuses on enhancing participants' everyday relational practice with individuals, families, and groups. Engaging with the complexities of difference in everyday nursing practice and the challenges these complexities might pose for being in‐relation with clients is emphasized. "Prerequisite: HLSC 2550, HLSC 2650, HLSC 2660, NURS 2170, NURS 2380, NURS 2730, NURS 2740, NURS 2830, NURS 2840, PHIL 2310 Corequisite: HLSC 3550, NURS 3730, NURS 3740" NURS 3360 4 Consolidated Field School Experience: Focus on Aboriginal Health (0,3,33P) This experience is designed to provide opportunities for participants to integrate their learning from previous semesters. Students advance their understanding of Aboriginal culture and health and advance their clinical decision‐making skills through experiential learning within an Aboriginal community. Concepts that provide the framework of the course advance students' understandings of historical, socioeconomic and political inequities associated with difference, and learning experiences assist students in developing competencies that meet the health needs of Aboriginal Peoples. Participants travel to a selected Aboriginal community to practice nursing in a variety of settings, including caring for individuals or families, and community or public health. Prerequisite: NURS 3500 and NURS 3510 Note: Students can only receive credit for NURS 3360, NURS 3380 or NURS 3390. Corequisite: HLSC 2550, NURS 2170, NURS 2740 NURS 3380 4 NURS 2740 4 Nursing Practice 3: Promoting Health and Healing (2,0,2,13P)(L) This nursing practice experience provides opportunities to develop caring relationships with individuals and families for the purpose of health promotion while coming to understand their unique health and healing processes. Participants will have opportunities to practice nursing approaches that accompany this understanding. Participants work with families and individuals experiencing common health challenges (both episodic and chronic) in the home and community, in agencies, and in care facilities to incorporate concepts and learning from all the courses in this semester into 379 Consolidated Practice Experience 3 (0,3,33P)(7 weeks) This experience is designed to provide opportunities for participants to integrate learning from previous semesters, and to advance their clinical decision‐making in episodic or chronic care facilities. Prerequisite: NURS 3500/3510 NURS 3390 4 Consolidated Practice Experience: Focus on International Nursing (0,3,33P)(7 weeks) This experience is designed to provide opportunities for participants to integrate their learning from previous semesters and to advance their clinical practice in an international nursing context. Participants travel to a selected international site to practice nursing in a variety of settings which may include acute care, community and primary care settings. "Prerequisite: NURS 3500, NURS 3510 Exclusion: This course may be taken in lieu of NURS 3380" NURS 3500 3 Health 4: Health Promotion and Community Development (0,3,0) This course focuses on community as client from a health promotion perspective. The underlying principles of health promotion, including the social determinants of health, participation, capacity, and empowerment, are emphasized. Community development as a pattern of community health promotion practice is explored. Prerequisite: NURS 3170 or RN Diploma Required Lab: NURS 3740L NURS 3850 3 Field Course in Global Health Development (3,3,18P) This course focuses on health development with a special emphasis on understanding cultural, social, economic, and political environments and their impact on health in a foreign country. Participants integrate global health and community development perspectives in an international nursing context. During a pre‐departure week, the course participants attend several lectures that provide information about the country where the field school is located, theory on health development work and related project information. Participants travel to the chosen country and engage in health development projects for a two week period, drawing on principles of community development. Prerequisite: NURS 3500, NURS 3510, NURS 3810, Special request for students in the Post Diploma BScN program or Permission of the instructor. Required Seminar: NURS 3850S NURS 4210 10 Nursing Practice 8: Transitioning to BSN Graduate (0,3,36P) NURS 3510 4 Nursing Practice 6 (0,3,6P) The content and the application of concepts in this course focus on the role of the nurse in the promotion of community and societal health. This course is intended to be a companion course to NURS 3510. In seminar discussion and in practice settings, students apply concepts such as community development, capacity building, and emancipatory teaching and learning. The political and advocacy role of the nurse is also explored, as an emphasis is placed on applying the concepts of social justice and equity. Students also continue to develop their competencies in relational practice with a focus on community and society as client. This nursing practice experience provides opportunities for students to consolidate their learning and prepare for assuming the role of BSN graduate. Students also explore and critique changes and issues in the health care system, and the workplace, that affect nurses. Students develop their nursing competencies and enhance their nursing knowledge so that they may practice in a variety of settings at a novice level. Students may choose to focus their practice within a specific area, for example, a particular setting of practice, a certain client population, or a specific health challenge. Prerequisite: NURS 4300, NURS 4380, NURS 4730 NURS 4300 3 "Prerequisite: NURS 3170 or Registered Nurse (RN) diploma Health/Professional Growth: Nurses Influencing Change (3,0,0) Corequisite: NURS 3500" This course explores the avenues for nurses to provide leadership, influence, create and manage change for the promotion of health for individuals, families, groups and communities within the context of society and the world. Emphasis is placed on the leadership roles of the nurse within practice contexts. The role of the nurse within the current and evolving Canadian health care system is analyzed, including considerations of the impact of global trends and issues, and issues facing nurses in the current work environment. Collaborative and ethical approaches for working within institutional philosophies and frameworks are explored. Required Seminar: NURS 3510S NURS 3600 3 Professional Practice: Nursing Research (3,0,0) " Building on professional practice 1 and 2, the intent of this course is to enhance participants' understanding of nursing scholarship in relation to professional practice. Students engage in opportunities to enhance their understanding and ability to comprehend, critique and utilize nursing research. Participants critically reflect on various scholarly works and research methodologies. Participants critically examine their practice in relation to nursing research and to pose research questions for evidence‐informed practice. Prerequisite: NURS 3740 or RN diploma Corequisite: NURS 3500, NURS 3510 NURS 3730 3 Health and Healing 5: Complex Health Challenges/Healing Initiatives (3,0,0) This course builds on Health and Healing 1 and 2 and Health Sciences 3 and 4 and provides opportunities for participants to build on their nursing knowledge and understanding of health and healing in relation to complex episodic and chronic health challenges. This advanced course will focus on current topics and emerging knowledge related to a variety of health care contexts. Prerequisite: Completion of Year 2 BSN program Corequisite: HLSC 3550, NURS 3170, NURS 3740 NURS 3740 4 Nursing Practice 5: Promoting Health and Healing (2,0,2,13P)(L) This experience provides continued opportunities for learners to develop caring relationships with individuals and families while coming to understand health and healing processes. Participants have opportunities to practice nursing approaches that accompany this understanding. Participants work with families and individuals in the home and community, in agencies, and in care facilities to incorporate concepts and learning from all the courses in this semester into their nursing practice. Prerequisite: Completion of Year 2 of BSN program Corequisite: HLSC 3550, NURS 3170, NURS 3730 380 "Prerequisite: NURS 3500, NURS 3510, Registered Nurse diploma or Written permission of the Nursing Chair in consultation with the course instructor Corequisite: NURS 4730" NURS 4380 4 Community Health Nursing: Practice 7 (0,2,14P)(13 weeks) Seminar and practice experiences provide opportunities for participants to integrate their learning from previous semesters and to advance their knowledge and professional nursing practice in community health nursing. Participants enhance their learning and apply their clinical decision‐making skills in a variety of community health nursing practice settings. Prerequisite: Successful completion of NURS 3380 or NURS 3390 or RN Diploma Corequisite: NURS 4730 Required Seminar: NURS 4380S NURS 4730 3 Community Health Nursing: A Canadian Perspective (3,0,0) This course encompasses theoretical constructs that undergird community health nursing. It is intended to be a companion course for both Professional Practice 5 and Nursing Practice 7. Students integrate learning from previous semesters and knowledge of complex aspects of community health nursing is advanced. Prerequisite: NURS 3380 or NURS 3390 or RN diploma Corequisite: NURS 4380 OAAC 1000 OADB 1000 Introduction to Bookkeeping (43 hours) Database and Records Management (31 hours) This course gives the student a grounding in double‐entry accounting theory and an introduction to bookkeeping methods and related clerical procedures, such as petty cash and banking procedures. Introduction to Bookkeeping is designed as a hands‐on course. This is an introductory course designed to familiarize students with the concepts and applications of an electronic database. OAAC 2510 Payroll Processing (36 hours) An introductory course with the emphasis on practical, day‐to‐day questions and tasks encountered when processing payroll. Upon completion of the course the student will be able to interpret and use the common government payroll booklets, prepare and maintain typical payroll records and documents for a small business, and journalize and post payroll transactions to the general ledger. Prerequisite: OADS 1000 OADS 1000 Introduction to Computers and the Internet (30 hours) Students are introduced to computers, the internet, and the Windows operating system. Students learn essential terms and concepts, file and disk management with Windows, and the operational features of an internet browser. Prerequisite: Keyboarding speed minimum 25 wpm OAHR 3100 OAAC 2560 Business and Human Relations (31 hours) Computerized Accounting ‐ SIMPLY (36 hours) Students learn to develop the skills and techniques necessary to promote good business and human relations required in today's modern office environment. This course familiarizes the students with ACCPAC Simply Accounting which is a completely integrated accounting software package particularly suitable for the small business. Students will set up the accounting records and complete a variety of transactions (G/L, receivables, payables, payroll, inventory) in two simulations. Statements will be electronically transferred to a spreadsheet for further processing. Prerequisite: ACCT 1000, OAAS 3100 and OADS 1000 OAAS 3100 Electronic Spreadsheets (31 hours) This is an introductory course to familiarize students with the concepts, operation, and applications of an electronic spreadsheet. Students are provided an opportunity for hands‐on training, and then apply their knowledge to business applications. Prerequisite: OADS 1000 OAHR 3200 Applied Human Relations (36 hours) Students build on the foundation skills introduced in OAHR 3100: Business & Human Relations, which is offered in the Fall semester. Students learn how to apply various skills and strategies to effectively resolve difficult problems, conflict, and confrontation in the workplace, and promote stress management. Students also develop a personal plan for attitude renewal. Prerequisite: Successful completion of the Fall semester of the Office Administration Program OAJS 3000 Resume and Job Search (21 hours) OABW 2100 Business Writing (50 hours) Students participate in instructional sessions and activities involving preparation of resume and employment letters, job search strategies, and interview techniques. Students write and compose business communications while incorporating effective letter and report writing techniques, and correct grammar, punctuation, and spelling. Oral communication is also an integral part of the course. OAMA 1000 Prerequisite: OACM 1100 Business Math and Calculators (20 hours) OACM 1100 Students are provided a review of basic math skills specifically related to business documents and activities, and develop operating techniques and skills required in the use of electronic printing calculators. Business Communications 1 (67 hours) Learners are provided a comprehensive, up‐to‐date, and relevant review of the use of correct English grammar, punctuation, spelling, and writing skills. Students practice applying the principles learned in each segment of the course, and their skills are reinforced by exercises, assignments, and tests. Good communication skills are essential to a successful career in a business environment. OACP 2410 Computerized Integrated Project (36 hours) Students set‐up and maintain accounting records for a simulated company using source documents, including various transactions and records (G/L, A/R, A/P, payroll, inventory), manual records, and a variety of software packages (Simply or ACCPAC, Excel, word processing). OAPR 1100 Administrative Procedures (40 hours) This course is designed to assist students in developing interpersonal skills and demonstrating competency in the following business skills: telephone techniques, receptionist procedures, filing techniques, office systems management, and oral communications. Students develop essential organizational skills and apply their skills in an office setting. Prerequisite: Keyboarding speed minimum 25 wpm, Business English and Word Processing 1 OAPR 2100 Prerequisite: OAAC 2560, OAAC 3400 and OAAS 3100 Office Integration Project (10 hours) OACP 2420 This is a capstone project course where the student puts together a multi‐media presentation utilizing most or all of the windows‐based software covered previously in the program. Topics must be approved by the instructor. Introduction to Web Page Design (36 hours) Prerequisite: Successful completion of all other courses in the Administrative Assistant Program Students are familiarized with the concepts involved in creating web pages for business. Students are introduced to hypertext markup language (HTML), and move into Microsoft FrontPage to design web pages. Hands‐on training opportunities are provided, and students apply their knowledge to business applications and projects. OAPR 5000 Prerequisite: OADS 1000 and OAWP 1000 Practicum (2 weeks) During this two‐week practicum, students are provided an opportunity to apply their skills and knowledge to meet the expectations of the employer in a real work situation. 381 Students observe and learn daily office routines, and assist the host employer by performing tasks as required. Prerequisite: Successful completion of Semester 1 and Semester 2 courses, and an established keyboarding speed of 40 wpm OATS 3000 Keyboarding Accuracy and Speed Development (36 hours) Students develop speed and accuracy on the computer through drills and regular speed tests. Prerequisite: Students should be able to keyboard at the required prerequisite 25 words per minute on a five‐minute timing for their chosen program OEED 4300 3 Outdoor Education Legal Liability and Risk Management (3,0,0) This course provides a background in the legal and risk management elements specific to outdoor and experiential education disciplines. Course content includes education and custodial group standards of care; the legal system and outdoor education; contemporary legal issues in outdoor education; public and parental perception and understanding; the law and custodial care groups; standards of care in outdoor education; accident review process; risk management; and land access issues. Students also discuss case studies. Prerequisite: 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor OEED 4450 3 Environmental Interpretation and Natural History (60 hours) OAWP 1000 Word Processing (118 hours) Students are introduced to the theories and practical applications of a popular word processing program. Opportunities are provided for students to learn word processing for employment purposes, using hands‐on, step‐by‐step exercises at the computer. This course provides a base of knowledge about the natural history of Western Canada and its interpretation. Course experiences expose students to the natural communities within British Columbia with the intent of, as Aldo Leopold suggests, allowing us to see that the land is a community to which we belong and more than just a commodity or nice backdrop. Emphasis is placed upon the creation of experiential interpretive interactions. Prerequisite: 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor OAWP 3700 Desktop Publishing (50 hours) OEED 4460 3 This is an advanced course in word processing. Students are encouraged to produce documents suitable for inclusion in their own portfolio. Outdoor Fine Arts (60 hours) OAWP 3850 This course explores the elements of fine arts in the outdoors, and its use in experiential education. Students focus on the development of creative and applied arts, including sculpture, music, drama, drawing, paints, photography, and alternative arts in experiential settings and delivery formats. The use of natural materials and resources is emphasized. Windows Integration (36 hours) Prerequisite: 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor Prerequisite: OAWP 1000 Students learn to utilize the high level of integration available under the Windows environment, and explore important Windows concepts. Students use powerpoint to showcase their work in a electronic presentation format, as well as producing a portfolio of work samples, which is a valuable tool for job searches and interviews. This course focuses on the many ways that information can be shared and exchanged between applications. OEED 4470 3 Initiative and Challenge Games (60 hours) Prerequisite: OADS 1000, OABD 1000, OAAS 3100, OAWP 3700 This course explores use of initiative and challenge games in outdoor and experiential education. Students focus on the creation of experiential learning and group cohesion through the use of team building activities, ropes courses, icebreakers, group activities, games and trust activities. OEED 4150 3 Prerequisite: 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor Outdoor and Experiential Education Concepts (3,0,0) This course is a study of outdoor and experiential education concepts, and develops a common foundation of outdoor and experiential education understanding. Students explore outdoor and experiential instructional techniques and how learners form their personal identity, values, beliefs, feelings, and attitudes. Course content includes outdoor experiential education definitions, goals, fields of study, history, theory, and future trends. Prerequisite: 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor OEED 4200 3 Outdoor and Experiental Education Program Development, Design and Delivery (3,0,0) In this course, students explore the elements of outdoor and experiential education program development, design and delivery. The course focus is on the creation of experiential learning opportunities in the outdoor environment and the facilitator's role in program delivery. Prerequisite: 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor OEED 4250 3 OEED 4480 3 Wilderness Travel and Navigation (60 hours) In this course, students explore the theoretical and practical aspects of wilderness travel and navigation. Theoretical topics include appropriate clothing and equipment, navigation, environmental considerations, travel techniques, route plans, and trip planning. The course includes a backpack trip that focuses on navigation, route selection, group management, and pacing, minimum impact camping and hazard awareness. Prerequisite: 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor OEED 4490 3 Winter Backcountry Travel (60 hours) In this course, students explore the theoretical and practical aspects of winter backcountry travel. Theoretical topics include appropriate clothing and equipment, navigation, environmental considerations, travel techniques, route plans, and trip planning. The course includes a winter snowshoe and skiing trip that focuses on winter camping skills, winter travel skills, navigation, route selection, group management, pacing, minimum impact camping, and hazard awareness. Prerequisite: 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor Outdoor Leadership 1 (3,0,0) This course explores the elements of outdoor and experiential education leadership. Students focus on the safe and effective leading of outdoor and experiential day‐ and multi‐day programs. Effective leadership skills and the development of experiential facilitation and instructional techniques are studied in a practical field‐trip setting. Prerequisite: 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor 382 OEED 4500 3 Flat Water Canoe Tripping (60 hours) In this course, students explore the theoretical and practical aspects of flatwater canoe tripping. The course includes the CRCA (Canadian Recreational Canoeing Association) Flatwater Instructor certification. Theoretical topics include appropriate canoe clothing and equipment, navigation, environmental considerations, flatwater travel techniques, route plans, and trip planning. The course includes a flatwater canoe trip that focuses on canoeing skills, travel skills, navigation, route selection, group management, minimum impact camping and hazard awareness. Prerequisite: 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor OEED 4510 3 Top‐Rope Rock Climbing Management (60 hours) The intent of this course is to develop safe managers of top rope rock climbing sites aimed at school and custodial group leaders: a high level of climbing ability and lead climbing is not required. Topics include rock climbing clothing and equipment, environmental considerations, top rope rock climbing technique, belayed rappels, top rope rock climbing site selection, group management, hazard awareness, terrain, and safety guidelines. Prerequisite: 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor OEED 4520 3 Avalanche Skills Training (60 hours) This course introduces avalanche concepts and develops awareness in backcountry travellers. Topics include how to recognize avalanche terrain, how to avoid avalanche terrain, how to recognize dangerous conditions, how to minimize risk, and how to manage a self rescue. This course meets the standards developed by the Canadian Avalanche Association for Avalanche Skills Training Level 1 and 2. Prerequisite: 3rd year standing or permission of the instructor ORGB 3810 3 Organizational Theory and Design (3,0,0) Students explore the theory and application of organizing in complex workplace environments. Various conceptual tools and theoretical frameworks are utilized to systematically investigate organizing processes and contexts and solve practical problems. Topics include organizations and organization theory; organizational stakeholders; the external environment; organizational structure and design; organizational culture; decision making; conflict, power and politics; and organizational change and transformation. Prerequisite: CMNS 1290; ORGB 2810 ORGB 4870 3 Organizational Development and Change (3,0,0) In today’s business environment, a human resource practitioner must be a skilled change manager. Students learn to become agents for change, to improve human resources and organizational effectiveness, and to increase productivity. Topics include an introduction to organizational development; change process; organizational change and human resource management; organizational assessments; assessment tools and techniques; organizational interventions; human resource management interventions; and human resource metrics. Prerequisite: ORGB 3810 PARW 1010 Parts and Warehousing Person 1 (500 hours) OEED 4530 3 Elective Activity (60 hours) As approved by the Adventure Studies Department Chairperson, students may receive credit for participation in additional adventure activity courses not taught within the Post‐Graduate Certificate in Outdoor and Experiential Education. Courses must be from recognized training programs to receive consideration. Prerequisite: 3rd year standing and approval of the Adventure Studies Department Chairperson Students learn and practice the ordering, warehousing and inventory control procedures for businesses related to the automotive, commercial transport, heavy duty parts departments, and industrial warehousing sectors. Prerequisite: Students must successfully pass the Accuplacer entrance exam with a minimum of Grade 10 or equivalent including English 10 and Mathematics 10. Grade 12 preferred. PHED 1000 3 Biomechanics: The Analysis of Performance in Individual Sports (3,1,0) ORGB 2810 3 Organizational Behaviour (3,0,0) Students examine the behavior of individuals and how they interact with each other in different workplace organizations. Topics include defining organizational behavior; perception, personality and emotions; values, attitudes and their effects in the workplace; motivating self and others; working in teams; communication, conflict and negotiation; power and politics; leadership; decision making, creativity and ethics; and organizational culture and change. This course is an examination of the role of analysis in developing effective biomechanically correct individual sport performance. Skill analysis, error detection, error correction, and the application of sport science principles are included with an introduction to the appreciation of movement patterns in sport. Required Seminar: PHED 1000S PHED 1100 3 Prerequisite: ENGL 1100 Basketball (1,2,0) Note: Students cannot receive credit for both ORGB 2810 and TMGT 1160 (C+ or higher) This course focuses on industrial and coaching techniques associated with the sport. The development of fundamental individual and team skills are an integral part of the course. Offensive and defensive skills and strategies are also central to the course. Each student is provided an opportunity to learn how to instruct and coach other students in the skills, as well as learn the specific skills related to basketball. ORGB 3750 3 Creativity and Innovation (3,0,0) Students explore the theory and practical strategies for promoting creative and innovative thinking in the workplace and managing employees through these processes. Topics include types of innovation, the S‐shaped diffusion curve, generating new ideas, recognizing opportunities, moving innovations to the market, creative groups, enhancing creativity, and leading creativity. Prerequisite: CMNS 1290; ORGB 2810 ORGB 3770 3 Teamwork in Organizations (3,0,0) Students develop an understanding of the nature, design and processes of effective teamwork as well as a practical skill set for team membership. Topics include the importance of teams; assessing a team’s experience and insights; building a balanced team; building a high performance team; becoming a team member, follower, and leader; team building; team evaluation and accountability; observing team leadership skills at work; identifying and overcoming team dysfunctions; motivating team members and leaders; and developing intercultural teams. Prerequisite: CMNS 1290; ORGB 2810 PHED 1120 3 Outdoor Activities (3,0,0) Students are introduced to a variety of outdoor pursuits like cross country skiing, kayaking, hiking, survival and snowshoeing. Due to the varying levels of risk associated with outdoor activities, participants are required to sign the Department of Physical Educations’ informed consent. Note: Students are responsible for providing their own transportation, equipment, and additional costs associated with the activities PHED 1140 3 Aquatics (3,0,0) This course emphasizes the knowledge and skills associated with aquatic activity. Water safety, principles of buoyancy and water activities, stroke analysis and development are a major focus for the semester. Students are provided an opportunity to work toward a number of senior swimming levels. Note: It is recommended that students enrolling in this course be able to swim 200 meters 383 PHED 1160 3 PHED 2140 3 Soccer (3,0,0) Psychology of Sport and Physical Activity (3,0,0) This course focuses on instructional and coaching techniques associated with soccer. The development of fundamental individual and team skills are an integral part of the course. Offensive and defensive skills and strategies are central to the course. Each student is provided an opportunity to learn how to instruct/coach other students in the skills as well as learn the specific skills related to soccer. Students discuss psychological theories and research related to sport and health‐related physical activity. Topics include socialization for participation, motivation, stress, psychological limits, aggression, competition and co‐operation, audience effects, leadership, role of the coach and group cohesion, ethical behaviours, motivation, and aspirations. Prerequisite: 2nd year standing PHED 1190 3 Volleyball (3,0,0) PHED 2150 3 This course focuses on instructional and coaching techniques associated with volleyball. The development of fundamental individual and team skills are an integral part of the course. Offensive and defensive skills and strategies are central to the course. Each student is provided an opportunity to learn how to instruct/coach other students in the skills as well as learn the specific skills related to volleyball. Exercise Physiology (2,0,2)(L) Students are introduced to the basic components of physiology as they apply to health, fitness and exercise. An examination of the acute and chronic effects of physical activity on the functions of the human body (metabolic, cardiovascular, respiratory, muscular) through lecture and laboratory experiences is emphasized. PHED 1230 3 Required Lab: PHED 2150L Prerequisite: BIOL 1690 or permission from the instructor Conditioning (3,0,0) Students are instructed in the basic principles for health and skill‐related fitness. The course provides a basic understanding of the physiological basis for conditioning programs applicable to competitive sport. A discussion of fitness assessment is also a focus in this course. PHED 2210 3 The Dynamics of Motor Skill Acquisition (3,0,0) This course provides an introduction to the examination of motor skill acquisition and the variables which influence the learning and performance of motor skills. Theoretical models on motor learning are introduced and discussed from a pedagogical perspective. PHED 1240 3 Golf (3,0,0) This course focuses on instructional and coaching techniques associated with the sport. The development and analysis of fundamental individual skills is an integral part of the course. Each student is provided an opportunity to learn how to instruct and coach other students in the skills, as well as learn the specific skills related to golf. PHED 2840 3 Physical Growth and Motor Development (3,0,0) Students will examine the physical growth and motor development throughout the lifespan, with particular reference to the effects of physical activity on growth, development and health. Developmental differences in motor ability will be studied. Note: Students are responsible for their own transportation and equipment and extra costs are associated with this course Prerequisite: PHED 2210 PHED 1280 3 PHED 3000 3 Games, Contests and Relays (3,0,0) Service and Learning Project (3,0,0) Individual, pairs, teams and group activities are taught in this course. Each student is required to invent and teach an activity, with the focus on teaching, and consider strategies to make incremental and rule changes for each. This course is an excellent preparation for students wishing to become teachers and recreationalists. This course provides Physical Education Teacher Candidates with an orientation to physical education in elementary schools, and an opportunity to link on‐campus instruction with teaching experiences in the school setting. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the Bachelor of Education Elementary ‐ Specialization in Physical Education program PHED 2000 3 Analysis of Performance of Team Activities & Sports From Pedagogical & Coaching Perspectives (3,1,0) This course includes an examination and introduction of the structure, analysis and instruction of team activities, games and performance. Selected team sports are used as models of analysis. Topics include the study of the common elements in team sports, pedagogical theories on instruction of games, and an examination of analysis methods and procedures. PHED 3450 3 Contemporary Issues in Health and Physical Activity (3,0,0) This course helps identify and address contemporary lifestyles, associated behaviours, and major health concerns in present‐day society. Techniques and strategies used to make positive lifestyle changes are studied and discussed in addition to the responsibility of the consumer. Required Seminar: PHED 2000S PHED 3650 3 PHED 2110 3 An Introduction to the Study of Sport (3,0,0) This course examines the nature and development of sport through an analysis of historical, academic and popular literature. Coaching Pre‐Adolescent Students (1,2,0) This course provides practical and theoretical experience in dealing with pre‐adolescent students in the school sports setting. The course incorporates 1 hour per week of classroom teaching with 2 hours per week of practical coaching in elementary schools, or similar sport settings. Prerequisite: PHED 2000 PHED 2130 3 Corequisite: PHED 3840 Sport in Canadian Society (3,0,0) This course offers a historical and theoretical analysis of sport in Canadian Society. Students develop an awareness of the role played by physical education and sport in society, and examine the societal changes that influence sport development. PHED 3660 3 Advanced Movement Education (3,0,0) Students explore human movement from a broad range of perspectives. Educational gymnastics, dance, movement, and games are analyzed from a multi‐disciplinary approach with regard to instruction to school‐aged children. Prerequisite: PHED 1000, or permission from the instructor 384 PHED 3840 3 PHIL 2100 3 Physical Growth and Motor Development (3,0,0) Introduction to Ancient Philosophy (3,0,0) Students examine the physical growth and motor development throughout the lifespan, with particular reference to the effects of physical activity on growth, development and health. Developmental differences in motor ability are studied. Students are introduced to the most important philosophers of the Western ancient world, including Plato and Aristotle, as well as Epicureanism and Stoicism. Prerequisite: PHED 2210 PHED 4350 3 Fitness Assessment and Exercise Prescription (3,0,0) The emphasis of this course is on exercise prescription and testing, for the healthy adult population and for special populations or persons with a disability. Students' laboratory work is focused primarily on the exercise testing aspect of the course. PHIL 2140 3 Foundations of Philosophy: Knowledge (3,0,0) Students explore the nature, source and limits of human knowledge. Topics include whether we could be systematically wrong about everything; the influence of will on belief; the difference between knowledge and mere opinion; and the relation between knowledge, justice and power. Prerequisite: PHIL 1010, 1020 or 1100 recommended Prerequisite: PHED 1230 and PHED 2150 PHIL 2150 3 PHIL 1010 3 Foundations of Philosophy: Reality (3,0,0) Introduction to Philosophy: Pre‐Socratics to Hume (3,0,0) Intiguing questions about what makes up reality and how reality works are central to this course. Topics include appearances and reality; free will and determination; mind and body; being and substance; and the nature of time and space.Prerequisite: PHIL 1010, 1020 or 1100 recommended This course is a general introduction to philosophy using a historical approach. The course covers the period from before Socrates up to and including the French Revolution. Students discuss major philosophers including Plato, Aristotle, Aquinas, Descartes, Hume and Wollstonecraft. Major topics and questions explored in this course include: What is the good life? Does God exist? What is the relationship between mind and body? How is knowledge possible? What is the nature of reality? Are women equal to men in abilities and rights? Note: Students may take at a maximum two of PHIL 1010, PHIL 1020, or PHIL 1100 PHIL 1020 3 Introduction to Philosophy: 1784 ‐ Present (3,0,0) This course is a general introduction to philosophy which spans the Enlightenment to present day time period. The major philosophers discussed in this course include Kant, Marx, Darwin, Mill, Nietzsche and Sartre. The major topics explored include: Is there progress in history? What are the origins of our moral ideas? What rights do individuals have? Does life have meaning? Note: Students may take a maximum of two of PHIL 1010, PHIL 1020, or PHIL 1100 PHIL 1100 3 PHIL 2160 3 Technology and the Environment (3,0,0) Students examine what 'technology' is, the relationships and differences between technology and nature, and the role that technology plays in current environmental issues. The course raises the question of whether technology can help us find solutions to environmental crises, or if those problems are a direct result of seeing the world from a technological point of view. PHIL 2210 3 Contemporary Moral Issues (2,1,0) Students examine contemporary moral issues, such as abortion; euthanasia; capital punishment; environmental ethics; business ethics; pornography and censorship; treatment of the mentally ill; patients’ rights; and the ethics of warfare. Classical theories of ethics are examined and applied to contemporary problems. Required Seminar: PHIL 2210S Introduction to Philosophy: Problem and Themes (3,0,0) This course is a general introduction to philosophy. Questions that are typically discussed include: What is morality? Is there a God? Is there life after death? What can we know and how can we know it? What is the nature of reality? Is there free will? Are there fundamental rights? What constitutes a 'good life'? What is the nature of society? What form of government should we have? What is the relation of the mind to the body? What is art? Is censorship a good idea? Readings are taken from classic and/or modern texts. Note: Students may take a maximum of two of PHIL 1010, PHIL 1020 or PHIL 1100 PHIL 1110 3 Introduction to Critical Thinking (2,1,0) or (3,0,0) This course enables students to distinguish between good and poor reasoning. Students are introduced to logical analysis, which entails an examination of the meaning of logical terms and an investigation of their contribution to the arguments in which they occur. Considerable attention is given to representing the logical structure of arguments and deciding their validity or invalidity. PHIL 2220 3 Elementary Formal Logic (2,1,0) This course is an introduction to contemporary symbolic or formal logic. Students explore the fundamentals of good reasoning by learning sentence and predicate logic. Students translate English sentences into logical notation, and use truth tables and derivations to demonstrate the validity of arguments. Required Seminar: PHIL 2220S PHIL 2240 3 Philosophy of Technology and Society (3,0,0) Required Seminar: PHIL 1110S The focus of this course is on the philosophical implications of the impact of computers, technology, and the information age on the modern world. Students examine the ethical, metaphysical, epistemological, social, scientific and political intersections of human engagement with technology. Topics may include privacy, intellectual property, encryption, spying, access to information, social media (texting, Facebook, Twitter, etc), and censorship. PHIL 2010 3 PHIL 2290 3 Introduction to Ethics (3,0,0) Philosophy of Emotions (3,0,0) Ethics is the philosophical examination of 'the good life', or the kind of life that is most worth living. It is also the study of the values by which we live, and the values of others. Students explore questions of right and wrong (morality), consider the place of morality in life as a whole, and whether life has meaning. In particular, students discuss the nature and origin of morality, and to what extent being moral is necessary to living a good life. This course examines the role emotions play in our lives and critically examines some traditional beliefs about emotion from the standpoints of philosophy, psychology and sociology. The issues and topics considered in this course include the relation of emotions to reason, the role of feeling in moral judgment, and the relation of emotions to action. Students also consider specific emotions, such as love and anger, as well as looking at emotions from a biological view, as either adaptive responses, or forms of escape. Prerequisite: 2nd year standing 385 PHIL 2310 3 PHIL 3150 3 Health Care Ethics (3,0,0) The Empiricists (3,0,0) This course examines the ethical role of the health care provider within the Canadian health care system. Students critically assess a selection of ethically problematic situations that routinely challenge health care providers. The topical issues considered in this course include the relationship among health care providers; care of the elderly; genetic counselling; resource allocation; care of those diagnosed mentally ill; and the ethics of transplantation. These issues are taken up in light of our exploration of moral theory, common ethical principles, and methodologies arising from interdisciplinary bioethics. Students explore British philosophy in the 17th and 18th centuries, with an emphasis on the writings of Locke, Berkeley and Hume. Prerequisite: At least one of PHIL 1010, 1020, 1100, and 3rd or 4th year standing in the BA program, or permission of the instructor PHIL 3160 3 Modern European Philosophy (3,0,0) PHIL 2380 3 Philosophy and Pop Culture (3,0,0) Students critically examine various aspects in ethics, metaphysics, epistemology and sociopolitical philosophy using popular cultural elements, including film, television, books, and comics. Students examine many of the significant and formative ideas in nineteenth and twentieth century European philosophy. Areas of emphasis change from year to year and may include existentialism, phenomenology, Marxism, psychoanalysis, critical theory, deconstruction, and post‐modernism. Authors studied may include Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, Heidegger, Lévi‐Strauss, Sartre, Lacan, Levinas, Adorno, Marcuse, Gadamer, Habermas, Foucault, Althusser, Deleuze, Derrida, Baudrillard, and Lyotard. Prerequisite: 2nd year standing Prerequisite: Any one of PHIL 1010, 1020, 1100, and 3rd or 4th year standing in the BA program, or permission of the instructor PHIL 2390 3 PHIL 3170 3 Philosophy of Rock Music (3,0,0) ***Topics in Continental Philosophy (3,0,0) Students explore issues in the philosophy of art through the medium of rock music. Rock music is discussed from the standpoints of aesthetics, philosophy, sociology and musicology. Students consider the social and artistic value of rock music, the distinctive features of rock music, and the history of rock music. This course provides an in‐depth study of a major philosopher, school, or work within the Continental tradition, and serves to complement PHIL 3160: Modern European Philosophy. Topics change from year to year, and typically include thinkers such as Simone de Beauvoir, Luce Irigaray, G.W.F. Hegel, Martin Heidegger, Michel Foucault and Gilles Deleuze. The related schools and tendencies would include structuralism, deconstruction, feminism, the Frankfurt School and Phenomenology. Prerequisite: Second‐year standing recommended PHIL 2400 3 Prerequisite: Any one of PHIL 1010, 1020, 1100, and 3rd or 4th year standing in the BA program, or permission of the instructor Understanding Scientific Reasoning (3,0,0) This course is a philosophical introduction to evaluating hypotheses, scientific reasoning, and experimental tests. Students consider theoretical hypotheses, statistical and causal hypotheses, the nature of decisions, and the value of scientific reasoning for everyday life. Note: 2nd year standing recommended PHIL 3010 3 Ethics (3,0,0) Continuing from PHIL 2010 and PHIL 2210, this course is the advanced study of moral theory. Presented for analysis are meta‐ethical theories concerning why we are moral beings, and several theories about how we decide what is right and wrong. In deciding good from bad, a number of theories have been established, all of which have something worthwhile to offer. Students investigate theories and philosophers which may include Mill, Kant, contractarianism, feminist ethics of care, relativism, and Aristotelian virtue ethics. Prerequisite: At least one of PHIL 1020, 2210, and 3rd or 4th year standing in the BA program, or permission of the instructor PHIL 3210 3 Feminist Philosophy (3,0,0) A wide range of feminist philosophical thought is examined in this course. Students discuss the feminist approach to philosophical questions, which can differ dramatically from the traditional philosophical approach. Topics may include gender role socialization, sex, gender equality, work and pay, radical feminism, maternal thinking, historical feminist movements, pornography, care, 3rd‐wave feminism, mainstreaming pornography, and men’s role in feminism. Prerequisite: 3rd or 4th year standing in the BA program, or permission of the instructor PHIL 3220 3 Logic (3,0,0)(L) Continuing from PHIL 2220, students focus on a system of deduction for predicate logic. Students consider the relation between artificial and natural language, completeness, incompleteness and decidability, and the philosophical problems that arise from the study of reasoning. Prerequisite: 3rd or 4th year standing in the BA program, or permission of the instructor PHIL 3100 3 Note: PHIL 2220 is strongly recommended Ancient Philosophy (3,0,0) Students critically examine one or more of the most important philosophers of the Western ancient world, including Plato and Aristotle, as well as Epicureanism and Stoicism. PHIL 3300 3 Moral and Political Philosophy (3,0,0) PHIL 3140 3 Continuing from PHIL 2010 and PHIL 2210, students focus on rights and duties, political philosophy, and theories of legal and political obligation. Legal reasoning as it applies to society and the state captures another axis of analysis in this course. Topics may include seminal decisions by the Supreme Court of Canada; punishment; deterrence versus retributivism; justification of law making; majority rule versus minority rights; and human rights. The Rationalists (3,0,0) Prerequisite: 3rd or 4th year standing in the BA program, or permission of the instructor This course encompasses the development of Continental European philosophy during the 17th century. Students focus on the writings of Descartes, Spinoza and Leibniz, and the influence of religion and science on the philosophical thought of the period. PHIL 3390 3 Prerequisite: At least one of PHIL 1010, 1020, 1100, or 2100 and 3rd or 4th year standing in the BA program, or permission of the instructor Prerequisite: At least one of PHIL 1010, 1020, 1100, and 3rd or 4th year standing in the BA program, or permission of the instructor Philosophy of Art (3,0,0) Students focus on the arts and their relation to society. Topics may include art and perception, art and reality, imagination, expression, censorship, and the role of art in human life. Prerequisite: 3rd or 4th year standing the BA program, or written permission of the instructor 386 PHIL 3490 3 PHIL 4190 3 Philosophy of Religion (3,0,0) Philosophy of History (3,0,0) This course looks at religious issues from a philosophical perspective. Is there life after death, and what difference does it make whether or not there is one? What reasons can be found for believing (or not believing) that there is a God? Is the existence of God compatible with the existence of evil in the world? What is the relation of faith to knowledge? Are mystical experiences a source of knowledge about the divine? The purpose of the course is not to answer these questions, but to critically assess the arguments put forward in trying to answer them. This course studies the major philosophical theories of history, from Kant to the present day. Students consider historical progress, freedom and determinism, the role of the individual in history, the problem of understanding past events, the role of social structures, and using history to critique the present. Prerequisite: 3rd or 4th year standing in the BA program, or permission of the instructor Prerequisite: 3rd or 4th year standing in the BA program, or permission of the instructor PHIL 4300 3 Philosophy of Law (3,0,0) PHIL 3500 3 Metaphysics (3,0,0) Continuing from PHIL 2150, this course is the study of the nature of physical reality, substance, primary and secondary qualities, identity over time, change, causation, free will, and time. Prerequisite: One of 2140 or 2150, and 3rd or 4th year standing in the BA program, or permission of the instructor Note: Students who have taken PHIL 3400 may not receive credit for PHIL 3500 PHIL 3600 3 Epistemology (3,0,0) This course provides and in‐depth philosophical study of knowledge. Students explore contemporary thoeries of knowldge and justification, and investigate the prospects of mainstream theories against the challenges and alternatives. Topics include the evolution of knowledge; feminist challenges to mainstream theories of knowledge; First Nations approaches to knowledge, the politices of credibility; knowledge and injustice, and the role of bias, emotion, and memory in knowledge. Prerequisite: One of PHIL 2140 or 2150, and 3rd or 4th year standing in the BA program, or permission of the instructor PHIL 3750 3 This course includes various topics in law from the basic 'What is law?' to specific issues in law, such as 'What are rights?' Of primary importance to the philosophy of law are the relations between legal rules and the rules of ethics and custom; the difference between law and mere coercion; the social and ethical foundation of law and legitimacy; the limits of law and the state; citizens' rights against the state and one another; and the norms of our legal system. Prerequisite: 3rd or 4th year standing in the BA program, or permission of the instructor PHIL 4330 3 Biomedical Ethics (3,0,0) Students investigate various ethical issues related to the health sciences, especially in medicine, and consider these issues concretely and in relation to general ethical theory. The topics discussed in this course include abortion, death and euthanasia, genetic engineering, behaviour modification, treatment of the insane, right to treatment, experimentation on human beings and animals, and the relationship between professionals and their patients, subjects or clients. A background in philosophy is not required. Prerequisite: 3rd or 4th year standing in the BA program, or permission of the instructor PHIL 4350 3 Environmental Ethics (3,0,0) Students examine themes that are common to literature and philosophy in order to explore philosophical questions and problems. The topics and areas of emphasis change from year to year. This course offers a study of moral issues arising in the context of human relationships to nature and to non‐human living things. Principal topics include the issue of what constitutes moral standing, animal rights, obligations to future generations, the moral dimensions of problems of pollution, the extraction, production and use of hazardous materials, the depletion of natural resources, and the treatment of non‐living things. Prerequisite: 3rd or 4th year standing in the BA program, or permission of the instructor Prerequisite: 3rd or 4th year standing in the BA program, or permission of the instructor PHIL 4100 3 PHIL 4390 3 ***Topics in Ancient Philosophy (3,0,0) Philosophy of Sex and Love (3,0,0) This course is to be a detailed study of a figure, school, or theme that is important to the understanding of Ancient Philosophy. The material of this course varies from one offering to the next, and includes topics not covered in other courses devoted to the ancient period. Topics may include "The Influence of Aristotle", "The Stoics", and "The Problem of Non‐Being in Ancient Philosophy." Students philosophically examine the factors involved in human romantic relationships; sex and love are analysed both together and separately. In such a dynamic and complicated field of study it is necessary to focus on some guiding topics such as, but not limited to, the nature of love, why we couple, polygamy, marriage, prostitution, perversion, and pornography. Students approach these topics from an ontological, social and moral perspective. Philosophy and Literature (3,0,0) Prerequisite: PHIL 2100, and 3rd or 4th year standing in the BA program, or permission of the instructor Prerequisite: 3rd or 4th year standing in the BA program, or permission of the instructor PHIL 4160 3 PHIL 4400 3 ***Topics in Nineteenth‐Century Philosophy (3,0,0) Philosophy of Science (3,0,0) This course offers an intensive study of Kant; a major nineteenth century philosopher such as Hegel, Mill or Nietzsche; or of a school of thought, such as German idealism. Topics vary from year to year. Students investigate philosophical questions central to all sciences. These questions include the nature of scientific knowledge and laws; hypotheses and explanation; principles, theories, and models; the difference between science and pseudoscience; and why science is so successful. Prerequisite: One of PHIL 1010, 1020, 1100, and 3rd or 4th year standing in the BA program, or permission of the instructor Prerequisite: 3rd or 4th year standing in the BA program, or permission of the instructor PHIL 4180 3 PHIL 4510 3 ***Topics in Twentieth‐Century Philosophy (3,0,0) Persons, Minds and Bodies (3,0,0) This course offers an intensive study of a major twentieth‐century philosopher, such as Husserl, Russell, Wittgenstein, Heidegger, Sartre, or Foucault; or of a school such as phenomenology, logical positivism, or structuralism. Students explore consciousness and its relation to the body; personal identity andsurvival; knowledge of other minds; and psychological events and behaviour. Prerequisite: 3rd or 4th year standing or by permission of the instructor. Prerequisite: One of PHIL 1010, 1020, 1100, and 3rd or 4th year standing in the BA program, or permission of the instructor Prerequisite: One of PHIL 2140, 2150, and 3rd or 4th year standing in the BA program, or permission of the instructor 387 PHIL 4900 3 PHYS 1020 3 Philosophy in the Aegean Energy: Physical, Environmental and Social Impact (3,0,0) An introduction to the ideas of the ancient Greek philosophers that inhabited Asia Minor through intensive classroom study and a two week field trip to Aegean Turkey. The course spans the history of Greek philosophy from its earliest beginnings to the age of commentary. These include, but are not limited to, the Milesian philosophers in the 6th Century BCE, Heraclitus in the 5th, Aristotle in the 3rd, Galen and Alexander in the Second Century CE. Our use of energy affects everything from human health to the global climate. The objective of this course is to provide students with a qualitative understanding of the physical concepts surrounding the production, the storage, the conversion, and the consumption of various forms of energy in our modern society. As in PHYS 1010: Physics for Future Leaders, there is an emphasis on the understanding of the physical concepts rather than the mathematics. Topics include energy consumption, the Hubbert model, thermodynamics, environmental effects of fossil‐fuels, climate change and human activity, the greenhouse effect, production of electricity, nuclear power and nuclear waste, renewable and green energy sources, fuel cells, and transportation issues. PHIL 4910 3 ***Selected Topics in Philosophy (3,0,0) This course offers a focussed and detailed study of a specific topic or movement in philosophy, or a particular philosopher. The focus of the course changes from year to year, and the course topic subtitle is updated at each offering. A student may take this course twice providing the topic of study is different. Prerequisite: At least 3 lower level credits in Philosophy, and 3rd or 4th year standing in the BA program, or permission of the instructor Prerequisite: No prior physics or math required. Open to students in all degree programs. English as a second language students must have completed ESL level 3 or higher. PHYS 1100 3 Fundamentals of Physics 1 (3,0,3)(L) This is a survey course intended for students with some secondary school physics background. Students examine topics in mechanics, fluid mechanics, waves, and heat. PHIL 4920 3 ***Selected Topics in Ethics (3,0,0) This course is an in‐depth critical investigation of a particular ethical issue (such as abortion, capital punishment, or war), a particular ethical school (such as Deontology, Virtue Ethics, Utilitarianism) or a particular ethicist (such as Sedgwick, J.S. Mill, Feinberg). Topics may change from year to year. Prerequisite: One of PHIL 2010, 2210, and 3rd or 4th year standing in the BA program, or permission of the instructor PHYS 0500 4 Introduction to Physics 1 (5,0,2)(L) ABE ‐ Advanced: This course is suitable for students with little or no physics background. Physics 0500 examines the basic principles upon which the discipline of physics is founded. In doing so, it provides students with a new perspective from which to view the world around them and with a solid content basis for future courses in physics should this be the objective. The course is oriented toward developing experimental and problem solving skills. Prerequisite: Pre‐Calculus 12 or MATH 0610 or equivalent, Physics 11 or PHYS 1130 or equivalent Corequisite: MATH 1130 or 1140 or 1150 Required Lab: PHYS 1100L PHYS 1130 3 Introductory Physics 1 (3,0,3)(L) This course is an introductory‐level survey for students with little or no background in Physics. Topics covered are mechanics, vibration, heat, optics, and fluids. Prerequisite: Principles of Mathematics 11 or MATH 0510 or equivalent or PHYS 0500 Note: PHYS 1130 can be taken to partially fulfill the science requirements in the Bachelor of Arts Program Required Lab: PHYS 1130L PHYS 1150 3 Prerequisite: MATH 0500 Mechanics and Waves (3,0,3)(L) Note: This course is taught by the University Preparation Department Required Lab: PHYS 0500L This course is intended for students with a good secondary school background in physics. Calculus will be introduced and used in the course. Topics covered include a short review of mechanics, simple harmonic motion, mechanical waves, sound, wave optics and geometric optics. This course is similar to EPHY 1150. PHYS 0600 4 Prerequisite: Principles of Mathematics 12 or MATH 0610 or MATH 1000, Physics 12 or PHYS 0500 and PHYS 0600 Introduction to Physics 2 (5,0,2)(L) ABE ‐ Provincial: This course is an indepth study of the principles of scientific measurement, vectors, two‐dimensional kinematics and dynamics, electrostatics, electromagnetism, vibrations and waves and optics. Physics 0600 is a Provincial level (grade 12 equivalency) physics course. It will prepare students for university, trades and technology programs which require Physics 12 as a prerequisite. The course is primarily theoretical and places an emphasis on the mathematical analysis of physical phenomena and the development of problem solving and experimental skills. Corequisite: MATH 1130 or MATH 1140 Recommended: PHYS 1150 recommended for students planning to major in physics or chemistry and is strongly recommended for students planning to transfer into Engineering after a year of Science. PHYS 1250 recommended for students planning to major in physics or chemistry and is strongly recommended for students planning to transfer into Engineering after a year of Science. Prerequisite: PHYS 0500 or Physics 11 and MATH 0510 or Principles of Math 11 Note: This course is taught by the University Preparation Department Required Lab: PHYS 0600L PHYS 1010 3 PHYS 1200 3 Fundamentals of Physics 2 (3,0,3)(L) This course is a continuation of PHYS 1100: Fundamentals of Physics 1. Topics include electricity and magnetism, optics, and selected topics from nuclear and modern physics. Physics for Future Leaders (3,0,0) Prerequisite: PHYS 1100; MATH 1130 or MATH 1140 or MATH 1150 Students explore key concepts in physics, focusing on understanding rather than mathematics. Physics is introduced in the context of current events. Topics vary but may include terrorism and explosions, energy and the environment, earthquakes and tsunamis, radioactivity and medicine, satellites and gravity. Additional topics are discussed according to student interest and may include quantum physics and teleportation, relativity, and cosmology. Corequisite: MATH 1230 or 1240 or 1250 Prerequisites: No prior physics or math required. Open to all students. English as a second language students must have completed ESL Level 3 or higher. Required Lab: PHYS 1200L PHYS 1250 3 Thermodynamics, Electricity and Magnetism (3,0,3)(L) This course is a continuation of PHYS 1150: Mechanics and Waves. Topics include thermodynamics, kinetic theory of gases, electricity and magnetism. Prerequisite: PHYS 1150, MATH 1130 or MATH 1140 388 Corequisite: MATH 1230 or 1240 PHYS 2250 3 Note: Students may only receive credit for one of EPHY1250 or PHYS1250 Intermediate Electromagnetism (3,0,3)(L) Required Lab: PHYS 1250L This course provides an extension to the topics covered in PHYS 1200/1250 and examines the basic principles of electromagnetism using a sophisticated mathematical approach. Topics include vector algebra, electrostatics, magnetostatics, electric and magnetic fields in matter, as well as an introduction to electrodynamics. Topics are presented and examined using lectures and laboratory experiments. PHYS 1510 3 Applied Physics 1 (3,0,2)(L) Students are given a basic introduction to the following concepts: linear and circular motion, force, friction, equilibrium, energy, momentum, simple machines, pin‐jointed structures, and DC circuit analysis. Students develop an understanding of how these ideas are used in the design of structures. Prerequisite: Admission to the Architectural and Engineering Technology Program Required Lab: PHYS 1510L Prerequisite: PHYS 1100/1200 or PHYS 1150/1250; MATH 1130/1230 or MATH 1140/1240 of MATH 1150/1250 (with permission of the instructor) Required Lab: PHYS 2250L PHYS 3080 3 Optics (3,0,3) PHYS 1580 3 Physics for Respiratory Therapists (3,0,3)(L) Students explore the basic physical concepts of fluid mechanics, the properties of fluids, and applied electricity. An emphasis is placed on laboratory work, particularly in the use of electrical and electronic measuring devices. Students are presented with the basic principles of optics. Topics include geometric optics and wave optics (interference, diffraction, and Fourier optics) as well as polarization and modern applications. Laboratory work involves selected experiments in optics. Prerequisite: PHYS 2250 Required Lab: PHYS 3080L Prerequisite: Admission to year one of the Respiratory Therapy Diploma Program Required Lab: PHYS 1580L PHYS 3090 3 Analog Electronics (0,2,3)(L) PHYS 1610 3 Applied Physics 2 (3,0,2)(L) Continuing from PHYS 1510: Applied Physics 1, the following topics are discussed: strength of materials, fluid statics and dynamics, thermal energy and heat transfer, vibrations and wave motion, and optics. This course furthers the understanding of physical properties and their influence on design. Prerequisite: Admission to the Architectural and Engineering Technology Program In this laboratory course students are introduced to the theory of operation of diodes, bipolar transistors, field‐effect transistors, and operational amplifiers. The topics of feedback, gain, input and output impedances, as well as frequency response are also covered. Students learn to design, assemble, and test analog circuits including power supplies, amplifiers, filters, and mixers. The software LabView is used to acquire and analyze experimental data. Prerequisite: PHYS 2150 Required Lab: PHYS 3090L Required Lab: PHYS 1610L PHYS 2000 3 Relativity and Quanta (3,1,0) Students are introduced to special relativity and quantum physics. Topics include Lorentz transformations, dynamics and conservation laws, the experimental evidence for quantization, and a qualitative discussion of the concepts of quantum mechanics and their application to simple systems of atoms and nuclei. This course is equivalent to CHEM 2000. Prerequisite: PHYS 1100/1200 or PHYS 1150/1250; MATH 1130/1230 or MATH 1140/1240 or MATH 1150/1250 Note: Credit will not be given for both CHEM 2000 and PHYS 2000 Required Seminar: PHYS 2000S PHYS 2150 3 Circuit Analysis (3,1,3)(L) This course is an analysis of linear electrical circuits, network theorems, first and second order circuits, and transfer functions. Prerequisite: PHYS 1100/1200 (with written permission of the Instructor) or PHYS 1150/1250, MATH 1130/1230 or MATH 1140/1240 or MATH 1150/1250 (with permission of the instructor) Required Lab: PHYS 2150L PHYS 3100 3 Digital Electronics (3,0,3)(L) This course is an introduction to Boolean algebra and logic gates; the analysis and the design of combinational and sequential digital circuits; and the architecture and programming of microcontrollers. Students design, assemble, and test digital logic circuits using discrete gates, FPGAs, and microcontrollers. Prerequisite: PHYS 2150 Required Lab: PHYS 3100L PHYS 3120 3 Introduction to Mathematical Physics (3,1,0) This course is divided into three parts. Students begin by examining methods for solving ordinary differential equations. Power series methods are applied to obtain solutions near ordinary points and regular singular points, and the real Laplace transform is discussed. Next, students discuss Sturm‐Liouville boundary‐value problems, Fourier series, and other series of eigenfunctions, including Fourier‐Bessel series. Students are then introduced to boundary‐value problems involving partial differential equations. Emphasis is placed on the heat equation, the wave equation and Laplace's equation, with applications in Physics. The method of separation of variables is used. Prerequisite: MATH 2240 Note: This course is the same as MATH 3160. Credit will be only given for one of PHYS 3120 and MATH 3160 Required Seminar: PHYS 3120S PHYS 2200 3 Mechanics (4,0,0) This is an intermediate‐level course on Newtonian mechanics. Topics include the statics of particles and rigid bodies, friction, moments of inertia and distributed forces, dynamics of particles in inertial and non‐inertial frames of reference, systems of particles, kinetics and dynamics of rigid bodies, rotational motion, and simple harmonic motion. Prerequisite: PHYS 1100/1200 or PHYS 1150/1250; MATH 2110 PHYS 3140 3 Fluids (3,0,0) Students are introduced to the key concepts and equations used to describe fluids. Starting with a description of rarefied fluids using kinetic theory, simple gas transport properties are derived. Euler's and Bernoulli’s equations are examined under static and steady flow conditions. Students derive and examine the Navier‐Stokes equation and the equation of continuity under conditions of, steady flow and one‐dimensional approximation. Equations to describe the flow of viscous fluids, flow in pipes, flow over immersed bodies, and open channel flow are also introduced. Finally, students explore properties of water waves such as the dispersion relation, capillary and gravity waves. Prerequisite: PHYS 2200 389 Corequisite: MATH 2240 Prerequisite: Prerequisites will vary from year to year but typically consist of a combination of second‐year courses in Physics and Mathematics. Consult the Bachelor of Science Program Advisor for the specific prerequisites for each offering. PHYS 3150 3 Physics of Materials (3,0,0) Students explore introductory concepts in the description of solids. Topics include bonding, crystal structure, defects, strength of materials, heat capacity, lattice vibrations and phonons, electrical properties, band theory, and semiconductors. PHYS 4140 3 Radioactivity and Nuclear Physics (3,0,0) Prerequisite: PHYS 2000 or CHEM 2000 In this survey course, students study basic concepts of nuclear physics, with applications in power, medicine, geology, industry, archaeology and cosmology. Corequisite: MATH 2110 Prerequisite: PHYS 2000 or CHEM 2000, PHYS 2250 and MATH 2240 PHYS 3160 3 PHYS 4400 3 Classical and Statistical Thermodynamics (3,0,0) Principles and Applications of Quantum Mechanics 2 (3,0,0) Students are introduced to the principles of elementary classical thermodynamics, kinetic theory, and statistical mechanics. These theories are applied to a variety of physical processes and systems, such as ideal and real gases, heat engines, and quantum systems. This course is a continuation of PHYS 3400: Principles and Applications of Quantum Mechanics 2. Students start with a review of angular momentum and spin, and the hydrogen atom. Students then examine standard techniques that find wide applications in the study of quantum phenomena. These techniques include the perturbation theories, the variation principle, and the WKB and adiabatic approximations. These are subsequently applied to problems related to the fine structure of hydrogen, the Zeeman effect, molecules, tunnelling, radiation, and scattering. Prerequisite: PHYS 1100/1200 or PHYS 1150/1250; MATH 1130/1230 or MATH 1140/1240; MATH 2110 Prerequisite: PHYS 3400 PHYS 3200 3 Advanced Mechanics (3,0,0) PHYS 4480 3 This course offers an extension to the concepts studied in PHYS 2200: Mechanics. Topics include Newtonian mechanics, oscillations, central forces, motion in noninertial frames, Hamilton’s principle and Lagrange’s equations, systems of particles, and dynamics of rigid bodies. Directed Studies in Physics (L) Prerequisite: PHYS 2200, MATH 2110, MATH 2120, MATH 2240 and MATH 3170 PHYS 3250 3 Advanced Electromagnetism (3,1,0) Students develop a working knowledge of electrodynamics, which requires a solid grounding in vector calculus, partial differential equations, and an in‐depth understanding of Maxwell’s equations. Topics include a review of vector calculus; Laplace’s equation; potential theory; electrostatics and magnetostatics in matter; electrodynamics; special relativity; and electromagnetism. Prerequisite: PHYS 2250, MATH 2240 and MATH 3170 Required Seminar: PHYS 3250S Students investigate a specific topic involving experimental work as agreed upon by the student and her or his faculty supervisor and co‐supervisor. This course provides experience with research techniques and the presentation of results. Prerequisite: Acceptance into Physics Major; approval of supervisor and co‐supervisor PHYS 4500 3 Advanced Physics Laboratory (0,2,3)(L) In this course, students work with experimental apparatus over an extended period of time to complete rigorous data analysis and present their findings. Laboratory work provides opportunities in several areas of physics including condensed matter physics, optics, signal conditioning, astronomy and image processing, nuclear physics, and acoustics. Students use sophisticated equipment such as a transmission electron microscope, scanning electron microscope, thin film evaporator, and low temperature cryostats. Prerequisite: PHYS 3080 or PHYS 3090/3100 PHYS 3300 3 Biophysics (3,0,3*)(L) PLTE 1000 Students apply the basic principles of physics to the actions, body design and physical limitations of animals, mainly vertebrates. Topics include physical concepts of forces, materials structure, fluid mechanics, light and sound, and electricity and magnetism. These topics are applied to biological aspects such as strength of bodies, movement through air and water, and organismal behaviour. This course is offered in the Winter semester of odd‐numbered years. Power Line Technician ‐ Level 1 (150 hours or 5 weeks) Prerequisite: PHYS 1100/1200 or 1150/1250; BIOL 1040 or 1050 or 1110 or 1210 (BIOL 1210 preferred) Prerequisite: Recommended Education ‐ Grade 12 or equivalent including English 12, Mathematics 11 and Physics 11. Registered apprentice with the ITA. Power Line Technician Level 1 "Apprenticeship" is an ITA accredited Red Seal program. This course is the first of three that must be taken to complete the program. Topics include: safe work practices; climbing; policy and regulations; tools and instruments; electrical theory; equipment; rigging; overhead and underground distribution; and communication in the workplace. Required Lab: PHYS 3300L PLTE 2000 PHYS 3400 3 Principles and Applications of Quantum Mechanics 1 (3,0,0) Students build on the basic concepts of quantum physics examined in PHYS 2000: Relativity and Quanta, and develop a formulation of quantum mechanics, initially using the wave‐mechanical approach, and then formally using the state‐vector approach. Finally, this theory is applied to one‐electron atoms, and other quantum systems. Power Line Technician ‐ Level 2 (150 hours or 5 weeks) Power Line Technician Level 2 "Apprenticeship" is an ITA accredited Red Seal Program. This course is the second of three that must be taken to complete the program. Topics include: tools and instruments; electrical theory; equipment; rigging; overhead and underground distribution; and communication in the workplace. Prerequisite: PHYS 2000; MATH 2240; MATH 3170 Prerequisite: Registered apprentice with the ITA; completion of Power Line Technician Level 1 PHYS 3500 3 PLTE 3000 Selected Topics in Physics (3,0,0) Power Line Technician ‐ Level 3 (150 hours or 5 weeks) Students explore current topics in Physics. The course content varies from year to year, and may include topics such as nanotechnology, superconductivity, photonics, semiconductor physics, and optoelectronics. Power Line Technician Level 3 "Apprenticeship" is an ITA accredited Red Seal program. This course is the third of three that must be taken to complete the program. Topics include: electrical theory; equipment; rigging and live line transmission; overhead and underground distribution; and transmission. 390 Prerequisite: Registered apprentice with the ITA; completion of Power Line Technician Level 2 PLUM 1000 Plumbing Apprentice Level 1 Students are introduced to theory and gain hands‐on lab experience in the following topics: safe work practices, proper use of tools and equipment, organizing work, and preparing and assembling plumbing components. PNUR 1430 2 Professional Practice 2 (2,0,0) This course examines the legislation influencing PN practice with clients experiencing chronic illness and those in residential care settings. Specific professional issues such as responsibility, accountability, ethical practice and leadership relevant to the PN role in residential care are explored. Critical thinking and decision making specific to the care of clients with chronic health challenges and inter‐professional practice will also addressed. Prerequisite: PNUR 1570 Prerequisite: Registered Plumber Apprentice with the Industry Training Authority PNUR 1520 3 PLUM 1010 Trade Entry Plumbing ‐ Foundation Integrated Nursing Practice 1 (3,0,7)(L) Students are introduced to theory and gain hands‐on lab experience in the following topics: safe work practices, proper use of tools and equipment, organizing work, and preparing and assembling plumbing components. This course emphasizes the art and science of nursing, focusing on the development of basic nursing care and assessment. Learners will apply nursing knowledge through the practice of clinical decision making, nursing assessment skills, and nursing interventions aimed at the promotion of health, independence, and comfort. A variety of approaches (e.g., simulation) will be used to assist learners to integrate theory from other Semester 1 courses. PLUM 2000 Prerequisite: Admission to the Practical Nurse Program Plumbing Apprentice Level 2 Required Lab: PNUR 1520L Students are introduced to theory and gain hands‐on lab experience in the following topics: using measuring and leveling tools, reading drawings and specifications, installing sanitary and storm drainage systems, installing fixtures and appliances, installing hydronic heating and cooling, and installing specialized medical gas and compressed air systems. PNUR 1530 4 Prerequisite: Registered Plumber Apprentice with the Industry Training Authority PLUM 3000 Integrated Nursing Practice 2 (4,0,10)(L) This practical course builds on the foundation of Semester 1 and emphasizes the development of clinical decision making, nursing assessments and interventions to promote the health of older adults. Classroom, laboratory, simulation, and other practice experiences will help students to integrate theory from Semester 1 and 2 courses to provide safe, competent and ethical nursing care for older adults. Plumbing Apprentice Level 3 Prerequisite: Successful completion of PNUR 1570 Students are introduced to theory and gain hands‐on lab experience in the following topics: reading drawings and specifications, installing water services and distribution, installing fixtures and appliances, installing fire protection systems, and installing natural gas and propane systems. Required Lab: PNUR 1530L Prerequisite: Registered Plumber Apprentice with the Industry Training Authority Consolidated Practice Experience 1 (0,0,6P) PLUM 4000 This first clinical experience provides the learners with an opportunity to integrate theory from semester 1 coursework into practice. Learners will work in various settings with a focus on the healthy client. Learning the role of a Practical nurse, personal care skills, organization of care, focused assessment, beginning medication administration and professional communication are emphasized in this course. Plumbing Apprentice Level 4 Students are introduced to theory and gain hands‐on lab experience in the following topics: planning a project, installing sanitary and storm drainage systems, installing private sewage systems, installing potable water distribution systems, maintaining and repairing hydronic systems, installing irrigation systems, installing venting and air supplies, installing service controls and safeguards, and using gas codes, regulations, and standards. PNUR 1570 3 Prerequisite: PNUR 1600, PNUR 1420, PNUR 1700, PNUR 1750, PNUR 1800, PNUR 1520. All courses must have a minimum of 60%. Requirements: Current CPR certificate (basic life support C); a recent negative TB skin test report (if tested positive a satisfactory chest x‐ray); current up to date immunizations; criminal record search; original Fit Test certificate. Prerequisite: Registered Plumber Apprentice with the Industry Training Authority PNUR 1580 3 PNUR 1300 3 Consolidated Practice Experience 2 (0,0,8P) Introduction to Anatomy and Physiology (48 hours) This clinical experience provides students with the opportunity to integrate theory from Semester 1 and 2 courses into practice. Students will work with older adult clients with chronic illness in residential care settings. Medication administration, nursing care, organization, comprehensive health assessment, wound care and leadership are emphasized in this course. This course provides an overview of the structure and function of ten body systems, and encourages various health promotion strategies that work towards optimum functioning of these systems. Prerequisite: Biology 12 or BIOL 0600, minimum grade C Prerequisite: PNUR 1610; PNUR 1710; PNUR 1760; PNUR 1810; PNUR 1530. All courses must have a minimum of 60%. PNUR 1420 2 Professional Practice 1 (2,0,0) PNUR 1600 3 This theory course provides an introduction to the profession of practical nursing. Legislation that informs PN practice within British Columbia will be introduced. The history of nursing and specifically, the evolution of Practical Nursing within the Canadian Health Care system will be discussed. The philosophy and foundational concepts of this PN Program curriculum are explored. Professional Communications 1 (3,0,0) Prerequisite: Admission to the Practical Nurse Program This course provides learners with the foundational knowledge for caring and professional communication in nursing. It uses an experiential and self‐reflective approach to develop self‐awareness and interpersonal communication skills in the context of safe, competent and collaborative nursing practice. Communication theory, the nurse‐client relationship, therapeutic communication, cross‐cultural communication, effective teamwork and learning and teaching concepts are covered. Prerequisite: Admission to the Practical Nurse Program 391 PNUR 1610 2 Professional Communications 2 (2,0,0) This course provides the learner an opportunity to develop professional communication skills with the older adult, including end of life care. Interprofessional communication is further developed. Prerequisite: PNUR 1570 PNUR 1700 3 Variations in Health 1 (3,0,0) This introductory course provides the learner with the foundations of disease and illness across the lifespan. Learners will gain an understanding of pathophysiological alterations of body systems. Nursing management of disease and illness across the lifespan with an emphasis on interventions and treatment is also discussed. Cultural diversity in healing practices will be explored as well as the incorporation of evidenced informed practice. Prerequisite: Admission to the Practical Nurse program The role of the practical nurse as leader is emphasized in interactions with clients, families, groups and other healthcare providers. Prerequisite: PNUR 1580 PNUR 2430 2 Professional Practice 4 (2,0,0) This course is intended to prepare the learner for the role of the practical nurse in caring for clients with acute presentation of illness. Legislation influencing PN practice, specific professional practice issues and ethical practice pertinent to PN practice in acute care environments will be explored. Practice issues that occur across the lifespan will be considered. Collaborative practice with other health care team members and specifically the working partnership with RN's in the acute care setting will be explored. Prerequisite: PNUR 2570 PNUR 2520 3 Integrated Nursing Practice 3 (3,0,6)(L) PNUR 1710 3 Variations in Health 2 (4,0,0) This course focuses on pathophysiology as it relates to the ageing process and selected chronic illnesses. The main focus is on the care of older adults experiencing a health challenge. Cultural diversity in healing practices will be explored as well as evidence informed research and practice. This practical course builds on the theory and practice from Semester 1 and 2. Through a variety of approaches (e.g. simulation), learners will continue to develop knowledge and practice comprehensive nursing assessment, planning for, and interventions for clients experiencing multiple health challenges. Prerequisite: Successful completion of PNUR 1580 Required Lab: PNUR 2520L Prerequisite: PNUR 1570 PNUR 2530 4 PNUR 1750 2 Integrated Nursing Practice 4 (4,0,10)(L) Health Promotion 1 (2,0,0) This practical course emphasizes the development of nursing skills aimed at promoting health and healing with individuals experiencing acute health challenges across the lifespan. Classroom, laboratory, simulation, and integrated practice experiences will help learners build on theory and practice from Semester 1, 2 and 3 to integrate new knowledge and skills relevant to the acute care setting. This introductory course will increase the learners understanding of health promotion within the Canadian context. This includes health enhancement, health protection, disease prevention, health restoration/recovery, care and support. Knowlege of growth and development, health inequities and determinants of health will support the Practical Nurse to provide culturally appropriate and holistic care. Prerequisite: Successful completion of PNUR 2570 Prerequisite: Admission to the Practical Nurse program Required Lab: PNUR 2530L PNUR 1760 2 PNUR 2560 2 Health Promotion 2 (2,0,0) Transition to Preceptorship (2,0,0)(L) This course focuses on health promotion as it relates to the aging process. Health promotion activities are aimed at supporting clients in maintaining their health. The concepts of health promotion, physical and mental wellness, and continued independence are examined. Transition to Preceptorship will prepare the learner for the final practice experience. A combination of instructor led simulation experiences and self‐directed learning will provide the learner with increased competence and confidence to practice in their chosen area for Preceptorship (i.e. medical, surgical, complex care). Prerequisite: Successful completion of PNUR 1570 Prerequisite: PNUR 2580 PNUR 1800 2 PNUR 2570 2 Pharmacology 1 (2,0,0)(L) Consolidated Practice Experience 3 (0,0,4P) This introductory course examines the principles of pharmacology required to administer medications in a safe and professional manner. Medication administration requires the application of the nursing process for clinical decision‐making. The routes of medication administration introduced include medications used to treat constipation, eye and ear disorders and the Integumentary system. Complementary, Indigenous and alternative remedies, and polypharmacy across the lifespan are explored. This practice experience will introduce the learners to community care settings and an opportunity to apply and adapt knowledge gained in Semesters 1, 2, and 3, within a continuum of care for clients across the lifespan. Learners may gain experience through simulation and in a variety of community and residential care agencies and settings. Prerequisite: PNUR 2600; PNUR 2570; PNUR 2700; PNUR 2750; PNUR 2520. All courses must have a minimum of 60%. Prerequisite: Admission to the Practical Nurse program PNUR 2580 4 PNUR 1810 2 Consolidated Practice Experience 4 (0,0,13P) Pharmacology 2 (2,0,0)(L) This practice experience provides learners with the opportunity to integrate theory from all courses into the role of the Practical Nurse in the acute care setting and other practice areas as appropriate. Learners will focus on clients with exacerbations of chronic illness and/or acute illness across the lifespan and will consolidate knowledge and skills such as: post operative care, surgical wound management, intravenous therapy, focused assessment, and clinical decision‐making in acute care settings. This course addresses pharmacology and will increase the learners understanding of pharmacology and medication administration across the lifespan. Medications used to treat diseases related to specific body systems are the main focus of the course. Also included are the topics of substance abuse and addiction. Prerequisite: PNUR 1570 PNUR 2420 2 Professional Practice 3 (2,0,0) This course integrates the concepts from previous professional practice courses and introduces the learner to practice in the community (maternal/child and mental health). 392 Prerequisite: PNUR 2610; PNUR 2430; PNUR 2710; PNUR 2760; PNUR 2530. All courses must have a minimum 60%. PNUR 2590 4 Preceptorship (0,0,12P) This final practice experience provides an opportunity for learners to demonstrate integration and consolidation of knowledge, skills and abilities within the realities of the workplace and become practice ready. The final practice experience (FPE) will follow a preceptorship model which is an individualized, faculty monitored practice experience. In a preceptorship model, the learner is under the immedidate supervision of a single, fully qualified individual, and monitored by faculty. Prerequisite: PNUR 2560, PNUR 2580 and cabinet, parliament, political parties and ideologies, federalism and the structure of power. POLI 1210 3 Contemporary Ideologies (3,0,0) This course provides an examination of the major systems of political ideas which have shaped the modern world, including liberalism, conservatism, socialism, communism, anarchism, fascism and nationalism. Students analyze these ideologies from the perspective of their historical and philosophical antecedents, contemporary relevance, and place in the Canadian political experience. PNUR 2600 2 Professional Communications 3 (2,0,0) POLI 2140 3 This course focuses on specific professional communication skills used with clients across the lifespan who have mental illness or developmental disabilities. In addition, communication with children will be addressed. Resistance and Revolution (3,0,0) Prerequisite: PNUR 1580 PNUR 2610 2 The purpose of this course is to provide an introduction to the discipline of political science by intensively studying one political phenomenon: the revolution. The course begins with a discussion of the nature of social scientific inquiry, and proceeds to an examination of the characteristics of revolutions, and various theories which attempt to explain their occurrence. Prerequisite: 2nd year standing Professional Communications 4 (2,0,0) The focus of this course is on the advancement of professional communication within the acute care setting across the lifespan. The practice of collaboration with health care team members and clients will be further developed. Prerequisite: PNUR 2570 PNUR 2700 3 POLI 2150 3 Comparative Politics (3,0,0) This course is designed to furnish students with the tools and concepts of political analysis related to the functioning of several political systems. The selection of political systems to be studied may vary from year to year. Prerequisite: 2nd year standing Variations in Health 3 (4,0,0) This course focuses on the continuum of care and the development of knowledge related to health challenges managed in the community setting. Pathophysiology and nursing care of clients requiring home health care, rehabilitation, and supportive services in the community will be explored. Cultural diversity in healing approaches will be explored as well as the incorporation of evidence informed research and practice. Prerequisite: PNUR 1580 PNUR 2710 3 POLI 2220 3 Political Philosophy (3,0,0) Students examine important themes of the western political tradition through an analysis of selected political philosophers, such as Plato, More, Machiavelli, Locke, Rousseau and Marx. The encounter with these theorists initiates discussion of such concepts as authority, justice, freedom, equality and political participation. Prerequisite: 2nd year standing Variations in Health 4 (4,0,0) This course focuses on pathophysiology as it relates to acute disease and illness of clients across the lifespan, specifically the care of the client experiencing acute illness including nursing interventions and treatment options. Implications of the acute exacerbation of chronic illness will be addressed. Cultural diversity in healing practices will be explored as well as evidence informed research and practice. Prerequisite: PNUR 2570 POLI 2230 3 Canadian Government 2: Public Administration and Public Policy (3,0,0) Students focus on the structure of government and the output side of the political system. Topics include the analysis of the structure of government in Canada, the executive, the evolution of policy‐making structures and styles, the contemporary policy‐making process, and the Canadian bureaucracy. Prerequisite: POLI 1110 PNUR 2750 3 Health Promotion 3 (3,0,0) POLI 2250 3 This course is focused on health promotion as it relates to the continuum of care across the lifespan. Health promotion in the context of mental illness, physical and developmental disabilities, and maternal/child health is highlighted. Normal growth and development from conception to middle adulthood is addressed. Law and Politics (3,0,0) Prerequisite: Successful completion of PNUR 1580 This course offers an introduction to law, politics and the judiciary, with particular emphasis on the role of the judiciary in relation to selected issues in political science. The principal focus in this course is on the Canadian legal system, and comparison to other legal systems. Prerequisite: 2nd year standing PNUR 2760 2 Health Promotion 4 (2,0,0) POLI 2600 3 This course focuses on health promotion for the client experiencing an acute exacerbation of chronic illness or an acute episode of illness. Relevant health promoting strategies during hospitalization may improve or help maintain their health status after discharge. Learners will focus on preparing clients for discharge, through teaching and learning of health promotion strategies. International Politics (3,0,0) Prerequisite: Successful completion of PNUR 2570 This course is an analysis of the relations between states. Topics discussed in this course may include the evolution of international systems, East‐West and North‐South issues, the techniques of wielding international influence (through diplomacy, propaganda, foreign aid, subversion, and war), and the sources and nature of international conflict and cooperation. Prerequisite: 2nd year standing or instructor’s written consent POLI 1110 3 The Government and Politics of Canada (3,0,0) Students are introduced to the main processes, structures and institutions of Canadian politics and government, including the Constitution, social cleavages, the Prime Minister 393 POLI 3010 3 POLI 3440 3 Canadian Political Parties (3,0,0) Social and Political Thought (3,0,0) Students examine the organization and operation of party politics, and the systems of party competition in Canada. National‐level politics are emphasized. Students examine major concepts in political philosophy such as justice, equality, rights, obligation, and liberty in the context of both classical and contemporary political thought. POLI 3030 3 Federalism in Canada (3,0,0) Students examine the theory and practice of federalism, including cultural duality, social stresses, problems of flexibility, the Constitution, and role of the courts. POLI 3460 3 Democratic Theory (3,0,0) This course is an examination of both classical and contemporary theories of democracy including representative democratic theory, participatory democratic theory and their relationship to 20th century concepts of democracy. POLI 3060 3 Quebec: History and Politics (3,0,0) Students examine the history and political developments of Quebec from the period of the French regime to modern French‐English relations within Canada. Significant social and political developments in the modern period are emphasized, such as the Rebellions of 1837‐38, the emergence of the "state of siege" mentality after 1840, the impact of industrialization and Confederation, the Quiet Revolution, and nationalism. Contemporary issues to be addressed include recent debates over 'reasonable accommodation', national identity, and the relationship between Quebec and Canada. Prerequisite: A minimum of 6 credits in recognized lower‐level history courses, or POLI 1110 and one other Political Science class POLI 3070 6 The European Orient: Balkans, Russia and Eastern Europe (3,0,0) or (3,0,0)(3,0,0) POLI 3500 3 The Politics of Mexico (3,0,0) Students examine the contemporary political, social and economic problems that confront Mexico, with an emphasis on democratization, human rights, economic restructuring, free trade, political parties, reformist and revolutionary movements. POLI 3520 3 Politics of Developing Nations (3,0,0) Students examine the problems of economic development, social change and democratization in the Developing World from a political perspective. The themes discussed in this course include colonialism, decolonization, relations between developed ‐ developing nations, and political theories of development. In this course, participants follow a specialized survey of the cultures shaping Central and Eastern Europe including Russia. Topics include the interplay between peasant and national culture, and between ethnic and political identity. Prerequisite: Recommended ‐ POLI 1210 Prerequisite: ANTH 1210 or SOCI 1110/1210 or POLI 1210 POLI 3530 3 Note: Different cultural areas or regions may be selected in subsequent offerings of the course. This course is identical to ANTH 3030. The Concentration Camp: Global History and Politics (3,0,0) POLI 3100 3 Local Government in Canada (3,0,0) This course is an introduction to local government in Canada and the contemporary issues facing municipalities. The themes discussed in this course include local government powers and responsibilities, community planning, fiscal and investment issues, and elections and community participation. Prerequisite: Recommended ‐ POLI 1110 POLI 3200 6 American Government and Politics (3,0,0) or (3,0,0)(3,0,0) Students examine the social context of American politics, voting behaviour, legislature process, executive powers, executive‐legislative relations, judicial behaviour, and problems of policy. The Concentration Camp is an institution of the Twentieth Century. This course will give an overview of historical precedents for the concentration camp, such as the ghetto, and then will examine the history and politics of the concentration camp, from the Spanish‐American and Anglo‐Boer Wars near the turn of the century (the first times the term, "concentration camp", was used), to the more notorious examples of Nazi Germany and the Soviet Union. Other examples, such as camps in Canada and the USA, China, parts of Africa, and even the "War on Terror" will be examined in detail. Why have modern states ‐ across the ideological spectrum ‐ made use of the concentration camps against real and preveived enemies? Prerequisite: Third‐year standing or consent from the instructor Note: Same course as HIST 3530 POLI 3610 3 Canadian Foreign Policy (3,0,0) Students are introduced to the study of Canadian foreign policy, and focus on competing perspectives on Canadian foreign policy, the evolution and formation of Canadian foreign policy, and Canada's role in the globe as a middle power. Prerequisite: 3rd or 4th year standing. POLI 2600 recommended. POLI 3210 3 Western Europe Political Thought: From Cicero to Machievelli (3,0,0) Students examine the evolution of European political thought and its practical applications from Ancient Rome to the Renaissance. This course includes an exploration of the major foundational theories and their influence on the creation of institutional structures, and the governmental apparatuses and ideologies designed to uphold them. POLI 3640 3 Politics of the Middle East (3,0,0) Prerequisite: POLI 1210 (recommended: POLI 2220), or either HIST 1160, HIST 2180 or HIST 2280 This course is an introduction to the evolution and operation of Middle East political systems and issues. Students explore a number of major themes and issues that are relevant to the politics of the region specifically, and international relations in general. These issues include Islamism, colonialism, politics of oil, gender and democratization. Note: This course is identical to HIST 3210 Prerequisite: Recommended ‐ POLI 1210 and/or POLI 2600 POLI 3420 3 POLI 3650 3 Modern Political Theory: Analysis of a Selected Theorist (3,0,0) Government and Business (3,1,0) This course offers a detailed examination of an acknowledged masterpiece of modern political theory. The text and attendant literature selection varies from year to year. Students analyze government intervention in the face of mergers, bigness, and monopoly power, and consider possible government intervention in the face of unacceptable firm behaviour. Prerequisite: ECON 1900 and either ECON 1950 or POLI 1110 (grades of C or better) 394 Note: This course is identical to ECON 3650. Students may not receive credit for both ECON 3650 and POLI 3650. ECON/POLI 3650 may be used to fulfill the pre‐BBA elective requirement or the BBA Environmental requirement, but not both. PPWT 1000 20 Required Seminar: POLI 3650S This course introduces students to the full range of knowledge, abilities and skills required in the process of ordering, warehousing and keeping inventory control over parts and accessories for industries like the automotive, commercial transport, heavy duty, marine and warehousing sectors. POLI 4010 3 Canadian Provincial and Regional Politics (3,0,0) Foundational Studies (600 hours) Prerequisite: Admission into the Parts and Warehousing Technician Certificate program Students examine political parties, processes, and institutions in the provincial political systems, and the regional arrangement between provinces. PPWT 1500 4 Prerequisite: A course in Canadian Politics Parts Person and Warehousing Principles (90 hours) POLI 4020 3 This course reinforces the full range of knowledge, abilities and skills required in the process of ordering, warehousing and keeping inventory control over parts as well as focus on parts identification, standard stock recognition and catalogues. Politics of the Canadian Constitutions (3,0,0) This seminar examines the creation and amendment of Canadian Constitutions; political aspects of the judicial system; and political consequences of our decisions. Prerequisite: A course in Canadian Politics Prerequisite: Successful completion of PPWT 1000 or admission into the Parts and Warehouse Technician program and equivalent industry experience PPWT 2000 4 Advanced Principles (90 hours) POLI 4030 6 Field School in East/Central Europe (3,0,0) This course offers an introduction to the societies and cultures of East/Central Europe by way of a month‐long field trip. The itinerary includes rural and urban locations in several countries that lend themselves to an ethnographic examination of the ethnic relations, religions, economies, and politics shaping the buffer zone between the European East and West. Note: This course is equivalent to ANTH 4030 and SOCI 4030 This course builds on the basic principles to help students develop the range of knowledge, abilities and skills required to be responsible for inventory control from the manufacturers to consumers. Students learn how to maintain proper records, process purchases and reconcile inventories. Prerequisite: Successful completion of PPWT 1500 or admission into the Parts and Warehouse Technician program and equivalent industry experience PPWT 3000 4 Inventory and Business Procedures (90 hours) POLI 4050 3 ***Topics in Canadian Politics (3,0,0) This seminar course offers an in‐depth examination of the important issues in Canadian politics. Prerequisite: A course in Canadian Politics POLI 4060 3 ***Topics in Latin American Politics (3,0,0) Students examine contemporary political, social, and economic problems that confront Latin America. Demilitarization, democratization, human rights, economic restructuring, and free trade are emphasized. Prerequisite: 3rd year standing or above This course builds on the advanced principles and helps students develop knowledge, abilities and skills required to be responsible for merchandising, customer care, parts business and financial management as well as advanced inventory control procedures. Prerequisite: Successful completion of PPWT 2000 or admission into the Parts and Warehousing Technician Certificate program and equivalent industry experience PSYC 0500 3 Psychology (4,1,0) An introductory psychology course at the ABE Advanced level, with an emphasis on active learning, critical thinking, and student involvement in all major topical areas of psychology. This course may be used as credit toward the Adult Graduation Diploma. Prerequisite: ENGL 0400 or equivalent Note: This course is taught by the University Preparation Department POLI 4110 3 Humanitarian Intervention: A Canadian Perspective (3,0,0) Students examine a shift in Canada's foreign policy that has taken Canada from being a peacekeeper to a peacemaker. International law, the massacre of civilians, the establishment of an international criminal court, and Canada's role in the "war on terrorism" are among the issues studied. PSYC 1110 3 Introduction to Psychology 1 (3,0,0) Students explore selected topics in contemporary psychology, including the history of psychology, methodology, heredity and learning, physiology and neuropsychology, consciousness, sensation and perception, learning, and memory. Prerequisite: Third or fourth year standing. POLI 2600 and/or POLI 3610 recommended. PSYC 1210 3 POLI 4710 3 Introduction to Psychology 2 (3,0,0) Communism and the Environment (3,0,0) Students explore selected topics in contemporary psychology, including intelligence, development, personality, social psychology, emotion, motivation, and psychopathology. This course will focus on the history and politics of communism and the environment. As such, it will explore environmental issues and policies in the Soviet Union, China and Cuba. Students will examine other related issues, such as the writings of Marx, Engels, Lenin, and others; ideology, political philosophy and the environment; and the role of communism and socialism in environmental movements, today. Students will also be asked to compare environmental practices in communist countries with those of capitalist countries. Prerequisite: Third year standing or consent of instructor Note: Same course as HIST 4710 Prerequisite: PSYC 1110 or instructor's written consent PSYC 1590 3 Development Psychology 1 (2,1,0) This introductory psychology course focuses on human development from conception to adolescence. Topics include genetic inheritance, child rearing practices, socialization, and basic patterns of physical, emotional, intellectual and social development. The relationship between developmental stages and the educational system are explored. Prerequisite: Admission to the Human Service program Required Seminar: PSYC 1590S 395 PSYC 1690 3 Required Seminar: PSYC 2130S Development Psychology 2 (2,1,0) Continuing from PSYC 1590, students examine human development in the period from adolescence to old age and death. Emphasis is placed on patterns of growth and change throughout adult life. PSYC 2160 3 Prerequisite: PSYC 1590 or equivalent. Admission to the Human Service program. Participants examine psychopathology from historical, contemporary and cross cultural perspectives. Students consider evolving models and issues including biological, psychological, and social behavioural approaches to assessment, causes, and treatment of a wide range of disordered behaviours. Required Seminar: PSYC 1690S PSYC 2040 3 Introduction to Abnormal Psychology (3,0,0) Prerequisite: PSYC 1110/1210 or instructor's written consent Introduction to Biological Psychology (3,0,0) Students consider the relationship between psychological and biological processes. The anatomy of the brain and neutral activity as well as the endocrine system is examined as it relates to the sensory and motor abilities, learning and memory, language, motivation, states of consciousness and sexual behaviour. Research methods of studying the brain are also discussed. Prerequisite: PSYC 1110, PSYC 1210, or permission of the instructor PSYC 2210 3 Introduction to Cognition (3,0,1) This course is a detailed introduction to empirical and theoretical aspects in the following core areas of psychology: human memory, perception, attention, language, and thinking. Prerequisite: PSYC 1110/1210 or instructor's written consent. PSYC 2110 recommended. Required Lab: PSYC 2210L PSYC 2050 3 Drugs and Behaviour (3,0,0) This course surveys topics related to drugs and behaviour. Basic mechanisms of pharmacology and the nervous system are introduced in the context of psychoactive drugs. Students discuss the historical and cultural influences that have shaped the roles played by drugs and addiction in Canadian society. Impacts of drug use and abuse on society and the individual are emphasized. Prerequisite: PSYC 1110/1210 or instructor's written consent PSYC 2220 3 Introduction to Social Psychology (2,1,0) Students examine the effects of social environment on human behaviour, attitudes, and personality. Specifically, the topics considered include theories and methods of social psychology, social perceptions, affiliation, attraction and love, aggression and violence, prejudice and discrimination, cooperation and altruism, attitude change, group behaviours, and conformity and social influence. Prerequisite: PSYC 1110/1210 or instructor's written consent PSYC 2100 3 Required Seminar: PSYC 2220S Analysis of Psychological Data (2,0,2) Students are provided with a conceptual and practical introduction to types of data analysis most commonly used in psychology. Topics include descriptive statistics, correlation, t‐tests, chi‐square, and ANOVA. This is a required course for students intending to major in Psychology and recommended for students intending to take Psychology courses numbered in the 3000's or 4000's.Prerequisite: PSYC 1110/1210 or instructor's written consent Required Lab: PSYC 2100L Note: Students may normally receive credit for only one of the following: BIOL 3000, BUEC 2320, MATH 1200, PSYC 2100, SOCI 2710, SOCI 3710, STAT 1200, STAT 2000 PSYC 2110 3 Introduction to Research Methods (3,0,1) Students are introduced to the procedures and designs used in psychological research and the critical evaluation of research. Topics include the strengths and weaknesses of different approaches to research, including non‐experimental, experimental, and quasi‐ experimental designs; research ethics; measurement; validity of methods; control of extraneous influences; and the drawing of valid conclusions from empirical evidence. This is a required course for students majoring in psychology. Prerequisite: PSYC 1110/1210 or instructor's written consent Required Lab: PSYC 2110L PSYC 2230 3 Introduction to Developmental Psychology: Adulthood and Aging (2,1,0) This course is an inquiry into the developmental changes from adolescence onwards with an emphasis on adolescent adjustment, adult maturity and growth, middle age, retirement, old age, dying and death. Current research is examined as it relates to physical, cognitive, and psychosocial development. Prerequisite: PSYC 2130 or instructor's written consent Required Seminar: PSYC 2230S PSYC 2300 3 Human Sexuality (3,0,0) Students examine the full range of sexual attitudes and behaviours as seen in contemporary society. Frank and open discussions in both lecture and small group format is stressed. Prerequisite: PSYC 1110/1210 or permission of the instructor PSYC 3000 6 Behaviour Disorders (3,0,0)(3,0,0) PSYC 2120 3 Introduction to Personality (2,1,0) Students examine the major theories of personality formation, including psychodynamic, cognitive, humanistic, and behavioural approaches. Students are provided an opportunity to relate this material to personal growth and development. Prerequisite: PSYC 1110/1210 or instructor's written consent Required Seminar: PSYC 2120S PSYC 2130 3 Introduction to Developmental Psychology: Childhood and Adolescence (2,1,0) Students explore the developmental process from conception to adolescence. Theoretical perspectives and research data are examined as they relate to physical, cognitive, and psychosocial aspects of development. Prerequisite: PSYC 1110/1210 or instructor's written consent 396 This course is a detailed scientific overview of abnormal behaviour, and includes discussions of history, definitions and characterizations, and an emphasis on etiology, maintenance and treatment of psychopathology. This course qualifies as a prerequisite for PSYC 3100. Prerequisite: PSYC 1110/1210 or instructor's written consent PSYC 3020 3 Infancy (3,0,0) Students examine biological, social, and cognitive development from conception to the third year of life. The transition to parenthood and influences on parenting (including social policy) are a secondary focus. Content includes theoretical and methodological issues, research findings, and practical implications. Students are introduced to important primary sources as well as secondary texts. Prerequisite: PSYC 1110/1210 or instructor's written consent PSYC 3030 3 PSYC 3190 6 Psychological Testing (3,0,0) Experimental Design and Quantitative Methods (2,0,1)(2,0,1) This course provides an overview of the theory and practice of mental measurement, including test reliability and validity, its uses, administration, scoring, and interpretation. This course provides an integrated presentation of the methods, principles, and ethics of psychological research and explores the statistical techniques utilized for the analysis of these data. Instruction in the formal reporting of psychological studies is also covered. Prerequisite: PSYC 1110/1210 or instructor's written consent Prerequisite: PSYC 1110/1210, PSYC 2100 and PSYC 2110 PSYC 3060 6 Principles of Animal Behaviour (3,0,0)(3,0,0) Students examine animal behaviour from the perspective of evolutionary theory. Among the topics are an introduction to the theory of evolution and behavioural genetics; social systems as ecological adaptations; mating and parental strategies; learning, instincts, and evolution; and the evolution of human behaviour. Credit is given for only one of BIOL 3100 or PSYC 3060. Prerequisite: PSYC 1110/1210 or instructor's written consent. PSYC 2110 or 2210 recommended. Corequisite: PSYC 2110 Required Lab: PSYC 3190L Note: Students who have credits for PSYC 3170 (Research Methods and Design) and PSYC 3180 (Analysis of Behavioral Data) will not receive additional credit for this course. PSYC 3200 3 Theories of Personality 1 (3,0,0) Students examine psychoanalytic and dispositional theories on the development of personality. Topics include research findings, applications, and limitations with respect to the two approaches. PSYC 3080 6 Prerequisite: PSYC 1110/1210 Social Psychology (3,0,0)(3,0,0) Note: Students with PSYC 3050 may not take this course for credit Students discuss theory and research in the areas of individual social behaviour; social motivation; social attitudes; group interaction; socialization; racial prejudice; and other related topics. PSYC 3210 3 Prerequisite: PSYC 1110/1210 or instructor's written consent Theories of Personality 2 (3,0,0) PSYC 3100 6 Students examine environmental and representational theories on the development of personality. Topics include research findings, applications, and limitations with respect to the two approaches. Clinical Psychology (3,0,0)(3,0,0) Prerequisite: PSYC 1110/1210 Students are provided a comprehensive overview of clinical psychology. The topics include the role of personality theory in clinical psychology, an overview of descriptive psychopathology, a consideration of issues in diagnosis and classification of disorders, an examination of the techniques used in assessment of intellectual and personality functioning, and a review of various approaches to therapeutic intervention. Areas of clinical psychology research are discussed, in addition to issues of professionalism, and models of training. Students are given a sense of what it means to be a “Clinical Psychologist†today,recent developments in clinical psychology, and future directions in the field. Note: Students with PSYC 3050 may not take this course for credit This course explores human development during adulthood through to old age. Students are provided a background in basic issues, theories, and psychological research regarding adulthood and the aging process. Prerequisite: One of PSYC 2120, PSYC 2160, PSYC 3000 Prerequisite: PSYC 1110/1210 or instructor's written consent PSYC 3110 3 PSYC 3230 3 Clinical Psychology: Theories and Systems of Psychotherapy (3,0,0) Principles of Conditioning (3,0,0) Students are provided an overview of various psychotherapeutic approaches in the field of clinical psychology. The therapeutic systems and models examined in this course include psychoanalysis, Adlerian psychotherapy, analytic psychotherapy, client‐centered therapy, rational emotive behaviour therapy, behaviour therapy, cognitive therapy, existential psychotherapy, Gestalt therapy, and multimodal therapy. Students examine the procedures and processes involved in Classical (Pavlovian) and Operant (instrumental) conditioning. A majority of the course material is comprised of research findings from animal studies. Prerequisite: PSYC 1110/1210, and PSYC 2160 or PSYC 3000, or instructor's written consent PSYC 3220 3 Adulthood and Aging (3,0,0) Prerequisite: PSYC 1110, PSYC 1210, or permission of the instructor PSYC 3240 3 History and Systems of Psychology (3,0,0) PSYC 3140 3 Health Psychology (3,0,0) This course offers a critical survey of the basic research findings and theory on the relation between psychological factors (including behaviour, emotion, cognitive, personality, and interpersonal relationships) and health. Topics include health‐related behaviours such as smoking and drug use, the effects of stressful events on health, methods of coping with stress, the impact of chronic illness on the family, and social support systems. Prerequisite: PSYC 1110/1210 or instructor's written consent PSYC 3150 3 Childhood and Adolescence (3,0,0) Students examine biological, social, and cognitive development from the third year of life through to adolescence. The development of prosocial and antisocial behaviours are a special focus. Content includes theoretical and methodological issues, research findings, and practical implications. Students are introduced to important primary sources as well as secondary texts. Prerequisite: PSYC 1110/1210 or instructor's written consent 397 Students are provided a broad overview of psychology's history, beginning with the ancient Persians, and progressing through to the mid‐twentieth century. Key figures and thinkers are highlighted, and major philosophies and their founders discussed, all within the context of the political and social climate prevalent at the time. Prerequisite: PSYC 1110, PSYC 1210, and a minimum of six (6) additional psychology credits excluding PSYC 2100, 2110, or 3190 PSYC 3250 3 Community Psychology (3,0,0) This is a survey course designed to introduce students to various topics in community psychology. Topics include research methods and social change and intervention strategies within various community settings, such as the legal and justice system, the health care system, the mental health care system, and the educational system. Prerequisite: PSYC 1110/1210 or instructor's written consent PSYC 3360 3 The Psychology of Language 1 (3,0,0) Students consider the fundamental psychological abilities underlying human language. Representative topics include animal versus human communication, language processing, lexical representation, and the principles of on‐line conversation. Prerequisite: PSYC 1110/1210 or instructor's written consent. PSYC 2210 recommended. PSYC 3380 3 Note: Students who have credits for PSYC 3130 may not receive additional credit for this course PSYC 3540 3 Cognition 1: Attention and Memory (3,0,0) This course describes the research findings and models of attention and memory, both past and present. Topics include basic attentional processes and models, short‐term and working memory, long‐term processes, semantic and episodic distinctions, physiology of memory, and false memory. Psychology of Emotion (3,0,0) Prerequisite: PSYC 1110/1210 or permission of the instructor Students discuss the theories and research on emotion from cognitive, behavioral, physiological, social, and evolutionary perspectives in the discipline of psychology. Students examine where emotions come from, their function, and meaning. Topics include development and communication of emotion, emotions and decision making, emotion regulation, and the relationship between emotion and psychological well‐ being. Note: Students who have credit for PSYC 3090 may not receive additional credit for this course Prerequisite: PSYC 1110/1210, or instructor's written consent Cognition 2: Language and Thought (3,0,0) PSYC 3390 3 This course presents the research findings and models for various aspects of language and thought. Topics include language processing, reasoning, decision‐making, problem‐ solving, and the theoretical nature of consciousness. PSYC 3550 3 Human Neuropsychology (3,0,0) Prerequisite: PSYC 1110/1210 or permission of the instructor This course uses clinical and experimental approaches to human neuropsychology as a basis for understanding brain‐behaviour relationships in both typical and impaired functioning. Students discuss the impacts of brain disorders, including traumatic brain injury, dementia, and tumors. Students distinguish the structure and function of the human brain, with particular emphasis on the cerebral cortex; gain knowledge and understanding of how behaviour can be used to infer brain function; and think critically about key ideas and research findings in neuropsychology. Note: Students who have credits for PSYC 3090 may not receive credit for this course Prerequisite: PSYC 1110/1210 or instructor's written consent. One of PSYC 2040, 3040, 3570 or 3580 is recommended. PSYC 3400 3 Introduction to Psychology and the Law (3,0,0) Students are provided an overview of the area of psychology and the law. Applications of psychological theories and research to the legal system are examined. Topics covered include the legal system, police investigations, jury decision‐making, eyewitness identification and testimony, expert evidence, and sentencing. Prerequisite: PSYC 1110 and PSYC 1210 PSYC 3560 3 Psychopharmacology (3,0,0) This course is a detailed introduction to psychoactive drugs at behavioural, neural and cellular levels of examination. Students learn to define and understand how drugs are processed by the body and how they interact with neurotransmitter systems. Students identify and discuss the major neurotransmitters; gain insight into the therapeutic use of psychotropic drugs to treat affective disorders, anxiety disorders, and schizophrenia; understand the properties of major classes of abused drugs (CNS depressants, stimulants, opiates, hallucinogens, etc.); and think critically about pharmaceuticals and the pharmaceutical industry. Prerequisite: PSYC 1110, 1210, and one of PSYC 2040, PSYC 2050, PSYC 3570, PSYC 3580 or instructor’s written consent PSYC 3570 3 Physiology of Motivation and Emotion (3,0,0) PSYC 3410 3 Forensic Psychology (3,0,0) Students examine the application of clinical psychology (assessment and intervention) to the field of forensics. Topics covered include fitness to stand trial; Not Criminally Responsible By Reason of Mental Disorder (NCRMD); psychopathy, risk assessment and the prediction of dangerousness; Dangerous Offender/Long Term Offender assessments; criminal profiling; parental capacity assessments; assessment and treatment of special populations; and professional responsibilities and ethical issues. Prerequisite: PSYC 1110 and PSYC 1210, and one of PSYC 2160, PSYC 3000 or PSYC 3100 This course presents the concepts of motivation and emotion, emphasizing neural and endocrine mechanisms. Students explore the contributions of human and animal research in understanding temperature regulation, hunger and thirst, sleep and biological rhythms, exploration and curiosity, reproductive and parental behaviour, substance abuse, aggression, stress, positive and negative emotions, and feelings. Interaction between physiology and external influences are emphasized, as well as causal and functional explanations. Students think critically about key ideas and research findings in motivation and emotion, and consider how they can be applied practically to issues experienced in their own lives. Prerequisite: PSYC 1110 and 1210, or permission of the Instructor Note: Students may not take this course if they have credit for the former PSYC 304‐6 or PSYC 307‐6 PSYC 3510 3 Sensation and Perception 1 ‐ Visual Processes (3,0,0) PSYC 3580 3 This course describes the basic research findings and models for visual sensation and perception. Topics include the perception of brightness, contrast, colour, objects, depth, size, and movement. in addition, students discuss the physiological mechanisms of the visual system. Physiology of Learning and Memory (3,0,0) Prerequisite: PSYC 1110/1210 or instructor's written consent Note: Students who have credits for PSYC 3130 may not receive additional credit for this course This course provides a detailed presentation of the different types of learning and memory, emphasizing neural mechanisms. Students discuss the interplay of human and animal research (including that with invertebrates) in understanding synaptic plasticity involving long‐term potentiation and depression, perceptual learning, classical and instrumental conditioning, and relational learning. Learning disabilities, memory impairment, and recovery from brain injury are also considered. Prerequisite: PSYC 1110 and 1210 or permission of the instructor. PSYC 2040 recommended. PSYC 3520 3 Sensation and Perception 2 (3,0,0) This course describes the basic research findings and models for auditory, somatosensory, olfactory, and gustatory sensation and perception. Topics include the physics of sound, physiology of the auditory system, basic sound perception, auditory scene analysis, music perception, language perception, physiology of touch and pain, and the physiology of smell and taste. Prerequisite: PSYC 1110/1210 or instructor's written consent 398 Note: Students who have credits for PSYC 3040 may not receive additional credit for this course PSYC 3610 3 Integrated Methods and Analysis of Psychological Data (2,0,1) This course will provide an integrated presentation of design considerations and statistical methods. The focus of the course will be analysis of research designs with multiple independent variables and a single dependent variable, though the material covered will not be limited to these types of designs. Topics covered include reliability, validity, power, sampling, t‐tests, correlation, regression, analysis of variance, nonparametric procedures, and sampling. mechanical ventilation, and provides the background a student requires to progress into the mechanical ventilators course. Prerequisite: Admission to Semester 2 of the Respiratory Therapy program Prerequisite: PSYC 2100 and 2110 with a minimum B grade Corequisite Psychology 2110, with permission of the instructor. RESP 1680 3 Exclusion: PSYC 3190 Instrumentation 2 (3,0,6)(L) Required Seminar: PSYC 3610S A continuation of RESP 1580, including controlled environments, oxygen controlling devices, artificial airways, resuscitators, oxygen analyzers, non‐invasive monitors, volume and flow measuring devices, suction, quality assurance and time unit management. PSYC 4100 3 Advanced Research and Methodology (0,3,0) Students are provided an opportunity to apply research methods and statistics to an advanced research project supervised by a faculty member. Prerequisite: PSYC 3190 or PSYC 3610 and fourth year standing in psychology major, and GPA of at least 3.33 Prerequisite: Successful completion of the first semester of the Respiratory Therapy program Required Lab: RESP 1680L RESP 1690 3 Cardiopulmonary Anatomy and Physiology (4,0,0) PSYC 4400 6 Directed Studies in Psychology (3,0,0) or (3,0,0)(3,0,0) Students are provided an opportunity to engage in a directed investigation of a problem, and are required to complete a written report of their findings. Prerequisite: Satisfactory standing and permission from a faculty member who is prepared to supervise the investigation Note: This course cannot be counted towards a major (i.e., towards minimum 30 credits) This course provides background knowledge and concepts of respiratory system anatomy and cardiopulmonary physiology that students require to progress in the comprehensive curriculum of Respiratory Therapy. Selected cardiovascular system anatomy curriculum is included. Cardiac and pulmonary physiological processes are related to cardiopulmonary disease and clinical practice at an introductory level. Prerequisite: Admission to the Respiratory Therapy program Corequisite: BIOL 1590 or equivalent RESP 2500 3 PSYC 4990 6 Pathophysiology 1 (3,1,0) Honours Thesis in Psychology This course will deal with disordered function of various body systems excluding the respiratory system. Central to this course is an original research project conducted by students in the Psychology Honours Program of the Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degree, to be completed under the direction of a faculty member in the Department of Psychology. Students strengthen their research, writing and analytical skills in preparation for graduate or professional schools, many of which require an Honours degree. Students accepted into the Psychology Honours Program must register in this course for both the Fall and Winter semesters of their final academic year. Prerequisite: The prerequisites for this course are acceptance into the Psychology Honours Program and identification of a supervisor for the thesis. The general requirements for acceptance at the third‐year level are: a "B" average in Psychology 1110, 1210, 2100, and 2110 and either PSYC 3610 or PSYC 3190 to enter the Honours Program at the third‐year level, maintenance of a GPA of 3.0 in each of 3rd and 4th years with no psychology course below a "B‐". Students who do not meet the above requirements may write an appeal to the Psychology Department Chair, who will present the appeal to the Curriculum committee. Prerequisite: Admission to the second year Respiratory Therapy program Required Seminar: RESP 2500S RESP 2510 3 Pharmacology (4,0,0) Students are provided with the fundamentals of pharmacology, an overview of drug classifications that indirectly affect the respiratory system, and an in‐depth survey of the cardiopulmonary drug classifications. Significant emphasis is placed on the drugs used in the treatment of asthma, COPD, tobacco cessation and the cardiovascular system. The content and material studied in this course is applied and reinforced in subsequent courses. Prerequisite: Admission to Semester 2 of the Respiratory Therapy program Corequisite: BIOL 1690 or equivalent RCAR 1000 1 Residential Construction ‐ Foundation RESP 2550 4 Students are introduced to theory and gain hands‐on experience building a residential home. Topics include: safe work practices, documentation and organizational skills, tools and equipment, survey instruments, performing a site layout, building a concrete framework, framing for residential housing, and building science. Mechanical Ventilation (4,0,3)(L) RESP 1580 3 Mechanical are provided with the fundamentals of pharmacology, an overview of drug classifications that indirectly affect the respiratory system, and an in‐depth survey of the cardiopulmonary drug classifications. Significant emphasis is placed on the drugs used in the treatment of asthma, COPD, tobacco cessation and the cardiovascular system. The content and material studied in this course is applied and reinforced in subsequent courses. Instrumentation 1 (3,0,3)(L) Prerequisite: Admission to Semester 2 of the Respiratory Therapy program This course introduces students to a wide variety of Respiratory Therapy equipment. The learner will develop a thorough understanding of the functioning and patient application of the equipment. Areas covered include gas regulators and administration devices, humidifiers and aerosol therapy. Corequisite: BIOL 1690 or equivalent Prerequisite: Admission to the Respiratory Therapy program Required Lab: RESP 1580L RESP 1650 3 Introduction to Mechanical Ventilation (3,0,0) Students focus on the foundations of mechanical ventilation including lung mechanics, various modes and adjuncts applied during mechanical ventilation, and how they interrelate. The course also addresses cardio‐pulmonary physiology as it relates to 399 RESP 2570 3 Blood Gas Analysis (3,1,2)(L) Students are provided a theoretical overview of the collection, analysis, clinical interpretation, and clinical applications of blood gases. Students also learn the application of invasive and non‐invasive technology in the assessment of blood gases. Prerequisite: Admission to Semester 3 of the Respiratory Therapy Diploma program or Semester 5 of the Respiratory Therapy Dual Credential program RESP 2590 3 RESP 2710 3 Patient Assessment (3,1,2)(L) Assessment and Intervention in Multisystem Disorders (4,0,3)(L) Students are provided with an overview of the knowledge and skills required for an optimal respiratory therapist‐patient relationship. These include good patient assessment skills, communication and documentation skills, and the assessment of diagnostic data. Students develop strong clinical reasoning skills which promote effective patient care. This course provides a case‐based approach to respiratory care. Students enhance their critical thinking skills and apply their knowledge and clinical skills to the assessment and treatment of patients requiring respiratory care. Prerequisite: Admission to Semester 4 of the Respiratory Therapy Diploma program or Semester 5 of the Respiratory Therapy Dual Credential program Prerequisite: Admission to Semester 3 of the Respiratory Therapy Program Required Lab: RESP 2710L Required Lab: RESP 2590L Required Seminar: RESP 2590S RESP 2600 3 RESP 2720 3 Professional Issues in Health Care (3,0,0) Prerequisite: Admission to Semester 4 of the Respiratory Therapy Program Students develop professional skills that are required to work effectively within a health care environment. Today’s graduate must possess effective oral and written communication skills, work effectively within a team, provide clear patient and public education, and demonstrate the ability to problem‐solve. Small group, seminar‐based discussions are often used to provide a broader perspective and enable a deeper understanding of course topics. This course is topic driven yet anchored to historical issues for the respiratory therapist practicing in the Canadian health care system. Required Seminar: RESP 2600S Prerequisite: Admission to the Respiratory Therapy program RESP 2620 3 RESP 3010 3 Anaesthesia (3,0,1)(L) Sleep Therapy and Ambulatory Diagnostics for Obstructive Sleep Apnea Syndrome (45 hours) Respiratory Pathophysiology (3,1,0) Students explore various respiratory disorders in terms of definition, etiology, pathogenesis, pathology, pathophysiology, clinical manifestations, diagnosis and treatment. Students gain an awareness of the skills and knowledge required to assist in the delivery of anesthesia. This includes a study of the equipment utilized in anaesthesia; the technical and clinical aspects of anesthesia; the techniques for anesthetic administration; and the critical maintenance of safe anesthetic practices. Prerequisite: Admission to Semester 4 of the Respiratory Therapy Program Required Lab: RESP 2620L RESP 2630 3 Students are introduced to current ambulatory diagnostic tools and techniques used in the diagnosis, treatment, and ongoing assessment of Obstructive Sleep Apnea Syndrome. This course focuses primarily on patient assessment, current therapeutic techniques, and the technology used in clinical practice outside the hospital laboratory. Prerequisite: Completion of the 1st year of TRU's Respiratory Therapy program or completion of a health science program and employment in the field of sleep medicine. Applicants who do not meet the normal required prerequisites may seek acceptance for registration from the Allied Health Department Chairperson Perinatal and Pediatric Respiratory Care (3,1,2)(L) Students develop the knowledge and skills required to work in a perinatal and pediatric setting. Various topics include pregnancy, delivery and assessment of the newborn; acute care of the 'at risk' newborn; perinatal and pediatric physiology and pathophysiology; and the respiratory care technology used in the monitoring and treatment of neonatal and pediatric disorders. Certification in the Neonatal Resuscitation Program (NRP) occurs in this course. Prerequisite: Admission to Semester 4 of the Respiratory Therapy Diploma program or Semester 5 of the Respiratory Therapy Dual Credential program Required Lab: RESP 2630L RTCL 3040 8 Neonatal and Pediatrics (8 weeks) This course is designed to assist the student in the development of skills, and comprehensive understanding of Neonatal/Pediatric Respiratory Care. At the completion of this segment, the student will be expected to funtion in the capacity of a Respiratory Therapist. Prerequisite: Successful completion of the academic portion of the Respiratory Therapy program Required Seminar: RESP 2630S RTCL 3110 19 RESP 2650 3 Respiratory Therapy Clinical (Level 1) (22 weeks) Application of Mechanical Ventilation (3,0,2)(L) Level 1 experience is designed to allow the student to gain exposure to all clinical rotations. The student will function under the supervision of a Respiratory Therapist. Successful completion of this segment requires meeting the objectives listed. This course provides an overview of the clinical application of mechanical ventilation. Students learn how to establish the need for, initiate, maintain, and effectively withdraw mechanical ventilation. Upon completion of this course, students are able to optimize ventilatory care for patients, depending upon subjective and objective patient assessment. Prerequisite: Successful completion of the academic portion of the Respiratory Therapy program Prerequisite: Admission to the 4th semester of the Respiratory Therapy Diploma program or the 5th semester of the Respiratory Therapy Dual Credential program RTCL 3120 18 Required Lab: RESP 2650L Respiratory Therapy Clinical (Level 2) (17 weeks) RESP 2680 3 Pulmonary Function (3,0,1)(L) Students gain a thorough understanding of the importance of pulmonary function (PF) testing, the knowledge to interpret PF data, and the practical experience of performing these tests according to the American Thoracic Society (ATS) criteria. The importance of quality control is emphasized and applied in the PF lab. Students focus on spirometry, diffusion testing, lung volume testing, airway resistance, and bronchoprovocation testing. Prerequisite: Admission to Semester 3 of the Respiratory Therapy Diploma program or Semester 5 of the Respiratory Therapy Dual Credential program Required Lab: RESP 2680L 400 Level 2 experience is designed to allow the student increased exposure in all Level 1 areas. The student will be expected to function in the capacity of a Respiratory Therapist at the completion of Level 2. Successful completion of this segment requires meeting the objectives listed. Prerequisite: Successful completion of the academic portion of the Respiratory Therapy program RTCT 3040 2 Respiratory Therapy Clinical Theory (Neonatal and Pediatrics) This course consists of a series of academic half‐days (over a six‐ to eight‐week period) dedicated to the review and examination of didactic material related to clinical practice in the neonatal and pediatric care setting. Students are provided a comprehensive overview and integration of all program curriculum, including a combination of lectures, case studies and seminars presented by therapists, physicians and other health professionals. The Program Clinical Coordinator is responsible for course continuity. The B.C.C.H. Clinical Site Coordinator is responsible for on‐site delivery and organization. Prerequisite: Successful completion of the academic portion of the Respiratory Therapy program. negotiation, procurement and supply management organization, make or buy, price and cost analysis, quality and inventory, supplier selection, supplier development and certification, services procurement, e‐Procurement, and involving users and suppliers. Prerequisite: SCMN 3320 RTCT 3110 3 SCMN 4310 3 Respiratory Therapy Clinical Theory (Level 1) Operations Management (3,0,0) This course consists of a series of academic half‐days (over a 24‐week period) dedicated to the review and examination of didactic material related to clinical practice in the adult care setting. Students are provided a comprehensive overview and integration of all program curriculum, including a combination of lectures, presentations, and seminars presented by students, therapists, physicians, and other health professionals. The Program Coordinator is responsible for course continuity. The Clinical Site Coordinators are responsible for on‐site delivery and organization. Students study the design, planning, establishment, operation, control and improvement of all activities in the creation of a firm's products. Practices in both manufacturing and service businesses are explored. Topics include an introduction to operations management; project management; total quality management; product and process design; job design and measurement; facility layout and assembly line balancing; material requirement planning and production scheduling; capacity management; inventory management; and decision tools including simulation, linear programming and decision analysis. Prerequisite: Successful completion of the academic portion of the Respiratory Therapy program Prerequisite: MATH 1170 or equivalent; SCMN 3320 RTCT 3120 3 SCMN 4320 3 Respiratory Therapy Clinical Theory (Level 2) (3,0,0) Transportation and Logistics (3,0,0) This course consists of a series of academic half‐days (over an 18‐week period) dedicated to the review and examination of didactic material related to clinical practice in the adult care setting. Students are provided a comprehensive overview and integration of all three years of the program, including a combination of lectures, case studies, and seminars presented by therapists, physicians and other health professionals. The clinical coordinator is responsible for course continuity. The site coordinators are responsible for on‐site delivery and organization. Students examine the movement of raw materials and parts from the supplier to the manufacturer and the movement of finished products to the final consumer. An effective integration and optimization of each step in the process is emphasized. Topics include an introduction to business logistics; logistics strategy and planning; logistics product; third and fourth party logistics providers; customer services and order processing; transportation fundamentals including transportation modes, inter‐model services, pricing, and other shipping terms and documentation; transportation decision making and modeling; warehouse and storage management; and distribution requirement planning. Prerequisite: Successful completion of the academic and clinical portions of Level 1 SAWF 1000 6 Saw Filer Level 1 (180 hours) This course covers the fundamentals required to work in the Saw Filer trade. Students will learn how to inspect, install, adjust, operate, maintain and repair saw sharpening equipment. Prerequisite: Admission into the Saw Filer program SAWF 2000 4 Circular Saw Filer (120 hours) This course covers circular saws including inspection for plumb, level and proper tension. Students will also learn tooth geometry, how to correct defects, maintain and align saw machine centers. Prerequisite: Admission into the Saw Filer program and completion of SAWF 1000 or equivalent SAWF 3000 4 Saw Filer Level 3 (120 hours) This course covers band saws including inspection for plumb, level and proper tension. Students will also learn tooth geometry, how to correct defects, maintain and align saw machine centers. Prerequisite: Admission into the Saw Filer program and completion of SAWF 2000 or equivalent Prerequisite: MATH 1170 or equivalent; SCMN 3320 SCMN 4390 3 Selected Topics in Supply Chain Management (3,0,0) Students examine a selection of contemporary issues in supply chain management. Topics include strategic supply chain management; global supply chains; sustainable supply chains; service supply chains; supply chain resilience; reverse supply chains; quality in supply chain management; modern manufacturing methods; product design and encouraging technical innovation; process reengineering and competitive benchmarking; and supply chain optimization. Prerequisite: SCMN 3330; SCMN 4310; SCMN 4320 SERV 1000 3 Introduction to Community Service‐Learning (2,1,3P) This course, intended for a wide variety of community‐minded first year students, provides students with opportunities to connect their academic course work with service in community organizations in Kamloops. The primary focus of this course is the service experience of the students. Concurrent with this experience, students broaden their personal, cultural, academic and professional knowledge through topics such as workplace culture and career exploration. Students demonstrate their service‐learning through reflective oral and written assignments. Prerequisite: 1st year standing or completion of ESAL Level 3 (65% or better), or by English placement test into ESAL Level 4 SERV 3000 3 SCMN 3320 3 Service Learning (Third Year) (0,0,5P) Supply Chain Management (3,0,0) Third year students are provided with supervised service learning opportunities. Academic service learning provides a venue for senior‐level students to share their knowledge and skills with the community through approved community‐based projects. Service learning projects may be initiated by students, community members, groups, agencies, organizations, and faculty. To qualify for service learning credit, a faculty member must authorize the course and then agree to supervise and evaluate the project. Students may receive service learning credit by working individually or in cohorts of up to 5 students on the same community project. Students meet with the faculty supervisor for initial consultation and/or training during the first week of classes, and are expected to keep the faculty supervisor informed about the project on a regular basis. Upon completion of the course or project, students present the faculty supervisor with an evaluation form completed by the community group, agency, or organization served, and a combination of the following: a research paper, report, or document; a student journal or activity log; a presentation, performance, or exhibition. Students examine the strategic fit of supply chains with organizational goals; this course lays the foundation for advanced study in the field. Topics include an introduction to supply chain management; supply chain strategy; demand management, inventory management; inventory modeling; supply chain network design and facility location; warehouse management; and transportation management. Prerequisite: ACCT 2250; MIST 2610; ECON 2330 or equivalent SCMN 3330 3 Procurement Management (3,0,0) Students explore the methods used by organizations to acquire the raw materials, components, supplies, equipment, facilities, and services needed to operate. Topics include strategic procurement, procurement process, competitive bidding and 401 Prerequisite: Students must have completed 60 credits Note: Criteria for authorizing service level credit: the student's service learning must demonstrate civic participation, community involvement, formal critical reflection. In addition, the project must involve students (normally 3 ‐ 5 hours per week) in an organized community service that addresses local needs. SERV 4000 3 SOCI 2100 3 Canadian Social Issues (3,0,0) This course offers a descriptive and analytic survey of features in Canadian society as a basis for understanding current social issues. These features include demographic characteristics, class structure, ethnicity, and regional variation. Prerequisite: SOCI 1110/1210 Service Learning (Fourth Year) (0,0,5P) Fourth year students are provided with supervised service learning opportunities. Academic service learning provides a venue for senior‐level students to share their knowledge and skills with the community through approved community‐based projects. Service learning projects may be initiated by students, community members, groups, agencies, organizations, and faculty. To qualify for service learning credit, a faculty member must authorize the course and then agree to supervise and evaluate the project. Students may receive service learning credit by working individually or in cohorts of up to 5 students on the same community project. Students meet with the faculty supervisor for initial consultation and/or training during the first week of classes, and are expected to keep the faculty supervisor informed about the project on a regular basis. Upon completion of the course or project, students present the faculty supervisor with an evaluation form completed by the community group, agency, or organization served, and a combination of the following: a research paper, report, or document; a student journal or activity log; a presentation, performance, or exhibition. Prerequisite: Students must have completed 90 credits Note: Criteria for authorizing service level credit: the student's service learning must demonstrate civic participation, community involvement, and formal critical reflection. In addition, the project must involve students (normally 3 ‐ 5 hours per week) in an organized community service that addresses local needs. SOCI 2130 6 Women in Global Perspective (3,0,0) or (3,0,0)(3,0,0) This course provides a global approach to the study of women's lives. Topics include sexuality, the sex trade, family relations, violence, the global economy, domestic work, and politics. Prerequisite: SOCI 1110/1210 SOCI 2160 3 The Family in Cross‐Cultural Perspectives (3,0,0) Students are introduced to the study of family life in its formation, the relevance of marriage and cohabitation, bringing up children, and the impact of family issues. In this cross‐cultural comparison of family life, students are familiarized with the variations that occur throughout the world in the structure and meaning of marriage relations; forms of domestic organization; the sexual division of labour, property and inheritance, and the familial influence in the construction of gender relations in different cultures around the world. Prerequisite: SOCI 1110/1210 SINC 0500 4 Foundations of Science (5,0,2) SOCI 2170 3 ABE ‐ Advanced: This course introduces important basic science concepts relevant to the general or allied health sciences. The principles of chemistry, biology and physics are covered in a manner which emphasizes the links between disciplines. This course will sufficiently strengthen the students' background in science, so that they can further explore their area of interest. The Sociology of Popular Culture (2,1,0) Note: This course is taught by the University Preparation Department Required Lab: SINC 0500L Students are introduced to the sociological implications of popular culture, and focus on issues central to the presentation, consumption, and construction of current social life. Popular culture affects everyone; however, everyone does not participate in it equally. Thus both the unequal consumption of popular culture, and the representations (and justifications) of inequality between groups in Western society as presented in popular culture is studied in the course. Prerequisite: SOCI 1110/1210 SOCI 1110 3 Required Seminar: SOCI 2170S Introduction to Sociology 1 (2,1,0) Students are introduced to the core concepts of the discipline of sociology by examining key concepts (such as culture, socialization, social interaction, social roles, and educational issues) that allow us to locate ourselves within society. Students also explore theoretical perspectives within sociology and the fundamentals of research methods, including how sociologists gather information about society. Required Seminar: SOCI 1110S SOCI 2230 3 Collective Behaviour (2,1,0) Students are introduced to explanations and analyses of crowd and mass action. Students aim to describe and analyze such behaviors as riots, fads, demonstrations, public opinion, and emergent social movements. Prerequisite: SOCI 1110/1210 Required Seminar: SOCI 2230S SOCI 1210 3 Introduction to Sociology 2 (2,1,0) In this second half of Introduction to Sociology, students are introduced to such topics as crime and deviance, social control, large scale organizations, principal institutions such as religion, politics, and economy. Students also critically examine the impact of social structure, such as race and ethnicity, social stratification, and gender relations, on individual’s lives. Prerequisite: SOCI 1110 Required Seminar: SOCI 1210S SOCI 2260 3 Medical Sociology (2,1,0) Students focus on the social factors which influence help seeking and illness behaviour, as well as the nature and organization of Canada's health care system. The main purpose of this course is to illustrate that health and illness are not entirely individual phenomena, but that the cause, distribution, and consequences of injury and illness are at least partly the product of social, economic, and political factors. Topics include policy and delivery of health care; interaction between health care providers and patients; occupational health and safety; environment, work and illness; health care and the elderly; and inequality and health care. SOCI 2010 3 Prerequisite: SOCI 1110/1210 Race and Ethnic Relations (3,0,0) Required Seminar: SOCI 2260S Students examine sociological descriptions and theoretical explanations for race and ethnic inequality in Canada. This course challenges students to critically examine race and ethnic relations in Canada vis‐a‐vis other countries.Prerequisites: SOCI 1110/1210 SOCI 2270 3 ***Selected Topics in Sociology (2,1,0) Students are provided an opportunity to explore theories, topics, or issues that are not normally offered by the department, or in the permanent course rotation. Subtitles reflect the topic for a specific offering and therefore vary. Students may enroll in SOCI 2270 twice, providing the subtitles are different at each enrolment. Prerequisite: SOCI 1110/1210 402 Required Seminar: SOCI 2270S SOCI 3200 3 Classical Social Theory (2,1,0) Students are introduced to the central issues of criminology, such as the definition of crime; methods of research into criminal activities, the operation of the criminal justice system in the “making†and “controlling†of crime, and theories that are used to explain the origins of crime and criminality. Students are introduced and guided through the study of complex works by three influential founders of sociology (Karl Marx, Emile Durkheim, and Max Weber), as well as other relevant theorists who contributed to the formation of the basic concepts and methods of the social sciences. Students also examine the pitfalls of a male‐centred perspective on society in the classical canon, and the contributions of early feminist social theorists. The course focuses on the development of capitalism, the formation of modern society, and the discovery of the society as an object of knowledge. Prerequisite: SOCI 1110/1210 Prerequisite: Admission to the Sociology Major Program Required Seminar: SOCI 2500S Required Seminar: SOCI 3200S SOCI 2590 3 SOCI 3210 3 Deviance and Control (3,0,0) Feminist Theory (2,1,0) Students learn to adopt a sociological perspective when thinking about 'deviant' behaviour, while examining the complex task of defining 'deviance' and how these definitions vary over time and place. Students critically evaluate the social category of deviance and its use in social institutions and daily social interactions, and consider the role of power in reinforcing and challenging 'deviant' identities. Major topics may include an exploration of sexuality, youth, physical appearance, mental disorders, religion, and scientific beliefs. Students are introduced to the history of Western feminist thought and the major traditions of feminist theory. Classical and contemporary debates on gender relations relevant to sociologists and other social theorists are examined in depth. This is a core course for students in the sociology major program. SOCI 2500 3 Crime and Society (2,1,0) Prerequisite: SOCI 1110, 1210 and 3200 Required Seminar: SOCI 3210S Prerequisite: SOCI 1110/1210 SOCI 3220 3 SOCI 2620 3 Contemporary Issues in Social Theory (2,1,0) Sociology of the Environment (3,0,0) Students examine contemporary issues in social theory, and learn to evaluate the range of strategies theorists use to clarify and resolve theoretical problems. Links between theory, research, and explanation are also explored. This is a core Students are introduced to several theories that sociologists use to explain the exploitation and despoiling of the natural environment. How and why society defines and uses natural resources is examined, in addition to how and why environmental degradation is defined as an issue while other degradation is not. Students learn that values, norms and definition change across time and place. Due to the nature of environmental issues and problems, students focus on global and Canadian issues. Prerequisite: SOCI 1110/1210 course for students in the sociology major program. Prerequisite: SOCI 1110/1210 and 3200 SOCI 3520 3 Organization of Work (3,0,0) SOCI 2720 3 Introductory Social Research Methods (2,1,0) Students are introduced to an overview of the philosophy and practice of social research. Topics include research ethics, research design, survey research, field research, interviewing, quasi‐experimentation, and data analysis. This is a core course for students in the sociology major program. Students explore the meaning of work and leisure, and the properties of work organization, such as division of labour and specialization; technology and working knowledge; and the means of coordinating work, such as cooperation, authority, and exchange. Student may also research topics such as work in households, offices and industry, division of labour by gender, industrial democracy, and the relation of work and social inequality. Prerequisite: SOCI 1110/1210 Prerequisite: SOCI 1110/1210 (Grade of C or better) Required Seminar: SOCI 2720S SOCI 3600 3 Sociology and Natural Resources (3,0,0) SOCI 3100 6 Canadian Society (3,0,0) or (3,0,0)(3,0,0) Students examine selected features of the social organization of Canadian society. Topics may include the relationships between industrial organization and other social institutions and processes, such as family structure, welfare systems, crime rates, ethnic relations, industrial, and political conflict. Students examine sociological perspectives on property, resource development, resource communities, and resource industries. Social causes and consequences of change in the social organization (e.g. ownership and labour force), and social policies (e.g. land use, property rights) in industries such as agriculture, fishing, forestry and mining may also be examined. Prerequisites: SOCI 1110 and 1210; SOCI 2620 or GEOG 1100 recommended Prerequisite: SOCI 1110/1210 SOCI 3610 3 SOCI 3120 6 Social Inequality (3,0,0) Gender Relations (3,0,0)(3,0,0) Students examine the nature of gender relations, their social and cultural expression, and theories of gender inequality drawn from anthropological or sociological research. Students examine the tendencies toward equality and inequality; the manifestations of inequality and their consequences, including occupation, ethnic groups, income, and power; caste and class features of major stratification systems; theories of social class; and the stratification profile of contemporary industrial societies. Prerequisites: SOCI 1110/1210 Prerequisite: SOCI 1110/1210, 3rd year standing Note: Course is equivalent to ANTH 3120 SOCI 3620 3 SOCI 3160 3 Sexuality (3,0,0) Sexuality is a set of discourses about ‘good’ and ‘bad’ sexual practices, and it is a part of any society’s social institutional structure. Students examine sexuality in its multiple dimensions, and as the basis for progressive and regulatory, or repressive, counter‐movements. Prerequisite: SOCI 1110/1210 403 ***Special Topics in Social Problems (2,1,0) Students focus on a selected social problem, or area within the sociology discipline. The specific social problem varies from year to year. Prospective students should consult the current sociology at TRU handbook or a member of the Department for information concerning the availability of this course. Prerequisite: SOCI 1110/1210, 3rd year standing Required Seminar: SOCI 3620S SOCI 3680 6 Required Seminar: SOCI 4600S Deviance and Social Control (3,0,0)(3,0,0) Students learn the analytic framework for the study of the generation and control of deviant activities. The course aims to explore the essence of deviant behaviour, including its construction, explanation, commission, and control. Students focus on the major theoretical approaches to the study of deviance and deviants, and may discuss classical and contemporary theories. Prerequisite: SOCI 1110/1210 SOCI 4660 3 Socialization and Education (3,0,0) This course provides a study of the induction into social structures and the acquisition of membership in society. Students analyze the structure and influence of education, and other socializing institutions. Prerequisite: SOCI 1110/1210 SOCI 3800 3 Introduction to Social Survey Design and Analysis (2,1,0) Students learn to design questionnaires, complete interviews, draw samples, and analyze survey data. This is a core course for the sociology major program. Prerequisite: SOCI 1110/1210 and Soci 2720 Required Seminar: SOCI 380S SOCI 4700 3 Sociology of Crime and Justice (3,0,0) This course offers a critical examination of specific forms of crime and delinquency in relation to the criminal justice systems of the common law (adversarial) and civil (inquisitorial) law traditions. These include law, law enforcement, courts, and corrections. Issues of ethics, morality and social justice are raised. Prerequisite: SOCI 1110/1210 SOCI 3820 3 Socio‐Ethnographic Research Methods in Sociology (Qualitative Methods) (2,1,0) Students are introduced to the six main ways of collecting qualitative (non‐numerical) data: interviewing, focus groups, ethnography, sociometry, ‘unobtrusive’ measures, and historiography. Students also discover methodologies for how to make sense of this data.This is a core course for sociology major students. Prerequisite: SOCI 1110/1210 and 2720 Required Seminar: SOCI 3820S SOCI 4030 6 Ethnography of Special Areas ‐ Field Course in East/Central Europe (3,0,0) This course offers an advanced introduction to the societies and cultures of East and Central Europe by way of a month‐long field trip to Austria, Czech Republic, Slovakia, and Ukraine. While immersed in the geographical area, students ethnographically examine the religions, ethnic relations, economies, and politics shaping the buffer zone between the European East and West. Note: This course is equivalent to ANTH 4030 SOCI 4130 3 Family and Kinship (3,0,0) Students are exposed to a cross‐cultural survey of methodologies for defining family relations and kinship organizations through theoretical analysis and case studies. Prerequisite: SOCI 1110/1210 SOCI 4200 3 Complex Organizations (2,1,0) Students explore the history of the formation of complex organizations during the industrial and political revolutions of modernity, including their initial bureaucratic arrangement, and their newer, more flexible and dynamic forms due to technological change and globalization. A critical sociological perspective on organizational analysis is discussed, including how to recognize the different ‘species’ of organizations, and how they touch virtually all aspects of modern life. This perspective allows students to appreciate the relationships between modern complex organizations and individuals, and how organizations interact with the larger institutions of society and the world. Prerequisite: SOCI 1110/1210 or instructor’s written consent Required Seminar: SOCI 4200S SOCI 4600 3 Globalization (2,1,0) Students examine the origins, nature, and impact of globalization in the modern world. Links between nations, regions, and peoples are increasing at an unprecedented rate. New technologies make possible previously unimaginable forms of interdependence, but the consequences of these changes are not uniform. The impacts vary from region to region. Students explore how people from different nations may view globalization, and consider how groups work to ensure that globalization contributes to desirable outcomes in local contexts. Prerequisite: Soci 1110/1210 404 SOCI 4730 3 Global Social Change (3,0,0) Students examine the societal developments that gave rise to colonization and prepared the grounds for globalization. The issues facing ordinary people, from Asia, Africa and Latin America, are explored as a consequence of colonization and the imbalance of power in the world. Topics include dictatorship and human rights abuses; unequal economic development; struggles for decolonization and independence; the status of women; environmental degradation; and the circumstances of ethnic minorities and aboriginal peoples. Students also discuss grass‐roots social movements that have achieved transnational organization and that oppose the effects of global neo‐ colonialism. Prerequisite: SOCI 1110/1210 SOCI 4810 6 Directed Studies in Sociology (3,0,0) or (6,0,0) This course is designed to allow upper‐level students to undertake an investigation on a specific topic as agreed upon by the faculty member and the student. Prerequisite: SOCI 1110/1210, one 2nd year methods and one 3rd year theory course in Sociology. One specific Sociology course on the general topic of the directed studies course. Declared major in Sociology. GPA minimum as per TRU Honours Degree Policy ED 16‐2. Permission of the Instructor. SOCI 4840 3 Sociology of Health and Illness (3,0,0) Students explore sociological perspectives on health, illness, and health care as represented in classic and contemporary sociological studies. Topics may include illness experience, social aspects of the practice of health professionals, training of health professionals, and the social organization of health delivery systems. Prerequisite: SOCI 1110/1210 SOCW 2060 3 Introduction to Social Work Practice (3,0,0) Students explore the history, philosophical foundation, and theoretical perspectives of the profession of social work, including a review of the relevant codes of ethics and practice standards that guide practitioners. This course provides an overview of the roles in which social workers become involved, for example, as advocates, policy analysts, administrators, activists, educators, counsellors, facilitators, mediators, organizers, and researchers. Social workers are committed to working for social justice; therefore, students examine the social structures that influence people's lives and how various sources and forms of oppression and marginalization impact the lives of people in Canadian society. Prerequisite: 2nd year standing SOCW 2120 3 An Introduction to Social Welfare in Canada (3,0,0) Students are introduced to the Canadian welfare state and the response of the federal and provincial governments to poverty in Canada. An overview of the historical development of social security policies and programs in Canada is provided, and the influence of ideology on policy is discussed. The impact of policy on youth, women, older persons, and Aboriginal peoples is described. The human service/social worker's role in formulating and influencing policy is considered. SOCW 3000 3 seminar focuses on the integration of communication skills, practice experience, and theoretical knowledge. Prerequisite: SOCW 2060, SOCW 2120, SOCW 3530, 3060 (grades of C or better), admission to the Bachelor of Social Work program or permission of the program coordinator. Corequisite: SOCW 3040 Canadian Social Policy (3,0,0) This course explores the socio‐historical, economic, ideological, and institutional contexts for the development of social policy in Canada. Students discuss the policy making process, as well as the role of social policy in processes of inclusion, exclusion, marginalization, and oppression. A critical analysis of selected social policies is emphasized. Prerequisite: SOCW 2060, SOCW 2120, admission to the Bachelor of Social Work program, or permission of the program coordinator Note: Students must maintain a minimum C grade SOCW 3100 3 Aboriginal Life Cycles (3,0,0) This course utilizes seven interconnected circles to represent the life cycles of creation, birth and childhood, youth, women, men, elders, and Spirit World. Students examine stages of development and learning through these life cycles, in social and cultural contexts. This course seeks to create understanding and knowledge of Indigenous people through differing ways of knowing, being, seeing, and doing. Prerequisite: SOCW 2060, SOCW 2120 SOCW 3010 3 Introduction to Social Work Research (3,0,0) SOCW 3110 3 Students explore the concepts, methods, and processes of social research, and develop skills in conducting and assessing research. Students are challenged to examine their own approach to knowing, to incorporate research into practice, and to think critically about research in relation to social work practice. The subjectivity of the researcher, the political and ethical context of research, and the role of research as an instrument of power in the lives of oppressed peoples is discussed. Aboriginal Perspectives on Social Policy (3,0,0) Prerequisite: SOCW 2060, SOCW 2120, admission to the Bachelor of Social Work program or permission of the program coordinator Students inquire into the process of decolonization as it relates to social policy, and explore and analyze historical Canadian policies and legislation and their implications for Aboriginal people today. Students critique and analyze the efficacy of existing policies, and create a framework to interpret and develop effective policies for Aboriginal peoples. Prerequisite: SOCW 2060, SOCW 2120 Note: Student must maintain a grade of C or better SOCW 3300 3 SOCW 3020 3 International Field Studies (3,0,0) This course is designed to facilitate learner understanding of the data‐analysis process in relation to research‐based professional practice in nursing and social work. Students apply a range of analytical techniques to qualitative and quantitative data, while enhancing their ability to analyze data and critically review research literature applicable to their professional practice. This course offers a two‐week international study experience in a selected country. Students explore the political, economic, cultural, and social conditions of their selected country, including globalization and its effects on citizens, social welfare policy and practice, community development strategies, and the marginalization and oppression of groups. Activities involve presentations and seminars by international leaders, professionals, and residents, as well as visits to a range of community sites and organizations. Prerequisite: SOCW 2060, SOCW 2120, admission to the Bachelor of Social Work program or permission of the program coordinator Prerequisite: SOCW 2060, SOCW 2120, admission to the Bachelor of Social Work program or permission of the program coordinator Note: Students normally will receive credit for only one of the following: BIOL 3000, BUEC 2320, MATH 1200, PSYC 2100, SOCI 3710, SOCW 3020, STAT 2000 Note: This course is identical to POLI 3300 Data Analysis in the Health and Human Service Professions (3,0,1) SOCW 3040 6 Social Work Field Practice (0,1,21P) Students apply ethics, theory, and research to social work practice while developing professional practice skills. Students integrate classroom learning with practical experience while working in partnership with clients, community groups, and other professions. The practicum is a structured educational experience that includes specific learning objectives and professional supervision provided in an evaluative, disciplined, and reflective manner. Through seminar discussions, students analyze inequality, injustice, and oppression in practice. The practicum is normally completed three days a week and is accompanied by a seminar, for a total of 300 hours including pre‐practicum orientation and practicum seminars. Prerequisite: SOCW 3060, SOCW 3530 SOCW 3530 3 Social Work Practice with Individuals (3,0,0) Students develop effective communication skills and apply these to social work practice. From anti‐oppression, feminist, and Aboriginal perspectives, students establish communication concepts and methods applicable to practice with diverse groups. Through experiential methods, students increase self‐awareness and problem‐solving skills, develop a beginning purposeful intervention framework, and gain experience in the conscious, disciplined use of self. Prerequisite: SOCW 2060, SOCW 2120, admission to the Bachelor of Social Work program or permission of the program coordinator SOCW 3540 3 First Nations Issues and Human Services (3,0,0) SOCW 3060 3 Theory and Ideology of Social Work (3,0,0) Students are introduced to social work theory and ideology, while they examine the links between social values, theory, and practice in social work. Various social work practice theories are introduced to build a foundation for critical social work practice. The social, political, and economic contexts of social work and social welfare are addressed. Prerequisite: SOCW 2060, SOCW 2120, admission to the Bachelor of Social Work program or permission of the program coordinator Students critically examine the historical process of colonization in Canada, the resulting barriers embedded in policy and practice, and alternative ways of viewing the social‐ psychological position of First Nations people in Canadian society. Contemporary issues and the movement toward self‐determination are discussed in relation to social work theory and practice. Prerequisite: SOCW 2060, SOCW 2120, admission to the Bachelor of Social Work program or permission of the program coordinator Note: Students must maintain a grade of C or better to successfully complete this course SOCW 3550 3 SOCW 3070 3 Human Development (3,0,0) Models of Social Work Practice (3,0,0) The objectives of this course are to introduce students to concepts and models of how human behaviour is acquired, maintained, and modified, and to promote an understanding of normal human development as a knowledge base for practice with individuals, families, and groups in a rural context. Students review and examine social work practice models such as humanist/existential, ecological, task‐centred, behavioural, feminist, cognitive, and radical/structural. The 405 Prerequisite: SOCW 2060, SOCW 2120, admission to the Bachelor of Social Work program or permission of program coordinator SOCW 3570 3 Social Work, Law and Social Policy (3,0,0) This course provides a basic introduction to legal issues and an examination of the social impact of legislation and policy. Students develop a beginning knowledge base in areas of law that are particularly relevant to social work practice. Prerequisite: SOCW 2060, SOCW 2120, admission to the Bachelor of Social Work program or permission of the program coordinator Note: Students will receive credit for only one of the following: SOCW 3570, CYCA 3570 SOCW 3580 3 Legal Skills for Social Workers (3,0,0) Students explore theory and practice approaches to mediation, alternative dispute resolution, and advocacy. Through participation in role play, practice simulations, and a moot court experience, students develop skills in evidence‐giving, investigation, and report‐writing. Prerequisite: SOCW 2060, SOCW 2120, admission to the Bachelor of Social Work program or permission of the program coordinator SOCW 4020 9 Social Work Field Practice (0,1,28P) Students apply ethics, theory, and research to social work practice while developing professional practice skills. This course is completed at the end of the student's studies in the Bachelor of Social Work degree program and develops analytic and practical abilities sufficient to begin professional practice. The practicum is a structured educational experience that includes specific learning objectives; professional supervision is provided in an evaluative, disciplined, and reflective manner. Through seminar discussions, students analyze inequality, injustice, and oppression in practice. This practicum is normally completed four days a week, includes a seminar, and is a total of 432 hours. Prerequisite: 4th‐year standing and a minimum of 45 social work credits including SOCW 3040 SOCW 4030 3 Generalist Social Work Practice (3,0,0) Students strengthen their understanding of generalist social work practice and problem solving approaches, heighten their ability to recognize and grapple with ethical dilemmas, and think critically about their own conceptual and philosophical orientation to social work practice. Prerequisite: SOCW 2060, SOCW 2120, SOCW 3010, SOCW 3040, SOCW 3060, SOCW 3070, SOCW 3530, with a C standing or better in all required courses and a minimum of 30 social work credits SOCW 3590 3 Advanced Social Work Practice with Individuals (3,0,0) SOCW 4040 3 This course builds on established interview skills and practice with individuals. Students are introduced to work with diverse social and cultural groups including Aboriginal, Asian, and francophone peoples within British Columbia. Communication with Aboriginal people is a major emphasis in this course. Students develop a culturally sensitive approach in problem‐solving situations while working with individuals. Theories of intervention are introduced, practiced, and critiqued by students. Ethical Practice in Aboriginal Communities (3,0,0) Prerequisite: SOCW 2060, SOCW 2120, SOCW 3530 Students focus specifically on ethical considerations and decision making when working in Aboriginal communities. The course examines codes of ethics in the social work profession, Aboriginal codes of ethics, and mainstream theoretical aspects of ethical practices. Students are also provided an opportunity to engage in an exploration of integrated, personal, and ethical practices that are culturally based through validation and revitalization of Aboriginal codes of ethics. Prerequisite: SOCW 2060, SOCW 2120 SOCW 3750 3 Cultural Immersion (3,0,0) SOCW 4200 3 This course provides an opportunity to experience First Nations culture and traditions from a holistic perspective. Students are immersed in cultural activities, ceremonies, and teachings to deepen their knowledge and appreciation of First Nations culture. Family Violence and Social Work Practice (3,0,0) Prerequisite: SOCW 2060, SOCW 2120 SOCW 3760 3 Family and Child Welfare Practice (3,0,0) Students are introduced to social work practice with individuals, families, and communities in response to violence in adult intimate relationships. Students explore family violence and social work practice from a variety of perspectives, including cross‐ cultural, international, Aboriginal, and feminist. This course emphasizes a social work practice approach that is community‐based, culturally sensitive, feminist, and anti‐ oppressive. In this course, family violence is understood as violence in adult intimate relationships, including same‐sex couples. Additional topics include family violence in Aboriginal communities, children who witness violence, and violence during dating. Students analyze family and child welfare systems and current British Columbia models of practice from anti‐oppression, Aboriginal, and feminist perspectives. An introductory critique of the legal system is provided, and its relationship to practice with diverse populations is considered. Students also discuss the importance of understanding personal and professional values and ethics in a climate of constant change. Major emphasis is given to First Nations and Aboriginal child welfare due to the high rate of Aboriginal children in care. Prerequisite: SOCW 2060, SOCW 2120, admission to the Bachelor of Social Work program or permission of the program coordinator Prerequisite: SOCW 2060, SOCW 2120, admission to the Bachelor of Social Work program or permission of the program coordinator Students are introduced to interpersonal and systemic issues that sexually diverse and gender varied people encounter on a daily basis. Policies, legislation, and social contexts are analyzed with a view to understanding the impact of intersecting oppressions and privileges on sexual and gender minorities. Students discuss social work strategies to support and advocate for gay, lesbian, bisexual, trans‐identified, two‐spirit, intersex, queer, and questioning (GLBTTsIQQ) people, plus their families and communities, including courses of action for being an ally. SOCW 4000 3 Policy in the Human Services (3,0,0) SOCW 4300 3 Sexual Orientation and Gender Expression (3,0,0) Students are provided with an introduction to the main organizational structures of, and stages in, the social policy making process in Canada. The course aims to strengthen students' skills in the analysis of policies and programs in Canadian human services; to critically reflect on different ideologies and theories through which the welfare state has been examined in various countries; and to develop an appreciation of the interdisciplinary nature of social policy as a field of academic and applied activity. Prerequisite: SOCW 2060, SOCW 2120, admission to the Bachelor of Social Work program or permission of the program coordinator Prerequisite: SOCW 2060, SOCW 2120, SOCW 3000, admission to the Bachelor of Social Work program or permission of the program coordinator Social Work and Mental Health (3,0,0) 406 SOCW 4400 3 Students are introduced to the practice of social work in the field of mental health by critically examining historical and contemporary theoretical perspectives on mental illness, Canadian mental health law and policy, cultural and diversity aspects, classification and treatment, ethical issues, and an exploration of additional selected mental health issues. Students are presented with the personal accounts of individuals who have experienced mental health problems. The course is intended to provide introductory foundational knowledge in the field of mental health, rather than advanced knowledge and skills that are required for mental health practice. Prerequisite: SOCW 2060, SOCW 2120, admission to the Bachelor of Social Work program or permission of the program coordinator SOCW 4500 3 Leadership Practice in Social Service Organizations (3,0,0) Students are provided with a critical introduction to leadership in social service organizations, and review organizational theory and its application to government and non‐profit organizations. Leadership in a diverse workplace, program development, budgeting, staff appraisal, supervision, and work with voluntary boards are also discussed. Through experiential learning methods, students explore the key organizational skills that are necessary for effective leadership in organizations. Prerequisite: SOCW 2060, SOCW 2120, admission to the Bachelor of Social Work program or permission of the program coordinator SOCW 4520 3 Educating for Social Change (3,0,0) Students focus on the use of education as a strategy for individual and social change through the concept of education as the practice of freedom, and as a process of social transformation through conscientization. Principles and practices of adult education are examined for their application in social work as vehicles for empowerment and change. Students present workshops, plays, or web programs to develop the specific skills and knowledge for planning and delivering educational programs. Students further explore feminist, Aboriginal, and anti‐oppression perspectives. Prerequisite: SOCW 2060, SOCW 2120, admission to the Bachelor of Social Work program or permission of the program coordinator SOCW 4610 3 Social Work Practice with Groups (3,0,0) Students are introduced to the historical development of the use of groups in social work practice, and examine the various theoretical approaches to group work including anti‐oppression, feminist, and Aboriginal perspectives. Students examine the use of groups as vehicles for treatment, task accomplishment, self‐help, mutual aid, community intervention, peer supervision, and professional association. This course provides an opportunity to understand the stages of group development, and to practice skills related to group processes. Students participate in structured group experiences. Prerequisite: SOCW 2060, SOCW 2120, admission to the Bachelor of Social Work program or permission of the program coordinator SOCW 4650 3 Older People, Aging and Society (3,0,0) This course is an introduction to working with and on behalf of older people from an anti‐oppression and inter‐disciplinary perspective. Students examine age in relation to other identity factors, such as race, ethnicity, class, gender, (dis)ability, faith, sexual orientation, aboriginal ancestry, and marital status. Students consider issues affecting older adults locally and globally; critically examine beliefs and attitudes related to aging and older people‐‐our own and those of others; and develop a framework for anti‐ oppression practice with older people. Students discuss policy, practice, and research issues within the field of aging, and focus on structural inequalities in later life and the voices of older people. Prerequisite: SOCW 2060, SOCW 2120, admission to the Bachelor of Social Work program or permission of the program coordinator SOCW 4660 3 Addictions and Social Work Practice (3,0,0) SOCW 4540 3 Aboriginal Decolonizing Social Work Practice (3,0,0) Students examine social workers' roles and responsibilities in working with diverse Aboriginal peoples such as First Nations, Inuit, Metis, and on and off reserve peoples. The concept and process of decolonization is introduced and connected to contemporary stories, community social work program initiatives, and practices of Aboriginal peoples. This course utilizes a gendered Aboriginal perspective and explores strategies for reconciliation, building relationships between Aboriginal and non‐ Aboriginal peoples, and practices within the social work profession. Prerequisite: SOCW 2060, SOCW 2120, SOCW 3540, admission to the Bachelor of Social Work program, or permission of the program coordinator Note: Student must maintain a grade of C or better to successfully complete the coures This course is designed to give students an introduction to substance misuse as well as compulsive and addictive behaviour. Major addiction theories are examined, and the role of social work is explored. Substance abuse and other addictive behaviours in relation to cultural minorities, youth, and older adults are examined. Students acquire knowledge of the local network of available services and resources. This course fosters a critical perspective on legal issues and government policy regarding addictive substances. Prerequisite: SOCW 2060, SOCW 2120, admission to the Bachelor of Social Work students program or permission of the program coordinator SOCW 4760 3 Family and Child Welfare Policy (3,0,0) SOCW 4550 3 Social Work Practice with Communities (3,0,0) Students explore the construction of community and analyze marginalization, exclusion, and oppression in communities. The course outlines social work roles as well as strategies for change in diverse communities. The history, philosophy, models, and methods of social practice with communities are described. Prerequisite: SOCW 2060, SOCW 2120, 3060, admission to the Bachelor of Social Work program or permission of the program coordinator Students critically examine family and child welfare policy and practice issues. The conceptual framework of this course includes an overview of ideological influences and stresses the importance of a gender, race, and class analysis of family and child welfare issues and practice in Canada. Prerequisite: SOCW 2060, SOCW 2120, admission to the Bachelor of Social Work program or permission of the program coordinator SOCW 4770 3 Social Work Practice with Families (3,0,0) SOCW 4560 3 Decolonizing Practice 2 (3,0,0) This course centres on the revival and renewal of indigenous philosophies as they relate to social work practice. Students apply their knowledge and skills to issues related to ceremony, family systems, art, language, and storytelling to reaffirm and revitalize indigenous ways of knowing and being in order to challenge oppression. Students explore social work practice within contemporary families with diverse structures and backgrounds. Utilizing a variety of theoretical perspectives, including anti‐oppression, feminist, and Aboriginal, students develop an understanding of families within a social, cultural, economic, and political context, and examine ethical and practice issues commonly encountered in social work practice with families. Through class discussion, assignments, and experiential exercises, students develop skills and integrate theory and practice. Prerequisite: SOCW 2060, SOCW 2120 Prerequisite: SOCW 2060 and SOCW 2120 and admission to the Bachelor of Social Work program or permission of the program coordinator SOCW 4600 3 SOCW 4780 3 ***Special Topics in Social Work and Social Welfare (3,0,0) Introduction to Disability Studies (3,0,0) Students explore special issues in social welfare and various approaches to social work practice. This variable content course is restricted to students in third or fourth year. Students examine perspectives on disability, race, gender, and class, as well as critically analyze current theories, policies, and practice. Students are introduced to issues affecting people with disabilities within a framework of human rights, citizenship, and inclusion. This course also engages students in an examination of their own beliefs and attitudes about disability, and emphasizes knowledge required for anti‐ableist practice. Significant events and the contributions of pioneers in the disability rights movement are explored. The roles and perspectives of people with disabilities, their family Prerequisite: SOCW 2060, SOCW 2120, admission to the Bachelor of Social Work program or permission of the program coordinator 407 members, and professionals are considered in relation to social work values, theory, policy, and practice. Prerequisite: SOCW 2060, SOCW 2120, admission to the Bachelor of Social Work program or permission of the program coordinator SOCW 4800 3 International Social Work (3,0,0) Students are introduced to the field of international social work. Current global social welfare issues and challenges are critically explored and discussed, including global Indigenous issues and development approaches of different countries. Students complete an in‐depth examination of the economic, political, social, and cultural dimensions of globalization. Implications for international social work and its social justice and anti‐oppressive mandate are analyzed by addressing complex global issues such as disaster relief and humanitarian aid, human trafficking, and forced migration of people. The impact of political, social, economic, cultural, religious, and environmental influences on human rights, social and economic justice, social policies, and service delivery are explored. The role of social work in facilitating international social development is examined in local and global contexts. Prerequisite: SOCW 2060, SOCW 2120, admission to the Bachelor of Social Work program or permission of the program coordinator SPAN 2150 3 Oral Spanish 1 (3,0,1)(L) This course, conducted in Spanish, is designed to enhance oral communicative skills. Students review grammar and expand their vocabulary. A variety of activities are aimed at enabling the student to progress to a superior level of fluency. Upon successful completion, students are expected to demonstrate a CEFR B1+ ‐ B2 level of proficiency. Prerequisite: SPAN 2210 or equivalent. Native speakers of Spanish may not take this course for credit. Corequisite: Students are encouraged to take SPAN 2110/2210 and SPAN 2150/2250 concurrently Required Lab: SPAN 2150L SPAN 2210 3 Intermediate Spanish 2 (3,0,1)(L) Students solidify their skills and extend their knowledge of the Spanish language while being introduced to increasingly advanced language structures. Upon successful completion, students are expected to demonstrate an intermediate CEFR A2 level of proficiency. Prerequisite: SPAN 2110 or equivalent Required Lab: SPAN 2210L SOCW 4900 3 Directed Studies (3,0,0) This independent study course is designed to allow students the opportunity to investigate a specific issue within a field or topic in social work, such as gerontology, mental health, sexual assault, or corrections. Consultation with, and permission of, a faculty member and the Associate Dean is required. SOSC 0600 4 SPAN 2250 3 Oral Spanish 2 (3,0,1)(L) This course is a continuation of SPAN 2150: Oral Spanish 1. Upon successful completion, students are expected to demonstrate a CEFR B2 level of proficiency. Prerequisite: SPAN 2150 or instructor’s approval. Native speakers of Spanish may not take this course for credit. Introduction to Social Sciences (6,0,0) Corequisite: Students are encouraged to take SPAN 2110/2210 and SPAN 2150/2250 concurrently This course provides an overview of the following disciplines of social science: Anthropology, Psychology, Political Science, Sociology and History. Required Lab: SPAN 2250L Prerequisite: ENGL 0500 or equivalent Note: This course is taught by the University Preparation Department SPAN 2500 3 Spanish for Business 1 (3,0,1)(L) SPAN 1110 3 Introductory Spanish 1 (3,0,1)(L) This course allows beginners to develop cultural knowledge and communication skills in speaking, listening, reading, and writing in modern standard Spanish. Upon successful completion, students are expected to demonstrate a CEFR A1 level of proficiency. Required Lab: SPAN 1110L Note: Students who have completed Spanish in Grade 11 or equivalent within the last two years may not take this course for credit unless approved by Modern Languages This course provides a basic foundation in Spanish vocabulary and discourse related to functional business areas. Students practice writing commercial documents in Spanish, while focusing on business topics, business vocabulary, and grammar points. Reading, writing, speaking, and listening tasks are completed in a business or commercial context. Students also concentrate on cross‐cultural communication between Latin America, Spain, and North America. Prerequisite: SPAN 1210 or equivalent Required Lab: SPAN 2500L SPAN 2510 3 SPAN 1210 3 Spanish for Business 2 (3,0,1)(L) Introductory Spanish 2 (3,0,1)(L) Required Lab: SPAN 1210L This course is a continuation of SPAN 2500: Spanish for Business 1. This course provides a basic foundation in vocabulary and discourse related to functional business areas. Students practice writing commercial documents in Spanish, while focusing on business topics, business vocabulary, and grammar points. Reading, writing, speaking and listening exercises are completed in a business or commercial context. Students also concentrate on cross‐cultural communication between Latin America, Spain, and North America. Note: Students who have completed Spanish in Grade 11 or equivalent within the last two years may not take this course for credit unless approved by Modern Languages Required Lab: SPAN 2510L SPAN 2110 3 SPAN 3010 3 Intermediate Spanish 1 (3,0,1)(L) Studies in Hispanic Literature 1 (4,0,0) Students continue to develop their communication skills in speaking, listening, reading, and writing, and explore language from a variety of different areas, registers, and periods. Upon successful completion, students are expected to demonstrate a low CEFR A2 level of proficiency. Prerequisite: SPAN 1210 or equivalent This course, conducted in Spanish, surveys representative works of literature from Spain and Spanish America from the beginning of the twentieth century to the present. Students examine the relation between literature and other disciplines, as they are presented with basic tools and techniques of research and criticism related to Hispanic literature. Required Lab: SPAN 2110L Prerequisite: SPAN 2110 and SPAN 2210 or equivalent This course builds upon skills acquired in SPAN 1110: Introductory Spanish 1. Upon successful completion, students are expected to demonstrate a CEFR A1+ level of proficiency. Prerequisite: SPAN 1110 or equivalent 408 Prerequisite: SPAN 2500 or equivalent SPAN 3020 3 SPRT 3310 3 Studies in Hispanic Literature 2 (4,0,0) NCCP 1 Community Sport Stream ‐ Initiation (3,0,0) Continuing from SPAN 3010: Studies in Hispanic Literature 1, this course, conducted in Spanish, is a survey of representative works of literature from Spain and Spanish America, from the beginning of the twentieth century to the present. Students examine the relationship between literature and other disciplines, as they are presented with basic tools and techniques of research and criticism related to Hispanic literature. This course is intended for students interested in working with participants of all ages at the developmental stage in athletics and to facilitate the skills and knowledge necessary to encourage participation in sport and to introduce the basics in a fun, safe and self‐ esteem building environment regardless of their ability. This course also teaches leaders of youth, a process that can be used to analyze and improve a child's movement pattern along a development continuum. Prerequisite: SPAN 3010 or equivalent Prerequisite: Entry into the Bachelor of Sport and Adventure Studies SPEE 1500 3 Speech Communications (3,0,0) This is a performance‐oriented course designed to present students with a study of the oral communication process, and the presentational skills required in the preparation of effective oral communications. SPEE 2500 3 Professional Presentations (3,0,0) This course presents the communication skills necessary to plan and conduct presentations effectively. A wide range of presentation skills are developed and practiced in the course, including introductions, advocacy, informational sessions, public readings, demonstration skills, and interviewing. Prerequisite: 3 credits of English, Communications or Journalism, or permission of the department chair SPRT 2050 3 Sport and Adventure Management (3,0,0) This course is an overview of sport management. Content includes socio‐cultural aspects of sport, sport ethics, management and leadership in sport, sport development, trends in sport participation, the volunteer sector, legislation, sport philosophy, lifestyle and traditional sports, adventure sports, recreation and leisure, competition, and careers in sport. SPRT 3100 3 Sport and Adventure Conversations (3,0,0) This course provides an overview of the sport and adventure industry and explores its origins, differences, ethics, governance and strategies. Students will have the opportunity to gain a comparative understanding of sport and adventure industries. This course will expose students to key public and private sport and adventure organizations, government agencies, as well as explore possible career opportunities in the sport and adventure industry. Prerequisite: SPRT 2050 SPRT 3200 3 Contemporary Sport and Society (3,0,0) This course studies the role of sport in modern society. Taking a global approach, topics include contemporary issues that will vary from year to year depending upon current local and international trends. Subject matter includes such topics as how society views sport, controversial issues in sport, implications of technology on sport, cultural and social impacts of sport, the future of sport, etc. Prerequisite: SPRT 2050 SPRT 3250 3 Research in Sport (3,0,0) This course focuses on understanding the theory, tools and processes involved in designing research programs in sport. Emphasis is placed on data collection, data analysis, data interpretation, differentiating between qualitative and quantitative data, and future directions within sport research. The course includes extensive use of case studies and research projects. Prerequisite: STAT 1200 or STAT 2000 or BIOL 3000 or BUEC 2300 or PSYC 2100 or SOCI 2710 and 3rd year standing SPRT 3320 3 NCCP 2 Community Sport Stream ‐ Ongoing Participation (3,0,0) This course is the second level of the National Coaching Certification Program (NCCP) in the community sport stream. This course covers planning, developmental stages and skills needed to keep athletes participating in sport for life. The course also addresses sports for all ages and techniques to encourage fun, fitness, skill development, and social interaction. Prerequisite: Entry into the Bachelor of Sport and Adventure Studies and SPRT 3310 SPRT 3330 3 NCCP 3 Competition Stream ‐ Introduction (3,0,0) This course is designed for individuals with previous coaching experience or former athletes. The course will cover the NCCP introductory stream of six modules and is designed for those working with children and/or adolescents. The program focuses on basic sport skills and athletic abilities in a fun and safe environment, and is typically in preparation for local and/or regional level competitions. Prerequisite: Entry into the Bachelor of Sport and Adventure Studies and SPRT 3320 SPRT 3340 3 NCCP 4 Competition Stream ‐ Development (3,0,0) This course is comprised of six modules in the development stream of the National Coaching Certification Program (NCCP) and is designed for the coaching of adolescents and young adults. The course curriculum focuses on teaching coaching skills to refine basic sport skills, to develop more advanced skills and tactics, and is generally designed to prepare athletes for performances at provincial and/or national level competitions. Prerequisite: Entry into the Bachelor of Sport and Adventure Studes and SPRT 3330 SPRT 3350 3 NCCP 5 Competition Stream ‐ High Performance (3,0,0) This course is comprised of six modules in the development stream of the National Coaching Certification Program (NCCP) and is designed for the coaching of adolescents and young adults. The course curriculum focuses on teaching coaching skills to refine basic sport skills, to develop more advanced skills and tactics, and is generally designed to prepare athletes for performance at provincial, national and/or international level competitions. Prerequisite: Entry into the Bachelor of Sport and Adventure Studies and SPRT 3340 SPRT 3360 3 NCCP 6 Instructional Stream ‐ Beginners (3,0,0) This course is designed for students with sport‐specific skills and training, whether coaching at the beginner or advanced skill levels. Topics covered are derived from the National Coaching Certification Program (NCCP) Instruction stream. This course examines skills and techniques to assist athletes to gain enhanced skills and tactical development specific to their sport. Prerequisite: Entry into the Bachelor of Sport and Adventure Studies and SPRT 3350 SPRT 3370 3 NCCP 7 Instructional Stream ‐ Intermediate (3,0,0) This course is designed for students with sport‐specific skills and training, whether coaching at the beginner or advanced skill levels. Topics covered are derived from the National Coaching Certification Program (NCCP) Instruction stream and focused around intermediate skill/experience contexts. This course examines skills and techniques to assist athletes to gain enhanced skills and tactical development specific to their sport. Prerequisite: Entry into the Bachelor of Sport and Adventure Studies and SPRT 3360 409 SPRT 3380 3 NCCP 8 Instructional Stream ‐ Advanced (3,0,0) This course is designed for students with sport‐specific skills and training, whether coaching at the beginner or advanced skill levels. Topics covered are derived from the National Coaching Certification Program (NCCP) Instruction stream and focused around advanced skill/experienced contexts. This course examines skills and techniques to assist athletes to gain enhanced skills and tactical development specific to their sport. Prerequisite: Entry into the Bachelor of Sport and Adventure Studies and SPRT 3370 SPRT 4100 3 Sport Performance (3,0,0) This course utilizes students' backgrounds to examine training methods and models that facilitate sport performance at the elite level in their fields of choice. Profile characteristics of elite athletes are presented as well as the relationship between inherited and acquired capacities responsible for elite performance. The course examines the roles of both the conscious and subconscious minds in creating performance and introduces a number of mental training skills and models. Attention is also given to ways that technology is currently being used to enhance elite athletic performance. Prerequisite: SPRT 2050 or SPRT 3100 considerations for the impairments and functional limitations of participants with a neurological diagnosis. Prerequisite: SPRT 2050 or SPRT 3100 or equivalent SPRT 4500 3 Sports Law and Risk Management (3,0,0) This course examines the legal regulation of sport and ways that civil, criminal and commercial law can interact with sport. Topics include organization and regulation of sport, contracts, commerical issues, criminal law, occupational health and safety issues, civil liability of players and coaches, doping, sports violence, a systems‐based approach to risk management, and ethics and cheating. There is extensive use of case studies in this course. Prerequisite: ADVG 2060 or TMGT 2250 or BBUS 3930, or instructor's permission SPRT 4746 3 Recreation and Sport Facility Management (3,0,0) This course is an overview of recreation and sport facility management. Content includes types of sport facilities, management and operations issues, financing, planning and design, legal responsiblities, risk management, security planning, trends, staffing organization and supervision, and managerial functions. SPRT 4200 3 Sport as Business (3,0,0) This course studies the business of sport. Topics include sport finance, sponsorship, scouting, team management, broadcasting, sport capology, personnel and player management, public relations, amateur and professional sport, contracts, and athlete representation. Prerequisite: SPRT 2050 or SPRT 3100 SPRT 4300 3 Post‐Modern Sport (3,0,0) This course examines the evolution of sport in the 21st century. Sports such as snowboarding and whitewater kayaking were once labeled 'extreme' or 'lifestyle' but are now sufficiently mainstream to merit inclusion in the Olympics and this is the trend as new sports become traditional. Topics include the commercialization of extreme sport, the sustainability of adventure sport, the role of risk in extreme sport, and the popularity, significance and meaning of lifestyle sport. Prerequisite: SPRT 2050 or SPRT 3100 SPRT 4350 3 Adventure Competitions and Team Development (3,0,0) This course focuses on the recent phenomenon of competitions in adventure sport. Topics include evolution of adventure competitions, individual and team competitions, issues and treands in competitive adventure sports, the role of large‐scale and international competitions, and adventure competitions versus traditional sport competitions. SPRT 4900 3 Personal and Professional Development in Sports and Adventure Studies This capstone course investigates contemporary adventure and sport issues with a look to preparing students as future leaders in business and community development. Topics for discussion include ongoing personal and professional development, navigating through current industry trends, graduate school expectations, and vocational issues. Through readings and class discussions, students will formulate a personal written philosophy articulating their vision and mission as professionals in the field of adventure and sport. Prerequisite: 4th year standing in the Bachelor of Sport and Adventure Studies and 30 credits of 3000 and 4000 ADVG or SPRT credits. This course should be taken in the last year of a student's Bachelor of Sport and Adventure Studies program. STAT 1200 3 Introduction to Statistics (3,1.5,0) This course is for non‐science students who require an introduction to statistical reasoning. Topics include: descriptive statistics; correlation and regression; normal and binomial distributions; sample and experimental design; chi‐square distribution; and hypothesis testing. Prerequisite: Foundations of Math 11 or Pre‐calculus Math 11 or equivalent (BC graduates of 2013 onwards) or Principles of Math 11, or Applications of Math 12 or equivalent (BC graduates prior to 2013), or MATH 0510 or MATH 0523 or equivalent. MATH 1100 or MATH 1101 is recommended. Required Seminar: STAT 1200S Prerequisite: SPRT 2050 or SPRT 3100 Note: Students may normally receive credit for only one of the following: BIOL 3000, BUEC 2320, MATH 1200, PSYC 2100, SOCI 2710, SOCI 3710, STAT 1200, STAT 2000, STAT 1201 SPRT 4400 3 STAT 2000 3 Sport Tourism (3,0,0) Introduction to Statistics (3,1.5,0) This course studies the interrelationship of sport and tourism. It examines the characteristics of sport tourism, sport tourism sectors, the economics of sport tourism, bidding on sporting events, finance models and impacts, socio‐cultural impacts of sport tourism, strategies to gain competitive advantage, techniques to offer quality experiences, and the means with which tourism can best capitalize on its relationship with sport. This course is for science and forestry students who require an introduction to probability and statistical reasoning. Topics include: descriptive statistics; correlation and regression; probability; probability distributions; binomial and normal distributions; sample and experimental design, chi‐square distribution, hypothesis testing, and analysis of variance. Applications in science and forestry are emphasized. Prerequisite: SPRT 2050 or SPRT 3100 SPRT 4450 3 Adaptive Sports (3,0,0) This course focuses on the growing trend of participation in traditional and adventure sports by physically disabled persons. Much of the emphasis of this course is on finding methods to increase the recreational participation of this population in traditional and adventure sports and the use of adaptive technologies to facilitate this participation. A second theme of this course is utilizing therapeutic interventions to optimize neurological patient outcomes. Discussion includes evaluation and treatment 410 Prerequisite: MATH 1140 or equivalent first semester of calculus Required Seminar: STAT 2000S Note: Students may normally receive credit for only one of the following: BIOL 3000, BUEC 2320, MATH 1200, PSYC 2100, SOCI 2710, SOCI 3710, STAT 1200, STAT 2000, STAT 1201 STAT 2410 3 Applied Statistics (3,1,0) This course is designed for students who have already completed an introductory statistics course and desire exposure to further commonly‐used statistical techniques. Topics include analysis of variance, multiple regression, goodness of fit, non‐parametric methods, quality control, and decision theory. Prerequisite: STAT 2000 or MATH 1200 or equivalent Required Seminar: STAT 2410S STAT 3050 3 Introduction to Statistical Inference (3,1,0) This course examines the theory behind statistical inference. Topics include a review of probability theory, sampling distributions, and methods of estimation and hypothesis testing. Methods such as maximum likelihood estimation, bootstrapping, Bayesian methods, likelihood ratio testing, and confidence interval construction are emphasized. STSS 1030 1 Student Success and Study Skills (1,0,0) This one‐credit university course focuses on enhancing students' study and learning skills. It is theory based and experiential in nature. Students are given opportunities to learn and apply strategies and practical skills in time management, research, memorization, reading, note‐taking and test‐taking, which promotes their academic success at TRU and establishes a framework for life‐long learning. Prerequisite: Students must meet the language requirements of Thompson Rivers University STSS 1040 1 Prerequisite: STAT 2000 and MATH 3020 Student Success and Wellness (1,0,0) STAT 3060 3 This one‐credit university course is designed to enhance students' wellness, and improve critical thinking and problem‐ solving skills. Students learn how to utilize available resources and strategies to help them maintain a healthy balance in their lives academically, physically, emotionally, and financially. Through facilitation, group discussion and reflection, students learn to adopt methods for maintaining this balance. Applied Regression Analysis (3,1,0) This course concentrates on the applications rather than the theory of regression analysis. Topics include residual analysis, diagnostics, transformations, model selection and checking, weighted least squares and nonlinear models. Additional topics may include are inverse, robust, ridge and logistic regression. Prerequisite: MATH 2120, STAT 2000 Required Seminar: STAT 3060S Prerequisite: Students must meet the language requirements of Thompson Rivers University STSS 1050 1 Student Success and Communication (1,0,0) ***Selected Topics in Statistics (3,1,0) This one‐credit university course introduces the communication skills required in an academic environment. Students learn and apply a variety of techniques to improve their public speaking, listening skills, and interpersonal communication. Students discuss a variety of topics including communication styles, social media, and diversity. Students consider, in depth, a selection of topics drawn from Statistics. The particular topics may vary each time the course is offered. Prerequisite: Students must meet the language requirements of Thompson Rivers University STAT 3990 3 Prerequisite: STAT 2000 and at least 3 credits of MATH or STAT at the 2000 level or higher, or permission of the instructor Required Seminar: STAT 3990S STSS 1060 1 Intercultural Learning Perspectives (1,0,0) STAT 4040 3 Analysis of Variance (3,1,0) Students discuss the analysis of variance for standard experimental designs. Topics include single factor designs, fixed and random effects, block designs, hierarchical designs, multiple comparisons, factorial designs, mixed models, general rules for analysis of balanced designs, and analysis of covariance. Prerequisite: STAT 3060 In this one‐credit university course, students build skills for effective intercultural communication and participation in diverse groups. Through a number of interactive self‐assessments, students learn to assess their own personalities and preferred methods of communication before building an understanding of different communication models from a variety of cultures. In this course, students have an opportunity to develop the intercultural competence necessary for learning and working in today’s world. Prerequisite: Students must meet the language requirements of Thompson Rivers University, or receive permission from the department Required Seminar: STAT 4040S STSS 1070 1 STAT 4980 3 Directed Studies in Statistics Performing to Academic Standards (1,0,0) ***Selected Topics in Statistics (3,1,0) In this one‐credit university course, students from all disciplines have the opportunity to practice and improve fundamental academic skills that are required in post‐secondary education. Students gain a solid understanding of university standards around academic integrity and of the issue of plagiarism. In addition, students learn how to improve their research skills in a library setting and how to critically engage with research material. Citation skills are also introduced, including how to reference, quote from, and paraphrase academic works. Finally, this course familiarizes students with useful strategies to formulate and develop strong arguments, a critical skill for upper‐level courses. Students consider, in depth, a selection of topics drawn from Statistics. The particular topics may vary each time the course is offered. Prerequisite: Students must meet the language requirements of Thompson Rivers University, or receive permission from the department Students undertake an investigation on a specific topic as agreed to by the faculty member and the student. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor STAT 4990 3 Prerequisite: At least two of MATH 3020, MATH 3030, STAT 3050, STAT 3060 or permission of the instructor Required Seminar: STAT 4990S STSS 0500 3 An Introduction to Student Success (4,0,0) This course is designed for University Preparation students to enhance their learning skills and to promote success in lifelong learning. The course is experimental in nature with practical applications, and includes small group activities designed to improve student success. Prerequisite: Completion of ENGL 0400 or equivalent 411 TECH 3010 3 Emerging and Disruptive Technologies (3,0,0) The goal of this course is to develop the skills to anticipate and predict how disruptive technologies can be leveraged to move organizations forward. Using "design‐thinking" methods, the student will develop the skills to assess and analyze the benefit or impact of new technologies in their workplace and integrate these technologies where appropriate. By the end of this course, the student should be able to select one or more technology trends, and based on research and analysis, determine how technology should be selectede, deployed and supported for strategic benefit of an organization. Prerequisite: Third‐year standing TECH 4910 3 TESL 3150 3 Project Management 1 (3,0,0) TESL Educational Support Workers Practicum (3,0,2) 3 credits The goal of this course is to help the learner develop skills in the fundamentals of project management. Students will learn how to initiate, plan and execute a project that meets objectives and satisfies stakeholders. The practicum is designed to prepare Educational Support Workers and/or tutors through development of their skills in planning and delivering level‐appropriate English language. lessons within an elementary, secondary or tutoring environment Students observe one‐to‐one instruction in appropriate English as a Second Language settings, find and develop relevant materials for lesson delivery, are observed in practice and receive feedback related to their specific educational environment, and engage in reflective prractice related to their teaching. Prerequisite: Third‐year standing TECH 4920 3 Project Management 2 (3,0,0) The goal of this course is to select a hypothetical, real life project or case study and effectively resolve project management challenges. Students will be expected to use practical strategies and tools in order to successfully manage a project to conclusion using known best practices guidelines from the Project Management Institute. Prerequisite: TECH 4910 TESL 3010 3 Prerequisite: TESL 3010, TESL 3020, TESL 3030, TESL 3040 THTR 1000 3 Theatre Appreciation: From Page to Stage (3,0,0) This course is designed to enhance students' understanding and appreciation of today's theatre. Students read contemporary scripts selected from the current season of Western Canada Theatre and Actors Workshop Theatre, watch film versions of plays and attend live theatre performances. Curriculum and Instruction (3,0,0) This course emphasizes the development and practical application of ESL teaching methodology. Topics include curriculum design; lesson planning; techniques for teaching reading, writing, listening, and speaking; evaluation; and assessment. Prerequisite: Admission to the TESL program Corequisite: TESL 3020, TESL 3030, TESL 3040 THTR 1100 3 Introduction to Theatre 1 (3,0,0) A lecture and discussion‐oriented course designed to acquaint students with the various aspects of the theatrical process such as acting, playwrighting, directing and designing. Students discuss theatre history, theory and criticism. Students are required to participate in practical projects and expected to attend local professional theatre productions. TESL 3020 3 Pedagogical Grammar (3,0,0) This course focuses on developing knowledge about the English language system in relation to grammar and the factors affecting second language learning. Topics include comparative grammars, inter‐language awareness, and micro and macro skills related to grammar. Prerequisite: Admission to the TESL program THTR 1110 3 Introduction to Acting (3,1,0) This is a performance‐oriented course designed to help students develop the basic requirements necessary for a dramatic presentation. The course focuses on stage movement, vocal training, improvisation, character development and portrayal. Corequisite: TESL 3010, TESL 3030, TESL 3040 THTR 1200 3 TESL 3030 3 Intercultural Communication Studies (3,0,0) This course enables students to gain a better awareness and understanding of culture and values, including a definition of what they are and how they impact the ESL classroom. Students participate interactively while they examine theoretical models and perspectives in the field of intercultural communication. Introduction to Theatre 2 (3,0,0) Continuing from THTR 1100, this lecture and discussion‐oriented course is designed to further explore the various aspects of the theatrical process such as acting, playwrighting, directing and designing. Students continue an in‐depth discussion of theatre history, theory and criticism. Students are required to participate in practical projects and expected to attend local professional theatre productions. Prerequisite: THTR 1100, or permission of the instructor Prerequisite: Admission to the TESL program Corequisite: TESL 3010, TESL 3020, TESL 3040 THTR 1210 3 TESL 3040 3 TESL Techniques (3,0,0) This course is an introduction to selected studies in current ESL teaching techniques used in teaching various ESL disciplines and contexts. The course is divided into three modules: second language acquisition theory, pronunciation, and assessment. In addition, the use of digital technology is explored. Students must successfully complete all 3 modules to receive credit for this course. Prerequisite: Admission to the program Corequisite: TESL 3010, TESL 3020 and TESL 3030 TESL 3050 3 Introduction to Acting 2 (3,1,0) A continuation of the work begun in THTR 1110, this course focuses on the analysis and development of character portrayal. An emphasis is placed on students working with a script and studying the actor's role in the performance situation. Prerequisite: THTR 1110 or instructor's written consent THTR 1500 3 Play Production 1 (1,0,8P) This course is designed for students who have auditioned and been cast in a TRU Actor’s Workshop stage production. Students rehearse and perform, for public presentation, the play that is staged in the appropriate semester. Prerequisite: Successful audition for a TRU Actor’s Workshop Production TESL Practicum (3,0,2) The practicum is designed to prepare and support student‐teachers throughout their classroom experience. Students plan and deliver lessons, discuss classroom management strategies, and reflect on their practicum sessions. Prerequisite: Admission to the TESL program; TESL 3010, TESL 3020, TESL 3030, TESL 3040 Corequisite: TESL 3010, TESL 3020, TESL 3030, TESL 3040 THTR 2110 3 Acting and Character Portrayal 1 (3,1,0) In this intermediate performance course, committed acting students further develop and polish the skills associated with the onstage presentation of completely drawn characters. Students analyze and practice the necessary techniques to effectively present character portrayals from the contemporary theatre. Exploration includes character and scene analysis, drama, comedy, and monologues. Prerequisite: B‐ or better in THTR 1110/1210, or permission from instructor 412 THTR 2120 3 THTR 3240 3 Introduction to Theatre Production 1 (2,2,0) Advanced Theatre Production 2 (2,2,0) This is a hands‐on practical course designed to introduce students to the elementary principles of scenery and properties construction; stagecraft, lighting, electrical and audio operations; and costume construction. An advanced, practical course building on Advanced Theatre Production 1. This course further explores direction and coordination of technical theatre elements such as lighting, sound, costumes, props and sets. This course will include practicum work associated with all Actors Workshop Theatre productions. THTR 2150 3 Production and Stage Management 1 (1,1,2) Production and Stage Management is a practical course designed to teach students how to successfully manage a theatrical production. Prerequisite: THTR 2220 or equivalent Prerequisite: THTR 3230 THTR 3410 3 Design for the Theatre 1 (2,2,0) This practical course explores the basic principles and techniques of design for the theatre including set, props, lighting and costume. This course includes practicum work associated with all Actors Workshop Theatre Productions. THTR 2210 3 Acting and Character Portrayal 2 (3,1,0) In this intermediate performance course, a continuation from THTR 2110, committed acting students further develop and polish the skills associated with the onstage presentation of completely drawn characters. Students analyze and practice the necessary techniques to effectively present character portrayals from the contemporary theatre. Exploration includes character and scene analysis, drama, comedy, and monologues. THTR 3420 3 Design for the Theatre 2 (2,2,0) This practical course explores the basic principles and techniques of design for the theatre including set, props, lighting and costume and includes practicum work associated with all Actors Workshop Theatre Productions. This course is a continuation of THTR 3410. Prerequisite: THTR 2110, or permission from instructor Prerequisite: THTR 3410 THTR 2220 3 THTR 3500 3 Introduction to TheatreProduction 2 (2,2,0) Play Production 3 (1,0,8P) Continuing from THTR 2120, this course is a hands‐on practical course designed to introduce students to the elementary principles of scenery and properties construction; stagecraft, lighting, electrical and audio operations, and costume construction. In addition, students are introduced to stage management. Play Production is designed for students who have auditioned and been cast in a TRU Actor’s Workshop stage production. Students rehearse and perform for public presentation the play that is staged in the appropriate semester. Prerequisite: Successful audition for a TRU Actor’s Workshop Production Prerequisite: THTR 2120 or instructor's written consent Note: Credit cannot be given for both THTR 1120/1220 and 2120/2220 THTR 2250 3 Production and Stage Management 2 (1,1,2) A continuation of THTR 2150. Prerequisite: THTR 2150 THTR 2310 3 Acting for the Camera (4,0,0) This course is the study of the basic techniques of acting for the camera with an examination of all the aspects of film production through lectures, demonstrations, and screenings. Students are required to participate in class scene work as well as outside class filming sessions to prepare taped scenes for evaluation. Prerequisite: B‐ or better in THTR 1110, or permission from the instructor THTR 2500 3 THTR 3600 3 The Role: Interpretation and Characterization 1 (2,2,0) This upper division acting course emphasizes externalizing the inner character in conjunction with work in textual analysis, improvisation and internal techniques. THTR 3600 students work with student directors where they learn and practice the role of the actor in a formal rehearsal setting. Prerequisite: THTR 2110/2210 THTR 3610 3 The Role: Interpretation and Characterization 2 (2,2,0) Building on THTR 3600, this upper division acting course emphasizes externalizing the inner character in conjunction with work in textual analysis, improvisation and internal techniques. Students work with student directors where they learn and practice the role of the actor in a formal rehearsal setting. The final assignment for this course is performing a role in a one‐act play for the Directors Festival, which is the final production of the season for the Actors Workshop Theatre. Prerequisite: THTR 3600 Play Production 2 (1,0,8P) Play Production is designed for students who have auditioned and been cast in a TRU Actor’s Workshop stage production. Students rehearse and perform for public presentation the play that is staged in the appropriate semester. Prerequisite: Successful audition for a TRU Actor’s Workshop Production THTR 3700 3 Effective Public Speaking (4,0,0) This course is an experiential study of the principles and performance requirements necessary for effective public speaking through various literary styles, with an emphasis on audience, purpose and message. THTR 3230 3 Advanced Theatre Production 1 (2,2,0) THTR 3800 3 An advanced, practical course exploring direction and coordination of technical theatre elements such as lighting, sound, costumes, props and set that were introduced in THTR 2120 and THTR 2220. This course will include practicum work associated with all Actor's Worshop Theatre productions. Voice for the Stage (2,2,0) Prerequisite: THTR 2120 and THTR 2220 A performance oriented course designed to further develop an approach for the establishment of a personal vocal production technique designed for the demands of stage performance. Areas of study include breath, alignment, various vocal elements as well as the basics of speech. Prerequisite: B‐ or better in THTR 1110 and 1210 or permission from the instructor 413 THTR 3990 3 ***Selected Topics in Theatre (2,2,0) This is a variable content course that changes from semester to semester. Generally, the topics in this course complement or lie outside regular program offerings. Students engage in diverse, practice‐based approaches to productions. Areas of study may include the business of acting, musical theatre, mask, devised theatre, and stage combat. Prerequisite: Permission from the Theatre Program Coordinator THTR 4000 3 Direction and Staging 1 (3,2,0) A study of the processes of stage direction and the development of a method for transferring the script to the stage. THTR 4000 students work with student actors where they learn and practice the role of the director in a formal rehearsal setting. Prerequisite: THTR 3600 THTR 4010 3 Prerequisite: English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 73% (within the last five years), or Level 4 on the composition section of the LPI (within the last two years), or completion of ENGL 0600, or completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a grade of C+ or better Note: CONV 1011 is an alternate and equivalent course to TMGT 1110 TMGT 1140 3 Human Resources Management (3,0,0) Changing values, shifting demographics, evolving legislation and a growing emphasis on social responsibility are among the forces shaping the way we manage people today. In this course, students examine human resource management issues as they relate to human resource planning, the legal environment, recruitment and selection, evaluation and development, compensation, and emerging issues and trends in the tourism industry.Prerequisite: English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 73% (within the last five years), or Level 4 on the composition section of the LPI (within the last two years), or completion of ENGL 0600, or completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a grade of C+ or better Note: Students cannot receive credit for both TMGT 1140 (C+ minimum) and HRMN 2820 Directing and Staging 2 (3,2,0) Building on THTR 4000, this course is a further study of the processes of stage direction and the development of a method for transferring the script to the stage. Students work with student actors where they learn and practice the role of the director in a formal rehearsal setting. The final assignment for this course is directing a one‐act play for the Directors Festival, which is the final production of the season for the Actors Workshop Theatre. Prerequisite: THTR 4000 THTR 4500 3 Play Production 4 (1,0,8P) Play Production is designed for students who have auditioned and been cast in a TRU Actor’s Workshop stage production. Students rehearse and perform, for public presentation, the play that is staged in the appropriate semester. Prerequisite: Successful audition for a TRU Actor’s Workshop Production TMGT 1150 3 Marketing and Customer Service (4,0,0) This course discusses the role, concepts and principles of marketing. It examines market research and planning, product pricing and costing, packaging, promotion, service as a primary product, advertising methods, target marketing, factors in consumer preference and assessment of guest satisfaction. Prerequisite: English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 73% (within the last five years), or Level 4 on the composition section of the LPI (within the last two years), or completion of ENGL 0600, or completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a grade of C+ or better Note: CONV 1061 is an alternate and equivalent course to TMGT 1150. Students cannot receive credit for both TMGT 1150 (C+ minimum) and MKTG 3430. TMGT 1160 3 Organizational Leadership in Tourism (3,0,0) THTR 4600 3 Acting Styles 1 (2,2,0) This course examines 2 classic scripts and the eras in which they were written, through performance and dramaturgy, in order to comprehensively study select styles of acting from significant periods in history. Prerequisite: THTR 3600 and 3610 This course is designed to address the changes occurring in the workplace today. As many of the graduates of this program will find themselves in supervisory positions within the tourism industry, the course will be delivered from the perspective of a supervisor and how he/she fits into today's organizations. Prerequisite: English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 73% (within the last five years), or Level 4 on the composition section of the LPI (within the last two years), or completion of ENGL 0600, or completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a grade of C+ or better Note: Students cannot receive credit for both TMGT 1160 and ORGB 2810 THTR 4610 3 Acting Styles 2 (2,2,0) Building on THTR 4600, this course examines 2 classic scripts and the eras in which they are written through performance and dramaturgy in order to comprehensively study select styles of acting from significant periods in history. Prerequisite: THTR 4600 THTR 4900 3 Directed Studies ‐ Special Topics in Theatre Arts (3,0,0) This course is designed for theatre majors in their final year of studies. Students are provided an opportunity to work on a special topic in Theatre Arts with an individual Theatre Arts faculty member. Topics may include history, theory, criticism, performance, and technical theatre studies. Prerequisite: Restricted to Theatre Majors in their final year of studies and faculty member approval following a written proposal TMGT 1110 3 Introduction to Tourism (3,0,0) This course provides an introduction to tourism as an industry and a phenomenon. Topics covered during the semester will include the economic, social, environmental and political environment in which tourism operates at a global and local level. Students will be introduced to tourism products and experiences in BC and be given the opportunity to identify career opportunities in the tourism industry. 414 TMGT 2010 3 Financial Operations Control in Tourism (3,0,0) This course offers students an understanding of how they can use managerial accounting skills in their careers in the tourism industry. Students use accounting information for decision making, planning and control in the areas of marketing, operations, human resources, strategic investment, business performance evaluation, and budgeting. Prerequisite: ACCT 1000 or equivalent TMGT 2060 3 People, Places and the Toured Landscape (3,0,0) This course provides students with a historical, geographical and cultural context for understanding tourism. Attention is given to the way tourism practices have unfolded over time in various regions of the world, and the way in which visual representation and written narrative shapes the tourism landscape. Global and local themes affecting the tourism product and experience are discussed. Prerequisite: English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 73% (within the last five years), or Level 4 on the composition section of the LPI (within the last two years), or completion of ENGL 0600, or completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a grade of C+ or better TMGT 2070 3 Staging Special Events (3,0,0) This course is a basic introduction to the skills and terminology of the technical aspects of staging festivals, special events, concerts and conventions. Learners will be exposed to some of the fundamentals of staging including set design, lighting, and sound. Prerequisite: CONV 2260 TMGT 2080 3 Culinary Tourism (3,0,0) Students are introduced to the concepts and research associated with culinary tourism from an academic and industry perspective. Using global case studies, students review current trends, theories, culinary tourism products and profiles of culinary tourists. Prerequisite: English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 73% (within the last five years), or Level 4 on the composition section of the LPI (within the last two years), or completion of ENGL 0600, or completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a grade of C+ or better environmental and economic concerns. The rich history of the conservation movement and development of the national parks system provides a lens through which to understand the foundation of the North American tourism industry. In addition, students examine the current “greening†of the tourism industry. Prerequisite: English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 73% (within the last five years), or Level 4 on the composition section of the LPI (within the last two years), or completion of ENGL 0600, or completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a grade of C+ or better TMGT 2980 6 *** Special Topics in Tourism (3,0,0) or (6,0,0) The content in this course varies depending on the interests of faculty and students. Credits for the course are determined as per Policy ED‐8‐0. Prerequisite: Permission from the Tourism Management Department TMGT 3000 3 Practicum in Tourism (0,1,8P) 3 credits TMGT 2090 3 Wellness Tourism (3,0,0) Tourism supports a process of self‐regeneration for the traveler. This course focuses on the development,management and marketing of wellness tourism as a global phenomenon. The concept of wellness implies a holistic understanding of the traveler's body, mind and spirit and the creation of a balance in the different areas of one's life.In this course students examine the history, origins and scope of wellness tourism and the products and services being developed to address this expanding sector of the tourism industry. Prerequisite: English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 73% (within the last five years), or Level 4 on the composition section of the LPI (within the last two years), or completion of ENGL 0600, or completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a grade of C+ or better TMGT 2250 3 Hospitality Law (3,0,0) In this course, students are introduced to the legal rights, responsibilities and obligations of organizations in the hospitality industry. This industry operates under a combination of Common Law and Statute Law passed by both federal and provincial legislature. Emphasis is placed on the legal problems regularly faced by business firms within this industry and their possible solutions. Prerequisite: English 12/English 12 First Peoples with a minimum of 73% (within the last five years), or Level 4 on the composition section of the LPI (within the last two years), or completion of ENGL 0600, or completion of ESAL 0570 and ESAL 0580 with a grade of C+ or better This 3‐credit course is designed to provide students with a meaningful opportunity to relate current theory from classroom to a practical Canadian work experience context, under the direction of professionals in extended work assignments. Prerequisite: This course is only available to students who have been admitted into a Faculty of Adventure, Culinary Arts and Tourism Post‐Baccalaureate Diploma program and are in their second year of study in these programs TMGT 3010 3 Community and Cultural Issues in Tourism (3,0,0) Students are introduced to the ways in which cultures meet and interact in tourism settings. Consideration is given to intercultural communications, cross‐cultural issues, and challenges in meeting the needs of both the “host†community and the “guest†from a tourism perspective. Students explore the range and diversity of cultural narratives and place‐based approaches for developing cultural tourism experiences. Prerequisite: 3rd year standing in the Bachelor of Tourism Management program, TMGT 2610 and /or TMGT 2060 recommended TMGT 3020 3 Tourism Policy and Planning (3,0,0) Students are introduced to policy and planning theories and their application to tourism. The relationship between tourism, public policy, planning, and development is also examined. Prerequisite: 3rd year standing in the Bachelor of Tourism Management program Note: CONV 1050 is an alternate and equivalent course to TMGT 2250. Students cannot receive credit for both TMGT 2250 (C+ minimum) and BBUS 3930. TMGT 3030 3 TMGT 2500 Field Trip Activity Fee (Year 2 Tourism Management Diploma) Required for all second year students of the Tourism Management Diploma Program. The opportunity to better understand the concepts discussed in the classroom by exposure to their application in industry. TMGT 2590 3 Entrepreneurship (4,0,0) This course is designed to introduce students to entrepreneurship. Students examine the role and nature of entrepreneurship as a mechanism for creating new ventures along with career opportunities, and some methods forindividual self‐assessment. Additional topics include generating ideas for a business venture, opportunity analysis, locating and mobilizing resources, and developing a business plan. Prerequisite: TMGT 1150 and ACCT 1010 or equivalent TMGT 2610 3 Environmental Issues in the Tourism Industry (3,0,0) The rapid growth of tourism on a global scale has resulted in significant negative environmental impacts, and there is increasing concern about the relationship between tourism and the environment, both natural and cultural. This course explores the challenges facing the tourism industry in attempting to create a balance between 415 Financial Management for Tourism (3,0,1)(L) This course examines the principles of financial management as they apply to firms in tourism and hospitality sectors. Topics covered include financial statement analysis; budgeting; time value‐of‐money; profit planning and decision‐making; cost‐volume‐ profit analysis; and capital budgeting. Special topics in hospitality and tourism include management contracts; franchising; revenue management; and Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITS). Prerequisite: TMGT 2010 or equivalent Note: Students cannot receive credit for both TMGT 3030 and FNCE 3120. Students should be computer literate and proficiently use spreadsheet and presentation software. TMGT 3040 3 Land Use Management and Tourism (3,0,0) Students are introduced to the theory and practice of land use planning and management in western Canada. Students review various land use designations that are important to tourism development, the policies and processes for developing commercial recreation on crown land, and various management strategies aimed at optimizing the use of natural areas for quality recreation and tourism experiences. Prerequisite: 3rd year standing in the Bachelor of Tourism Management program TMGT 3050 3 TMGT 4070 3 Research in Tourism (3,1,0) Directed Studies in Tourism (0,3,0) Students engage in the process of conducting and evaluating research in the field of tourism. Prerequisite: STAT 1200 or equivalent In this independent study course students investigate a specific field or topic in tourism. Consultation with, and permission of, a Bachelor of Tourism Management faculty member and the Dean is required. Note: Students cannot receive credit for both BBUS 3480 and TMGT 3050 Prerequisite: TMGT 3050, 4th year standing and permission of the Chair and Dean Required Seminar: TMGT 3050S TMGT 4080 3 TMGT 3980 6 Reflecting Philosophically on Tourism (3,0,0) ***Special Topics in Tourism (3,0,0) or (6,0,0) Students are required to reflect on their tourism knowledge and practice in a deep theoretical and philosophical manner, and examine their own positions and values as future professionals in the tourism field. Drawing largely on classic and contemporary writings in philosophy and social theory outside the tourism canon, students cultivate an understanding of the unquestioned and presumed ideologies that lie behind some of today's most problematic tourism practices. Students are exposed to theoretical and philosophical positions that present an alternative way forward. Course content varies depending on the interests of faculty and students. Credits for the course are determined as per Policy ED‐8‐0. Prerequisite: Permission from the Tourism Management Department TMGT 4010 3 Prerequisite: 4th year standing Experience Creation and Product Development (3,0,0) This course deals with the concept of experiences as products and the overall development of new products/services in the tourism field. Students will explore the foundations and theories of an "experience‐driven" enterprise or economy from both the consumer (tourist) and producer (firm or destination) perspective. Emphasis is placed on undertaking new tourism product inventories to ensure the provision of engaging experiences and vivid memories for guests. Prerequisite: TMGT 1150 or equivalent and third‐year standing TMGT 4090 3 The Culture of Events (3,0,0) This course will chronicle significant events in world history from organizational, communications, and cultural studies perspectives. The goal of the course is to familiarize students with the development of the event‐planning phenomenon from pre‐modern, through modern, and post‐modern innovations. Prerequisite: 3rd year standing TMGT 4020 3 Graduating Seminar (0,3,0) TMGT 4100 3 Students conduct research and create a professional presentation of a major project with a direct application to the tourism industry. The Social Side of Tourism (3,0,0) Prerequisite: TMGT 3050 and either 4th year standing in the Bachelor of Tourism Management program or 2nd year standing in a Faculty of Adventure, Culinary Arts and Tourism post‐baccalaureate diploma Travel is intertwined with issues of personal identity and growth, cultural beliefs and values, power, and social change. Students explore these issues, and more, in the search for a deeper understanding of the phenomenon of tourism and its consequences for individuals and societies. Prerequisite: 3rd year standing in the Bachelor of Tourism Management program TMGT 4030 3 Resort Management (3,0,0) TMGT 4110 3 Students develop an understanding of how and why resort properties are developed as tourist destinations. The focus is on the planning, development, operation, design, financing, and special needs of resort properties. Innovation and Leadership in Tourism (3,0,0) Prerequisite: 3rd year standing in the Bachelor of Tourism Management program TMGT 4040 3 Tourism and Sustainable Development (3,0,0) Students examine the social, environmental, ecconomic and political aspects of planning, developing, and sustaining tourism destinations. The major focus is on the benefits and impacts associated with tourism activities, and the importance of planning at the regional and community level. Prerequisite: 3rd year standing in the Bachelor of Tourism Management program TMGT 4050 3 Event Tourism (3,0,0) This course examines the emerging field of event tourism and identifies market opportunities and trends. Students explore the important role events play in destination marketing and development as catalysts, animators, image makers and tourist attractions. The impact of events on destinations from a economic, cultural and social perspective is also a focus of the course. Prerequisite: 3rd year standing in the Bachelor of Tourism Management program TMGT 4060 3 ***Selected Topics in Tourism (3,0,0) Students are introduced to various issues and events that influence the travel and tourism industry. Course topics vary to ensure a timely coverage of issues and trends. Prerequisite: 3rd year standing in the Bachelor of Tourism Management program Students are introduced to theories, definitions and categorizations of innovation, including the precondition of commercial value production as a tourism business concept. The roles of leadership and organizational culture in innovation are also examined, including styles, techniques, personality profiles, and examples or cases from applications in tourism and other modern enterprises. Prerequisite: TMGT 1150 and 3rd year standing in the Bachelor of Tourism Management program TMGT 4120 3 Developing New Tourism Enterprises (3,0,0) Building upon the foundation laid in TMGT 4010: Experience Creation and Product Development, this course guides students through the process of conceiving and planning a new tourism business. Topics include evaluating business opportunities and start‐up strategies, resource requirements for a new business, financing new ventures, and the business start‐up process. Prerequisite: TMGT 1150 or equivalent, ACCT 1010 or equivalent, and 3rd year standing in the Bachelor of Tourism Management program Note: Students cannot receive credit for both TMGT 4120 and BBUS 4750 TMGT 4130 3 Tourist Behaviour (3,0,0) Students explore the determinants that shape tourist behaviour, including travel and tourism motivations; destination choice; personality and psychographics; the tourist decision process; the tourist experience; and post‐experience behaviour. Using both a theoretical and applied approach, students examine how and why people purchase and consume travel and tourism products. Prerequisite: TMGT 1150 or equivalent and 3rd year standing in the Bachelor of Tourism Management program Note: Students cannot receive credit for both TMGT 4130 and BBUS 3470 416 TMGT 4140 3 Tourism Strategy (3,0,0)(L) This course explores strategic management and planning in a tourism context. Using both a theoretical and practical approach, students examine the concepts of strategic planning and competitive strategy and how they can be successfully applied by tourism organizations in an increasingly complex and global tourism environment. Prerequisite: TMGT 1150 or equivalent and 3rd year standing in the Bachelor of Tourism Management program Note: Students cannot receive credit for both TMGT 4140 and BBUS 4460 TMGT 4150 3 Managing Small Tourism Enterprises (3,0,0) Students examine the environment of small tourism firms and the unique challenges of management both in growth‐oriented and small 'lifestyle' tourism firms. The focus is on formulating and developing strategies that allow these firms to thrive in this dynamic and highly competitive environment. Prerequisite: TMGT 1150 or equivalent and 3rd year standing in the Bachelor of Tourism Management program sustainability and destination experiences with an emphasis on undergraduate research. topics vary from year to year. Potential areas of focus include mountain culture (literature, painting, film, photography, history, new media) and web‐mapping with the provision of rich content; the development and sustainability of mountain national parks in Western Canada; mountain literature and art; comparative studies of the mountain resorts that ring TRU; mountains and participant‐observer new media applications; and public relations and mountain resorts. Prerequisite: 3rd year standing TMGT 4800 3 Tourism Enterprise Consulting Project (0,3,0) Students build upon and apply the knowledge and skills, acquired in previous work experience and courses in the Bachelor of Tourism Management program, in a consulting assignment for a small‐ to medium‐sized tourism enterprise. Students secure a consulting assignment with a business organization, and work closely with the owner and/ or managers to identify a specific problem or challenge facing the firm. Students are then expected to set objectives, research, prepare, and present a report that addresses this problem. Note: Students cannot receive credit for both TMGT 4150 and ENTR 4760 Prerequisite: TMGT 3050, permission of the instructor, and either 4th year standing in the Bachelor of Tourism Management program or 2nd year standing in a Faculty of Adventure, Culinary Arts and Tourism Post‐Baccalaureate diploma TMGT 4160 3 TMGT 4980 6 Tourism in a Global Environment (3,0,0) ***Special Topics in Tourism (3,0,0) or (6,0,0) Students examine tourism and its dynamics from a global perspective. Specifically, students develop a thorough understanding of tourism as an economic, political, social, cultural and environmental force on the world stage, the impacts of this influence, and the strategies that tourism businesses can adopt to thrive in this environment. Course content varies depending on the interests of faculty and students. Credits for the course are determined as per Policy ED‐8‐0. Prerequisite: Permission from the Tourism Management Department Prerequisite: 3rd year standing in the Bachelor of Tourism Management program TMGT 4990 6 TMGT 4170 3 Honours Thesis (0,3,0)(0,3,0) Information Technology and Tourism (3,0,0) Students conduct an original research project in the Honours Program of the Bachelor of Tourism Management (BTM) Degree. The project is completed under the direction of a faculty member from the School of Tourism. Students accepted into the BTM Honours Program register for this course in both the fall and winter semesters of their final academic year. Students examine the relationship between information technology (IT) and tourism from both a consumer and organizational perspective. Specifically, the course encourages students to critically evaluate current and emerging developments in IT and their impact on tourism consumers and suppliers. Students also develop an understanding of how IT can be used to facilitate and promote innovation and support the overall strategic objectives of a firm. Prerequisite: 4th year standing in the Bachelor of Tourism Management Honours Program and TMGT 3050 Prerequisite: 3rd year standing in the Bachelor of Tourism Management program TMPT 1000 16 TMGT 4180 3 Transportation and Motive Power Foundations (500 hours) Managing the Tourist Experience (3,0,0) This course will introduce students to the full range of knowledge, abilities and skills required to diagnose, repair, adjust, overhaul, maintain, operate and test commercial trucks, emergency vehicles, buses, commercial trailers, road transport vehicles and vehicles with alternative fuel systems and hybrid drives. The tourism product holds an important position in the fast growing experience economy, requiring firms that are marketing these intangible products, to overcome unique challenges. In this course, students are provided with the concepts, tools, and strategic focus to effectively manage the tourist experience and to investigate how experiences are designed, delivered, and evaluated. Students are encouraged to employ innovative approaches in the application of their acquired knowledge to real business settings. Prerequisite: TMGT 3050 and 3rd year standing in the Bachelor of Tourism Management program TMGT 4210 3 Prerequisite: Admission into the Diploma of Transportation and Motive Power program TMPT 2000 24 Principles of Transportation Systems (725 hours) This course will provide students with an in‐depth understanding of how to diagnose, repair, adjust, overhaul, maintain, operate and test steering, suspensions, powertrains, electrical systems and heating/ventilation/air conditioning systems. Prerequisite: Successful completion of TMPT 1000 Casino Operations Management (3,0,0) This course explores the relationship between tourism development, hospitality services and casino operations. Topics include the development and current status of gaming in Canada, identification of different types of gaming operations, identification of stakeholders and the costs and benefits of casino establishments to the local community, comparison of gaming laws, controls and fundraising opportunities. This course will also identify marketing and management strategies for casino operations in a tourism setting. Prerequisite: Third‐year standing TMGT 4220 3 Mountain Studies (3,0,0) Mountain Studies allows students the opportunity to engage in an interdisciplinary study of mountain environments, communities, resorts, activities, web presence, arts, 417 TMPT 3000 10 Advanced Principles of Transportation Systems (300 hours) This course will provide students with an in‐depth understanding of the advanced technologies, principles and systems within the transportation and motive power industry. Upon completion, students will be able to compare original equipment manufacturers products and use appropriate technology to solve problems. Prerequisite: Successful completion of TMPT 2000 TROW 1010 4 VISA 1110 3 Theory for Trowel Trades (100 hours) 4 credits History of Art 1 (3,1,0) This course covers theory related to the installation of bricks, stone, tiles, concrete finishing and stucco. Topics include: proper operation and set‐up of portable equipment; ladders and scaffolding; safe work practices required on a job‐site; and the proper use and application of personal protective equipment. This course is a survey of the arts of painting, sculpture, and architecture, from primitive man up to the Renaissance and including the Baroque period. VISA 1120 3 TROW 1110 15 Shop Practical for Trowel Trades (500 hours) 15 credits Theory is integrated into practical experience with the hands‐on installation of bricks, stone, tiles, concrete finishing and stucco. Topics include: the proper operation and set‐ up of portable equipment, ladders and scaffolding; safe work practices required while working on a job‐site; and the proper use and application of personal protective equipment. VISA 1010 3 2D Art Foundation 1 (3,1,0)(L) This course is an intensive, studio based exploration of artmaking with an emphasis on developing creative relationships between the fundamentals of art processes, materials, conceptual knowledge and current art practice. Within a positive working environment students will develop the creative approaches necessary to pursue their own ideas in response to a structured program of challenging studio projects, constructive discussion and illustrated lectures and seminars. The course is designed to link the knowledge and practice of pictorial development with individual creative drive and conceptual understanding. Students will be expected to participate fully in the class projects and critiques with the majority of the studio work completed outside the regular class hours. VISA 1020 3 2D Art Foundation 2 (3,1,0)(L) As a continuation of the issues and practices introduced in the first semester of 2D‐ foundation this course builds towards more specific approaches to pictorial art making and focuses on the general studio processes and the ideas related to Printmaking, Painting and Photography. The course progresses through assignments designed to explore the essential processes and aesthetic potential of each media. Colour theory, acrylic painting, basic printmaking techniques, photography and darkroom processes will form the core of studio investigations. Under the guidance of the instructor, students are challenged to apply their resourcefulness and creativity to the characteristics, issues and processes inherent to each medium. As in the previous semester, studio work will be accompanied by illustrated talks, demonstrations and creative strategies. Students are required to attend all classes and participate fully in the class discussions, seminars and projects. As in all studio classes the majority of the studio work will be completed beyond the usual class time. Prerequisite: VISA 1010 History of Art 2 (3,1,0) is a survey course in Art History, from the Renaissance to the 20th Century. Prerequisite: VISA 1110 VISA 1210 3 Drawing 1 (3,1,0)(L) Studio An introduction to the fundamentals of drawing, covering formal elements of drawing, composition, and balance as well as practical techniques for seeing/drawing effectively. The student will be introduced to a range of drawing media and methods. Visual references, group critiques, discussions and readings will fortify theory. Although practical projects and techniques will be demonstrated in class, students are advised to timetable additional studio time in order to complete assignments which will be presented for critique. VISA 1220 3 Drawing 2 (3,1,0)(L) Studio A continuation of VISA 1210, this course builds on basic drawing skills, history and theory. Students further explore concepts such as texture and colour, layering, and proportion/distortion, with an emphasis on visual communication of content through composition, choice of media and surface. Visual references, group critiques, discussions and readings fortify students' knowledge of theory. Practical aspects of assignments are introduced in class, however, students are advised to timetable studio time in addition to class time in order to complete assignments for critique. Prerequisite: VISA 1210 or equivalent VISA 1500 3 Introduction to Visual Culture (3,0,0) An interdisciplinary investigation of culture through the study of our visual environment. Beginning with the development of a critical framework for understanding visual art forms, the course will progress to encompass other viewpoints and forms of visual communications such as television, film, video, computers, billboards, graffiti, new technology and other imagemaking sources. A variety of topics related to our visual environment will be presented by guest lectures, artists and field professionals. This is a lecture class, no drawing skills are required. VISA 1030 3 VISA 2110 3 3D Foundation (3,1,0)(L) History of Art 3 (3,0,0)(L) This course introduces materials, techniques, and ideas that are fundamental to three dimensional aspects of visual art. Ideas related to long‐standing traditions of sculpture, as well as those coming from the work of contemporary artists will be explored through the use of such materials and concepts as: wood, styrofoam, and clay; found objects; and installation. This course will also serve as an introduction to the equipment and safe working procedures of the Visual Arts Carpentry Workshop. Seminars in this course will be used for the discussion and critique of students' projects as they relate to the history and contemporary practice of visual artists. Prerequisite: None This is a survey course in Art History in which students study Renaissance art and architecture. Prerequisite: VISA 1120 VISA 2120 3 History of Art 4 (3,0,0) This is a survey course in Art History in which students study 17th and 18th Century art and architecture. Prerequisite: VISA 2110 VISA 1040 3 Fundamentals of Photography (3,1,0)(L) This is an introductory photography course for students who are not enrolled in the Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree program. The course curriculum will focus on the technical aspects of black and white photography and the use of photography as an artistic medium. An understanding of these technical and aesthetic aspects of photography will be carried out in the context of an ongoing study of the history and contemporary theory of fine art photography. Students will be expected to find further studio time in order to complete assignments related to camera and darkroom techniques introduced in class. Credits for this course cannot be used towards a Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree in Visual Art nor for the Diploma in Visual Art. 418 VISA 2130 3 A Survey of Modern Art 1 (3,0,0) This course identifies the origins of Modern Art in the mid‐19th Century and trace its development up to World War II. Evidence of artists who moved European art from the narrative tradition to secularism and the subsequent explosion of change in the first decade of the 20th Century is emphasized. Prerequisite: VISA 1120 VISA 2140 3 VISA 2420 3 A Survey of Modern Art 2 (3,0,0) Introductory Ceramics 2 (3,1,0)(L) This is the second part of the two‐semester Survey of Modern Art. Students explore the Modern movement after World War 2 and follow its development to Post Modernism. VISA 2150 3 Students study the chemistry of glazes and other surface finishes for ceramic ware as it is developed through the ages. Through slide lectures, videos, and discussions, students are introduced to contemporary ceramic artists and their methods and firing techniques. Contemporary approaches for producing ceramic sculptures are demonstrated, and adaptations of traditional production methods for personal expression are explored in workshops. Students are required to reserve additional time in the studio to apply what they learn from class demonstrations into practice. A Survey of the History of Canadian Painting (3,0,0) Prerequisite: VISA 2410 Prerequisite: VISA 2130 This course is a survey of the art of painting, from the colonial periods of the French and English in Canada up to, and including, recent concerns in Canadian painting. VISA 2510 3 VISA 2210 3 Drawing 3 (3,1,0)(L) Studio The students will be encouraged to become more individualized in their approach to research and practical work. Through lectures, seminars, critiques and readings, key historical and current issues in contemporary drawing will be investigated. Through these activities the student will establish a basis for developing and addressing the subject, content and form of their artworks in visual, verbal and oral forms. Although studio projects are demonstrated and introduced during class time, students are expected to complete projects in the studios outside of regularly scheduled class hours. Prerequisite: VISA 1020, VISA 1220 Printmaking: Silk Screen 1 (3,1,0)(L) Studio This is an introduction to general screen‐printing techniques with water based inks, hand‐cut film, reduction screen, and hand‐drawn positives. As these techniques are demonstrated, slide lectures on historical background will be provided and group critiques/discussions of student work will take place. Students will be allocated additional studio time for completion of assignments introduced and demonstrated in class. Prerequisite: VISA 1020, VISA 1210 VISA 2520 3 Printmaking: Silk Screen 2 (3,1,0)(L) Studio VISA 2220 3 Drawing 4 (3,1,0)(L) Studio This course is a continuation of the issues introduced in VISA 2210. Independent research and practice will be combined with seminars, group critiques and slide lectures. Students will develop a working knowledge of selected topics related to the history and theory of drawing in order to define and discuss their work in contemporary context. From the studio demonstrations and projects introduced in class, students will develop their works in the studios outside of class time. Students are expected to be self‐motivated and prepared for independent practice. Prerequisite: VISA 2210 VISA 2310 3 Sculpture 1 (3,1,0)(L) Studio This is an introductory course to sculptural materials and techniques. Students will gain practical experience in the use of metals, concrete, stone, clay and casting techniques. Key historical and current issues in contemporary sculpture will be investigated. Through these activities, students will develop a basis for addressing the subject, form and content of their artworks. Students will be expected to complete studio projects outside of scheduled class hours. Prerequisite: VISA 1020, VISA 1030, VISA 1210 VISA 2320 3 Sculpture 2 (3,1,0)(L) Studio This course is a continuation of VISA 2310. Students will be encouraged to develop individual content and to discuss their work in a contemporary context. They will be introduced to aspects of audio and kinetic sculpture. Class demonstrations of further sculptural techniques will be given and students will be required to complete works outside of scheduled class hours. Students are expected to be self‐motivated and prepared for independent practice. Prerequisite: VISA 2310 VISA 2410 3 Introductory Ceramics 1 (3,1,0)(L) Students study traditional methods of ceramic techniques through the ages, and the innovative methods of contemporary ceramic artists. Slide lectures, seminar discussions and group critiques are used in order to develop an understanding of form, function, and expression as it relates to ceramic art. Technical aspects and techniques related to the properties of clay as an artistic medium are demonstrated. Students are required to reserve additional time in the studio to apply what they learn from class demonstrations into practice. Prerequisite: VISA 1020, VISA 1030, VISA 1210 419 A continuation of VISA 2510. In this semester the emphasis will be upon photoscreen and darkroom procedures. Students will be allocated additional studio time for completion of practical assignments which will be introduced and demonstrated in class. Prerequisite: VISA 2510 VISA 2530 3 Printmaking: Etching and Relief 1 (3,1,0)(L) This is an introductory course in printmaking which emphasizes basic processes of relief and intaglio printing. Students consider a variety of mediums such as linocut, woodcut, drypoint and metal plate etching. The intention of this course is to introduce printmaking as an artistic practice in contemporary art, and to provide an understanding of how such current approaches relate to relief and intaglio prints of the Western European masters of the past. Out‐of‐class studio work is required in order to complete projects that are introduced and demonstrated during class time. Prerequisite: VISA 1020, VISA 1210 VISA 2540 3 Printmaking: Etching and Relief 2 (3,1,0)(L) A continuation of VISA 2530, this course emphasizes the intaglio processes. Students further develop intaglio techniques through such processes as collographs, chine‐colle, color printing, and the use of multiple plates. While learning these techniques, students reinforce their knowledge of the basic processes of intaglio and relief printing. Students also examine historical and contemporary approaches to these mediums as well as an ongoing exploration of their personal imagery. Out‐of‐class studio work is required in order to complete projects introduced and demonstrated during class time. Prerequisite: VISA 2530 VISA 2550 3 Printmaking: Lithography 1 (3,1,0)(L) The students will be encouraged to become more individualized in their approach to research and practical work. Through lectures, seminars, critiques and readings, key historical and current issues in contemporary printmaking will be investigated. Through these activities the student will establish a basis for developing and addressing the subject, content and form of their artworks in visual, verbal and oral forms. This course will introduce students to the printmaking mediums of plate and stone lithography. Course content will include a series of lectures and seminars pertaining to the history of these mediums, technical demonstrations, dedicated to the development and execution of black and white imagery utilizing these processes. Although studio projects are demonstrated and introduced during class time, students are expected to complete projects in the studios outside of regularly scheduled class hours. Prerequisite: VISA 1020, VISA 1210 VISA 2560 3 VISA 3020 3 Printmaking: Lithography 2 (3,1,0)(L) Gallery Studies: Exhibition Installation (1,2,1)(L) This course is a continuation of the issues introduced in VISA 2550. Independent research and practice will be combined with seminars, group critiques and slide lectures. Students will develop a working knowledge of selected topics related to the history and theory of printmaking in order to define and discuss their work in contemporary context. This course will allow the student to progress further with the medium of lithography introduced in VISA 2550. Some individual specialization in these mediums: photo‐lithography, color and plate lithography will be possible. Lectures and seminars will be used to examine the development of personal imagery in the context of existing histories and practices of printmaking as an artistic medium. From the studio demonstrations and projects introduced in class students will develop their works in the studios outside of class time. Students are expected to be self‐motivated and prepared for independent practice. In this course students will learn basic principles and techniques for the installation of exhibitions in a variety of formats. These are skills common to the preparatory staff at a gallery or museum. This will include a consideration of works of both a conventional nature, such as frames works, as well as more spatial and/or experimental works such as sculpture and installation. Where possible, the TRU Fine Arts Gallery, as well as the Kamloops Art Gallery, will be used as a basis for these studies. In addition, students will learn such skills as mat‐cutting, frame construction, basic workshop skills common to exhibition installation, basic principles of lighting, the documenting of exhibitions, as well as basic principles of conservation. Prerequisite: VISA 2550 Prerequisite: Third‐year standing, VISA 1110/1120, VISA 1500 VISA 3030 3 Gallery Studies: Gallery Administration (2,1,0) VISA 2610 3 Painting 1 (3,1,0)(L) Studio The fall semester centers on gaining a fundamental knowledge of the materials and techniques of painting. An emphasis will be placed on the formal aspects of painting: composition, colour, tonal relationships, and spatial concepts. Discussion will also take place about critical issues in contemporary painting practice. Students will be allocated studio time in which to complete assignments related to technical practices introduced in class. Students study the types of galleries existing in Canada, and of the ways in which their management and programming are structured. The range of galleries considered includes public and private galleries as well as artist‐run spaces. The course provides a detailed summary of the various roles or positions in a gallery, including Director, Curator, Registrar, and installation staff, as well as volunteers, various committees and the Board of Directors. Students also explore granting agencies for the visual arts in Canada, including those at the municipal, provincial and national levels. Prerequisite: 3rd year standing, VISA 1110/1120, VISA 1500 Prerequisite: VISA 1020, VISA 1210 VISA 3040 3 VISA 2620 3 Painting 2 (3,1,0)(L) Studio This winter semester course will be a continuation of VISA 2610 with a development of personal subject matter and content. Students will be allocated studio time in which to complete assignments related to techniques and practices in oil painting demonstrated in class. Prerequisite: VISA 2610 VISA 2710 3 Gallery Studies: Public Art (2,1,0) In this course students will study the function of art created for public spaces as well as the collecting of art in public institutions. In considering the role of art created for public spaces this study will combine a historic overview with an examination of works commissioned by recent and contemporary artists. Similarily, the study of collections held by such organizations as the Canada Council and public galleries in Canada will be contextualized within an understanding of the historical development of museum and gallery collections. These studies will also include such topics as: policy development; cataloguing collections; application and jurying processes for public commissions, and working with scaled plans. Prerequisite: Third‐year standing, VISA 1110/1210, VISA 1500 Introduction to Photography 1 (3,1,0)(L) Studio This course is an introduction to technical aspects of black and white photography and the use of photography as an artistic medium. An understanding of these technical and aesthetic aspects of photography will be carried out in the context of an ongoing study of photographic histories. Students will be expected to find further studio time in order to complete assignments related to camera and darkroom techniques introduced in class. Prerequisite: VISA 1020, VISA 1210 VISA 3130 3 Critical Studies in Photographic Histories (3,0,0) This course presents a critical overview of photography in Europe and North America, particularly as it relates to other disciplines of the visual arts and to media culture. This study of the various aesthetic and social movements which surround photography (such as modernism and feminism) will complement courses in other academic areas which examine material culture in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Prerequisite: Third‐year standing VISA 2720 3 Introduction to Photography 2 (3,1,0)(L) Studio This course is a continuation of VISA 2710. Further explorations of camera, darkroom and studio techniques will be used to produce artworks within the study of contemporary artists working with photo‐based media. Students will be expected to find further studio time in order to complete assignments related to techniques introduced and discussed in class. Prerequisite: VISA 2710 VISA 3150 3 Art of the Italian Renaissance: Painting (2,1,0) Students study the major works of Italian Renaissance painting from the rise of the city‐ states (c. 1250) to the phenomenon of Mannerism of the 16th‐century. Topics will include the new conception of the artist and the changing role of the patron as well the transformation of traditional artistic genres to the humanist approach to the painting of the Renaissance. Painters studied in this course range from Giotto to late Michelangelo. Prerequisite: VISA 1120 VISA 3010 3 Gallery Studies: Exhibition Curating (2,1,0) In this course the student will be provided with an overview of Curatorial Practice. This will include a consideration of such topics as: types of exhibitions common to public and artist‐run galleries in Canada; regional, national and international survey exhibitions; working with artists towards the planning of an exhibition; writing about artist's works in the context of contemporary art theory and criticism. Where possible, exhibitions at the Kamloops Art Gallery will be used as a basis for these studies. Prerequisite: Third‐year standing, VISA 1110/1120, VISA 1500 420 VISA 3160 3 Art of the Italian Renaissance: Sculpture/Architecture (3,0,0) Students study the major works and innovations within sculpture and architecture during the Italian Renaissance. Starting with the Florence Cathedral Baptistery and Dome, the course will follow the development of sculpture and architecture from the early Renaissance up to and including developments in Mannerism. Sculptors and architects for study in this course will range from Ghiberti and Brunelleschi to Michelangelo and Romano. VISA 3310 6 VISA 3520 3 Sculpture/Intermedia (1,2,1)(1,2,1)(L) Printmaking: Intermediate Screen‐Printing (2,1,1)(L) This sculpture course will focus on art‐making as the development of a This is a studio course in the techniques of screen‐printing at the intermediate level. This course will provide the opportunity for continued research in stencilling techniques, new and traditional photographic technology, colour, printing, alternative inks, unique printing surfaces and combination printing methods with other media. Students will be required to create a body of artwork that demonstrates their theoretical conceptual knowledge of contemporary screen‐printing media. Discussions in seminars will cover examples of artwork by contemporary artists who work in the screen‐printing discipline. visual language, and focus on finding the most effective medium or media for expressing a given idea, in addition to the acquisition and refinement of skills. Along with learning a number of current and/or traditional sculpture techniques, students will begin to examine their cultural milieu with a critical and wondering eye. Students are exposed to and will refine a wide variety of media, skills and strategies that define contemporary sculpture, including wood and metal fabrication, use of found objects, welding, and mediums and strategies such as site‐specific work, installations and time based art like kinetic art, electronics, performance, video projections, and sound. Prerequisite: VISA 1030 VISA 3410 3 Prerequisite: VISA 2520 VISA 3610 3 Painting 3 (3,1,0)(L) Following VISA 2420: Introductory Ceramics, students are introduced to further techniques, improve on their wheel skills, and undertake more ambitious projects that incorporate their improved skills. Through readings, discussions, slides, and videos, students familiarize themselves with recent innovations in the ceramic field and important artists working in the area. The students will be encouraged to become more individualized in their approach to research and practical work. Through lectures, seminars, critiques and readings, key historical and current issues in contemporary painting will be investigated. Through these activities the student will establish a basis for developing and addressing the subject, content and form of their artworks in visual, verbal and oral forms. Although studio projects are demonstrated and introduced during class time, students are expected to complete projects in the studios outside of regularly scheduled class hours. Prerequisite: VISA 2420 Prerequisite: Third year standing and VISA 2620 VISA 3420 3 VISA 3620 3 Ceramics 4 (3,1,0)(L) Painting 4 (3,1,0)(L) Studio Students learn about the nature of glazes and to calculate their own using the unity formula. Studio work is thematic, and students are required to research and write about their ideas as well as exploring those ideas through designs and maquettes prior to realizing them. Library research and presentations are also a required part of the course, and students are expected to provide an artists' statement for each major assignment. This course is a continuation of the issues introduced in VISA 3610. Independent research and practice will be combined with seminars, group critiques and slide lectures. Students will develop a working knowledge of selected topics related to the history and theory of painting in order to define and discuss their work in a contemporary context. From the studio demonstrations and projects introduced in class, students will develop their works in the studios outside of class time. Students are expected to be self‐motivated and prepared for independent practice. Ceramics 3 (3,1,0)(L) Prerequisite: VISA 3410 Prerequisite: Third year standing and VISA 3610 VISA 3430 3 Advanced Wheel Throwing (2,1,0)(L) VISA 3630 6 Students are required to have some wheel experience which provides the basis upon which they build and improve their skills. Through slides, seminars and by using the library, students research important periods in the history of Ceramics and the significance of the wheel, both culturally and artistically, since its inception. Students use this information in a Post‐Modern context as a starting point for their work and identify ceramic artists who use, or have utilized the wheel as their primary method of working, and with whom they can identify. Students also set goals early on and work thematically to produce a body of wheel‐ thrown work with personal content and cultural relevance. A written proposal at the beginning of the course, together with an artist's statement upon its completion is a required component. Studio Media: Painting and Drawing (2,1,0)(2,1,0)(L) This course provides an exploration of drawing and painting, as well as the ways in which these two disciplines overlap and interact with one another in historical and contemporary artistic practice. In‐class lectures will be used to present both theoretical/historical material as well as the practical methods of creating artistic works in the areas of drawing, painting, and mixed‐media collage. Seminars will be used to critique student work as well as for such things as the discussion of readings and student presentations. Out of class studio work will be required in order to complete projects introduced and demonstrated during the class time. Prerequisite: VISA 3420 Prerequisite: VISA 2620 VISA 3440 3 VISA 3710 3 Ceramic Sculpture (2,1,0)(L) Photography 3 (3,1,0)(L) This course is designed for students who, having completed VISA 3420, want to pursue and develop sculptural ideas in the context of clay. Students familiarize themselves with artists worldwide who have chosen clay as their means of communication. Students also explore ideas, design and execute a group of works which incorporate techniques of clay body formulation, casting and expanded slab techniques, as well as a variety of surface treatments. The students will be encouraged to become more individualized in their approach to research and practical work. Through lectures, seminars, critiques and readings, key historical and current issues in contemporary photography will be investigated. Through these activities the student will establish a basis for developing and addressing the subject, content and form of their artworks in visual, verbal and oral forms. Although studio projects are demonstrated and introduced during class time, students are expected to complete projects in the studios outside of regularly schedule class hours. Prerequisite: VISA 3420 VISA 3510 6 Studio Media: Printmaking (2,1,0)(2,1,0)(L) Drawing upon such specific mediums as etching and/or (stone) lithography, this course provides an exploration of printmaking. In class lecture time will be used to present practical demonstrations of a variety of fundamental printmaking principles and techniques. These will be linked to a series of projects that will be introduced to the students and which will encourage the development of personal imagery and innovation. A historical and contemporary context for these projects will be presented and discussed during seminar sessions. Seminar sessions will also provide a forum for the critique of student work. Out of class studio work will be required in order to complete projects introduced and demonstrated during the class time. Prerequisite: VISA 2540 421 Prerequisite: VISA 2720 VISA 3720 3 Photography 4 (3,1,0)(L) This course is a continuation of the issues introduced in VISA 3710. Independent research and practice will be combined with seminars, group critiques and slide lectures. Students will develop a working knowledge of selected topics related to the history and theory of photography in order to define and discuss their work in a contemporary context. From the studio demonstrations and projects introduced in class students will develop their works in the studios outside of class time. Students are expected to be self‐motivated and prepared for independent practice. Prerequisite: VISA 3710 VISA 3730 6 Prerequisite: VISA 1040 Studio Media: Photography and Literature ‐ A Canadian Perspective (2,1,0)(2,1,0)(L) Corequisite: VISA 1040 and permission of the instructor This studio‐based course serves equally as a practical introduction to photography and an exploration of relationships between image and text. From a Canadian perspective, a variety of literary and critical works of historical and contemporary photographers are considered. Projects will include photographic series, critical essays and interdisciplinary works which bridge the gap between the traditional disciplines of Art and English. Prerequisite: Foundation Year Note: This course would be accessible to students without much prior photographic experience but would also be of interest to students who have taken other photography courses. Out of class studio work will be required in order to complete projects introduced and demonstrated during the class time. VISA 4910 12 Graduating Studio (0,1,20)(0,1,20)(L) This is a studio course where students will work under the supervision of an advisor towards the creation of an independent body of artworks. That body of work may be created within one medium, such as photography, printmaking, painting or sculpture, or may be approached in a more interdisciplinary manner as agreed upon by the student and their advisor. Students in this course will also be required to take VISA 4990, the Graduating Seminar concurrently, which will serve as a wider forum in which their artworks will be considered. Prerequisite: 18 third‐year Visual Arts (studio) credits VISA 3740 3 Colour Photography (2,1,1)(L) This course is an introduction to the tools, materials, techniques, theory and practice of colour photography. Students will learn to expose colour film and to make colour prints towards a body of their own artwork. The course will include a survey of contemporary and historic colour photographic practice which will provide a basis for the development of critical and aesthetic awareness. The similarities and differences between analog and digital photography will also be considered. Prerequisite: VISA 2720 VISA 3810 6 Corequisite: VISA 4990 VISA 4920 12 Directed Studies: Gallery Studies (L) This is a senior level directed studies course in the area of Gallery Studies. Students in this course will work under the supervision of an instructor towards an independently researched and documented exhibition project. The project will be modeled upon a curatorial proposal to a public gallery and will include a complete physical, thematic, and theoretical overview of the proposed exhibition. The proposal will be suitable for realization at one of the Public galleries in the Kamloops and surrounding region. Students in this course will also take VISA 4990, the Graduating Seminar, which will serve as a wider forum in which their exhibition projects will be considered. Directed Studies: 2D (3,0,0) or (3,0,0)(3,0,0)(L) Prerequisite: 18 third‐year Fine Arts credits, including VISA 3010 and 3020 This course is intended to allow for the development of a personal body of work, primarily in some two dimensional medium such as Drawing, Painting, Photography or Printmaking. Students in this course will work in the Fine Arts studios under the supervision of a faculty advisor towards the creation of such an independent body of work. Priority will be given to BFA students. Corequisite: VISA 4990 Prerequisite: Third‐year standing, and completion of third‐year courses in the appropriate discipline. VISA 3820 6 Directed Studies: 3D (3,0,0) or (3,0,0)(3,0,0)(L) This course is intended to allow for the development of a personal body of work, primarily in some three dimensional medium such as Ceramics, Sculpture or Interdisciplinary forms. Students in this course will work in the Fine Arts studios under the supervision of a faculty advisor towards the creation of such an independent body of work. Priority will be given to BFA students. Prerequisite: Third‐year standing, and completion of third‐year courses in the appropriate discipline. VISA 4990 6 Graduating Seminar (1,2,0) This course will serve as a forum for all of the students enrolled in VISA 4910, Directed Studies: Studio, and VISA 4920, Gallery Studies: Directed Studies, to meet together with an advisor on a weekly basis. The content of the course will be shaped around two primary activities. Firstly, it will constitute such things as an ongoing consideration of work currently on exhibition at such galleries as those in Kamloops, Calgary, Kelowna and Vancouver and, also, the work of Visiting Artists. Secondly, it will serve as a chance to discuss and critique work and exhibition projects being created by students in the two fourth year directed studies courses. Students will also be presented with the artistic and other research projects of a selection of TRU faculty members. Prerequisite: Either VISA 4910 or VISA 4920 WELD 1000 Welder Apprenticeship Level 1 (240 hours) VISA 3830 3 ***Special Topics in Visual Arts (3,1,0)(L) This is a variable content course which will change from semester to semester. Normally, the themes that are addressed in the course will be ones which complement, or otherwise lie outside, our regular departmental offerings. Such topics of study might include: Alternative Processes in Photography, Papermaking, Landscape Studies, etc. This course will normally be for students with third year standing in the Fine Arts or in some related Arts degree program. Check with the department Chairperson to find out about current offerings as well as any necessary prerequisites. Students should understand that additional studio time will be needed outside of timetabled hours in order to complete practical studies of techniques and processes demonstrated in class. Prerequisite: Check with the department Co‐ordinator to find out about prerequisites as they may vary from offering to offering. This course is the first level of the BC ITA welder program. In it students will learn to demonstrate safe work practices and perform oxy‐fuel, metal arc, electric arc and semi‐ automatic welding processes. WELD 2000 Welder Apprenticeship Level 2 (240 hours) This course is the second level of the BC ITA Welder apprenticeship program. In it students learn shielded metal arc and semi‐automatic welding, basic metallurgy, interpret drawings, layout and fabricate components as well as how to describe submerged arc welding. WELD 2500 Welder Foundation (840 hours) VISA 4740 3 Photojournalism (3,1,0)(L) This course builds on the basic photographic skills acquired during VISA 1040. Increasing emphasis is placed upon those technical and conceptual skills that best prepares students for approaching print journalism Students further develop a working knowledge that is well‐rounded with respect to theory, history, and practice. In addition to taking part in lectures and seminar discussions, students are expected to work in the darkroom on their own time and with whatever photographic equipment and processes available to them 422 This foundation course is intended for those who wish to enter the Welder profession. This course will introduce students to welding ferrous and non‐ferrous metals using manual or semi‐automatic welding equipment using flame‐cutting, brazing and air‐ arching equipment. You will also learn to interpret drawings, determine the materials required and welding processes to be used, then use this knowledge of welding to complete the job. Prerequisite: Grade 10 required, grade 12 preferred. Successful completion of the entry assessment test. WELD 3000 WTTP 1730 3 Welder Apprenticeship Level 3 (240 hours) Mechanical Systems 1 (90 hours) This is the third and final level of the BC ITA welder apprenticeship program. Upon completion students will be capable of welding ferrous and non‐ferrous metals in all positions, on both plate and/or pipe, using SMAW, GTAW, and FCAW processes. This will be done using manual or semi‐automatic welding equipment. Students will also be able to plan work from drawings or by analyzing the job tasks, determine the materials required and welding processes, then use this knowledge of welding to complete the job. Students explore the principles of piping, pumps and valves as they apply to the support systems in water treatment facilities. The principles of Cross Connection control are also addressed. Prerequisite: Acceptance into either the Water and Wastewater Certificate or Diploma programs or the Water Treatment Technology program WTTP 1740 3 WELD 4000 Environmental Legislation, Safety and Communications (90 hours) Welder Specialty Endorsement (150 hours) This course provides a foundation in three topic areas: legislation, safety and communications. Under the legislative section, students gain an understanding of the basic principles of environmental law and the legislative framework under which most water suppliers must legally operate. The safety section includes topics such as occupational health and safety as it applies to operations and management of water systems. The third section covers oral and written communication skills required for operators dealing with specific situations that arise through interactions with the public. This course is an optional specialty training in low alloy and stainless steel welding for welders who wish to receive their specialty metals endorsement from the BC ITA. WKSK 0210 Workskills 1 (390 hours) In Workskills 1, students are introduced to and explore a variety of work environments and determine their particular interest, ability and aptitude for specific jobs, dependent on the individual student's functional skill level and availability of the placement. Students choose and participate in an appropriate work placement (work experience). Prerequisite: Acceptance into either the Water and Wastewater Certificate or Diploma programs or the Water Treatment Technology program WTTP 1760 3 Prerequisite: Admission to Level 1 of the Work Skills Training (WST) Program Introduction to Wastewater Utility (90 hours) WKSK 0220 This course provides an introduction to the wastewater treatment processes, focussing on domestic and industrial sources as they relate to the way wastewater is collected, treated and disposed. Areas of study include: basic descriptions of what is wastewater; why we have to treat wastewater; the processes involved with treating wastewater; disposal of treat effluent; and the collection of wastewater from sources. Workskills 2 (450 hours) Workskills 2 builds on skills and abilities acquired and demonstrated by students in Workskills 1. Students are introduced to essential entry level skills in selected employment areas (as available). Students strive to improve work strengths and develop marketable skills, focusing on occupational/vocational interests and aptitudes with the clear goal of becoming employable and semi, or fully independent. Prerequisite: Admission to Level 2 of the Work Skills Training (WST) Program Prerequisite: Acceptance into either the Water and Wastewater Certificate or Diploma programs or the Water Treatment Technology program WTTP 1800 3 Electrical Fundamentals 1 (90 hours) WTTP 1700 3 Water Sources (90 hours) This course provides training in the development of new and existing water sources. Students focus on ground and surface water sources as they relate to the way drinking water is treated and distributed. Areas of study include: basic water supply hydrology; groundwater sources; surface water sources; emergency and alternate water sources; source water conservation; source water quality; and source water protection. Prerequisite: Acceptance into either the Water and Wastewater Certificate or Diploma programs or the Water Treatment Technology program. Students are introduced to the electrical trade as it applies to the day‐to‐day operation of water and wastewater treatment plants. Topics discussed include: basic electrical principle; electrical safety; motor control principles; and the fundamentals of electric motors. This course is not designed to create tradespersons, but is designed from the viewpoint of plant operators, to develop more awareness of the trades and to enable operators to function more effectively. Prerequisite: WTTP 1700, 1710, 1720, 1730, 1740 and 1760 or equivalent WTTP 1820 3 Instrumentation 1 (90 hours) WTTP 1710 3 Water Treatment 1 (90 hours) This is a basic water treatment course which focusses on environmental applications and emphasizes past, present and future technologies related to water treatment. Topics explored in this course include: operator responsibilities; water sources; reservoir management; coagulation and flocculation processes; sedimentation; filtration; disinfection; corrosion control; and basic water treatment sampling procedures. Prerequisite: Acceptance into either the Water and Wastewater Certificate or Diploma programs or the Water Treatment Technology program This course offers an introduction to the instrumentation trade as it applies to the day‐ to‐day operation of water and wastewater treatment plants. Topics discussed include: process control principles; terminology; and trouble shooting techniques. This course is not designed to create tradespersons, but is designed from the viewpoint of plant operators, to develop more awareness of the trades and to enable operators to function more effectively. Prerequisite: WTTP 1700, 1710, 1720, 1730, 1740 and 1760 or equivalent WTTP 1830 3 Mechanical Systems 2 (90 hours) WTTP 1720 3 Applied Math and Science (90 hours) Students are introduced to concepts in Mathematics, Chemistry, and Hydraulics that will be needed later in the program. The course is divided into three modules: Module A ‐ Mathematics covers important concepts such as significant figures, error analysis, calculation of areas and volumes, units conversion, ratios and proportions, averages, and percent. Module B ‐ Hydraulics introduces the students to the concepts of density and specific gravity, water pressure, piezometric surface and hydraulic grade line, calculation of head loss, as well as pumping and flow rate problems. Module C ‐ Chemistry introduces the students to the structure and the classification of matter, the balancing of chemical equations, and finally dilution and dosage calculations. Prerequisite: Acceptance into either the Water and Wastewater Certificate or Diploma programs or the Water Treatment Technology program 423 A continuation of Mechanical Systems 1, this course includes a detailed examination of the selection, operating principles, adjustment and maintenance of mechanical equipment used in water and wastewater treatment processes and facilities. The course is arranged in three general sections: moving water, major process equipment, and secondary process equipment systems. Prerequisite: WTTP 1700, 1710, 1720, 1730, 1740 and 1760 or equivalent WTTP 1850 3 Water Treatment 2 (90 hours) This course is a continuation of Water Treatment 1. Advanced topics in this course include: water softening; pH control; pre‐oxidation; and dissolved metals removal. Students are provided an overview of chemical feed systems and chemical dosage calculations. Prerequisite: WTTP 1700, 1710, 1720, 1730, 1740 and 1760 or equivalent WTTP 1860 3 Wastewater Utility 1 (90 hours) This course illustrates the progression of wastewater leaving the wastewater collection system and entering into the treatment plant stage. Various forms of preliminary treatment are explained and students learn about stand alone treatment plants such as septic systems and how they operate. Students discuss what occurs after preliminary treatment has taken place in regards to primary treatment, sedimentation, sludge and sludge removal. Wastewater lagoon systems are discussed, the various laboratory principles of wastewater are introduced, and students identify lab procedures related to the wastewater treatment processes. Prerequisite: WTTP 1700, 1710, 1720, 1730, 1740 and 1760 or equivalent WTTP 1870 3 Wastewater Utility 2 (90 hours) This course provides an in‐depth look into the wastewater treatment processes and components. Students focus on secondary and advanced wastewater treatment, wastewater sludge residual treatment and disposal. Areas of study include: descriptions of treatment processes and components for secondary treatment; advance treatment targets and process; residual sludge treatment management; and disposal. Prerequisite: WTTP 1700, 1710, 1720, 1730, 1740 and 1760 or equivalent WTTP 1890 3 Practicum 1 (90 hours) This course offers students hands‐on practical training integral to the development of future water and wastewater operators. Students progress through practical experiences involving basic electrical and instrumentation, mechanical system maintenance, laboratory procedures and plant operation fundamentals for water and wastewater. WTTP 2700 3 Electrical Fundamentals 2 (90 hours) This course is a continuation of Electrical Fundamentals 1, which looks beyond the basic electricity fundamentals and motor control towards the utilization of electrical theory in practical applications. While further fundamental theory such as solid‐state electronics and numbering systems is considered, the majority of the information covered in this course references practical applications. of the development of water treatment and its impacts on water filtration today. The process of slow and rapid sand filtration and its operation, performance optimization, maintenance, and backwashing techniques are considered in detail. Alternative filtration processes, such as membranes, pressure sand, manganese green sand, activated carbon, pre‐coat and sediment filtration are also explained, along with operations and maintenance procedures for each of the technologies. Prerequisite: WTTP 1800, 1820, 1830, 1850, 1860, 1870 or equivalent WTTP 2740 3 Disinfection (90 hours) The intent of this course is to cover the advanced concepts of drinking water disinfection and fluoridation. Topics include history of disinfection, causes of waterborne diseases and disinfection goals. Theory of disinfection, design, and operation as well as "disinfection by‐products" are discussed. Technologies covered include chlorination, ozone, UV and alternate disinfection methods. Maintenance and calibration procedures used in monitoring equipment for both disinfection and fluoridation are also addressed. Prerequisite: WTTP 1800, 1820, 1830, 1850, 1860, 1870 or equivalent WTTP 2800 3 Microbiology and Toxicology (90 hours) The goal of this course is to introduce students to unifying concepts of biology, microbiology and toxicology relating to water, and the most common and significant sources of infectious diseases caused by microbial contamination. Students explore the types of toxicants present in aquatic systems, their routes of exposure and modes of action, as well as their effects on human health and the environment. Prerequisite: WTTP 2700, 2710, 2720, 2730, 2740 or equivalent WTTP 2820 3 Instrumentation 2 (90 hours) This course offers a more advanced study into plant floor control and supervision. Students are introduced to the components of a computerized system, and progress to advanced topics including an analogue signal handling, timers and counters, and how discrete and analogue values can be passed from one Programmable Logic Controller to another. Students develop an understanding of modern plant‐wide control systems. These systems rely on merging technologies, such as computers, Programmable Logic Controllers, operator interfaces, and micro processor based plant‐floor devices, together into a Supervisory, Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) system. Prerequisite: WTTP 2700, 2710, 2720, 2730, 2740 or equivalent Prerequisite: WTTP 1800, 1820, 1830, 1850, 1860, 1870 or equivalent WTTP 2830 3 WTTP 2710 3 Management and Leadership Skills (90 hours) Water Chemistry (90 hours) This course provides an introduction to human resources, assets and operations, financial management and techniques used in the water industry. Topics include the art of management and the role of the manager, decision making, time management, written records, human resource management and communication skills. Students examine the skills required for operations management, asset identification, designing an asset maintenance program, data acquisition, and water conservation. Accounts and budgets, financial accounting and international legislation are discussed. This course provides an introduction to the study of water chemistry. The focus is on chemistry fundamentals that water operators require for problem analysis related to water treatment. Areas of study include: pH; alkalinity; and inorganic (metals and non‐ metals, anion/cations) and organic (hydrocarbons, aromatics, detergents, pesticides) species found in water. Practical examples of removal and treatment of chemicals found in water are provided. Prerequisite: WTTP 2700, 2710, 2720, 2730, 2740 or equivalent Prerequisite: WTTP 1800, 1820, 1830, 1850, 1860, 1870 or equivalent WTTP 2720 3 Advanced Coagulation and Particle Removal (90 hours) This course is a continuation of Water Treatment 2 in which coagulation in general terms is introduced. This course takes an in‐depth look at coagulation and particle removal. Topics discussed include: the advanced principles of coagulation; emerging technologies; jar testing; and clarification methods and equipment. The course aims to provide operators with information that will improve their ability to assess conditions in the water treatment plant and make decisions to ensure the smooth operation of their treatment process. WTTP 2840 3 Source Water Protection and Management (90 hours) This course introduces students to source water challenges and issues. Students study how ground and surface source waters and their catchment areas can face threats and vulnerabilities that impact water safety and sustainability. Students learn to characterize source waters, delineate protection areas, and identify water quality and quantity hazards and vulnerabilities. Using this data, students develop risk assessments and response plans to mitigate hazards through water system design, operations, and watershed management. Prerequisite: WTTP 2700, 2710, 2720, 2730, 2740 or equivalent Prerequisite: WTTP 1800, 1820, 1830, 1850, 1860, 1870 or equivalent WTTP 2730 3 Filtration (90 hours) This course provides students with the basic understanding of water filtration mechanisms and the methods of their classification. Topics include a historical overview 424 WTTP 2890 3 Practicum 2 (90 hours) This course represents the second onsite practicum. The intent of the course is to provide hands‐on practical training as students enter the final phase of the program. Students progress through a series of practical experiences involving: advanced process control; advanced programmable logic controllers; Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition Systems; people, asset and operation, financial management and leadership skills; operational procedures in advanced coagulation and particle removal; filtration techniques; and basic to advanced disinfection practices. Prerequisite: Completion of Level 1 to 3 Water Treatment Technology Program and WTTP 2801, WTTP 2291, WTTP 2301, WTTP 2311, WTTP 2331, WTTP 2341 and WTTP 2351 YMCR 5160 Database Management on the Microcomputer (Access 2000) This This 28‐hour course is designed for students wishing to gain a basic understanding of a relational database software program. Students learn the basic concepts of database structure and design by creating a working model. The course concentrates on the concepts of a database while using the Microsoft Access database for Windows. You should be prepared to devote additional hours of non‐class time to exercises and project work. YMCR 1160 Accounting on the Microcomputer ‐ Quickbooks Students use the Quickbooks Accounting for Windows software in this 28‐hour course. The major emphasis throughout the course is on the development and effective use of software in the preparation and presentation of accounting records as they pertain to business. This is a very intense, production‐oriented course. Students must be prepared to devote extra time outside the regularly scheduled lesson and lab‐time to get the most out of the course and to complete all course requirements to acceptable standards. This course is not intended to train students in accounting principles. Prerequisite: YMCR 5030 YMCR 1300 Introduction to Desktop Publishing ‐ Publisher 2000 Electronic desktop publishing is fast becoming a function of the business environment. There are a variety of programs that are available and that vary in sophistication. With desktop publishing programs anybody can create professional documents, such as cards, posters, advertisements, newsletters, logos, brochures, and booklets. This course provides an opportunity for students to explore the field of desktop publishing, not only in the production of basic business documentation but also in the production of documentation for the World Wide Web. Although students may not be at an expert level upon completion of this course, students develop a strong foundation of skills upon which to build in desktop publishing. Prerequisite: YMCR 5030 or knowledge of computer file management Prerequisite: YMCR 5030 or computer file management knowledge, and basic bookkeeping skills YMCR 5250 Windows '98 ‐ Intermediate This course is designed to teach students who have a good basic knowlege of computing the necessary skills to manage the operating environment of the computer, not only as a stand‐alone computer, bur also a group of computers connected via a network system. Students will learn to manage and customize the working and operating environment on the computer and resolve many of the frustrations experienced by the average computer user. This course is especially applicable to anyone involved in office management where computers are used. Prerequisite: The Operating System (YMCR 5030) or (YMCR 1030 & YMCR 5010) Recommended, Word Processing, Spreadsheets, Database. Consultation with the instructor is strongly reccommended if students do not have the reccommended prerequisites. YMCR 5350 Word Processing on the Micro (Word 2000) Students are instructed in Microsoft Word for Windows. In this 28‐hour course, students learn to create, edit, and search documents, as well as use many additional extended features available in Word. Students should be prepared to devote additional non‐class hours to exercises and project work. Prerequisite: YMCR 5030 or computer file management knowledge YMCR 5030 The Operating System (Windows 98) A solid understanding of a computer's operating system is essential to using a microcomputer effectively. Students are introduced to operating systems at a fundamental level required for using an IBM or compatible microcomputer. Students learn the concepts of the DOS/WIndows operating system, in preparation for further learning, and to manage a computer system. THIS COURSE IS A PREREQUISITE COURSE for all other Certificate Program courses. Students taking this and further courses should have basic typing skills to complete this course successfully. YMCR 5140 Spreadsheets on the Microcomputer ‐ Excel Students create and format spreadsheets to analyze and share information, and to make informed decisions. This course offers an introduction to basic spreadsheet concepts (basics, file management, ranges, sorting, columns and rows) using Excel. These concepts include Excel's built‐in functions (moving and copying data; formatting a worksheet; printing worksheets; functions and formulas (AutoSum, Inserting functions, Aver, Min and Max functions); referencing and absolutes (consolidating data with 3D references, now and today functions, absolute referencing); charts (creating a chart, selecting, moving, sizing and deleting chart items, preview and printing charts); and advanced built‐in functions in Excel (financial function, using range names, split screens and freeze pane, working with clip art). Prerequisite: YMCR 5030 or knowledge of computer file management YMCR 5150 Note: Knowledge of the standard keyboard is necessary for maximum benefit YMCR 6150 Professional Presentations Students learn how to communicate with power to get attention, to persuade others to act, and to present ideas in a meaningful, memorable, and captivating format. Moreover, students discover that how ideas are presented is as important as the ideas themselves. Therefore, the goal of this course is to develop the skills and techniques required to create presentations using the Microsoft PowerPoint presentation program. PowerPoint is a graphic software program that is used to make a professional presentation quickly and easily. Students rapidly learn techniques to make effective overheads for business presentations or teaching purposes, slides for business meetings, and on‐screen presentations for mall demonstrations. With PowerPoint's consistency in design, colour, layout, and templates, ideas are presented creatively and effectively. Prerequisite: YMCR 5030 or computer file management knowledge YMCR 6160 Intermediate Database ‐ Access '97 Students are introduced to advanced features of Microsoft Access. Among the topics discussed are setting relationships between multiple tables, using advanced reporting features, and writing Visual Basic code. Topic‐specific exercises, as well as an integrated project, assist students in learning to implement the tools learned in this course. This is an intense course. Students should be prepared to devote additional non‐class time to get maximum benefit from this course. Prerequisites: YMCR 5030: The Operating System and YMCR 5160: Database Management on the Microcomputer Simply Accounting for Windows This course is intended to teach the fundamental features and concepts of the Simply Accounting software program. Students are able to design, establish, and manage an accounting system for a small business. This is a very intense, production‐oriented course; students must be prepared to devote extra time outside the regularly scheduled lesson and laboratory work to get the most out of the course and to complete all course requirements to acceptable standards. This course is not intended to teach accounting principles. Basic bookkeeping knowledge is necessary for maximum benefit from this course.Prerequisites: YMCR 5030 or computer file management knowledge, and basic bookkeeping skills. 425 YMSS 1010 Management Skills for Supervisors 1 This course is the first of a three‐part certificate program: Management Skills for Supervisors. Managers are offered hands‐on training and experience to equip them with the necessary skills and tools required to be an effective manager. Topics include communicating effectively and persuasively in a team environment; recognizing a win‐ lose situation; handling job‐related problems; giving effective feedback; enhancing interviewing techniques, workplace rumours; conducting a coaching session; making quality decisions; improving relationships; and building consensus. YMSS 1020 Management Skills for Supervisors 2 This course is the second of a three‐part certificate program: Management Skills for Supervisors. Managers are offered hands‐on training and experience to equip them with the necessary skills and tools required to be an effective manager. Topics include motivating employees; appropriate, adaptable, and flexible leadership styles; analyzing working groups and effective teams; strategies for productive and participatory meetings; coping with power shifts in organizations; and handling job‐related stress. Prerequisite: YMSS 1010 YMSS 1030 Management Skills for Supervisors 3 This course is the third of a three‐part certificate program: Management Skills for Supervisors. Managers are offered hands‐on training and experience to equip them with the necessary skills and tools required to be an effective manager. Topics include comprehensive and flexible analysis for employee performance, appraisal, and interviews; orientation procedures to inform and motivate; guiding a team through a change process; breaking down tasks and job descriptions; identifying and eliminating 426 time‐wasters; delegating effectively; job training systems to ensure success; and recognizing harassment in the workplace. Prerequisite: YMSS 1010, YMSS 1020 YMSS 1040 Advanced Management Skills This three‐day workshop is designed for managers who have taken the certificate Management Skills for Supervisors program or an equivalent supervisor training course. Topics include navigating the perfect labour storm; the multi‐generational workforce; attracting and recruiting great talent; creating a culture of engagement; communicating for success; coaching that engages; understanding conflict; and change management for leaders. Prerequisite: Management Skills for Supervisors certificate program, or equivalent A Aboriginal Studies Certificate, 107 Aboriginal Tourism Certificate, 62 Academic Accommodation and Services for Students with Disabilities, 14 Academic Achievement Awards, 14 Academic Advising, 34 Academic Appeals, 14 Academic Integrity, 15 Academic Recognition, 17 Academic Renewal, 17 Accident Insurance Coverage for Students, 40 Accounting Technician Diploma, 120 ACE IT Foundation Training, 230 Administrative Assistant Certificate, 122 Administrative Charges, 11 Admission Admission Policy, 7 Admission Requirements, 7 Admission Types, 6 Advanced Placement and International Baccalaureate Programs, 7 Dual Admission, 7 General Requirements, 7 Grade 11 Early Admission, 7 International Students, 7 Mature Students, 7 Secondary Schools Not Accredited Provincially, 7 Transfer Students, 8 University Preparation:, 8 Admission Requirements, 118 Admission, Registration and Fees, 6 Adult Upgrading Grant, 36 Adventure Guide Diploma, 50 Adventure Management Diploma, 54 Adventure Sports Certificate, 62 Animal Health Technology Diploma, 191 Animal Health Technology Distance Education Program, 189 Animal Welfare Certificate, 195 Application for Admission, 6 Current Secondary School Students, 6 Deadlines, 6 International Students, 7 Architectural and Engineering Technology Diploma, 195 Assessment Centre, 34 Associate of Arts (Modern Languages) Degree, 105 Associate Of Arts Degree (AA), 98 Associate of Commerce and Business Administration Diploma, 121 Associate of Science Degree, 187 Biology, 188 Chemistry, 188 Computing Science, 189 Geology, 189 Mathematics, 189 Physics, 189 Asthma Educators' Certificate, 194 B Bachelor of Arts, 73 Double Major Program, 90 General BA Degree, 75 Double Concentration, 77 Major Programs, 77 Communication, 78 Economics, 79 Economics and Political Studies, 80 English, 81 Geography, 82 History, 83 Mathematics, 84 Mathematics and Economics, 85 Philosophy, 86 Psychology, 86 Sociology, 87 Theatre Arts, 88 Minor Programs, 89 Archaeology and Geology, 89 Creative Writing, 89 Economics, 89 English, 89 Environmental Economics and Sustainable Development, 89 Geography, 90 History, 90 Management, 90 Mathematics, 90 Philosophy, 90 Political Studies, 90 Psychology, 90 Sociology, 90 Theatre, 90 Visual Arts, 90 Single Concentration, 75 Thematic Studies Option, 75 Bachelor of Business Administration Degree, 110 Majors, 111 Accounting, 111 Economics, 111 Finance, 111 Human Resource Management, 112 International Business, 112 Marketing, 112 New Venture Creation, 112 Supply Chain Management, 112 Minors, 112 Accounting, 112 Economics, 112 Environmental Economics and Sustainable Development, 112 Finance, 112 Financial Markets and Institutions, 112 Financial Services, 112 Human Resource Manangement, 112 International Business, 113 Leadership, 113 Management Information Systems, 113 Marketing, 113 New Venture Creation, 113 Project Management, 113 Supply Chain Management, 113 Bachelor of Computing Science Degree, 179 Bachelor of Education (Elementary) Degree, 129 Bachelor of Education Degree (Elementary Specialization in Physical Education), 132 Bachelor of Fine Arts (Visual Arts) Degree, 91 Bachelor of Health Science, 165 Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Studies Degree, 93 Bachelor of Journalism Degree, 94 Bachelor of Natural Resource Science Degree, 184 Bachelor of Science Degree Major Programs Physics, 177 Bachelor of Science Degree, 165 Biology Option, 166 Chemistry/Environmental Chemistry Option, 166 Computing Science Option, 167 Double Major Program, 170 Major Program with a Minor, 169 Major Programs, 168 Animal Biology, 171 Cellular, Molecular, and Microbial Biology, 172 Chemistry, 173 Computing Science, 174 Ecology and Environmental Biology, 173 Environmental Chemistry, 174 General Biology, 172 Mathematics, 176 Mathematics Option, 167 Physics Option, 166 Bachelor of Science Degree Double Degrees Computing and Business, 181 Bachelor of Science Degree, 188 Bachelor of Science in Nursing Degree, 151 Bachelor of Social Work Degree, 127 Bachelor of Technology, 216 Bachelor of Technology (Trades and Technology Leadership), 217 Bachelor of Tourism Management Degree, 43 Adventure Studies – Majors, Minors, and Concentrations, 45 Adventure Studies Major and Minor Programs, 45 Entrepreneurship Major and Minor Programs, 45 Tourism Concentrations and Minors, 46 BBUS 1370, 213 Biology Programs, 171 Board of Governors Meetings, 39 Bookstore, 39 Business Foundations Certificate, 124 C Campus Activity Centre, 39 Campus Card, 39 Canada Post Mail Boxes, 39 Canadian Mountain and Ski Guide Program, 65 428 Streams, 65 Alpine Guide, 65 Assistant Hiking Guide, 65 Hiking Guide, 65 Mountain Guide, 65 Rock Guide, 65 Ski Guide, 65 Cancellation of Classes. See Cariboo Childcare Society, 39 Certificate in World Languages and Cultures, 105 Certificate Programs in Adult Basic Education, 146 Certified Respiratory Educator Certificate, 197 Change Of Address, 32 Chemistry Programs, 173 Clubs, 38 Communication, 78 Community and School Support Certificate, 139 Community Engagement, 239 COMP 2210, 180 Computing Science Diploma, 198 Computing Science Program, 174 Degree Programs, 175 Diploma Programs, 176 Confidentiality of Student Information, 18 Construction Trades, 218 Apprenticeship Programs, 218 Carpentry and Joinery, 218 Electrician/Industrial Electrician, 218 Foundation Programs, 218 Industrial Instrumentation Mechanic, 218 Plumbing/Pipe Fitting/Gas Fitting, 219 Power Line Technician, 219 Residential Construction, 219 Training Options, 218 Convocation, 19 Co‐operative Education, 213 Bachelor of Arts, 213 Bachelor of Business Administration, 213 Bachelor of Computing Science, 214 Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Studies, 213 Bachelor of Natural Resource Science, 213 Bachelor of Science, Biology Major, 213 Bachelor of Science, Chemistry/Environmental Chemistry, 213 Bachelor of Science, Computing Science, 213 Bachelor of Science, Math, 213 Bachelor of Science, Physics Major, 214 Bachelor of Tourism Management, 213 Computing Science Diploma, 214 COPE/MECA, 146 Corequisites, 32 Counselling, 34 Course and Program Repeaters, 20 Course Changes, 32 Course Descriptions, 240 Course Descriptions‐Alphabetic by Subject, 240 Course Exemptions, 32 Course Numbering and Definitions, 32, 240 Course Outlines, 21 Course Prerequisites, 32 Credit and Non‐Credit Courses, 21 Culinary Arts Certificate (Professional Cook Training 1 and 2), 67 Cultural & Social Explorations Certificate, 108 Cultural Facilities at TRU, 42 General Educational Development Tests (GED), 34 General Science Degree Program, 167 Geography and Environmental Studies, 82 Grades ‐ Calculation of Grade Point Average, 32 Grades ‐ Statement of Grades, 33 Grading Systems, 24 D Diploma in Management, 118 Disability Services, 35 DSTC First Nations Language Teachers Program, 141 E Early Childhood Education Diploma, 134 Economic and Political Studies, 80 Economics, 79 Education and Skills Training Certificate Program (ESTR), 148 Educational Standards in Credit Courses and Programs, 22 Engineering Transfer Programs, 199 English, 81 English as a Second Language, 144 English as a Second or Additional Language Certificate Programs, 13 English Language Proficiency, 8 Entrance Scholarships, 22 Environment and Sustainability, 40 Environmental Studies Certificate, 202 Events and Conventions Management Diploma, 48 Examinations, 23 Executive Assistant Diploma, 121 Extended Health and Dental Plan, 38 H Harassment, Bullying, and Discrimination Prevention, 34 Health and Safety Department, 40 Health Care Assistant Certificate, 155, 157 Health Services Medical Clinic, 40 History, 83 Homestay Program, 13 Honours Program, 186 Horticulture Certificate, 224 Housing, 37 Human Service Diploma Program ‐ Kamloops Campus, 137 Human Service Programs, 137 I Infant/Toddler Educator Post‐Diploma Certificate, 136 Information Technology Services, 41 International Student Fees, 12 International Student Identity Card, 38 International Students, 12 International Students in Co‐op Programs, 13 J Juris Doctor of Laws (JD), 149 F Facilities Services, 40 Faculties and Schools Faculty of Adventure, Culinary Arts, and Tourism, 43 Faculty of Arts, 73 Faculty of Human, Social, and Educational Development, 126 Faculty of Law, 149 Faculty of Science, 164 Faculty of Student Development, 213 School of Business and Economics, 109 School of Nursing, 151 School of Trades and Technology, 216 Faculty Office Hours, 24 Fee Deferrals, 36 Fee Payment Methods, 10 Financial Support, 36 First Nations Applied Economics Certificate, 125 First Nations Taxation Administration Certificate, 124 First Steps Education Program, 146 Food Services, 40 Forestry Transfer Program, 202 G General Conduct, 32 429 L Legal Administrative Assistant Certificate (OL), 123 Life Skills Program, 146 Literary and Art History Certificate, 107 Lost And Found, 41 LPI Test, 34 M Master of Business Administration, 109 Master of Education Degree, 126 Master of Science in Environmental Science Degree, 164 Math Help Centre, 35 Mathematical Sciences Program, 176 Mathematics, 84 Mathematics and Economics, 85 Meat Cutter/Retail Meat Processing Meat Cutter Apprenticeship, 71 Meat Cutter/Retail Meat Processing, 70 Retail Meat Processing Certificate Program, 70 Mechanical Trades, 221 Apprenticeship Programs, 221 Automotive Service Technician, 221 Diesel Engine Mechanic, 221 Foundation Programs, 221 Heavy Duty Equipment Technician, 221 Parts and Warehousing, 222 Training Options, 221 Transport Trailer, 221 Truck and Transport Mechanic, 221 Medical Insurance, 12 Minor in Management, 117 Modern Languages Certificate, 104 Multi‐Faith Space, 35 O Office of Student and Judicial Affairs, 35 Orientation, 35 P Painting and Drawing Certificate, 103 Parking, 41 Part‐Time Student Assistance Programs, 36 Payment of Fees, 9 Philosophy, 86 Physical Education Transfer Program, 134 Physics Programs, 177 Police and Justice Studies Diploma, 99 Post‐Baccalaureate Diplomas in Business, 115 Post‐Baccalaureate Diplomas in Tourism, 46 PBD in Adventure Studies, 47 PBD in International Tourism Development, 47 PBD in Tourism Destination Development, 48 PBD in Tourism Experience Management, 48 Pre‐Professional Health Sciences, 208 Chiropractic, 208 Dentistry, 208 Medicine, 209 Naturopathic Medicine, 209 Optometry, 210 Pharmaceutical Sciences, 210 Rehabilitation Sciences, 211 Veterinary Medicine, 211 Print Shop, 41 Prior Learning Assessment and Recognition, 25 Professional Cook 3, 69 Provincial WorkSafe BC Coverage, 40 Psychology, 86 R Refund Policy, 11 Refund Policy (International), 12 Registration, 9 Student Responsibility, 9 Summer Session, 9 Year Levels, 9 Registration Priority for University Degree and University Preparatory Programs, 9 Research and Graduate Studies, 159 Resort and Hotel Management Diploma, 56 430 Respiratory Therapy Program, 204 S Satisfactory Academic Progress, 27 Schedule of Events (Important Dates) — 2015/2016, 4 Sculpture and Ceramics Certificate, 103 Security, 41 Semesters, 4 Senate Meetings, 41 Services for Aboriginal Students, 35 Services for Students, 34 Sociology, 87 Special Courses, 27 Special Needs Educator Post‐Diploma Certificate, 136 Special Status Fee Payers, 10 Sports Event Management Diploma, 58 Student Academic Policies, Regulations and Procedures, 14 Student Aid BC, 36 Student Attendance, 28 Student Awards & Financial Support, 36 Student Classification, 33 Student Complaints, 33 Student Electronic Communications Regulations, 33 Student Employment Centre, 36 Student Engagement, 36 Student Newspaper, 41 Student Success Courses, 37 Students' Union Building and Common Grounds Coffee House, 38 Supplemental Learning, 37 Suspension of Students, 28 T Teaching English as a Second Language Certificate, 143 The TRU Calendar, 3 Theatre Arts, 88 Tourism Management Diploma, 60 Transcripts of Academic Record, 33 Transfer Credit, 8, 29 Transportation and Motive Power Diploma, 224 TRU Alumni & Friends Association, 41 TRU Foundation, 41 TRU Interfaith Chaplaincy, 37 TRU Students' Union (TRUSU), 37 TRU Wellness Centre, 38 Types of Undergraduate and Graduate Credentials, 29 U University and Employment Preparation Programs, 145 University Library, 42 University Preparation Courses, 145 UPASS, 38 Use of Personal Education Number, 8 V Visiting Student Status, 31 Visual Arts Diploma, 100 Visual Arts Studio Certificate, 102 W Waitlist, 31 Water and Wastewater Technology Diploma, 226 Water and Wastewater Utilities Certificate, 227 Welding Trades Programs, 228 Williams Lake Campus, 232 Career Programs, 235 Continuing Studies, 236 Developmental Programs, 236 431 Regional Centres, 238 100 Mile House, 238 Ashcroft/Cache Creek, 238 Barriere, 238 Clearwater, 238 Lillooet, 238 Student Services, 232 Trades and Technology Programs, 233 University Programs/Associate Degrees, 233 Withdrawals, 31 Women in Trades, 229 Writing Centre, 39